diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am index ea1d1b7ab..6680fdacd 100644 --- a/Makefile.am +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -57,3 +57,54 @@ epub-recursive $(MOBI_RECURSIVE): ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; test -z "$$fail" + +pot: $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/gnucash-docs.pot + +$(abs_top_srcdir)/po/gnucash-docs.pot: $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/C/*.xml $(abs_top_srcdir)/help/C/*.xml + mkdir -p $(abs_top_srcdir)/po + cd $(abs_top_srcdir)/po; \ + itstool -dk -o gnucash-docs.pot $(subst $(abs_top_srcdir),..,$(sort $^)) + +$(abs_top_srcdir)/po/%.po: $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/gnucash-docs.pot + msgmerge $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/$*.po $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/gnucash-docs.pot > $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/$*.po-new + mv $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/$*.po-new $(abs_top_srcdir)/po/$*.po + +# A set of temporary rules to help in the conversion from separate documents per +# language to a single base document with translations in po format. +LANGUAGES = de it ja pt ru +fpots := $(foreach L,$(LANGUAGES),fpot-$(L)) +.PHONY: $(fpots) + +$(foreach L,$(LANGUAGES),$(eval fpot-$(L): po/gnucash-docs-$(L)-english.fpot po/gnucash-docs-$(L)-english.struct po/gnucash-docs-$(L)-native.fpot po/gnucash-docs-$(L)-native.struct)) + +po/gnucash-docs-de-english.fpot po/gnucash-docs-it-english.fpot po/gnucash-docs-pt-english.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/C/*.xml $(abs_top_srcdir)/help/C/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-ja-english.fpot po/gnucash-docs-ru-english.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/C/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-de-native.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/de/*.xml $(abs_top_srcdir)/help/de/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-it-native.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/it/*.xml $(abs_top_srcdir)/help/it/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-ja-native.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/ja/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-pt-native.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/pt/*.xml $(abs_top_srcdir)/help/pt/*.xml +po/gnucash-docs-ru-native.fpot : $(abs_top_srcdir)/guide/ru/*.xml + +po/gnucash-docs-%.fpot : + mkdir -p po + cd $(abs_top_srcdir)/po; \ + itstool -dk -o $(abs_builddir)/$@ $(subst $(abs_top_srcdir),..,$(sort $^)) + +po/gnucash-docs-%.struct: po/gnucash-docs-%.fpot + POTLANG=$(subst -native,,$(patsubst %-english,C,$*)); \ + grep -E '[(]itstool[)]|^#:' $< | sed -E -e "s!/$${POTLANG}/!//!" -e 's/xml:[0-9]*/xml:/' > $@ + +po/%.po: po/gnucash-docs-%-english.fpot po/gnucash-docs-%-native.fpot po/gnucash-docs-%-english.struct po/gnucash-docs-%-native.struct + @cd po; \ + if diff -q gnucash-docs-$*-english.struct gnucash-docs-$*-native.struct >/dev/null; \ + then \ + $(abs_top_srcdir)/util/gen-pot.pl gnucash-docs-$*-english.fpot gnucash-docs-$*-native.fpot > $*.po; \ + echo "Generation of $@ complete."; \ + else \ + echo "Error: Can't automatically generate $*.po."; \ + echo " Msgid order differs differs between gnucash-docs-$*-english.fpot and gnucash-docs-$*-native.fpot."; \ + echo " Please adjust the original xml files such that the fpot msgid order aligns perfectly."; \ + echo " You can use gnucash-docs-$*-english.fpot, gnucash-docs-$*-native.fpot"; \ + echo " gnucash-docs-$*-english.struct and gnucash-docs-$*-native.struct in $(abs_top_builddir)/po"; \ + echo " to help determine where the adjustments need to be made."; \ + fi diff --git a/docbook/gnc-docbookx.dtd b/docbook/gnc-docbookx.dtd index 1b91e26ee..cae2e6c6f 100644 --- a/docbook/gnc-docbookx.dtd +++ b/docbook/gnc-docbookx.dtd @@ -13,6 +13,17 @@ own entity definitions to use across all of our DocBook pages. --> + + + + + + + + + + + - - Migration Guide - -This appendix is to help current users of other financial software packages in their migration to &app;. We address the conceptual differences between the layout of &app; accounts versus other software packages. - - - -Using Accounts vs. Categories - -If you are familiar with other personal finance programs, you are already accustomed to tracking your income and expenses as categories. Since &app; is a double-entry system (refer to section 2.1), income and expenses are tracked in accounts. The basic concept is the same, but the account structure allows more consistency with accepted business practices. So, if you are a business user as well as a home user, &app; makes it easy to keep track of your business as well as your personal accounts. - - -Income and expense accounts give you the same information you would get with categories, but they also give you more flexibility in entering your transactions. In &app;, you have the option to enter transactions directly into income and expense accounts through their account registers. Other programs that use categories do not offer this option, because there is no account register for a category. - - -You also have the option in &app; to treat income and expense accounts exactly as you would treat categories, if you are more comfortable with that method. In Quicken and similar programs, transactions require an account and a category. Substitute an income or expense account name in &app; where you would normally enter a category name in the other programs, and the result should be the same. We will discuss transaction entry in Chapter 4 in greater detail. - - - - - Organization of <acronym>QIF</acronym> Files (Discussion) - - - - - Common Duplication Issues (Discussion) - - - - - Checking <acronym>QIF</acronym> Data (Discussion) - - - - - -Converting <acronym>XML</acronym> <application>&app;</application> File - The &app; XML data file can be transformed to almost any other data -format (e.g., QIF, CSV...) quite easily if one is familiar with XSLT. -The &app; data file is well-formed XML, and it can therefore be run -through an XSLT parser with an associated stylesheet. This allows one -to transform the file to just about any format that can be designed, -given a properly written stylesheet. - - A few steps need to be followed. The writing of a stylesheet is a task -for a different time, but if you can get one written, here’s what you -need to do: - - - Copy the &app; XML data file to a working file. - - If the file was last modified by a version of &app; older than 2.0, then -before to continue to the next step you will need to modify the working file’s <gnc-v2> -tag to read something like this: - -<gnc-v2 xmlns:cd="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cd" - xmlns:book="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/book" - xmlns:gnc="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/gnc" - xmlns:cmdty="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cmdty" - xmlns:trn="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/trn" - xmlns:split="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/split" - xmlns:act="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/act" - xmlns:price="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/price" - xmlns:ts="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/ts" - xmlns:slot="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/kvpslot" - xmlns:cust="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cust" - xmlns:entry="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/entry" - xmlns:lot="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/lot" - xmlns:invoice="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/invoice" - xmlns:owner="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/owner" - xmlns:job="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/job" - xmlns:billterm="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/billterm" - xmlns:bt-days="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/bt-days" - xmlns:sx="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/sx" - xmlns:fs="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/fs" - xmlns:addr="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/custaddr"> - - You can put pretty much anything you want behind the equal signs, but a URL -is what is typically used. - - - - Create an XSLT stylesheet containing the transformation your desire, -or obtain one that’s already written (AFAIK, there aren’t any, but I’m -working on a CSV one). - - -Install an XSLT processor such as Saxon -(http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) or Xalan-J (http://xml.apache.org/). -Any conforming processor will do, really... - - -Run the work file and the stylesheet through the processor according -to the processor’s instructions. - - -You will now have a file in the desired output format. An -enterprising individual could go so far as to write a stylesheet to -transform the &app; data file to an OpenOffice spreadsheet (or -vice-versa, for that matter). Such things as QIF ought to be a little -less work. - - - -Benefits are that you don’t need to write a Scheme module or a new C -routine to do this transformation. Anyone who knows or can learn XML -and XSLT can perform this task. Not much harder, really, than writing a -Web page.... - -Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently. -The process works on &vers-stable; datafiles, and ought to -work on earlier versions, too. - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/appendixb.xml b/guide/C/appendixb.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 842c989cb..000000000 --- a/guide/C/appendixb.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Frequently Asked Questions - This is a list of questions asked on the mailing lists for which there really is no section in the documentation covering the subject. - - Sources of Information - - - Q: Where’s the FAQ? - A: You’re looking at it. The most up-to-date copy can be found within the &app; Wiki. - - - - Q: Are there mailing lists for <application>&app;</application>? - A: Yes. Go to http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user and http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel to subscibe. - - - - Q: Is there a searchable archive for the mailing lists? - A: Yes, you can search the mail list archives at and (and if you speak German). - - - - Q: Are there other means of obtaining support for <application>&app;</application>? - A: Yes. Many of the developers hang out on icq in the #gnucash discussion on irc.gnome.org. Also, there is a wiki online at http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/&app;. - - - - - General Information - - - Q: Can I run <application>&app;</application> on Windows? - A: Yes. Starting with release 2.2.0, &app; is also available on Windows. - Other related options would be colinux, VMWare and a windows-based X-server hosting a remote &app; session. - - - - Q: I heard it is too hard to compile <application>&app;</application>! - A: This was probably true at the time when 1.6.0 was released. It is no longer true today, as almost every distribution ships with all the necessary libraries (except g-wrap, which means there is in fact one extra library to be installed before compiling &app;). However, by default, distributions won’t install the development packages of the required libraries, so you might need to start your distribution’s installer program and tell it to install not only the library packages but also the -devel packages. In general, it was noted that this problem concerns many applications in the gnome domain, and this also boils down to the fact that there is no such thing as one monolithic gnome package. - - - - Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for <application>&app;</application>, for building reports, etc? - A: No, for now &app; must be run interactively. - - - - Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in <application>&app;</application>? - A: You can have multiple people with access to the same datafile, but they cannot use the data file simultaneously. - To setup multi-person access, all the people must have read/write access to the directory containing the file (to read the other’s created files, and to create new files). One way to do this is by creating a user group and setting the data directory to be owned by the shared group and set to mode 2775. The 2 makes the directory setgid which copies the permissions to all files. - - - - Q: Why is <application>&app;</application> written in C? - A: The core functionality of &app; is written in C, but do not forget that much of this can be accessed through Guile (scheme). There are a number of reasons for why &app; is written in C. The first is historical, &app; was started in 1996 (or maybe even earlier!) and many of the OOP (C++, Java, Python) compilers were not yet mature and standarized enough on the variety of platforms considered at that time, so C was the only option at that time. A second reason is because the standard GUI &app; uses is GTK, which is written in C. - - - - Q: Why don’t you rewrite <application>&app;</application> in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily? - A: The quick answer is We won’t. The longer answer is complex but still amounts to We won’t. &app; is a large body of code maintained by a small group of developers who are comfortable in C and Scheme (Guile). Actually, 80% of it is in C and approx. 13% is in Scheme/Lisp. There is no valid reason that would justify rewriting this amount of existing code in a newer language. Also, creating language bindings to recent languages such as Python or Ruby or (insert your favourite language here) is labor intensive, and we’re already stretched pretty thin maintaining and developing the existing code. - Having said that, this is an open source project and you’re free to do with it or contribute what you want. Just don’t expect much support if the reason for your changes is that you’re not willing to learn C or Scheme. Also, &app; used to have SWIG bindings () which have been used for some perl programming code. According to a list discussion, these SWIG bindings might still be a way to include other languages into &app;, but currently they are unused and unmaintained. - - - - Q: I really want feature XYZ but <application>&app;</application> doesn’t have it. How do I get it added? - A: Ask nicely. :-) You can file an enhancement request at . Please bear in mind to describe your proposed enhancement as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about what your proposed new feature should do. If you want to speed up development significantly, consider donating some money as described on &app;Development. - - - - Q: Is there a web interface available for <application>&app;</application>? - A: No - - - - Q: How can I provide security for <application>&app;</application> data using CFS, etc.) - A: Unanswered - - - - Q: How can I contribute to the <application>&app;</application> project? - A: We’re working on a more formal process, but for now you should subscribe to the mailing list at http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user and http://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel and discuss what you can contribute with the participants on the lists. Please be aware that &app; is a large body of code written in C and Scheme (see the FAQ above, Why is &app; written in C? if you want to know why). If these are languages that you are not willing to work with, consider contributing in other ways. - - - - Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it? - A: First of all, try to verify that it is indeed a bug and that it has not been reported before. Search the mail list archives (see FAQ above). Then search the &app; Bugzilla database. - If you feel you have indeed found a bug, you can then report it at . Please bear in mind to report your bug as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about how to reproduce bugs. A Programmer will usually only be able to fix a bug they can see, if you can’t make the programmer see your bug, it won’t get fixed! - - - - - Using <application>&app;</application> - - - Q: How can I move the transactions from account <quote>A</quote> into account <quote>B</quote>, thus combining them? - A: At present, &app; does not offer a way to move groups of splits from one account to another. You will need to move them one at a time. Open the register for account A and select the pulldown menu item ViewTransaction Journal to expose all the splits. For every split where the Account field shows account A reset it to account B. To do this quickly and safely, first use CtrlC to copy the destination account name (account B) to the clipboard. Then highlight each reference to account A by double clicking on it and use CtrlV to paste the destination account name. Pressing Enter after each paste, silently moves the transaction out of the register. - Be careful! If you inadvertently set the Account field to an unintended location, you will need to search through all your accounts to find the lost transaction to correct your mistake. - - - - Q: Is it possible to merge two <application>&app;</application> files? - A: At present this is not possible. - - - - Q: How can I save a template of my account structure? - A: This is available from the menu: FileExportExport Accounts - - - Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything? - A: Enter a search criteria of matches regex, and place a single dot . in the text field area. Then, click Find. The regular expression . means to match anything. - - - Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)? - A: You record the transaction on the date you write the check or initiate the transaction. When it clears the bank, you can click in the Reconciled field to clear the transaction (change the non-reconciled to cleared). - - - - Accounting - - Q: How do I treat taxes? As an account payable or as an expense? - A: This is a loaded question, and you should really talk to your accountant. How you treat taxes really depends on what kind of taxes they are, and how you WANT to treat them.. In some cases they are expenses, in some cases they are liabilities. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/appendixc.xml b/guide/C/appendixc.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e2a0e236f..000000000 --- a/guide/C/appendixc.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Contributed Account Trees - - - - UK Vat - -Account types (only shown if different to parent type) - - - - [E] Expense - - -[I] Income - - -[A] Asset - - -[L] Liability - - -[Q] Equity - - -[B] Bank accounts - - -[C] Credit Cards - - -[R] Accounts Receivable - - -[P] Accounts Payable - - - -(Box n) refers to VAT form box number (I actually have these as -descriptions to the account to remind me) - -Add all the (Box n -part) together to get the whole (Box n) -The VAT shows you liability - if its negative they owe you. - -Capital Equipment (Box 7 - part) and (Box 6 - part) is the value of all *additions* (purchases) made over the VAT return period - not the absolute value, nor the difference in value unless that difference is wholly due to new purchases. Depreciation, losses (e.g a write off of faulty item) and other reductions in capital value are not included. If you sell a capital item then that sale and its VAT is recorded under Income. The asset is converted to cash, so the net of VAT increase in your bank account, when the invoice is payed, is matched by a decrease in capital. - - -Bank Accounts [B] - |___ Main Account - |___ Reserve Account - -Cash [A] - -Assets [A] - |___ Capital Equipment (Box 7 - Part) - additions only, not absolute value - | |___ Computers Can be depreciated to zero this year - | |___ EEC reverse VAT purchase (Box 6 - Part) create sub-accounts if needed - |___ Other - -Receivable [R] Customers to whom you give credit - (business section) - - -Cards [C] - |___ Card 1 - -Liabilities [L] - |___ Owed Corp Tax - |___ Owed Fees - |___ Owed Tax / NI - |___ Other - -VAT [L] Net (Box 5) - |___ i/p [A] purchases (Box4) - |___ o/p [L] (Box3) - |___EEC on reverse VAT purchases (Box 2) - |___Sales all including zero rate UK/ EEC and World (Box1) - -Payable [P] Suppliers who give you credit (business section) - -Equity [Q] - |___ Corp Tax - |___ Director’s Loan - |___ Dividends - | |___ Director1 - | |___ Director2 - | |___ Shareholder 1 - |___ Grants (and stuff that does not count as income) - |___Opening Balances - -Income [I] (Box 6 - part) - |___ Interest - |___ Misc - | ___ Sales - |___ EEC - | |____ goods (Box 8) (sub accounts as needed) - | |____ services includes software (sub accounts as needed) - | ___ UK - |____ World - -Expenses [E] - |__Depreciation - |__ Emoluments - | |___ Directors Fees - | |___ NI Employer - | |___ Employee 1 - | |___NI - | |___Net Salary - | |___Stakeholder - | |___Tax - |___ Other Non VAT Expenses - |___ VAT Purchases (Box 7 - part) - |___ Accountancy - |___ Bank Charges - |___ Consumables - |___ EEC reverse VAT purchases (Box 6 - Part) - | |___ goods (Box 9) (sub accounts as needed) - | |___ services includes software (sub accounts as needed) - |___ Office - |___ Phone and Internet - |___ Software - |___ Subscriptions - |___ Sundry - |___ Travel / Accom - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/appendixd.xml b/guide/C/appendixd.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a2fe53c4d..000000000 --- a/guide/C/appendixd.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Auxiliary File Formats - These are the formats of some auxiliary files used by &app;. - - Check Format Files (<filename>*.chk</filename>) - - - Overview - The check format file is used to tell &app; how to print a check or checks onto a page of paper. This file first describes the overall layout of a page (number of checks, orientation, etc) and then describes the layout of the specific items on a single check. The file is organized as a typical Key/Value file used by many Linux applications. Keys/values pairs are grouped into sections that begin with the group name enclosed in square brackets. - &app; looks for check format files in two different locations when you bring up the check printing dialog. The first location is typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks, where check files distributed with the application can be found. The second location is the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory. Users may add check formats at any time (even while &app; is running) simply by dropping a new *.chk file in this directory. The next time the check printing dialog is opened the new check format will appear in the list of available check formats. - - Printing functions differently depending on the version of GTK that is installed on your system. When &app; is using a version of GTK prior to 2.10 all offsets are measured from the lower left corner of the page or check. When using GTK 2.10 or later, all offsets are measured from the upper left corner of the page or check. - - - - Example file - A typical &app; check file is presented below. The contents of this file will be described in the next sections. - - -[Top] -Guid = 67b144d1-96a5-48d5-9337-0e1083bbf229 -Title = Quicken/QuickBooks (tm) US-Letter -Rotation = 0.0 -Translation = 0.0;4.0 -Show_Grid = false -Show_Boxes = false - -[Check Positions] -Height = 252.0 -Names = Top;Middle;Bottom - -[Check Items] -Type_1 = PAYEE -Coords_1 = 90.0;102.0;400.0;20.0 - -Type_2 = AMOUNT_WORDS -Coords_2 = 90.0;132.0 - -Type_3 = AMOUNT_NUMBER -Blocking_Chars_3 = true -Coords_3 = 500.0;102.0 - -Type_4 = DATE -Coords_4 = 500.0;67.0 - -Type_5 = NOTES -Coords_5 = 50.0;212.0 - - - - Field Descriptions - - Top Group - This section of the check file describes the overall layout of a page of checks (or check) that goes into the printer. - - Overall Page Description Fields - - - - Name - Type - Required - Description - - - - - Guid - string - mandatory - The guid is used to uniquely identify a check format to &app;. It must be unique across the entire set of application supplied and user supplied check formats. If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you must change this value. The uuidgen program may be used to generate these identifiers. - - - Title - string - mandatory - The title is used to uniquely identify a check format to the user. This value is presented verbatim in the check format list of the check printing dialog. If you copy an application check file as the basis of your own check format, you should change this value. The title may be any utf-8 string. - - - Font - string - optional - If supplied, this is the default font used to print all text items on this check. This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier. If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the &app; preferences dialog. A typical string would be sans 12. - - - Blocking_Chars - boolean - optional - If supplied, this is the default used when printing all TEXT items on this check. When set to true, will print *** before and after each text field on the check. Blocking characters are printed to protect check fields from alteration. For example, the amount field may be printed as ***100.00*** - - - DateFormat - boolean - optional - If supplied, this is the default used when printing all DATE items on this check. When set to true, will print the format of the DATE in 8 point type, centered and below the actual DATE. For example DDMMYYYY. - - - Rotation - double - optional - This value specified the rotation of the entire page (in degrees) around the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the counter-clockwise direction. For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and rotation values increase in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the page is applied before translation. - - - Translation - list of 2 doubles - optional - These values specify the x and y translation of the entire page (in points) relative to the origin point. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right. For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right. Rotation of the page is applied before translation. - - - Show_Grid - boolean - optional - If this value is set to true then &app; will draw a grid on the page, starting at the origin with the lines spaced every 50 points. This can be helpful when creating a check format file. - - - Show_Boxes - boolean - optional - If this value is set to true then for each item where the width and height have been specified, &app; will draw a box showing location and maximum size of that item . This can be helpful when creating a check format file. - - - -
- The Blocking_Chars and DateFormat options are defined for all check formats in Edit->Preferences->Printing. It is recommened that these global options be set to false (the default), and that the options be set for individual Check Items as described below. - - - Check Positions Group - This group of items specifies how multiple checks are laid out on the same sheet of paper, and gives names to each of these check locations so that a user can specify which check location that &app; should print. This entire group of key/value pairs is optional, and should be omitted if the format file only specifies a single check per page of paper. - - Multiple Checks Per Page Fields - - - - Name - Type - Required - Description - - - - - Height - double - mandatory - This field specifies the height of a single check on the page. If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory. If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted. - - - Names - list of strings - mandatory - This field specifies the names of the check locations that can be printed on each page. These names represent the check positions starting from the top of the page and moving downward. The names are presented verbatim in the check position list of the check printing dialog. A typical value for this field is "Top;Middle;Bottom", but it could also be "First;Second;Third" or any other set of strings that clearly identify the check locations. If there are multiple checks per page then this item is mandatory. If there is only a single check per page, this entire section should be omitted. - - - -
- - - Check Items Group - This section specifies the individual items that are printed on the check. There is no limit to the number of items that may be present in this section, and any given type of item can be repeated multiple times. This allows for the printing of checks that have a side stub, or for the one-per-page business checks that have both the check and multiple check stubs on the same page. For example, to print the payee name on a business check and on both stubs, simply specify three payee items with differing print coordinates. - Each key names in this section explicitly includes the item number to which it applies. E.G. The key named Type_1 applies to the first item to be printed, and the key Coords_3 applies to the third item to be printed. Item numbers start at one and increase sequentially. Any gap in the numbering sequence is interpreted by &app; as the end of the item list. Items are printed in the order of their item numbers, not in the order in which they appear in the file. - Each item specified must include a type declaration. The rest of the parameters for that item depend upon the particular type of that item. See for a list of valid item types and their required parameters. - - Individual Check Item Fields - - - - Name - Type - Required - Description - - - - - Type_n - string - mandatory - This field specifies the type of a single item to be printed on a check. See for a list of valid item types. - - - Coords_n - list of 2 or 4 doubles - mandatory - This field specifies the coordinates where the item should be placed on a check, and optionally also specifies the width and height of the item. The numbers in order are the X and Y offset of the lower left corner of the item, and optionally the width and height of the item. If the width is supplied then the height must also be supplied, so this field will always contain two or four numbers. For gtk versions prior to 2.10, the origin point is in the lower left corner of the page and translation values increase moving up and to the right. For gtk version 2.10 and later, the origin point is in the upper left corner of the page and translation values increase moving down and to the right.Regardless of whether the origin is at the top or the bottom of the page, the coordinates always specify the lower left point of the item. - - - Font_n - string - optional - If supplied, this is the font used to print this specific text item. This field can contain any string that is acceptable by gtk as a font specifier. If this field is omitted, the default font is the font specified in the Top section of the check description file, or if that was omitted the font specified in the &app; preferences dialog. This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later. - - - Align_n - string - optional - If supplied, this is the alignment used to print this specific text item. This field must contain one of the strings left, center or right. If this field is omitted, the text will be left aligned. This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later. - - - Text_n - string - optional - This field is only used when the item type is TEXT. It specifies the utf-8 text that should be printed on the check. - - - Filename_n - string - optional - This field is only used when the item type is PICTURE. It specifies the filename of the image that should be printed on the check. The string may specify either an absolute path name or as a relative path name. If a relative path name is specified, &app; first looks in in the application check format folder (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) for the image file, and if it isn’t found there then it looks in the user private ~/.gnucash/checks directory for the image. This field is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later. - - - Blocking_Chars_n - boolean - optional - If supplied, this will set the print Blocking_Chars option for this item. - - - DateFormat_n - boolean - optional - If supplied, this will set the print DateFormat option for this item. - - - -
- These are the individual items that can be printed on a check. All items require the coordinates on the page where the item should be printed. The majority of these items result in text being printed on the page, and these items may have individual font and alignments specified. For example, the numerical amount of a check could be printed right justified while everything else is printed left justified. Other types may have unique parameters. - - Individual Check Item Types - - - - Name - Required Fields - Optional Fields - Description - - - - - PAYEE - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the check payee name at the specified coordinates. - - - DATE - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars -DateFormat - - - This type value tells &app; to print the check date at the specified coordinates. - - - NOTES - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the transaction notes field at the specified coordinates. - - - CHECK_NUMBER - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; - to print the check number at the specified coordinates. The - check number reflects the book option selection under - FileProperties - for number source (transaction - number or anchor-split action - see Use Split - Action Field for Number in the Book Options section - of the &app; Help Manual). - - - - MEMO - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the split memo field at the specified coordinates. - - - ACTION - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; - to print the split action field at the specified coordinates. - However, the printed field reflects the book option selection - under File - Properties for number source - (transaction number or anchor-split action - see - Use Split Action Field for Number in the Book - Options section of the &app; Help - Manual). If number source for the book is specified as - anchor-split action, this field will instead print the - transaction number field. - - - - AMOUNT_WORDS - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the check amount in words at the specified coordinates. The amount will appear similar to the string "One thousand, two hundred thirty four and 56/100". - - - AMOUNT_NUMBER - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the check amount in numbers at the specified coordinates. The amount will appear similar to the number "$1,234.56". - - - ADDRESS - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the address at the specified coordinates. - - - SPLITS_ACCOUNT - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the account names for each split entry stating at the specified coordinates. See the note on splits printing. - - - SPLITS_AMOUNT - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the amount for each split entry stating at the specified coordinates. Amounts are printed with currency symbols. See the note on splits printing. - - - SPLITS_MEMO - Coords - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print the memo text for each split entry stating at the specified coordinates. See the note on splits printing. - - - TEXT - Coords, Text - - Font -Align -Blocking_Chars - - - This type value tells &app; to print an arbitrary string at the specified coordinates. The string to be printed is specified with the Text_n key. - - - PICTURE - Coords, Filename - (none) - This type value tells &app; to print an image at the specified coordinates. The image to be printed is specified with the Filename_n key. This type is only recognized when using gtk version 2.10 or later. - - - -
- - SPLIT items include all split entries for the transaction - except for the split that applies to the current account register - (referred to as the anchor-split). This is usually the last split - listed when splits are displayed in the register. The coordinate - location defines the lower left location for the split information. - - - - - - Creating Check Format Files - Creating your own check format file is a fairly simple task. The easiest way to start is to copy an existing check format file from the application directory (typically /usr/share/gnucash/checks) to the directory ~/.gnucash/checks. Make sure to change the guid so the new file will be accepted by gnucash, and change the title to something descriptive. Then change or add individual item fields as necessary. You can also create a new check file by clicking the Save Format button on the Custom format page of the check printing dialog. - - Key names are case sensitive. If you’re having problems with a check format file, ensure that all key names have capital letters as documented above. - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_accts.xml b/guide/C/ch_accts.xml index 8828946af..0e70e9565 100644 --- a/guide/C/ch_accts.xml +++ b/guide/C/ch_accts.xml @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ Originally written by Translators: (translators put your name and email here) --> - + Accounts - This chapter will discuss some useful concepts for organizing your + This section discusses some useful concepts for organizing your accounts. Since &app; does not impose any specific account tree layout, you are free to design your account structure in any manner you wish. However, there are a few basic accounting concepts which you will probably want to follow when designing your accounts to maximize their utility. - + Basic Accounting Concepts As we saw in the previous chapter, accounting is based on 5 basic @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Translators: - + Balance Sheet Accounts The three so-called Balance Sheet Accounts @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ Translators: represents what is left over after you subtract your liabilities from your assets. It can be thought of as the portion of your assets that you own outright, without any debt. - + - + Income and Expense Accounts The two Income and Expense Accounts are used @@ -123,10 +123,12 @@ Translators: Then you should introduce it here in a separate paragraph and replace 'income and expense' by it in the latter sections of this book. --> - - + LANG-DE Aufwands- und Ertragskonten lassen sich unter dem Oberbegriff + Erfolgskonten zusammenfassen. + + - + <application>&app;</application> Accounts This section will show how the &app; definition of an account fits @@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ Translators: These &app; account types are presented in more detail below. - + Balance Sheet Accounts The first balance sheet account we will examine is @@ -244,13 +246,13 @@ Translators: frequently subdivided more finely than what has been considered thus far. For a more developed treatment of the possibilities, please read the descriptions presented in - of this Guide. + of this Guide. For personal finances a person can follow the business groupings or not, as they seem useful to the activities the person is tracking and to the kind of reporting that person needs to have to manage their financial assets. For additional information, consult - of this Guide. + of this Guide. @@ -333,9 +335,9 @@ Translators: minus the things you owe equals your net worth. - + - + Income and Expense Accounts Income is the payment you receive for your @@ -411,9 +413,9 @@ Translators: - + - + Other Account Types There are some special other account types. @@ -421,18 +423,18 @@ Translators: Trading Multiple currency transactions have splits in Trading accounts to make the transaction balance in each currency as well as in total value. See - for more information. + for more information. Money Market and Credit Line are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for completeness with the specification. - + - + - + Putting It All Together Let’s go through the process of building a common personal finance @@ -443,7 +445,7 @@ Translators: track into the basic account types of accounting. This is fairly simple, let’s go through an example. - + Simple Example Let us assume you have a checking and a savings account at a bank, @@ -462,9 +464,9 @@ Translators: form of a salary, and expenses in the form of groceries, rent, electricity, phone, and taxes (Federal, Social Security, Medicare) on your salary. - + - + The Basic Top Level Accounts Now, you must decide how you want to group these accounts. Most @@ -554,9 +556,9 @@ Translators: - + - + Making Sub-Accounts You can now add to this basic top-level tree structure by inserting @@ -687,6 +689,6 @@ Translators: household budget. With this basic framework in place, we can now begin to populate the accounts with transactions. The next chapter will cover this subject in greater detail. - - - + + + diff --git a/guide/C/ch_basics.xml b/guide/C/ch_basics.xml index 6b45895b7..928b04663 100644 --- a/guide/C/ch_basics.xml +++ b/guide/C/ch_basics.xml @@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ Translators: (translators put your name and email here) --> - + The Basics This chapter will introduce some of the basics of using &app;. It is @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ Accounting Concepts + AccountingConcepts &app; is easy enough to use that you do not need to have a complete understanding of accounting principles to find it useful. @@ -252,7 +254,7 @@ Accounts - An account keeps track of what you own, + An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive. Each &app; file can contain any number of accounts, and each account can contain many sub-accounts up to an arbitrary number of levels. This simple feature @@ -301,20 +303,172 @@ - - Interface + + Running <application>&app;</application> + Interface + &app; can be run from your desktop main menu by selecting the associated menu entry. + Alternatively it can be run from a command line prompt with the command gnucash. + During start up, &app; will display the + Splash Screen, where some information about the program (version number, build, etc.) + and the loading process are displayed. + + + <guilabel>Welcome to &app;</guilabel> dialog The very first time you open &app;, you will see the - Welcome to &app;! screen. From there, &app; - provides other tools to help you easily find what you are looking for. - Let’s take a look at some of the common screens and screen boxes you will - see. + Welcome to &app;! screen. This dialog includes three choices: + + + + + Create a new set of accounts - Runs the + New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant (see ). Select + this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts. + + + + Import my QIF files - Runs the + Import QIF Files assistant (see ). Select this option + if you already have Quicken files (.qif files) and wish + to import them into &app;. + + + + Open the new user tutorial - + Opens the &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this + option if you are completely new to &app; and + accounting concepts. + + + + + It is possible to access each of these items after you have left this screen, + but the Welcome to &app;! screen will not reappear. + To create a new set of accounts, see . To import + QIF files, see . + + + + + New Account Hierarchy Setup + + The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant helps you + to create a set of &app; accounts. It will + appear if you choose Create a new set of accounts + in the Welcome to &app;! menu, or when you select + FileNew. + This assistant will create a new blank &app; file and + guide you through the creation of a Chart of Accounts. There are several + steps in the assistant, which are outlined below. + + + + The first screen briefly describes what this assistant does. + + + New Book Options allows you to set different attributes + for your file that affect the file as a whole. This screen has four tabs: + Accounts, Budgeting, Business, and Counters. These items are explained elsewhere in + the Guide, and can be changed at a later point. + + + Choose Currency sets the default currency for new accounts. + This is based on the computer locale settings, and can be modified later in the + Accounts tab under Preferences + (see ). + + + Choose accounts to create allows you to create + an initial set of accounts. These can be edited as needed afterward. + The screen is divided into three parts. + + + The left upper portion has a list of + Categories for commonly used hierarchies of + accounts. Select from this list the types of accounts you wish to + use. You can select as many of the categories of accounts as you + wish. + + + The left lower section has a Category + Description that displays a detailed description of the + category currently highlighted. + + + The right side has a list of the Accounts + that will be created from a selected category. Note that the accounts + listed here are only the selected category; your + final data file will include all of the accounts + for all of the selected Categories. + + + + + Setup selected accounts lists all the accounts you + selected on Choose accounts to create, and allows you to + enter opening balances and to designate Placeholder accounts. + + Equity accounts do not have opening balances, so the + opening balance value for this kind of account + is locked and set to zero. + + + Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of accounts and + normally do not have transactions or opening balances. + + + + The left side of the screen has a list of Account + Names. Select an account by "clicking" once in the + Account Names column with the account highlighted. This will open + the account name for changes. + + + The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an + account a Placeholder and a box to add the + Opening Balance for the selected account. Again + a single click in the Opening Balance or + Placeholder column will + open the field for changes. + + + + + Finish account setup is the last screen and + gives you a final option to cancel the process. + + If you choose to cancel, any selections you have made up to + this point will be lost. + + + + + + + + + + + + + LANG-DE Das Willkommen in &app; Dialogfenster + + + LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt das Willkommen in &app;! Dialogfenster. + + + + + Tip of the Day + InterfaceTip of the Day &app; provides a Tip of the Day screen to - give helpful hints for using the program: + give helpful hints for using the program: @@ -333,6 +487,7 @@ + These tips provide useful information for beginning users. To view more of the tips, click Forward to continue. If you @@ -344,6 +499,7 @@ Account Tree Window + InterfaceAccount Tree Window You should now see the Accounts window, which appears as shown below. The exact layout of the account tree will depend @@ -400,6 +556,7 @@ Account Register Window + InterfaceAccount Register Window Account Register windows are used to enter and edit your account data. As the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook @@ -456,6 +613,7 @@ Toolbar Buttons + InterfaceToolbar Buttons Both the account tree window and the account register window contain Toolbar buttons. These buttons provide quick access to common @@ -513,6 +671,7 @@ Menu Items + InterfaceMenu Items The account tree window and the account register window both contain menu headings in a Menubar. Clicking on a menu heading brings @@ -534,6 +693,7 @@ Menu Shortcuts + InterfaceMenu Shortcuts All of the menu items have access keys which are marked by underlined characters in the menu names. Pressing the @@ -553,75 +713,13 @@ - - Getting Help - - &app; offers help in many ways. We have already covered the - Tip of the Day screen that gives you helpful hints - upon start-up of your &app; session. &app; also offers an extensive - help manual. - - - Help Manual - - Once you have opened &app;, you will see the Account - Tree window Help menu heading, which - opens the Help manual. The Help manual is organized by topic, and - you can expand each topic into its subtopics. - - Topics are listed on the left side. To select a topic or subtopic, - click on it, and you should see the text for that topic appear on the - right. Use the Back and - Forward buttons to navigate through your topic - choices, and print any text using the Print - button. - - - - Web Access - - The &app; Help window also acts as a simple - web browser, so you can pull up a website for additional information. - You can open any website under this window by clicking the - Open Toolbar button and then typing in the URL. - Use the Back, Forward, - Reload, Stop, and - Print buttons as you would in a standard - browser. - - The &app; website - contains helpful information about the program and about any - updates to it. It also contains links to the &app; mailing lists for - developers and users, and you can search the archives - of &app; mailing lists for discussions on a - particular topic. If you don’t find the answers you are looking for, you - can post your question to the &app; - user list, and someone on the list will attempt to - answer you. - - The most updated &app; FAQ is also located - on the &app; - FAQ website, and contains answers to the popular - questions. - - - - Topic Search - - The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a - particular topic, click the Search tab at the - bottom of the help window and type in your topic in the field provided. - Click the Search button to complete your search. - A list of choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will - bring up its text on the right. - - - + Getting Help + Getting HelpHelp Manual + Getting HelpWeb Access + Getting HelpTopic Search - Storing your financial data + Storing your financial data + Financial data Overview @@ -919,6 +1017,7 @@ Opening data + Financial dataOpening To open an existing file or database, select File Open from the menu. In the window that will open, select the Data Format. If you selected File choose the file you want to open @@ -948,6 +1047,7 @@ Backing Up and Recovering Data + Backup &app; creates several types of files to help ensure that your data is not lost. If you look in the folder where your saved file resides, you may see other @@ -974,6 +1074,7 @@ Backup file (.gnucash) + BackupBackup file Each time you save your data file, a backup copy will also be saved with the extension .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash. This backup file is a complete copy of @@ -997,6 +1098,7 @@ Log file (.log) + BackupLog file Each time you open and edit a file in &app;, &app; creates a log file of changes you have made to your data file. @@ -1040,6 +1142,7 @@ Lock files (.LNK and .LCK) + BackupLock files You may occasionally see .LNK and .LCK files appear. These do not store any data, but they are created to prevent more than one user from @@ -1056,10 +1159,29 @@ .LCK files (using a terminal window or your file manager). Once those files are deleted, you will not get the warning message again unless &app; crashes. + + + + + + + + LANG-DE Warnmeldung, dass Blockdateien gefunden + werden + + + LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt die Warnung, dass Blockdateien + gefunden werden. + + + + File Management + BackupFile Management So which files should you keep around? Keep your main data file, of course. It’s a @@ -1214,6 +1336,7 @@ Putting It All Together + Putting It All TogetherBasisc This section begins a tutorial that will continue throughout this @@ -1454,8 +1577,8 @@ - - - + + + diff --git a/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml b/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 53f10171c..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_budgets.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Budgets - - This chapter explains how to create and use budgets with &app;. - - - Basic Concepts - - A budget is a tool for estimating expected income and expenses. - You can use it to help you plan how you intend for your finances to - change over a period of time, and to examine how your actual - financial transactions for the period compare to your planned - transactions. - - The budgeting concept is quite general, so &app; offers a -budgeting tool that is both simple and flexible. You, the user, have -to decide how complex or simple you want to make your budget. This -guide will help you make some of those decisions. - - - Terminology There are a few helpful terms listed - below that will be used to discuss budgeting. - - - - Budget - A financial plan describing - the expected revenues and/or disbursements for a particular time - period - - - Cash Budget - A budget planning for - expected cash receipts and cash disbursements. This type of - budget tracks cash flow -- where your money comes from, where it - goes, and, of course, how much. - - - - Expense Budget - A budget chiefly for - planning what you spend your money on. This type of budget tracks - your expenses. It is typically not concerned with things like - appreciation or repayment of liabilities. However, it would - account for interest charges. For example, if you buy $100 worth - of groceries with your credit card, you incur an $100 expense for - groceries, and a $100 liability to your credit card company. When - you pay the credit card bill for $110, you are incurring an - additional interest expense of $10. An expense budget plans for - the transaction of buying the groceries and paying the interest, - but not the transaction of repaying the credit card - company. - - - - Capital Budget - A budget that - describes a plan for paying for a large future expense, often - through a combination of saving and borrowing money. Note: - Capital budgets can sometimes get quite complex because they can - try to answer the question "Can we afford to do such-and-such?" by - exploring various hypothetical scenarios that can involve - hypothetical accounts. - - - - Budget Period - The period of time - during which the plan is expected to take place. The most common - budget periods are annual and monthly. Sometimes, you may budget - for several consecutive periods at once, for convenience or for - finer-grained planning. For example, an annual budget may include - 12 monthly budget periods. - - - - - - - - Creating a Budget - Even before you begin to make a budget, it’s important to - have given some thought to your account hierarchy. For example, if - you want to budget a certain amount for your electric bill and a - certain amount for your water bill, you can’t have only an - Expenses:Utilities account. Your accounts must be at least as - specific as your budget. - - - - Choose Which Accounts To Budget For - The first step in creating a budget is to decide what it is - you want to plan for. This decision will affect which accounts - you include in your budget. For example, if you are only - interested in tracking your expenses, you may create an expense - budget by only entering amounts for expense accounts. On the - other hand, if you want to track all of your cash flow, you may - create a cash flow budget by entering amounts for asset, - liability, income and expense accounts. - - Before you begin to create your budget, you need to make - two decisions: What accounts do I want to budget for? and When - do I want my budget to be for? You can always change your mind - later, after you’ve created a budget, but you need to start with - something. - - As a rule of thumb, if you mostly care about - what you spend your money on, you may want - to make an expense report. If you’re also concerned about having - enough money in the right places at the right times, you may want - to use a cash-flow budget. - - - - Choosing a Budget Period - Before creating a budget you must also decide what period of - time you want to plan for. The most common budget periods are - monthly and annual. If you want your budget to plan for changes - in financial patterns over time, then you should include multiple - budget periods in your budget. For example, if you want to plan - on having higher utility expenses in the winter than in the - summer, then you might break your annual budget into 4 quarters or - even 12 months, and budget a higher value for the winter periods - than for the summer periods. - - - - Getting Started - To create your first budget click on Actions - BudgetNew Budget. You will - immediately see a new budget with the default settings and no entries. - Then click on the Options button. The most important options are - the budget period and the number of periods. For the budget period, - choose the beginning date and the smallest period of time that you - want to plan for. Then, for the number of periods, choose how many - periods you want to plan for. - - The budget page now shows a list of accounts with a column - for each budget period. The date shown in the title of each - column is the beginning of that budget period. - - - - Entering Budget Values - Now, you must enter the budget values - the amounts that you - expect the account balances to change during the budget period. - There are two ways to enter budget values. The first way is to - simply click on the cell and enter an amount. - - If you have past transactions recorded in &app;, the - second way is to let &app; estimate the budget values by looking - at those transactions. First, select the accounts you want - &app; to estimate. Then click on the Estimate Toolbar button. - In the Estimate Budget Values dialog, select the date past which - &app; should look for past transactions. &app; will start at - that date and look forward for the duration of your budget. For - example, if you are making an annual budget, and you select - Jan. 1, 2005, &app; will look at all the transactions in that - account from Jan. 1, 2005 through Dec. 31, 2005. - - - - - Budget Reporting - You’ve already done the hardest part - creating your budget. - But now you want to know how your actual financial transactions - compare to your plan. You need to run the Budget Report. - Click on ReportsBudget - Budget Report. For each - account, the Budget Report will show the budgeted and the actual - amounts in two adjacent columns for each period in the budget. If - you have created multiple budgets, you can use the Budget Report - Options to select which budget to use in the report. - - Two other types of budget reports are commonly used in the - small business setting. They are the Budgeted Income - Statement and the Budgeted Balance - Sheet. - - Budgeted Income Statement - The budgeted income statement is similar to the income - statement. Both show the revenues and expenses for a given period - as well as the profit, which is the difference revenue - expenses. - The income statement is based on historical data, but the - budgeted income statement is based on the - predictions made in the budget. - - - Budgeted Balance Sheet - The budgeted balance sheet is similar to the balance sheet. - Both show the assets, liabilities, and equity. The difference is - that the balance sheet is based on historical data, and the - budgeted balance sheet is based on the - predictions made in the budget. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_bus_features.xml b/guide/C/ch_bus_features.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 66970dac9..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_bus_features.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1633 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Business Features - - Introduction to Business Features - The accounting needs of a business are quite different from that of - a person. Businesses have customers that owe money, vendors which are owed - money, employee payroll, more complex tax laws, etc. &app; offers - business oriented features to facilitate these needs. - - Accounts Receivable (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for - which they are not immediately paid. This is represented on the balance sheet as an asset, - because the expectation is that you will receive payment soon. - - - Accounts Payable (A/P) record bills that businesses have received, but may not pay until later. - This is represented on the balance sheet as a liability because you will have to pay for them. - - - A/R and A/P accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts - flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you - do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are - too complicated to be worthwhile. - - - - Business Setup - - To set up &app; to handle accounts receivable or accounts payable - for a company, these preliminary steps must be done. - - Build an appropriate Account Hierarchy. - Set up Sales Tax Tables. - Enter the company information in &app;. - Set Business Preferences. - Set up Billing Terms. - - - - - Account Setup - - There are many different ways to set up a business account - hierarchy. You can start with the Business Accounts setup which is - available from the New Account Hierarchy assistant, or you could build one - manually. To access the prebuilt Business Accounts, start &app; and - click on FileNew File and - proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select Business - Accounts. - - The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs - exactly. You will need make adjustments to the hierarchy so that it will - meet your particular needs. It should be close enough, however, that it - is recommended you begin with it. - - To use &app;’s integrated accounts - receivable system, you must first set up a special account (usually a - sub-account under Assets) to hold transactions for receivables. This account - must be defined with account type A/Receivable. - &app; will use this account to place transactions - related to the integrated accounts receivable system. - - - To use &app;’s integrated accounts - payable system, you must first set up an account (usually a - sub-account under Liabilities) to hold transactions for payables. - This account must be defined with account type A/Payable. - &app; will use this account to place transactions - related to the integrated accounts payable system. - - - -Basic A/R and A/P Account Hierarchy: - --Assets - -Accounts Receivable - -Checking --Expenses - ...(as required) --Income - -Sales --Liabilities - -Accounts Payable - -Tax - -Tax on Purchases - -Tax on Sales - - - You need to add additional accounts to this hierarchy for it to be useful. - - - You do not need to create an individual A/R account for each - customer. &app; keeps track of customers internally and provides - per-customer reports based on the internal tracking. The same applies to A/P and vendors. - - - - - If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will need a separate - Accounts Receivable account for each currency. - - - - If you deal with vendors in more than one currency you will need a separate - Accounts Payable account for each currency. - - - - Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable account should not be - added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using Post/Unpost - Bill/Invoice/Voucher or Process Payment! - - - - - - Setting up Sales Tax Tables - - Sales Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills). - - - A tax table entry can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line. - - Set up distinct tax tables for customers and vendors. - - The default invoice tax table entry can be assigned to each customer and the default bill - tax table entry can be assigned to each vendor. - - - The default tax table entry for new customers or new vendors can be specified in the Book Options - window which can be accessed by - File - Properties - Business tab. - - - - Sales Tax Tables are maintained using the Sales Tax Table editor which is accessed via menu - BusinessSales Tax Table. - - -
- Sales Tax Tables Editor - - - - - - - - - - - Sales Tax Tables Editor - - - -
- -
- New Sales Tax Table Entry - - - - - - - - New Sales Tax Table Entry - - - -
- - - - Name This is the tax table name. - - - Type Either Percent % or Value $. - - - Value This is the percentage or value depending on Type. - - - Account This is the account to which tax will be posted. - For tax collected from customers, this should probably be a Liability account as it must be payed to the government. - For tax paid to vendors, if tax laws allow tax paid to vendors to offset tax collected from customers, this should probably - also be a Liability account (even though it will usually have a debit balance) - so that the net tax owed to the government can be easily observed. - - If you set up Tax on Purchases and Tax on Sales as subaccounts of Liabilities:Tax then the net tax will be rolled up - and can be seen in the &app; Accounts tab. - - If unsure about tax law requirements, get professional advice. - - - - The following charts illustrate sample tax tables and - may be used as starting points to determine the setup - appropriate for a particular jurisdiction. - - - Sample Tax Table Entries for EC country (e.g. 21% / 6% - / 0% Belgium, 20% / 5% / 0% UK etc.) (2017) - - - - Tax Table - Tax Table Entries [Asset/Liability] - Percentage or Amount - - - - - Standard VAT Sales - VAT:Sales:Standard [L] - 21% - - - Reduced VAT Sales - VAT:Sales:Reduced [L] - 6% - - - Zero-Rated VAT Sales - VAT:Sales:Zero [L] - 0% - - - EC Sales - VAT:Sales:EC [L] - 21% - - - VAT:Sales:Reverse EC [L] - -21% - - - Standard VAT Purchases - VAT:Purchases:Standard [A] - 21% - - - Reduced VAT Purchases - VAT:Purchases:Reduced [A] - 6% - - - Zero-Rated VAT Purchases - VAT:Purchases:Zero [A] - 0% - - - -
- - - Sample Tax Table Entries for Australia (2017) - - - - - Tax Table - Tax Table Entries [Asset/Liability] - Percentage or Amount - - - - - Standard GST Sales - GST:Sales:Standard [L] - 10% - - - GST-free Sales - GST:Sales:Zero [L] - 0% - - - Standard GST Purchases - GST:Purchases:Standard [A] - 10% - - - GST-free Purchases - GST:Purchases:Zero [A] - 0% - - - -
- - - Sample Tax Table Entries for Cook County, Illinois (2017) - - - - Tax Table - Tax Table Entries [Asset/Liability] - Percentage or Amount - - - - - Chicago Sales Taxes - Taxes:Sales:State [L] - 6.25% - - - Taxes:Sales:City [L] - 1.25% - - - Taxes:Sales:County [L] - 1.75% - - - Taxes:Sales:Region [L] - 1% - - - -
- - - - - Enter Company Information - - After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, designate your - company in the &app; file. To do this, select the Business tab - in the Book Options window, which can be accessed from - FileProperties - . - - -
- Entering Company Information - - - - - - - - Company Information - - - -
- - Here you can: - - - - Enter the name of your company along with contact information - such as your phone number, fax number, e-mail address and website - URL. - - - - Enter your company’s tax payer id number in the - Company ID field. - - - - Select default tax tables applicable to your most common - customers and vendors. - - - - - - - Setting Business Preferences - Set options on the Business tab of the &app; preferences, which is - accessed via EditPreferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - See Help manual chapter 10.3.3 Business Book Options Tab. - - - - - - Setting Billing Terms - - Billing Terms can be used to determine the payment due date and be a - guide for determining discount for early payment of invoices (or vendor bills). - - - - As of &app; 2.6.7, Billing Terms are only - partially supported. Date due is calculated using the Billing Terms - but discount amount is not. - - - Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and - professional advice should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with: - - - After creating and posting a payment which pays the invoice in full, manually edit the payment transaction (usually strongly discouraged) - and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and create a compensating split in an income (discount) account. - - - - - Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative - sales income (discount) account for the transfer account. - - - - - - - You can specify the billing terms on each invoice/bill. - Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms. - Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms. - - - Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu - BusinessBilling Terms Editor. - - -
- Billing Terms Editor - - - - - - - - Billing Terms Editor - - - -
- -
- New Billing Term - - - - - - - - New Billing Term - - - -
- - - - Name The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see - . - - - - Description The description of the billing term, printed on invoices - - - There are 2 types of billing terms, with different information to be entered - - - Type Days - - - Due Days The invoice or bill is due to be paid within this number of days after the post date - - - Discount Days The number of days after the post date during which a discount will - be applied for early payment - - - - Discount % The percentage discount applied for early payment - - - - - Type Proximo - - - Due Day The day of the month bills are due - - - Discount Day The last day of the month for the early payment discount - - - Discount % The discount percentage applied if paid early - - - Cutoff Day The cutoff day for applying bills to the next month. After the - cutoff, bills are applied to the following month. Negative values - count backwards from the end of the month. - - - - - - - - - - - Accounts Receivable - Accounts Receivable (or A/R) refers to products or services provided - by your company for which payment has not yet been received. - - - System Components - - Transactions generated by the A/R system are recorded within the Accounts - Receivable account. You should not work directly with this account. - Instead, you will work with the four integrated &app; A/R application - components available through the Business - Customer sub-menu. These four components are: - - - - Customers are people or companies to whom - you sell products or services on credit. - - - - Invoices represent the physical invoice you - send to a customer to request payment. This invoice contains an - itemized list of things you sold. - In addition, GnuCash also has support for Credit Notes - which represent the inverse of Invoices. A credit note is usually handed to - a customer to correct items that were incorrectly invoiced or returned. - Both document types will be set up using the same menu items. Credit notes were introduced starting with - &app; stable release 2.6.0. - - - - - Jobs (optional) is where you register - Customer Jobs. Jobs are a mechanism by which you can group multiple - invoices to a particular customer. - - - - Process Payments is used to register - payments you received from a customer. - - - - - - Customers - - Customers are people or companies to whom you sell goods or - services. They must be registered within the A/R system. - - - New - - To register a new customer, enter the menu - BusinessCustomer - New Customer. Fill in customer information, such as - Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. - -
- New Customer Registration Window - - - - - - - - New Customer Registration Window - - - -
- - - - Find and Edit - - To search for an existing customer, use the - BusinessCustomer - Find Customer window. You select a customer to - View/Edit from the results of the search. This - window is also used to look up customers when creating invoices and - processing payments. - -
- Find Customer Window - - - - - - - - Find Customer Window - - - -
- - If many customers match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - If the customer you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the customer is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the customer cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - To return a list of all registered active customers, set the - search criterion to matches regex, and place a - single dot "." in the text field area. Make sure Search only - active data is checked, then click - Find. The regular expression "." means to match - anything. - - - - - - Invoices - - An invoice is the paperwork you send to a customer to request - payment for products or services rendered. &app; can generate and track - invoices. - - A credit note is the paperwork you send to a customer to correct - products or services rendered that were incorrectly invoiced. &app; can generate and track - credit notes via the same menu entries as invoices. - - - This section applies to both invoices and - credit notes. In order to avoid repeating everything twice and to keep - the text easier to read it will refer only to invoices. You can apply - it equally to credit notes. Only where the behavior of credit notes - differs from invoices this will be explicitly mentioned. - - - - New - - To send an invoice to a customer you must first create the new - document. To create an invoice use Business - CustomerNew Invoice. The - New Invoice window must be filled in appropriately. - -
- Creating a New Invoice - - - - - - - - Creating a New Invoice - - - -
- - When you click the OK button, the - Edit Invoice window opens. - - - - Edit - - From the Edit Invoice window you can enter an itemized list of - goods and services you sold on this invoice in a manner similar to how the account - register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and - services you refunded instead. - -
- Edit Invoice Window - - - - - - - - Edit Invoice Window - - - -
- - When you have finished entering all the items, you can - Post and print the invoice. - - - - Post - - When you finish editing an invoice and are ready to print, you - must Post the invoice. The invoice does not have to - be posted immediately. In fact, you should only post an invoice when you - are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an - accounts receivable account. - -
- Post Invoice Window - - - - - - - - Post Invoice Window - - - -
- - - - - Find - - To find an existing invoice, use the Business - CustomerFind Invoice - menu item. From the results of the search, you can select an invoice - to edit or view. - - - Before you can edit a posted invoice, you will need to - Unpost it. - - - One of the design goals in &app;’s Account Receivable system was - to allow different processes to get to the same state, so you can reach - an invoice from different directions based on the way you think about - the problem: - - - - You can search for the customer first, then list their - invoices. - - - - You can search for invoices by number or by company - name. - - - - You can list invoices associated with a customer job. - - - - - - Print - - After you post an invoice, you should print it and send it to your - customer. To print an invoice use File - Print Invoice menu item. - -
- Invoice Print Output - - - - - - - - Invoice Print Output - - - -
- - - You can modify the appearance of the invoice, IE: add a company - logo, etc. To do so, see the . - - - Invoices can also be printed from the main window by selecting - ReportsBusiness Reports - Printable Invoice from the main menu. The - resulting report window states that no valid invoice is selected. To - select the invoice to print: - - - - Use the Options Toolbar button or select - EditReport Options from - the main menu. - - - - Select the General tab of the report - options dialog. - - - - Click the Select button next to the - Invoice Number field. - - - - Search for the invoice as usual. - - - - You can also print invoices from within the Process Payment - dialog. See the for instructions on - how to do so. - - - - Assign Starting Invoice Number - - By default, &app; starts with invoice number 1 and increments from there. You can - manually type an invoice number into the text box each time you create - an invoice, but this gets tiring and sooner or later leads to duplicate - numbers. - - You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you. - Use FileProperties, access - the Counters tab, change the Invoice number value to be - one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the OK button or the - Apply button. - - - - - Customer Jobs - - Customer Jobs are used to group multiple invoices and credit notes to the same - customer. Use of the Customer Jobs feature is optional. The feature is - useful when you have multiple jobs for the same customer, and would like - to view all the invoices and credit notes related to a single job. - -
- New Customer Job - - - - - - - - New Customer Job - - - -
- - To use customer jobs, you must create them using the - BusinessCustomer - New Job menu item. You will see the New - Job window. - - To edit an existing customer job, use the - BusinessCustomer - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results, and click the View/Edit Job - button. - - To select from the invoices and credit notes associated with a given job, use - BusinessCustomerFind - Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results and click the View Invoices button. A - window listing invoices and credit notes associated with this job appears. Select an - invoice or credit note and click the View Invoice button to open an - invoice editor in the main application window. - - - - Process Payment - - Eventually, you will receive payment from your customers for - outstanding invoices. To register these payments, use the Process Payment - application found in Business - CustomerProcess - Payment. - -
- Process Customer Payment - - - - - - - - - - - - Process Payment from Customer - - - Process Payment from Customer - - -
- - - - - Changing the Invoice Appearance - - The default Invoice style, as shown in , is fairly barren. The default invoice - style leaves the top part of the form blank, so you can print on company - letterhead paper. There are some things you can do to change invoice - appearance. - - Use FileProperties to - enter your Company information in the Business tab of the Book Options window. - Some of the entered information is printed on the right side of invoices. - - To add a customized background, heading banner or logo to invoices, - modify the invoice style sheets. To do this, go to Edit - Style Sheets and select the New - button in the Select HTML Style Sheet window that will appear. - You will then see a window like this: - -
- The New Style Sheet Window - - - - - - - - New Style Sheet Window - - - -
- - Give a Name to the new style sheet (e.g. Custom Invoice) and select the - Fancy Template. When you click the - OK button, the HTML Style Sheet Properties window is - displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: Colors, Fonts, - General, Images, and Tables. The Colors - section allows you to change the colors of various items of the invoice. The Fonts section lets you - set fonts type and dimensions. The General section allows you to set the Preparer and - Prepared for information, and to Enable Links. The Images section allows you - to import graphics into the style sheet. The Tables section allows you to - adjust the spacing around the tables which make up the invoice. - - To include a company logo, banner heading and background image, use - your favorite graphics application such as The Gimp or OpenOffice Draw to - save the images in either GIF or PNG format. Then import them into the - style sheet using the Images section described above. - - Below is an example that imports all three types of images. - -
- HTML Style Sheets Example Window - - - - - - - - - - - - HTML Style Sheets Example Window - - - The HTML Style Sheets window with an example Background - Tile, Heading Banner, and Logo. - - -
- - - The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The - Background Tile is tiled to become the background - image, the Heading Banner goes to above the invoice - text, and the Logo is placed in the upper left corner - of the invoice to the left of the Heading Banner. You will probably have - to try a few different sized images until you get the invoices to print - nicely. Some sizing suggestions are that the Logo should be 1 square cm - (~0.5 inch), and the Heading Banner should be 15 cm (~6 inches) wide and 1 - cm (~0.5 inch) tall. - - - With the style sheet configured, when you print the invoice, you - select the style sheet to use from the Options menu. - Below is the resultant invoice after applying the style sheet demonstrated - above. - -
- HTML Style Sheets Example Output - - - - - - - - HTML Style Sheets Example Output - - - The hideous invoice which results from the graphics - selected in the style sheet. - - -
- - - - Accounts Payable - Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to the accounting of products or services which a company has - bought and needs to pay for. - - - System Components - &app; has an integrated accounts payable system. The transactions generated by the A/P system are placed within the Accounts Payable account, - as a record of what occurs. Generally you do not directly work with this account but use the four integrated &app; A/P application components. - The A/P components are available from the BusinessVendor sub-menu. These A/P components are: - - - - - Vendors are people or companies from which you buy products or services on credit. - - - - Bills represent the physical bills vendors send to request payment from you. A bill contains an itemized list of things you purchased. - In addition, GnuCash also has support for Credit Notes - which represent the inverse of Bills. A credit note is usually received from - a vendor to correct items that were erroneously billed or returned. - - Both document types will be set up using the same menu items. - - - - Jobs (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs. Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor. - - - - - Process Payments is where you register payments to a vendor to whom you owe money. - - - - The following sections introduce the individual Accounts Payable application components. - - - - Vendors - A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services. Vendors must be registered within the A/P system. - - - New - To register a new vendor, select the BusinessVendor - New Vendor menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor, such as Company Name, Address, Phone, - Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: This is what the New Vendor registration window looks like: - -
- New Vendor Registration Window - - - - - - - New Vendor Registration Window - - - -
- - - - Find and Edit - - To search for an existing vendor, use the BusinessVendor - Find Vendor window. You select a vendor to View/Edit from the results of the search. - This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments. - -
- Find Vendor Window - - - - - - - Find Vendor Window - - - -
- - If many vendors match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - If the vendor you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the vendor is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the vendor cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - - To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to matches regex, and place a single dot . in the text field area. Make sure Search only active data is checked, then click Find. The regular expression . means to match anything. - - - - - - - Bills - A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. &app; can track bills. - - A credit note is the document you receive from a vendor to correct - products or services rendered that you were incorrectly charged for on a bill. &app; can generate and track - credit notes via the same menu entries as bills. - - - This section applies to both bills and - credit notes. In order to avoid repeating everything twice and to keep - the text easier to read it will refer only to bills. You can apply - it equally to credit notes. Only where the behaviour of credit notes - differs from bills this will be explicitly mentioned. - - - - New - When you receive a bill from a vendor and want to enter it into &app;, you must create a new bill. To create a new bill use the BusinessVendorNew Bill menu item, and fill in the resulting window appropriately. -
- New Bill Registration Window - - - - - - - New Bill Registration Window - - - -
- - When you click the OK button the Edit Bill window opens. - - - - Edit - From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of - goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account - register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and - services the vendor refunded instead. - -
- Edit Bill Window - - - - - - - Edit Bill Window - - - -
- - When you have finished entering all the items, Post the bill. - - - - Post - When you finish editing a bill, you should Post the bill. You do not have to post the bill, - you can close it and return to it later. You have to post the bill eventually. Posting a bill places its transactions into an accounts payable account. - The Post Bill window appears and asks you to enter information: - - -
- Post Bill Window - - - - - - - Post Bill Window - - - -
- - - - Find - To find an existing bill, use the BusinessVendorFind Bill menu item. From the results of the search, you can select a bill to edit, or view. - - Before you can edit a posted bill, you will need to Unpost it. - - - - There are other ways to access an existing bill. These are similar to accessing invoices for your customers. See for more information. - - - - - - Vendor Jobs - Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional. - The feature is useful when you have multiple jobs for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and - credit notes for a single job. - - To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the - BusinessVendorNew Job - menu item. You will see the New Job window. - - -
- New Vendor Job - - - - - - - New Vendor Job - - - -
- - To edit an existing vendor job, use the - BusinessVendor - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results, and click the View/Edit Job - button. - - To select from the bills associated with a given job, use - BusinessVendor - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results and click the View Invoices button. A - window listing bills and credit notes associated with this job appears. Select a - bill or credit note and click the View Invoice button to open a - bill editor in the main application window. - - - - Process Payment - Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in - BusinessVendorProcess Payment - . - - - Below is the &app; Accounts Payable payment window. -
- Process Vendor Payment - - - - - - - - - - Process Payment to Vendor - - - Process Payment to Vendor - - - - -
- - - - Payroll - Payroll is a financial record of wages, net pay, paid vacations, and deductions for an employee. This section demonstrates how to track payroll using &app;. - - Basic Concepts - Payroll is a financial record of wages, net pay, paid vacations, and deductions for an employee. Basically, anything that relates to giving money or benefits to an employee. Payroll is one of the more complex tasks in accounting, because there are many different accounts, people, and agencies involved in paying salaries. - Payroll is typically accounted for as an expense. Sometimes accountants store some payroll expenses in a short term liability account. This is useful for things such as payroll taxes, which may be paid at a different time than the employee. The employee might get paid biweekly, while taxes are paid quarterly. This chapter presents a methodology which expenses payroll immediately for salaries, but stores taxes in liability accounts. - - &app; does not have an integrated payroll system. While you can track payroll expenses in &app;, the calculation of taxes and deductions has to be done outside of &app;. - - - - - Account Setup - - Local tax law must be considered when setting up accounts. Because there are many different ways payroll taxes are handled throughout the world, this section presents a very simple structure. From this, you should be able to adapt your particular payroll deductions setup. - Assume that you must pay 2 taxes, Tax1 and Tax2, and that each has an employee contribution and an employer contribution. - The employee’s salary and these two taxes are expense accounts. The tax components are liability accounts. The tax liability accounts are where you accumulate the taxes withheld for all of your employees. The taxes are later paid to the appropriate government agency. - - - Simple Payroll Account Layout: - - -Assets - --Checking - -Liabilities - --Tax1 (short term storage account) - --Tax2 (short term storage account) - -Expenses - --Salaries - --Tax1 - --Tax2 - - - - Resist the temptation to create per-employee sub-accounts to track - individual salaries. Creating a sub-account for each employee leads to - unmanageably large lists of accounts. Imagine the account structure after - a few years of employees coming and going. It is much simpler to keep all - of your employees’ payroll records within a single account - (Expenses:Salaries for example) and use reports to - view per-employee information. - - - The Transaction report can be used to sort and total by description or - memo (but not by part of them). - - - To report salary transactions for a specific employee where the - employee name or code is entered in the transaction description or memo, - use the Find Transaction assistant - (EditFind - ) to select the transactions, and then report on them - using ReportsAccount Report - . Further formatting or analysis may be done - by copying and pasting the report into a spreadsheet. See - Find - Transaction in the &app; Help Manual. - - - - - - Payroll Protocol Sample - &app; does not have an integrated payroll system. &app; can track your payroll expenses, but you need to develop a payroll protocol and perform the calculations outside of &app;, in a spreadsheet for example. In this section, one such protocol is presented. You can use the sample protocol as a model. - - - Step 1: Deductions list - The first step to the payroll protocol is to create a list of all the possible taxes and deductions for each employee. Each entry should include definitions and formulas for calculating each value. Once the protocol is established it needs to be changed only when payroll laws or tax rates change. - - In the proposed scenario, such a list would look like this: - - - E_GROSS_SALARY - Employee gross salary - - - E_TAX1 - Employee contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - E_TAX2 - Employee contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - C_TAX1 - Company contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - C_TAX2 - Company contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - - The employee’s net salary (E_NET_SALARY) is defined as E_GROSS_SALARY - E_TAX1 - E_TAX2 and need not be placed in this list since it is composed of items that already exist. - - Place the actual formulas for calculating each deduction in this list. Sometimes these formulas are quite complex, and sometimes they simply say "look it up in table XYZ of the tax codes". - Notice that you can calculate some interesting values using the above definitions. One such value is the total cost to the company: E_GROSS_SALARY + C_TAX1 + C_TAX2. - - - - Step 2: Create the Transaction Map - When you record payroll in &app;, do so with a single split transaction. This split transaction populates the appropriate expense and liability accounts. If you need to look the payroll details at a later time, open the split transaction. - With the deductions list from above, an employee split transaction map can be generated. Each of the items in the list is mapped to a &app; account. - - - - Transaction Map - - - - AccountIncreaseDecrease - - - - - Assets:CheckingE_NET_SALARY - - - Expenses:SalariesE_GROSS_SALARY - - - Liabilities:Tax1E_TAX1 - - - Liabilities:Tax2E_TAX2 - - - Expenses:Tax1C_TAX1 - - - Liabilities:Tax1C_TAX1 - - - Expenses:Tax2C_TAX2 - - - Liabilities:Tax2C_TAX2 - - - -
- - - Note that the C_TAX1 and C_TAX2 components have entries in the both the liability and expense accounts. The company component of each tax is expensed at the time of payroll, but remains a liability until taxes are due. - - - - Step 3: Pay the Employee - Go to the account from which the employee will be paid, for example your Assets:Checking account. Open a split transaction and enter the real values using the Transaction Map above as a guide. Repeat this for all employees. - - This manual process is tedious, especially if you have a large number of employees. - One &app; tool you certainly want use when entering employee payroll is duplicate transaction (use the Duplicate Toolbar button). This saves you from having to enter all the transaction splits for each employee. You still need to change the amounts of money to match each employee’s real payroll values, but you will not have to build the split for each employee. - If payroll transactions do not change significantly every pay period, you can also use the duplicate transaction feature to duplicate each employee’s most recent payroll transaction for the current pay period. If you find you are doing so all the time, read about the Schedule Transactions feature and save even more time! - - - - - Step 4: Pay the Government - The final thing to do is to pay the taxes to the government. The liability accounts have been collecting the taxes for various government agencies, and periodically you need to send a check to the government to pay this charge. To do so, you simply enter a 2 account transaction in (for example) your checking account to pay off the tax liability. The transaction is between the checking account and the liability account, no expense account is involved. The expense accounts are charged at the time the tax liability is recorded. - - - - - - Business Payroll Example - Using the account setup seen previously, let’s go through an example. Assume that there are 2 employees (E1 and E2) who each earn $1000 per month gross salary. The employee contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 10% and 5% respectively. The company contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 15% and 10% each on top of the employee’s gross salary. - Starting with $50k in the bank, and before doing any payroll, the account hierarchy looks like this: -
- Payroll Example: Initial Setup - - - - - - - Payroll Example 1 - - - -
- - The deductions list for employee 1 are: - - - E_GROSS_SALARY - Employee gross salary - $1000 - - - E_TAX1 - Employee contribution to tax1 - $100 (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - E_TAX2 - Employee contribution to tax2 - $50 (5% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - C_TAX1 - Company contribution to tax1 - $150 (15% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - C_TAX2 - Company contribution to tax2 - $100 (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - - - - Transaction Map for Employee 1 - - - - AccountIncreaseDecrease - - - - - Assets:Checking$850 (E_NET_SALARY) - - - Expenses:Salaries$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY) - - - Liabilities:Tax1$100 (E_TAX1) - - - Liabilities:Tax2$50 (E_TAX2) - - - Expenses:Tax1$150 (C_TAX1) - - - Liabilities:Tax1$150 (C_TAX1) - - - Expenses:Tax2$100 (C_TAX2) - - - Liabilities:Tax2$100 (C_TAX2) - - - -
- - - From the checking account, enter the split transaction for employee 1. It should look like this: - -
- Payroll Example: Employee Split Transaction - - - - - - - Payroll Example 2 - - - The Split Transaction for Employee 1 - - - - -
- - - When paying employees, enter only the employee name in the Description area. If you decide to use &app;’s check printing capabilities, the check is automatically made out to the correct employee. If you want to record other information in the transaction besides the employee name, use the Notes area, available when viewing the Register in double-line mode. - - Repeat this for the second employee, which leaves the account hierarchy looking like this: - -
- Payroll Example: Accounts After Salaries Paid - - - - - - - Payroll Example 3 - - - -
- - Now, you will enter the company contributions. The Liabilities:Tax1 and - Liabilities:Tax2 accounts track how much you must pay to the - government for each tax type. When it is time to pay these agencies, you will - make a transaction from the checking account to these liability accounts. - No expense accounts are involved. The main account will then appear like this: - -
- Payroll Example: Accounts After Paying Government - - - - - - - Payroll Example 4 - - - -
- - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml b/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 385ffc5e9..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_capgain.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Capital Gains - - This chapter will present some of the techniques used to keep track of - the unrealized and realized gains and losses, better known as capital gains - and losses. - - - Basic Concepts - - This chapter will present some of the techniques used to keep track - of the unrealized and realized gains and losses, better known as capital - gains and losses. - - Certain resellable assets can change value over time, such as - stocks, bonds, houses, or cars. Some assets (eg: a stock) could increase - in value, some (eg: a car) could decrease in value. It is important to be - able to track some of these time-dependent asset valuations, this chapter - will show you how. - - Probably everything you own will increase or decrease in value over - time. So, the question is for which of these assets should you track this - changing value? The simple answer is that you only need to track this for - items which could be sold for cash in the future or which relate to - taxation. - - Consumable and disposable items (eg: food, gas for your car, or - printer paper) are obviously not involved. Thus, even though the new - clothes you recently bought will certainly depreciate, you would not want - to track this depreciation since you have no intention of reselling the - clothes and there is no tax implications to the depreciation on clothing. - So, for this example, the purchase of new clothes should be recorded as a - pure expense... you spent the money, and it is gone. - - Asset appreciation occurs when something you own increases in value - over time. When you own an asset which has increased in value, the - difference between the original purchase price and the new value is known - as unrealized gains. When you sell the asset, the - profit you earn is known as realized gains or - capital gains. An example of an asset from which you - could have unrealized gains, and eventually capital gains, is stock in a - publicly traded company. - - - - Estimating Valuation - - As mentioned in the introduction to this chapter, capital gains are - the profits received from the sale of an asset. This section will describe - how to record capital gains in &app;. - - The accounting methods for handling asset appreciation differs - somewhat from depreciation because typically you are only concerned with - the moment you sell the asset and realize the capital gains. This is - opposed to the continuous nature of tracking depreciation. Capital gains - are an important subject in the world of taxation, because governments - tend to be quite interested in taxing capital gains in one manner or - another. - - - As always, there are exceptions. If you hold a bond that pays all - of its interest at maturity, tax authorities often require that you - recognize interest each year, and refuse this to be treated as a capital - gain. Consult the appropriate tax codes to determine the preferred - treatment for each type of asset you have which may be affected by - capital gains taxes. - - - Estimating the increasing value of assets is generally not simple, - because often it is difficult to know its exact value until the moment it - is sold. - - Securities traded daily on open markets such as stock exchanges are - possibly the easiest type of asset to predict the value of, and selling - the asset at market prices may be as simple as calling a broker and - issuing a Market Order. On the other hand, estimating the value of a house - is more difficult. Homes are sold less often than stocks, and the sales - tend to involve expending considerable effort and negotiations, which - means that estimates are likely to be less precise. Similarly, selling a - used automobile involves a negotiation process that makes pricing a bit - less predictable. - - Values of collectible objects such as jewelry, works of art, - baseball cards, and Beanie Babies are even harder to estimate. The - markets for such objects are much less open than the securities markets - and less open than the housing market. Worse still are one-of-a-kind - assets. Factories often contain presses and dies customized to build a - very specific product that cost tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars; - this equipment may be worthless outside of that very specific context. In - such cases, several conflicting values might be attached to the asset, - none of them unambiguously correct. - - The general rule of thumb in accounting for estimating unrealized - gains (or loses) is that you should only revalue assets such as stocks - which are readily sellable and for which there are very good estimates of - the value. For all other assets, it is better to simply wait until you - sell them, at which time you can exactly determine the capital gains. Of - course, there is no hard rule on this, and in fact different accountants - may prefer to do this differently. - - - - Account Setup - - As with most accounting practices, there are a number of different - ways to setup capital gains accounts. We will present here a general - method which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The - first account you will need is an Asset Cost account - (&app; account type Asset), which is simply a place where you record - the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished - by a transaction from your bank account. - - In order to keep track of the appreciation of the asset, you will - need three accounts. The first is an Unrealized Gains - asset account in which to collect the sum of all of the appreciation - amounts. The Unrealized Gains asset account is balanced by a - Unrealized Gains income account, in which all - periodic appreciation income is recorded. Finally, another income account - is necessary, called a Realized Gains in which you - record the actual capital gains upon selling the asset. - - Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the appreciation - of 2 assets, ITEM1 and ITEM2. The Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Cost accounts are - balanced by the Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account account, - the Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Unrealized Gains - accounts are balanced by the Income:Unrealized Gains account (similar for ITEM2). - - --Assets - -Current Assets - -Savings Account - -Fixed Assets - -ITEM1 - -Cost - -Unrealized Gain - -ITEM2 - -Cost - -Unrealized Gain --Income - -Realized Gains - -Unrealized Gains - - - - - Example - - Let’s suppose you buy an asset expected to increase in value, say a - Degas painting, and want to track this. (The insurance company will care - about this, even if nobody else does.) - - Start with an account hierarchy similar to that shown in , but replace ITEM1 with Degas and you - can remove the ITEM2 accounts. We will assume that the Degas painting - had an initial value of one hundred thousand dollars. Begin by giving your - self $100,000 in the bank and then transferring that from your bank - account to your Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost account (the asset - purchase transaction). You should now have a main account window which - appears like this: - - - - - - - - - Asset Appreciation Main Window - - - The asset appreciation example main window - - - - - - Unrealized Gains - - A month later, you have reason to suspect that the value of your - painting has increased by $10,000 (an unrealized gain). In order to - record this you transfer $10,000 from your Accrued Gains income account - (Income:Unrealized Gains) to your asset Unrealized Gains account - (Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain). Your main window will - resemble this: - - - - - - - - - Asset Appreciation Main Window - - - Chart of Accounts after unrealized - gain - - - - - - Selling - - Let’s suppose another month later prices for Degas paintings have - gone up some more, in this case about $20,000, you estimate. You duly - record the $20,000 as an unrealized income like above, then decide to - sell the painting. - - Three possibilities arise. You may have accurately - estimated the unrealized gain, - underestimated the unrealized gain, or - overestimated the unrealized gain. - - - - Accurate estimation of unrealized - gain. - - Your optimistic estimate of the painting’s value was correct. - First you must record that the profits made are now realized gains, - not unrealized gains. Do this by transferring the income from the - Income:Unrealized Gains to the - Income:Realized Gains account. - - Secondly, you must credit your bank account with the selling - price of the painting. This money comes directly from your - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas sub-accounts. Transfer the full - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost value into - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account, and the full - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain into - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account. - - These transactions should now appear as follows: - - - Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain - - - - - Account - - Transfer to - - Transaction Amount - - Account Total - - - - Income:Unrealized Gains - - Income:Realized Gains - - $30,000 - - $0 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $100,000 - - $0 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $30,000 - - $0 - - - -
- - This leaves the Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account account - with a total of $130000 and Income:Realized Gains with a total of - $30000. - - - - - - - - - Asset Appreciation Main Window - - - Chart of Accounts after realized - gain - - - - - - Under estimation of unrealized - gain. - - You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting. - Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth you are only - offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value - $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a - little bit, but not too dramatically. - - The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the - last transaction which balances the Unrealized Gains - accounts): - - - Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain - - - - - Account - - Transfer to - - Transaction Amount - - Account Total - - - - Income:Unrealized Gains - - Income:Realized Gains - - $20,000 - - $10,000 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $100,000 - - $0 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $20,000 - - $10,000 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains - - Income:Unrealized Gains - - $10,000 - - $0 - - - -
- - This leaves the Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account account - with a total of $120000 and Income:Realized Gains with a total of - $20000. - - - - Over estimation of unrealized - gain. - - You manage to sell your painting for more than you thought in - your wildest dreams ($150,000). The extra value is, again, recorded - as a gain, i.e. an income. - - The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the - last transaction which balances the Unrealized Gains - accounts): - - - Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain - - - - - Account - - Transfer to - - Transaction Amount - - Account Total - - - - Income:Unrealized Gains - - Income:Realized Gains - - $50,000 - - $-20,000 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $100,000 - - $0 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains - - Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account - - $50,000 - - $-20,000 - - - - Income:Unrealized Gains - - Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains - - $20,000 - - $0 - - - -
- - This leaves the Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account account - with a total of $150,000 and Income:Realized Gains with a total of - $50,000. - - - - - - - Taxation - - Taxation policies vary considerably between countries, so it is - virtually impossible to say anything that will be universally useful. - However, it is common for income generated by capital gains to not be - subject to taxation until the date that the asset is actually sold, and - sometimes not even then. North American home owners usually find that when - they sell personal residences, capital gains that occur are exempt from - taxation. It appears that other countries treat sale of homes differently, - taxing people on such gains. German authorities, for example, tax those - gains only if you owned the property for less than ten years. - - Chris Browne has a story from his professional tax preparation days - where a family sold a farm, and expected a considerable tax bill that - turned out to be virtually nil due to having owned the property before - 1971 (wherein lies a critical Valuation Day date in Canada) and due to - it being a dairy farm, with some really peculiar resulting deductions. The - point of this story is that while the presentation here is fairly simple, - taxation often gets terribly complicated... - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml b/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 65338c347..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_cbook.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Checkbook - - This chapter will give you all the specific information you need to - manage your checkbook with &app;. Managing your checkbook register is the - first step of tracking your finances, and &app; makes it much easier to - manage than the traditional paper register does. - - For one thing, as discussed in , - data entry of common - transactions is practically done for you in &app;, because of its - auto-completion feature. &app; keeps a running balance of each account, - and it makes reconciling these accounts easy. And the double-entry method - helps you account for your spending by requiring a transfer account for - withdrawals, so you can easily find out how much money you spend in - different areas. - - Once you are comfortable with using &app; for your checking and - other bank accounts, you may wish to continue on with tracking other - financial accounts. Chapters 6 through 9 examine methods to manage your - other accounts. - - - Setting up Accounts - - The first step in managing your checkbook is to set up the necessary - accounts. You can either use the default &app; accounts or set up your - own. For more detail on how to set up a new account, refer to - . - For instructions on importing your accounts from another program, refer to the - &app; manual. - - Let’s start with the bank accounts you’ll need. You need one &app; - bank type account for each physical bank account you wish to track. If you - are setting up your own accounts or using the default &app; accounts, - make sure that you have an opening balance transaction for each bank - account you own. The easiest way to get this number is to use the balance - from your last bank statement as your opening balance. You can enter this - in the account information window automatically as part of the - New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant, or you can enter a - manual transaction directly in the account. To enter the transaction - manually, enter a transfer from an Opening Balances - account (type equity) to the bank account. - - The typical bank accounts you might track include: - - - - Checking - any institutional account that provides check-writing - privileges. - - - - Savings - an interest-bearing institutional account usually used - to hold money for a longer term than checking accounts. - - - - Common transactions that affect these bank accounts are payments and - deposits. Payments are transfers of money out of the - bank account, usually to an expense account. Deposits - are transfers of money into the bank account, usually from an income - account. You will need to set up income and expense accounts to track - where that money comes from and where it goes. Remember that a balanced - transaction requires a transfer of an equal sum of money from at least one - account to at least one other account. So if you deposit money in your - checking account, you must also enter the account that money comes from. - If you pay a bill from your checking account, you must also enter the - account where that money goes. - - - - Entering Deposits - - Most deposit transactions are entered as a transfer from an income - account to a bank account. Income may come from many sources, and it’s a - good idea to set up a separate income type account for each different - source. For example, your income may come mainly from your paychecks, but - you may also receive interest on your savings. In this case, you should - have one income account for salary and another income account for interest - income. - - - Be sure to check the Tax-Related box and assign an appropriate tax - category in the Income Tax Information Dialog (EditTax - Report Options) - when you set up taxable income accounts. Some types of income, - such as gift income, may not be considered taxable, so check the - appropriate tax rules to determine what is taxable. For ways to track - capital gains income, refer to . - - - Before you start entering paycheck deposits, decide how much detail - you want to track. The basic level of detail is to enter your net pay, - just like you would in your paper register. This is easiest, but you can - get even more information out of &app; if you enter your gross pay with - deductions. It takes a bit more effort to enter the deductions, but - entering your tax withholding information throughout the year allows you - to run useful tax status reports in &app; at any time. These reports can - help you determine whether you are withholding enough tax, and they can - help you estimate your tax bill ahead of time. If you are unsure about the - level of detail, start by entering net pay. You can always go back and - edit your transactions later if you decide you want more detail. - - - - Entering Withdrawals - - When you withdraw money from your bank account, for whatever reason, - you are transferring money from your bank account to some other location. - In &app;, this other location is tracked as an account. The more - detailed accounts you create and use for your spending, the more - information you will get about where your money goes. - - Withdrawals take many forms. ATM withdrawals are one of the most - common transactions. Writing checks is one way to withdraw money to pay - bills, to buy purchases, or to give to charity. Depending on your bank, - you might also have service charges, where the bank withdraws the money - from your account. Transfers of money out to another account are also - withdrawals. We will take a look at each of these types of withdrawals and - how to record them in &app;. - - - ATM/Cash Withdrawals - - Cash withdrawals are handled as a transfer from a bank account to - a cash account. &app; provides special Cash type - accounts for tracking your cash purchases, so you should set up a cash - account to record your ATM and other cash withdrawals. - - Cash accounts can be used for different levels of detail. On a - basic level of detail, you simply transfer money to it from your - checking account. That tells you how much money you took out of checking - on a given day, but it doesn’t tell you where that cash was spent. With - a little more effort, you can use the cash account to record your cash - purchases as well, so that you can see where that cash went. You record - these purchases as a transfer from the cash account to expense - accounts. - - Some people record every cash purchase, but this takes a lot of - work. An easier way is to record the purchases for which you have - receipts, but then adjust the balance of the account to match what is in - your wallet. - - It’s a good idea to at least set up a cash account for your - withdrawals. Then if you decide to track where your cash goes, you can - enter transactions for the money you spend. You determine what level of - detail you want to use. - - - - - Reconciling Your Accounts - - &app; makes reconciliation of your bank account with your monthly - bank statement much easier. - gives instructions on how to - reconcile your transactions with the monthly bank statement. This is the - main reconciliation task that should be done every month. - - But what about all those other accounts you created? Should those be - reconciled too? If you receive a statement for the account, then you - should consider reconciling that account. Examples include the checking - account statement, the savings account statement, and the credit card - statement. Credit card statements and credit card transactions are covered - in the , so if you are interested in - tracking your credit cards in &app;, take a look at the instructions - provided there. - - Income and expense accounts are usually not reconciled, because - there is no statement to check them against. You also don’t need to - reconcile cash accounts, for the same reason. With a cash account, though, - you might want to adjust the balance every once in a while, so that your - actual cash on hand matches the balance in your cash account. Adjusting - balances is covered in the next section. - - - - Putting It All Together - - In , you entered some transactions - in your checking account. In this chapter, we will add more transactions and - then reconcile them. - - - Opening Balances - - So, let’s get started by opening the gcashdata file you saved in the - last chapter (gcashdata_4). Your chart of accounts - should look like this: - - - - - - - - - The Chart of Accounts - - - - This image shows the Chart of Accounts. - - - - - - - Add some transactions - - - - Now open the Checking account from the main window. In the last - chapter, you entered some paycheck transactions as deposits into - Checking. Now we will enter another kind of deposit - a transfer of - money from Savings into Checking. On a blank line, enter a transaction - to transfer $500 from Savings to Checking (In this case, the last - transaction date was March 28, but this transfer transaction took - place on the March 24). Your Transfer account will be Savings, since - you are in the Checking account. Your Checking account should now look - like this: - - - - - - - - - The Checking Account Register - - - - This image shows the Checking Account Register. - - - - - - - Now let’s write some checks on this account. First, write a - check to HomeTown Grocery for $75 (5th of March). Your transfer account - is Groceries, since all of this money is going to buy groceries. Next, - write a check to ABC Hardware for $100 (6 of March), and split this - amount between two expenses: Household $50 and Tools $50. You will - need to create an Expense type account for each of these, then enter - splits for them. Your checking account should now look like - this; - - - - - - - - - The Checking Account Register - - - - This image shows the Checking Account Register after - registering some more checks. - - - - - - - Suppose you now need to withdraw some money. You don’t have a - cash account set up in your chart of accounts, so you will need to - create one. Create the account as Cash as a - top-level account of type Asset. From your - Checking account register, enter an ATM type withdrawal to transfer - $100 from Checking to Cash on the 25 of March. - - - - - - - - - The Checking Account Register - - - - This image shows the Checking Account Register with an ATM - withdrawal. - - - - - - - - - Opening Balances - - - Now we are ready to reconcile this Checking account, using this - sample bank statement: - - - - - - - - - A sample Bank Statement - - - - This image shows a sample Bank Statement. - - - - - - - Select Actions - Reconcile from the menu, and fill - in the Closing balance as $1451.79. Click OK to begin reconciling the - account. Check off the entries as they appear on the sample statement. - When you have checked off all your entries, the reconcile window - should look like this: - - - - - - - - - - The reconcile window - - - - This image shows the reconcile window with a $5 - difference. - - - - - Notice that your reconciled balance differs from your ending - balance by $5.00. If you look at the sample bank statement, you will - see there is a $5.00 service charge that has not been added to your - Checking account. - - - - - So click on the Checking register and add the $5.00 service - charge to your Checking account. On a blank line of the Checking - register, enter a transaction to transfer $5.00 from Checking to a - Service Charges account. (You will need to create the Service Charges - account as type Expense.) Use the transaction date printed on the - sample statement as the date you enter for this transaction. Your - Checking account should now look like this: - - - - - - - - - The Checking Account Register - - - - This image shows the Checking Account Register with - service charge added. - - - - - - - Click back on the Reconcile window, and you should see the - service charge now under Funds Out. Click on it to mark it as - reconciled, and note that the difference amount below now becomes - 0.00. Click the Finish button on the Toolbar to complete the - reconciliation. The Reconcile R column in your Checking register - should now show y for each transaction you just - reconciled. Also observe the bottom status row that now indicates - Reconciled: USD 1451.79 - - - - - - - - - The Checking Account Register - - - - This image shows the reconciled Checking Account - Register. - - - - - - - - - - Save file - - Go back to the main window and save your file with the new - gcashdata_5 name. Your chart of accounts is - steadily growing, and it should now look like this: - - - - - - - - - The Chart of Accounts - - - - This image shows the Chart of Accounts. - - - - - - - Reports - - As we did in the previous chapter, let’s have a look at a - Cash Flow, and a Transaction Report. - - - - - First let’s have a look at the Cash Flow report - for the month of March. - Select the cash flow report from Reports - Income & Expense - Cash Flow. - - - - - - - - - - Cash Flow report for the month of March - - - - This image shows the Cash Flow report after - . - - - - - - - Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the various - Asset accounts. - - Select the transaction report from Reports - Transaction Report. - - - - - - - - - - Transaction Report for the Assets accounts during March - - - - This image shows the Transaction Report for the Assets accounts - during March. - - - - - - - - - - Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various - Expenses account. - - - - - - - - - - Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during March - - - - This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts - during March. - - - - - - - - - - - Notice that you have not yet used one of the accounts listed in your - chart, the Credit Card account. Now that you know how - to keep track of your bank and cash accounts in &app;, you may want to - start tracking your credit cards as well. &app; provides a special type - of account for credit cards, and this is discussed in the next - chapter. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_cc.xml b/guide/C/ch_cc.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 7f5ecd8c6..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_cc.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Credit Cards - - This chapter will show you how to manage your credit cards using - &app;. - - - Concepts - - Since you probably write a check or make an electronic payment to - the credit card company each month, you may think of your credit card bill - as an expense - but it really is not an expense. Why? A credit card - account is a short-term loan - you buy things on that loan account, and - then you eventually have to pay back the money, often with interest (your - finance charge). The purchases you make with that credit card are your - expenses. - - You have a couple of options when entering credit card transactions, - so choose the one that fits your desired level of detail. The simplest - method is to simply track monthly payments to the credit card company. - From your bank account, you enter a transfer of money each month to the - credit card expense account. This will show you the amount of money you - are paying each month to the credit card company, but it won’t show you - any information about your credit card balance or credit card - purchases. - - A more complete way to track your credit card in &app; is to enter - each purchase and payment as a separate transaction. Using the credit card - account register, you enter your receipts throughout the month. When your - credit card statement arrives, you reconcile the credit card account to - the statement, and you enter your payment as a transfer of money from your - checking account to your credit card account. This method gives you more - information about your balance during the month and points out any - discrepancies during reconciliation, but you will have to do more data - entry. - - - - Setting Up Accounts - - To begin managing your credit cards in &app;, you should set up a - Liability top level account and under this parent account create credit - card type accounts for each credit card you use. If you are tracking only - the payments you make to the credit card company, then all you need is a - bank account and a credit card account to enter your transactions. - - The charges you make on your credit card are expenses, so you will - have to set up these accounts under the top-level account called - Expenses. If you decide to keep a more detailed records of your - purchases, you will need to create expense accounts for each kind of - purchase you make. Since you will also be reconciling the balance to your - credit card statements, you should also enter an opening balance in each - credit card account. The easiest way to do this is to use your last - statement balance as the opening balance. - - - Simple Setup - - If you do not want to track each expense made on the credit card, - you can set up a simple account hierarchy like this: - - --Assets - -Bank --Liabilities - -Credit Card --Expenses - -Credit Card - - - In this example, if you enter your total amount charged per month - as a transaction between Liabilities:Credit Card and - Expenses:Credit Card. When you make a payment, you would - enter a transaction between Assets:Bank and - Liabilities:Credit Card. - - The obvious limitation of this simple credit card setup is that - you cannot see where your money is going. All your credit card expenses - are being entered in the Credit Card expense account. This is, however, - very simple to set up and maintain. - - - - Complete Setup - - If you want to track your expenses more completely, you should - set up multiple expense accounts named for the various kinds of expenses - you have. Each charge on your credit card is then entered as a separate - transaction between your Credit Card liability account and a specific - expense account. Below is an example of an account hierarchy for - this: - - --Assets - -Bank --Liabilities - -Credit Card --Expenses - -Food - -Car - -Clothes - -Entertainment - -Interest - -Service - - - Clearly, you should enter specific expense accounts which fit your - spending habits. The only difference with this setup as compared to the - simple setup is that the expenses have been subdivided by groups. Also - notice that there is an Interest expense, this is used for when your - credit card charges interest on your monthly unpaid balance. The - Service expense account is used to track service expenses associated - with the credit card, such as the yearly usage fee if it exists. With - this setup, you will be able to see where your money goes every month, - grouped according to the expense accounts. - - The rest of this chapter will assume you are using the complete - setup. - - - - - Entering Charges - - Entering your charges provides you with a more complete picture of - your spending habits. Charges on a credit card are tracked as a - transaction between the credit card liability account and the appropriate - expense account. - - When you pay for goods or services with your credit card, you are telling the credit card company to pay the merchant for you. This transaction will increase the amount of money you owe the credit card company, and the credit card balance will increase. The other side of these transactions will in most cases be an expense account. For example, if you buy clothing from a store with your credit card for $50, you would be transferring that money from the credit account into Expenses:Clothing. - - Entering these transactions into &app; allows you to track how much you owe the credit card company, as well as provides you a better picture of your overall accounts. It also allows you to monitor your account and ensure that fraud is avoided. - - Adding transactions to a credit card account is similar to entering transactions in other accounts. You can enter them manually, or import them from your credit card company using a compatible import format. - - For assistance with entering transactions, see Chapter 6 of the Help manual and . - - - - Entering Payments - - Most payments to your credit card bill are entered as transfers from - a bank account (asset) to the credit card account (liability). When you - pay the monthly bill, you are withdrawing money from a bank account to pay - down the credit card balance. This transaction decreases both your bank - account balance and the amount of credit card debt you owe. - - When you return a purchase, you receive a refund on your credit - card. This is another type of payment in that it decreases the amount of - credit card debt you owe. If you recorded the original purchase - transaction as a transfer from the credit card account to the expense, you - now simply reverse that transaction: transfer the money back from the - expense to the credit card account. This transaction decreases both the - expense account balance and the credit card account balance. For example, - if you originally recorded a credit card purchase of clothing, the - transaction is a transfer from the credit card account to the clothing - expense account. If you then return that clothing for a refund, you simply - transfer the money back from the clothing expense account to the credit - card account. - - - A common mistake is to enter a refund as income. It is not income, - but rather a negative expense. That is why you must transfer money - from the expense account to your credit card when you receive a - refund. - - - To clarify this, let’s run through an example. You bought some jeans - for $74.99 on your VISA card, but realized one day later that they are too - big and want to return them. The shop gracefully agrees, and refunds your - credit card. - - - - Start with opening the previous datafile we stored - (gcashdata_5), and store it as - gcashdata_6. - - - - Open the Liabilities:Visa account register - and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $74.99 jeans - purchase. The Transfer account should be - Expenses:Clothes and you - Charge your Visa account with the $74.99. - - - Since we had not created the Expenses:Clothes account - previously, &app; will prompt us to create it. Just remember to - create it as an Expense account - - - - - Enter the refund in one of the following way. - - - - Enter the same transaction as the purchase transaction, but - instead of a Charge amount, use a Payment amount in the Credit - Card account register. - - - - Select the purchase transaction you want to refund (that is - the Jeans transaction in our case), and selecting - TransactionAdd Reversing - Transaction. Modify the date as needed. - - - - After reversing the transaction, your credit card account should - look something like this: - - - - - - - - Refunded a credit card purchase - - - - This image shows Liability:Credit Card - - Register after reversing a purchase - transaction. - - - - - And the Expenses:Clothes register should - look something like this: - - - - - - - - Refunded a credit card purchase - - - - This image shows Expenses:Clothes - register after reversing a purchase transaction. - - - - - - - Save the &app; data file. - - - - - - Putting It All Together - - Now that we have covered the basic ideas behind the various - transactions you must make to successfully track your credit card in - &app;, let’s go through an example. In this example, we will make credit - card purchases, refund two of the purchases, get charged interest on - the unpaid balance, reconcile the credit card account, and finally make a - partial payoff of the credit card. - - - Open <application>&app;</application> file - - Start with opening the previous datafile we stored, - gcashdata_5, and store it as - gcashdata_6 directly. The main window should look - something like this: - - - - - - - - - Starting account structure - - - - Starting account structure for tracking a credit card in the - putting it all together example. - - - - - - - Purchases - - Let’s make some purchases on our visa card. Start by buying $25 - worth of food from the Greasy Spoon Cafe, $100 worth of clothing from - Faux Pas Fashions, $25 worth of gasoline from Premium Gasoline, $125 - worth of groceries and household items from Groceries R Us (split - between $85 in groceries and $40 in household items) and finally, $60 - worth of household items from CheapMart. - - We also redo the exercise in previous chapter, with purchasing - a pair of Jeans for $74.99 on April 3, and refund them two days later. - - The register window for the credit card liability should look like this: - - - - - - - - - Initial credit card purchases - - - - Initial credit card purchases. - - - - - - - Refund - - Now suppose that on April 15th you return the clothes you bought - on April 11th from Faux Pas Fashions and they give you credit back on - your credit card. Enter a transaction for the credit card refund for the - full $100 amount. Remember to use the same transfer account you used for - the original purchase, and enter the amount under the Payment column. - &app; will automatically complete the name and transfer account for - you, but it will also automatically enter the $100 in the Charge column. - You will need to reenter the amount in the Payment column. The - transaction looks like this: - - - - - - - - - Item return transaction - - - - Returning clothes to Faux Pas Fashions, refund to credit - card. - - - - - - - Interest Charge - - After the month of spending, unfortunately, the credit card bill - arrives in the mail or you access it on-line through the internet. You - have been charged $20 in interest on the last day of April because of - the balance you carried from the previous month. This gets entered into - the credit card account as an expense. - - - - - - - - - Interest charge - - - - Interest charge. - - - - - - - Reconciliation - - When your credit card bill arrives you should reconcile your - credit card account to this document. This is done using &app;’s - built-in reconciliation application. Highlight the credit card account - and click on Actions - Reconcile.... This reconciliation procedure is - described in detail in the , - but we will step - through the process here as well. For this example, let’s assume that - the credit card statement is dated May 1st, with a final balance of - $455. Enter these values in to the initial Reconcile window as shown - here. - - - - - - - - - Initial reconcile window - - - - Initial account reconciliation window. - - - - - During the reconciliation process, you check off each transaction - in the account as you confirm that the transaction appears in both your - &app; account and the credit card statement. For this example, as - shown in the figure below, there is a $300 difference between your - &app; accounts and the credit card statement. - - - - - - - - - Main reconcile window - - - - Main account reconciliation window, demonstrating a - discrepancy of $300. - - - - - Some investigation uncovers that you forgot to record a payment - you made on March 5th to the credit card company for $300, you - must enter this payment transaction from your bank account to the credit - card. Now the credit card statement and your &app; account can be - reconciled, with a balance of $455. - - - - Payment - - Assuming you have completed reconciliation of your credit card - account, you need to make a payment to the credit card company. In this - example, we owe $455 but will make a partial payment of $300 again this - month. To do so, enter a transaction from your bank account to the - credit card account for $300, which should reduce your credit card - balance to $155. Your credit card account register should now appear - like this: - - - - - - - - - Reconciliation and payment - - - - Account register after account reconciliation and - payment. - - - - - Go back to the main window and save your file - (gcashdata_6). Your chart of accounts is steadily - growing, and it should now look like this: - - - - - - - - - &app; main window - - - - &app; Chart of Accounts after account reconciliation and - payment. - - - - - - - Save file - Last, save the &app; data file (gcashdata_6). - - - - Reports - - As we did in the previous chapters, let’s have a look at a - Cash Flow, and a Transaction Report. - - - - - First let’s have a look at the Cash Flow report - for the liability account Visa during the month of March. - Select the cash flow report from Reports - Income & Expense - Cash Flow. - - - - - - - - - - Cash Flow report for the month of March - - - - This image shows the Cash Flow report after - . - - - - - - - Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the Visa - account. - - Select the transaction report from Reports - Transaction Report. - - - - - - - - - - Transaction Report for the Visa account during March/April - - - - This image shows the Transaction Report for the Visa account - during March/April. - - - - - - - - - - Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various - Expenses accounts. - - - - - - - - - - Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during April - - - - This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts - during April. - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_configuring.xml b/guide/C/ch_configuring.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e148b9c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/guide/C/ch_configuring.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + + + Configuring <application>&app;</application> + + This chapter will detail preference settings for &app;. + + + Overview + + Configuring is fun. + + + + Main Configuration Screens + + &app; stores settings in two main locations. + + Preferences: Accounting Period Tab + Stuff about the Accounting Period tab + + + Preferences: Accounts Tab + Stuff about the Accounts tab. Need this stub for the link in The Basics. More later. + + + Preferences: Online Banking + Stuff about the Accounts tab. Need this stub for the link in The Basics. More later. + + + + + diff --git a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml b/guide/C/ch_currency.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6e5275217..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_currency.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,828 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Multiple Currencies - - This chapter will show how to set up &app; accounts to use - multiple currencies. - - - Basic Concepts - - &app; supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc - to the Zimbabwe Dollar. For example, you can have a bank account set up in Euros, and - another using Hong Kong Dollars. - - Some of the issues which arise when using multiple currencies are, how - do you transfer funds between accounts with different currencies? How do - you calculate the overall value when you have mixed currency accounts? How - do reports deal with mixed currencies? - - - An alternative way to manage multiple currency accounts from the one - presented in the next sections, is to use the trading accounts - capabilities of &app;. This feature, which was - introduced with &app; version 2.3.14, can be enabled by - going to the Accounts tab under File - Properties. - For a complete guide on trading accounts, see - - this tutorial by Peter Selinger. - - - - - Account Setup - - Your default account currency is set in the Account tab - under EditPreferences - (&app;Preferences on MacOS). - - Similarly, &app; offers an option to - set your preferred currency for displaying reports (like the balance - sheet and income statement). The option is called Default - Report Currency, and is in the Reports - tab of the &app; Preferences screen. - You’ll want to set both options when you start using - &app; because if (for example) your accounts - are all in Canadian Dollars but the generated reports are all in US - Dollars, the reports will just say that there are no - data/transactions (or only zeroes) for the selected time - period. - - When you create a new account, you have the option to define the - commodity in which that account is denominated. For accounts denominated - in a currency, you can specify any of the currencies supported by &app; - by simply selecting it from the currency commodity list. You will notice - that the default currency is the currency that is defined for the parent - account of the new account. - - As an example, let’s set up a bank account scenario where - you mostly work in US Dollars, but do also have a European bank account - using the Euro currency, as well as one bank account in Hong Kong using - Hong Kong Dollars. So, set up 3 bank accounts, one denominated in US Dollars, - one using Euros, and the third in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account - structure for this would be: - - --Assets (USD) - -Current Assets (USD) - -US Bank (USD) - -European Bank (EUR) - -HK Bank (HKD) --Equity (USD) - -Opening Balances (USD) - -USD (USD) - -EUR (EUR) - -HKD (HKD) - -Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis. - - - Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent - accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could - change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. The totals shown in - the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each - particular account. Notice, we also set up 3 Starting Balances equity - accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks. - - - You could also set up just a single Starting Balance account and - use a currency transfer to populate the different currency accounts. - However, this is more advanced option, which is explained in a later - section (). - - - Below you see the result of this example, in which you start with - USD 10,000, EUR 10,000 as well as HKD 10,000 in the three bank accounts. - Notice that the total of the parent accounts only shows the value of the - currency of sub-accounts with matching currencies. In other words, the - Total Assets and Total Equity values only reflect USD amounts, because &app; - has no way of evaluating the value of EUR or HKD yet. Once you set up - exchange rates between the currencies, the parent accounts - will calculate the converted value of all sub-accounts. See the later - section () on ways to do this. - - - - - - - - - Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup - - - Initial setup of 3 bank accounts with different - currencies. - - - - Notice that the "Total (Report)" column is being displayed. This is - configured in the column header row, select Arrow - down and select Total(USD). - - - User-Defined Currencies - - Usually when we talk about currencies, we mean - government-backed currencies (or more precisely, currencies defined - in ISO 4217). - &app; does not allow you to create your - own currencies. If you want to track non-ISO - currencies, you can use either of two workarounds, depending on which - fits your needs better. - - The first method is to treat these as if they were a security—that - is, like a stock or mutual fund. The second method is to use one of the dummy - currencies for them. - - Let’s say for example that you want to track loyalty points - you’ve earned by buying from a certain group of businesses. The - account which tracks your loyalty points will be - Assets:Other:LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles. - - In the first method, you define a new security, of type FUND, - called RewardMiles. This is pretty straightforward—when you - create the new LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles account, just set the account - type to Stock or Mutual - Fund, click the Select... button - next to the Security/currency: box, and click - New to define a new security of type - FUND. - - This is not really what the stock and mutual fund account types - are meant for, but &app; will allow it. The downside is - that you’ll have to enter a price for every - transaction involving this account, because - &app; needs the prices to figure out the - monetary value of the points and treat them as one of your - assets. - - In the second method, you use one of the dummy - currencies to track the loyalty points. These currencies are - XTS (Code for testing purposes) and XXX (No - currency). If you use one of these for your - LoyaltyGroupRewardMiles account, you can enter transactions into the - account without having to enter share prices for every transaction. - And, you can keep using the same two dummy currencies to track all - sorts of amounts—vacation dollars earned and used so far this - year, vacation hours earned and used, health insurance benefits - allowance used and remaining, and so on. - - The drawback with this second method is that you cannot define exchange rates for - the dummy currencies to convert them to ISO - currencies. If you want to do that, you really should use the first - method. - - - - - Recording and Updating Currency Exchange Rates - - &app; allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates - both manually and automatically. This process is essentially the - same as setting share prices for investments (see ). - In the following two sections we will work through both methods. - - Before we start, let’s have a quick look at the Chart of - Accounts - - - - - - - - - Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup - - - Initial set up of 3 bank accounts with different - currencies. - - - As you see, the overall balances do not yet reflect any value for EUR - or HKD holdings. Adding currency exchange rates will fix this. - - - Manually Updating Exchange Rates - - Open the Price Editor by going to Tools - Price Editor. - - - - - - - - - Price Editor window - - - Price Editor Window. - - - - Click on the Add button to add a new - currency exchange rate. A window will appear in which you can set up a new - exchange rate. This window should appear like this: - - - - - - - - - Set up Euro Exchange Rate - - - Add Price Editor Window - - - - Set the Namespace to - Currency and the Security to EUR (Euro). - Then set the exchange rate between the selected security and the - selected currency. The price box defines how many units of currency are - required to purchase one unit of the security. In this case, how many dollars - it will take to purchase on Euro. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1 - EUR for 1 USD. - - - - - - - - - Price Editor Window - - - The Price Editor window after setting the exchange - rate between Euros and US Dollars - - - - - - - - - - - Chart of Accounts - - - Chart of Accounts after setting the exchange rate - between Euros and US Dollars. - - - - Observe that since you have no exchange rate for HKD, &app; - doesn’t convert the HKD accounts to USD. This will be added in the next - section. - - - - Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To) - - In the previous section you saw how to manually define a - new currency exchange rate, but &app; includes an - automatic price update feature, which will now be described. - - Open the Price Editor by going to Tools - Price Editor. - - - - - - - - - Price Editor window - - - Price Editor Window before you obtain online quotes. - - - - - Click on the Get Quotes button to - automatically load the various exchange rates you need. - - - If the Get Quotes button is disabled, - that means that the Perl module Finance::Quote is not installed. - For information on how to install it, please see - - - - - - - - - - - Price Editor window - - - Price Editor Window after we obtained online - quotes. - - - - &app; downloads exchange rates for all - currencies that are in use in your various accounts. This will happen - every time you click on Get Quotes or request &app; - to download quotes as per - - Now when you check the main Chart of Accounts you will see that - &app; has automatically converted the HKD amount to USD amount on the - parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column. - Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange - rate. - - - - - - - - - Price Editor window - - - Chart of Accounts after we obtain online quotes. - - - - - - Disabling Exchange Rate Retrieval - Whenever you create an account that uses a non-default currency, - exchange rate retrieval will be automatically enabled for that currency. - However, if you later delete that account, &app; will not automatically - disable exchange rate retrieval for that currency. - If you have deleted the last account for a particular currency, and - you do not wish to retrieve exchange rates for that currency anymore, do - the following: - - - Open the Securities window by selecting - ToolsSecurity - Editor. - - - Make sure the Show National Currencies box - is selected. - - - Expand the CURRENCY row. - - - Double click on the currency for which you want to disable - exchange rate retrieval. - - - Deselect the Get Online Quotes box and - click OK. - - - - - - - Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency - - Purchases in a foreign currency can be managed in two different ways. - - 1) Use &app;'s built-in currency exchange functions when you - do your transactions. This is mainly used for one-time transactions, and - nothing which happens regularly. - - 2) Use separate accounts to track transactions, where all involved - accounts use the same currency. This is the recommended method, since it - allows much better tracking and follow up. In this way, you do one - currency exchange transaction, and after that you do normal - transactions in the native currency. - - The rest of this section will explain more based upon option 2). - - - Purchase of an Asset with Foreign Currency - - You are using USD as your default currency. But, you decide to purchase a - boat in Jamaica. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some - money from the US, and then purchased your boat. - - To record this in &app; we use the following basic account - structure: - - --Assets (USD) - -Current Assets (USD) - -US Bank (USD) - -Jamaican Bank (JMD) - -Fixed Assets (USD) - -Boat (JMD) --Equity (USD) - -Opening Balances (USD) - -USD (USD) - -Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis. - - - First you need to transfer some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and - you use your US bank account (with a balance of $100,000) for - that. The bank gives you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges - you USD 150 to transfer the money. - - - - - - - - - Currency transfer - - - Transfer money to Jamaica - - - - Select the Jamaica transaction line ($9,850.00), right click and - select Edit Exchange Rate - - - - - - - - - Edit Exchange rate - - - A dialog window where the exchange rate in a currency - transaction is specified - - - - As Exchange Rate, you enter 1 USD = 64 JMD, since this is the rate - your bank gave. Press ok in the Transfer Funds (Edit Exchange Rate) - window, and then save this split transaction. Below is how it now looks - in the main Chart of Accounts. - - - - - - - - - Chart of Accounts before purchasing the boat - - - Chart of Accounts before purchasing the - boat - - - - You choose to buy a boat for JMD 509,000. To record this transaction - in &app;, you will need to enter a simple - transaction in Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank - withdrawing JMD 509,000 and transferring it to Assets:Fixed Assets:Boat - - - - - - - - - Chart of Accounts after purchasing the boat - - - Chart of Accounts after purchasing the - boat - - - The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been - reduced by JMD 509,000, and that your Fixed Assets boat account has been - increased by the same amount. If you also have turned - on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding - value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange - rate you have either automatically or manually retrieved. - - - - Purchasing Foreign Stocks - - This example will show how to purchase stocks that are priced in a - currency other than your primary currency. - - Assume that you live in New York and therefore you have set the - default currency to USD. You decide to purchase a stock traded in Hong - Kong that is priced in HKD. You would also like to be able to track the - various income and expense amounts per stock and broker. - - You decide to purchase stock in the Beijing Airport (Hong Kong). - The ticker for this stock is 0694.HK on Yahoo! Since you wanted to - track all various income and expense amounts, here is the necessary - account structure: - - -Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (0694.HK) -Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD) -Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD) -Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD) -Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD) - - - The Chart of Accounts looks like this after creating all the - needed accounts: - - - - - - - - - Chart of Accounts for international stocks - - - Chart of Accounts for international - stocks - - - - The stock definition can be seen in the Security Editor. - (ToolsSecurity Editor) - - - - - - - - - - International securities - - - International securities - - - - If you have not moved money (HKD 50,000) into the brokerage - cash account (Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank), do so - now, either using the Equity (HKD) account, or an existing bank account - (Currency Transfer). - - There are two ways to enter the actual purchase transaction: you can - enter it from the cash account (shown below), or you can enter it - from the stock account. If entered from the stock account, the stock is - assumed to be priced in the currency of the parent account. - - Let’s assume that the stock price is HKD 3 per share. To record the - purchase, open the brokerage’s HKD cash account - (Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank), and enter - the following: -Buy Stocks - - - - - - - Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:BankWithdrawal50,000 - Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKDDeposit500 - Assets:Investments:Brokerage - Account:Boom:0694Deposit49,500 - (16,500 shares) - - - - - If the exchange rate dialog box does not appear automatically, - right-click on the stock row, and select Edit - Exchange Rate. Enter the number of shares (16,500) as the - To Amount. - - - - - - - - - - Transfer Funds - - - Setting the number of shares in the Transfer Funds dialog - - - - When you return to the Chart of Accounts, you will see the - purchased shares reflected in the stock account’s total. - - - - - - - - - Purchased international stocks - - - Chart of Accounts with some international stocks - - - - - However, as you can see, the USD totals may be zero if - &app; doesn’t have an exchange rate between USD and HKD. - To fix this, go to ToolsPrice - Editor - and click the Get Quotes button to - automatically retrieve the exchange rates you need. - - - To reiterate, this example shows how stock can be purchased in any currency - by entering the transaction in the register of the cash account used - to make payment. It is also possible to enter the purchase - in the stock account’s register, but be aware that the stock is - assumed to be priced in the currency of the stock account’s parent. - In this example, the stock account’s parent - (Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom) is denominated in HKD. - Since this is same currency as the stock price, the purchase - can be safely entered in the stock account’s register. - - - - - - - - Tracking Currency Investments - - Currency investment is when you decide to invest in a different - country's currency, and hope that it will rise in value - relative your own currency. - - When you enter these transactions into &app;, you will have to - decide on how much detail you would like to have. - - If you are not interested in detail at all, a very simple account - structure would suffice: - - - Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD) - Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX) - - - You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, noting - exchange rates as you went. - - But, if you do want to be able to track capital gains or losses, - as well as any fees, you do need a more complex account structure, such as: - - - Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD) - Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX) - Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX) - Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX) - - - - Purchasing Currency - - When purchasing another currency, you will buy a certain number of - units of foreign currency with your own currency, at a particular rate. - For example, you might buy USD 10,000 worth of Andorran Francs, at 5 Francs - to the dollar, with a transaction fee of $150. - - Buy Currency - - - - - - - Assets:Investments:Currency:BankWithdrawal10,000 - Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:ADFDeposit150 - Assets:Investments:Currency:ADFDeposit49,250 - - - - - The Exchange Rate window should pop up when you - leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this - window does not pop up, right click on the row or select - Actions, and select Edit - Exchange Rate. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the - exchange rate you got from the bank. - - - - Selling a currency investment - - Entering a currency sale is done in the same way as - a currency buy except that you are now transferring money from the Currency - account to your Savings account (very similar to ). - - The proper recording of the currency sale *must* account for realized - gains or losses. This can be done using a - split transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the - profit (or loss) as coming from an Income:Capital Gains account (or - Expenses:Capital Loss). To balance this income, you will need to enter - the Currency asset twice in the split—once to record the actual sale - (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate), and once to balance - the income profit (setting the amount to 0). - - In short, a selling Currency transaction should look something - like below, seen again from the Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank. - - - Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme - - - - - - - AccountDepositWithdrawal - - - - Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank Sold Amount - Exchange Fee - Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX Exchange Fee - Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX Sold Amount - Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX [LOSS] PROFIT - Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX PROFIT (with To Amount = 0) [LOSS (with To Amount = 0) ] - - -
- - - - - - Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency - - Reconciling foreign statement are done in the same manner as when - you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of - Accounts structure which allows you to have the same currency per account - as your statement, it is actually exactly the same as - reconciling your local bank statement. - - If you have different currencies you might have to manually convert - the amounts from one currency to another while you reconcile the - accounts. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_dep.xml b/guide/C/ch_dep.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2913e9424..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_dep.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Depreciation - - This chapter will introduce the concept of depreciation in accounting - and give some real life examples for using it. - - - Basic Concepts - - Depreciation is the accounting method for expensing capital - purchases over time. There are two reasons that you may want to record - depreciation; you are doing bookkeeping for your own personal finances and - would like to keep track of your net worth, or you are doing bookkeeping - for a small busines and need to produce a financial statement from which - you will prepare your tax return. - - The method of recording depreciation is the same in either case. but - the end goal is different. This section will discuss the differences - between the two. But first, some terminology. - - - - Accumulated depreciation - the accumulated - total of book depreciation taken over the life of the asset. This is - accumulated in the depreciation account in the asset section. - - - - Book depreciation - this is the amount of - depreciation that you record in your financial statements per - accounting period. - - - - Fair market value - the amount for which an - asset could be sold at a given time. - - - - Net book value - this is the difference - between the original cost and the depreciation taken to date. - - - - Original cost - this is the amount that the - asset cost you to purchase. It includes any cost to get the asset into - a condition in which you can use it. For example - shipping, - installation costs, special training. - - - - Salvage value - this is the value that you - estimate the asset can be sold for at the end of it’s useful life (to - you). - - - - Tax depreciation - this is the amount of - depreciation that you take for income tax purposes. - - - - - Personal Finances - - Depreciation is used in personal finances to periodically lower an - asset’s value to give you an accurate estimation of your current net - worth. For example, if you owned a car you could keep track of its - current value by recording depreciation every year. To accomplish this, - you record the original purchase as an asset, and then record a - depreciation expense each year (See for - an example). This would result in the net book value being approximately - equal to the fair market value of the asset at the end of the - year. - - Depreciation for personal finance has no tax implications, it is - simply used to help you estimate your net worth. Because of this, there - are no rules for how you estimate depreciation, use your best - judgement. - - For which assets should you estimate depreciation? Since the idea - of depreciation for personal finances is to give you an estimate of your - personal net worth, you need only track depreciation on assets of - notable worth that you could potentially sell, such as a car or - boat. - - - - Business - - As opposed to personal finance where the goal is tracking personal - worth, business is concerned with matching the expense of purchasing - capital assets with the revenue generated by them. This is done through - book depreciation. Businesses must also be concerned with local tax laws - covering depreciation of assets. This is known as tax depreciation. The - business is free to choose whatever scheme it wants to record book - depreciation, but the scheme used for tax depreciation is fixed. More - often than not this results in differences between book and tax - depreciation, but steps can be taken to reduce these differences. - - Now, what purchases should be capitalized? If you expect something - that you purchase to help you earn income for more than just the current - year, then it should be capitalized. This includes things like land, - buildings, equipment, automobiles, and computers - as long as they are - used for business purposes. It does not include items that would be - considered inventory. So if you made a purchase with the intent to - resell the item, it should not be capitalized. - - In addition to the purchase of the asset itself, any costs - associated with getting the asset into a condition so that you can use - it should be capitalized. For example, if you buy a piece of equipment - and it needs to be shipped from out of town, and then some electrical - work needs to be done so you can plug the machine in, and some - specialized training is needed so you know how to use the machine, all - these costs would be included in the cost of the equipment. - - You also need to know the estimated salvage value of the asset. - Generally, this is assumed to be zero. The idea behind knowing the - salvage value is that the asset will be depreciated until the net book - value (cost less depreciation) equals the salvage value. Then, when the - asset is written off, you will not have a gain or loss resulting from - the disposal of the asset. - - The last step is to determine the method of depreciation that you - want to use. This will be discussed on the next few pages. - - - Warning: Be aware that different countries can have - substantially different tax policies for depreciation; all that this - document can really provide is some of the underlying ideas to help - you apply your favorite tax/depreciation policies. - - - - - - Estimating Valuation - - A central issue with depreciation is to determine how you will - estimate the future value of the asset. Compared to the often uncertain - estimates one has to do where appreciation of assets is concerned, we are - on somewhat firmer ground here. Using sources listed below should make it - fairly straight forward to estimate the future value of your depreciating - assets. - - - - Tax Codes: For businesses that want to use - depreciation for tax purposes, governments tend to set up precise - rules as to how you are required to calculate depreciation. Consult - your local tax codes, which should explicitly state how to estimate - depreciation. - - - - Car Blue Book: For automobiles, it is easy - to look up in references such as Blue Books estimates of what an - automobile should be worth after some period of time in the future. - From this you will be able to develop a model of the - depreciation. - - - - - Depreciation Schemes - - A depreciation scheme is a mathematical model - of how an asset will be expensed over time. For every asset which - undergoes depreciation, you will need to decide on a depreciation - scheme. An important point to keep in mind is that, for tax purposes, - you will need to depreciate your assets at a certain rate. This is - called tax depreciation. For financial statement purposes you are free - to choose whatever method you want. This is book depreciation. Most - small businesses use the same rate for tax and book depreciation. This - way there is less of a difference between your net income on the - financial statements and your taxable income. - - This section will present 3 of the more popular depreciation - schemes: linear, geometric, - and sum of digits. To simplify the examples, we - will assume the salvage value of the asset being depreciated is zero. If - you choose to use a salvage value, you would stop depreciating the asset - once the net book value equals the salvage value. - - - - Linear depreciation diminishes the value - of an asset by a fixed amount each period until the net value is - zero. This is the simplest calculation, as you estimate a useful - lifetime, and simply divide the cost equally across that - lifetime. - - Example: You have bought a computer for $1500 and wish to - depreciate it over a period of 5 years. Each year the amount of - depreciation is $300, leading to the following calculations: - - - Linear Depreciation Scheme Example - - - - - Year - - Depreciation - - Remaining Value - - - - 0 - - - - - 1500 - - - - 1 - - 300 - - 1200 - - - - 2 - - 300 - - 900 - - - - 3 - - 300 - - 600 - - - - 4 - - 300 - - 300 - - - - 5 - - 300 - - 0 - - - -
- - - - Geometric depreciation is depreciated by - a fixed percentage of the asset value in the previous period. This - is a front-weighted depreciation scheme, more depreciation being - applied early in the period. In this scheme the value of an asset - decreases exponentially leaving a value at the end that is larger - than zero (i.e.: a resale value). - - Example: We take the same example as above, with an annual - depreciation of 30%. - - - Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example - - - - - Year - - Depreciation - - Remaining Value - - - - 0 - - - - - 1500 - - - - 1 - - 450 - - 1050 - - - - 2 - - 315 - - 735 - - - - 3 - - 220.50 - - 514.50 - - - - 4 - - 154.35 - - 360.15 - - - - 5 - - 108.05 - - 252.10 - - - -
- - - Beware: Tax authorities may require (or allow) a larger - percentage in the first period. On the other hand, in Canada, this - is reversed, as they permit only a half share of Capital Cost - Allowance in the first year. The result of this approach is that - asset value decreases more rapidly at the beginning than at the - end which is probably more realistic for most assets than a linear - scheme. This is certainly true for automobiles. - - - - - Sum of digits is a front-weighted - depreciation scheme similar to the geometric depreciation, except - that the value of the asset reaches zero at the end of the period. - This is a front-weighted depreciation scheme, more depreciation - being applied early in the period. This method is most often - employed in Anglo/Saxon countries. Here is an illustration: - - Example: First you divide the asset value by the sum of the - years of use, e.g. for our example from above with an asset worth - $1500 that is used over a period of five years you get - 1500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100. Depreciation and asset value are then - calculated as follows: - - - Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example - - - - - Year - - Depreciation - - Remaining Value - - - - 0 - - - - - 1500 - - - - 1 - - 100*5=500 - - 1000 - - - - 2 - - 100*4=400 - - 600 - - - - 3 - - 100*3=300 - - 300 - - - - 4 - - 100*2=200 - - 100 - - - - 5 - - 100*1=100 - - 0 - - - -
- - - - - - - Account Setup - - As with most accounting practices, there are a number of different - ways to setup depreciation accounts. We will present here a general method - which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The first - account you will need is an Asset Cost account - (&app; account type Asset), which is simply a place where you record - the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished - by a transaction from your bank account. - - In order to keep track of the depreciation of the asset, you will - need two depreciation accounts. The first is an Accumulated - Depreciation account in which to collect the sum of all of the - depreciation amounts, and will contain negative values. In &app;, this - is an account type asset. The Accumulated Depreciation - account is balanced by a Depreciation Expense account, - in which all periodic depreciation expenses - are recorded. In &app;, this is an account type - expense. - - Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the depreciation - of 2 assets, ITEM1 and ITEM2. The Asset Cost accounts are balanced by - the Bank account, the Accumulated Depreciation account is balanced by - the Expenses:Depreciation account. - - --Assets - -Fixed Assets - -ITEM1 - -Cost (Asset Cost account) - -Depreciation (Accumulated Depreciation account) - -ITEM2 - -Cost (Asset Cost account) - -Depreciation (Accumulated Depreciation account) - -Current Assets - -Bank --Expense - -Depreciation (Depreciation Expense account) - - - One of the features of the account hierarchy shown above is that you - can readily see some important summary values about your depreciating - asset. The Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1 account total shows you the current - estimated value for item1, the Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Cost shows you - what you originally paid for item1, Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Depreciation - shows you your accrued depreciation for item1, - and finally, Expenses:Depreciation demonstrates the total accrued - depreciation of all your assets. - - It is certainly possible to use a different account hierarchy. One - popular account setup is to combine the Asset Cost - and Accrued Depreciation asset accounts. This has the - advantage of having fewer accounts cluttering your account hierarchy, but - with the disadvantage that to determine some of the summary details - mentioned in the paragraph above you will have to open the account - register windows. As with most things, there are many ways to do it, find - a way that works best for you. - - The actual input of the depreciation amounts is done by hand every - accounting period. There is no way in &app; (as of yet) to perform the - depreciation scheme calculations automatically, or to input the values - automatically into the appropriate accounts. However, since an accounting - period is typically one year, this really is not much work to do by - hand. - - - - Example - - Let’s go ahead and step through an example. Imagine you are a - photographer and you use a car and an expensive camera for your personal - business. You will want to track the depreciation on these items, because - you can probably deduct the depreciation from your business taxes. - - The first step is to build the account hierarchy (as shown in the - previous section, replace ITEM1 and ITEM2 with car and camera). Now, - record the purchase of your assets by transferring the money from your - bank account to the appropriate Asset Cost accounts - for each item (eg: the Assets:Fixed Assets:Car:Cost account for the - car). In this example, you start with $30k in the bank, the car cost $20k - and the camera cost $10k and were both purchased on January 1, - 2000. - - - - - - - - - Asset Depreciation Example1 - - - The asset depreciation example main window, before - depreciation - - - - Looking at the tax codes, we realize that we must report - depreciation on these items using the sum of digits scheme, over a 5 - year period. So, the yearly depreciation amounts for the car come to - $6667, $5333, $4000, $2667, $1333 for years 1 to 5 respectively, rounded - to the nearest dollar. The yearly depreciation amounts for the camera are - $3333, $2667, $2000, $1333, $667. Consult the previous section on - Depreciation Schemes for the formula for calculating these values. - - For each accounting period (IE: fiscal year) you record the - depreciation as an expense in the appropriate Accrued - Depreciation account (eg: the Assets:Fixed Assets:Car:Depreciation - account for the car). The two windows below show - your car’s accrued depreciation account and the main window after the - third year (IE: three periods) of depreciation using this sum of digits - scheme. - - - - - - - - - Asset Depreciation Register Window - - - The asset depreciation register window - - - - - - - - - - - - Asset Depreciation Main Window - - - The asset depreciation main window - - - - - A Word of Caution: Since depreciation and tax issues are closely - related, you may not always be free in choosing your preferred method. - Fixing wrong calculations will cost a whole lot more time and trouble - than getting the calculations right the first time, so if you plan to - depreciate assets, it is wise to make sure of the schemes you will be - permitted or required to use. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0c95deef8..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_expenses.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Expense Accounts - - If managing your checkbook is the first step in tracking your finances, then using expense accounts - to see where you are expending money is a close second step. This chapter will give you an understanding of - how &app; uses expense accounts to help you keep track of many different - categories of transactions. - - - Concepts - An expense type account is used to allow you to track how much you spend on specific - expenses. Technically, expense accounts are not a part of traditional accounting, - but have become common with the increased capabilities of computer-based accounting systems. - Many people's first experience with tracking expenses comes from Quicken(tm), where - transactions can be assigned to one or more categories. In &app;, these categories - are set up as separate accounts, which are designated as Expense type accounts. - This allows &app; to apply the rules of double-entry accounting consistently. - Expense accounts can be as detailed or as general as you need. Some users need only a few accounts for - personal expense tracking. Others use &app; expense accounts to manage their expenses - in great detail. The level of detail you choose is up to you. Keep in mind that with &app;, - you can change accounts for transactions, so if your needs change later on, it is possible to move - transactions around. - - - Setting Up Accounts - - Simple Expense Account Setup - For many users, the easiest way to set up expense accounts is to check the "Common Accounts" - when you create a new Account Hierarchy. This will establish many of the most common expense accounts - that users need. See "New Account Hierarchy Setup" in Chapter 3 of the Help guide for more information. - - - Complex Expense Account Setup - If you have different expense accounting needs, you can refer to , - or Chapter 5.4 in the Help manual for instructions on how to create accounts. - Typical reasons for adding new or different expense accounts include: to track - expenses for particular business purposes (e.g., specific types of supply expenses), - to track expenses for particular tax purposes (e.g., tax expenses that must be reported - to others), or simply to track expenses that are meaningful to you (e.g., payments made - to a particular charity). - - - - Entering Expense Transactions - While it is possible to enter transactions directly into expense accounts, it is - not normally how these are entered. For most people, transactions for an expense account - are added when the user is entering data into the other account in the transaction. - In other words, if you have an expense account for Charitable Donations (e.g., Expenses:Charity), - you will typically add a transaction to the expense account by assigning a check in your - checking account register to the Charity account. - If you open an expense account, you will see a register similar to most others you find - in &app;. The informal column headings for the transaction amounts - are slightly different, however. The left (debit) column will read Tot Expense, while - the right (credit) column will read Tot Rebate. - - - Other Considerations for Expense Accounts - Because expense accounts are generated entirely by you, there are no statements against - which you would reconcile your data. Therefore, there is technically nothing to reconcile. You - can, of course use the reconcile process for expense accounts, which will lock the transactions - for future editing. - One point to consider is that as your use of &app; continues, the - balances in these accounts will grow, since there are usually very few credit transactions that - reduce the balances. There is nothing wrong with this situation, but some users may wish to clear - the balances in their expense accounts periodically. Zeroing transactions can be entered that - transfer the balance of the account to an Equity account. &app; includes - a Closing Books procedure that includes zeroing out expense accounts. Keep in mind that this is - not necessary, and that if you need to gather information on a given expense account, you can - use various reports to extract that data without zeroing the account out. - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml b/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3c458c6a5..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_import_business_data.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Importing Business Data - - - - Import Bills or Invoices - This functionality is only available by default for versions greater than 2.6 - For 2.4.13 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to enabled by editing the file $HOME/.gnucash/config.user, - adding the line: - (gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/bi_import" 0) - On Linux systems this file is found at $HOME/.gnucash/config.user - and on Mac OSX it is ~/Library/Application Support/Gnucash/config.user. - If the file doesn’t already exist you will have to create it. - After restarting &app;, the item will appear at the bottom - of the business menu. - - - In order for the importer to work the data must be in a fixed field - length, comma separated line format. A example Python script to convert - a downloaded order is shown below. - - - - -import sys -import csv - -VENDOR_ID="000013" -INFILE=sys.argv[1] -INV_ID=sys.argv[2] -try: - ACCOUNT=sys.argv[3] -except: - ACCOUNT="Expenses:Materials General" - -Reader = csv.reader(open(INFILE), delimiter=',') - -# Need to ignore 1st and last rows - -for row in Reader: - if row[0].isdigit(): # We only use numbered lines - outline=(INV_ID + ",," + VENDOR_ID + ",,,," + row[1] + " > " + row[4] + ",ea," + - ACCOUNT + "," + row[2] + "," + row[5].replace("GBP", "") + ",,,,no,,,,,,,") - print outline - - - - Example of a downloaded vendor order from Rapid Electronics (UK). - -line number,product code,quantity,availability,product description,unit price,discounts,line total,delivery,sub total,vat,grand total -1,47-3524,100,100 Available,BC848C SOT-23 NPN TRANSISTOR (INF) (RC),GBP0.03,GBP0.00,GBP0.03 -2,47-3278,30,30 Available,L78L05ACZ 0.1A +5V VOLTAGE REG (ST) (RC),GBP0.18,GBP0.00,GBP0.18 -3,22-0120,1,1 Available,Tube 34 14pin DIL socket, narrow7.62mm, without central support,GBP1.05,GBP0.00,GBP1.05 -4,22-0127,1,0 Available<br />1 on Back Order,Tube 17 28pin DIL socket, wide15.24mm, without central support,GBP1.22,GBP0.00,GBP1.22 -5,62-0368,1,1 Available,820R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,GBP0.50,GBP0.00,GBP0.50 -6,47-3130,100,100 Available,1N4001 1A 50V SILICON RECTIFIER DIODE RC,GBP0.01,GBP0.00,GBP0.01 -7,17-0310,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK RED RC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90 -8,17-0312,1,1 Available,PROFESSIONAL MINATURE PROBE HOOK BLACKRC,GBP0.90,GBP0.00,GBP0.90 -9,34-0655,1,1 Available,PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,GBP4.39,GBP0.00,GBP4.39 -10,18-0200,1,1 Available,PP3 9V ALKALINE BATTERY "Not For Retail Sale",GBP1.37,GBP0.00,GBP1.37 -,,,,,,,,GBP4.95,GBP24.93,GBP4.35,GBP29.28 - - - - A similar file after processing with the Python script. - - - -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0655 > PROTOBLOC 2 BREADBOARD,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,4.39,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0105 > PP3 / PP6 BATTERY CLIP 150MM (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,10,0.06,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0370 > 1k CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0354 > 220R CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-5548 > PLAIN DOCUMENT WALLET ASSORTED PK 50 RE,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,6.95,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,62-0386 > 4k7 CR25 0.25W CF Resistor Pk 100,ea,Expenses:Materials General,1,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,34-0860 > COPPER CLAD SRBP SS 100 X 160 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.50,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,18-0163 > PP3 BATTERY HOLDER WITH FLYING LEADS RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,5,0.23,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,73-4290 > ATMEGA8-16PU 8-BIT MICRO 8K DIL-28 (RC),ea,Expenses:Materials General,3,1.99,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,81-0014 > BC108 NPN GP TRANSISTOR RC,ea,Expenses:Materials General,20,0.16,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,DELIVERY,ea,Expenses:Postage,1,4.95,,,,no,,,,,,, -MEC-0071,,000013,,,,VAT,tax,Expenses:VAT,1,4.35,,,,no,,,,,,, - - - - - As can be seen there are some fields that are absent and some that - are not required for import. The first line is not required and the last - line is superfluous as &app; will total the order for us. All that is - required is to take what we want and produce an output file with the - correct format to import into &app;. In this case we join the part - number and description fields and these become description in &app; - invoice/bill. We need the qty and part price fields. Contrary to the - header line VAT is not included by line and is always zero, the VAT is - calculated on the last line as VAT on the order total. - - This will cause problems later. - - In this example I have assigned the - Expenses:Materials General account to be the target account. This can be - changed after import in the usual way, along with any other data. If there - is no such account as Expenses:Materials General then that field will be - left blank on import and will have to be set manually. Lines beginning - with a # are regarded as comment lines and ignored. - - - The script is called with the following command: - python importer.py file_to_import, - invoice_id > file_to_save_as.csv - - This short script can easily be - changed to suit any downloaded format. The only restriction is that the - final number of field is fixed, at least at the moment. The importer will - ignore lines with the wrong number of fields. (This may be fixed in future - version). Vendor ID is simply the ID assigned to the specific vendor, or - client. The row[N] items refer to the position in the line where the - correct data lies. Note that the first field is row[0] NOT row[1]. - - - Once you have converted the file navigate to Business - Invoice & Bill Import to open a new import window. - Select the file you have just created, select Bill - or Invoice and Comma separated format. At this - point the data should show up in the preview window. Check that the field - data are in the correct columns before selecting OK. Once imported the - invoice can be opened for editing and posting in the usual way. - - - A note on VAT, or any purchase tax. As previously mentioned Rapid - Electronics calculate the VAT on the bill total not line by line. &app; - calculated the VAT per line then totals the VAT. This can lead to - inaccuracies in the VAT of the region of a few pennies and is enough to - cause problems when reconciling the purchase with your bank or credit card - account used to make the purchase. As to how you overcome that, for the - moment, is a problem for you to use whatever method suits your conscience - or accountant best. Personally I add the VAT as a separate line along with - delivery charges manually. So some work is left to the user but the tedium - of entering each item eliminated. - - - Future: Currently the import format is quite strict and many users - may have problems with the conversion process. Adding a template for every - possible vendor CSV format would be mammoth and likely impossible task - notwithstanding the fact the vendors are likely to change the format - without informing the &app; team. Future import enhancements will be - based on user feedback and hopefully the process can be made simpler or - more flexible. Note that often simple is incompatible with - flexible. - - - - If Python (other languages are avaialble) is not your thing then - post a request to &app; user list, - with an example of your downloaded CSV, and someone may write you a Python script to do the - translation. - - - - - Notes for <application>Python</application> authors - - In order for the import to succeed the number of fields must be - adhered to, so the trailing commas are important. - - - A complete list of the required fields is: - - id, date_opened, owner_id, billingid, notes, date, desc, action, - account, quantity, price, disc_type, disc_how, discount, taxable, - taxincluded, tax_table, date_posted, due_date, account_posted, - memo_posted, accu_splits, - - - Mind the trailing comma. - - - - - A brief description of each field - - - - id - - The invoice number. All lines must - contain this or the line will be rejected. - - - - date_opened - - Use the same date format as setup in Preferences. Today's date is inserted if this is blank. - - - - owner_id - - ID number of the vendor or customer. All lines must - contain this or the line will be rejected. - - - - billingid - - Billing ID. - - - - notes - - Invoice notes. - - - - date - - The date of the item line. Can be left blank for todays - date. - - - - desc - - Description as per normal invoice or bill. - - - - action - - For bills usually ea. - - - - account - - Account to which the item is attributed. - - - - quantity - - Quantity of each item. Must contain a value or the line - will be rejected. - - - - price - - Price of each item. Must contain a value or the line will be - rejected. - - - - disc_type - - Type of discount, either % or TODO, only applies to - invoices. Some experimentation may be required here as may be currency - dependent. - - - - disc_how - - Only applies to invoices. - - - - discount - - Amount of discount to be applied. only applies to - invoices. - - - - taxable - - Will tax be applied to the item? yes or blank. - - - - taxincluded - - Is tax included in the item price? yes or blank. - - - - tax_table - - Tax table to apply to item. - - - - date_posted - - If posted, what date. Normally left blank for manual - posting after editing the invoice. Use the same date format as setup in Preferences. - - - - due_date - - Date payment is due. Use the same date format as setup in Preferences. - - - - account_posted - - Posted to what account. - - - - memo_posted - - If posted insert memo here. - - - - accu_splits - - Accumulate splits? yes or blank. - - - - - - - - - Importing Customers and Vendors - This functionality is only available in the 2.6 versions of GnuCash and is only loaded by default for versions greater than 2.6. - For versions lower than 2.6 the Customers and Vendors importer is an optional module and needs to - enabled by editing the file $HOME/.gnucash/config.user, - adding the line: - (gnc:module-load "gnucash/plugins/customer_import" 0) - - On Linux systems this file is found at $HOME/.gnucash/config.user - and on Mac OSX it is ~/Library/Application Support/Gnucash/config.user. - If the file doesn’t already exist you will have to create it. - After restarting &app; the item will appear at the bottom - of the business menu. - In order for the importer to work each line in the input file must have the following structure. - - - id, company, name, addr1, addr2, addr3, addr4, phone, fax, email, notes, shipname, shipaddr1, shipaddr2, shipaddr3, shipaddr4, shiphone, shipfax, shipmail - - - - Fields can be separated with commas or semicolons and each field can be in quotes. These options are selectable in the import dialog. Vendors don’t have shipping information so even though the fields have to exist, leave them empty. - The id field is optional and if it is empty a new id will be chosen. If the id field has a value this will UPDATE any vendor/customer with the same id. This may not be what you want. Note that in your input file the data must be a single line for each customer/vendor. - - - The importer does not currently import billing information for customers or vendors, these will have to be edited individually after importing. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_importing.xml b/guide/C/ch_importing.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d89c88c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/guide/C/ch_importing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,675 @@ + + + + + + Importing Data into <application>&app;</application> + This chapter will detail procedures for importing data into &app;. + + Importing Transactions from Files + + Imported transactions will generally be to a specific account in your account tree. In the following + this will be referred to as the import or + base account. It may or may not be + specified in the data being imported, depending on the import format. It is usually the first split + of a transaction being imported. + + All transactions will also must have a destination account for + at least matching splits. This may or may not be supplied in the imported data. If it is not, + an account can be assigned on the basis of the previous import history by matching to infomation in + the imported data. The user may always over-ride this assignment. + + Multi-split data previously exported from GnuCash may have both the import and destination accounts + for transaction splits specified in the data file. + + + File Import Formats + Gnucash allows transactions to be imported in the following formats: + + QIF + (.qif) Quicken Interchange format - import data from Quicken financial software; + OFX/QFX + (.ofx,.qfx) Open Financial eXchange format (QXF is an Intuit/Quicken proprietary version of OFX); + + CSV + (.csv) Comma Separated Values; + MT940 + MT940 + MT942 + MT942 + DTAUS + DTAUS + + + These import methods can be accessed from File + Import .... + + + + Import Matcher + Several of the Import Assistants use an Import Matcher to implement a Bayesian approach to assign + destination accounts, if such accounts are not specified in + the imported data, to each imported transaction based on the previous import history of the import account. + It also attempts to match the transactions being imported to any existing transactions + based on the date and the description fields. + + Transaction rows which match existing transactions already in the import account are flagged not to be imported. They + will have a light green background and the A and U+R checkboxes will be unchecked and the R checkbox will be + checked. To override and import the transaction, check the A checkbox. The U and R boxes will be unchecked + automatically. The reliability of the match is indicated by a bar display in the Info column. If a destination + account for the second split is assigned by the matcher if will be appended to the info column. + + Transaction rows which do not match existing transactions in the import account, for which an assignment + of a destination account cannot be made on the basis of the previous import history to the account, will be + displayed with an orange-yellow background and the A box will be checked and U+R and R unchecked. A destination + account must be specified for these transactions. + + Assign a Destination Account to a Single Transaction + The currently selected row is selected by Left-clicking it. It is displayed with a mid dark green background. + Double click on a row. This will select it and open an Account Selection + dialog. Select the desired destination account in the dialog and click OK. The row + background will change to a light green and the assigned destination account will be displayed + in the Info column. + + or alternatively, Left-click on a row to select it followed by a + Right-click to bring up a popup menu then select + "Assign a transfer account" to display the Account Selection dialog, select the destination account and + click the OK button. + + + + Assign a Destination Account to Multiple Transactions + Sometimes you will have several transactions which will have the same destination account. Gnucash + allows you to select multiple transactions and apply the same destination account to all transactions + in the selection. + + Rows in a selection are displayed with a mid dark green background. + Multiple rows may be selected to have the same destination account assigned to them. + To select rows either: + + Left click on first row and then + Ctrl-Left click on other rows to add to the selection or + Left-click on a first row and then + Shift-Left-click on another row to select all rows between them. + + then Right-click to display a popup menu and then select + "Assign a transfer account" to open the Account + Selection dialog. Select the desired destination account and click the OK + button in the Account Selection dialog. + + + Completing the Import + Once you have assigned destination accounts for all the imported transactions using the above methods + (all row backgrounds will be a light green colour), check that the assigned destination acounts are correct + and then press the OK button at the bottom of the Generic Import Matcher + window. The transactions selected for import will have their splits added to the selected source + and destination accounts. + + The choices made for the destination accounts and description/memo fields are remembered and stored and + used for future imports to the same account to automatically assign a destination account for transaction + records not containing destination account information. + + + + + + + Import QIF + To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that use QIF(Quicken® Interchange Format), + you must first export your data to a QIF file. One way to do this is to export each account as a + separate QIF file. An easier way, available in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to export all accounts at + once into a single QIF file. Check your program's manual to determine if this option is available. + + To import QIF files: + + Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to import + To do this, select File -> Import -> Import QIF... from the menu. When the QIF Import dialog + box appears, click Next and follow the instructions to guide you through the process of loading + your files. + + This image shows the start of the QIF Import assistant. + You will be prompted for a filename to load. Use the Select button to select your QIF file and + click Next to load it. Once the file is loaded, select Load another file if you have more files + to load. When you have loaded all your QIF files, click Next to continue with the import process. + + + + Review the GnuCash accounts to be created. + The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories with GnuCash accounts and gives + you a brief description of the matching process. Clicking Next will bring you to a view comparing + your QIF accounts with the corresponding GnuCash accounts created. To change an account name, select + the row containing that account name and edit the name in the dialog box provided. Click Next when + you have finished making changes, and proceed through a similar category matching process. QIF + income and expense categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts Make changes to these account names if necessary, and click Next to continue. + + Note: If you are not sure what changes are needed, it is safe to + accept the GnuCash account names. It is easy to edit the accounts later if you find you need to make + a change. + + From the drop-down list, select a standard currency to be used for the imported accounts and click Next + to continue. If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you will be prompted for additional + information. The importer dialog will ask for the exchange or listing (i.e. Nasdaq), the security's + full name, and the ticker symbol. If you do not have this information handy, you can edit the account + information later, once the import is complete. Click Next to continue. + + + + Tell GnuCash to import the data. + The last step is the import. Once you have verified your account names and investment information, + click Finish in the Update your GnuCash accounts page to complete the import process. Depending + upon the size of your file, the import might take a few minutes to complete, so a progress bar + displays the percentage finished. When the import process is complete, GnuCash will return you + to the main window, which should now display the names of the accounts you imported. + + + + + + + + Import OFX/QFX + This opens a file selection dialog. Navigate to the file you wish to import, select a file with + the appropriate extension (.ofx or .qfx), then press the Import button. + Gnucash opens an Account Selection dialog to select an account in your CoA corresponding to data source. Select + the appropriate account from the account tree and press the OK button. On subsequent import of files from the + same source (identified by tags in the file), the source is remembered and the account selection dialog is not + displayed. + The generic import transaction matcher dialog is opened next. See the + Import Matcher section (common to both OFX/QFX and CSV import formats) following the Import CSV + section to continue the import process. + + + + Import CSV + Clicking on Import CSV in the Import menu will bring up the Import Assistant dialog. The first step brings up a file selection + dialog. Navigate to the location where the file you wish to import is located and select the file to import then click the + OK button. + + The next window will allow you to set parameters for the importing of the file. All widgets have tooltips which explain what + the setting affects and the options for the setting. + + + Load and Save Settings + If this import is a regular occurrence, once you have set the other import paramters, you can save these settings by typing + in a setting name in the Load and Save Settings Entry combo box and pressing the Save button just to the right of the box. + Previously defined settings can be retrieved by selecting the appropriate setting name from the dropdown list activated by + the down arrow at the right end of the text box. The trash can button to the right of the Save button can be used to remove + the settings selected from the drop down list for the box. The settings group "GnuCash Export Settings" define a setting + group for the export and reimport of GnuCash transaction data - use this if importing data previously exported from GnuCash. + + + + Account + This combo box allows you to select the base or import account into which the transactions will be imported. It may be left unset + if the imported data contains a column listing the accounts associated with each split or the import data + specifies the account for first split of the transaction. + + + File Format + This section allows you to define whether the file has: + + + + Fixed width columns Selecting this radio button will allow you to define + column boundaries by double clicking at the appropriate positions in the sample records displayed in the + panel below. Single clicking in a column will narrow, widen or merge the column. + + + + Separators Selecting this radio button will allow you to define characters + which will be used to distinguish columns in the input file. The default is comma separated however spaces, + tabs,colons or semicolons or any combination of them may be used to separate columns in the input file by + selecting the appropriate check boxes. You may also define custom separators by typing the required characters + into the text box and selecting the Custom checkbox. This may be used in combination with any of the + predefined separators. + + + + Multi-split Selecting this check box allows the splits for a single transaction + to be defined on consecutive lines within the file with each line defining a single split. If not selected each + line is assumed to contain the information for a single transaction including one or two splits. + + + + + + Miscellaneous + The miscellaneous settings allow you to set: + + + EncodingThis is usually the UTF-8 variant for your locale; + Date Format This does not default to the Locale setting so check it matches the data you are importing; + Currency Format; + Leading Lines to Skip; + Trailing Lines to Skip; + Skip alternate lines; + + to match the settings for the file you are importing. Tooltips may also contain information on the setting and options. + + + Import Panel + The import panel shows the data being imported as it is interpreted using the settings chosen to define columns and formats. + The dropdown lists in the headers for each column of the import allow you to associate a specific column in the imported data + with a specific field in the display of a transaction in an account register. At a minimum to import data, columns in the + imported data containing the following information must be specified: + + + Date of transaction; + Account into which transaction is to be imported (or alternatively set the base account as above); + Description of the transaction; + Deposit or Withdrawal column. + + The Skip Errors check box will skip trying to import any rows with errors in matching the columns. + + When you are happy with all the import settings, save them + if you will use the same settings again, then press the Next button. + This will bring up a window which allows you to map the accounts identified in the account column (Account Id) with accounts + in the GnuCash account tree (Account name). Double click on a row to bring up a dialog to select the matching GnuCash account. + When you have selected a match for all accounts, click on the Next button. + + The Transaction Information panel allows review of data entry settings so far. + + Clicking on Match Transactions will then bring up the main Import Matcher + window described in the next section. + + + + + + Import MT940 + Use this option to import MT940 data. + + + + Import MT942 + Use this option to import MT942 data. + + + + Import DTAUS + Use this option to import DTAUS data. + + + diff --git a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml b/guide/C/ch_invest.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f0f0da1dc..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_invest.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3942 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Investments - - This chapter explains how to manage your investments with &app;. - Most people have an investment plan, whether its just putting money into a - CD account, investing through a company sponsored plan at your workplace or - buying and selling stocks and bonds through a brokerage. &app; gives you - tools to help you manage these investments such as the Price - Editor which allows you to record changes in the prices of - stocks you own. - - - Basic Concepts - - An investment is something that you purchase in the hopes of - generating income, or that you hope to sell in the future for more than - you paid. Using this simple definition, many things could be considered - investments: the house you live in, a valuable painting, stocks in - publicly traded companies, your savings account at the bank, or a - certificate of deposit. These many types of investments will be discussed - in this chapter in terms of how to track them using &app;. - - - Terminology - - Before discussing investments specifically, it will be helpful to - present a glossary of investment terminology. The terms presented below - represent some of the basic concepts of investing. It is a good idea to - become familiar with these terms, or at least, refer back to this list - if you encounter an unfamiliar word in the later sections. - - - - Capital gains - - The difference between - the purchase and selling prices of an investment. If the selling - price is lower than the purchase price, this is called a - capital loss. Also known as realized - gain/loss. - - - - - Commission - - The fee you pay to a broker - to buy or sell securities. - - - - - Common stock - - A security that - represents a certain fractional ownership of a company. This is what - you buy when you buy stock in a company on the open market. This - is also sometimes known as capital - stock. - - - - - Compounding - - The concept that the - reinvested interest can later earn interest of its own (interest on - interest). This is often referred to as compound - interest. - - - - - Dividends - - Dividends are cash payments a company - makes to shareholders. The amount of this payment is usually - determined as some amount of the profits of the company. Note that - not all common stocks give dividends. - - - - - Equities - - Equities are investments in which the - investor becomes part (or whole) owner in something. This includes - common stock in a company, or real estate. - - - - - Interest - - What a borrower pays a lender - for the use of their money. Normally, this is expressed in terms of - a percentage of the principal per year. For example, a savings - account with 1% interest (you are the lender, the bank is the - borrower) will pay you $1 for every $100 you keep there per - year. - - - - - Liquidity - - A measure of how easily - convertible an investment is to cash. Money in a savings account is - very liquid, while money invested in a house has low liquidity - because it takes time to sell a house. - - - - - Principal - - The original amount of money - invested or borrowed. - - - - - Realized vs Unrealized Gain/Loss - - Unrealized gain or loss occurs when you’ve got a change in price of - an asset. You realize the gain/loss when you actually sell the - asset. See also capital gain/loss. - - - - - Return - - The total income plus capital - gains or losses of an investment. See also - Yield. - - - - - Risk - - The probability that the return - on investment is different from what was expected. Investments are - often grouped on a scale from low risk (savings account, government - bonds) to high risk (common stock, junk bonds). As a general rule of - thumb, the higher the risk the higher the possible return. - - - - - Shareholder - - A shareholder is a person who holds common - stock in a company. - - - - - Stock split - - Occurs when a company offers - to issue some additional multiple of shares for each existing stock. - For example, a 2 for 1 stock split means that if you own 100 - shares of a stock, you will receive an additional 100 at no cost to - you. The unit price of the shares will be adjusted so there is no - net change in the value, so in this example the price per share will - be halved. - - - - - Valuation - - The process of determining - the market value or the price the investment would sell at in a - reasonable time frame. - - - - - Yield - - A measure of the amount of money - you earn from an investment (IE: how much income you receive from - the investment). Typically this is reported as a percentage of the - principal amount. Yield does not include capital gains or loses (see - Return). Eg: A stock sells for $100 and gives $2 in dividends per - year has a yield of 2%. - - - - - - - Types of Investments - - Below is presented some of the broad types of investments - available, and examples of each type. - - - - Interest-bearing account or - instrument - - This type of investment usually allows you immediate access to - your money, and will typically pay you interest every month based on - the amount of money you have deposited. Examples are bank savings - accounts (and some interest bearing checking accounts) and cash - accounts at your brokerage. This is a very low risk investment, in - the US these accounts are often insured against loss, to a specified - limit. - - Sometimes an interest bearing investment is - time-locked. This type of investment requires - you to commit your money to be invested for a given period of time - for which you receive a set rate of return. Usually, the longer you - commit the higher the interest rates. If you withdraw your money - before the maturity date, you will usually have to pay an early - withdrawal penalty. This is a relatively lower risk investment. - Examples are certificates of deposit or some government bonds. Other - types of Bonds may have higher yields based on the higher risks from - the quality of the issuer’s credit rating. - - - - Stocks and Mutual Funds - - This is an investment you make in a company, in which you - effectively become a part owner. There is usually no time lock on - publicly traded stock, however there may be changes in the tax rates - you pay on capital gains depending on how long you hold the stock. - Thus, stocks are typically quite liquid, you can access your money - relatively quickly. This investment is a higher risk, as you have no - guarantee on the future price of a stock. - - A mutual fund is a group investment mechanism in which you can - buy into many stocks simultaneously. For example, a "S&P 500 - index fund" is a fund which purchases all 500 stocks listed in the - Standard and Poor’s index. When you buy a share of this fund, you - are really buying a small amount of each of the 500 stocks contained - within the fund. Mutual funds are treated exactly like a single - stock, both for tax purposes and in accounting. - - - - Fixed Assets - - Assets that increase in value over time are another form of - investment. Examples include a house, a plot of land, or a valuable - painting. This type of investment is very difficult to determine the - value of until you sell it. The tax implications of selling these - items is varied, depending on the item. For example, you may have - tax relief from selling a house if it is your primary residence, but - may not receive this tax break on an expensive painting. - - Fixed asset investments are discussed in and - . Typically, there is not much to do - in terms of accounting for fixed asset investments except recording - the buying and selling transactions. - - - - - - - Setting Up Accounts - - To setup investment accounts in &app; you can either use the - predefined investment account hierarchy or create your own. The minimum - you need to do to track investments is to setup an asset account for each - type of investment you own. However, as we have seen in previous chapters, - it is usually more logical to create a structured account hierarchy, - grouping related investments together. For example, you may want to group - all your publicly traded stocks under a parent account named after the - brokerage firm you used to buy the stocks. - - - Regardless of how you setup your account hierarchy, remember that - you can always move accounts around later (without losing the work you’ve - put into them), so your initial account hierarchy does not have to be - perfect. - - - - Using Predefined Investment Accounts - - The Investment Accounts option of the - New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant will - automatically create a basic investment account hierarchy for you. To - access the predefined investment accounts hierarchy, you must make - sure your &app; file is open, switch to the - Accounts tab, and choose - ActionsNew Account - Hierarchy. This will run the New - Account Hierarchy Setup assistant and allow you to select - additional accounts to add to your account hierarchy. Choose the - Investment Accounts option (along with any - others you are interested in). Assuming only investment accounts were - selected, this will create an account hierarchy as shown - below. - - - You can also run the New Account Hierarchy - Setup assistant by creating a new &app; file. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Interest Investment - - - This is a screen image of the Accounts tab after - creating a new file and selecting only the default investment - accounts. - - - - You will probably at least want to add a Bank - account to the Assets and probably an Equity:Opening Balances - account, as we have done in previous chapters. Don’t - forget to save your new account file with a relevant name! - - - - Creating Investment Accounts Manually - - If you want to set up your own investment accounts hierarchy, - you may of course do so. Investments usually have a number of - associated accounts that need to be created: an asset account to - track the investment itself; an income account to track dividend - transactions; and expense accounts to track investment fees and - commissions. - - In a typical account structure, security accounts are sub accounts - of an asset account representing an account at a brokerage firm. The - brokerage account would be denominated in your local currency and it - would include sub accounts for each security that you trade there. - - - Related purchases, sales, income and expense accounts should also - be in the same currency as the brokerage account. - - - The security sub accounts would each be configured to contain units - of a single security selected from the master (user defined) security - list and they are expected to use the same currency as the brokerage - account. - - - Security prices are kept in a separate area of &app; - (the Price Database - Tools - Price Editor). This - contains prices for individual securities (not security accounts). All - prices for an individual security are in a single currency. If a - security is traded in multiple currencies, then a separate security and - separate accounts should be set up for each currency. - - - - - - Custom Accounts Example - - The following is a somewhat more complicated example of setting up - &app; to track your investments, which has the advantage that it - groups each different investment under the brokerage that deals with the - investments. This way it is easier to compare the statements you get - from your brokerage with the accounts you have in &app; and spot where - &app; differs from the statement. - Assets - Investments - Brokerage Accounts - I*Trade - Stocks - ACME Corp - Money Market Funds - I*Trade Municipal Fund - Cash - My Stockbroker - Money Market Funds - Active Assets Fund - Government Securities - Treas Bond xxx - Treas Note yyy - Mutual Funds - Fund A - Fund B - Cash - Income - Investments - Brokerage Accounts - Capital Gains - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - Dividends - I*Trade - Taxable - Non-taxable - My Stockbroker - Taxable - Non-taxable - Interest Income - I*Trade - Taxable - Non-taxable - My Stockbroker - Taxable - Non-taxable - Expenses - Investment Expenses - Commissions - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - Management Fees - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - - - - There really is no standard way to set up your investment account - hierarchy. Play around, try different layouts until you find something - which divides your investment accounts into logical groups which make - sense to you. - - - - - - Interest Bearing Accounts - - Investments which have a fixed or variable rate of interest are one - of the simplest and most common form of investments available. Interest - bearing investments include your bank account, a certificate of deposit, - or any other kind of investment in which you receive interest from the - principal. This section will describe how to handle these kinds of - investments in &app;. - - - Account Setup - - When you purchase the interest bearing investment, you must create - an asset account to record the purchase of the investment, an income - account to record earnings from interest, and an expense account to - record bank charges. Below is an account layout example, in which you - have an interest bearing savings account and a certificate of deposit at - your bank. - - -Assets - Bank ABC - CD - Savings -Expenses - Bank ABC - Charges -Income - Interest Income - CD - Savings - - - As usual, this account hierarchy is simply presented as an - example, you should create your accounts in a form which best matches - your actual situation. - - - - Example - - Now let’s populate these accounts with real numbers. Let’s assume - that you start with $10000 in your bank account, which pays 1% interest - and you buy a $5000 certificate of deposit with a 6 month maturity date - and a 2% yield. Clearly, it is much better to keep your money in the CD - than in the savings account. After the initial purchase, your accounts - should look something like this: - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Interest Investment - - - This is an image of the account register after - creating and investing in a CD investment. - - - - Now, during the course of the next 6 months, you receive monthly - bank statements which describe the activity of your account. In our - fictional example, we do nothing with the money at this bank, so the - only activity is income from interest and bank charges. The monthly bank - charges are $2. After 6 months, the register window for the CD and for the savings - account should look like these: - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Interest Investment - - - This is an image of the register of the CD account - after 6 months. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Interest Investment - - - This is an image of the register of the Savings account - after 6 months. - - - - And this is the main &app; account window: - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Interest Investment - - - This a screen capture of the accounts after 6 months. - - - - - From the above image of the main &app; account window you see a - nice summary of what happened to these investments over the 6 months. - While the yield on the CD is double that of the savings account, the - return on the CD was $50.21 versus $13.03 for the savings account, or - almost 4 times more. Why? Because of the pesky $2 bank charges that hit - the savings account (which counted for $12 over 6 months). - - After this 6 month period, the CD has reached maturity which means - you may sell it with no early withdrawal penalty. To do so, simply - transfer the $5050.21 from the CD account into the savings - account. - - - - - Setup Investment Portfolio - - Now that you have built an account hierarchy in the previous - section, this section will show you how to create and populate the accounts with your - investment portfolio. After this initial setup of your portfolio, you may have - shares of stock purchased from before you started using &app;. For these stocks, - follow the instructions in the Entering - Preexisting Shares section below. If you have just purchased your stocks, - then use the Buying New Shares - section. - - - Setup Accounts for Stocks and Mutual Funds - - This section will show you how to add stocks and mutual fund - accounts to &app;. In this section, we will assume you are using the - basic account setup introduced in the previous section, but - the principles can be applied to any account hierarchy. - - You should have within the top level Asset - account, a few levels down, an account entitled - Stock. Open the account tree to this level by - clicking on the right facing triangle marker signs next - to the account names until the tree is opened to the depth of the new - account. You will need to create a sub-account (of type - stock) under the Stock account for every stock you - own. Every stock is a separate account. The naming of these stock - accounts is usually done using the stock ticker abbreviation, though account - names may be anything that is clear to you and other users. So, for - example, you could name your accounts AMZN, - IBM and NST for your Amazon, - IBM and NSTAR stocks respectively. Below is a schematic model of the - layout (only showing the Assets sub-accounts). - - - Assets - Investments - Brokerage Accounts - Bond - Mutual Funds - Market Index - Stock - AMZN - IBM - NST - - - - If you want to track income (dividends/interest/capital gains) - on a per-stock or fund basis, you will need to create an - Income:Dividends:STOCKSYMBOL, - Income:Cap Gain (Long):STOCKSYMBOL, - Income:Cap Gain (Short):STOCKSYMBOL - and Income:Interest:STOCKSYMBOL - account for each stock you own that pays dividends or interest. - - - - - Example Stock Account - - As an example, let’s assume that you currently own 100 shares of - Amazon stock. First, create the stock account AMZN by selecting the - Stock account and click on the menu - ActionsNew Account.... The New - Account dialog will appear, follow the steps, in the sequence below to - setup your new stock account. - - - - - - - - - - - - New Account Window - - - New Account Window - - - - - - Account Name - Usually, use the stock - ticker abbreviation, IE: AMZN - - - - Account Code - Optional field, use CUSIP, - the newspaper listing symbol, mutual fund family ID or code of your - own choosing. - - - - Description - Optional field for detailed - description of the commodity/stock. Note this field by default is - displayed in the Account tab tree. - - - - Account Type - Select the type of account - you are creating from the lower left-hand list. - - - - Parent Account - Select the parent - account for the new account from the right hand listing. Expand list - of accounts if necessary. - - - - Create the New Security - To use a new - stock, you must create the stock as a new commodity - - Be sure to first select Account Type Stock - or Mutual Fund so that the - Select... button brings up the list of - securites rather than currencies. - - - - - Select Security/Currency - Click on - the Select ... button next to the - security/currency line. We must change the - security from the default (your default currency) to this - specific stock. This will bring up the - Select Security dialog. - - - - Type - Select the exchange where the - security/commodity is traded (in this example NASDAQ). - - Select the New button to open the - New Security window. - - - - - - - - - - - - Select Security Window - - - Select Security Window - - - - - - Create the Security - Click on the - New... button and enter the appropriate - information for this stock on the new form New Security. - - - - - - The Full name: is - Amazon.com. - - - - The Symbol/abbreviation: is - AMZN. The symbol is the stock ticker used in your - quote source several lines down on the form. Note that different - symbols will be utilized on different price sources for the same stock, - an example is Ericsson on the Stockholm Exchange is ERIC-B while - on Yahoo it is ERRICB.ST - - - - The Type: should already be - NASDAQ, because this is what was selected in the security selector, but you can change it here, including adding more categories. More information about this can be found in the Help Manual in section 7.7, Security Editor. - - - - The ISIN, CUSIP or other code is where - you can enter some other coding number or text (leave it - blank in this example). - - - - The Fraction traded should be - adjusted to the smallest fraction of this security which can - be traded, usually 1/100 or 1/10000. - - - - The checkbox Get Online Quotes, the - quote source and the timezone should be selected to define - the sources for updating prices on-line. See Also - - Setting Stock Price Automatically. - - - If the Get Online Quotes button is not highlighted, and it - is not tickable, then the Finance::Quote package is not installed. - See the section on - - Installing Finance::Quote. - - - Below is what this window should look like when - finished: - - - - - - - - - - New Security Window - - - New Security Window - - - - - - Save Security - Click on the - OK button to save this new security, - this will close the New Security window and - return to the New Account window. - - - - - - - - - - - - Select the Security - you should now see - the newly created security available in the pull down menu for - Security/Currency. Select it (it is probably - already selected) and click on OK. - - - - Smallest Fraction - Specify the smallest - fraction of the security/commodity that is traded. - - - - Notes - Enter any notes or messages - related to this security/commodity. - - - - Tax Related - Go to Edit - Tax Report Options to check this box if this - account’s transactions will relate to Income Taxes. - - - - Placeholder - Check box if this account - is a Placeholder, that is it will contain no - transactions. - - - - Finished - You should now have been - automatically returned to the New Account dialog, with the - symbol/abbreviation: line set to AMZN - (Amazon.com). Click on OK to save - this new stock account. - - - - - - You have now created the Amazon stock account, your main account - should look something like this (notice that there are a few extra - accounts here, a bank account, and an equity account): - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Current Portfolio - - - This image is after the creation of the first stock - account (AMZN) - - - - Open the account register window for this AMZN stock account - (double click on it). Here you see the Commodity view. This gives you an overview of - the transactions in this commodity including the number of units (shares for a stock or mutual fund) bought or sold, the net price per unit, and the total amount. - Obviously, we have not bought or sold any shares of AMZN yet, so the register should not contain any transactions. - - - - - Buying Shares - - - Entering Preexisting Shares - - - The examples in this section use Transaction Journal - view. - - - To register the initial 100 shares of this stock that you purchased - previously, on the first (transaction) line, enter the date of the - purchase (eg: Jan. 1 2005) and Description (eg: - Opening Balance). On the first split line, enter 100 in Shares - , delete the (unit) Price (it will be - calculated when you Tab out of the split) and enter - 2000 in the Buy column. - - - - It is also possible to use &app; to - calculate Shares or Buy from - the other 2 columns but to avoid rounding errors, it is better to - automatically calculate Price. - - - - Tab to the second split line, enter transfer from - account Equity:Opening Balances. For simplicity, - this example assumed there were no commissions on this transaction. - Your AMZN Commodity view should now appear like this: - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Current Portfolio - - - This image is of the transaction register of the AMZN - account after the first stock purchase. - - - - - Notice that the Balance (last column) is in the - units of the commodity (AMZN shares) not in currency units. Thus, the - balance is 100 (AMZN units) rather than $2000. This is how it should be. - - - - - Buying New Shares - - The main difference between setting up a new stock purchase - versus the setup for preexisting stocks as described in the previous - section is that instead of transferring the money used to purchase the - stock from the Equity:Opening Balances account, you - transfer from your Assets:Bank ABC or - Assets:Brokerage Account account. - - - - Handling Commissions and Fees - - For conciseness, this document will refer to the money you pay to - a broker for buying and selling securities as Commissions - . Government fees may also be payable. Unless otherwise - stated, fees are handled in a similar way. - - - - In &app; there are 2 alternate ways to - handle commissions (for simplicity this document section will refer to - these ways as net pricing and gross pricing): - - - - Net Pricing: You enter a net - price (adjusted by commissions) when buying and selling - securities. You do not also record commissions - in a specific commissions account in order to later claim it as an - expense, as this would be claiming commissions twice. This way - is compatible with using - . This results in a - slightly misleading price being added to the price database (the - effective price you paid) but is not usually of any concern. - - - - OR - - - Gross Pricing: You enter the - price not adjusted by commissions and enter the commissions expense - on a separate split in the transaction. This enables the tracking of - commissions but is not compatible with using - . Scrubbing doesn't know to - deduct commissions and fees from the gains, so capital gains or - losses must be manually calculated (see - ). - - - - Please get professional advice if you are unsure which of these - ways are applicable to your jurisdiction. - - - - - Example: Buying Shares with Gross Pricing - - In this example you will purchase $5000 of IBM stock, with a - commission of $100. First step will be to create the stock account for - IBM. The existing Expenses:Commission - account will be used. If you wish to track commissions to the - individual stock level an additional sub-account would be necessary. - E.g. Expenses:Commission:IBM. - - - Now for the transaction, on the first (transaction) line, enter - the Date of the purchase (eg: Jan. 3 2005) and - Description (eg: Initial IBM Purchase). On the - first split line, enter 50 in Shares, delete - Price (leave it empty so it will be calculated)), - and enter 5000 in Buy. You do not need to fill in - the Price column, as it will be calculated for - you when you Tab to the next split. The next line in - the split transaction will be Expenses:Commissions - and fill in Buy ($100). The third - line will be to transfer $5100 from account - Assets:Bank ABC to balance the transaction. Your IBM - Commodity view should now appear like this: - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Current Portfolio - - - This image is of the transaction register of the IBM - account after the first stock purchase with a - commission. - - - - - - - Example: Buying Shares with Net Pricing - - Repeating the previous example using Net Pricing instead of Gross - Pricing, in Transaction Journal view: - - - Purchase $5000 of IBM stock being 50 Shares for $100.00 each, plus - a commission of $100. - - Now for the transaction, on the first (transaction) line, enter - the Date of the purchase (eg: Jan. 3 2005) and a - Description (eg: Initial IBM Purchase). On the - first split line, optionally enter more details in Memo - , then 50 in Shares, delete - anything in Price (so it will be calculated by - dividing Buy by Shares when - you Tab out of the split), 5100 in Buy - (50 * $100.00 + $100). Alternatively use - &app; to calculate Buy - by entering the formula 5000+100 or - (50 * 100) + 100 in Buy ( - Buy will be calculated when you Tab - out of the column. Use the Tab key as many - times as needed to proceed to the next split. - - - - Do not enter a separate split for Commission as - it has already been included in the Buy value. - The second split line will be to transfer from - Assets:Bank ABC $5100 to balance the transaction. After the - splits are all correct, use the Enter - key to save the transaction. Your IBM Commodity view should - now appear like this: - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setup Current Portfolio - - - This image is of the transaction register of the IBM - account after the first stock purchase with a - commission. - - - - - - - - - Setting Share Price - - The value of a commodity, such as a stock, must be explicitly set. - The stock accounts track the quantity of stocks you own, but the value of - the stock is stored in the Price Editor. The values - set in the Price Editor can be updated manually or automatically. - - - Initial Price Editor Setup - - To use the Price Editor to track a stock value, you must initially - insert the stock. To do so, open the Price Editor - (ToolsPrice Editor) and - click on Add button. The first time a - Commodity/Stock is entered this window will be blank except for the - control buttons on the bottom. Select the appropriate Commodity you want - to insert into the Price Editor. At this point, you can input the price - of the commodity manually. There are 6 fields in the New Commodity - window: - - - - Namespace - - The exchange market where the security/commodity - is traded (in this example NASDAQ) - - - - - Security - - The name of the commodity, - must be chosen from the Select... list - - - - - Currency - - The currency in which the - Price is expressed. - - - - - Date - - Date that the price is - valid - - - - - Type - - One of: Bid - (the market buying price), Ask (the market - selling price), Last (the last transaction - price), Net Asset Value (mutual fund price per - share), or Unknown. Stocks and currencies will - usually give their quotes as one of bid, ask or last. Mutual funds - are often given as net asset value. For other commodities, simply - choose Unknown. This option is for informational purposes only, it - is not used by &app;. - - - - - Price - - The price of one unit of this - commodity. - - - - - As an example of adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor, - with an initial value of $40.50 per share. - - - - - - - - - - - - Price Editor - - - Adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor, with - an initial value of $40.50 per share. - - - - Click OK when finished. Once you have - performed this initial placement of the commodity into the Price Editor, - you will not have to do it again, even if you use the same commodity in - another account. - - - If you have online retrieval of quotes activated (see ), you can initialize a - commodity without manually making an entry. When you initially add - the security in the Security Editor, check - Get Online Quotes and save the security. - Then, in the Price Editor, click - Get Quotes, and the new security will be - inserted into the price list with the retrieved price. - - - - - Setting Stock Price Manually - - If the value of the commodity (stock) changes, you can adjust the - value by entering the Price Editor, selecting the commodity, clicking on - Edit and entering the new price. - - - - - - - - - - - - Price Editor - - - The main price editor window, showing the list of all - known commodities. - - - - - - Configuring for Automatic Retrieval of Quotes - - If you have more than a couple of commodities, you will tire of - having to update their prices constantly. &app; has the ability to - automatically download the most recent price for your commodities using - the Internet. This is accomplished through the Perl module - Finance::Quote, which must be installed in order to activate this - feature. - - To determine if the Perl module Finance::Quote is already - installed on your system, type perldoc Finance::Quote in - a terminal window and check to see if there is any documentation - available. If you see the documentation, then the module is installed, - if you do not see the documentation, then it has not been - installed. - - - Installing <application>Finance::Quote</application> - Microsoft Windows: - - - Close &app;. - - - Run Install Online Price - Retrieval which can be found in the - &app; Start menu - entry. - - - - - MacOS: You need to - have XCode installed. XCode is an optional item from your MacOS - distribution DVD. Run the Update - Finance Quote app in the - &app; dmg. You can run it from the - dmg or copy it to the same folder to which you copied - &app;. It will open a Terminal - window and run a script for you which will ask lots of - questions. Accept the default for each unless you know what - you’re doing. - - Linux: - - - Close any running &app; instances. - - - Locate the folder where &app; - is installed by searching for gnc-fq-update - - - Change to that directory, open a root shell - - - Run the command gnc-fq-update - - - - This will launch a Perl CPAN update session that will go out - onto the internet and install the Finance::Quote module on - your system. The gnc-fq-update program is interactive, - however, with most systems you should be able to answer - no to the first question: Are you ready - for manual configuration? [yes] and the update will - continue automatically from that point. - - After installation is complete, you should run the gnc-fq-dump - test program, in the same directory, distributed with &app; to test - if Finance::Quote is installed and working properly. - - - If you feel uncomfortable about performing any of these steps, - please either email the &app;-user mailing list - (gnucash-user@gnucash.org) for help or come to the &app; IRC - channel on irc.gnome.org. You can also leave out this step and - manually update your stock prices. - - - - - Configuring Securities for Online Quotes - - With Finance::Quote installed and functioning correctly, you - must configure your &app; securities to use this feature to - obtain updated price information automatically. Whether creating new securities or modifying securities - that have already been setup, use the ToolsSecurity Editor - , to edit the - security and check the Get Online Quotes box. You will - now be able to modify the radio buttons for Type of quote source, the pull-down menus - to specify the specific source(s) and The timezone for these - quotes. When finished editing, Close the Security Editor to return to - the Price Editor and click on the Get Quotes - button to update your stock prices on the Internet. - - The command gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename - can be used to fetch the current prices of your stocks. The file specified - $HOME/gnucash-filename will depend on the name and location of your - data file. - This can be determined by the name displayed in the top frame of the &app; window, - before the -. The file name can also be found under File - in the recently opened file list; the first item, numbered 1, is the name of the currently - open file. - - This can be automated by creating a crontab entry. For example, - to update your file every Friday evening (16:00) after the relevant exchange - markets close (modify the time accordingly for your time zone), you could add - the following to your personal crontab: - - 0 16 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename > - /dev/null 2>&1 - - Remember that Mutual Fund prices are really Net Asset - Value and require several hours after the exchange closes before being - available. If NAVs are downloaded before the current days NAVs are - determined, yesterday’s NAVs are retrieved. - - - - - Displaying Share Value - - The main account window, by default, only shows the quantity of - each commodity that you own, under the column heading - Total. In the case of stocks, this commodity is the - number of shares. Often, however, you will want to see the value of your - stocks expressed in terms of some monetary unit. This is easily - accomplished by entering the main window, selecting the Accounts tab, - by clicking on the Titlebar Options button (the small - down pointing arrow on the right side of the main account window titles bar), and - selecting the option to display the account total field Total - (USD). You will see a new column in the main window entitled - Total (USD) that will express the value of all - commodities in the report currency. - - - - - - - - - - - - Viewing Stock Value - - - Viewing the value of a stock commodity in the main - window using the Total in Report Currency option. - - - - - - The <quote>Price Source</quote> in Reports - - Most &app; reports have options to set/modify a number of parameters for the report. The - Options dialog box is displayed by selecting the report tab then clicking on either the Options - icon in the Menubar or selecting EditReport Options. - Price Source determines how accounts denominated in commodities different from the report currency are converted to the report currency. Depending on the report the selector may appear in either the General, the Commodities, or the Display tab of the Report Options dialog box. - - In the example below, the report is a customization of - the Average Balance report - in the Assets & Liabilities reports submenu. - - - - - - - - - Determining Stock Price/Currency Exchange Rate Source in Reports - - - Determining the value of a stock commodity or - a currency other than the report currency in a report by - setting the Price Source option. - - - - - - Weighted Average: Calculates the price by summing the absolute value of the amount and the absolute value of every split in every account denominated in the commodity, excluding those splits with a zero amount, and dividing the sum of values by the sum of amounts to obtain a price. For example, if you had a buy transaction for 200 shares of XYZ for a total of 2000 and a sell of 100 for 1300 the weighted average would be 3300/300 or 11/share. - - Gain/Loss splits have an amount of 0 and are not included in this calculation. - - - Average Cost: Calculates the price by summing the amounts and values of every split in every account denominated in the commodity, including the zero amount splits. In the example above, with an additional split (either part of the sale transaction or in a separate transaction) booking the gain at 0 shares and a 300 gain, the average cost is 1000/100 (2000 original cost - 1300 proceeds from the sale + 300 gain)/(200 - 100) shares or 10/share. - - - Gain/Loss splits are included in this calculation. - - This is the only Price Source that will balance the Trial Balance Report and in order for it to balance you must correctly book your gains and losses. - - - - Most Recent: Uses the latest price from the price database. - - - - Nearest in time: Uses the price nearest in time to the report date—the datum date for time series reports like Assets Over Time—from the price database. - - The nearest date isn’t necessarily before the date in question. - - - - - - - - - - - - An Asset Barchart Report based on the Nearest in - time Price Source. - - - Tracking what value your stocks would’ve had on the - stock exchanges. - - - - - - - Selling Shares - - Entering an investment sale transaction is done in a similar way to - entering a buy transaction (see ) except - the amount entered in the Shares column is negative - and the proceeds of the transaction is entered in the Sell - column. The net proceeds from the sale should be - transferred from the shares account to your bank or brokerage account. - - - For information on handling commissions and the - use of Net Pricing or Gross Pricing, - please see . - - - If you will be recording a capital gain or loss on the sale, please - see and - for more information on this topic. - - - To use the &app; Automatic - Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots feature, please - see otherwise continue to the next - section. - - - - Selling Shares with Manual Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss - - - - In order for &app; to commit the - zero-share, zero-price split for account Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - to the transaction in the following schemes, you *must* - Tab out of that split. If you use the - Enter key, &app; - will convert the split into shares of the commodity. - - - - In the schemes of transaction splits presented below, the - following symbols are used: - - - - NUM_SHARES: number of shares you are selling - - - COMMISSION: brokerage commissions or fees - - - GROSS_SELL_PRICE: unit price for which you sold the - shares, not reduced by COMMISSION - - - - NET_SELL_PRICE: unit price for which you sold the shares, - reduced by COMMISSION - - - - GROSS_BUY_PRICE: unit price for which you bought the shares, - not increased by COMMISSION - - - - NET_BUY_PRICE: unit price for which you bought the shares, - increased by COMMISSION - - - GROSS_BUY: total price for which you bought shares, - excluding COMMISSION, equal to NUM_SHARES * GROSS_BUY_PRICE - - - - NET_BUY: amount of money for which you bought shares - including COMMISSION, equal to GROSS_BUY + COMMISSION. - - - GROSS_SALE: total price for which you sold shares, - equal to NUM_SHARES * GROSS_SELL_PRICE - - - - NET_SALE: amount of money received from the sale, equal to - GROSS_SALE − COMMISSION - - - - GROSS_PROFIT: amount of money you made on the sale, not - reduced by COMMISSION - - - - NET_PROFIT: amount of money you made on the sale, reduced by - COMMISSION - - - - There are 2 ways of manually recording the capital gain or loss. - The capital gain/loss can be combined with the sale in one transaction - or it can be entered in a separate transaction. - - - - - Combine the Sale and Capital Gain/Loss in One Transaction - - This has the advantage that all parts of the sale event are kept - together. This is not compatible with using - scrubbing - (see ). If you may in future use - scrubbing on a specific security, save some work later by entering the - capital gain/loss splits in a separate transaction now. - - - When the capital gain/loss splits are combined with the sale - splits in one transaction, there are 2 splits for the security - account in the same transaction, so the transaction must be entered - with the security register in Auto-Split Ledger - or Transaction Journal view. One of the splits - for the security account is for the sale and the other is for the - capital gain or loss. The security account split for the capital gain - or loss must be entered with 0 number of shares and 0 price per share - to stop the automatic recalculation of these fields. - - - - Account for the profit or loss as coming from an - Income:Capital Gains or - Expenses:Capital Loss account. - - - - Combined, Gross Pricing - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Combined, Gross Pricing - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - NET_SALE - - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - 0 - 0 - GROSS_PROFIT - (Loss) - - - - Expenses:Commission - - - COMMISSION - - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - −NUM_SHARES - GROSS_SELL_PRICE - - GROSS_SALE - - - - Income:Capital Gains - - - (Loss) - GROSS_PROFIT - - - -
- - - - Combined, Net Pricing - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Combined, Net Pricing - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - NET_SALE - - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - 0 - 0 - NET_PROFIT - (Loss) - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - −NUM_SHARES - NET_SELL_PRICE - - NET_SALE - - - - Income:Capital Gain - - - (Loss) - NET_PROFIT - - - - -
- - - - - Separate the Capital Gain/Loss Transaction from the Sale - Transaction. - - This is required if using scrubbing - to automatically calculate and create capital gain/loss - transactions (otherwise scrubbing will not detect them and will create - an incorrectly valued gain/loss transaction). - - - - Separated, Gross Pricing - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Separate Transactions, Sale Transaction - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - NET_SALE - - - - - Expenses:Commission - - - COMMISSION - - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - −NUM_SHARES - GROSS_SELL_PRICE - - GROSS_SALE - - - -
- - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Separate Transactions, Capital Gain/Loss Transaction - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - 0 - 0 - GROSS_PROFIT - (Loss) - - - - Income:Capital Gain - - - (Loss) - GROSS_PROFIT - - - -
- - - - Separated, Net Pricing - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Separate Transactions, Sale Transaction - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - NET_SALE - - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - −NUM_SHARES - NET_SELL_PRICE - - NET_SALE - - - -
- - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale and Capital Gain/Loss Are - Separate Transactions, Capital Gain/Loss Transaction - - - - - - - - - - Account - Number of Shares - Share Price - Total Buy - Total Sell - - - - Assets:Stock:SYMBOL - 0 - 0 - NET_PROFIT - (Loss) - - - - Income:Capital Gain - - - (Loss) - NET_PROFIT - - - -
- - - - - - Examples of Selling Shares with Manually Entry of Capital Gain or - Loss - - In these examples we will use the AMZN account created in the - previous section. - - - - Example: Sale of Shares with Profit, Manual Profit/Loss - Calculation, Sale & Profit Combined, Gross Pricing - - In this example you bought 100 shares of AMZN for $20 per share, - then later sell them all for $36 per share with a commission of $75. - In the split transaction scheme above, GROSS_BUY_PRICE is $20 (the - original buying price), NUM_SHARES is 100, GROSS_BUY is $2000 (the - original buying cost), GROSS_SALE is $3600, and finally GROSS_PROFIT - is $1600 (GROSS_SALE − GROSS_BUY). - - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale & Gain Combined, Gross - Pricing - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - 3525.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - 0 - 0 - 1600.00 - - - - - Expenses:Commission - - - 75.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - −100 - 36.00 - - 3600.00 - - - - Income:Capital Gain (Long Term):AMZN - - - - 1600.00 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - Selling Shares Example - - - An example of selling shares for gain. You bought 100 - shares of AMZN for $20 per share, and sold for $36. - - - - - In the above screenshot, it appears there are 2 transactions - for Mar 21st 2006. This is because the register is in - Auto-Split Ledger view and there are 2 splits for the - register account in the 1 transaction. Transaction Journal - view may be clearer. Refer to - . As there are 2 splits for - the register account in the sale transaction, this transaction must be - entered in Auto-Split Ledger or - Transaction Journal view. It cannot be entered in - Basic Ledger view. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Selling Shares Example - - - An image of the account tree after the example of - selling shares for gain. - - - - - - Example: Sale of Shares with Profit, Manual Profit/Loss - Calculation, Sale & Profit Combined, Net Pricing - - In this example you bought 100 shares of AMZN for $20 per share - (including commissions), then later sell them all for $36 per share - with a commission of $75. In the split transaction scheme above, - NUM_SHARES is 100, NET_BUY_PRICE is $20 (the original buying price), - NET_BUY is $2000 (the original buying cost), NET_SELL_PRICE is $35.25 - (($3600 − $75) / 100)), GROSS_SALE is $3600, NET_SALE is $3525, - and finally NET_PROFIT is $1525 (NET_SALE − NET_BUY). - - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale & Gain Combined, Net - Pricing - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - 3525.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - 0 - 0 - 1525.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - −100 - 35.25 - - 3525.00 - - - - Income:Capital Gain (Long Term):AMZN - - - - 1525.00 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - Selling Shares Example - - - An example of selling shares for gain using net - pricing in transaction journal view. You bought 100 shares of AMZN - for $20 per share, and sold for $36. - - - - - - - - - Example: Sale of Shares with Profit, Manual Profit/Loss - Calculation, Sale & Profit Separated, Gross Pricing - - You bought 100 shares of AMZN for $20 per share and commissions - $20, then later sell them all for $36 per share with a commission of - $75. In the split transaction scheme above, GROSS_BUY_PRICE is $20 - (the original buying price), NUM_SHARES is 100, GROSS_BUY is $2000 - (the original buying cost), GROSS_SALE is $3600, and finally - GROSS_PROFIT is $1600 (GROSS_SALE − GROSS_BUY). - - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale Transaction - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - 3525.00 - - - - - Expenses:Commission - - - 75.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - −100 - 36.00 - - 3600.00 - - - -
- - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Gain Transaction - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - 0 - 0 - 1600.00 - - - - - Income:Capital Gain (Long Term):AMZN - - - - 1600.00 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - Selling Shares Example - - - An example of selling shares for gain where the sale - and gain are recorded in separate transactions, in - Transaction Journal view. You bought 100 shares of AMZN - for $20 per share, and sold for $36. - - - - - - - Example: Sale of Shares with Profit, Manual Profit/Loss - Calculation, Sale & Profit Separated, Net Pricing - - You bought 100 shares of AMZN for $20 per share (including - commissions), then later sell them all for $36 per share with a - commission of $75. In the split transaction scheme above, NUM_SHARES - is 100, NET_BUY_PRICE is $20 (the original buying price), NET_BUY is - $2000 (the original buying cost), NET_SELL_PRICE is $35.25 - (($3600 − $75) / 100)), GROSS_SALE is $3600, NET_SALE is $3525, - and finally NET_PROFIT is $1525 (NET_SALE − NET_BUY). - - - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Sale Transaction - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Bank ABC - - - 3525.00 - - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - −100 - 35.25 - - 3525.00 - - - -
- - - Selling Shares Split Scheme, Gain Transaction - - - - - - - - - - - - Account - Shares - Price - Buy - Sell - - - - Assets:Brokerage Account:Stock:AMZN - 0 - 0 - 1525.00 - - - - - Income:Capital Gain (Long Term):AMZN - - - - 1525.00 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - Selling Shares Example - - - An example of selling shares for gain where the sale and - gain are recorded in separate transactions, in Transaction - Journal view. You bought 100 shares of AMZN for $20 per - share, and sold for $36. - - - - - - - - Selling Shares with Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss - Using Lots - - - Introduction - - - Wikipedia - includes the following definition of a lot - - - a set of goods for sale together in an auction; or a - quantity of a financial instrument. - - - - &app; has a built-in lot management - facility that can be used to keep track of capital gains or losses - resulting from security sales. Buy and sell transactions are put into - lots for the purpose of calculating the cost of the sale. More - specifically, a lot is used to link particular buy and sell - transaction splits. Lots can be automatically or manually created and - linked. Capital gain or loss can be automatically calculated and - transaction(s) created for the difference between the sale value and - the cost of the securities sold. &app; - refers to this process as scrubbing. - - - The term scrub is used because security - accounts need to be cleaned after sales to ensure the difference - between the cost paid for securities, and value received from selling - them, is accounted for as capital gain or loss. If the capital - gain/loss is not correct, the Trial Balance - ( - Reports - Income & Expense - Trial Balance - ) bottom line total debits will not balance to - total credits. - - - If you make an error, you can delete the lot(s) and capital - gain/loss transaction(s) and retry. Ensure you delete the lot, or at - least unlink sale transactions from the lot, before you delete a - capital gain/loss transaction. Otherwise, the Lots in - Account screen will recreate the capital gain/loss - transaction when you select the lot. - - - - If you are not familiar with FIFO, LIFO or Average costing, please see - Wikipedia - FIFO and LIFO accounting and - Average cost method. - - - - If you are not familiar with the difference between &app; - transactions and splits, please see - . - - - - The &app; lot management facility can be a - useful feature, reducing manual calculation, especially if dividends - have been reinvested over years and there are many different costs - involved. It can automatically link buy transactions to sell - transactions using FIFO cost method and one can manually link specific - buy transactions to sell transactions in order to use LIFO. - Advanced Portfolio Report basis costs and gains/losses will agree with - the costs and gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing if either - the FIFO or LIFO cost methods are used. - - - - - Lots in Account Window - - The Lots in Account SSSS window, where SSSS is - a security account, is used to manually or automatically link - security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss - transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying - a security and the value received by selling it. - - - To open the Lots in Account window, open the - security account register, then select - - Actions - View Lots - . - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots in Account window - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window. - - - -
- - Refer to the Help Manual, Chapter 8 Tools & Assistants, - - Lots in Account - for details of the Lots in Account screen elements. - - - - - Procedure Summary - - Using the lot management facility for the automatic calculation of - capital gain or loss typically follows these steps: - - - - - Record the sale transaction using Net Pricing (but stop short - of entering the Capital Gain transaction as it will be created by - scrubbing). See . - - - - - (Optional - depending on cost method) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - report to ensure total - debits balance to total credits - - - - - - - Manual Lot Creation and Linking - - Before using this feature, ensure you have read - . - - - This functionality allows the manual linking of specfic buy and - sell transactions. It may be used in the case where a user wishes to - use a different cost method than the automatic linking method (FIFO). - Effectively, if one wishes the cost basis and capital gains in the - Advanced Portfolio Report to be consistent with the capital gains - transactions created by scrubbing, manual lot creation only needs to - be used when using LIFO or sale of designated lots - (the same thing for securities as far as US personal tax law is - concerned). This is because the scrub function can automatically do - FIFO linking so there is no need to do it manually and scrubbing - cannot be used for average costing. - - - See . - - - - - Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss Transactions - Do NOT do this unless you are using - FIFO or LIFO to cost sales. See - - - - &app; can automatically calculate and - create security sale capital gain/loss transactions. Lots are used to - link buy transaction splits with sell transaction splits so the - correct cost of the securities sold can be determined. - &app; will use any existing lots, and - create new lots for any buy transaction splits not already linked to a - lot. Buy and sell transaction splits are linked to lots using FIFO - method. - - - See: - - - - - - - Change Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account - - - The capital gain/loss transaction(s) created by scrubbing uses an - automatically created generic Orphaned Gains-CCC - account (where CCC is the security currency) because - &app; doesn't know which capital gain or loss account - should be used. After scrubbing, the user should edit the - Orphaned Gains-CCC transaction split to re-assign the - income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or loss - account (e.g. Income:Long Term Capital Gain:IBM). - - - See . - - - - - Run a Trial Balance - Running a Trial Balance report - ( - Reports - Income & Expense - Trial Balance - ) after creating capital gain/loss - transactions, is a basic check that capital gains/losses are - correctly accounting for the difference between the cost paid for - securities, and value received from selling them. At the end of the - report, total debits should equal total credits. - - - - A Trial Balance may not balance due to some other problem. To - determine if the cause of an imbalance is from incorrectly - accounting for capital gain/loss: - - - If necessary, temporarily change the date of the sell - transaction and the capital gain/loss transaction, so they are - the only transactions for a particular date, then run the Trial - Balance as at the day before. If the Trial Balance is still out - by the same amount, it is not the capital gain/loss that is - causing the problem. - - - If you find a prior out of balance - Trial Balance, keep running the Trial Balance - report with different dates until you find the date it starts - being out of balance. Temporarily change the transaction dates - for each transaction on the problem date to the following - day, then change the dates back to the correct date 1 at a time, - running the Trial Balance each time, until you identify the - problem transaction. When you change the date of a security - sell transaction, you also need to change the date of the - corresponding capital gain transaction as it is only the - sum of these that will balance in the Trial Balance. - - - - - - Considerations - - There are some points that should be considered before using the - lot management facility. - - - - - &app; implements only the First In/ - First Out (FIFO) cost method when automatically linking buy - transactions to sell transactions. I.e. The oldest securities are - always sold first. The Last In First Out (LIFO) cost method may be - used by manually linking the most recent buy security splits to - the sell split before scrubbing. - - - - - The Advanced Portfolio Report does not use lot information - when calculating costs, just the security transaction splits. It - calculates the cost basis and gains or losses using the selected - Basis calculation method report option - (Average, FIFO or LIFO). If one wishes the Advanced Portfolio - Report costs and gains/losses to be consistent with the capital - gain/loss transactions created by scrubbing, the same cost model - must be used in both places. - - - - - - Scrubbing does not recognize commissions or fees so makes no - allowance for them in the calculation of gain or loss. Therefore - you must use Net Pricing rather than - Gross Pricing if you wish to use scrubbing. - See . - - - - - - Scrubbing does not recognize capital gain/loss transaction - splits if they have been manually entered as part of the sale - transaction. Therefore ensure previous sales are recorded as 2 - transactions: - - - - Transaction 1 dealing with value received and the reduction - of the number of shares - - - - - Account - Tot Shares - (Unit) Price - Buy (Debit) - Sell (Credit) - - - Brokerage or Bank - - - Debit - - - - Security - −NumSold - SaleUnitPrice - - SaleValue - - - -
- - - Transaction 2 capital gain/loss (loss in this example) - - - - - Account - Tot Shares - (Unit) Price - Buy (Debit) - Sell (Credit) - - - Capital Loss - - - Debit - - - - Security - 0 - 0 - - Credit - - - -
- - - - The automatic capital gains calculations can handle - straightforward buy, sell, and return of capital transactions but - any transaction that affect the number of shares, even simple - splits, will cause it to produce wrong answers so those cases must - be handled manually. - - - - - - - Example 1: Manual Lot Creation and Linking - - Here is an example of selling part of a security holding using - the LIFO method. In this example, the most recent buy transaction - (dated 01/07/2016, a reinvested dividend), is linked to a lot, along - with the sell transaction, and the &app; - scrub function is used to calculate capital gain or loss and create - the capital gain/loss transaction. - - - - Open the security account's register. -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Security register before - scrubbing a single lot - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register before lot scrubbing - - - - An image of the Security Account register in - transaction journal view, before lot scrubbing. - - - -
- - - Ensure all previous capital gain/loss transactions - are separate transactions to the sell transactions which record the - reduction in the number of shares and the value received. - - - - - Select - - Actions - View Lots - to open the Lots in Account SSSS - window where SSSS is the security account. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a - single lot - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window before lot - scrubbing - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window before lot scrubbing. - - -
- - - - Create a new lot using the New Lot button. - Initially this lot is not linked to any buy or sell split. - - - Highlight the new lot in the Lots in This - Account panel. - - - - Highlight the buy split (dated 01/07/2016) of the - security to be sold in the Splits free panel. - - - - - Click the >> button to link the buy - split with the highlighted lot. The split moves from the - Splits free panel to the Splits in Lot - panel. - - - Repeat the previous 2 steps for any other buy splits - that should be included in the lot (in this example, there is only - 1 buy split in the sale). - - - - Highlight the sell split in the Splits free - panel. - - - - Click the >> button to link the sell - split with the highlighted lot. - - - - Check the lot Balance is as expected. - I.e. in this example the lot balance should be zero as the number - of securities sold in the lot, is matched with the same number of - security buys. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before scrubbing a - single lot, after manual linking - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window before scrubbing a - single lot - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window before scrubbing a single lot. - - - -
- - - - Click the Scrub button (NOT - the Scrub Account button). - - - The Lots in Account window has not - changed after using the Scrub button - so no example screen image is supplied. - - - - - Close the Lots in Account SSSS window and - return to the security account register. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after manual - linking and scrubbing a single lot - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Register after scrubbing a - single lot - - - - An image of the Register after scrubbing a - single lot. - - - -
- - - Continue to - - - - - - - Example 2: Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss - Transactions - - Create the capital gains transaction by following these steps: - - - - - Open the security account's register. - - - Ensure any previous manually entered capital gain/loss - transaction splits have been entered in separate transactions to the - the sell transactions. - - - Select Actions - View Lots to open the - Lots in Account SSSS window where SSSS is the - security account. - - - If using LIFO, use the above procedure - to create a lot for each sell - transaction, link the lot with the sell transaction and each of - the buy transactions that make up the sale. - - - - Click the Scrub Account button which: - - - - - Creates lots for any buy transactions that are not already - linked to a lot and links them to sell transactions splits - using the FIFO method. As a transaction split can only - be linked to 1 lot, if a sell transaction needs to be linked - to multiple lots, the sell transaction split is itself split - into multiple subsplits. In the case of multiple subsplits, - it is possible to have different splits from the same - transaction in both the Splits free and - Splits in lot panels. - - - - Creates a separate transaction per lot for - capital gain/loss. - - - - - Continue to - - - - - - - Example 3: Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss - Transactions, 2 Sales at Once - - Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot creation. - In this example, the transactions for 2 sales are scrubbed at once - but usually scrubbing would be performed after each sale. One reason - for scrubbing 2 sales at once, could be because there were multiple - sales on the same day. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register before Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register before Scrub Account is used. - - - - An image of the Security Account register in - transaction journal view, before Scrub Account is used. - - - -
- - - - Select - Actions - View Lots to open the - Lots in Account SSSS window where SSSS is the - security account. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots before Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window before Scrub Account - is used. - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window before Scrub Account is used. - - - -
- - - - Click the Scrub Account button. - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lots after Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window after using Scrub - Account - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window after using Scrub Account. - - - -
- - - After using the Scrub Account button - only the last lot is shown, so the above image is after the - Lots in Account window has been closed and - reopened so all the lots show. - - - - - - Close the Lots in Account SSSS window and - return to the security account register. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub - Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register after using Scrub - Account - - - - An image of the security register - after using Scrub Account. - - - -
- - - The security splits in the sell transactions have been split - into subsplits, one subsplit per lot, and a capital gain - transaction has been created for each security subsplit of each - sell transaction. - - - - - - Continue to - - - - - - - Example 4: Automatic Creation of Capital Gain Or Loss - Transactions - After a Simple Stock Split - Here is an example of FIFO scrubbing without manual lot - creation/linking, where the Stock Split Assistant has been used for a - simple stock split. In this example, 100 shares of security XYZ were - bought for $10.00 each, there was a simple 2 for 1 stock split for - zero cost (so the holding was then 200 shares @ $5.00 each), then all - 200 shares were sold for $6.00 each. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register after Scrub Account is - used. - - - - An image of the Security Account register in - transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used. - - - -
- -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 0 after Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register after Scrub Account is used. - - - - An image of the Security Account register in - transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used. - - - -
- -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Lot 1 after Scrub Account - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register after Scrub Account is - used. - - - - An image of the Security Account register in - transaction journal view, after Scrub Account is used. - - - -
- - The above screen shots show that scrubbing created: - - 2 lots. A separate lot for each buy (it essentially treats the - stock split as a buy of 100 for no cost) - - - 2 capital gain transactions (one for each lot) on the date of the - sale: - - - - - Lot 0: 1/7/2009 loss $400 (sale $600 − cost $1000) - - - Lot 1: 1/7/2009 gain $600 (sale $600 − cost $0) - - - - Total gain $200 is correct. Whether the gain is a single long-term - one or one each of long-term and short-term or whether there's even a - distinction depends on the user's tax jurisdiction and the way the - split is structured. If the user needs help figuring it out they - should consult a professional. - - - - - - - Example 5: Changing the Orphaned Gains-CCC to Gain/Loss Account - - - - - Close the Lots in Account SSSS window if - open and return to the security account register. - - -
- Selling Shares - Capital Gains - Register after scrubbing a - single lot - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of security register after scrubbing a - single lot - - - - An image of the security register - after scrubbing a single lot. - - - -
- - - - Find each new Realized Gain/Loss - transaction in the security account register (they will - have the same date as the sell transactions). Edit the - Orphaned Gains-CCC transaction split to re-assign the - income account to a more meaningful income (or expense) gain or - loss account (e.g. Income:Long Term Capital - Gain:IBM). - - - - You may like to split the capital gain/loss into - taxable and non taxable parts if that is in accord with your - tax laws. - - - - - - - - - - Dividends - - Some companies or mutual funds pay periodic dividends to - shareholders. Dividends are typically given in one of two ways, either - they are automatically reinvested into the commodity or they are given as - cash. Mutual funds are often setup to automatically reinvest the dividend, - while common stock dividends usually pay cash. - - - Dividends in Cash - - If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the - transaction in the asset account that received the money, as income - from Income:Dividends. Additionally if you want to tie - the cash dividend to a particular stock holding then add a dummy - transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0 price 1 value 0. - - As an example consider the following; the dividends - deposited as cash into the Broker Account with a tie - to the stock account. - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of cash dividend transactions - - - An image of the Brokerage Account register after a series of cash - dividends. - - - - - If you want to track dividends on a per-stock basis, you would - need to create an Income:Dividends:STOCKSYMBOL account for each stock - you own that pays dividends. - - - - - - Dividends Re-Invested - - If you receive the dividend in the form of an automatic - reinvestment, the transaction for this should be handled within - the stock or mutual fund account as income from Income:Dividend for the - appropriate number of reinvested shares. This type of reinvest account is often referred - to as a DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program). - - As an example consider the following purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the - dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same. - - - Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be - reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. &app; - simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the - first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.28 (purchase price + dividend) in the share Price - cell and 100*.29 in the Buy cell. &app; will calculate for you the - corresponding numer of Shares - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of dividend reinvestment transactions - - - An image of the NST Stock Account register after a dividend - reinvestment. - - - - - - - - - Return of Capital - - This refers to a transaction where an investment returns capital to - the investor and doesn't have any accounting implications other than - reducing the cost basis. The number of shares held is not changed. - - - A Return of Capital transaction can be entered in the stock register - by entering the stock split with - - - - - - - Shares0 - - - - Price0 - - - - SellReturn of Capital value - - - - - - - The other side of the double entry would usually be a debit to the - brokerage bank account. - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of return of capital transactions - - - An image of the Stock Account register after a return - of capital. - - - - It is not possible to use the Stock Split Assistant to do this - type of transaction. - - - If you accidentally entered a non-zero price in the stock split, - &app; may have created an unwanted price database - entry which could cause reports to be wrong. Check for and remove such an - unwanted entry from the price database using Tools - Price Editor. - - - - - - - - Splits and Mergers - - Companies may split their stock for many reasons but the most common - is that the price has risen higher than management thinks is a reasonable price for - many investors. Some of these splits are simple exchanges (eg 2 for 1 or 3 for 2) - and some are complex exchanges with cash distributions. Splits may also result in - fewer shares if the exchange rate is a reverse split (1 for 3 or .75 for 1). - - - - - Simple Stock Split - - As an example, our holding of NST stock declared a 2 for 1 stock split effective - June 6, 2005. The process for entering this transaction is; select - ActionsStock Split to start - the assistant. - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 1. - - - An image of the selection of the stock split assistant. - - - - The first screen is an Introduction, select Forward to - display the selection of the account and stock for the split. You will need to - create an entry for each Account:Stock combination you hold. - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of Account/Stock. - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of - Account/Stock. - - - - - Select the Assets:Investments:DRIPs:NST and click on - Forward. - - The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window: - - - - Date - Enter the date of the split. - - - - Shares - The number of shares increased (or decreased) - in the transaction. - In our example it is a 2 for 1 split so the number of additional shares - is the number of shares currently in the register. - - - - Description - The Description should give a brief - explanation of the transaction. - - - - New Price - If desired the new price of the stock, - after the split, may be entered. - - - - Currency - The currency of the transaction - is required. This should be the same as the stock purchase currency. - - - - - Click on the Forward button. - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 3 - Split Details. - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 3 - Split Details. - - - - - - The next screen will be skipped in this example as there was no - Cash in Lieu. - - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 4 - Cash in Lieu. - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 4 - Cash in Lieu. - - - - - A final Finish screen will give a last option to; - Cancel, Back to modify any data entered or - Apply to complete the stock split with the data entered. - - - - - - - - - Example of simple stock split transaction in the stock’s register - - - An image of the Assets:Investments:DRIPs:NST - register after a simple stock split transaction. - - - - - - - - - Moderately Complex Stock Merger - - As an example, assume you held AT&T stock during the Nov. 18, 2005 merger of SBC - with AT&T. For this example you will have purchased AT&T on April 1, 2005, any - dividends will have been paid in cash, therefore not entered into the AT&T - stock register. - - The conditions of the merger were .77942 share of SBC stock were exchanged for - each share of AT&T stock. The merged company continued to use the symbol - T from AT&T. - - AT&T paid a dividend of $1.20/share on the transaction date, - however this will not appear in the stock account as it was a cash distribution. - - The process for entering this transaction is identical to the simple split until - the Details screen. You will need to create an split entry in each - Investment Account:Stock account combination that has shares - splitting. - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 2. - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 2 - Selection of - Account/Stock (Investment Account:T). - - - - - Select the Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Stock:T and click on - Forward. - - The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window: - - - - Date - Enter the date of the split. Here we’ll enter - November 18, 2005. - - - - Shares - The number of shares increased (or decreased) - in the transaction. - In our example it is a .77942 for 1 split so the number of shares will - decrease from the number of shares currently in the register. You may use &app;’s - ability to perform calculations on an entry form by entering data directly - (E.g. (.77942*100)−100) to calculate the decrease in shares - from the split. - - - - Description - The Description should give a brief - explanation of the transaction. - - - - New Price - If desired the new price of the stock, - after the split, may be entered. - - - - Currency - The currency of the transaction - is required. This should be the same as the stock purchase currency. - - - - - Click on the Forward button. - - - - - - - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 3. - - - An image of the stock split assistant at step 3 - Split Details. - - - - The next screen will be skipped in this example as there was no - Cash in Lieu. - - - A final Finish screen will give a last option to - Back to modify any data entered or Apply - to complete the stock split with the data entered. - - - - - - - - - Example of moderate stock split transaction in the stock’s register - - - An image of the Investment Account:T register after a - stock split transaction that decreases the shares. - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_loans.xml b/guide/C/ch_loans.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b9585613a..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_loans.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1155 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Loans - - This chapter explains how to manage your loans with &app;. - - - Basic Concepts - - A loan is defined as a financial transaction in which someone pays - for the use of someone else’s money. There are many familiar examples of - loans: credits cards, auto loans, house mortgages, or a business - loan. - - - Terminology - - Before discussing tracking loan in &app; specifically, it will - be helpful to present a glossary of terminology. The terms presented - below represent some of the basic concepts found concerning loans. It is - a good idea to become familiar with these terms, or at least, refer back - to this list if you encounter an unfamiliar word in the later - sections. - - - - Amortization - the repayment plan which - will insure that a loan is eventually paid off, typically utilizing - equal valued monthly payments. These payments are usually split into - principal and interest, where the amount of principal per payment - increases (and interest decreases) as the amortization period - elapses. - - - - Borrower - the person or company that - receives the money from a loan. - - - - Default - when a borrower fails to repay - a loan according to the terms agreed upon with the lender. - - - - Deferment - a temporary delay in the - repayment of a loan. - - - - Delinquency - is the term that refers to - late payments. - - - - Disbursement - amount of the loan paid to - the borrower. Some loans have multiple disbursements, meaning the - borrower does not receive the full amount of the loan at one - time. - - - - Interest - the expense charged by the - lender to the borrower for the use of the money loaned. This is - typically expressed in terms of a yearly percentage charged on the - principal borrowed, known as the Annual Percentage - Rate or APR. - - - - Lender - the company or person who lends - money to a borrower. - - - - Loan Fee - a processing fee removed from - the principal at the time the borrower receives a loan. - - - - Principal - the original amount of the - loan, or the amount of the original loan that is still owed. When - you make a monthly payment on a loan, part of the money pays the - interest, and part pays the principal. - - - - Promissory Note - the legal agreement - between the borrower and lender concerning the loan. - - - - - - - Setting Up Accounts - - When a borrower obtains a loan, it is usually with the intention to - make a purchase of something of value. In fact, most loans require the - borrower to buy some predetermined asset, such as a house. This asset is - insurance against the borrower defaulting on the loan. There are, of - course, examples of loans which do not necessarily have an associated high - value asset, such as educational loans. - - For the account structure presented here, we will assume the loan - was used to purchase a compensating asset. - - A loan is a liability, the interest you accrue on the loan is an - on-going expense, and any administrative fees you may have to pay would be - another expense. The thing purchased with the money from a loan is an - asset. With these parameters, we can now present a basic loan account - structure: - - -Basic Loan Account Structure - --Asset - -Current Assets - -Savings Account - -Fixed Assets - -Asset Purchased --Liability - -Loans - -Mortgage Loan --Expenses - -Interest - -Mortgage Interest - -Mortgage Adm Fees - - - &app; has a number of predefined loan account hierarchies - available, including Car Loans and Home Mortgage Loans. To access these - predefined account structures, click on - - Actions - New Account Hierarchy... - and select the loan types in which you are interested. - - - - Calculations - - Determining loan amortization schedules, periodic payment amounts, - total payment value, or interest rates can be somewhat complex. To help - facilitate these kinds of calculations, &app; has a built-in - Loan Repayment Calculator. To access the calculator, go to - Tools - - Loan Repayment Calculator - . - - - - - - - - - Loan Repayment Calculator - - - The &app; Loan Repayment Calculator. - - - - The Loan Repayment Calculator can be used to calculate any one of the - parameters: Payment Periods, Interest - Rate, Present Value, Periodic - Payment, or Future Value given that the - other 4 have been defined. You will also need to specify the compounding - and payment methods. - - - - Payment Periods - the number of payment - periods. - - - - Interest Rate - the nominal interest rate - of the loan, ie: the yearly interest rate. - - - - Present Value - the present value of the - loan, ie: current amount owed on the loan. - - - - Periodic Payment - the amount to pay per - period. - - - - Future Value - the future value of the - loan, ie: the amount owed after all payment periods are over. - - - - Compounding - two interest compounding - methods exist, discrete or continuous. For discrete compounding select - the compounding frequency from the popup menu with a range from yearly - to daily. - - - - Payments - the popup menu allows you to - select the payment frequency with a range from yearly to daily. You - can also select whether your payments occur at the beginning or end of - the period. Payments made at the beginning of the payment period have - interest applied to the payment as well as any previous money paid or - money still owed. - - - - - Example: Monthly Payments - - What is your monthly payment on a $100000 30 year loan at a fixed - rate of 4% compounded monthly? - - This scenario is shown in the example image above. To perform this - calculation, set Payment Periods to 360 (12 months x 30 years), Interest - Rate to 4, Present Value to 100000, leave Periodic Payment empty and set - Future Value to 0 (you do not want to owe anything at the end of the - loan). Compounding is Monthly, Payments are Monthly, assume End of - Period Payments, and Discrete Compounding. Now, click on the - Calculate button next to the Periodic Payment - area. You should see $-477.42. - - Answer: You must make monthly payments of 477.42. - - - - Example: Length of Loan - - How long will you be paying back a $20000 loan at 10% fixed rate - interest compounded monthly if you pay $500 per month? - - To perform this calculation, leave Payment Periods empty, set - Interest Rate to 10, Present Value - to 20000, Periodic Payment is -500, - and Future Value is 0 (you do not want to owe anything - at the end of the loan). Compounding is Monthly, - Payments are Monthly, assume End - of Period payments, and Discrete Compounding. - Now, click on the Calculate. You should see 49 in the - Payment Periods field. - - Answer: You will pay off the loan in 4 years and 1 month (49 months). - - - - Advanced: Calculation Details - - In order to discuss the mathematical formulas used by the - Loan Repayment Calculator, we first must define some - variables. - - n == number of payment periods - %i == nominal interest rate, NAR, charged - PV == Present Value - PMT == Periodic Payment - FV == Future Value - CF == Compounding Frequency per year - PF == Payment Frequency per year - -Normal values for CF and PF are: - 1 == annual - 2 == semi-annual - 3 == tri-annual - 4 == quaterly - 6 == bi-monthly - 12 == monthly - 24 == semi-monthly - 26 == bi-weekly - 52 == weekly - 360 == daily - 365 == daily - - - - - Converting between nominal and effective interest rate - - When a solution for n, PV, PMT or FV is required, the nominal - interest rate (i) must first be converted to the effective - interest rate per payment period (ieff). This rate, - ieff, is then used to compute the selected variable. When a solution - for i is required, the computation produces the effective interest - rate (ieff). Thus, we need functions which convert from i to ieff, and - from ieff to i. - - -To convert from i to ieff, the following expressions are used: -Discrete Interest: ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1 -Continuous Interest: ieff = e^(i/PF) - 1 = exp(i/PF) - 1 - -To convert from ieff to i, the following expressions are used: -Discrete Interst: i = CF*[(1+ieff)^(PF/CF) - 1] -Continuous Interest: i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF] - - - - NOTE: in the equations below for the financial transaction, - all interest rates are the effective interest rate, ieff. For the - sake of brevity, the symbol will be shortened to just i. - - - - - The basic financial equation - - One equation fundamentally links all the 5 variables. This is - known as the fundamental financial equation: - - -PV*(1 + i)^n + PMT*(1 + iX)*[(1+i)^n - 1]/i + FV = 0 - - Where: X = 0 for end of period payments, and - X = 1 for beginning of period payments - - - From this equation, functions which solve for the individual - variables can be derived. For a detailed explanation of the derivation - of this equation, see the comments in the file src/calculation/fin.c - from the &app; source code. The A, B, and C variables are defined - first, to make the later equations simpler to read. - - -A = (1 + i)^n - 1 -B = (1 + iX)/i -C = PMT*B - -n = ln[(C - FV)/(C + PV)]/ln((1 + i) -PV = -[FV + A*C]/(A + 1) -PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B] -FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)] - -The solution for interest is broken into two cases. -The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution: -i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1 - - - - The case where PMT != 0 is fairly complex and will not be - presented here. Rather than involving an exactly solvable function, - determining the interest rate when PMT !=0 involves an iterative - process. Please see the src/calculation/fin.c source file for a - detailed explanation. - - - - Example: Monthly Payments - - Let’s recalculate , - this time using the - mathematical formulas rather than the Loan Repayment Calculator. What is - your monthly payment on a $100000 30 year loan at a fixed rate of 4% - compounded monthly? - - First, let’s define the variables: n = (30*12) = 360, PV = - 100000, PMT = unknown, FV = 0, i = 4%=4/100=0.04, CF = PF = 12, X = 0 - (end of payment periods). - - The second step is to convert the nominal interest rate (i) to - the effective interest rate (ieff). Since the interest rate is - compounded monthly, it is discrete, and we use: ieff = (1 + - i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1, which gives ieff = (1 + 0.04/12)^(12/12) - 1, thus - ieff = 1/300 = 0.0033333. - - Now we can calculate A and B. A = (1 + i)^n - 1 = (1 + - 1/300)^360 - 1 = 2.313498. B = (1 + iX)/i = (1 + (1/300)*0)/(1/300) = - 300. - - With A and B, we can calculate PMT. PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + - 1)]/[A*B] = -[0 + 100000*(2.313498 + 1)] / [2.313498 * 300] = - -331349.8 / 694.0494 = -477.415296 = -477.42. - - Answer: You must make monthly payments of 477.42. - - - - - - - House Mortgage (How-To) - - A house mortgage can be setup using the account structure present in - . - - As an example, assume you have $60k in you bank account, and you buy - a $150k house. The mortgage is charging 6% APR, and has administrative - fees (closing costs, etc) of 3%. You decide to put $50k down, and thus - will need to borrow $103k, which will give you $100 after the closing - costs are paid (3% of $100k). - - Your accounts before borrowing the money: - - - - - - - - - Accounts Before Receiving Loan - - - Accounts Before Receiving Loan - - - - The purchase of the house is recorded with a split transaction in - the Assets:House account, with $50k coming from the bank (IE: your down - payment), and $100k coming from the Mortgage. You can place the $3k - closing costs in the same split, and we increase the house loan to $103k - to include the closing costs as well. - - - Buying a House Split Transaction - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:House - - $150,000 - - - - - - Assets:Current Assets:Bank - - - - $50,000 - - - - Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage Loan - - - - $103,000 - - - - Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees - - $3000 - - - - - -
- - The split will look like this in the Assets:Fixed Assets:House - Account: - - - - - - - - - Mortgage Split Transaction - - - Mortgage Split Transaction - - - - Which will give a Chart of Accounts like this: - - - - - - - - - Mortgage Accounts - - - Mortgage Account - - - - - - A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To) - - It is not always you are borrowing money from the bank, sometimes - you borrow money from your family, or perhaps even lend money to a friend. - This How-To chapter will describe one way to handle lending money to a - friend. - - We are basing this How-To on the following generic account - structure. - - --Asset - -Bank - -Bank Account - -Money owed to you - -Person --Income - -Interest Income - -Person - - - This example will show how to track a personal loan of 2,000 USD - (default currency) to your friend Peter - - - Loan Specifications - - Peter wants to borrow $2,000 dollars from you and plans to pay you - back monthly for the next 18 months. Since he is your friend, (but not - that close) you both agree on a yearly interest rate of 5%. - - In summary we have the below details. Peter’s loan details: - - - Pinciple Amount - $2,000 - - - - Term - 18 months with 12 payments per year - - - - Annual Percentage Rate: 5% - - - - Monthly Payment : ?? - - - - So how do you calculate the Monthly Payment? - - You have a number of different options, like paper and pen, - Linux Calculator, Open Office’s Calc module, but the easiest is to use - &app; Loan Repayment Calculator. - This tells you that the Monthly Payment should be $115.56. - - But you need to know how much of this is Interest and how much is - Principal to be able to do a proper bookkeeping. For this you need a - more powerful tool, something like the Calc module in - OpenOffice.org, and - in particular the PMT function. - - - - - - - - - Calculation of Private Loan details - - - Detailed view over the private loan to - Peter - - - - - - Accounts for the loan - - Let’s start with the following accounts (all accounts have the - same currency, in this case USD) - - -Assets:Bank:USD -Assets:Money owed to you:Peter -Income:Interest Income:Peter -Equity:Opening Balances:USD - - - - - Lending the money - - When you have lent money to your friend, you have in fact moved - money from an Asset account (like Bank, Checking or similar) to your - Asset account Money owed to you. To record this you enter the - following transaction into the Assets:Money owed to you:Friend - account. - - - Personal loan to a Friend - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Assets:Money owed to you:Friend - - $2,000 - - - - - - Assets:Bank:USD - - - - $2,000 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - Lended money - - - Chart of Accounts after lending - money - - - - - - Receiving first payment - - When the first payment ($115.56) is received, you will need to - determine how much is for the principal loan, and how much is for the - loan interest. - - - - Outstanding loan amount this period = $2,000 - - - - Payment per month = $115.56 - - - - Payment breakdown - - - - 5%/12 * $2,000 = $8.33 Interest - - - - $115.56 - $8.33 = $107.23 Principal - - - - This can be translated to the following &app; entry - - - - - - - - - First payment - - - Detailed view over first payment - - - - The balance on Peter’s loan is now $2,000 - $107.23 = - $1,892.77 - - - - Receiving second payment - - When the second payment ($115.56) is received, you will again need - to determine how much is for the principal loan, and how much is for the - loan interest. - - - - Outstanding loan amount this period = $1,892.77 - - - - Payment per month = $115.56 - - - - Payment breakdown - - - - 5%/12 * $1,892.77 = $7.89 Interest - - - - $115.56 - $7.89 = $107.67 Principal - - - - This can be translated to the following &app; entry - - - - - - - - - Second payment - - - Detailed view over the second - payment - - - - The balance on Peter’s loan is now $1,892.77 - $107.67 = - $1,785.10 - - The Chart of accounts looks now like this - - - - - - - - - Chart of Accounts after second payment - - - Chart of Accounts after second - payment - - - - As you can see, the interest varies for every month, as well as - the principal amount. So for every payment you receive you need to - calculate the proper amounts for your various split entries. - - The interest amount will be less and less for every payment (since - it is calculated on a smaller loan amount all the time), until the last - payment where it is more or less 0. Please review the Figure of Detailed - view over private loan to Peter for more details - - - - - Automobile Loan (How-To) - - The Automobile Loan, or in common terms, Car Loan, is treated more - or less exactly as the House loan. The only difference is different - accounts, and different interest rates. - - Basic Car Loan Account Structure - --Asset - -Current Assets - -Savings Account - -Fixed Assets - -Car --Liability - -Loans - -Car Loan --Expenses - -Interest - -Car Loan Interest - -Car Loan Adm Fees - - For more information, please check - - - - Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To) - - Reconciling a loan statement is no different from reconciling a bank - or credit card statement. - - During the period you should have recorded all the various loan - related transactions, and every one of them are touching the - Liability:Loans:Loan account. For instance, - paying off a bit of the loan decreases your Bank - Account, and increases the Loan account, - Loan Interest as well as perhaps Loan - administration fee. - - With the loan statement in your hands, open the Loan account, start - the reconcile assistant, and tick of all the various transaction you have - recorded. When you have finished, the reconciling difference should be 0, - and if it is not, then you will have to go through the account and compare - it with the loan statement to find the difference. When you have reached a - 0 in difference, then your loan account is reconciled and you can finish - the Reconcile assistant. - - For more information on how to Reconcile, please check - - - - Selling a house or a car (How-To) - - When you will record the selling of your house in &app; you have - some different options. Here we will go through two of them, one in which - you only recorded the purchase amount, and now the selling amount. The other - where you have followed the ups and downs on the property market and registered - various Unrealized gains over the time. - - - - - Simple Transaction - - In this way you only record the proper sale amount. - - Let’s work through two samples of selling a house, one with a - profit, and one with a loss. If you want to sell a car instead, just - substitute the house account with a car account. - - --Assets - -Fixed Assets - -House - -Current Assets - -Saving --Income - -Capital Gains Long - -House - - - - - You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, and now managed - to sell it for $600,000. How do you record this? - - To record this you need to increase our bank account with the - $600k, and decrease some other accounts with $600k. The house - account only contains $300k which is what you bought it for, so you - move this amount to your bank account. That means you are lacking - $300k. This amount you fetch from the Income:Captial Gains Long:House - account. The split transaction you enter into your - bank account - (Assets:Current Assets:Saving) - should look like this. - - - Selling an asset (house) with a profit - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Assets:Current Assets:Saving - - $600,000 - - - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:House - - - - $300,000 - - - - Income:Capital Gains Long:House - - - - $300,000 - - - -
- - - - You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, but due to a - newly created airport, could only sell it for $230,000. How do you - record this? - - To record this you need to increase your bank account with the - $230k, and decrease some other accounts with $230k. The house - account contains $300k which is more than what you sold it for. So - let’s move $230k of it to your bank account. After this you have $70k - remaining in your house account which needs to be removed. You move it - to our Income:Capital Gains Long:House account, which will indicate - a loss. The split transaction you enter into your - house account - (Assets:Fixed Assets:House) should look like this. - - - Selling an asset (house) with a loss - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:House - - - - $300,000 - - - - Assets:Current Assets:Saving - - $230,000 - - - - - - Income:Capital Gains Long:House - - $70,000 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - A More Complex Transaction - - In this example, we will touch a little on some more complicated - accounting principles. For more details on this subject, please check - - - Here we will only touch on the case when you have accurately estimated - the current value of your house. For the other cases (over-, and - under-estimated), please check . - - --Assets - -Fixed Assets - -House - -Cost - -Unrealized Gain - -Current Assets - -Saving --Income - -Realized Gain - -House - -Unrealized Gain - -House - - - You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, and over - the years kept a close look on the market and updated your - records with the estimated current value of your house. At the time - you want to sell it, you have determined that the current market - value is $600,000. - - The difference between $600,000 (estimated market value) and - $300,000 (purchase value) is the current Unrealized Gain value. Therefore - you have a total of $300,000 in your - Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain account - - How do you record this sell transaction? - - To record this you need to increase your bank account with the - $600k, and decrease some other accounts with $600k. - You must first change from unrealized gain to realized gain - for your Income accounts. - Lastly you need to transfer the full amounts from the Assets:Fixed Assets:House - sub-accounts. - - The transaction you enter into your - Income:Realized Gain:House account - account should look like this. - - - Selling an asset (house) with a profit - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Income:Realized Gain:House - - $300,000 - - - - - - Income:Unrealized Gain:House - - - - $300,000 - - - - -
- - The transaction you enter into your - Assets:Current Assets:Saving account - should look like this. - - - Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2 - - - - - Account - - Increase - - Decrease - - - - Assets:Current Assets:Saving - - $600,000 - - - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Cost - - - - $300,000 - - - - Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain - - - - $300,000 - - - - -
- After having recorded these transactions you see that your House - Asset have a value of 0, your Savings account have increased with $600,000, - and lastly, the Income:Realized Gain have increased to $300,000. - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml b/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8cf6be458..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_oth_assets.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Other Assets - - General Concepts - This chapter presents many additional accounting treatments for - frequently encountered business and less-frequently found personal activities - that need recording in accounting books. The explanations below cover both the - description and purpose of the activity, and they include also the usual - accounting treatments (bookings or recordings) for these transactions. - - These concepts have evolved over centuries of experience by those - keeping accounting records and will help you maximize your record keeping’s - utility and meaningfulness. - - This section introduces categorization of assets in the balance sheet - based on time or the asset’s useful life (current and long-term). Sometimes - assets are also considered from the standpoint of their liquidity - , which is regarded as how close or distant the asset is from - being turned into cash. Near-cash assets are relatively quickly converted - to cash (e.g., accounts receivable), while assets requiring rather a long - time to convert to cash are considered to be relatively fixed - in their non-cash state (e.g., heavy equipment, buildings, land). - (Fixed does not mean they were repaired!) - - You should find that current assets parallel those with more liquidity, - while long-term and fixed assets are those with much less liquidity. Finally, - below you will find a few assets that could be either current or long-term - based on the nature of the facts constituting them. - - - Other Assets Described - - Current Assets - Current Assets are those activities whose - normal expected life would be one year or less. Such activities could - be tracking reimbursable expenses, travel advances, short-term loans - to a friend or family member, prepaid expenses, annual insurance - premium amortization, and so on. The individual entity could have - many other kinds of short term activities that reflect what it is - doing. (These asset types are explained individually below.) - - - - Long-term (Fixed) Assets - Long-term (Fixed) Assets are those - activities whose normal expected life exceeds one or more years. This - grouping covers both tangible and intangible assets. Examples of - tangible assets are land, buildings, and vehicles (cars, trucks, - construction equipment, factory presses, etc.) Intangible assets - include such things as patents, copy rights, goodwill, etc. Because - the lives of some of these assets show wear and tear and deterioration - in value over time, businesses and individuals can allow for that - diminution in value by calculating depreciation on such assets. For - example, land normally does not depreciate, but buildings do, as do - equipment and vehicles. (These asset types are explained individually - below.) - - - - Current Assets - This section explains short-term receivables, reimbursable expenses, - travel advances, prepaid premiums, prepaid rent, suspense or wash accounts. - - - Short-term Receivables - This kind of account - is useful to reflect an agreement made with someone you trust. - Suppose you lent someone $500 and he agreed to repay you $50 a month. - If he paid on time, the loan you made would be paid off within a year, - which is why it is classified as a short-term receivable. So you - could record that loan initially in this account tree: OtherAssets:Current Assets:LoanToJoe. - At the time you give him the money: your - entry is debit (increase) LoanToJoe $500 and credit (decrease) Bank - $500. Each time you receive Joe’s payment you record $50 debit - (increase) to Bank and credit (decrease) LoanToJoe. - - - Don’t become confused by the use of the word Loan. - Loan-To is the tipoff that you really have a receivable, that is, - you will receive from Joe, the money you previously loaned. Until he - actually pays the money owed you, you reflect his debt in your books - by an account describing your expectation–you will receive the - money owed you, hence the word receivable. - - - - Reimbursable Expenses - This kind of activity - is one in which you spend your own money on behalf of someone else - (your employer, perhaps) and later you receive repayment of what you - spent. The case might be a business trip. The employer has a policy - of covering (paying for) all authorized expenses. After the - trip is over, the employee submits a report listing dates and amounts - spent with receipts for all the expenditures. The employer reviews - the report and pays for all items that it considers as having a valid business reason. - (Normally, employees know in advance what the employer will - reimburse, so only those items are recorded as a reimbursable expense - on the employee’s books.) - - Because a business trip can involve different kinds of expenditures - (air travel, lodging, transportation at the destination, etc.), - different kinds of expenditures would be recorded in the one account - as long as the expenditures all related to the same trip. In other - words, if a second trip is made before the first is fully settled, a - second account for a different event could be set up. It would make - sense to do this, if it would help to keep separate all the details of - one trip from those of another. It is up to the person making the - trip to decide how much trouble it would be to put separate trips in - separate accounts or to put them all in the same account. The trip - taker should remember that the account must be reconciled in order to - know with certainty that all expenses have been reimbursed. - - Recording the expenditures on the trip would be much the same. - That is, if you paid trip expenses by cash you would debit (increase) the - reimburseable expense account for the money paid in cash, because it - is a receivable to you until it has been reimbursed to you. The credit - offsetting your expenditure would decrease the account that shows the - cash in your pocket or the account from which you drew the cash for - the payment made. If you paid by credit card, the debit side would be - the same as just described, but the credit would be an increase to the - credit card company account on your books. - - When you received your reimbursement, then the journal entry (or - transaction) to record receipt of the funds from the employer would be: - debit (increase) Bank for the check amount and credit (decrease) the - reimbursable expense account for the check amount. - - If it turns out that the reimbursable expense account is not - zero balance after processing the employer’s payment, then it means that - there is a difference between you and the employer in handling the expense, - which needs to be investigated. If the balance is a debit - (a positive balance), your account has some money that was not reimbursed. - If the balance is a credit (a negative balance), you were paid for more - than what you recorded as due you. In both of those situations you should - reconcile the difference between what you recorded and what was paid. - That effort should disclose exactly what is causing the discrepancy. - You will need to contact the employer’s bookkeeper to know what was paid, - if the reimbursement check was not accompanied by a detailed list of the - items being paid you. - - In the event the employer refused to reimburse you for an - expenditure, that effectively makes it your expense. In that case, you - would make this entry: debit (increase) your own Expense - (appropriately named) and credit (decrease) the Reimbursable Expense - account. That entry should result in a zero balance in the - Reimbursable Expense account. If not, reconcile until you identify - the difference. - - - Sometimes there are small differences that don’t match an - individual entry. In those cases divide the amount by 2 or by 9. If - the unresolved amount is divisible by two, it suggests that both you - and the employer entered the item in the same manner: both as debits - or both as credits. If it is divisible by 9, then likely one of you - transposed adjoining numbers; e.g., one entered 69 and the other - entered 96. If the difference is divisible neither by 2 or by 9, then - it could be that more than one error is present. - - - - Travel Advances - These are very similar to - Reimbursable Expenses. The difference is that someone gives you - money first; you spend it, and then you give a report accounting for - what you spent it on. The report is supported by invoices establishing - who, what, where, when, and how much for each expenditure. In the - Reimbursable Expense case, you spent your money first and later - recovered it. - - In the Travel Advance case when you receive the advance, you - record on your books this entry: debit (increase) Bank for the travel - advance amount received (say, $500); credit (increase) the short-term - liability Travel Advance ($500). This is a liability, because - you are not gifted with the money, but only loaned it for the purpose - of having funds to spend when doing the employer’s business. - - Frequently, the way these monetary arrangements work is that at - the beginning of for example a salesperson’s employment, he or she receives the advance - and monthly (or more frequently) turns in a report about who, what, - where, when, and how much he spent. The money in the report is - reimbursed if approved. - - - During the period after receiving the advance and before filing - a request for reimbursement report, the salesperson can record his or her expenditures into - the advance liability account. In that case, the balance - in the account will show how much of the advance has not yet been spent - (assuming the Travel Advance balance is a credit). If no mistakes have - been made and all expenses are approved, then the sum of the unspent - account balance and the reimbursing check amount will equal the original - travel advance amount. - - It makes sense for the salesperson to record the travel expenses to this advance account (and - not to his or her own expense accounts), because the money is being spent - on behalf of the employer, for the employer’s authorized expenses. It - is not the employee’s own money, and therefore not his or her own expense. - - - When the salesperson receives the report reimbursement (say, $350), he or she debits - (increases) Bank, and credits (increases) again the Travel Advance - liability account, assuming that previously he or she had been recording - expenditures to the travel advance account. Tracking activity in this - manner causes the account to always show the amount that is owed the - employer. - - See above for what to do if - the employer does not accept an item the employee put on the travel - advance reimbursement request report. The difference resolution effort - is essentially the same for both types of accounts. - - - Prepaid Premiums or Prepaid Rent - Some types of - expenses are usually billed as semi-annual or annual amounts. For - example, the insurance industry will bill home insurance annually, - while car insurance premiums can be annual or semi-annual. For those - that pay an amount that covers several months or a full year, the - proper accounting treatment is to reflect in each accounting period - the amount that expresses the benefit applying to that period. - - In the case of someone who pays a full-year’s insurance premium - at the beginning of the insurance period, the entry to record this is - debit (increase) Prepaid Insurance Premium for say, $1,200, and credit - (decrease) Bank for $1,200. - - Then a monthly recurring journal entry (scheduled transaction) - is created that debits (increases) Insurance Expense $100 and credits - (decreases) Prepaid Insurance Premium $100. This technique spreads - the cost over the periods that receive the insurance coverage benefit. - Businesses following generally accepted accounting practices would - normally use this technique, especially if they had to present - financial statements to banks or other lenders. Whether individuals do - depends on the person and how concerned they are to match cost with - benefit across time periods. Another factor influencing use of this - technique would be the number of such situations the person encounters. - It is relatively easy to remember one or two, but more difficult if - having to manage 10 to 20. You would set up as many or as few as proved - useful and important to you. - - - Suspense or Wash Accounts - The purpose of - these accounts is to provide a device to track change of mind situations. - The objective of these accounts is to provide a temporary location to - record charges and credits that are not to be included permanently in - your books of record. When the transactions reflected in these accounts - have been fully completed, Wash/Suspense accounts will normally carry - a zero balance. - - For example, say in the grocery store you see canned vegetables on sale, - so you buy 6 cans at $1 per can. Say that the total purchases were $50. - When you come home and are putting things in the cupboard you discover - you already had 12 cans. You decide to return the 6 you just bought. - Some persons in this situation would charge (increase) the whole bill - to Grocery Expense; and when they returned the cans, they would credit - (decrease) Grocery Expense. That is one way of handling that. The effect - of this method is to leave recorded on your books the cost of items that - you really did not purchase from a permanent standpoint. It is only - when the items have actually been returned and the vendor’s return - receipt has also been recorded that the distortion this method generates - will then be removed. - - Actually, there are several treatments, depending on when and how - the original transaction was booked/recorded and when you decided to - return the items purchased. Basically, did you change your mind before - you recorded the transaction or after doing so? - - If you decided to return the items after recording the purchase - transaction, you may originally have charged Grocery Expense for the full - amount ($50) of all items. In that scenario, what you kept and the amount of - the items to be returned were grouped into one account. You could edit the - original transaction and restate the amount charged to the Grocery Expense - account to be the difference ($44) between the total paid ($50) for groceries - and the value of the items to be returned. That leaves the returned-item - value as the amount ($6) you should record to the Suspense account. - - Obviously, if you decided to return items before you recorded your - purchase, then you would book the original entry as a charge to Grocery - Expense for the amount kept ($44) and as a charge to Suspense for the - amount returned ($6). The off-setting credit ($50) to cash or credit - card is not affected by these treatments. - - When there are several persons shopping and at different vendors, - there can be a case where there are several returns happening at once - and in overlapping time frames. In that case the Wash Account is - charged (increased) at time of changing the mind, and either Bank or - Credit Card is credited. When the return occurs, the reverse happens: - Bank or Credit Card is debited for the cash value of the returned items - and the Wash/Suspense Account is credited in the same amount. - - If the wash account has a non-zero balance, scanning the debit - and credit entries in the account will show the non-matched items. - That is, debits not matched by offsetting credits indicate items - intended to be returned but not actually returned yet. The reverse - (credits not matched by offsetting debits) indicates that returns were - made but the original charge was not recorded in the Wash Account. - - These differences can be cleared up by returning unreturned items - or recording charges (debits) for items already returned. The mechanics - of doing that likely will be finding the original expense account the - item was charged to and making an entry like: debit Wash Account, credit - original expense. It also could be as described above where the original - recording is adjusted by adding a charge to Wash/Suspense account and - decreasing the amount charged to the original account. - - - - Short or Long-term Assets - This section explains why some types of assets may be short or - long-term and presents an example. - - An example is deposits (e.g., utility, rental, security). If the - deposit agreement contains a provision to recover the deposit at the - end of a year, the treatment could be that of a short-term asset. - However, when the agreement is that the deposit holder returns the - funds only upon successful inspection at the end of the relationship, - then at the start of the relationship or agreement, the person paying - the deposit has to decide whether to write it off as a current expense - or to track it for eventual recovery at the end of the agreement - (not infrequently, moving to a new location). - - Whichever decision is made, the accounting treatment is to debit - (increase) expense (assuming the write-off decision) or debit (increase) - Deposits Receivable (assuming the intent is to recover the deposit in - the future) and credit (decrease) Bank for the amount of the deposit - (if paid by cash) or credit (increase) credit card if paid using that - payment method. - - - Long-term (Fixed) Assets - This section illustrates long-term assets (those whose useful lives - exceed a year) and discusses these types: land, buildings, leasehold - improvements, intangibles, vehicles and other equipment. - - Land - Land is not a wasting asset. That is, it - does not get used up over time and rarely suffers damage such that it - loses value. For that reason, it usually is recorded at cost at the - time of purchase. Appreciation in its value over decades is not recorded - and is not recognized in any way on the books of the owner. It is only - after land has been sold that sale price and purchase cost are compared - to calculate gain or loss on sale. - - Land is frequently sold/purchased in combination with structures - upon it. That means that the cost has to become separated from the - cost of structures on it. Land valuation is usually part of the transfer - of ownership process and its value is shown on the purchase documents - separately from that of any structures it supports. - - Land values shown on purchase documents frequently arise from the - process of value determination managed by assessors whose job it is - to assign values to land for tax purposes. Local and regional areas of - a state or province use the values determined by assessors in their tax - formulas, which provide revenues for local and regional governing - authorities to finance their required community services. - - Should land be acquired in a situation not subject to a history of - land valuation by a formal valuation system, then the purchaser can appeal - to real estate agents and an examination of recent sale transactions for - information that would allow calculating a reasonable amount to express - the value of the land. - - - Buildings - Buildings are the man-made caves in which - much of life’s human interaction occurs. These structures are wasting - assets, because in their use they or their components gradually wear. - Over time they begin to lose some of their function and they can suffer - damage due to planetary elements or human action. - - Accepted accounting practice is to record the cost of the building - determined at time of ownership transfer (purchase) or at conclusion of all - costs of construction. Because buildings are frequently used for decades, - and due to the need to be able to calculate gain or loss on sale, - accounting practice preserves the original cost by not recording declines - in value in the account containing the original purchase or construction - cost. - - Instead, the depreciation technique is used to show (in the - balance sheet) the structure’s net book value (original cost reduced by - accumulated depreciation). Depreciation is a separate topic treated - elsewhere in this Guide. - - - Leasehold Improvements - When a business does - not own the building where it operates, and instead has a long-term - lease, it is not uncommon for the business tenant to make improvements to - the premises so that the structure obtains both function and appearance - that enhances conducting its business activities. - - In these cases, the expenditures that the business incurs are recorded - in a Leasehold Improvements account: increase (debit) Leasehold Improvements, - decrease (credit) Bank or increase (credit) a suitable liability account - (which could be a liability to a contractor or a bank or a credit card, - etc.). - - - - Vehicles or Equipment - Vehicles or Equipment of all kinds usually - last for several years, but their useful lives are much shorter than - that of assets that have little movement in their functioning. Because - they do wear out over time, common accounting practice in business is - to record depreciation using life spans and depreciation methods - appropriate to the nature and use of the asset. Frequently, the life - and depreciation methods chosen are influenced by what is permitted per - national tax regulations for the kind of asset being depreciated. - - Usually, businesses depreciate their assets. Individuals can - do so as well to the degree that taxing authorities permit. Very wealthy - persons employ accountants and attorneys to track and manage their - investments and assets holdings to take advantage of all tax benefits - permitted by law. - - - Intangibles - The mechanics of accounting (debiting - and crediting appropriate accounts) for these assets are relatively simple, - much the same as for any of the above assets. Where the difficulty lies - is in their valuation, which is an advanced topic and not something that - individual persons and small businesses would likely encounter. For that - reason further discussion of items such as patents, copyrights, goodwill, - etc. are left out of this Guide. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml index ec8bb0430..47dbe82f4 100644 --- a/guide/C/ch_oview.xml +++ b/guide/C/ch_oview.xml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Introduction + Introduction &app; is the personal finance software package made for you. It is versatile enough to keep track of all your financial information, from the @@ -295,6 +296,7 @@ About this Book + Manual This manual’s goal is to save you time. It will get you started using &app; as quickly as possible. @@ -331,7 +333,8 @@ Getting Started provides you with the most - basic information needed to begin using &app;. The chapters in this section explain concepts that are fundamental to using &app;. New users of &app; should familiarize themselves with the information in these chapters to get you up and running: + basic information needed to begin using &app;. The chapters in this section explain concepts that are fundamental to using &app;. New users of &app; should familiarize themselves with the information in these chapters to get you up and running: + - (this chapter) gives a general overview of &app; @@ -355,27 +358,27 @@ applying &app; to everyday situations. Here are the applications and features covered in this part: - + - Bankaccounts - + - Credit Cards - + - Loans - + - Capital Investments - + - Captial Gains - + - Multiple Currencies @@ -383,27 +386,43 @@ use of &app; in business accounting: - + - Accounting for Small Businesses + + + + LANG_DE - Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung + + + + LANG_DE - Forderungen + + + + LANG_DE - Verbindlichkeiten - + LANG_DE - Mitarbeiterverwaltung - + - Budgetting - + - + Depreciation - + + + + + @@ -413,29 +432,29 @@ - - Glossary of terms used in &app; + - Glossary of terms used in &app; - - Guide for former - Guide for former Quicken, MS Money or other QIF users - + - + - + - + @@ -445,16 +464,35 @@ Getting More Help + + &app; offers help in many ways, including the + Tip of the Day, context help, a website, a wiki, the mailing lists, and IRC chat. + - Online Help - The online help is the counterpart to this guide. It - provides the detailed instructions for using + Context Help + The context help provides detailed instructions for using &app;'s menus, windows, and controls. To open online help, select Help Contents. - - - + The &app; Help window also acts as a simple + web browser, so you can pull up a web site for additional information. + You can open any web site under this window by clicking the + Open Toolbar button and then typing in the URL. + Use the Back, Forward, + Reload, Stop, and + Print buttons as you would in a standard + browser. + + + + <application>&app;</application> Website + The &app; web + site contains helpful information about the program and about any + updates to it. It also contains links to other online resources. + + + <application>&app;</application> Wiki An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of &app; itself and its maintenance and @@ -490,10 +528,22 @@ to additional useful resources such as the &app; wiki and bug tracking system. + + Topic Search + + The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a + particular topic, click the Search tab at the + bottom of the help window and type in your topic in the field provided. + Click the Search button to complete your search. + A list of choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will + bring up its text on the right. + + Installation + Installation Installation of &app; is usually simple. diff --git a/guide/C/ch_python_bindings.xml b/guide/C/ch_python_bindings.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d92f82433..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_python_bindings.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Python Bindings - - &app; historically has always been a - traditional application in the sense that you open it, use it to - manipulate your financial data via the windows it presents, save your - data and close the windows again. This has the inherent limitation that - you can only do whatever the windows, menus and toolbars allow you to do. - - - Sometimes you might need a little more flexibility. For example, you - need a report with just a little different information than what the - built-in reports provide, or you want to automate a frequently recurring - action. Such custom manipulations are ideal candidates to write in one - or the other scripting language. - - - Starting with &app; version 2.4 you can - write Python scripts to manipulate your financial data. - - - The Python extensions are an optional feature in the source code. - To be able to use Python scripts, &app; must - have been compiled with this option enabled, otherwise all what follows - won’t work. At present this option is not enabled by default, so if you - need this, you may have to compile &app; from - source yourself. - - - The Python extensions come with a couple of ready to use scripts. This - chapter will show you how to use some of these. - - - This chapter is not about how to write your own Python scripts. - Refer to the developer documentation for that instead. - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml b/guide/C/ch_reports.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e09ac14fb..000000000 --- a/guide/C/ch_reports.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,861 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Reports - &app; is a powerful double entry accounting software package that allows -users to enter and track their money in a reliable manner. However, putting -this information into &app; is only a part of the process. To be truly -helpful, you need to be able to extract this information in meaningful ways. -&app;'s reporting features allow you to just that. -&app;'s reporting features allow you to display nearly any group of -transactions in a wide variety of formats. This makes it easy to answer -questions about your finances, such as "How much did I spend on groceries -last month?" or "How much did I earn in the previous six months?" -&app; includes a number of common report types, which can be modified to -meet your specific needs. If these common reports are insufficient, it is -possible to modify or even write your own custom reports (although this is -not recommended for beginners). - - - Overview - There are many standard reports pre-built in &app;, - all available from the Reports pulldown menu in the main account window. - When you select a report from the list of reports, that report is first run - with its default settings. Once you have opened the report, you can modify its parameters by clicking on -the Options button on the toolbar. Under Options, you will see the different -settings that you can change for each report. Note that for different reports, -the options will be different. - - - - Saved Reports Configurations Concepts - Once you have modified a report to meet your needs, you may wish to save - that report for reuse at a later point. &app; allows custom - reports to be saved, using the Save Report Configuration command. - To save a report configuration: - -Go to the Reports Menu and choose the desired report. -Change the settings on the report until it includes what is needed. -Go to the General tab of the report's options and change the Report Name -to something meaningful (Do not confuse this with the Report Title). -Apply the changes and close the dialog. -Click the Save Report Configuration or Save Report Configuration As... button - -This will store the report options in a file in your home directory. -The first time you save a report with a name that has not already been saved, -you can use either the Save Report Configuration or the Save Report -Configuration As... button. You can modify the report name before saving it. -Once a report has been saved with the current name, the Save Report Configuration button will immediately update the saved report configuration. -Use the Save Report Configuration As button to save the current report -configuration with a new name. -Saved report configurations are available for use under the -Reports->Saved Report Configurations entry. They will also be available for -use on multicolumn reports. -Saved report configurations can be deleted in the Saved Report Configurations -dialog by clicking the trashcan icon. -To edit saved report configurations, open the report via Reports->Saved Report -Configurations, edit and apply the new options, and click Save Report -Configuration. - - - - Standard Reports Overview - The standard reports that are included in &app; are presented - in this chapter. For each report, a short description is given, which - explains what the report is intended to show and its primary purpose. - We begin with a description of the Transaction Report, which is an - all-purpose report with many features and settings that allow - sophisticated examination of the data in a file. - - - Transaction Report - The Transaction Report is a fundamental report that allows - users to retrieve a wide variety of useful information from the - financial records. The report includes many features that allow - powerful and flexible reporting from the single basic - report. - - - Debit and Credit subtotals can be displayed, and within - a grouping section, if debit totals > credit totals, the group - subtotal will be displayed in the debit column. - - - Multiple data columns enable display of transaction - amounts in report currency and original currency in separate - columns. - - - Additional sortkeys e.g. sort by reconcile status - (unreconciled -> cleared -> reconciled), sort by weeks, allow - additional views into the financial records. - - - Full text filter enabled for description, notes and - memo, and for account full names. This allows easier selection - of source account names and tailored reporting. Filters - can optionally use full POSIX regular expressions. - - - Indenting of columns will indent the report columns for - easier understanding of grouping and sorting. (This is now - enabled by default for Gnucash 3.0 onwards) - - - Subtotal table is useful to understand the relationship - in the data. This feature compiles the primary and secondary - subtotals into a table view, allowing additional insight into - financial records, e.g. account subtotals in different time - series. - - - For further ideas on how to use the Transaction Report to produce - common reports, see Using the - Transaction Report. - - -Assets & Liabilities Group -Reports in this group provide general information about assets and liabilities. - - -Advanced Portfolio -The Advanced Portfolio produces a report on commodity accounts -(stock and mutual fund type accounts) using price information stored in the -&app; price database and within the -&app; transaction data. If you do not have stock -price information in your file, the report will indicate an error. This report -includes extended information about commodity holdings, including information -about the basis, gain, and return of individual commodities. - - - Advanced Portfolio Capital Gains - - The Advanced Portfolio report doesn’t use the capital gain splits to - calculate capital gains. It calculates the gains from the various buy and - sell transactions in the account without regard to whether the gains and - losses are recorded or not. Any realized gain splits are ignored. - Realized gain splits are recognized as two splits, one in the stock’s - account with a zero number of shares and a non-zero value, the other in an - income or expense account with a value that is the negative of the split - in the stock account. These two splits can be in a separate transaction - (as created by scrubbing) or in the same transaction as the sale (this - will cause incorrect future scrubbing). The income or expense split can - be split into multiple splits, say for taxable/non-taxable or - short/long term gains, without affecting this report. - - - - - -Asset Barchart -The Asset Barchart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in -barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that -have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for -the current financial period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in -the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally, -the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular -form below the chart. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Asset Piechart -The Asset Piechart presents the value of assets on a monthly basis in -piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that -have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by -value as of the end of the current accounting period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more -slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Average Balance -The Average Balance report displays monthly averages for the current accounting period. - - - -Balance Sheet -The Balance Sheet lists Asset, Liability, and Equity account balances -for all such accounts, and provides totals as of a given date. Balance sheets -are commonly run for the last day of each fiscal year to give an overall sense -of the financial condition of the entity. - - - -General Journal -The General Journal produces a register of all transactions (beginning -to end) in order by date, showing the accounts and the amounts involved, and -totals the Net Change by all currencies and assets. -This report is not customizable by date or account, though you can -include more or fewer details about the individual transactions, and whether -to include running balances and totals for the credits and debits. If you -need a report restricted to particular accounts, consider the Transaction -Report or open a particular account and choose the Account Transaction Report. - - - -General Ledger -The General Ledger produces information about all transactions -for a selected set of accounts. When first run, this report loads no data, -and the report options must be changed to retrieve information from the file. - - - -Investment Portfolio -The Investment Portfolio produces a report of commodity accounts (that -is, accounts with type "Stock" or "Mutual Fund"), giving holdings, price and -value information about commodities in the file. - - - -Liability Barchart -The Liability Barchart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in -barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that -have specific asset types assigned to them, and it displays bars for -the current financial period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in -the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally, -the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular -form below the chart. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Liability Piechart -The Liability Piechart presents the value of liabilities on a monthly basis in -piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that -have specific asset types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by -value as of the end of the current accounting period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more -slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Net Worth Barchart -The Net Worth Barchart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and -overall Net Worth as bars on a graph on a monthly basis for the current -financial period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time. - - - -Net Worth Linechart -The Net Worth Linechart summarizes Asset accounts, Liability accounts, and -overall Net Worth as a line graph on a monthly basis for the current financial -period. This report provides a graphic overview of the file over time. - - - -Price Scatterplot -The Price Scatterplot displays the value of one commodity relative to -another commodity, for example the value of a stock relative to a currency. -When first run, this report loads no data, and the report options must be -changed to retrieve information from the file. Specifically, the "Price of -Commodity" setting on the Price options tab must be changed to a specific -commodity. - - - - -Budget Group - Budget reports in &app; allow you to gather -summary information related to budgets you may have created. In order for -these reports to work, you must first create a budget. The reports in this -group are specifically based on budget information. To use these reports, you -need to have a budget saved in your file. - - -Budget Balance Sheet - - - - -Budget Barchart - - - - -Budget Flow - - - - -Budget Income Statement - - - - -Budget Profit & Loss - - - - -Budget Report - - - - - -Business Group -Reports in this group provide general information about activities related -to a business. - - -Customer Report - - - - -Customer Summary -Customer Summary is a customer profit report that can help with job analysis by -comparing the income and expenses for a specific customer. -All invoices have an Owner in &app;, so invoices that are -made will show a customer and show in the report. When creating a Bill, the Default -Chargeback Customer is blank. To use the profit report, this field needs an entry, -since this is the tag that decides the line to which -to attach the expense. Left blank, the bill will be assigned to "No Customer." -Similarly, when income is entered directly in a register rather than creating an -invoice, it will also be assigned to "No Customer." -Thus, if this report includes an entry for "No Customer", this means that the report -may be inaccurate, as the results are not all properly labeled. -Possible use scenarios include: - -Tracking retail sales from different cities -Tracking rental properties -Tracking types of business -Tracking commission sales - -Each of these scenarios assumes that the account structure includes breakdowns -for individual tracked categories. Changing settings on the Income and Expense -tabs under Options can hone the information displayed. By default all income and -expense accounts are included; however, since &app; can't really predict -the names and classification of income and expense accounts, it must group them all -into the "No Customer" entry. -Note that inventory-based businesses won't benefit from this report because of its nature. -Useful options: - -The Expense Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more expense accounts. -The Income Accounts tab allows the selection of one or more income accounts. -The Display tab allows sorting by name, profit percentage, or amount of profit. - - - - -Easy Invoice - - - - -Employee Report - - - - -Fancy Invoice - - - - -Payable Aging - - - - -Printable Invoice - - - - -Receivable Aging -This report provides a listing of all customers, their current balance, and -how much they have outstanding from invoices over different time periods&mdash;how -much they owe from 0-30 days, from 31-60 days, from 61-90 days, and over 90 days. -The report also contains links to each customer and to their current customer report. - - - -Vendor Report - - - - - -Income & Expense Group -Reports in this group provide information about Income and Expense - - -Cash Flow -This report shows the change in value for a set of accounts (the flow of cash) -over a given period of time. By default, this report is based on accounts in Assets and -Special Accounts, and covers the current financial period. The report enumerates -all money coming in to and going out of the base accounts, broken down by the -other account. - - - -Equity Statement -This report can be seen as extension of the Balance Sheet report. The -Balance Sheet states the balance of Assets, Liabilities and Equity at a -specific point of time. The Equity Statement focuses on the Equity Accounts -by showing the cash flow to and from them for a given period of time. -By balancing this cash flow with income, the report shows the available -capital at the beginning and end of the selected time period. - - - -Expense Barchart -The Expense Barchart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in -barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that -have specific expense types assigned to them, and it displays bars for -the current financial period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in -the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally, -the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular -form below the chart. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Expense Piechart -The Expense Piechart presents the value of expenses on a monthly basis in -piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that -have specific expense types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by -value as of the end of the current accounting period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more -slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Expenses vs. Day of Week -Expenses vs. Day of Week presents a pie chart showing the totals for -selected expense accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. -The report options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, -display options, and the date range) but the account selector only allows -expense accounts to be chosen. The report aggregates expense transactions by -day of week, not by any other period or category. Due to these limitations, -the report may be considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting -to examine the source code for composing a useful custom report. - - - -Income Barchart -The Income Barchart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in -barchart form. By default, the report displays the eight largest accounts that -have specific income types assigned to them, and it displays bars for -the current financial period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Bars" option will display more bars in -the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. Additionally, -the "Show table" option enables the display of chart information in tabular -form below the chart. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Income & Expense Chart - - - - -Income Piechart -The Income Piechart presents the value of income on a monthly basis in -piechart form. By default, the report shows the seven largest accounts, that -have specific income types assigned to them, arranged in descending order by -value as of the end of the current accounting period. -Several settings on this report can greatly affect the information included. - -On the Accounts tab, the "Show Accounts until level" option changes how -the report aggregates account totals. Change this value to see information at -deeper levels of the account structure. -On the Display tab, the "Maximum Slices" option will display more -slices in the chart, allowing information for more accounts to display. -On the General tab, the "Price Source" option can significantly -affect the reported value of various commodities included in the report. - - - - -Income Statement -This report lists Income and Expense account totals for a set period. By -default, it shows all Expense and Income accounts down to 3 levels of -sub-accounts for the current financial period. -An Income Statement is also called a "Profit and Loss" report or "Revenue Statement." -In earlier versions of &app;, this report was called -"Profit & Loss," but with version 2, the report was renamed "Income Statement" -to use more common accounting terminology. -The Income Statement helps show where money is coming from and where it is -going for a given time period. - - - -Income vs. Day of Week -Income vs. Day of Week presents a piechart showing the totals for selected -income accounts totaled by the day of the week of the transaction. The report -options enable you to make some adjustments (such as accounts, display options, -and the date range) but the account selector only allows income accounts to be -chosen. The report aggregates income transactions by day of week, not by any -other period or category. Due to these limitations, the report may be -considered a demonstration or an example to someone wanting to examine the -source code for composing a useful custom report. - - - -Trial Balance -Trial Balance lists the ending balances in all accounts as of a particular -date. It is typically run at the end of an accounting period and is primarily -used to ensure that the total of all debits equals the total of all credits. - - - -Sample & Custom Group -The reports in this group offer examples on how reports can be customized -or podified to suit personal need. - - -Custom Multicolumn Report -This report provides a base that allows several standard and custom -reports to be combined into one view. Note that this report opens with an empty -window; you must open the options and designate which reports to include for display. -Once the reports have been selected, the settings for individual reports in the -multicolumn display can be edited. - - -Sample Report with Examples -This is a sample report that users can examine to learn how to write their own reports. - - - -Welcome Sample Report -This report demonstrates how the Multicolumn Report can be use to create -custom dashboard-type reports. - - - - -Other Reports -Several reports are included on the main Reports menu. These are described -below. - - -Account Summary -This lists the balances of all accounts and subaccounts as of a -particular date. By default, this report shows accounts and totals -down to third-level subaccounts. -This report gives effectively the same information as the Chart of Accounts. -You can use this report to export and print the Chart of Accounts. -Note: To generate a report of account totals over a particular time period -(especially if you do not close your books at regular intervals), you might -consider using the Income Statement, or Cash Flow reports. - - - -Future Scheduled Transactions Summary - - - - -Tax Report & TXF Export -Generates a report and a downloadable .txf file of taxable income and -deductible expenses for a particular accounting period. To download the report -data, choose the Export button on the toolbar and choose between html and .txf -downloadable versions. -To use this report, you must use Edit --> Tax Options to identify which -form the taxing authority uses for each income or expense account. Note that -you can see but not modify the "Tax related" checkbox in Edit --> Edit Account. - - - -Saved Report Configurations -Selecting this will open a dialog with a list of available Saved Report -Configurations. "Saved Report Configurations" means sets of customized -settings for standard reports. -These sets must be saved by the user before they appear here. See -Report Concepts above for instructions on how to save report configurations. - - - -Account Report -The Account Report menu entry only appears when an account register is -the active tab. This report produces a list of all transactions in the open -register. -Note that if you conduct a search that retrieves several transactions, the -results are displayed in a new search register, which can then be used to create -a report for just those transactions. - - - -Account Transaction Report -This report also only appears when an account register is the active tab. -However, this report only lists transactions that have been selected -(e.g. by mouse click) in the current register. If no transactions are selected, -an empty report will be generated. - - - - - Using the Transaction Report - The Transaction Report can be heavily customised to produce most - reports appropriate for personal finance and business bookkeeping purposes. - It aims to retrieve and filter information from the database, and present - transactions and totals, useful for the user and the accountant. - The following guide to the Transaction Report will assume the - user has set up the chart of accounts according to conventional bookkeeping - practice. For example, the following describes a typical household book with - skeleton accounts. Further accounts will undoubtedly be necessary. - - Sample Chart of Accounts - - - - Account Name - Account Type - - - - - Asset - ASSET (placeholder) - - - Asset:Bank - BANK - - - Asset:Property - ASSET - - - Liability - LIABILITY (placeholder) - - - Liability:Credit Card - CREDIT CARD - - - Liability:Home Loan - LIABILITY - - - Income - INCOME (placeholder) - - - Income:Salary - INCOME - - - Income:Interest - INCOME - - - Expense - EXPENSE (placeholder) - - - Expense:Groceries - EXPENSE - - - Expense:Auto - EXPENSE - - - Expense:Medical - EXPENSE - - - Equity - EQUITY (placeholder) - - - Equity:Opening Balances - EQUITY - - - -
- Conventionally, the oldest transaction would be equity transfers from - Equity:Opening Balances to Asset and Liability Accounts. Most subsequent - transactions would be transfers from Income/Expense accounts to - Assets/Liability accounts (representing day-to-day activity e.g. receiving - salary, paying utility bill), or transfers between assets and liability - accounts (representing movements between loans and assets, e.g. paying - credit card bill, receiving a loan). - The following use cases will be illustrated, and the options to be - selected explained: - - Using the Transaction Report to show previous year - expenses - The Transaction Report can show how much was spent on - expense accounts last year. This will usually be the most useful - basic transaction report format. To create this report: - - - - Open the report options, from the - Accounts tab, click the Expense - placeholder account and Select - Children. - - - From the General tab, Choose - relative dates “Start of Previous Year” and “End of Previous - Year”. - - - From the Sorting tab, set - Primary Key to Accounts, and enable - Primary Key Subtotal. - - - - Set the Secondary Key to Date, - and set the Secondary Key Subtotal to - None. - - - - - Secondary level grouping - The following will modify the above Transaction Report to - use a secondary grouping strategy. The first grouping - (i.e. Primary Key = Accounts, Subtotal = enabled) will group - transactions from the same accounts, whereas the secondary - grouping (i.e. Secondary Key = Date, Subtotal = Monthly) will - also calculate monthly sums within each account. - - Select options as above - From the Sorting tab, - set Secondary Key Subtotal to Monthly - - - - - Using secondary grouping for periodic comparison - The Display / Subtotal Table adds a subtotal summary - table, which will ease comparison of accounts across date - periods. This displays the same subtotal calculations as the - main table, presented in a grid structure. - - - Select options as above - From the Display tab, - enable the Subtotal Table. - - - - - Use filtering to limit accounts and transactions - Accounts and transactions can be filtered for reporting - according to account full name (e.g. ":Business:" will - select account structure Income:Business:Sales, Income:Business:Grants, - Expenses:Business:Rent, Expenses:Business:Utilities) or transaction - description/notes/memo (select transactions tagged #gift). - The filtering text may be either a standard string, or a POSIX regular - expression. - - From the Filter tab, - complete the Account Name Filter, or - Transaction Filter. Optionally toggle the - regular expression check boxes to toggle full POSIX regex - matching. Regular expressions will allow more complex - queries e.g. the transaction filter can be set to - (#gift|#travel) which will filter transactions with either - #gift or #travel. They can be complicated and are best learned - from external guides. - - - - - Using the Transaction Report to generate a - reconciliation statement. - This sortkey 'reconcile status' will separate reconciled, - cleared and unreconciled transactions. This report may be useful - in producing a printable reconciliation report. - Alternatively, the Reconciliation Report - will preset these defaults and requires only the - Accounts selection. - - - From the Accounts tab, - select the relevant bank or credit card account - From the General tab, - choose an appropriate date range e.g. past 3 months - From the Sorting tab, - set the Primary Key to Reconcile - Status, Primary Key Subtotal to enabled, - and set the Secondary Key to Date. The - Secondary Date Subtotal is left to None - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml index 88349c989..c5aef686a 100644 --- a/guide/C/ch_txns.xml +++ b/guide/C/ch_txns.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Translators: (translators put your name and email here) --> - + Transactions This chapter will give you the basic information you need to @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ framework and structure of a chart of accounts, transactions are the data which fills each account. - + Basic Concepts A transaction in a double entry accounting @@ -53,49 +53,64 @@ The account register is explained in the upcoming section, . - + - + The Account Register - - The account register is the &app; window, which allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. &app; will display the account register window. - - Features of the Account Register - - The Titlebar of the account register displays the account name. Below the Titlebar, the Menubar displays the menu items available within the account register, and the Toolbar contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register. - - At the bottom left of the register window, &app; displays helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can see the current account balance and the total of cleared splits. - - - Choosing a Register Style - - &app; offers several options for viewing your registers. The + The account register is the window that allows you to view + or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open + an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the + account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. + &app; will display the account register window. + + + Features of the Account Register + + The Titlebar of the account register displays the account + name. Below the Titlebar, the Menubar displays + the menu items available within the account register, and the Toolbar + contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register. + + At the bottom left of the register window, &app; displays + helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can see the current account + balance and the total of cleared splits. + + + Choosing a Register Style + &app; offers several options for viewing your registers. The default style is Basic Ledger mode, which displays only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the style that most closely resembles other popular personal financial - packages. You can choose a different register style from the View menu. There are two other view modes: - - ViewAuto-Split Ledger - style expands the current transaction automatically. As you highlight a - new transaction in the register, the transaction automatically expands to - show all splits. - ViewTransaction - Journal style shows all splits for all transactions in the register, which is more like an accounting journal. - - - All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or + packages. You can choose a different register style from the View menu. + There are two other view modes: + + + ViewAuto-Split Ledger + style expands the current transaction automatically. As you highlight a + new transaction in the register, the transaction automatically expands to + show all splits. + + + ViewTransaction + Journal style shows all splits for all transactions in + the register, which is more like an accounting journal. + + + + All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or double-line format. Select View - Double Line, and you will see your transaction - line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field. + Double Line, and you will see your transaction + line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field. - Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ. - - For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered on a separate split. - The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes. + Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ. + For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for + $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered + on a separate split. + The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes. - First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account: + First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account: - + - + - Now, let's open the Expenses:Clothes account, and look at it in Basic view. + Now, let’s open the Expenses:Clothes account, and look at it in Basic view. - - + + @@ -128,30 +143,30 @@ This image shows Expenses:Clothes account in Basic Ledger mode. - -Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single split from the original transaction. + + Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the + checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, + $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single + split from the original transaction. - Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction. + Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction. - + - A jump to the Expenses:Clothes account - This image shows Expenses:Clothes account in Transaction Journal mode. - - - + - + + Using Entry Shortcuts &app; provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your @@ -254,8 +269,8 @@ resulting value to the amount field when you press the Tab key. - All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked - by underlined characters in the menu names. Press Alt + + All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked + by underlined characters in the menu names. Press Alt + [underlined character] to bring up the menu, then select an item by typing its underlined character. For example, typing Alt @@ -310,13 +325,8 @@ In the Reconcile window you can use these keyboard shortcuts: - - - Tab moves to the next box and - ShiftTab - moves to the previous - box - + Tab moves to the next box and + ShiftTab moves to the previous box Space bar toggles the status between reconciled and not @@ -328,9 +338,9 @@ entries within the current box - - - + + + Simple vs. Split Transactions Every transaction in &app; has at least two splits, but a transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two splits is called a simple transaction, since it only involves the current account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more accounts is called a split transaction. @@ -430,7 +440,7 @@ exactly the same, but the transaction line now reflects the credit to the Income:Salary account. - + Simple Transaction Example Starting with the chart of accounts we created in the @@ -491,9 +501,9 @@ groceries. - + - + Split Transaction Example The need for 3 or more splits in a transaction occurs when you need @@ -542,10 +552,10 @@ - - + + - + Reconciliation Once transactions have been entered into &app;, it is important to verify @@ -597,7 +607,7 @@ reconciled balances will be thrown off. - + Reconcile windows The reconciliation windows are used to reconcile a &app; account @@ -815,10 +825,10 @@ reconciliation. - - + + - + Scheduled Transactions Scheduled transactions are made to help entering repetitive money @@ -835,7 +845,7 @@ from the ledger or from the Scheduled Transactions Editor. - + Creating from the Ledger Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the @@ -927,9 +937,9 @@ &app; now has memorized this scheduled transaction and on the 28th of next month, it will pop up a window asking if it should create it (see far below for a screenshot of this window). - + - + Creating from the Editor Another way of entering a scheduled transaction is from the @@ -1228,10 +1238,10 @@ by selecting FileOpen and choosing the previously saved gcashdata_3 &app; file. - - + + - + Putting It All Together In the previous sections of this chapter the concepts and mechanics @@ -1240,7 +1250,7 @@ chapter, by setting some opening balances, adding transactions and a scheduled transaction. - + Open <application>&app;</application> file Start with opening the previous datafile we stored, @@ -1263,9 +1273,9 @@ section. - + - + Opening Balances As shown earlier in @@ -1333,9 +1343,9 @@ balances. - + - + Additional Transaction Examples Now add some more transactions to simulate a month’s expenses. @@ -1455,16 +1465,16 @@ linkend="chapter_txns" />. - + - + Save file Before we go to the report section, let’s save the &app; data file (gcashdata_4). - + - + Reports But only having data available on the computer screen will not @@ -1557,6 +1567,6 @@ - - - + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml b/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5d91f4e9f..000000000 --- a/guide/C/fdl-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,670 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Version 1.1, March 2000 - - - 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - - -
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, - Suite 330, Boston, MA - 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - - GNU Free Documentation License - - - 0. PREAMBLE - - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document free in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - - - - This License is a kind of copyleft, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - - - - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - - - - 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - Document, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as you. - - - - A Modified Version of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - - - - A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - - - - The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - The Cover Texts are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not Transparent is called - Opaque. - - - - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - - - - The Title Page means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, Title Page means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - - - - - 2. VERBATIM COPYING - - You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in section 3. - - - - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - - - - - 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY - - If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - Document and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - - - - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - - - - If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - - - - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the Document well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - - - - - 4. MODIFICATIONS - - You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of - sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - - - - - - A - - Use in the Title - Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the Document, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - - - - - - - B - - List on the Title - Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the Document (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - - - - - - - C - - State on the Title - Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the - publisher. - - - - - - - D - - Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - - - - - - - E - - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - - - - - - - F - - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - - - - - - - G - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and - required Cover - Texts given in the Document’s license notice. - - - - - - - H - - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - - - - - - - I - - Preserve the section entitled History, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on - the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled History in the - Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - - - - - - - J - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access - to a Transparent - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the History - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - - - - - - - K - - In any section entitled Acknowledgements or - Dedications, preserve the section’s title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - - - - - - - L - - Preserve all the Invariant - Sections of the Document, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - - - - - - - M - - Delete any section entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not be - included in the Modified - Version. - - - - - - - N - - Do not retitle any existing section as - Endorsements or to conflict in title with - any Invariant - Section. - - - - - - - If the Modified Version - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - Secondary Sections and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the - Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - - - - You may add a section entitled Endorsements, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - - - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of - the list of Cover Texts - in the Modified Version. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the Document - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - - - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . - - - - - 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS - - You may combine the Document - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in section 4 - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the Invariant - Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - - - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical Invariant - Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - - - - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - History in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled History; likewise - combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, - and any sections entitled Dedications. You must - delete all sections entitled Endorsements. - - - - - 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - - - - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - - - - - 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a Modified Version - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - aggregate, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - - - - - 8. TRANSLATION - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - - - - - 9. TERMINATION - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - - - - - 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - - The Free Software - Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - - - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - or any later version applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - - - - - Addendum - - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - - -
- - Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, - and with the Back-Cover - Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled GNU Free Documentation - License. - -
- - - If you have no Invariant - Sections, write with no Invariant Sections - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write - no Front-Cover Texts instead of - Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. - - - - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public - License, to permit their use in free software. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml b/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d62530777..000000000 --- a/guide/C/gnc-glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,480 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - <application>&app;</application> Glossary - This is a glossary of common terms used in &app;. - Some entries here are taken from Wikipedia (). - - - - - Account - - An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive. - - - - - Accounting Period - - An accounting period is the period with reference to which accounting - books of an entity are prepared. Common accounting - periods include month, quarter, and year. - - - - - AqBanking - - A library which implements the German Home Banking Computer Interface - (HBCI) and Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard (EBICS), OFX - Direct Connect and Paypal. It is the successor of openHBCI. - - - - - Asset - - An asset is something you own. Anything tangible or intangible that - can be owned or controlled to produce value and that is held to have - positive economic value is considered an asset. - - - - - Balance Sheet - - A Balance Sheet is a summary of the financial balances of an individual - or organization. It summarizes a company's assets, liabilities and ownership - equity at a specific point in time. - - - - - Book - - A book is a record of all transactions for an individual or organization. In - &app;, each file contains a book. - - - - - Capital Gain/Loss - - The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment - at the time the investment is sold. Also known as - Realized Gain/Loss. Before an investment - is sold, the difference in value is referred to as - Unrealized Gain/Loss. - Realized Gain/Loss - Unrealized Gain/Loss - - - - - Capital stock - Stock - - - - Chart of Accounts - - A listing of all the accounts available in the data file. The chart - of accounts consists of balance sheet accounts (assets, liabilities, - stockholders' equity) and income statement accounts (revenues, expenses, - gains, losses). - - - - - Commission - - The fee paid to a broker to buy or sell securities. - - - - - Commodity - - A commodity is something of value that is easily tradeable or sellable; - for example, currencies, stocks, bonds, grain, copper, and oil are all commodities. - - - - - Common stock - Stock - - - - Compounding - - The concept that the reinvested interest can later earn interest of - its own (interest on interest). This is often referred to as compound - interest. - - - - - Cost Basis - - Cost basis is the original cost of property, adjusted for various factors. - Its primary use is for tax purposes. Factors that affect the cost basis include: - stock splits, dividends, depreciation and return of capital distributions. - Cost basis is used to determine the capital gain. - - - - - CSV - - Stands for Comma Separated Values. CSV files are used to store data - in plain text. Each line of the file is a record and each record can be - comprised of multiple fields separated by commas. CSV is one import format - that &app; supports. - - - - - Dividends - - Dividends are cash payments a company makes to shareholders. The - amount of this payment is usually determined as some amount of the profits - of the company. Not all common stocks give dividends. - - - - - Equities - - Equities are investments in which the investor becomes part (or whole) - owner in something. - - - - - Financial Transaction Services (FinTS) - - A banking protocol used by German banks. Developed by the German Central - Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). The standard is used - only by German banks. Prior 2002, it was called Home Banking Computer - Interface (HBCI). FinTS is one import format that &app; supports. - Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI) - - - - - GSettings - - Since version 2.5 the tool that stores user configuration data. It - uses the native data store of the operating system: - - - Linux - DConf since Gnome 3.0 dropped GConf - - - MacOS - Defaults. Use the command-line defaults(1) to modify - prefs when GnuCash isn't running. - - - Windows - Registry. - - - - - - - Home Computer Banking Interface (HBCI) - - A bank-independent online banking protocol used by German banks. Home - Banking Computer Interface (HBCI) was developed by the German Central - Banking Committee ZKA (Zentraler Kredit-Ausschuss). Since 2002, it has - been called Financial Transaction Services (FinTS). HBCI is one import - format that &app; supports. - Financial Transaction Services (FinTS) - - - - - Interest - - What a borrower pays a lender for the use of their money. Normally, - this is expressed in terms of a percentage of the principal per year. For - example, a savings account with 1% interest will pay you $1 for every $100 - you keep deposited per year. - - - - - Liability - - A liability is a debt or obligation that an individual or organization - owes. - - - - - LibOFX - - An open source library for OFX. It was created by one - of the &app; developers, originally to be the - OFX interface for &app;. - OFX - - - - - Liquidity - - A measure of how easily convertible an investment is to cash. Money - in a savings account is very liquid, while money invested in a house has - low liquidity because it takes time to sell a house. - - - - - Lot - - A lot is a means of grouping a commodity so that you later identify that - the item bought in one transaction is the same as one sold in a different - transaction. Lots are often implemented with stocks, where capital gain can - depend on which item is being sold at a given time. - - - - - MT940 - - A financial information standard defined by SWIFT and used by several - European banks. It is also used internally in HBCI. Unfortunately, you can't - download the MT940 standard, but some banks publish it on their websites. - MT940 is one import format that &app; supports. - - - - - OFX - - The Open Financial eXchange format. This is a financial information - exchange standard used by many institutions. OFX is one import format - that &app; supports. - - - - - Price Database - - The price database contains a store of price quotes for stocks, mutual - funds, and currencies. - - - - - Principal - - The original amount of money invested or borrowed. - - - - - QFX - - The Quicken Financial eXchange format is a proprietary financial - information exchange standard promoted by Quicken and used by many institutions. - QFX is one import format that &app; supports. - - - - - QIF - - The Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for - reading and writing financial data to files. This is an older format that - is still used by many institutions. QIF is one import format - that &app; supports. - - - - - Realized Gain/Loss - - The difference between the purchase and selling prices of an investment - at the time the investment is sold. Also known as - Capital Gain/Loss. Before an investment - is sold, the difference in value is referred to as - Unrealized Gain/Loss. - Capital Gain/Loss - Unrealized Gain/Loss - - - - - Reconciliation - - Reconciliation is a verification process in which the user compares their records - with those of the financial institution to ensure that the records in each system agree - at some particular point in time. During reconciliation, the user checks individual - transactions in their file against the institution's statement; upon completion, the - reported balances of the institution and the reconciled account will match at that - point in the register. - - - - - Return - - The total income plus capital gains or losses of an investment. - Yield - - - - - Reversing Transaction - - In formal accounting, a transaction is never deleted. Therefore, when - a mistake is made, the original transaction remains in the ledger, and a - transaction is added to the ledger that reverses the original. This - reversing transaction duplicates the original transaction, - but with debit and credit amounts reversed. This removes the effect of the - erroneous transaction from the books. After entering the reversing transaction, - a corrected transaction can then be entered. Reversing - transactions are not commonly used in personal accounting. - - - - - Risk - - The probability that the return on investment is different from what - was expected. Investments are often grouped on a scale from low risk (e.g., - savings accounts or government bonds) to high risk (e.g., common stocks - or junk bonds). As a general rule of thumb, the higher the risk, the - higher the possible return. - - - - - Scheduled Transaction - - Scheduled transactions provide a framework for remembering information - about transactions that are set to occur in the future, either once or - periodically. - Yield - - - - - Scheme - - Scheme is a functional programming language based on a dialect of LISP. - Reports in &app; use the Scheme programming language; - thus, users wishing to customize reports must write Scheme. - - - - - Shareholder - - A shareholder is a person who holds common stock in a company. - - - - - Split - - A split, or Ledger Entry, is the fundamental accounting unit. - Each split consists of an amount, the value of that amount expressed in a - (possibly) different currency, a Memo, a pointer to the parent Transaction, - a pointer to the debited Account, a reconciled flag and timestamp, an action - field, and a key-value frame which can store arbitrary data. - - - - - Stock - - A security that represents a certain fractional ownership of a company. - This is what you buy when you buy stock in a company on the - open market. This is also sometimes known as capital stock, - or common stock. - - - - - Stock split - - Occurs when a company offers to issue some additional multiple of shares - for each existing stock. For example, a 2 for 1 stock split - means that if you own 100 shares of a stock, you will receive an additional - 100 shares at no cost to you. The unit price of the shares will usually be - adjusted so there is no net change in the value, so in this example the - price per share will be halved. Note that such transactions affect the cost - basis per share owned. - - - - - Transaction - - A transaction consists of a date, a description, an ID number, a list - of two or more splits, and a key-value frame. Transactions embody the notion - of "double entry" accounting. - - - - - Unrealized Gain/Loss - - Unrealized gain or loss is the difference in value between a purchase - price and the current value of a given asset. These gains remain unrealized - until the asset is sold, at which point they become Realized gains - or losses. - Capital Gain/Loss - Realized Gain/Loss - - - - - Valuation - - The process of determining the market value or the price the - investment would sell at in a reasonable time frame. - - - - - XML - - The eXtensible Markup Language is an international markup standard. - &app; stores its data by default in an XML data - structure. - - - - - Yield - - A measure of the amount of money you earn from an investment - (i.e., how much income you receive from the investment). Typically, this - is reported as a percentage of the principal amount. Yield does not include - capital gains or losses (see Return). For example, a stock that sells for $100 - and gives $2 in dividends per year has a yield of 2%. - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml index 26446f6a3..305904cd8 100644 --- a/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml +++ b/guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml @@ -65,23 +65,34 @@ Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle - + + 2013 + Martin Mainka (Deutsche Übersetzung) + - The &app; Documentation Team + &app; Documentation Team
gnucash-devel@gnucash.org
- + @@ -418,10 +429,10 @@ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default. Note: Do not use the addess tag, if you do not want to be contacted with user questions over decades. --> - + + Frank H. Ellenberger + , + + Juergen Hoewener + , + + Martin Mainka + , + + Mechtilde Stehmann + , + + Christian Stimming + und + + Gerold Strobel + . @@ -439,37 +468,37 @@ Getting Started - - - - - Managing Personal Finances - - - - - - - - - - - Managing Business Finances - - - - - - - - - Appendices - - - - - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/guide/C/legal.xml b/guide/C/legal.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0eb8c0786..000000000 --- a/guide/C/legal.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published - by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, - no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find - a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS - distributed with this manual. - - This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals - distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this - manual separately from the collection, you can do so by - adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in - section 6 of the license. - - - - Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their - products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those - names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of - the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those - trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial - capital letters. - - - - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED - UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE - WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: - - - - DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN AS IS BASIS, - WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR - IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES - THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR - A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE - RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE - OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR - MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, - YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY - CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY - SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER - OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS - LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED - VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER - EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND - - - - UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL - THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), - CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, - INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY - DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION - OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH - PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY - DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER - INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS - OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR - MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR - LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, - EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF - THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/Makefile.am b/guide/de/Makefile.am index 799231b3a..9438c2a89 100644 --- a/guide/de/Makefile.am +++ b/guide/de/Makefile.am @@ -5,32 +5,8 @@ omffile = $(docname)-de.omf entities = \ ch_accts.xml \ ch_basics.xml \ - ch_budgets.xml \ - ch_bus_ap.xml \ - ch_bus_ar.xml \ - ch_bus_intro.xml \ - ch_bus_pay.xml \ - ch_bus_setup.xml \ - ch_capgain.xml \ - ch_cbook.xml \ - ch_cc.xml \ - ch_currency.xml \ - ch_dep.xml \ - ch_expenses.xml \ - ch_import_business_data.xml \ - ch_loans.xml \ - ch_invest.xml \ - ch_oth_assets.xml \ ch_oview.xml \ - ch_python_bindings.xml \ - ch_txns.xml \ - appendixa.xml \ - appendixb.xml \ - appendixc.xml \ - appendixd.xml \ - appendixe.xml \ - fdl-appendix.xml \ - glossary.xml + ch_txns.xml DISTCLEANFILES = $(docname)-de.omf.out CLEANFILES = $(DISTCLEANFILES) XSLTFLAGS_FO= --stringparam paper.type A4 diff --git a/guide/de/appendixa.xml b/guide/de/appendixa.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4b0dd5dd9..000000000 --- a/guide/de/appendixa.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Migration Guide - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/appendixb.xml b/guide/de/appendixb.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5b2bd1bcc..000000000 --- a/guide/de/appendixb.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Frequently Asked Questions - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/appendixc.xml b/guide/de/appendixc.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f61b80131..000000000 --- a/guide/de/appendixc.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Contributed Account Trees - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/appendixd.xml b/guide/de/appendixd.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 505aeb656..000000000 --- a/guide/de/appendixd.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,447 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Auxiliary File Formats - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/appendixe.xml b/guide/de/appendixe.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8e597b301..000000000 --- a/guide/de/appendixe.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ - - - - - -Anhang E - -Kommandozeilen Optionen - -$ gnucash --help-all -Aufruf: - gnucash [OPTION …] [datafile] - -Hilfeoptionen: - -h, --help Hilfeoptionen anzeigen - --help-all Alle Hilfeoptionen anzeigen - --help-gtk GTK+-Optionen anzeigen - -GTK+-Optionen - --class=KLASSE Programmklasse, die vom Fenstermanager benutzt wird - --name=NAME Programmname, der vom Fenstermanager benutzt wird - --screen=BILDSCHIRM X-Bildschirm, der verwendet werden soll - --sync X-Aufrufe synchron verarbeiten - --gtk-module=MODULE Zusätzliche GTK+-Module laden - --g-fatal-warnings Alle Warnungen als fatal betrachten - -Anwendungsoptionen: - -v, --version GnuCash Version anzeigen - --debug Debug-Modus aktivieren: Besonders viele Log-Meldungen ausgeben. - --extra Zusätzliche/instabile/Debug-Funktionen aktivieren. - --log Loglevel einstellen; Beispiel »komponente.irgendwas= - {debug,info,warn,crit,error}« - --logto Datei, wo die Logmeldungen hingeschrieben werden; Voreinstellung - "/tmp/gnucash.trace"; kann auch "stderr" oder "stdout" sein. - --nofile Zuletzt geöffnete Datei nicht öffnen - --gconf-path=GCONFPFAD Suchpfad für gconf-Abfragen setzen - --add-price-quotes=DATEI Börsenkurse zu angegebener Datei hinzufügen - --namespace=REGEXP Regulärer Ausdruck für den Namensstandard, in dem die Kurse - geholt werden sollen - --display=ANZEIGE X-Anzeige, die verwendet werden soll - - - - -Aufgaben, Menüs und Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen. - - - - Nach Buchungen suchen - - Strgf - BearbeitenSuchen… - - - Neue Datei - - Strgn - DateiNeuNeue Datei - - - Datei öffnen - - Strgo - DateiÖffnenÖffnen - - - Datei speichern - - Strgs - DateiSpeichern - - - Datei speichern unter… - - ShiftStrgs - DateiSpeichern - - - Buchung eingeben - Strgt - AktionenBuchen… - - - Ausgewähltes Konto löschen - - Entf - BearbeitenKonto löschen… - - - Ausgewähltes Konto bearbeiten - - Strge - BearbeitenKonto bearbeiten - - - In der Buchungsansicht ausgewählten Text ausschneiden - Strgx - BearbeitenAusschneiden - - - In der Buchungsansicht ausgewählten Text kopieren - Strgc - BearbeitenKopieren - - - In der Buchungsansicht kopierten Text einfügen - Strgv - BearbeitenEinfügen - - - Registerkarte schließen - - Strgw - DateiSchließen - - - Seite einrichten - ShiftStrgp - DateiSeite einrichten - - - Schecks oder Berichte drucken - Strgp - DateiDrucken - - - Datei Eigenschaften bearbeiten - AltReturn - DateiEigenschaften - - - &app; beenden - Strgq - DateiBeenden - - - &app; Hilfe aufrufen - F1 - HilfeInhalt - - - Ansicht aktualisieren - Strgr - AnsichtAktualisieren - - - - - &app; speichert diese Tastenkombinationen in der Datei accelerator-map - im dem versteckten Ordner .gnucash in Ihrem persönlichen Verzeichnis. - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml index cf3959864..dde0c6fb3 100644 --- a/guide/de/ch_accts.xml +++ b/guide/de/ch_accts.xml @@ -53,17 +53,16 @@ - + + format="PNG" srccredit="Frank H. Ellenberger"> - Die Grundkonten + Die Beziehungen der Grundkonten Graphische Darstellung der Beziehungen der 5 Grundkonten zueinander. @@ -226,7 +225,16 @@ Zahlungen für von Ihnen erbrachte Leistungen oder gelieferte Produkte verwalten. Diese Beträge werden schon als Vermögen betrachtet, weil Sie normalerweise damit rechnen können, dass diese geschuldeten Geldbeträge bei Ihnen eintreffen. - + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added, + changed or deleted in any way other than by using + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or + + UNTRANSLATED-DE process payment + + Vermögen: Unabhängig davon, wie unterschiedlich @@ -244,13 +252,13 @@ Im Wirtschaftsleben sind häufig die Vorgänge, die aufgezeichnet und verfolgt werden, feiner aufgeteilt als wir sie bisher betrachtet haben. Für eine fortgeschrittene Behandlung der Möglichkeiten lesen Sie bitte die Beschreibung in Kapitel - in diesem Kurs. + in diesem Kurs. Für Ihre persönlichen Finanzen können Sie die in der Wirtschaft verwendeten Kontenrahmen benutzen oder nicht, je nachdem, ob sie Ihnen für die Erfassung, Verfolgung und den Bericht der auftretenden Vorgänge bei der Verwaltung Ihrer persönlichen Finanzen nützlich erscheinen. Zusätzliche Informationen finden Sie unter - in diesem Leitfaden. + in diesem Leitfaden. @@ -281,6 +289,14 @@ aber noch nicht bezahlte Rechnungen für Waren und Dienstleistungen anderer verwalten. Diese Beträge werden als Darlehen betrachtet, weil Sie diese geschuldeten Geldbeträge zum Fälligkeitsdatum bezahlen müssen. + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Transactions involving an Accounts Payable account should not be added, + changed or deleted in any way other than by using + + UNTRANSLATED-DE post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or + UNTRANSLATED-DE process payment + + @@ -421,7 +437,7 @@ Der Handel mit verschiedenen Währungen wird auf Wunsch in Handels-konten protokolliert, um den Rechnungsabschluss sowohl in jeder Währung als auch im Gesamtwert zu erstellen. Mehr Informationen unter - + Money Market und Credit Line @@ -432,7 +448,7 @@ - Alles zusammensetzen + Alles Zusammensetzen Wir wollen jetzt mithilfe des in diesem Kapitel Gelernten einen allgemeinen persönlichen Kontenplan aufbauen. Ein diff --git a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml index 18d4c7788..be6213d37 100644 --- a/guide/de/ch_basics.xml +++ b/guide/de/ch_basics.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Buchführungskenntnisse benötigen, um das Programm sinnvoll einsetzen zu können. Allerdings werden Sie feststellen, dass sich die Kenntnis einiger grundlegender Prinzipien der - Buchführung + als von unschätzbarer Wert erweisen wird, da &app; nach Vorlage dieser Prinzipien entwickelt wurde. Es ist daher höchst empfehlenswert, dass Sie diesen Abschnitt verstehen, bevor Sie @@ -191,8 +191,7 @@ damit überein, wie Buchhalter diese Worte nutzen. Im Allgemeinen ist es angenehmer, etwas zu haben als etwas zu sollen; der Kaufmann hingegen verkürzt hier "Wir haben zu zahlen" (ist der Creditor) - oder "Sie sollen zahlen (ist der Debitor)". - Praktisch hat Haben in der Buchhaltung + oder "Sie sollen zahlen (ist der Debitor)". Praktisch hat Haben in der Buchhaltung die Bedeutung auf der rechten Seite eines Kontos buchen, was dann eine Abnahme bei den Aktiva und Aufwandskonten, aber einer Zunahme bei den Ertragskonten und Passiva @@ -257,14 +256,14 @@ Konten - Ein Konto zeichnet auf, was Sie + Ein zeichnet auf, was Sie besitzen, schulden, ausgeben oder erhalten. Jede &app;-Datei kann eine beliebige Anzahl von Konten enthalten, und jedes Konto kann viele Unterkonten in beliebigen Ebenen haben. Diese einfache Eigenschaft macht &app; zu einem mächtigen Werkzeug, Ihre Finanzen zu verwalten, wie Sie in den nächsten Kapiteln sehen werden. - Beispiele von Konten schließen ein: Girokonto, - Sparkonto, + Beispiele von Konten schließen ein: , + , Kreditkartenkonto, Hypotheken und Darlehen. Jedes &app;-Konto zeichnet die Aktivitäten für dieses tatsächliche Konto auf und informiert Sie über seinen Stand. @@ -333,6 +332,7 @@ Tipp des Tages BenutzeroberflächeTipp des Tages + &app; bietet einen Tipp des Tages Dialog an, um nützliche Hinweise für die Benutzung des Programms zu @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Die Kontenübersicht zeigt alle Konten, die in der aktuellen Datei enthalten sind (dem - Kontenplan). Es + ). Es gibt einen Überblick über die Konten und den aktuellen Kontostand. Von diesem Fenster aus können Sie jedes der @@ -435,7 +435,12 @@ - + + + + @@ -673,11 +678,135 @@ Speichern Ihrer Finanzdaten Dateien - &app; kann Ihre Finanzdaten in Dateien - oder SQL-Datenbanken speichern, - so dass sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt geöffnet - und verändert werden können. Aber sollten Sie einen Container für Ihre - Daten erstellen. + + Übersicht + + FUZZY-DE &app; kann Ihre Finanzdaten in Dateien + oder SQL-Datenbanken speichern, + so dass sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt geöffnet + und verändert werden können. Aber sollten Sie einen Container für Ihre + Daten erstellen. + + UNTRANSLATED-DE The XML storage format is a text file that by default is compressed, + which is a preference that is set at Edit + Preferences General + Compress files. SQLite storage is also available, and stores + your data in a single file on your system, like the XML format. However, + internally, an SQLite file is managed as a database. The MySQL and PostgreSQL storage options + require access to a MySQL or PostgreSQL database server and the installation of + additional database drivers on your machine. + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Users can change the format at any time by using File + Save As.... This will create a copy of + the data file in the selected format. + + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison and Recommendations + UNTRANSLATED-DE Each storage format has benefits and shortcomings that users should + consider for their needs and abilities. See the + below + for further details. + + UNTRANSLATED-DE The XML format is the most stable and established, + and for this reason, it is recommended for most users. SQL + storage was added for the 2.4 release and has become an increasingly popular + choice for users. The SQLite format allows users to realize the benefits of + SQL storage without the overhead of installing or managing + a full DBMS. MySQL and PostgreSQL require the installation + of MySQL and PostgreSQL DBMS, respectively, and are best + maintained only by experienced database administrators. + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Use of a SQL back end for storage implies to many + that &app; has fully implemented DBMS + features, including multi-user and incremental data manipulation. However, + &app; does not currently implement these features, + although it is a long term goal of the development team. + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison Table + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison + + + + + + + + + + + + XML + SQLite + MySQL + PostgreSQL + + + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Availability + UNTRANSLATED-DE Built-in + UNTRANSLATED-DE Depends on packaging + UNTRANSLATED-DE SQLite relies on an additional package and driver (called libdbi + and libdbd-sqlite3, respectively), which are installed by + default on Mac OS and Windows. Linux users may need to manually + install these for SQLite. + UNTRANSLATED-DE MySQL and PostgreSQL may require the installation of additional software drivers + (libdbd-mysql and libdbd-pgsql). + + + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE File extension + gnucash + UNTRANSLATED-DE N/A + UNTRANSLATED-DE MySQL and PostgreSQL place data within their own storage system. + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Additional software + UNTRANSLATED-DE None + MySQL + PostgreSQL + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Additional expertise + UNTRANSLATED-DE None + UNTRANSLATED-DE Database Administrator + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Compression + gzip + UNTRANSLATED-DE N/A + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE File Save + UNTRANSLATED-DE On command + UNTRANSLATED-DE On commit + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Multi-user + UNTRANSLATED-DE No + UNTRANSLATED-DE No + UNTRANSLATED-DE No + UNTRANSLATED-DE No + + + +
+ Eine Datei erstellen @@ -867,15 +996,22 @@ .log, .LCK, .LNK in demselben Ordner wie ihre primäre Datei. Was es mit diesen Dateien für eine Bewandtnis hat, ist im folgenden Abschnitt beschrieben. - + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE The following sections are relevant only if you are saving your financial data in the XML format + + -gcashdata.gnucash gcashdata.gnucash.20150414185747.gnucash -gcashdata.gnucash.20150414223248.log -gcashdata.gnucash.20150415114340.gnucash -gcashdata.gnucash.20150415154508.log -gcashdata.gnucash.20150415173322.gnucash -gcashdata.gnucash.20150415194251.log -gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK + $ls + gcashdata.gnucash + gcashdata.gnucash.20150414185747.gnucash + gcashdata.gnucash.20150414223248.log + gcashdata.gnucash.20150415114340.gnucash + gcashdata.gnucash.20150415154508.log + gcashdata.gnucash.20150415173322.gnucash + gcashdata.gnucash.20150415194251.log + gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK + gcashdata.gnucash.LCK @@ -886,7 +1022,7 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK Diese Sicherungsdatei ist eine vollständige Kopie Ihrer Datendatei. Die Dateinamensendung gibt Jahr, Monat, Tag und Zeit der Sicherung an. Zum Beispiel bedeutet der Dateiname gcashdata.gnucash.20010404185747.gnucash, dass die Sicherungskopie der Datei gcashdata.gnucash am 4. April 2015 um 18:57:47 Uhr erfolgte. - + Um eine alte Sicherungsdatei wiederherzustellen, öffnen Sie einfach die .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash-Datei mit dem Datum, zu dem Sie zurückkehren wollen. Achten Sie unbedingt darauf, dass Sie die Datei unter einem anderen Namen speichern! @@ -1048,13 +1184,13 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - Unix + Unix &app; Einstellungen sind in dconf gespeichert. Sie können das Kommando dconf dump /org/gnucash/ auf der alten Maschine nutzen und dconf load /org/gnucash/ auf der neuen Maschine nutzen, um die Einstellungen zu übertragen. - MacOSX + Mac OSX Die Einstellungen sind unter ~/Library/Preferences/gnucash.plist gespeichert. @@ -1155,7 +1291,12 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - + + + + @@ -1183,7 +1324,12 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - + + + + @@ -1203,14 +1349,54 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - Im dritten Bild wählen Sie die Gruppe Allgemeine Konten in der + UNTRANSLATED-DE In the third screen, set the New Book Options, + then press the Forward button. + You can also update these options later using File + Properties. + For details of these options, see the &app; + Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE The New Book Options assistant + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE This image shows the third screen of the New + Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you select the + book options. + + + + + + + + FUZZY-DE Im dritten Bild wählen Sie die Gruppe Allgemeine Konten in der Kategorien-Fenster. Dann drücken Sie die Vor-Schaltfläche, um fortzufahren. Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie eine oder mehrere der vordefinierten Kontengruppen hier auswählen. Für mehr Informationen über die Kontenarten, sehen Sie in . - + + + + @@ -1220,7 +1406,7 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK Konten - Die Abbildung zeigt den dritten Bildschirm + FUZZY-DE Die Abbildung zeigt den dritten Bildschirm des Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten, in dem Sie die verschiedenen Konten auswählen können. @@ -1231,11 +1417,16 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - Im vierten Bild können Sie einen Anfangsbestand für jedes Konto angeben, was auch angezeigt ist, wenn das Konto ein Platzhalter sein sollte. Da diese Funktionen im nächsten Kapitel beschreiben werden, lassen Sie alles wie von &app; eingerichtet und klicken Vor, um das letzte Bild des Assistenten zu öffnen. - + FUZZY-DE Im vierten Bild können Sie einen Anfangsbestand für jedes Konto angeben, was auch angezeigt ist, wenn das Konto ein Platzhalter sein sollte. Da diese Funktionen im nächsten Kapitel beschreiben werden, lassen Sie alles wie von &app; eingerichtet und klicken Vor, um das letzte Bild des Assistenten zu öffnen. + - + + + + @@ -1245,7 +1436,7 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK Konten einrichten - Die Abbildung zeigt den vierten Bildschirm + FUZZY-DE Die Abbildung zeigt den vierten Bildschirm des Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten, in dem Sie die ausgewählten Konten einrichten können. @@ -1258,7 +1449,12 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK Im letzten Bild des Assistenten klicken Sie auf Anwenden, um alle Konten zu erstellen und den Assistenten zu verlassen. - + + + + @@ -1288,7 +1484,7 @@ gcashdata.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK gcashdata.gnucash.LCK - + diff --git a/guide/de/ch_budgets.xml b/guide/de/ch_budgets.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d82ebdf41..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_budgets.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Budgets - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_bus_ap.xml b/guide/de/ch_bus_ap.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 601b7aba1..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_bus_ap.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,351 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Kreditorenbuchhaltung - Die Kreditorenbuchhaltung bezieht sich auf Lieferungen und Leistungen, die ein Unternehmen gekauft hat und nun bezahlen muss. - - - Starteinrichtung - - Die Durchführung der Einrichtung ist in - beschrieben. - - - - Systemkomponenten - &app; hat eine integrierte Kreditorenbuchhaltung. - Die von der Kreditorenbuchhaltung erzeugten Geschäftsvorfälle werden im - Konto Verbindlichkeiten aus Lieferung und Leistung aufgezeichnet. - In der Regel arbeiten Sie nicht direkt mit diesem Konto, sondern nutzen - die vier integierten &app; Passiva-Anwendungsbestandteile. - Die Passiva-Anwendungsbestandteile sind im Umtermenü Geschäft - Kunden erreichbar. Diese - Passiva-Anwendungsbestandteile sind : - - - - Lieferanten sind Personen oder Unternehmen, von denen Sie - Produkte oder Leistungen auf Kredit gekauft haben. - - - Lieferantenrechnungen bilden die materiellen - Rechnungen ab, die Lieferanten senden, um von Ihnen Zahlungen zu erhalten. - Eine Rechnung enthält eine aufgegliederte Liste der Waren und Leistungen, - die Sie gekauft haben. - Zusätzlich unterstützt &app; auch - Gutschriften, - welche die Umkehrung der Rechnung bilden. Eine Gutschrift erhält man - gewöhnlich vom Lieferanten, um Posten zu korrigieren, die irrtümlich - in Rechnung gestellt oder zurückgesandt wurden.. - Beide Dokumentenarten werden mit den gleichen Menüpunkten eingerichtet. - - - Unter Aufträge (optional) können Sie Lieferantenaufträge - eintragen. Aufträge sind eine Einrichtung, mit der Sie mehrere Rechnungen - eines einzelnen Lieferanten gruppieren kann. - - - Unter Zahlung verarbeiten… können Sie Zahlungen - an einen Lieferanten aufzeichnen, dem Sie Geld schulden. - - - - Die folgenden Abschnitte führen in die einzelnen Passiva-Anwendungsbestandteile ein. - - - - Lieferanten - Ein Lieferant ist eine Gesellschaft oder eine Person, von der Sie - Waren oder Leistungen beziehen. Lieferanten müssen im Passiva-System - registiert sein. - - - Neuer Lieferant - Um einen neuen Lieferanten zu registrieren, wählen Sie den Menüeintrag - GeschäftLieferant - Neuer Lieferant…. - Geben Sie die allgemeinen Informationen über den Lieferanten, wie Firmenname, - Adresse, Telefon- und Faxnummer etc ein. Unten finden Sie eine Liste - weiterer Optionen: - - So sieht das Registrierungsfenster für einen neuen Lieferanten aus: - - - - - - - Registrierungsfenster - Neuer Lieferant - - - Registrierungsfenster - Neuer Lieferant - - - - - - - - Lieferant suchen - - Um einen existierenden Lieferanten zu suchen, nutzen Sie das Fenster - GeschäftLieferant - Lieferanten suchen…. - Sie wählen einen Lieferanten mit Lieferant anzeigen/bearbeiten - aus den Suchergebnissen aus. Dieses Fenster wird auch benutzt, um einen - Lieferanten zu suchen, wenn Rechnungen eingehen und Zahlungen geleistet werden. - - - - - - - Fenster - Lieferanten suchen - - - Lieferanten suchen - - - - - Wenn viele Lieferanten den Suchkriterien entsprechen, kann die - gewählte Suche durch eine zusätzliche Suche in den aktuellen Suchergebnissen - verfeinert werden. Das aktuelle Ergebnis wird durchsucht, wenn der - Radiobutton Verfeinern der aktuellen Suche ausgewählt - ist. Tatsächlich wählt &app; diese Option - für Sie, nachdem Sie die anfängliche Suche haben laufen lassen. - - Wenn der Lieferant, den Sie suchen, nicht den gewählten - Suchkriterien entspricht, können Sie die Suchkriterien durch Klicken - des Radiobutton Neue - Suche und dann der Schaltfläche Suchen - ändern. Der wichtige Schritt ist die Auswahl Neue Suche. - Wenn der Lieferant nicht im Ergebnis der ursprünglichen Suche ist - und Sie nur in diesem Ergebnissatz suchen, kann der Lieferant trotz - neuer Suchkriterien nicht gefunden werden. - - - Um eine Liste aller registrierten aktiven Lieferanten zu erhalten, - setzen Sie das Suchkriterium auf entspricht regulärem Ausdruck - und setzen einen einzelnen Punkt . in das Texteingabefeld. - Stellen Sie sicher, dass Nur aktive Daten durchsuchen - ausgewählt ist. Dann klicken Sie Suchen. Der reguläre - Ausdruck . findet alles. - - - - - - Lieferantenrechnung - Eine Lieferantenrechnung ist eine Zahlungsaufforderung von einem - Lieferanten. &app; kann Rechnungen verfolgen. - - Eine Gutschrift ist ein Dokument, dass Sie vom Lieferanten erhalten, - um geleistete Lieferungen oder Leistungen zu berichtigen, die in einer - Rechnung falsch berechnet wurden. &app; kann - Gutschriften durch dieselben Menüeinträge wie bei Rechnungen erzeugen und verfolgen . - - - Dieser Abschnitt trifft sowohl auf Rechnungen als auch auf - Gutschriften zu. Um Wiederholungen zu vermeiden und den Text - leichter lesbar zu halten, wird er sich nur auf Rechnungen beziehen. Sie können ihn - genauso auf Gutschriften anwenden. Nur wo sich das Verhalten der Gutschriften von - den Rechnungen unterscheidet, wird dies ausdrücklich angesprochen. - - - - Neu - Wenn Sie eine Rechnung von einem Lieferanten erhalten und diese - in &app; eingeben wollen, müssen Sie eine - neue Rechnung erstellen. Um eine neue Rechnung zu erstellen, nutzen Sie - den Menüeintrag GeschäftLieferant - Neue Rechnung, und füllen das - erscheinende Fenster entsprechend aus. - - - - - - - Registrierungsfenster: Neue Rechnung - - - Registrierungsfenster: Neue Rechnung - - - - - Wenn Sie nun auf OK klicken, öffnet sich - Neue Lieferantenrechnung bearbeiten. - - - - Neue Lieferantenrechnung bearbeiten - Im Fenster Neue Lieferantenrechnung bearbeiten können Sie eine - aufgeschlüsselte Liste der Waren und Leistungen, die Sie erworben haben, - in ähnlicher Weise wie die Kontenregistrierung eingeben. Für Gutschriften - geben Sie stattdessen eine aufgeschlüsselte Liste der Waren und Leistungen - ein, die der Lieferant erstattet. - - - - - - - Neue Lieferantenrechnung bearbeiten - - - Neue Lieferantenrechnung bearbeiten - - - - - Wenn Sie die Eingabe aller Elemente beendet haben, müssen Sie - diese Rechnung in Ihre Konten buchen. - - - - Diese Rechnung in Ihre Konten buchen - Wenn Sie die Eingabe einer Rechnung beendet haben, müssen Sie - diese Rechnung in Ihre Konten buchen. Sie müssen - nicht sofort die Rechnung in die Konten buchen; Sie können das Fenster - schließen und später dahin zurückkehren. In diesem Fall müssen Sie dann - noch die Rechnung buchen. Erst das Buchen der Rechnung stellt ihre - Geschäftsvorfälle in ein Verbindlichkeitskonto ein. - Das Buchungsfenster erscheint und fordert von Ihnen, Informationen einzugeben: - - - - - - - - Buchungsfenster - - - Buchungsfenster - - - - - - - - Suchen - Um eine vorhandene Rechnung zu suchen, nutzen Sie den Menüeintrag - GeschäftLieferant - Lieferantenrechnung suchen…. - Von den Suchergebnissen können Sie eine Rechnung zur Bearbeitung oder - zur Ansicht auswählen. - - Bevor Sie eine gebuchte Rechnung bearbeiten können, müssen Sie - die Rechnungsbuchung rückgängig machen. - - - - Es gibt andere Wege, auf eine vorhandene Rechnung zuzugreifen. - Diese sind ähnlich wie der Zugriff auf Ausgangsrechnungen für Ihre - Kunden. Siehe auch für mehr Informationen. - - - - - - Lieferantenaufträge - Lieferantenaufträge werden benutzt, um mehrere Rechnungen und - Gutschriften von einem einzelnen Lieferanten zusammenzufassen. Die Nutzung - dieser Funktion ist freigestellt. Die Funktion ist nützlich, wenn Sie - mehrere Aufträge für denselben Lieferanten haben - und alle Rechnungen und Gutschriften für einen einzelnen Auftrag anschauen - wollen. - Um Aufträge zu nutzen, müssen Sie diese unter - GeschäftLieferantNeuer Auftrag - erstellen. Sie werden nun das Fenster - Neuer Auftrag sehen. - - - - - - - - Neuer Lieferantenauftrag - - - Neuer Lieferantenauftrag - - - - - Um einen vorhandenen Lieferantenauftrag zu bearbeiten, nutzen - Sie den Menüeintrag Geschäft - LieferantAufträge suchen. - Wählen Sie den gewünschten Auftrag in den Suchergebnissem und klicken - Sie die Schaltfläche Auftrag anzeigen/bearbeiten. - - Um eine Auswahl unter den Rechnungen, die mit einem gegebenen - Auftrag verbunden sind, zu treffen, nutzen Sie den Menüeintrag - GeschäftLieferant - Auftrag suchen. Wählen Sie den - gewünschten Auftrag in den Suchergebnissen und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche - Rechnungen anzeigen. Ein Fenster erscheint, das - die Rechnungen und Gutschriften, die mit diesem Auftrag verbunden sind, - auflistet. Wählen Sie eine Rechnung oder Gutschrift und klicken Sie - die Schaltfläche Rechnung anzeigen, um den - Rechnungseditor im Hauptanwendungsfenster zu öffnen. - - - - Zahlung verarbeiten - Irgendwann müssen Sie Ihre Rechnungen auch bezahlen. Dazu nutzen - Sie die Zahlungsanwendung unter Geschäft - LieferantZahlung verarbeiten… - . - - Darunter ist das Fenster &app; Zahlungen verarbeiten. - - - - - - - Zahlungen verarbeiten - - - Zahlungen verarbeiten - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_bus_ar.xml b/guide/de/ch_bus_ar.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 74943ddf7..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_bus_ar.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,571 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Debitorenbuchhaltung - - Die Debitorenbuchhaltung (OP = Offene Posten) bezieht sich auf Lieferungen oder Leistungen, - die von Ihrem Unternehmen bereitgestellt, aber bisher noch nicht bezahlt wurden. - - - Starteinrichtung - - Die Durchführung der Einrichtung ist in -beschrieben. - - - - - - - Systemkomponenten - - &app; hat eine integrierte Debitorenbuchhaltung. Die von - der Debitorenbuchhaltung generierten Geschäftsvorfälle werden innerhalb der Forderungskonten - aufgezeichnet. Normalerweise werden Sie nicht direkt mit diesen Konten arbeiten. - Sie werden normalerweise mit den vier integrierten &app; Debitorenanwendungen - arbeiten, die im Menü unter Geschäft - Kunden zu finden sind. Diese vier Komponenten sind: - - - - Kunden sind Menschen oder Unternehmen, denen - Sie Waren oder Dienstleistungen auf Kredit verkaufen. - - - - Rechnungen stellen in diesem Zusammenhang - die physikalischen Ausgangsrechnungen dar, die Sie an den Kunden - zur Zahlungsanforderung gesandt haben. Diese Ausgangsrechnung enthält eine - Aufzählung der Posten, die Sie verkauften. - Zusätzlich bietet &app; auch Unterstützung - für Gutschriften, welche die Umkehrung einer - Ausgangsrechnung darstellen. Eine Gutschrift wird normalerweise dem Kunden - ausgehändigt, um die Posten zu korrigieren, die falsch berechnet oder zurückgegeben wurden. - Beide Dokumententypen werden mit dem selben Menüpunkt erstellt. - - - - Unter Aufträge (optional) können Sie Kundenaufträge - eintragen. Aufträge sind eine Einrichtung, mit der Sie mehrere Rechnungen für - einen bestimmten Kunden zusammenfassen können - - - - Zahlung verarbeiten… wird benutzt, - um Zahlungen zu verzeichnen, die Sie vom Kunden erhalten haben. - - - - - - Kunden - - Kunden sind Menschen oder Unternehmen, denen Sie Waren oder Dienstleistungen verkaufen. - Sie müssen in Ihrer Debitorenbuchhaltung registriert werden.. - - - Neuer Kunde - - Um einen neuen Kunden einzutragen, öffnen Sie das Menü - GeschäftKunden - Neuer Kunde…. - Geben Sie die Kundeninformationen ein, wie - Name des Unternehmens, Adresse, Telefon-, Faxnummer etc. - - - - - - - - - Registrierungsfenster -Neuer Kunde - - - Registrierungsfenster - Neuer Kunde - - - - - - - Suchen und Bearbeiten - - Um einen existierenden Kunden zu suchen, nutzen Sie das Fenster - GeschäftKunden - Kunde suchen…. Sie wählen - einen Kunden aus den Ergebnissen der Suche aus mit der Schaltfläche - anzeigen/bearbeiten. Dieses Fenster wird auch genutzt, - um Kunden zur Erstellung von Ausgangsrechnungen und zur Verarbeitung - von Zahlungen nachzuschlagen. - - - - - - - - - Fenster: Kunden suchen - - - Fenster: Kunden suchen - - - - Wenn viele Kunden auf die von Ihnen gewählten Suchkriterien passen, kann die - Suche durch eine zusätzliche Suche in den aktuellen Suchergebnissen verfeinert werden. - Das aktuelle Suchergebnis wird durchsucht, wenn der Radiobutton Verfeinern der - aktuellen Suche ausgewählt ist. Tatsächlich wählt &app; - diese Option für Sie, nachdem Sie die anfängliche Suche haben laufen lassen. - - Wenn der Kunde, den Sie suchen, nicht den eingegebenen Suchkriterien - entspricht, ändern Sie die Suchkriterien durch Klick auf den Radiobutton Neue - Suche und dann auf die Schaltfläche Suchen. - Der relevante Schritt ist die Auswahl Neue Suche. - Wenn der Kunde nicht in dem Ergebnis der Originalsuche enthalten ist und - Sie nur in diesem Ergebnis suchen, kann der Kunde unabhängig von den - neuen Suchkriterien nicht gefunden werden. - - - Um eine Liste aller registrierten aktiven Kunden zu erhalten, setzen - Sie als Suchkriterium entspricht regulärem Ausdruck und einen - einfachen Punkt . in das Textfeld. Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Radiobutton - Nur aktive Daten durchsuchen ausgewählt ist. Nun klicken Sie auf - Suchen. Der reguläre Ausdruck . findet alles. - - - - - - - Ausgangsrechnungen - - Eine Ausgangsrechnung ist ein Papier, das Sie an einen Kunden - senden, um eine Zahlung für eine Lieferung oder Leistung zu veranlassen. - &app; kann Rechnungen generieren und aufzeichnen. - - Eine Gutschrift ist ein Papier, das Sie einem Kunden senden, um - eine fehlerhaft generierte Rechnung für Lieferungen und Leistungen zu - korrigieren. &app; kann Gutschriften - über das gleiche Menü generieren und aufzeichnen wie die Rechnungen. - - - Dieser Abschnitt gilt sowohl für Ausgangsrechnungen als auch für Gutschriften. - Um zu vermeiden, alles zweimal zu wiederholen und den Text einfacher lesbar zu halten, - werden nur Rechnungen behandelt. Sie können ihn auch auf - Gutschriften anwenden. Nur dort, wo sich das Verhalten der Gutschriften von dem - der Rechnungen unterscheidet, wird dies ausdrücklich erwähnt. - - - - Neue Ausgangsrechnung - - Um eine Ausgangsrechnung an einen Kunden zu senden, müssen Sie - zunächst ein neues Dokument erstellen. Um eine Rechnung zu erstellen, - nutzen Sie GeschäftKunde - Neue Rechnung…. Das - Fenster Neue Rechnung muss entsprechend ausgefüllt werden. - - - - - - - - - Erstellen einer neuen Rechnung - - - Erstellen einer neuen Rechnung - - - - Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche OK klicken, öffnet sich das - Fenster Neue Rechnung. - - - - Bearbeiten - - Im Fenster Rechnung bearbeiten können Sie eine aufgeschlüsselte - Liste der Waren und Leistungen, die Sie mit dieser Rechnung verkauften, - in ähnlicher Weise wie die Kontenregistrierung eingeben. - Für die Gutschriften geben Sie stattdessen eine aufgeschlüsselte Liste - der Waren und Leistungen ein, die Sie gutgeschrieben haben. - - - - - - - - - Rechnung bearbeiten - - - Rechnung bearbeiten - - - - Wenn Sie alle Posten eingegeben haben, können Sie die Rechnung - Buchen und drucken. - - - - Buchen - - Wenn Sie die Bearbeitung der Rechnung beendet haben und bereit - sind, diese zu drucken, müssen Sie die Rechnung Buchen. - Die Rechnung muss nicht sofort gebucht werden. In der Tat sollten - Sie eine Rechnung nur Buchen, wenn Sie bereit sind, diese zu drucken. - Das Buchen einer Rechnung stellt den Geschäftsvorfall in die - Debitorenbuchhaltung ein. - - - - - - - - - Rechnung buchen - - - Rechnung buchen - - - - - - - Suchen - - Um eine existierende Rechnung zu finden, nutzen Sie den Menüentrag - GeschäftKunden - Rechnung suchen…. - In den Suchergebnissen können Sie eine Rechnung auswählen, um diese - zu betrachten oder zu bearbeiten. - - - Bevor Sie eine gebuchte Rechnung bearbeiten können, müssen Sie die - Rechnungsbuchung rückgängig machen. - - - Ein Gestaltungsziel in &app;’s - Debitorenbuchhaltung war, verschiedene Wege zum gleichen Ziel zu erlauben. - So können Sie eine Ausgangsrechnung auf verschiedenen Wegen erreichen, - abhängig davon, wie Sie über das Problem denken: - - - - Sie können zuerst den Kunden suchen und dann dessen Rechnungen. - - - - Sie können die Rechnungen nach der Nummer oder dem Unternehmensnamen - suchen. - - - - Sie können die Rechnungen auflisten, die mit einem Kundenauftrag verbunden sind. - - - - - - Drucken - - Nach dem Buchen einer Rechnung sollten Sie diese durcken und an Ihren - Kunden senden. Um eine Rechnung zu drucken, Nutzen Sie den Menüeintrag Datei - Rechnung drucken. - - - - - - - - - Druckausgabe Rechnung - - - Druckausgabe Rechnung - - - - - Sie können das Erscheinungsbild der Rechnung ändern, z.B. - ein Firmenlogo etc. hinzufügen. Wie das geht, steht unter . - - - Rechnungen können auch vom Hauptfenster aus ausgedruckt werden, indem dort - aus dem Hauptmenü BerichteGeschäft - Druckbare Rechnung… - Hauptmenü ausgewählt wird. Das sich ergebende Berichtsfenster stellt - fest, dass keine gültige Rechnung ausgewählt wurde. Um - die Rechnung zum Drucken auszuwählen: - - - - Nutzen Sie die Schaltfläche Optionen in der - Werkzeugleiste oder wählen Sie in der Menüleiste - BearbeitenBerichtsoptionen - aus. - - - - Wählen Sie den Reiter Allgemein im Dialog - Druckbare Rechnung. - - - - Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Auswahl - in der Nähe des Feldes Rechnungsnummer. - - - - Suchen Sie wie üblich nach der Rechnung. - - - - Sie können auch die Rechnung innerhalb des Zahlungsprozessdialogs ausdrucken. - Schauen Sie dazu unter für die Anweisungen, - wie dies durchzuführen ist. - - - - Erste Rechnungsnummer zuweisen - - Standardmäßig startet &app; mit der Rechnungmmer 1 und zählt ab da hoch. - Sie können eine Rechnungsnummer jedesmal händisch in die Textbox eingeben, wenn Sie - eine Rechnung erstellen. Aber dies ist ermüdend, und früher oder später führt dies zu - doppelten Nummern. - - Sie können die erste Rechnungsnummer ändern, wenn dies für Sie wichtig ist. - Nutzen Sie DateiEigenschaften - , greifen Sie auf den Reiter Zähler - zu, ändern Sie den Wert der Rechnungsnummer dergestalt, - dass sie um eins kleiner ist als Ihre erwartete erste Rechnungsnummer, und - klicken Sie die Schaltfläche OK oder die Schaltfläche - Anwenden. - - - - - Kundenaufträge - - Kundenaufträge werden genutzt, um viele Rechnungen und Gutschriften - für den gleichen Kunden zusammenzufassen. Die Nutzung der Funktion Kundenaufträge - ist freiwillig. Die Eigenschaft ist nützlich, wenn Sie viele Aufträge - für den gleichen Kunden haben, und wenn Sie alle Rechnungen - und Gutschriften zu einer einzelnen Auftrag auf einem Blick sehen wollen. - - - - - - - - - Neue Kundenauftrag - - - Neue Kundenauftrag - - - - Um Kundenauftrag zu nutzen, müssen Sie diese erstellen, in dem - Sie den Menüeintrag GeschäftKunden - Neuer Auftrag… nutzen. - Sie werden das Fenster Neuer Auftrag sehen. - - Um eine vorhandene Kundenauftrag zu bearbeiten, nutzen Sie den - Menüeintrag GeschäftKunden - Suche Auftrag…. Wählen Sie - den erwünschten Auftrag in den Suchergebnissen und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche - Auftrag ansehen/bearbeiten. - - Zum Auswählen der Rechnungen und Gutschriften, die mit einer Auftrag - verbunden sind, nutzen Sie den Menüeintrag - GeschäftKundenAuftrag suchen… - . Wählen Sie die gewünschte Auftrag in den - Suchergebnissen und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechnungsansicht. - Ein Fenster mit einer Liste von Rechnungen und Gutschriften, die mit - diesem Auftrag verbunden sind, erscheint. Wählen Sie eine Rechnung oder - Gutschrift aus und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechnungsansicht, - um das Rechnungsbearbeitungsfenster im Hauptanwendungsfenster zu öffnen. - - - - - Zahlung verarbeiten - - Möglicherweise werden Sie Zahlung von Ihren Kunden für offene - Rechnunge erhalten. Um diese Zahlungen aufzuzeichnen, nutzen Sie die - Anwendung Zahlung verarbeiten, zu finden unter Geschäft - KundenZahlung verarbeiten… - . - - - - - - - - - Zahlung verarbeiten - - - Zahlung verarbeiten - - - - - - Änderung des Erscheinungbildes der Rechnung - - Die Standardausführung der Rechnung - wie in dargestellt, ist ziemlich öde. Die Standardausführung - der Rechnung lässt den oberen Teil des Formulars frei. So können Sie es auf Kopfbögen Ihrer - Firma drucken. Sie können einiges machen, um das Erscheinungsbild der Rechnung - zu ändern. - - Nutzen Sie Datei - Eigenschaften, um Ihre Firmenangaben im Register - Geschäft des Fensters Buch-Optionen einzugeben. - Einige der eingegebenen Informationen werden auf der rechten Seite der Rechnungen gedruckt. - - Um einen individualisierten Hintergrund, ein Kopfbanner oder Logo - zu den Rechnungen hinzuzufügen, ändern Sie die Rechnungsstilvorlagen. - Um dies zu tun, gehen Sie zu Bearbeiten - Stilvorlagen und wählen die - Schaltfläche Neu im Fenster HTML-Stilvorlage - auswählen aus, welches erscheint. - Sie werden ein Fenster wie dieses sehen: - - - - - - - - - Neue Stilvorlage - - - Neue Stilvorlage. - - - - Geben Sie der neuen Stilvorlage einen Namen - (z.B. Kundenrechnung) und wählen Sie die Vorlage - Elegant. Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche OK - Schaltfläche klicken, wird das Fenster Eigenschaften HTML-Stilvorlage - angezeigt. Dieses Fenter zeigt Ihnen fünf Abschnitte am linken Rand: - Farben, Schriftarten, - Allgemein, Bilder und - Tabellen. Der Abschnitt Farben - erlaubt Ihnen die Farben der verschiedenen Elemente der Rechnung zu ändern. - Im Abschnitt Schriftarten können Sie Schriftart und -größe - einstellen. Der Abschnitt Allgemein erlaubt Ihnen die - Sachbearbeiter und Erstellt für: - Information festzulegen und Links aktivieren. - Der Abschnitt Bilder erlaubt Ihnen Grafiken in die - Stilvorlage zu importieren. Der Abschnitt Tabellen - erlaubt es Ihnen den Raum um die Tabelle einzustellen, welche die Rechnung ausmachen. - - Um ein Firmenlogo, ein Kopfbanner und ein Hintergrundbild einzubinden, - nutzen Sie Ihr bevorzugtes Grafikprogramm wie The Gimp - oder OpenOffice Draw, um die Bilder entweder im - GIF- oder PNG-Format zu speichern. - Dann importieren Sie diese in die Stilvorlage, indem Sie den Abschnitt - Bilder wie oben beschrieben nutzen. - - Nachstehend ein Beispiel, das die Importe aller drei Bildarten zeigt. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel HTML Stilvorlagen - - - Das HTML Stilvorlagenfenster mit - einem Beipiel Hintergrundkachel, Kopfbanner and Logo. - - - - - Die Bilder werden in der Rechnung wie folgt plaziert. Die - Hintergrundkachel wird gekachelt, um das Hintergrundbild - zu werden. Das Kopfbanner geht über den Rechnungstext - und das Logo wird in die obere linke Ecke der Rechnung - links vom Kopfbanner untergebracht. Möglicherweise müssen Sie einige Bilder unterschiedlicher - Größe ausprobieren, bis Sie die Rechnung schön ausdrucken können. - Einige Größenempfehlungen sind, dass das Logo 1 cm² groß und das Kopfbanner - 15 cm breit und 1 cm hoch sein sollten. - - - Nachdem Sie die Stilvorlage konfiguriert haben, wählen Sie beim Drucken der Rechnung - die zu nutzende Stilvorlage im Optionen-Menü. - Nachfolgend sehen Sie die sich daraus ergebende Rechnung nach Anwendung der oben - dargestellten Stilvorlage. - - - - - - - - - HTML Stilvorlage Beispiel - - - Die scheußliche Rechnung, die sich aus den in der - Stilvorlage ausgewählten Grafiken ergibt. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_bus_intro.xml b/guide/de/ch_bus_intro.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8265a1eba..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_bus_intro.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Vorstellung für Geschäftsleute - - - Die Anforderungen an eine geschäftliche Buchhaltung unterscheiden - sich sehr von der einer persönlichen. - Im Wirtschaftsleben gibt es Kunden, die Geld schulden (Debitoren), - Lieferanten, denen Geld geschuldet wird (Kreditoren ), Arbeitnehmer - Gehaltskosten, kompliziertere Steuergesetze etc. - &app; bietet geschäftlich orientierte - Eigenschaften, um diese Anforderungen zu unterstützen. - - Im Wirtschaftsleben wird die Debitorenbuchhaltung genutzt, - um Verkäufe aufzuzeichen, die nicht sofort bezahlt werden. - Dies wird in der Bilanz als Aktiva dargestellt, weil die Erwartung - besteht, dass Sie die Zahlung bald erhalten werden. - - - In der Kreditorenbuchhaltung werden die - (Eingangs-)Rechnungen aufgezeichnet, die Sie erhalten haben, aber - später bezahlt werden dürfen. - Dies wird in der Bilanz als Verbindlichkeit dargestellt, weil Sie - diese bezahlen müssen. - - - Konten für Lieferungen und Leistungen und für Verbindlichkeiten - werden in erster Linie dafür genutzt, wenn Sie eine Menge Rechnungen - und Lieferscheine haben, die ein- und ausgehen, und Sie nicht den - Überblick verlieren wollen, gerade weil Sie nicht rechtzeitig zahlen oder - bezahlt werden. Für die meisten Privatnutzer ist die Debitoren- - und Kreditorenbuchhaltung zu schwierig, um der Mühe wert zu sein. - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_bus_pay.xml b/guide/de/ch_bus_pay.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 348494e2d..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_bus_pay.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,304 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Payroll - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_bus_setup.xml b/guide/de/ch_bus_setup.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b94f118c0..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_bus_setup.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,452 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Einrichtung der geschäftlichen Buchhaltung - - Um &app; so einzurichten, Debitoren- - und Kreditorenkonten für Unternehmen zu händeln, müssen diese - vorbereitenden Schritte durchgeführt werden. - - Erstellen Sie eine sachgemäße Kontenhierarchie. - Richten Sie Steuertabellen ein. - Tragen Sie das Unternehmen in &app; ein. - Setzen Sie die geschäftlichen Eigenschaften. - Richten Sie Zahlungsbedingungen ein. - - - - - Konteneinrichtung - - Es gibt viele verschiedene Möglichkeiten, eine Geschäftskontenhierarchie - einzurichten. Sie können mit der Einrichtung der Geschäftskonten anfangen, - die mit dem Neuen Kontenplan erstellen Assistenten zur Verfügung - gestellt werden oder einen Kontenplan händisch erstellen. Um auf - die vorgefertigten Geschäftskontenpläne zuzugreifen, - starten Sie &app; und - klicken auf DateiNeue Datei - und fahren fort, bis Sie eine Liste der - verfügbaren Kontenpläne sehen. Dort wählen Sie - den gewünschten Kontenrahmen (z.B. SKR03 oder SKR04) aus. - - Die vorgefertigte Geschäftskontenhierarchie wird nicht exakt Ihren Bedürfnissen - entsprechen. Sie werden Anpassungen an der Kontenhierarchie durchführen, damit diese Ihre - spezielle Situation wiedergibt. Sie sollte aber tauglich genug sein, - damit beginnen zu können. - - Um &app;’s eingebaute Debitorenbuchhaltung - zu nutzen, müssen Sie zunächst ein Konto (üblicherweise als Unterkonto - unter Aktiva) mit der Kontenart Offene Forderungen einrichten. - Innerhalb dieses Kontos wird die integrierte Debitorenbuchhaltung Geschäftsvorfälle buchen. - - - Um &app;’s eingebaute - Kreditorenbuchhaltung nutzen zu können, müssen Sie dann, ein Konto - üblicherweise als Unterkonto unter Passiva mit - der Kontoart Offene Verbindlichkeiten einrichten. - Innerhalb dieses Kontos wird die integrierte - Kreditorenbuchhaltung Geschäftsvorfälle buchen. - - - -Basis Kontenhierarchie für Debitoren- und Kreditorenbuchhaltung: - --Aktiva - -Forderungskonten - -Bankkonten --Aufwendungen - ...(nach Bedarf) --Erträge - -Verkäufe --Verbindlichkeiten - -Verbindlichkeiten aus Lieferungen und Leistungen - -Steuern - -Steuern auf Ankäufe (Vorsteuer) - -Steuern auf Verkäufe (Umsatzsteuer) - - - Sie müssen zusätzliche Konten dieser Hierarchie hinzufügen, - um diese nutzbar zu machen. - - - Sie brauchen keine individuellen Konten für Forderungen aus - Lieferungen und Leistungen für jeden Kunden anzulegen. - &app; behält den einzelnen Kunden - intern im Auge und liefert einen Bericht für jeden Kunden auf der - Grundlage der internen Verfolgung. Das gleiche gilt für Verbindlichkeiten - aus Lieferungen und Leistungen und den Lieferanten. - - - - Wenn Sie mit den Kunden in mehr als einer Währung zu tun haben, - benötigen Sie für jede Währung ein eigenes Konto - Offene Forderung. - - - - Wenn Sie mit den Lieferanten in mehr als einer Währung zu tun haben, - benötigen Sie für jede Währung ein eigenes Konto - Verbindlichkeiten aus Lieferungen und Leistungen. - - - Buchungen, an denen die Konten Offene Forderungen oder Verbindlichkeiten - beteiligt sind, sollten nicht in irgendeiner anderen Art und Weise hinzugefügt, - geändert oder gelöscht werden als unter Nutzung von: - - einbuchen/ausbuchen der Eingangs-/Ausgangsrechnung/Gutschrift oder - Zahlungsvorganges - - - - - - - - Steuertabellen - - Steuertabellen können genutzt werden, um die Steuer für die - Ausgangsrechnung an den Kunden (oder die Eingangsrechnung des Lieferanten) - zu ermitteln. - - - Eine Steuertabelle kann der Zeile Ausgangsrechnung oder Eingangsrechnung - zugewiesen werden. - - Erstellen Sie eine individuelle Steuertabelle für Kunden und - Lieferanten. - - Die Standardausgangsrechnung-Steuertabelle kann jedem Kunden - und die Standardeingangsrechnung-Steuertabelle jedem Lieferanten - zugewiesen werden. - - - Die Standardsteuertabelle für neue Kunden oder neuen Lieferanten - kann in dem Fenster Buch-Optionen bestimmt werden, - auf das Sie unter Datei - Eigenschaften - Reiter Geschäft - zugreifen können. - - - Steuertabellen werden durch Nutzung des Editors - Steuertabellen genutzt, auf den Sie im Menü unter - GeschäftSteuertabellen - zugreifen können. - - -
- Steuertabellen - - - - - - - - - - - Editor Steuertabellen-Editor - - - - -
- -
- Neue Steuertabellen - - - - - - - - - - - Neue Steuertabellen - - - - -
- - - - Name: Dies ist der Name der Steuertabelle. - - - Typ: Entweder Prozent % - oder Wert € -. - - - Wert: -Dies ist der Prozentsatz oder der Wert abhängig vom Typ. - - - Konto: Dies ist das Konto, auf welches die Steuer gebucht werden wird. - Für Steuern, die von Kunden erhoben werden, sollte dies wohl ein Verbindlichkeitskonto sein, weil dies an die Steuerverwaltung bezahlt werden muss. - Für Steuer, die an Lieferanten gezahlt werden, sollte dies, - wenn die Steuergesetze Vorsteuerabzug ermöglichen, wohl auch - ein Verbindlichkeitskonto sein (auch wenn es üblicherweise einen - negativen Stand aufweist). So kann der Nettobetrag der Steuer, - die der Verwaltung geschuldet wird, einfach festgestellt werden, - - Wenn Sie Umsatzsteuer und Vorsteuer als Unterkonten von - Verbindlichkeiten:Steuern einrichten, wird die Nettosteuer ständig - berechnet und erscheint im &app; Kontenreiter. - - Wenn Sie wegen steuergesetzlicher Anforderungen - unsicher sind, holen Sie professionellen Rat ein! - - - - - - Unternehmensregistrierung - - Nachdem Sie die Kontenstruktur erstellt und die Steuertabellen - eingerichtet haben, registrieren Sie die &app; - Datei als zum Unternehmen gehörig. Um Ihr Unternehmen zu registrieren, - wählen Sie den Reiter Geschäft in dem Fenster - Buch-Optionen, auf das Sie unter - DateiEigenschaften - zugreifen können. - - -
- Unternehmensregistrierung - - - - - - - - - - - Unternehmensregistrierung - - - - -
- - Hier können Sie: - - - - den Namen Ihres Unternehmens mit den Kontaktinformationen - wie Telefon-, Faxnummern, E-Mail Adresse und URL der Webseite eingeben. - - - - die Identifikationsnummer Ihres Unternehmens - (z.b die UStID) im Feld Firmennummer eingeben. - - - - Wählen Sie die Standardsteuertabellen für die üblichen - Kunden und Lieferanten aus. - - - - - - - Einstellungen für das Unternehmen - Stellen Sie die Optionen im Reiter Geschäft in den - &app; Einstellungen ein, auf welche Sie - unter BearbeitenEinstellungen - (GnuCashEinstellungen - unter MacOS). - - - - - - - Zahlungsbedingung - - Zahlungsbedingungen können genutzt werden, um das Zahlungsziel - festzulegen und um eine Richtschnur für die Festlegung des Skontos - bei vorzeitiger Zahlung der Ausgangsrechung (oder der Eingangsrechnung - des Lieferanten) zu sein. - - - - Seit &app; Version 2.6.7, werden - Zahlungsbedingungen nur teilweise unterstützt. Das Fälligkeitsdatum - wird mit Hilfe der Zahlungsbedingungen berechnet, aber nicht der - Skontobetrag. - - - Der Skonto für vorzeitige Zahlung ist nicht umgesetzt. Es gibt Wege, - wie dies getan werden kann. wenn auch keine davon empfohlen wird und - fragen Sie professionelle Berater um Rat, ob diese Bestimmungen - mit dem folgenden übereinstimmen: - - - Nach der Eingabe und der Buchung der Zahlung in voller - Höhe wird die Buchung der Zahlung manuell bearbeitet (gewöhnlich - dringend abgeraten) und die Zahlung gesplittet, um den Betrag - um den Skontobetrag zu reduzieren und eine ausgleichende Splitbuchung - auf einem Ertragskonto (Skonto) zu erstellen. - - - - - Alternative erstellen Sie nach der Eingabe und der Buchung - der Zahlung für den Skontobetrag eine Gutschrift und nutzen ein - spezielles negatives Ertragskonto aus Verkäufen (Skonto) als - Transfer konto. - - - - - - - Sie können die Zahlungsbedingungen für jede Eingangs-/Ausgangsrechnung - bestimmen. Die Zahlungsbedingungen der Ausgangsrechnung werden durch - die Kundenzahlungsbedingungen vorgegeben. Die Zahlungsbedingungen - der Eingangsrechnung werden durch die Lieferantenzahlungsbedingungen - vorgegeben. - - - Zahlungsbedingungen werden im Editor für die Zahlungsbedingungen - gepflegt, auf den Sie unter Geschäft - Zahlungsbedingungen… - zugreifen können. - - -
- Zahlungsbedingungen-Editor - - - - - - - - - - - Zahlungsbedingungen-Editor - - - - -
- -
- Neue Zahlungsbedingungen - - - - - - - - - - - Neue Zahlungsbedingungen - - - - -
- - - - Name: Der interne Name der Zahlungsbedingung. - Für einige Beispiele der Benennungen und Beschreibungen der - Zahlungsbedingungen schauen Sie unter . - - - - Beschreibung: Die Beschreibung der - Zahlungsbedingungen, wie Sie auf den Rechnungen gedruckt wird. - - - Es gibt zwei Arten von Zahlungsbedingungen, für die verschiedenen - Informationen eingegeben werden. - - - Art: Tage - - - Fälligkeitsdatum: Die Ausgangs- - oder Eingangsrechnung ist zur Zahlung innerhalb der Anzahl - dieser Tage nach dem Zugangsdatum. - - - Skontotag: Die Anzahl der Tage - nach dem Zugangsdatum während derer das Skonto für die - vorzeitige Zahlung angewendet wird. - - - - Skonto %: Der Skonto-Pozentsatz, - der für die vorzeitige Zahlung angewendet wird. - - - - - Type: Im nächsten Monat - - - Fälligkeitsdatum Tag des Monats, an dem die Rechnung fällig wird. - - - Stichtag Skonto: Der letzte Tag des Monats für den Skonto für die vorzeitige Zahlung - - - Skonto %: Der Skonto-Pozentsatz, - der für die vorzeitige Zahlung angewendet wird. - - - Stichtag Monatswechsel Der - Stichtag Monatswechsel gilt für Eingangsrechnungen. Nach - dem Monatswechsel werden die Rechnungen im folgenden Monat - angewandt. Negative Werte werden vom Ende des Monats - rückwärts gezählt. - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_capgain.xml b/guide/de/ch_capgain.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4b9cb8269..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_capgain.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,528 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Kapitalerträge - - Dieses Kapitel zeigt einige genutzte Verfahren, um die realisierten und nichtrealisierten Gewinne und Verluste zu beobachten, - besser bekannt als Kapitalerträge oder Kapitalverluste. - - - Grundlagen - - Dieses Kapitel zeigt einige genutzte Verfahren, um die realisierten - und nichtrealisierten Gewinne und Verluste zu beobachten, - besser bekannt als Kapitalerträge oder Kapitalverluste. - - Sicher wiederverkaufbare Anlagen können ihren Wert im Laufe der Zeit ändern, - wie zum Beispiel Aktien, Anleihen, Häuser oder Autos. - Einige Anlagen (z.B.: eine Aktie) können im Wert steigen, einge (z.B.: ein Auto) können im Wert abnehmen. - Es ist wichtig, in der Lage zu sein, einige dieser zeitabhängigen Vermögensbewertungen zu beobachten. - Dieses Kapitel zeigt Ihnen, wie das geht. - - Vermutlich alles, was Sie besitzen, steigt oder nimmt über die Zeit an Wert ab. - So stellt sich die Frage, für welche Anlage Sie die sich ändernden Werte beobachten sollten? - Die einfache Antwort ist, dass Sie nur solche Posten verfolgen sollten, die Sie in Zukunft gegen Bargeld verkaufen können oder die die Besteuerung betreffen. - - Verbrauchsmaterialien und Wegwerfartikel (z.B.: Lebensmittel, Treibstoffe - für Ihr Auto oder Druckpapier) sind offenbar nicht beteiligt. Somit, auch wenn - die neue Kleidung, die Sie jüngst gekauft haben, sicherlich an Wert verlieren - werden, wollen Sie nicht diesen Wertverlust verfolgen, weil Sie keine Absicht - zum Wiederverkauf der Kleidung haben und es keine steuerlichen Auswirkungen des - Wertverlustes der Kleidung gibt. So sollte für dieses Beispiel der Kauf von neuer Kleidung - als reine Ausgaben aufgezeichnet werden… Sie geben das Geld aus, und es ist weg.. - - Die Wertsteigerung der Anlage findet statt, wenn etwas, was Sie besitzen, über die Zeit im Wert ansteigt. - Wenn Sie eine Anlage besitzen, die im Wert angestiegen ist, wird die Differenz - zwischen dem Originalkaufpreis und dem neuen Wert als - nichtrealisierter Gewinn bezeichnet. Wenn Sie diese Anlage verkaufen, - wird der Gewinn, den Sie erzielen, als realisierter Gewinn oder - Kapitalertrag bezeichnet. Ein Beispiel einer Anlage, von der Sie nichtrealisierte Gewinne und eventuell Kapitalerträge haben können, ist eine Aktie eines - börsennotierten Unternehmens. - - - - Bewertung des Schätzwertes - - - Wie in der Einleitung zu diesem Kapitel erwähnt, sind Kapitalerträge - der Gewinn, den Sie durch den Verkauf einer Anlage erhalten. Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, - wie Sie die Kapitalerträge in &app; aufzeichnen. - - Die Kontoführung für die Behandlung einer Wertsteigerung der Anlage unterscheidet sich - ein wenig von einer Abschreibung, weil Sie sich normalerweisee mit dem Moment des Verkaufs der - Anlage und der Realisierung des Kapitalertrages beschäftigen. Dies steht im Gegensatz zur - stetigen Natur der aufgezeichneten Abschreibung. Kapitalerträge - sind ein wichtiges Thema in der Welt der Besteuerung, weil die Regierungen dazu - neigen, sich durchaus dafür zu interessieren, Kapitalerträge auf die eine oder andere Weise - zu besteuern. - - - Wie immer gibt es Ausnahmen. Wenn Sie eine Anleihe halten, die Ihnen - all ihre Zinsen bei Fälligkeit zahlt, verstehen die Steuerbehörden - dies oft so, als ob Sie diese Zinsen jedes Jahr erhalten und - verweigern Ihnen die Behandlung als Kapitalzuwachs. - Schlagen Sie in den anwendbaren Steuergesetzen nach, um die - bevorzugte Behandlung für jede von Ihnen gehaltene Anlagenart - festzustellen, welche von Kapitalertragssteuern betroffen sein können. - - - Die Berechnung der Wertsteigerung der Anlagen ist grundsätzlich - nicht einfach, weil es oft schwierig ist, den genauen Wert zu kennen, - bis zu dem Moment ihres Verkaufes. - - Wertpapiere, die täglich in offenen Märkten, wie Börsen, gehandelt werden, - sind möglicherweise die einfachste Anlagenart, um davon den Wert zu bestimmen. Der - Verkauf einer Anlage zum Marktpreis kann so einfach sein, wie einen Börsenmakler zu - beauftragen und ihm einen Börsenauftrag zu erteilen. - Auf der anderen Seite ist die Berechnung des Wertes eines Hauses schwieriger. - Häuser werden seltener als Aktien verkauft und die Verkäufer neigen dazu, - erhebliche Anstrengungen und Verhandlungen einzubeziehen, was bedeutet, - das die Berechnungen wahrscheinlich weniger genau sind. Ein - gebrauchtes Auto zu verkaufen, bedeutet in ähnlicher Weise einen - Verhandlungsprozess, der den Preis weniger vorhersehbar macht. - - Werte von Sammlerstücken wie Schmuck, Kunstwerke, Baseballkarten - und Beanie Babies sind noch schwieriger zu bestimmen. Die - Märkte für solche Objekte sind viel weniger offen als die Wertpapiermärkte - und weniger offen als der Immobilienmarkt. Schlechter sind noch Unikat-Anlagen. - Fabriken enthalten oft Pressen und Pressformen, die dazu angepasst sind, - ein sehr spezielles Produkt zu bauen und die zehn- oder hunderttausende Euros kosten; - diese Ausrüstung kann außerhalb dieses speziellen Zusammenhangs wertlos sein. - In diesen Fällen können verschiedene widersprüchliche Werte mit der Anlage - verbunden sein, von denen keiner eindeutig richtig ist. - - Eine generelle Faustregel für die Bewertung nichtrealisierter Gewinne - (oder Verluste) ist in der Buchhaltung, dass man nur Anlagen wie Aktien - neubewerten sollte, welche schnell verkäuflich sind und für die es eine sehr gute - Schätzung des Wertes gibt. Für alle anderen Anlagen ist es besser, einfach zu - warten, bis man sie verkauft, da man zu diesem Zeitpunkt den Kapitalertrag genau - bestimmen kann. Natürlich gibt es dafür keine strenge Regel, und tatsächlich mögen - dies verschiedene Buchhalter verschieden handhaben. - - - - Einrichten der Konten - - Wie bei den meisten buchhalterischen Methoden gibt es eine Vielzahl - verschiedener Wege, um Kapitalertragskonten einzurichten. Wir wollen hier - eine allgemeine Methode darstellen, die flexible genug ist, die meisten Situationen zu bewältigen. - Das erste Konto, das Sie benötigen, ist ein Konto Anschaffungskosten - (&app; Kontenart Anlagen), - das einfach ein Platz ist, wo Sie den Erwerb der Anlage aufzeichnen. - Üblicherweise kommt der Erwerb durch einen Geschäftsvorfall mit Ihrem Bankkonto zustande. - - Um die Wertschätzung der Anlage zu beobachten, benötigen Sie drei Konten. - Das Erste ist ein Aktivakonto Nichtrealisierte Gewinne, - auf welchem Sie die Summe aller Wertschätzung sammeln. - Das Aktivakonto Nichtrealisierte Gewinne wird durch das Ertragskonto Nichtrealiserte Gewinne ausgeglichen, - von welchem alle regelmäßigen Wertschätzungserträge aufgezeichnet werden. - Schließlich wird ein weiteres Ertragskonto benötigt, Realisierte Gewinne - genannt, auf welchem Sie die aktuellen Kapitalgewinne aus den Verkauf der Anlage aufzeichnen. - - Nachstehend ist eine allgemeine Kontenhierarchie, um die Wertschätzung von 2 - Anlagen zu beobachten, ITEM1 and ITEM2. - Die Konten Aktiva:Sachanlagen:ITEM1:Kosten werden durch das Konto - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto ausgeglichen, - die Konten Aktiva:Sachanlagen:ITEM1:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - werden durch Erträge:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne ausgeglichen (ähnlich wie ITEM2). - - --Aktiva - -Barvermögen - -Sparkonto - -Sachanlage - -ITEM1 - -Kosten - -Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - -ITEM2 - -Kosten - -Nichtrealisierte Gewinne --Erträge - -Realisierte Gewinne - -Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - - - - Beispiel - - Lassen Sie uns annehmen, Sie kaufen eine Anlage in der Erwartung, dass sie im Wert ansteigt, - wie das Degas Gemälde, und wollen dies beobachten. - (Die Versicherungsgesellschaft wird sich dafür interessieren, auch wenn es sonst keinen interessiert.) - - Starten Sie mit einer Kontenhierarchie wie sie ähnlich in - gezeigt wird, aber ersetzen Sie ITEM1 mit Degas - und Sie können die Konten ITEM2 entfernen. Wir nehmen an, dass das Degas Gemälde - einen Anfangswert von hunderttausend Euro hat. Beginnen Sie, in dem Sie selbst die - 100.000,- € auf Ihr Bankkonto einzahlen und übertragen Sie diesen Betrag dann von Ihrem Bankkonto - auf Ihr Konto Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Kosten - (der Vorgang zum Anlagenerwerb). Sie sollten nun ein - Hauptkontenfenster haben, das wie folgt aussieht: - - - - - - - - - Hauptfenster mit der Wertsteigerung der Anlagen - - - Wertsteigerung der Anlagen - Bespielfenster - - - - - - Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Einen Monat später haben Sie einen Grund anzunehmen, dass sich - der Wert des Gemäldes um 10.000,- € erhöht hat (ein nichtrealisierter Gewinn). - Um dies aufzuzeichnen, übertragen Sie 10.000,- € von Ihrem Ertragskonto Angewachsene Gewinne - (Ertrag:Nichtrealisierter Gewinn) auf Ihr Anlagenkonto Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - (Aktiva:Sachanlage:Degas:Nichtrealisierter Gewinn). Ihr - Hauptfenster sieht so ähnlich aus: - - - - - - - - - Hauptfenster mit der Wertsteigerung der Anlagen - - - Kontenplan nach Nichtrealisierten Gewinnen - - - - - - Verkaufen - - Nehmen wir an, einen weiteren Monat später sind die Preise für Degas Gemälde etwas gestiegen, - in diesem Fall nach Ihrer Schätzung um 20.000,- €. Sie zeichnen ordnungsgemäß die - 20.000,- € als nichtrealisierter Ertrag wie oben auf und beschließen dann, das Gemälde zu verkaufen. - - Es ergeben sich drei Möglichkeiten. Sie können den nichtrealiserten Gewinn genau geschätzt - , ihn - unterschätzt oder - überschätzt haben. - - - - Genaue Schätzung des Nichtrealisierten Gewinns. - - Ihre optimistische Schätzung des Wertes des Gemäldes war zutreffend. - Zuerst müssen Sie aufzeichnen, dass die erzielten Gewinne nun - realisierte und nicht nichtrelisierte Gewinne sind. - Sie machen dies durch die Übertragung des Ertrags vom Konto - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne auf das Konto - Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne. - - Sie müssen zweitens Ihrem Bankkonto den Verkaufspreis des Gemäldes zuschreiben. - Dieses Geld kommt direkt von Ihrem Unterkonten - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas. Übertragen Sie den ganzen Wert des Kontos - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Kosten nach - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonten und den ganzen Betrag von - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisiter Gewinn nach - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonten. - - Diese Buchungen sollten wie folgt angezeigt werden: - - - Umwandlung eines angewachsenen Gewinns in einen realisierten Gewinn - - - - - Konto - - Übertragen nach - - Buchungsbetrag - - Gesamtbetrag - - - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne - - 30.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Kosten - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - - 100.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - - 30.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - -
- - Dies hinterlässt das Konto Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - mit einem Gesamtbetrag von 130.000,- € und das Konto Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne mit einem - Gesamtbetrag von 30.000,- €. - - - - - - - - - Hauptfenster mit der Wertsteigerung der Anlagen - - - Kontenansicht nach realisiertem Gewinn - - - - - - Überschätzung des nichtrealisierten - Gewinns. - - Sie waren überoptimistisch hinsichtlich des Wertes des Gemäldes. - Anstelle der 130.000,- €, die als Wert des Gemäldes annahmen, werden Ihnen - nur 120.000,- € geboten. Dennoch entscheiden Sie sich immer noch zum Verkauf, denn Sie schätzen - 120.000,- € mehr als das Gemälde. Die Zahlen ändern sich ein wenig, - aber nicht zu dramatisch. - - Die Buchungen sollten nun wie folgt erscheinen (beachten Sie die - letzte Buchung, die die Konten Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - ausgleicht): - - - Umwandlung eines angewachsenen Gewinns in einen realisierten Gewinn - - - - - Konto - - Übertragen nach - - Buchungsbetrag - - Gesamtbetrag - - - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - 20.000,- € - - 10.000,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Kosten - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - - 100.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - - 20.000,- € - - 10.000,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - 10.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - -
- - Dies hinterlässt das Konto Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - mit einem Gesamtbetrag von 120.000,- € und das Konto Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne mit einem - Gesamtbetrag von - 20.000,- €. - - - - Unterschätzung des nichtrealisierten - Gewinns. - - Sie schaffen es, Ihr Gemälde zu einem Preis zu verkaufen, der höher ist, als in Ihren wildesten Träumen - (150.000,- €). Der zusätzliche Wert ist wieder als Gewinn d.h. als Ertrag aufzuzeichen. - - Die Buchungen sollten nun wie folgt erscheinen (beachten Sie die - letzte Buchung, die die Konten Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - ausgleicht): - - - Umwandlung eines angewachsenen Gewinns in einen realisierten Gewinn - - - - - Konto - - Übertragen nach - - Buchungsbetrag - - Gesamtbetrag - - - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierte Gewinne - - Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne - - 50.000,- € - - -20.000,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Kosten - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - - 100.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisierter Gewinn - - Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonten - - 50.000,- € - - -20.000,- € - - - - Ertrag:Nichtrealisierter Gewinn - - Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Degas:Nichtrealisierter Gewinn - - 20.000,- € - - 0,- € - - - -
- - Dies hinterlässt das Konto Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto - mit einem Gesamtbetrag von 150.000,- € und das Konto Ertrag:Realisierte Gewinne mit einem - Gesamtbetrag von - 50.000,- €. - - - - - - Vorsicht bei der Bewertung - - Wie Sie in diesem Beispiel sehen, mag es für Nichtfinanzanlagen schwierig sein, den - wahren Wert einer Anlage richtig einzuschätzen. - Es ist ziemlich einfach, sich selbst durch fragwürdige - Schätzungen reich zu rechnen, welche kein Geld auf der Bank widerspiegeln. - - Beim Umgang mit der Wertsteigerung von Anlagen, - - - - Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Ihrer Schätzung von Werten. - Geben Sie Ihrem Wunschdenken nicht nach. - - - - Verlassen Sie sich niemals auf Geld, dass Sie nicht auf Ihrer Bank oder als Bargeld haben. - Bis Sie tatsächlich Ihre Anlage verkauft und das Geld erhalten haben, - sind alle Zahlen auf Papier (oder magnetische Muster auf Ihrer Festplatte) nur genau das. - Wenn Sie einen Bankier davon überzeugen können, Ihnen Geld - mit den Anlagen als Sicherheit zu leihen, ist dies ein - ziemlich vernünftiger Beweis, dass die Anlagen wertvoll sind, - da Darlehensgeber beruflich misstrauisch gegenüber fragwürdigen Überschätzungen des Wertes sind. - Seien Sie vorsichtig: viel zu viele Gesellschaften, die auf dem Papier profitabel erscheinen, haben den Geschäftsbetrieb eingestellt, weil Ihnen das Geld ausgegangen ist, genau weil wertvolle - Anlagen nicht dasselbe sind, wie Bargeld. - - - - - - - Besteuerung - - Die Besteuerungsgrundsätze variieren wesentlich zwischen den Staaten. Daher ist es nahezu unmöglich, - etwas zu sagen, das universell nützlich sein wird. - Es ist dem Einkommen, welches durch Kapitalgewinne erzeugt wird, - gemein, nicht besteuert zu werden bis zu dem Tag, an dem die Anlage - tatsächlich verkauft wird und manchmal nicht einmal dann. - Nordamerikanische Hauseigentümer merken dies gewöhnlich, wenn sie ihren persönlichen Wohnsitz verkaufen, - dass dabei entstehende Kapitalgewinne von der Besteuerung ausgenommen sind. - Es scheint so, dass andere Länder Hausverkäufe anders behandeln und solche Gewinne besteuern. - Beispielsweise besteuern deutsche Behörden solche Gewinne nur dann, wenn man das Eigentum weniger als zehn Jahre innehatte. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_cbook.xml b/guide/de/ch_cbook.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3940b8244..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_cbook.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,474 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Girokonto - - Dieses Kapitel gibt Ihnen jene besonderen Informationen, die Sie benötigen, um Ihr Girokonto mit &app; zu verwalten. - Die Verwaltung Ihrer Girokontenansicht ist der erste Schritt, Ihre Finanzen zu beobachten. - &app; macht dies viel einfacher als ein herkömmliches Papierjournal. - - Um nur eine Sache zu nennen, ist die Dateneingabe üblicher Buchungen, wie in behandelt, - für Sie wegen der Selbstvervollständigungsfunktion &app; zweckmäßig gemacht. - &app; unterhält eine laufende Bilanz für jedes Konto. Es macht das Abgleichen dieser Konten einfach. - Die Doppelte Buchführung hilft Ihnen durch die Anforderung eines Übertragungskontos für Entnahmen, Ihre Ausgaben zu buchen. Dadurch können Sie einfach herausfinden, wie viel Geld Sie in verschiedenen Bereichen ausgegeben haben. - - Wenn Sie erst einmal vertraut mit der Nutzung von &app; für Ihre Giro- und andere Bankkonten sind, wollen Sie möglicherweise auch andere Finanzkonten beobachten. - Die Kapitel 6 bis 9 behandeln Methoden, um Ihre anderen Konten zu verwalten. - - - Konten einrichten - - Der erste Schritt zur Verwaltung Ihres Girokontos ist, die benötigten Konten einzurichten. - Entweder Sie nutzen die &app;-Standardkonten oder erstellen Ihre eigenen Konten. - Weitere Einzelheiten, wie Sie neuen Konten erstellen, finden Sie unter . - Eine Anleitung, wie Sie Ihre Konten von einem anderen Programm importieren, finden Sie unter . - - Wir starten mit den Bankkonten, die Sie benötigen. - Sie benötigen ein &app; Konto vom Typ Bankkonto für jedes Bankkonto, das Sie beobachten wollen. - Wenn Sie Ihre Konten selbst erstellen oder die Standardkonten von &app; benutzen, - müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie einen Anfangsbestand für jedes Ihrer Bankkonto haben. - Der einfachste Weg, diese Zahlen zu erhalten, ist, den Stand des letzten Kontoauszuges als Anfangsbestand zu benutzen. - Sie können dies in das Fenster Konteninformation als Teil des Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen-Assistenten automatisch oder eine händische Buchung direkt in das Konto eingeben. Um die Buchung händisch einzugeben, geben Sie einen Übertrag von einem Anfangsbestand-Konto (Typ Eigenkapital) zum Bankkonto ein. - - Das übliche Bankkonto, dass Sie verfolgen, enthält: - - - - Girokonto - jedes institutionelles Konto, das die Befugnis zur Ausstellung von Schecks bietet. - - - - Sparkonto - ein zinsbringendes institutionelles Konto, welches üblicherweise genutzt wird, um Geld für einen längeren Zeitraum zu halten als ein Girokonto. - - - - Übliche Buchungen, die diese Bankkonten berühren, sind Auszahlungen und Einzahlungen. - Auszahlungen sind Geldüberträge vom Bankkonto gewöhnlich auf ein Aufwandskonto. - Einzahlungen sind Geldüberträge auf das Bankkonto gewöhnlich von einem Ertragskonto. - Sie werden Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten benötigen, um zu beobachten, woher Ihr Geld kommt und wohin es geht. - Erinnern Sie sich, dass eine ausgeglichene Buchung einen Übertrag der gleichen Summe von einem Konto auf ein anderes Konto erfordert. - Wenn Sie Geld auf Ihr Girokonto einzahlen, müssen Sie auch das Konto angeben, wo das Geld herkommt. - Wenn Sie eine Rechnung von Ihrem Girokonto bezahlen, müssen Sie das Konto angeben, wohin das Geld geht. - - - - Einlagen eingeben - - Die meisten Einzahlungsbuchungen werden als Überträge von einem Ertragskonto auf das Bankkonto angegeben. - Der Ertrag kann verschiedene Quellen haben. - Es ist eine gute Idee, für jeden Typ einer Ertragsquelle ein eigenes Ertragskonto einzurichten. - Zum Beispiel: Ihr Einkommen besteht hauptsächlich aus Ihrem Gehalt, aber Sie bekommen auch Zinsen für Ihr Sparkonto. - In diesem Fall sollten Sie ein Ertragskonto für den Arbeitslohn und ein anderes für die Zinserträge haben. - - - Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie das Kästchen steuerrelevant angehakt und eine entsprechende Steuerkategorie im Einkommenssteuerinformation-Dialog (BearbeitenOptionen Steuerbericht) zugewiesen haben, wenn Sie steuerpflichtige Einkünfte haben. - Einige Arten von Einkünfte wie Schenkungen, müssen nicht immer steuerpflichtig sein. - Überprüfen Sie die entsprechenden Steuerregeln, um zu entscheiden, was steuerpflichtig ist. Für die Art und Weise, wie Einkünfte aus Kapitalveräußerungen zu beobachten sind, finden Sie Informationen unter . - - - Bevor Sie beginnen, Gehaltszahlungen einzugeben, entscheiden Sie, wie ausführlich Sie diese beobachten wollen. - Der Grunddetaillierungsgrad ist die Eingabe der Nettozahlung, wie Sie es in Ihrer Papieraufzeichnung hätten. - Dies ist die einfachste Form. - Aber Sie können mehr Informationen von &app; bekommen, wenn Sie Ihre Bruttozahlung mit den Abzügen eingeben. - Es ist ein bisschen mehr Aufwand, die Abzüge einzugeben, aber die Eingabe einbehaltener Steuer über das Jahr erlaubt Ihnen, einen nützliche Steuerbericht jederzeit in &app; zu erstellen. - Diese Berichte können Ihnen bei der Entscheidung helfen, ob von Ihnen genügend Steuern einbehalten wurden und Ihnen helfen bei der vorzeitigen Schätzung Ihres Steuerbescheides. - Wenn Sie sich unsicher über den Detaillierungsgrad sind, beginnen Sie mit der Eingabe der Nettozahlung. Sie können jederzeit zurückgehen und Ihre Buchungen später bearbeiten, wenn Sie sich für mehr Details entscheiden. - - - - Ausgaben eingeben - - Wenn Sie Geld von Ihrem Girokonto zurückrufen, egal aus welchem Grunde, übertragen Sie Geld von Ihrem Bankkonto an einen anderen Ort. - In &app; ist dieser andere Ort auch ein Konto. - Je mehr detaillierte Konten Sie anlegen und für Ihre Ausgaben nutzen, desto mehr Informationen werden Sie erhalten, wo Ihr Geld hingeht. - - Auszahlungen nehmen viele Formen an. - Abhebungen an Geldautomaten sind eine der meist genutzten Buchungen. - Ausstellung von Schecks ist ein Weg, um Geld auszugeben, um Rechnungen zu bezahlen, Einkäufe durchzuführen oder für wohltätige Zwecke zu spenden. - Abhängig von Ihrer Bank zahlen Sie auch Bankgebühren, indem die Bank Geld von Ihrem Konto abbucht. - Geldüberträge auf ein anderes Konto sind auch Ausgaben. - Wir werden uns jede dieser Ausgabenarten anschauen und wie sie in &app; aufgezeichnet werden. - - - Abhebungen Bar oder am Geldautomat - - Barabhebungen werden als Übertrag vom Bankkonto auf ein Bargeldkonto behandelt. - &app; stellt spezielle Bargeld-Kontoarten bereit, um Ihre Bareinkäufe aufzuzeichnen. - Sie sollten ein Bargeldkonto einrichten, um Ihre Bargeldabhebungen und die vom Geldautomaten aufzuzeichnen. - - Bargeldkonten können mit einem unterschiedlichen Detaillierungsgrad genutzt werden. - Im Grunddetaillierungsgrad übertragen Sie einfach Geld von Ihrem Girokonto auf das Bargeldkonto. - Damit erfahren Sie, wie viel Geld Sie an einem bestimmten Tag von Ihrem Girokonto abgeholt haben, aber es sagt Ihnen nicht, wofür Sie das Geld ausgegeben haben. - Mit etwas mehr Aufwand können Sie das Bargeldkonto nutzen, um auch Ihre Bareinkäufe aufzuzeichnen, so dass Sie sehen, wohin das Bargeld ging. - Sie zeichnen diese Einkäufe auf als einen Übertrag vom Bargeldkonto auf Aufwandskonten. - - Einige Leute zeichnen jeden Bareinkauf auf, aber das ist mehr Arbeit. - Ein einfacherer Weg ist die Aufzeichnung der Einkäufe, für die Sie eine Quittung haben. - Dann müssen Sie den Saldo des Kontos an Ihre Geldbörse anpassen. - - Es ist eine gute Idee ein Bargeldkonto für Ihre Ausgaben einzurichten. - Wenn Sie sich entscheiden aufzuzeichnen, wohin Ihr Geld geht, können Sie die Buchungen für das Geld eingeben, das Sie ausgeben. Sie bestimmen den Detaillierungsgrad, den Sie nutzen wollen. - - - - - Abgleichen Ihrer Konten - - &app; macht das Abgleichen Ihrer Bankkonten mit Ihren monatlichen Kontoauszügen einfacher. - gibt Ihnen eine Anleitung, wie Sie Ihre Buchungen mit den monatlichen Kontoauszügen abgleichen. - Dies ist die Hauptaufgabe des Abgleichens, das Sie jeden Monat machen. - - Aber was ist mit all den anderen Konnten, die Sie erstellt haben? - Sollten diese auch abgeglichen werden? - Wenn Sie für diese Konten Kontoauszüge erhalten, dann sollten Sie ein Abgleichen erwägen. - Die Beispiele enthalten den Girokontoauszug, den Sparbuchkontenauszug und die Kreditkartenabrechnung. Die Kreditkartenabrechnung und die Kreditkartenbuchungen werden in beschrieben. - Wenn Sie daran interessiert sind, Ihre Kreditkarten in &app; zu beobachten, schauen Sie in die dortige Anleitung. - - Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten werden gewöhnlich nicht abgeglichen, weil es keine Aufstellungen gibt, um Sie dagegen zu prüfen. - Sie brauchen die Bargeldkonten aus dem gleichen Grund nicht abzugleichen. - Das Bargeldkonto sollten Sie immer mal wieder abgleichen, damit Ihr Bargeldbestand mit dem Bargeldkonto übereinstimmt. Wie Sie den Kontostand angleichen, erfahren Sie im nächsten Abschnitt. - - - - Alles Zusammensetzen - - Wie unter beschrieben haben Sie einige Buchungen auf Ihrem Girokonto eingegeben. In diesem Kapitel werden wir mehrere Buchungen hinzufügen und diese dann abgleichen. - - - Anfangsbestände - - Lassen Sie uns mit der Datei starten, dass Sie im letzten Kapitel (test.gnucash). Ihr Kontenblatt sollte so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Eröffnungsbilanzs - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt die Eröffnungsbilanz. - - - - - - - Einige Buchungen hinzufügen - - - - Nun öffnen Sie im Hauptfenster das Konto Girokonto. Im letzten Kapitel haben Sie eine Gehaltszahlung als Einzahlung ins Girokonto eingegeben. - Nun wollen wir eine weitere Einzahlungsart eingeben - ein Geldübertrag vom Sparkonto auf das Girokonto. - In einer leeren Zeile geben Sie eine Buchung ein, um 500,- € vom Sparkonto auf das Girokonto zu übertragen (In diesem Fall war das letzte Buchungsdatum der 28.03.2015, aber diese Buchung erfolgte am 24.03.2015). - Das Übertragskonto ist das Sparkonten, wenn Sie im Girokonto sind. - Ihr Girokonto sieht nun so aus: - - - - - - - - - Das Kontenblatt Girokonto - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt das Kontenblatt Girokonto. - - - - - - - Nun stellen wir einige Schecks auf dieses Konto aus. - Zuerst stellen wir einen Scheck für den Lebensmittelhändler vor Ort über 75,- € aus (05.03.2015). - Das Übertragskonto ist Aufwendungen:Lebensmittel, weil alles Geld dazu benutzt wird, Lebensmittel zu kaufen. - Als nächstes schreiben wir einen Scheck für ABC Hardware über 100,- € (06.03.2015) und teilen diesen Betrag zwischen zwei Aufwandskonten auf: Haushalt mit 50,- € und Werkzeuge mit 50,- €. - Sie benötigen dazu ein Konto vom Typ Aufwand für jedes davon, dann geben Sie die Teilbuchungen davon ein. - Ihr Girokonto sollte dann so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Das Kontenblatt Girokonto - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt das Kontenblatt Girokonto nach der Eintragung weiterer Schecks. - - - - - - - Nehmen Sie an, dass Sie Geld abheben wollen. - Wenn Sie kein Bargeldkonto eingerichtet haben, so sollten Sie eins erstellen. - Erstellen Sie ein Konto als Bargeld mit der Kontenart Aktiva. - In Ihrem Girokonten Kontenblatt geben Sie eine Abhebung am Geldautomaten, um 100,- € vom Girokonto auf das Bargeld-Konto am 25.03.2015 zu übertragen. - - - - - - - - - Das Kontenblatt Girokonto - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt das Kontenblatt Girokonto mit einer Abhebung am Geldautomat. - - - - - - - - - Anfangsbestand - - - Nun sind wir bereit dieses Girokonto unter Nutzung des Kontoauszuges auszugleichen: - - - - - - - - - Ein Muster eines Kontenauszuges - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt ein Kontenauszugsmuster. - - - - - - - Wählen Sie im Menü Aktionen - Abgleichen und füllen Sie als Schlusssaldo 1.451,79 €. - Klicken Sie OK, um mit dem Abgleichen des Kontos zu beginnen. - Prüfen Sie die Einträge wie sie auf dem Kontenauszugsmuster erscheinen. - Wenn Sie all Ihre Einträge geprüft haben, sollte das Abgleichsfenster so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Das Abgleichen Fenster - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt das Abgleichen Fenster mit 5,- € Differenz. - - - - - Beachten Sie, dass Ihr Abgleichungssaldo von Ihrem Schlusssaldo um 5,- € abweicht. - Wenn Sie auf Ihr Kontenauszugsmuster schauen, sehen Sie, dass es 5,- € Kontoführungsgebühren gibt, die nicht Ihrem Girokonto hinzugefügt wurden. - - - - Klicken Sie auf Girokonto Kontenblatt und fügen Sie 5,- € Kontoführungsgebühren Ihrem Girokonto hinzu. - In der leeren Zeile des Girokonto Kontenblatt geben Sie eine Buchung ein, um 5,- € vom Girokonto auf das Konto Kontoführungsgebühren. - (Sie müssen ein Konto Kontoführungsgebühren mit der Kontenart Aufwendungen erstellen.) - Nutzen Sie das Buchungsdatum, das auf dem Kontenauszug gedruckt ist, als Datum als Datum für diese Buchung. - Ihr Girokonto sollte wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Das Girokonto Kontenblatt - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt das Girokonto Kontenblatt mit den hinzugefügten Kontenführungsgebühren. - - - - - - - Klicken Sie zurück im Fenster Abgleichen und Sie sollten die Kontoführungsgebühren unter Belastung. - Klicken Sie darauf, um es als abgeglichen zu kennzeichnen und beachten Sie, dass der Differenzbetrag nun 0,00 ist. - Klicken Sie die Beenden-Schaltfläche in der Werkzeugleiste um das Abgleichen abzuschließen. - Die Spalte Abgleichen (J) in Ihrem Girokonto Kontenblatt sollte nun ein j für jede Buchung zeigen, die Sie abgeglichen haben. - Beachten Sie auch, dass die Statusleiste unten nun Abgeglichen: 1.451,79 € anzeigt - - - - - - - - - Das Girokonto Kontenblatt - - - - Das Bild zeigt das abgeglichene Kontenblatt des Girokontos. - - - - - - - - - Datei speichern - - Gehen Sie zurück zum Hauptfenster und speichern Ihre Datei unter dem neuen Namentest2.gnucash. - Ihre Kontenansicht wächst stetig und sollte nun so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Die Kontenansicht - - - - Das Bild zeigt die Kontenansicht. - - - - - - - Berichte - - Wie wir in den vergangenen Kapiteln gesehen haben, lassen Sie uns den Kapitalfluss- und den Buchungsbericht ansehen. - - - - Zuerst schauen wir uns den Kapitalfluss Bericht für den Monat März an. - Wählen Sie den Kapitalflussbericht von Berichte - Erträge & Aufwendungen - Kapitalfluss. - - - - - - - - - - Kapitalflussbericht für den Monat März - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Kapitalflussbericht nach . - - - - - - - Nun schauen wir uns den dazugehörigen Buchungsbericht für die verschiedenen Aktivakonten an. - - Wählen Sie den Buchungsbericht unter Berichte - Buchungsbericht. - - - - - - - - - - Buchungsbericht für die Aktivakonten während des Monats März - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für die Aktivakonten im Monat März. - - - - - - - - Nun ändern wir den Buchungsbericht, um nur die verschiedenen Aufwandskonten anzuzeigen. - - - - - - - - - Buchungsbericht für die Aufwandskonten im Monat März - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für die verschiedenen Aufwandskonten im Monat März. - - - - - - - - Beachten Sie, dass Sie ein Konto Ihrer Eröffnungsbilanz nicht genutzt haben, das Kreditkarten-Konto. - Nun wissen Sie, wie Sie Ihre Bankkonten und Ihre Bargeldkonten in &app; beobachten und wollen dies nun auch für Ihre Kreditkarten tun. - &app; stellt Ihnen eine spezielle Kontoart für Kreditkarten zur Verfügung. - Dieses wird im nächsten Kapitel besprochen - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_cc.xml b/guide/de/ch_cc.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3c3f3641b..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_cc.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,514 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Kreditkarten - - Dieses Kapitel zeigt uns, wie Sie Ihre Kreditkarten mit &app; verwalten. - - - Konzepte - - Da Sie vermutlich einen Scheck ausstellen oder eine elektronische Zahlung jeden Monat an Ihr Kreditkartenunternehmen leisten, halten Sie Ihre Kreditkartenrechnung für einen Aufwand - aber es ist nicht wirklich ein Aufwand. - Warum? - Ein Kreditkartenkonto in ein kurzfristiges Darlehen - Sie kaufen Dinge auf diesem Darlehenskonto und zahlen dann dieses Geld zurück, oft mit Zinsen (Ihren Finanzierungsgebühr). - Den Kauf, den Sie mit der Kreditkarte machen ist Ihr Aufwand. - - Sie haben mehrere Optionen, wenn Sie Kreditkartenbuchungen eingeben. - Wählen Sie diejenige, die Ihrem erwarteten Detailgrad entspricht. - Die einfachste Methode ist, einfach die monatlichen Zahlungen an Ihr Kreditkartenunternehmen zu verfolgen. - Von Ihrem Bankkonto geben Sie jeden Monat einen Geldübertrag auf das Kreditkartenaufwandskonto ein. - Dies zeigt Ihnen dann den Geldbetrag, den Sie jeden Monat an Ihr Kreditkartenunternehmen zahlen. - Aber es zeigt Ihnen keine Informationen über Ihr Kreditkartensaldo oder Ihre Käufe damit.. - - Ein vollständigerer Weg, Ihre Kreditkarte in &app; zu verfolgen, ist, jeden Kauf und jede Zahlung als separate Buchung einzugeben. - Wenn Sie die Kreditkartenkontoansicht nutzen, geben Sie Ihre Quittungen durchgehend den ganzen Monat ein. - Wenn Sie Ihre Kreditkartenabrechnung erhalten, gleichen Sie das Kreditkartenkonto gegen diese Abrechnung ab und geben Ihre Zahlung als Geldübertrag von Ihrem Girokonto auf das Kreditkartenkonto ein. - Diese Methode gibt Ihnen mehr Informationen während des Monats über den Saldo und macht Sie auf jede Diskrepanz während des Abgleichens aufmerksam. Aber dies benötigt mehr Dateneinträge. - - - - Konten einrichten - - Um mit der Verwaltung Ihrer Kreditkarten in &app; zu beginnen, sollten Sie ein - Verbindlichkeitskonto einrichten und darunter ein Kreditkartenkonto für jede Kreditkarte, die Sie nutzen. - Wenn Sie nur Ihre Zahlungen verfolgen, die Sie an das Kreditkartenunternehmen leisten, benötigen Sie nur ein Bankkonto und ein Kreditkartenkonto, um die Buchungen einzugeben. - - Die Kosten, die Sie mit der Kreditkarte haben sind Aufwendungen, deshalb werden Sie auch diese Konten unter dem Konto Aufwand einrichten. - Wenn Sie sich entscheiden, genauere Aufzeichnungen Ihrer Käufe zu machen, müssen Sie Aufwandskonten für jede Kaufart erstellen. - Da Sie also die Salden gegen Ihre Kreditkartenabrechnung abgleichen wollen, sollten Sie einen Anfangsbestand für jedes Kreditkartenkonto erstellen. - Die einfachste Art, dies zu tun, ist Ihre letzte Abrechnung als Anfangsbestand zu nutzen. - - - Einfache Einrichtung - - Wenn Sie nicht jede Aufwendung verfolgen wollen, die Sie mit der Kreditkarte gemacht haben, können Sie eine einfache Kontenhierarchie wie diese einrichten: - - --Aktiva - -Bank --Verbindlichkeiten - -Kreditkarte --Aufwand - -Kreditkarte - - - In diesem Beispiel geben Sie Ihre Gesamtkosten pro Monat als eine Buchung zwischen Verbindlichkeiten:Kreditkarte und Aufwendungen:Kreditkarte ein. - Wenn Sie eine Zahlung leisten, geben Sie eine Buchung zwischen Aktiva:Bank und Verbindlichkeiten:Kreditkarte ein. - - Die offensichtliche Beschränkung dieser einfachen Kreditkarteneinstellung ist, dass Sie nicht sehen, wohin das Geld geht. - All Ihre Kreditkartenaufwendungen werden auf das Aufwandskonto Kreditkarte eingegeben. - Dies ist jedoch sehr einfach einzurichten und zu pflegen. - - - - Vollständige Einrichtung - - Wenn Sie Ihre Aufwendungen vollständiger verfolgen wollen, sollten Sie mehrere Aufwandskonten einrichten, mit den Namen für die verschiedenen Arten von Aufwendungen, die Sie haben. - Jede Gebühr auf Ihrer Kreditkarte wird dann als separate Buchung zwischen Ihrer Kreditkartenverbindlichkeitskonto und einem besonderen Aufwandskonto eingegeben. - Unten ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Kontenhierarchie: - - --Aktiva - -Bank --Verbindlichkeit - -Kreditkarte --Aufwendungen - -Lebensmittel - -Auto - -Kleidung - -Unterhaltung - -Zinsen - -Gebühren - - - Natürlich sollten Sie spezifische Ausgabekonten einrichten, die zu Ihren Ausgabengewohnheiten passen. - Der einzige Unterschied zwischen dieser Einrichtung zur einfachen Einrichtung ist die Unterteilung der Ausgaben in Gruppen. - Denken Sie daran, dass es Ausgaben für Zinsen gibt, dies wird benutzt, wenn Ihr Kreditkartenunternehmen Zinsen auf Ihre monatlich unausgeglichene Bilanz erhebt. - Das Ausgabenkonto Gebühr wird benutzt, um die Ausgaben, die mit der Kreditkarte verbunden sind zu verfolgen, beispielsweise, sofern gefordert, die jährliche Nutzungsgebühr. - Mit dieser Einrichtung werden Sie in der Lage sein herauszufinden, wo Ihr Geld jeden Monat hingeht in Ausgabenkonten zusammengefasst. - - Der Rest des Kapitels geht davon aus, dass Sie die vollständige Einrichtung nutzen. - - - - - Gebühren eingeben - - Die Eingabe Ihrer Gebühren stellt Ihnen ein vollständigeres Bild Ihrer Ausgabengewohnheiten bereit. - Gebühren für die Kreditkarte werden als Buchung zwischen dem Kreditkarten-Verbindlichkeitskonto und dem entsprechenden Aufwandskonto. - - Wenn Sie Waren oder Dienstleistungen mit Ihrer Kreditkarte bezahlen, weisen Sie Ihre Kreditkartenunternehmen an, den Kaufmann für Sie zu bezahlen. - Diese Buchung erhöht den Geldbetrag, den Sie dem Kreditkartenunternehmen schulden, und das Kreditkartensaldo erhöht sich. - Die andere Seite dieser Buchungen ist meist ein Aufwandskonto. - Wenn Sie beispielsweise Kleidung in einem Kaufhaus für 50,- € mit der Kreditkarte kaufen, übertragen Sie dieses Geld vom Kreditkartenkonto auf Aufwendungen:Kleidung. - - Die Eingabe dieser Buchungen in &app; erlaubt Ihnen nachzuverfolgen, wie viel Sie dem Kreditkartenunternehmen schulden, wie es ebenso Ihnen ein besseres Bild über alle Ihre Konten bereitstellt. - Es erlaubt Ihnen auch, Ihre Konten zu überwachen und sicherzustellen, dass Betrug vermieden wird. - - Das Hinzufügen von Buchungen zu einen Kreditkartenkonto ist ähnlich der der Eingabe in andere Konten. - Sie können diese händisch eingeben oder Sie von Ihrem Kreditkartenunternehmen in einem austauschbaren Format importieren. - - eZur Unterstützung bei der Eingabe der Buchungen schauen Sie auch unter . - - - - Auszahlungen eingeben - - Die meisten Zahlungen auf Ihre Kreditkartenrechnung werden als Übertrag vom Bankkonto (Aktiva) auf das Kreditkartenkonto (Verbindlichkeit) eingegeben. - Wenn Sie die monatliche Rechnung bezahlen, heben Sie Geld von Ihrem Bankkonto ab, um Ihr Kreditkartensaldo zu bezahlen. - Diese Buchung verringert beides, Ihr Bankkontensaldo und den Betrag der Kreditkartenverbindlichkeiten, die Sie schulden. - - Wenn Sie einen Kauf rückgängig machen, erhalten Sie eine Erstattung auf Ihrer Kreditkarte. - Dies ist eine andere Art der Zahlung, in der die Kreditkartenverbindlichkeiten abnehmen, die Sie schulden. - Wenn Sie die original Buchungen über den Kauf als einen Übertrag vom Kreditkartenkonto auf Aufwendungen aufgezeichnet haben, machen Sie nun einfach diese Buchung rückgängig: übertragen das Geld zurück von Aufwendungen auf das Kreditkartenkonto. - Diese Buchung verringert beides, das Aufwandskontensaldo und das Kreditkartensaldo. - Wenn Sie beispielsweise Kleidung mit der Kreditkart kaufen, ist die Buchung ein Übertrag vom Kreditkartenkonto auf das Aufwandskonto Kleidung. - Wenn Sie dann die Kleidung zurückgeben gegen eine Erstattung, übertragen Sie einfach das Geld zurück vom Aufwandskonto Kleidung auf das Kreditkartenkonto. - - - Ein üblicher Fehler ist, eine Erstattung als Ertrag einzugeben. Es ist kein Ertrag, sondern eher ein negativer Aufwand. - Deshalb müssen Sie das Geld vom Aufwandskonto auf Ihr Kreditkartenkonto übertragen, wenn Sie eine Erstattung erhalten. - - - Um das zu erläutern, lassen Sie uns ein Beispiel durchspielen. - Sie kaufen einige Jeans für 74,99 @ mit Ihrer VISA Karte, aber bemerken einen Tag später, dass diese zu groß sind, und wollen sie umtauschen. - Der Laden stimmt dem höflich zu und erstattet auf Ihre Kreditkarte. - - - - Starten Sie mit dem Öffnen der vorherigen Datendatei, die wir unter (test2.gnucash)gespeichert haben und speichern Sie diese untertest3.gnucash. - - - - Öffnen Sie die Kontenansicht von Verbindlichkeiten:Kreditkarte und geben Sie eine einfache 2-Konten-Buchung ein, um die 74,99 € für den Jeanskauf zu bezahlen. - Das Übertragskonto sollte Aufwendungen:Kleidung sein, und Sie Belasten Ihr Kreditkartenkonto mit den 74,99 €. - - - Wenn sie das Konto Anwendungen:Kleidung noch nicht erstellt haben, veranlasst &app; uns, dieses zu erstellen. - Erinnern Sie sich, dieses als ein Aufwendungen-Konto zu erstellen - - - - - Eingabe der Erstattung auf eine der folgenden Art und Weise. - - - - Geben Sie die gleiche Buchung als Kaufbuchung ein, aber anstelle des Belastungsbetrages nutzen Sie einen Zahlungsbetrag in der Kreditkartenansicht. - - - - Wählen Sie die Kaufbuchung, die Sie erstatten wollen (das ist in unserem Fall die Buchung für die Jeans) und wählen BuchungStornobuchung hinzufügen. - Verändern Sie das Datum, wenn nötig. - - - - Nach der Stornobuchung sollte Ihr Kreditkartenkonto wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - Stornobuchung eines Kaufes mit Kreditkarte - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt Verbindlichkeit:Kreditkarte - Ansicht nach der Stornobuchung eines Kaufes mit Kreditkarte. - - - - - Und die Aufwendungen:Kleidungsansicht sollte etwa so aussehen: - - - - - - - - Stornobuchung eines Kaufes mit Kreditkarte - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt Aufwendungen:Kleidung nach der Stornobuchung eines Kaufes mit Kreditkarte. - - - - - - - Speichern Sie die &app; Datendatei. - - - - - - Alles Zusammensetzen - - Nun haben wir die Grundideen hinter den verschiedenen Buchungen erfasst, damit Sie erfolgreich Ihre Kreditkarte in &app; verfolgen können. - Lassen Sie uns das beispielhaft durchgehen. - In diesem Beispiel führen wir Kreditkartenkäufe durch, erstatten zwei der Käufe, bekommen Verzugszinsen auf das unausgeglichene Saldo, gleichen das Kreditkartenkonto aus und machen schließlich eine Teilabrechnung der Kreditkarte. - - - Öffnen Sie die <application>&app;</application> Datei - - Starten Sie mit dem Öffnen der vorherigen Datendatei, die wir als test.gnucash gespeichert haben und speichern diese direkt als - test3.gnucash. Das Hauptfenster sollte so in etwa so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Kontenstruktur zu Beginn - - - - Anfangskontenstruktur zur Verfolgung einer Kreditkarte im Beispiel Alles zusammenfassen. - - - - - - - Käufe - - Lassen Sie uns einige Einkäufe mit der Kreditkarte durchführen. Starten Sie mit einem Kauf von Lebensmittel im Wert von 25,- € vom Greasy Spoon Cafe, Kleidung im Wert vom 100,- € vom Fashionhaus, Benzin im Wert von 25,- € von Premium Gasoline, Lebensmittel im Wert von 125,- € vom Haushalts- und Lebensmittelhändler (als Teilbuchungen zwischen 85,- € für Lebensmittel und 40,- € für Haushaltsgegenstände) und schließlich Haushaltsgegenstände im Wert von 60,- € vom Billigmarkt. - - Wir wiederholen also die Übung aus dem vorherigen Kapitel mit Kauf einer Jeans für 74,99 € am 03.04.2015 und der Rückgabe zwei Tage später. - - Das Fenster der Kreditkartenansicht für die Kreditkartenverbindlichkeit sollte in etwa so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Erstkäufe auf Kreditkarte - - - - Erstkäufe auf Kreditkarte. - - - - - - - (Rück-)Erstattung - - Nun nehmen Sie an, dass Sie am 15.04.20115 die Kleidung, die Sie am 11.04.2015 vom Fashionhaus gekauft haben, zurückgeben und sie Ihnen eine Gutschrift auf Ihre Kreditkarte geben. - Geben Sie eine Buchung für Ihre Kreditkartenrückerstattung über den vollen Betrag von 100,- € ein. - Erinnern Sie sich, die gleichen Übertragskonten zu nutzen, die Sie für den Originalkauf nutzten, und den Betrag in der Zahlungsspalte einzugeben. - &app; vervollständigt automatisch den Namen und das Übertragskonto für Sie. - Die Buchung sollte so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Eintrag der Stornobuchung - - - - Rückgabe der Kleidung zum Fashionhaus, Erstattung auf die Kreditkarte. - - - - - - - Zinsbelastung - - Nach einem Monat von Ausgaben kommt unglücklicherweise die Kreditkartenrechnung per Mail an, oder Sie greifen online über das Internet darauf zu. - Sie wurden am letzten Tag im April mit 20,- € an Zinsen belastet wegen des Saldos vom Vormonat. - Dies wird im Kreditkartenkonto als Aufwand gebucht. - - - - - - - - - Zinsbelastung - - - - Zinsbelastung. - - - - - - - Abgleichen - - Wenn Sie Ihre Kreditkartenrechnung erhalten, sollten Sie Ihre Kreditkartenkonto gegen dieses Dokument. - Dies geschieht mit der in &app; eingebauten Abgleichen-Funktion. - Heben Sie das Kreditkartenkonto hervor und klicken Sie auf Aktionen - Abgleichen…. - Dieses Verfahren des Abgleichens ist ausführlich in beschrieben. - Aber wir führen hier auch diesen Prozess durch. - Lassen Sie uns beispielsweise annehmen, dass die Kreditkartenabrechnung vom 01.05.2015 mit einem Abschlusssaldo von 455,- € ist. - Geben Sie diesen Wert in das Abgleichenfenster ein, wie hier gezeigt. - - - - - - - - - Abgleichen - Startfenster - - - - Konten abgleichen - Startfenster. - - - - - Während des Abgleichens haken Sie jede Buchung in dem Konto so ab wie Sie bestätigen, dass die Buchung beiden, Ihrem &app; Konto und der Kreditkartenabrechnung erscheint. - Für dieses Beispiel gibt es eine Differenz von 300,- € zwischen Ihren &app; Konten und der Kreditkartenabrechnung, wie unten gezeigt. - - - - - - - - - Hauptabgleichsfenster - - - - Hauptabgleichsfenster - stellt eine Unstimmigkeit von 300,- € dar. - - - - - Einige Nachforschungen haben ergeben, dass Sie vergessen haben, eine Zhalung aufzuzeichnen, die Sie am 05.03.2015 gegenüber dem Kreditkartenunternehmen über 300 ,- € gemacht haben. - Sie müssen diese Zahlungsbuchung von Ihrem Bankkonto auf das Kreditkartenkonto eingeben. - Nun kann die Kreditkartenabrechnung und Ihr &app; Konto mit dem Saldo von 455,- € abgeglichen werden. - - - - Auszahlung - - Angenommen Sie haben Ihr Kreditkartenkonto vollständig abgeglichen, müssen Sie nun eine Zahlung an das Kreditkartenunternehmen leisten. - In diesem Beispiel schulden Sie 455,- €, aber wollen diesen Monat wieder eine Teilzahlung von 300,- € leisten - Um dies zu tun, geben Sie eine Buchung von Ihrem Bankkonto auf das Kreditkartenkonto von 300,- € ein. Dies reduziert das Kreditkartensaldo auf 155,- €. Ihre Kreditkantenkontoansicht sollte wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - Abgleichen und Zahlung - - - - Kontenansicht nach dem Kontenabgleich und einer Zahlung. - - - - - Gehen Sie zurück zum Hauptfenster und speichern Ihre Datei (test.gnucash). - Ihre Kontenansicht wächst stetig und sollte nun so aussehen: - - - - - - - - - &app; Hauptfenster - - - - &app; Kontenansicht nach dem Abgleichen der Konten und der Zahlung. - - - - - - - Datei speichern - - Zuletzt speichern Sie die &app; Datendatei (test.gnucash). - - - - Berichte - - Wie bereits in den vorherigen Kapiteln, schauen wir uns den Geldfluss und eine Buchung an. - - - - Zuerst schauen wir auf den Bericht Kapitalfluss für das Verbindlichkeitskonto Kreditkarte während der Monat März und April an. - Wählen Sie den Bericht Kapitalfluss im Menü unter Berichte Erträge & Aufwendungen Kapitalfluss. - - - - - - - - - Bericht Kapitalfluss für die Monate März und April - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Kapitalfluss nach . - - - - - - - Nun schauen wir und den entsprechenden Buchungsbericht für das Kreditkartenkonto an. - Wählen Sie den Buchungsbericht unter Berichte Buchungsbericht. - - - - - - - - - - Buchungsbericht für das Kreditkartenkonto für die Monate März und April - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für das Kreditkartenkonto für die Monate März und April - - - - - - - Nun schauen wir uns noch den Buchungsreport für die verschiedenen Aufwandskonten an. - - - - - - - - - Buchungsbericht für die Aufwandskonten im Monat April - - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsreport für die verschiedenen Aufwandskonten im Monat April. - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_currency.xml b/guide/de/ch_currency.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8f11a58c7..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_currency.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1381 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Verschiedene Währungen - - Dieses Kapitel zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie &app; Konten einrichten, um sie - mit verschiedenen Währungen zu nutzen. - - - Grundlagen - - &app; unterstützt mehr als hundert Währungen, vom andorranischen Franc (seit 2014 Euro) - bis zum Simbabwe-Dollar (ZWL) (seit 2009 ausgesetzt, Übergangswährungen: EUR, USD und ZAR). Sie können zum Beispiel ein Bankkonto in Euro einrichten und - ein weiteres mit Hongkong-Dollar (HKD). - - Einige der Probleme, die auftauchen, wenn verschiedene Währungen im Gebrauch sind, sind: - Wie transferiert man Gelder zwischen Konten mit unterschiedlichen Währungen? - Wie kalkuliert man den Gesamtwert, wenn man Konten mit gemischten Währungen hat? - Wie behandeln die Berichte gemischte Währungen? - - - Ein alternativer Weg, um Konten mit verschiedenen Währungen zu handhaben, zu dem Weg, - der in den nächsten Abschnitten präsentiert wird, ist die Nutzung der Fähigkeiten der Devisenhandel-Konten - von &app;. Dieses Merkmal, welches mit der - Version 2.3.14 bei &app; eingeführt wurde, kann im Reiter - Konten unter Datei - Eigenschaften aktiviert werden. - Für eine vollständige Anleitung zu Devisenhandels-Konten können - Sie einen Blick - auf dieses Tutorial von Peter Selinger (in englischer Sprache) werfen. - - - - - Konteneinrichtung - - Ihre Standardkontenwährung wird im Reiter Konten - unter BearbeitenEinstellungen - (unter MacOS unter &app;Einstellungen) eingestellt. - Sie sollten diesen Parameter korrekt einstellen. Dies spart Ihnen viel Zeit bei der Erstellung Ihrer Kontenhierarchie. - - In gleicher Weise bietet &app; Ihnen eine Option, Ihre bevorzugte Währung für die Anzeige der Berichte einzurichten (wie Bilanz - und Ertrag&Aufwand). Diese Option wird Standardberichtswährung - genannt und ist im Reiter Berichte - im Fenster &app; Einstellungen. - Sie möchten beide Optionen setzen, wenn Sie damit anfangen, - &app; zu nutzen, weil z.B. Ihre Konten alle in kanadischem Dollar (CAD) sind, die generierten Berichte aber alle in US - Dollar. Die Berichte werden sagen, dass da keine - Daten/Buchungen (oder nur Null) im ausgewählten Zeitraum sind. - - Wenn Sie ein neues Konto erstellen, haben Sie die Option, die Währung zu definieren. Für Devisenhandelskonten können Sie durch eine einfache Auswahl aus der Währungsliste jede der mehr als hundert Währungen angeben, die von &app; unterstützt werden. - Sie werden merken, dass die Standardwährung immer die ist, die Sie in den Einstellungen definiert haben. Wenn Sie also meist mit Euros arbeiten, aber gelegentlich mit einem äthiopischer Birr (ETB) Konto, stellen Sie sicher, dass in den Einstellungen EUR gesetzt ist. - - Beispielhaft erstellen wir ein typisches Bankkontenszenario, - in dem Sie meist mit Euro (EUR) arbeiten, aber auch ein US Bankkonto haben und den US Dollar nutzen (USD). - Ebenso haben Sie ein Bankkonto in Hong Kong und nutzen Hong Kong Dollar (HKD). Somit sind 3 Bankkonten aufzusetzen, eins in - US Dollars und ein weiteres in Hong Kong Dollar. Eine mögliche Kontenstruktur dafür könnte Folgende sein:: - - --Aktiva (EUR) - -Barvermögen (EUR) - -US Bank (USD) - -European Bank (EUR) - -HK Bank (HKD) --Eigenkapital (EUR) - -Anfangsbestände - -USD (USD) - -EUR (EUR) - -HKD (HKD) - -Beachten Sie, dass die Währung jedes Kontos in Klammern gesetzt ist. - - - Da Sie in diesem Beispiel meist in EUR arbeiten, werden alle Oberkonten - in EUR eingerichtet. Wenn Sie natürlich meist in USD arbeiten, können Sie die Währung dieser Oberkonten auch nach USD ändern. - Die Gesamtsummen, die im Kontenbaumfenster angezeigt werden, werden immer in die Währung des jeweiligen Kontos umgewandelt. - Beachten Sie, dass wir nun drei Anfangsbestandskonten für Eigenkapital erstellen, die wir mit den drei Banken bestücken. - - - Sie können auch ein einzelnes Anfangsbestandskonto - erstellen und einen Devisentransfer nutzen, um die Konten mit anderer Währung zu bestücken. - Indes gibt es eine fortgeschrittenere Möglichkeit, welche in einem späteren Abschnitt () erklärt wird. - - - Untenstehend sehen Sie das Egebnis dieses Beispiels, in welchem Sie mit - $10.000,-, 10.000,- € und ebenso mit 10.000,- HK$ auf den drei Bankkonten beginnen. - Beachten Sie, dass die Gesamtsumme der Oberkonten nur den Wert der Währungen der Unterkonten mit gleichen Währungen anzeigt. - In Zukunft können Sie die Umrechnungskurse zwischen den Währungen einrichten Die Oberkonten werden dann den umgewandelten Wert aller Unterkonten berechnen. - In einem späteren Abschnitt () werden Sie sehen, wie man dies macht. - - - - - - - - - Anfangseinrichtung dreier Bankkonten mit unterschiedlicher Währungen - - - Anfangseinrichtung dreier Bankkonten mit unterschiedlicher Währungen. - - - - Beachten Sie, dass die Spalte "Gesamt (EUR)" angezeigt wird. - Dies wird in der Spaltenkopfzeile festgelegt, - in dem Sie den Pfeil nach unten und Gesamt (EUR) auswählen. - - - Beutzerdefinierte Währungen - - Wenn wir über Währugnen reden, meinen wir normalerweise staatlich gesicherte Währungen - (oder noch genauer, gemäß internationalem Standard - ISO 4217 definierte Währungen). - &app; erlaubt es Ihnen nicht, eigene Währungen zu schaffen. - Wenn Sie nicht-ISO-Währungen beobachten wollen, - können Sie einen von zwei Workarounds nutzen, abhängig davon, welcher Ihre Bedürfnisse besser erfüllt. - - Nehmen wir an, dass Sie beispielsweise Bonusmeilen aufzeichnen wollen, - die zählen, wie viele Treuepunkte Sie durch Einkäufe in einer bestimmten Gruppe von Geschäften gesammelt haben. - Das Konto, welches Ihre Bonusmeilen aufzeichent, wird Aktiva:Sonstige:TreueGruppeBonusmeilen genannt. - - Die erste Methode ist ein neues Wertpapier vom Typ FONDS zu definieren, Bonusmeilen genannt. - Dies ist ziemlich direkt – wenn Sie ein neues Konto TreueGruppeBonusmeilen anlegen, setzen Sie nur den Kontentyp auf - Aktie oder Investmentfond, - klicken SIe die Schaltfläche Auswählen… - neben dem Listenfeld Wertpapier/Währung: und klicken dann - Neu um ein neues Wertpapier vom Typ - FOND zu defineiren. - - Das ist nicht wirklich das, wofür die Kontentypen Aktien und Investmentfonds gedacht sind, - aber &app; erlaubt Ihnen gewöhnlich, - selbst zu entscheiden, wie Sie diese nutzen wollen, statt es Ihnen zu diktieren. - Die Kehrseite ist jedoch, dass Sie einen Preis für jede Buchung bestreffend der Bonusmeilen einzugeben haben, - weil &app; die Preise benötigt, um den Geldwert der Bonusmeilen auszurechnen und ihn als eins Ihrer Aktiva zu behandeln. - - Die zweite Methode ist, eine Währungs-Attrappe - zu nutzen, um die Bonusmeilen aufzuzeichnen. - Die Währungsattrappen sind - XTS (Kürzel für Testzwecke) und XXX (Keine - Währung). Wenn Sie eine von diesen für Ihr Konto TreueGruppeBonusmeilen nutzen, können Sie Buchungen in das Konto eingeben, ohne Aktienpreise für jede Buchung eingeben zu müssen. - Und Sie können die gleichen beiden Währungsattrappen nutzen, um alle Arten von Beträgen aufzuzeichnen – bislang in diesem Jahr verdiente und genutzte Urlaubsgelder, verdiente und genutzte Urlaubszeit, genutzte und verbleibende Gesundheitsversicherungsleistungsbeihilfe und so weiter. - Sie können sich sicher vorstellen, dass - &app; als eine zentrale Stelle für alle Arten persönlicher - Metriken zusätzlich zu den Finanzen genutzt werden kann. - - Der Nachteil dieser zweiten Methode ist, dass Sie für diese Währungsattrappen keinen Wechselkurs definieren können, - um sie in ISO Währungen umzuwandeln. - Wenn Sie dies wollen, sollten Sie wirklich die erste Methode nutzen. - - - - - Aufzeichnung/Aktualisierung des Wechselkurses (How-To) - - &app; ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Währungswechselkurse auf zwei verschiedenen Arten zu aktualisieren, nämlich händisch und automatisch. - In den folgenden beiden Abschnitten werden wir uns durch beide Wege hindurch arbeiten. - - Bevor wir starten, werfen wir noch einen kruzen Blick auf die Kontentabelle. - - - - - - - - - Anfangseinrichtung der Bankkonten mit unterschiedlicher Währungen - - - Anfangseinrichtung dreier Bankkonten mit unterschiedlicher Währungen. - - - Wie Sie sehen, spiegelt die Gesamtbilanz bislang keinen Wert für - HKD- oder USD-Beteiligungen. Das hinzufügen der Umrechnungskurse wird dies beheben. - - - Händisches aktualisieren der Wechselkurse - - Öffnen Sie den Kurs-Editor, indem sie auf Werkzeuge - Kurs-Editor. - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor Fenster - - - Kurs-Editor Fenster. - - - - Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfäche Hinzufügen, um einen neuen Währungskurs hinzuzufügen. - Ein Fenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen neuen Wechselkurs einrichten können. Dieses Fesnter sieht wie folgt aus: - - - - - - - - - Einrichten des USD Wechselkurs - - - Hinzufügen im Kurs-Editor-Fenster - - - - Setzen Sie den Namensraum auf Währungen (früher: CURRENCY) und das Wertpapier auf USD (USDollar). - Dann setzen Sie den Wechselkurs zwischen dem ausgewählten Wertpapier und der ausgewählten Währung. - In diesem Beispiel werden Sie den Wechselkurs von 1 - USD zu 1 EUR setzen (Denken Sie wie folgt: Wie viele Einheiten der Währung, in diesem Fall EUR müssen Sie aufwenden, um eine Einheit des Wertpapieres, in diesem Fall die Währung USD zu erhalten). - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster - - - Der Kurs-Editor-Fenster nach dem Setzen des Wechselkurses zwischen USDollar und Euro - - - - - - - - - - - Kontenansicht - - - Kontenplan nach dem Setzen des Wechselkurses zwischen USDollar und Euro. - - - - Beachten Sie, dass Sie noch keinen Wechselkurs für HKD haben und &app; die HKD Konten nicht nach EUR umwandeln kann. Dies wird im nächsten Abschnitt hinzugefügt. - - - - Automatische Aktualisierung der Wechselkurse (How-To) - - Im vorherigen Abschnitt sahen Sie, wie sie händisch einen neuen Währungswechselkurs festlegen können. - Aber es muss einen einfacheren Weg geben, dies zu tun. - Und es gibt ihn. - - Öffnen Sie den Kurs-Editor durch Auswahl von Werkzeuge - Kurs-Editor. - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster bevor Sie die Online-Kurse erhalten. - - - - - Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Kurse abrufen, um - automatisch die verscheidenen Wechselkurse herunterzuladen, die Sie benötigen. - - - Wenn die Schaltfläche Kurse abrufen deaktiviert ist, - bedeutet das, dass das Perl Modul Finance::Quote nicht installiert ist. - Für Informationen, wie es zu installieren ist, schauen Sie bitte unter - - - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster nachdem wir die Online Kurse bezogen haben. - - - - Sie können beobachten, dass &app; die Wechselkurse für alle Währungen, die Sie nutzen, herunterlädt. - Dies geschieht jedes Mal, wenn Sie auf Kurs herunterladen klicken oder &app; eingerichtet haben, - dass es die Kurse/Wechselkurse automatisch herunterlädt, wie in beschrieben. - - Und wenn Sie den Hauptkontenplan überprüfen, werden Sie sehen, dass - &app; automatisch die Beträge von HKD in EUR Beträge auf den Oberkonten umgewandelt hat, die in EUR ausgewiesen sind, genauso wie in in der Spalte Gesamt (EUR). - Auch die USD Konten wurden mit dem letzten Wechselkurs aktualisiert. - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor-Fenster - - - Kontenplan, nachdem wir die Online-Kurse einholen. - - - - - - Deaktivieren des Abrufens des Wechselkurses - Immer dann, wenn Sie ein Konto erstellen, das eine Nichtstandard-Währung nutzt, - wird der Abruf der Wechselkurse automatisch für diese Währung aktiviert. - Jedoch, wenn Sie später dieses Konto löschen, wird &app; den Abruf des Wechselkurses nicht automatisch für diese Währung deaktivieren. - Wenn Sie das letzte Konto für diese spezielle Währung gelöscht haben und keine Wechselkurse für diese Währung mehr abrufen wollen, führen Sie folgendes aus: - - - Öffnen Sie das Wertpapiere Fenster durch Auswahl von - WerkzeugeWertpapier- - Editor. - - - Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Auswahl Nationale Währungen anzeigen ausgewählt ist. - - - Erweitern Sie die Währungen, vormals CURRENCY, Zeile. - - - Klicken Sie doppelt auf die Währung, für welche Sie den Abruf der Wechselkurse deaktivieren wollen. - - - Wählen Sie das Optionsfeld Onlinekurse abrufen ab und klicken auf OK. - - - - - - - - Anschaffung in Fremdwährung aufzeichnen (How-To) - - Sie können dies auf zwei verscheidene Arten tun. - - 1) Nutzen Sie &app;'s eingebauten Währungsumtausch zwischen den Konten, wenn Sie Ihre Buchungen ausführen. - Dies wird hauptsächlich für einmalige Buchungen genutzt und nicht für regelmäßige. - - 2) Nutzen Sie separate Konten für diesen Kauf, bei dem alle beteiligten Konten die gleiche Währung nutzen. - Dies ist die empfohlene Verfahrensweise, da dies ein besseres Verfolgen und Fortschreiben erlaubt. - In diesem Fall erstellen Sie eine Währungsumtauschbuchung, nachdem Sie - Ihre normalen Buchungen eingegeben haben. - - Der Rest dieses Abschnittes erklärt mehr die Basisoption 2). - - - Kauf von Anlagen in Fremdwährung - - Ihr normaler Wohnsitz ist in Hessen, so dass Sie den EUR als Ihre - Standardwährung nutzen. Aber Sie wollen auf die Bahamas reisen und fischen - gehen. Sie machen dies so gerne, dass Sie sich entscheiden, dort ein Boot - zu kaufen. Dafür eröffnen Sie ein Bankkonto in Jamaica, überweisen Geld aus Deutschland und kaufen Ihr Traumboot (kleinste Version). - - Um dies in &app; aufzuzeichnen, nutzen wir die Basiskontenstruktur: - - --Aktiva (EUR) - -Barvermögen (EUR) - -Europäische Bank (EUR) - -Jamaican Bank (JMD) - -Sachanlagen (EUR) - -Boot (JMD) --Eigenkapital (EUR) - -Anfangsbestand - -EUR (EUR) - -Beachten Sie, dass die Währung jedes Kontos in Klammern gesetzt ist. - - - Zuerst müssen Sie Geld (10.000,- €) nach Jamaika überweisen und dafür - Ihr normales EUR Bankkonto nutzen (mit einem Anfangsbestand von 100.000,- EUR). - Die Bank gibt Ihnen eine Wechselkurs von EUR 1 = JMD 126, aber berechnet Ihnen - 150,- € für die Überweisung des Geldes. - - - - - - - - - Devisentransfer - - - Geld nach Jamaika überweisen - - - - Wählen Sie die Zeile des jamaikanischen Geschäftsvorfalls (9.850,00 €), - klicken rechts ud wählen und wählen Bearbeiten Wechselkurs - - - - - - - - - Wechselkurs bearbeiten - - - Ein Dialogfenster, in dem der Wechselkurs in dem - Devisengeschäft festgelegt wird - - - - Als Wechselkurs geben Sie 1 EUR = 126 JMD ein, da dies die Quote - ist, die Ihnen die Bank gab. drücken Sie OK im Fenster Buchung (Bearbeiten des Wechselkurses) - und speichern dann die Splitbuchung. Unten sehen Sie, wie dies nun im Hauptkontenfenster aussieht. - - - - - - - - - Kontenübersicht vor dem Bootskauf - - - Kontenübersicht vor dem Bootskauf - - - - Sie finden das Boot und da es ein günstiges Angebot für 1.000.000,- JMD ist, entscheiden Sie, das Boot zu kaufen. - Um diesen Vorgang in &app; aufzuzeichnen, - müssen Sie eine einfache Buchung als Entnahme von 1.000.000,- JMD in Aktiva:Barvermögen:Jamaikanische Bank - buchen und nach Aktiva:Sachanlagen:Boot übertragen. - - - - - - - - - Kontenübersicht nach dem Bootskauf - - - Kontenübersicht nach dem Bootskauf - - - Die Kontenübersicht gibt nun wieder, dass Ihr Bankkonto sich um den - Wert des Bootes (1.000.000,- JMD) reduziert hat und dass sich Ihr Konto Sachanlagen - Boot um den gleichen Betrag erhöht hat. Wenn Sie also in der Spaltenauswahl "Total (EUR)" ausgewählt haben, werden Sie den entsprechenden Wert in - EUR sehen. Der EUR Wert wird immer den letzten Währungskurs anzeigen, den Sie - entweder automatisch oder manuell mit &app; aktualisieren. - - - - Kauf ausländischer Aktien - - Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie Aktien gekauft werden, deren Preisangaben - in einer anderen Währung als Ihre normale Währung ist. - - - Angenommen Sie leben in Berlin und haben Ihre Standardwährung - auf EUR gesetzt. Sie entscheiden sich, eine in Hong Kong gehandelte Aktie - zu kaufen, die in HKD ausgezeichnet ist. Sie möchten gerne in der Lage - sein, die verschiedenen Beträge für Ertrag und Aufwand je Aktie und - Makler zu beobachten. - - Sie entscheiden sich Aktien des Beijing Airport (Hong Kong) zu kaufen. - Der Ticker ist für diese Aktie 0694.HK auf Yahoo! Weil Sie alle verschiedene - Erträge und Aufwendungen verfolgen wollen, gibt es die folgende Kontenstruktur: - - -Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport) -Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:Bank (HKD) -Eigenkapital:Anfangsbestand:HKD (HKD) -Aufwendungen:Kommisionen:Boom.0694.HK (HKD) -Erträge:Investments:Dividende:Boom:0694.HK (HKD) - - - Der Kontenplan sieht wie folgt nach der Erstellung aller - benötigten Konten aus: - - - - - - - - - Kontenplan für internationale Aktien - - - Kontenplan für internationale Aktien - - - - Die Aktienbeschreibung kann im Wertpapier-Editor angesehen werden. - (WerkzeugeWertpapier-Editor) - - - - - - - - - - Internationale Wertpapiere - - - Internationale Wertpapiere - - - - Wenn Sie kein Geld (50.000,- HKD) auf Ihr Maklerkonto - (Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:Bank) bewegt haben, - so können Sie jetzt entweder das Eigenkapitalkonto (HKD) oder ein existierendes - Bankkonto (Devisentransfer) nutzen. - - Es gibt zwei Wege den aktuellen Kaufvorgang einzugeben: Sie können - ihn vom Bargeldkonto aus eingeben (wie unten gezeigt wird) oder vom - Aktienkonto. Wenn Sie ihn vom Aktienkonto eingeben, wird die - Aktie als Vorgabe in der Währung des Elternkontos ausgezeichent.. - - Nehmen wir an, dass der Aktienkurs 3,- HKD pro Aktie ist. Um den Kauf - aufzuzeichnen, öffnen Sie das HKD-Maklerkonto in - (Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:Bank) und geben - folgendes ein: - - -Aktienkauf - Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:Bank Abbuchung 50.000,- - Aufwendungen:Kommission:Boom Einzahlung 500,- - Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom:0694-HK Einzahlung 49.500 (16.500 Anteile) - - - Wenn der Wechselkursdialog nicht automatisch erscheint, - klicken Sie mit rechts auf die Aktienzeile und wählen Bearbeiten - Wechselkurs. Geben Sie die Anzahl der Anteile (16.500) als - Zum Betrag ein. - - - - - - - - - - Umbuchung - - - Anzahl der Anteile in den Buchungsdialog eintragen - - - - Wenn Sie zum Kontenplan zurückkehren, werden sie sehen, - dass der Kauf der Anteile im Aktienkonto wiedergegeben werden. - - - - - - - - - gekaufte internationale Aktien - - - Kontenplan mit einigen internationalen Aktien - - - - - Wie Sie jedoch sehen können, können die Gesamt EUR Null sein, wenn - &app; keinen Wechselkurs zwischen EUR und HKD hat. - Um dies in Ordnung zu bringen, gehen Sie auf WerkzeugeKurs-Editor - und klicken auf die Schlatfläche Kurse abrufen, um - automatisch die Wechselkurse abzurufen, die Sie benötigen. - - - Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie Aktien durch Eingabe der Buchung unter - dem Reiter des Barvermögens, um eine Zahlung zu leisten, in jeglicher Währung gekauft werden können. - Es it auch möglich, den Kauf in das Aktienkonto einzugeben, - aber handeln Sie mit Vorsicht! - Wenn Sie es so machen. werden die Aktien vorasusichtlich in der Währung - des Aktienoberkontos ausgewiesen. - In diesem Beispiel ist das Aktienoberkonto - (Aktiva:Anlagen:Maklerkonto:Boom) benannt in HKD. - Da dies die gleiche Währung wie der Aktienkurs ist, kann der Kauf - gefahrlos auf dem Aktienkonto eingegeben werden. - - - - - - - - Währungsspekulationen aufzeichnen (How-To) - - Wenn Sie sich entscheiden, in verschiedene - Landeswährungen zu investieren in der Hoffnung, dass deren Währung im - Wert gegenüber Ihrer eigenen Währung ansteigt, handelt es sich um eine Wähungsspekulation. - - Wenn Sie diese Buchungen in &app; eingeben, müssen Sie - selbst entscheiden, wie ausführlich Sie dies haben wollen. - - Wenn Sie nicht an allen Einzelheiten interessiert sind, genügt eine einfaches Kontostruktur wie die Folgende: - - - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:Bank (EUR) - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:XXX (XXX) - - Würde man einfach Überträge zwischen zwei Konten eingeben, You would simply enter transfers between the two accounts, vermerkt man die Wechselkurse bbeim Verlassen. - - Aber wenn Sie in der Lage sein wollen, die Kapitalerträge und -verluste - genauso wie die verschiedenen Gebühren nachzuverfolgen, benötigen Sie ein - etwas aufwändigeres Layout wie das Folgende: - - - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:Bank (EUR) - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:Währung Bank:XXX (XXX) - Aufwendungen:Investments:Währung:Währung Bank:XXX (XXX) - Ertrag:Investments:Währung Bank:Kapitalerträge:XXX (XXX) - - - Fremdwährungsanlagen erwerben - - Beim Kauf anderer Währungen wird man eine bestimmte Anzahl von - Einheiten fremder Währung mit der eigenen Währung zu einem bestimmten - Umrechnungskurs kaufen. - Zum Beispiel könnte man für 10.000 USD Andorran Francs kaufen zu 5 Francs - je Dollar mit einer Umtauschgebühr von $150. - - - Kauf einer Fremdwährung mit einer Splitbuchung - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Anlagen:Währung:Bank - - - - Investierter Betrag - - - - Aufwand:Anlagen:Währung:Währung Bank:XXX - - Umtauschgebühr - - - - - - Aktiva:Anlagen:Währung:XXX - - Investierter Betrag - Umtauschgebühr - - - - - -
Es sollte ein Wechselkursfenster aufgehen, wenn Sie die letzte - Zeile der obigen Splitbuchung (Währungsbuchung) verlassen. - Wenn dieses Fenster nicht aufgeht, klicken Sie rechts auf die Zeile und - wählen Sie Bearbeiten Wechselkurs. Im Wechselkursfenster geben Sie - den Wechselkurs an, den Sie von der Bank erhalten haben. - - - - Verkauf einer Fremdwährung - - Der Fremdwährungsverkauf wird in gleicher Weise eingegeben wie - der Kauf, außer dass Sie nun Geld vom Währungskonto auf Ihr Sparkonto - übertragen (ziemlich ähnlich zu ). - - Die ordentliche Aufzeichnung des Währungsverkaufs *muss* durch eine - Splitbuchung erfolgen. In der Splitbuchung müssen Sie den Gewinn - (oder Verlust) als von einem Konto Ertrag:Kapitalgewinn (oder - Aufwand:Kapitalverlust) kommend ausweisen. - Um diesen Ertrag auszugleichen, müssen Sie den Währungsbestand zweimal - in die Splitbuchung eingeben. Einmal den aktuellen Verkauf aufzeichnen - (nutzt den genauen Betrag und den genauen Wechselkurs) und einmal die - Gewinneinkünfte ausgleichen (setzt den Betrag auf 0). - - Kurzgesagt, ein Verkauf einer Fremdwährung sollte, wieder aus - der Perspektive Aktiva:Investments:Währung:Bank - gesehen, wie folgt aussehen: - - - Verkauf einer Fremdwährung mit einer Splitbuchung - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:Bank - - Verkaufsbetrag - Umtauschgebühr - - - - - - Ausgaben:Investments:Währung:Währung Bank:XXX - - Umtauschgebühr - - - - - - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:XXX - - - - Verkaufsbetrag - - - - Ertrag:Investments:Währung Bank:Kapitalgewinne:XXX - - [VERLUST] - - GEWINN - - - - Aktiva:Investments:Währung:XXX - - GEWINN (um auf 0 auszugleichen) - - [VERLUST (um auf 0 auszugleichen) ] - - - -
- - - - - - Auszüge in ausländischer Währung abgleichen (How-To) - - Ausländische Auszüge abzugleichen, geschieht in der gleichen Weise, - wie Sie einen Auszug Ihrer lokalen Bank abgleichen. Wenn Sie eine - Kontenplanstruktur erstellt haben, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die gleiche Währung - je Konto wie Ihr Kontoauszug zu nutzen, ist es aktuell exakt dasselbe - wie das Abgleichen Ihres lokalen Bankauszuges, abgesehen davon, dass - Sie möglicherweise ein Wörterbuch benötigen. - - Wenn Sie verschiedene Währungen benutzen, müssen Sie möglicherweise - die Beträge händisch von einer Währung in die andere umrechnen, - während Sie die Konten abgleichen. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_dep.xml b/guide/de/ch_dep.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 88a49fe81..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_dep.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,604 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Depreciation - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml b/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e85db64cc..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_expenses.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Aufwandskonten - - Um Ihr Girokonto zu bewirtschaften, ist der erste Schritt, Ihre Finanzen - zu verfolgen. Der naheliegende zweite Schritt, um zu sehen, wo Sie Geld - ausgeben, ist die Nutzung von Aufwandskonten. Dieses Kapitel vermittelt Ihnen, - wie &app; Aufwandskonten nutzt, - um Ihnen zu helfen, die Übersicht über die verschiedenen Buchungskategorien - zu behalten. - - - Konzepte - Ein Aufwandskontentyp erlaubt Ihnen aufzuzeichnen, wie viel Sie für bestimmte - Ausgaben aufwenden. Formal sind Aufwandskonten kein Teil der herkömmlichen Buchhaltung; - aber sie wurden mit der zunehmenden Verfügbarkeit computergestützter Buchhaltungssysteme - gebräuchlich. Die erste Erfahrung mit der Aufzeichnung des Aufwandes machten viele mit - Quicken(tm). Dort können die Buchungen einer oder mehreren Kategorien zugeordnet werden. - In &app; sind diese Kategorien als separate Konten eingerichtet. - Das erlaubt &app;, die Regeln der doppelten Buchführung - einheitlich anzuwenden. Aufwandskonten können so allgemein oder detailliert sein, - wie Sie es benötigen. einige Nutzer benötigen nur wenige Konten für ihre persönliche - Aufzeichnung des Aufwandes. Andere nutzen Aufwandskonten in &app;, - um ihren Aufwand in allen Einzelheiten zu kontrollieren. Die Detailtiefe bestimmen - Sie selber. Beachten Sie, dass Sie mit &app; die Konten - für die Buchungen ändern können, wenn Sie später Änderungen benötigen. Dann ist es noch möglich, - Buchungen zu verschieben. - - - Konteneinrichten - - Einfache Einrichtung der Aufwandskonten - Für viele Nutzer ist der einfachste Weg, Aufwandskonten einzurichten, die - Allgemeinen Konten zu prüfen, wenn Sie eine neue kontenhierarchie erstellen. - Dies wird Ihnen die meisten Aufwandskonten erstellen, die Sie benötigen. - Für mehr Informationen schauen Sie auch unter "New Account Hierarchy Setup" - in Kapitel 3 der Hilfe (en). - - - Umfangreiche Einrichtung der Aufwandskonten - Wenn Sie verschieden Aufwandskonten benötigen, können Sie sich auf - oder Kapitel 5.4 in der Hilfe (en) beziehen. - Klassische Gründe, neue oder verschiedne Konten hinzuzufügen, schließen ein: - aufzeichnen bestimmter Geschäftsvorfälle (z.B. spezielle Arten des Beschaffungsaufwandes), - aufzeichnen bestimmter Steuertatbestände (z.B. Steueraufwand muss anderen berichtet werden), - oder einfach Aufwand aufzeichnen, das es für Sie aussagekräftig ist (z.B. Zahlung an eine - bestimmte gemeinützige Organisation). - - - - Eingabe der Aufwandsbuchungen - Während es möglich ist, Buchungen direkt in die Aufwandskonten einzugeben, - ist es, ist es nicht normal, wie diese einzugeben sind. Für die meisten Leute werden die - Buchungen für ein Aufwandskonto hinzugefügt, wenn der Nutzer Daten in ein - anderesn Konto in der Buchung eingibt. Mit anderen Worten: wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto - für gemeinnützige Spenden haben (z.B. Aufwendungen:Spenden), werden Sie normalerweise - eine Buchung dem Aufwandskonto hinzufügen, indem Sie die Buchung auf dem Girokonto dem - Spendenkonto zuweisen. - Wenn Sie ein Aufwandskonto öffnen, werden Sie ein Kontenblatt sehen, wie Sie - es auch an den anderen Stellen in &app; finden. Die - formlosen Spaltenköpfe für die Buchungsbeträge sind ein wenige verschieden. - Die linke Spalte (Aufwand) wird als Gesamtaufwand gelesen, während - die rechte Spalte (Erstattung) als Gesamterstattung gelesen wird. - - - Weitere Überlegungen für Aufwandskonten - Weil Aufwandskonten ganz von Ihnen erstellt werden, gibt es keine Bankauszüge, - gegen die Sie Ihre Daten abgleichen können. Daher gibt es streng genommen nichts abzugleichen. - Sie können das Abgleichprozedere für Aufwandskonten dazu nutzen, dass die - Buchungen vor spätere Eingaben geschützt sind. - Eins sollten Sie bedenken, dass durch Ihre weitere Nutzung von &app; - der Saldo dieser Konten wächst, weil es nur sehr wenige Erstattungsbuchungen gibt, - die den Saldo erniedrigen. Daran ist nichts falsch. Aber einige Nutzer möchten regelmäßig - die Salden ihrer Aufwandskonten leeren. Solche Buchungen können eingegeben werden, indem - der Kontensaldo auf ein Eigenkapitalskonto übertragen wird. &app; - beinhaltet auch ein Verfaren zum Buchungsabschluss, dass die Aufwandskonten auf Null (0,00) setzt. - Beachten Sie, dass dies nicht notwendig ist. Wenn Sie dies benötigen, um bestimmte - Informationen von einem Aufwandskonto zu erhalten, können Sie auch die verschiedenen Reporte nutzen. - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_import_business_data.xml b/guide/de/ch_import_business_data.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c7b0b26bc..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_import_business_data.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,351 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Importing Business Data - &untranslated-de; - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml b/guide/de/ch_invest.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 400249bf9..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_invest.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3242 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Kapitalanlagen - Dieses Kapitel erklärt, wie Sie Ihre Kapitalanlagen mit &app; verwalten. - Viele Leute haben einen Geldanlageplan, ob sie das Geld in einen Investmentfont geben, - Belegschaftsaktien erwerben oder Aktien und Rentenpapiere durch eine Börsenmaklerfirma - kaufen und verkaufen. &app; - gibt Ihnen Werkzeuge, die Ihnen helfen, diese Kapitalanlagen zu verwalten, wie einen - Preise-Editor, der es Innen erlaubt, die Änderungen des Wertes der von - Ihnen gehaltenen Wertpapieren aufzuzeichnen. - - - Grundlagen - - Eine Kapitalanlage ist etwas, was Sie in der Hoffnung auf Rendite erwerben, - oder in der Hoffnung, es in Zukunft teurer zu verkaufen, als Sie sie erworben - haben. Unter dieser einfachen Definition können viele Dinge als Kapitalanlage - betrachtet werden: das Haus in dem Sie leben, ein wertvolles Gemälde, Beteiligungen an - börsenorientierten Unternehmen, Ihre Spareinlagen bei einer Bank oder - verbriefte Bankeinlagen. Diese vielen Arten der Geldanlage werden in diesem Kapitel - unter dem Gesichtspunkt besprochen, wie man sie durch &app; aufzeichnet. - - - Terminologie - - Bevor wir Geldanlagen speziell diskutieren, wird es hilfreich sein, - ein Glossar des Geldanlagenfachvokabulars vorzulegen. Die unten vorgelegten Ausdrücke - stellen die Grundlagen der Investitionen dar. Es ist eine gute Idee, - sich mit diesen Ausdrücken vertraut zu machen, oder zumindest auf diese Liste zu verweisen, - wenn Sie ein unbekanntes Wort in den späteren Abschnitten stoßen. - - - - Kapitalerträge - - Dies ist die Differenz zwischen dem An- und Verkaufspreis - einer Kapitalanlage. - Dies ist auch als realisierter Gewinn/Verlust bekannt. - Wenn der Verkaufspreis niedriger ist als der - Ankaufspreis, nennt man das einen Veräußerungsverlust. - - - - - - Maklergebühr - - Dies ist die Gebühr, die Sie an den Makler zahlen, damit er - Wertpapiere kauft oder verkauft. - - - - - Stammaktien - - Dies ist ein Wertpapier, dass einen bestimmten Anteil an - einem Unternehmen darstellt. Dies ist das, was Sie kaufen beim - Aktienerwerb in ein Unternehmen auf dem freien - Markt. Dies - wird auch Stammkapital genannt. - - - - - Aufzinsung - - Dies ist das Konzept, dass die wiederangelegten Zinsen später - wieder eigene Zinsen abwerfen (Zinseszinsen). - Dies wird oft als Aufzinsen bezeichnet. - - - - - - Dividenden - - Dividenden sind Barzahlungen, die die Unternehmen an die Aktionäre zahlen. - Die Höhe dieser Zahlung bestimmt sich normalerweise als Anteil an der Höhe - des Gewinns des Unternehmens. Beachten Sie, dass nicht alle Stammaktien - Dividenden ausschütten. - - - - - Dividendenpapiere - - Dies sind Kapitalanlagen. mit denen der Kapitalanleger - zum Teil (oder ganz) Eigentümer wird. Dies schließt - Stammaktien eines Unternehmens und Anteile an einem Immobilienfonds ein. - - - - - Zinsen - - Dies ist, was ein Darlehensnehmer einem Darlehensgeber zahlt, - um dessen Geld zu nutzen. Normalerweise wird dies als Prozentsatz - der Kreditsumme pro Jahr ausgedrückt. Im Falle eines Sparguthabens - mit 1 % Zinsen (Sie sind der Darlehensgeber, die Bank ist der - Darlehensnehmer) wird Ihnen 1,- € pro Jahr für jede 100,- € zahlen, - die Sie dort zahlen. - - - - - Liquidität - - Dies ist ein Maß, wie einfach eine Kapitalanlage in Bargeld - umtauschbar ist. Geld in einem Sparguthaben ist sehr liquide, - während Geld, das in ein Haus angelegt ist, eine geringe Liquidität hat, - weil es Zeit braucht, ein Haus zu verkaufen. - - - - - Grundkapital - - Dies ist der ursprüngliche Betrag, der angelegt oder - geliehen wurde. - - - - - Realisierter oder nichtrealisierter Gewinn/Verlust - - Nichtrealisierter Gewinn oder Verlust entsteht, wenn Sie eine Änderung im Wert - des Bestandes haben. Sie realisieren Gewinn/Verlust, wenn Sie tatsächlich den Bestand - verkaufen. Schauen Sie auch Kapitalgewinn/-verlust. - - - - - Ertrag - - Dies sind die Gesamteinnahmen plus Kapitalgewinn - oder -verlust einer Kapitalanlage. Schauen Sie auch - Rendite. - - - - - Risiko - - Dies ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass die Rendite der Kapitalanlage - sich von dem unterscheidet, was Sie erwartet haben. Kapitalanlagen sind oft - in einer Skala von risikoarm (Sparguthaben, Staatsanleihen) - bis hohes Risiko (Aktienkapital, Risikoanlage) unterteilt. Als eine generelle Regel - gilt, je höher das Risiko je größer die mögliche Rendite. - - - - - Aktionär - - Aktionär ist eine Person, die Aktien an einem - Unternehmen hält. - - - - - Aktienstückelung - - Dies kommt vor, wenn ein Unternehmen anbietet, zusätzliche - Kapitalanteile für jede existierende Aktie auszugeben. - Zum Beispiel eine 2 für 1 Aktienstückelung meint, dass wenn - Sie 100 Aktienanteile besitzen, Sie weitere 100 ohne Kosten dazu erhalten. - Der Stückpreis der Aktien wird angeglichen, damit es keine - Nettoänderung im Wert gibt, so wird sich in diesem Beispiel der Preis je Aktie - halbieren. - - - - - Wertbestimmung - - Dies ist der Prozess der Festlegung des Marktwertes - oder der Preis, den die Kapitalanlage bei einem Verkauf in einem - zumutbaren Zeitrahmen erzielen würde. - - - - - Rendite - - Dies ist der Maßstab für den Geldbetrag, den Sie durch Ihre - Kapitalanlage erzielen (Z.B.: Wie viel Einkommen Sie von der Kapitalanlage - erhalten). Üblicherweise wird dies als Prozentsatz auf das Grundkapital. - beschrieben. Die Rendite enthält nicht die Veräußerungsgewinne oder -verluste - Z.B: Eine Aktie wird für 100,- € verkauft und gibt 2,- € Dividende pro Jahr, - ergibt eine Rendite von 2%. - - - - - - - Arten der Kapitalanlagen - - Nachfolgend werden einige verbreitete Arten verfügbarer Anlagen - und Beispiele jedes Typs vorgestellt. - - - - Verzinsliche Konten oder - Finanzinstrumente - - Diese Art der Kapitalanlage erlaubt Ihnen gewöhnlich direkten - Zugriff auf Ihr Geld und wird Ihnen üblicherweise jeden Monat Zinsen - abwerfen basierend auf dem Geldbetrag, den Sie hinterlegt haben. - Beispiele sind Banksparkonten (und einige verzinzliche Bankkonten) - und Bargeldkonten bei einem Makler. Dieses ist eine Kapitalanlage mit - geringem Risiko, in den Vereinigten Staaten und in Deutschland sind diese Konten meist - gegen Verluste bis zu einer bestimmten Summe versichert. - - Manchmal ist ein verzinsliches Finanzinstrument - zeitlich gebunden. Diese Art der Kapitalanlage - erwartet, dass Sie Geld für eine vorgegebene Zeitspanne fest anlegen, - in der Sie eine festgesetzte Rendite erhalten. Üblicherweise erhalten - Sie um so höhere Renditen, je länger Sie Ihr Geld festlegen. Wenn Sie Ihr - Geld vor dem Fälligkeitsdatum zurückziehen, müssen Sie üblicherweise - Vorschusszinsen zahlen. Dies ist eine relativ risikoarme Kapitalanlage. - Beispiele sind festverzinsliche Wertpapiere oder einige Staatsanleihen. - Andere Anleihearten haben eine höhere Rendite beruhend auf einem höheren - Risiko basierend von der Kreditwürdigkeit des Herausgebers. - - - - Aktien und offene Investmentfonds - - Dies ist eine Kapitalanlage, die Sie in ein Unternehmen tätigen, - in welchem Sie tatsächlich Miteigentümer werden. Es gibt normalerweise - keine zeitliche Bindung für börsennotierte Aktien, jedoch kann es unterschiedliche Steuersätze geben, die Sie auf den Veräußerungsgewinn zahlen, - je nach dem wie lange Sie die Aktie halten. Somit sind Aktien ziemlich - schnell realisierbar, Sie können sehr schnell auf Ihr Geld zugreifen. - Diese Kapitalanlage hat ein höheres Risiko, da Sie keine Garantie für - den zukünftigen Preis der Aktie haben. - - Ein offener Investmentfond ist eine Gemeinschaftskapitalanlage, - in welcher Sie sich in viele Aktien gleichzeitig einkaufen. Zum Beispiel - ist ein Indexfond S&P 500 ein Fond, der alle 500 Aktien, die im - Standard and Poor’s-Index gelistet werden, anschafft. Wenn Sie einen Anteil an diesem Fond kaufen, kaufen Sie - tatsächlich einen kleinen Anteil an jeder der 500 Aktien, die in diesem - Fond enthalten sind. Offene Investmentfonds werden genauso behandelt - wie eine einzelne Aktie sowohl in steuerlicher als auch in - buchhalterischer Hinsicht. - - - Sachanlagen - - Güter, deren Wert mit der Zeit wächst, sind eine andere Form der - Kapitalanlage. Beispiele sind ein Haus, ein Stück Land oder ein - wertvolles Gemälde. Diese Art der Kapitalanlage ist sehr schwierig in - der Wertermittlung, bis Sie sie verkaufen. Die steuerlichen Folgen - des Verkaufs dieser Gegenstände variieren abhängig vom Gegenstand. - Zum Beispiel können Sie eine steuerliche Entlastung beim Hausverkauf - erhalten, wenn es Ihr Hauptwohnsitz ist, aber Sie erhalten diese - Steuererleichterung nicht bei einem teuren Gemälde. - - Investitionen in Sachanlagen werden in und - diskutiert. Üblicherweise gibt es nicht - viel in der Buchhaltung für die Sachanlageninvestitionen zu tun außer die - Aufzeichnung der An- und Verkäufe. - - - - - - - Konten einrichten - - Um Konten für die Kapitalanlagen in &app; einzurichten, können Sie entweder die - vordefinierte Kontenhierarchie für Kapitalanlagen nutzen oder Ihre eigene - erstellen. Das Minimum, das Sie benötigen, um die Kapitalanlagen - aufzuzeichnen, ist, ein Anlagenkonto für jede Art der Kapitalanlage anzulegen, die Ihnen gehört. Wie wir in den vorherigen Kapiteln gesehen haben, - ist es jedoch gewöhnlich logischer, eine strukturierte Kontenhierarchie zu erstellen, in der ähnliche Kapitalanlagen zusammengefasst werden. Zum Beispiel - möchten Sie alle börsennotierten Aktien unter einem übergeordnete Konto - zusammenfassen, das nach der Maklerfirma benannt ist, wo Sie die Aktien - kaufen. - - - Unabhängig davon, wie Sie Ihre Kontenhierarchie einrichten, denken Sie daran, - dass Sie später immer Ihre Konten verschieben können (ohne die Arbeit zu verlieren, - die Sie in sie gesteckt haben). Daher muss Ihre anfängliche Kontenhierarchie - nicht perfekt sein. - - - - Vorgefertigte Kapitalanlagekonten benutzen - - Die Kapitalanlagekontenoption im - Neuen Kontenplan erstellen-Assistenten erstellt - automatisch eine grundlegende Kapitalanlagekontenhierarchie für Sie. Um - auf die vordefinierte Kapitalanlagekontenhierarchie zuzugreifen, müssen Sie - sicherstellen, dass Ihre &app; Datei offen ist, - Sie zu dem Konten-Reiter wechseln und - AktionenNeue Kontenhierarchie - auswählen. Damit wird der Neuen - Kontoplan erstellen-Assistent gestartet und erlaubt Ihnen, - zusätzliche Konten auszuwählen und Ihrer Kontenhierarchie hinzuzufügen. - Wählen Sie die Kapitalanlagekontenoption (zusammen mit - beliebig anderen, die Sie interessieren). Wenn nur Kapitalanlagekonten - ausgewählt wurden, wird dies eine Kontenhierarchie erzeugen, wie - nachfolgend gezeigt. - - - Sie können auch den Neuen Kontenplan erstellen - Assistenten starten, indem Sie eine neue &app; Datei erzeugen. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Investmentzinsen erstellen - - - Dies ist ein Screenshot des Reiters Konten, - nachdem eine neue Datei erstellt und nur die - Standardkapitalkonten ausgewählt wurden. - - - - Vermutlich wollen Sie zumindest ein Bankkonto den Aktiva hinzufügen - und vermutlich ein Eigenkapital:Anfangsbestand Konto anlegen, - wie wir das in einem früheren Kapitel getan haben. - Vergessen Sie nicht, Ihr neues Konto mit einem sprechenden Namen abzuspeichern! - - - - Kapitalanlagekonto manuell erstellen - - Wenn Sie eine eigene Kapitalanlagenkontenhierarchie erstellen wollen, - dürfen Sie dies natürlich tun. Kapitalanlagen benötigen üblicherweise eine - Anzahl von dazugehörigen Konten, die erstellt werden müssen: ein Aktivkonto - um die Kapitalanlage selbst aufzuzeichnen; ein Ertragskonto, um die - Dividendenbuchungen aufzuzeichnen und ein Aufwandskonto, um die - Investitionskosten und die Provisionen aufzuzeichnen. - - In einer üblichen Kontenstruktur sind Wertpapierkonten Unterkonten des - Aktivkontos, das nach dem Konto der Maklerfirma benannt ist. Das Maklerkonto - würde in Ihrer lokalen Währung ausgewiesen und würde Unterkonten für jedes Wertpapier - entalten, welches Sie dort handeln. - - Die dazugehörigen An- und Verkaufskonten, Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten - sollten auch in der gleichen Währung wie das Maklerkonto sein. - - - Die Wertpapierunterkonten würden jeweils eingerichtet werden, um Einheiten - eines einzelnen Wertpapieres zu enthalten, welches aus der (nutzerdefinierten) Master-Wertpapierliste - ausgewählt wird; es wird erwartet, dass sie die gleiche Währung nutzen wie das Maklerkonto. - - - Wertpapierkurse werden in einem separaten Bereich von &app; - gehalten (die Kurs-Datenbank - Werkzeuge - Kurs-Editor). Diese enthält - die Kurse für individuelle Wertpapiere (nicht Wertpapierkonten). Alle - Kurse für ein individuelles Wertpapier sind ein einer einzelnen Währung. Wenn ein - Wertpapier in mehreren Währungen gehandelt wird, dann sollte ein separates Wertpapier - und separate Konten für jede Währung eingerichtet werden. - - - - - Angepasstes Kontenbeispiel - - Das Folgende ist ein etwas komplizierteres Beispiel, wie &app; eingerichtet wird, - um Ihre Kapitalanlagen zu verfolgen, welches den Vorteil hat, dass es jede unterschiedliche Kapitalanlage unter der Maklerfirma gruppiert, - die mit den Kapitalanlagen handelt. - Auf diese Art und Weise ist es einfacher, die Aufstellungen, die Sie von Ihrer Maklerfirma erhalten, mit den Konten zu vergleichen, die Sie - in &app; haben, und zu erkennen, wo - &app; von der Aufstellung abweicht. - Aktiva - Investments - Brokerage Accounts - I*Trade - Stocks - ACME Corp - Money Market Funds - I*Trade Municipal Fund - Cash - My Stockbroker - Money Market Funds - Active Assets Fund - Government Securities - Treas Bond xxx - Treas Note yyy - Mutual Funds - Fund A - Fund B - Cash - Erträge - Investments - Brokerage Accounts - Kapitalerträge - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - Dividende - I*Trade - Steuerpflichtig - Steuerfrei - My Stockbroker - Steuerpflichtig - Steuerfrei - Zinseinkünfte - I*Trade - Steuerpflichtig - Steuerfrei - My Stockbroker - Steuerpflichtig - Steuerfrei - Aufwendungen - Aufwendungen für Investments - Commissions - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - Management Fees - I*Trade - My Stockbroker - - - - Es gibt keinen wirklichen Standardweg, um Ihre Kapitalkontenhierarchie - zu erstellen. Spielen Sie herum, probieren Sie verschiedene Layouts aus, bis - Sie etwas finden, das Ihre Kapitalanlagenkonten in logische Gruppen teilt, - die für Sie sinnvoll sind. - - - - - - Verzinsliche Konten - - Kapitalanlagen, die eine feste oder variable Verzinsung haben, sind - eine der einfachsten und häufigsten Form der verfügbaren Kapitalanlagen. - Verzinsliche Kapitalanlagen schließen Ihre Bankkonten, festverzinslichen - Wertpapiere oder jede andere Art der Kapitalanlage ein, in welcher Sie Zinsen - für das Kapital erhalten. Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie diese Art der - Kapitalanlagen in &app; gehandhabt werden. - - - Konto einrichten - - Wenn Sie verzinsliche Kapitalanlagen kaufen, müssen Sie ein - Aktivakonto erstellen, um den Kauf der Kapitalanlage aufzuzeichnen, - ein Ertragskonto, um die Einnahmen aus den Zinsen und ein - Aufwandskonto, um die Bankgebühren zu verbuchen. Nachstehend folgt ein - Beispiel eines Kontenlayouts, in welchem Sie ein verzinsliches - Sparkonto und festverzinsliche Wertpapiere bei Ihrer Bank haben. - - -Aktiva - Bank ABC - festverzinsliche Wertpapiere - Banksparguthaben -Aufwendungen - Bank ABC - Bankgebühren -Einnahmen - Zinseinnahmen - festverzinsliche Wertpapiere - Banksparguthaben - - - Wie üblich stellt diese Kontenhierarchie ein Beispiel dar, - Sie sollten Ihre eigenen Konten so darstellen, wie sie am Besten zu - Ihrer aktuellen Situation passt. - - - - Beispiel - - Nun lassen Sie uns diese Konten mit realistischen Zahlen bestücken. Lassen - Sie uns annehmen, dass Sie mit 10.000,- € auf Ihrem Bankkonto starten, - welches Ihnen 1 % Zinsen einbringt, und Sie kaufen ein verzinsliches Wertpapier - für 5.000,- € mit einem Ablauf in 6 Monaten und einer Rendite von 2 %. - Offensichtlich ist es viel besser, Ihr Geld in festverzinslichen - Wertpapieren zu halten, als auf einem Sparkonto. Nach dem Erstkauf sollten Ihre Konten wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - - - - Investmentzinsen einrichten - - - Dies ist ein Bild des Registers Konten nach der - Erstellung und der Investition in ein festverzinsliches Wertpapier. - - - - Nun erhalten Sie während der nächsten 6 Monate monatliche - Bankauszüge, die die Vorgänge Ihres Kontos beschreiben. In unserem - fiktiven Beispiel machen wir nichts mit diesem Geld bei dieser Bank, - so dass die einzigen Vorgänge Zinseinkünfte und Bankgebühren sind. - Die monatlichen Bankgebühren sind 2,- €. Nach 6 Monaten sollte das - Reiterfenster für die festverzinslichen Wertpapiere wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - - - - Investmentzinsen einrichten - - - Dies ist ein Bild des Reiters des festverzinsliche - Wertpapierkontos nach 6 Monaten. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Investmentzinsen einrichten - - - Dies ist das Bild des Reiters Sparkonto nach 6 Monaten. - - - - Und dies ist das Hauptkontenfenster von &app; - : - - - - - - - - - - - - Investmentzinsen einrichten - - - Dies ist ein Bild der Konten nach 6 Monaten. - - - - - Auf dem obigen Bild des Hauptkontenfenster von &app; - sehen Sie eine schöne Zusammenfassung über das, was mit dieser - Kapitalanlage in 6 Monaten passiert. Während die Verzinsung der - festverzinslichen Wertpapiere doppelt so hoch ist, wie die des Sparkontos, - war der Ertrag des festverzinslichen Wertpapieres 50,21 € gegenüber 13,03 € - des Sparkontos oder fast 4 Mal so viel. Warum? Wegen der ärgerlichen 2,- € - Bankgebühren, die das Sparkonto treffen (welche sich auf 12,- € über 6 Monate aufsummieren). - - Nach diesen 6 Monaten läuft das verzinsliche Wertpapier ab, das - bedeutet, Sie dürfen es ohne Vorfälligkeitszinsen verkaufen. Wenn Sie - dies tun, werden Ihnen einfach 5.050,21 € auf Ihr Sparkonto übertragen. - - - - - Wertpapierdepot einrichten - - Nachdem Sie nun im vorherigen Abschnitt eine Kontenhierarchie erstellt haben, - zeigt Ihnen dieser Abschnitt, wie Sie die Konten mit Ihrem Wertpapierbestand - erstellen und bestücken. Nach dieser Ersterstellung Ihres Bestandes haben - Sie möglicherweise Aktien, die Sie erworben haben, bevor Sie anfingen, - &app; zu nutzen. Für diese Aktien folgen Sie - der Anleitung im folgenden - Eingabe vorhandener Aktien Abschnitt. Wenn Sie jetzt Aktien erwerben, dann nutzen Sie den Neue Aktien Kaufen - Abschnitt. - - - Konten für Aktien und offene Investmentsfonds einrichten - - Dieser Abschnitt zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie Aktien- und - Investmentfondskonten in &app; einrichten. Hier nehmen wir an, dass Sie die Basiskonteneinrichtung aus dem früheren Abschnitt nutzen, aber die Verfahren können auf jede Kontenhierarchie angewandt werden. - - Sie sollten innerhalb des Aktiva- - Kontos auf oberster Ebene ein paar Ebenen tiefer ein Konto mit der - Bezeichnung Aktie haben. Öffnen Sie den Kontenbaum - durch Klicken auf die mit der Spitze nach rechts zeigende - Dreiecksmarkierungen neben den Kontennamen bis der Baum bis in die - Tiefe des neuen Kontos geöffnet ist. Sie benötigen ein Unterkonto (des Typs - Aktie) unter dem Aktienkonto für jede Aktie, die Sie - besitzen. Jede Aktie ist ein separates Konto. Der Name dieses Aktienkontos - ist normalerweise das Börsenkürzel, dabei darf der Kontoname alles - sein, was für Sie und anderen Nutzer klar ist. So - können Sie zum Beispiel Ihre Konten AMZN, - IBM und NST jeweils für Ihre Amazon-, - IBM- und NSTAR-Aktien nennen. Unten ist eine Vorlage für den Entwurf - (zeigt nur die Aktiva Unterkonten). - - - Aktiva - Kapitalanlagen - Brokerage Accounts - Schuldverschreibung - offene Investmentfonds - Market Index - Aktie - AMZN - IBM - NST - - - - Wenn Sie Ihr Einkommen verfolgen wollen (Dividenden/Zinsen/Veräußerungsgewinne) - auf der Basis einzelner Aktien oder Fonds, müssen Sie ein - Erträge:Dividende:STOCKSYMBOL, - Erträge:Cap Gain (Long):STOCKSYMBOL, - Erträge:Cap Gain (Short):STOCKSYMBOL - und Erträge:Zinsen:STOCKSYMBOL - Konto für jede Aktie erstellen, die Sie besitzen und die Dividenden - oder Zinsen abwirft. - - - - - Aktienkonto - Beispiel - - Als Beispiel lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Sie derzeit 100 - Amazon-Aktien besitzen. Zuerst erstellen Sie das Aktienkonto AMZN durch - Auswahl des Aktien-Kontos und klicken im Menü - AktionenNeues Konto.... Der Neue - Kontendialog erscheint, folgen Sie den Schritten, die nachfolgend - beschrieben werden, um ein Aktienkonto anzulegen. - - - - - - - - - - - - Neues Konto Fenster - - - Neues Konto Fenster - - - - - - Kontobezeichnung: - Üblicherweise das Börsenkürzel, z.B.: AMZN - - - - Kontenplan - Optionales Feld, Nutzen Sie CUSIP, - das Zeitungslistensymbol, Investmentfond Familien ID oder Code, den - Sie selber wählen. - - - - Beschreibung: - Optionales Feld für eine - ausführliche Beschreibung des Wertpapiers oder der Aktie. Beachten Sie, dass - dieses Feld standardmäßig im Konten-Baum - angezeigt wird. - - - - Kontenart - Wählen Sie die Art des Kontos, - das Sie erstellen, aus der Liste unten links aus. - - - - Hauptkonto - Wählen sie das Hauptkonto für - das neu erstelle Konto aus der Liste unten rechts. Erweitern Sie die - Liste der Konten, wenn nötig. - - - - Neues Wertpapier erstellen - Um eine neue - Aktie zu nutzen, müssen Sie die Aktie als ein neues Wertpapier - erstellen. - - Stellen sie sicher, zuerst den Kontentyp Aktien - oder Investmentfond zu wählen, sodass - die Schaltfläche Auswählen … zur Anzeige einer Liste - von Wertpapieren statt Währungen führt. - - - - - Wertpapier/Währung auswählen - Klicken Sie auf - die Auswählen…-Schaltfläche neben der - Wertpapier/Währung-Zeile. Sie müssen das Wertpapier von der Standardeinstellung (Ihre - Standardwährung) für diese bestimmte Aktie ändern. Dies - bringt den Wertpapier Auswahl-Dialog - hervor. - - - - Typ - Wählen Sie die Börse, an der das Wertpapier gehandelt wird - (in diesem Beispiel EUREX). - - Wählen Sie die Neu-Schaltfläche aus, um das Neues Wertpapier-Fenster zu - öffnen. - - - - - - - - - - - - Wertpapierfenster auswählen - - - Wertpapierfenster auswählen - - - - - - Neues Wertpapier erstellen - - Klicken Sie auf die Neu…-Schaltfläche - und geben Sie die passenden Informationen für diese Aktie in das neue Formular Neues Wertpapier ein. - - - - - - Voller Name: ist - Amazon.com. - - - - Symbol/Abkürzung: ist - AMZN. Das Symbol ist das Börsenkürzel, - dass in Ihrer Börsenkursquelle unten auf dem Formular genutzt wird. Beachten Sie, dass von verschiedenen - Kursquellen für die gleiche Aktie verschiedene Symbole - benutzt werden, beispielweise ist Ericsson an der Stockholmer Börse ERIC-B, während bei es bei Yahoo - ERRICB.ST ist. - - - - Der Typ sollte bereits EUREX sein, weil dies das ist, was in der Wertpapierauswahl ausgewählt wurde. - Aber Sie können ihn hier ändern und sogar weitere Kategorien hinzufügen. - - - - - WKN, ISIN oder anderer Code gibt an, wo Sie andere Codenummern oder -text eingeben können - (Lassen Sie es in diesem Beispiel leer). - - - - Die Handelbare Stückelung sollte - auf die kleinste Stückelung des Wertpapieres eingestellt - sein, die gehandelt werden kann, normalerweise 1/100 oder 1/10000. - - - - Das Kontrollkästchen Börsenkurse Online abrufen, die Kursabrufquelle und die Zeitzone - sollten ausgewählt werden, um die Quellen für die Onlinekursaktualisierung festzulegen. Schauen Sie auch unter - - Aktienkurs automatisch - einrichten. - - - Wenn die Börsenkurse Online abrufen-Schaltfläche nicht hervorgehoben ist, und sie - nicht angeklickt werden kann, dann ist das Paket Finance::Quote nicht installiert. - Schauen Sie in den Abschnitt Installation - Finance::Quote - . - - - Nachstehend sehen Sie, wie das Fenster aussieht, - wenn es fertig bearbeitet ist: - - - - - - - - - - Neues Wertpapierfenster - - - Neues Wertpapierfenster - - - - - - Wertpapier speichern - Klicken - Sie auf die OK Schaltfläche, um das - neue Wertpapier zu speichern. Dies schließt das Fenster - Neues Wertpapier und kehrt zum Neuen Konto Fenster zurück. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wertpapier auswählen - Sie sollten nun die neu - erstellenten Wertpapiere als verfügbar im Ausklappmenü für - Wertpapier/Währung sehen. Wählen Sie eins aus - (es ist möglicherweise bereits ausgewählt) und klicken Sie auf OK. - - - - Kleinste Stückelung - Gibt die kleinste - Stückelung des Wertpapieres an, die gehandelt wird. - - - - Bemerkung - Geben Sie irgendeine Notiz - oder Nachricht hinsichtlich dieses Wertpapier ein. - - - - Steuerrelevant - Gehen Sie zu Bearbeiten - Optionen Steuerbericht…, - um dieses Kontrollkästchen anzuklicken, wenn die Vorgänge auf diesem Konto einkommensteuerrelevant sind. - - - - Platzhalter - Kontrollkästchen - auswählen, wenn dieses Konto ein Platzhalter ist, der - keine Buchungen enthält. - - - - Beenden - Sie sollten nun automatisch - zum Neuen Konto Dialog zurückkehren, mit der auf - AMZN (Amazon.com) gesetzten - Symbol/Abkürzung: Zeile. Klicken Sie auf - OK, um dieses Aktienkonto zu speichern. - - - - - - - Sie haben nun das Amazon Aktienkonto erstellt, Ihr Hauptkonto - sollte daher wie folgt aussehen (Beachten Sie, dass es einige zusätzliche Konten hier gibt, ein Bankkonto und ein Kapitalkonto): - - - - - - - - - - - - Erstellung eines aktuellen Bestandes - - - Dieses Bild zeigt den ersten Aktienkonto (AMZN) nach - der Erstellung. - - - - Öffnen Sie das Buchungsansichtsfenster für dieses AMZN Aktienkonto (Klicken Sie doppelt darauf). - Hier sehen Sie nun die Wertpapier-Ansicht. - Diese gibt Ihnen eine Übersicht über die Buchungen zu diesem Wertpapier einschließlich der Anzahl der Einheiten (Anteile einer Aktie oder eines Investmentfonds), - die ge- oder verkauft wurden, den Nettopreis pro - Einheit und die Gesamtsumme. Offensichtlich haben wir bis jetzt keine AMZN-Aktien ge- oder verkauft, so dass die Ansicht keine Buchungen enthalten sollte. - - - - - Aktienkauf - - - Eingabe vorhandener Aktien - - Um die anfänglichen 100 Aktienanteile, die Sie bisher gekauft haben, - in die ersten Buchungszeile einzutragen, geben Sie das Kaufdatum ein - (z.B.: 01.01.2015), eine Beschreibung (z.B. Ersterwerb), Übertrag von - Kapital:Anfangsbestand, Anteile (z.B.: - 100) und der Preis (z.B.: 20,- €). Sie brauchen die Spalte - Kauf nicht auszufüllen, da sie für Sie - ausgerechnet wird. Dieses Beispiel setzt voraus, dass es für dieses - Geschäft keine Provision gibt, um es zu vereinfachen. Ihre - AMZN-Wertpapier-Ansicht sollte nun wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - - - - Erstellung eines aktuellen Bestandes - - - Dieses Bild zeigt die Buchungsansicht des AMZN-Kontos - nach der Buchung des ersten Aktienkaufs. - - - - Beachten Sie, dass das Saldo in Wertpapiereinheiten - (AMZN Anteile) und nicht ein Geldbetrag ist. Daher ist das Saldo - 100 (AMZN Einheiten) anstatt 2.000,- €. Dies ist so, wie es sein sollte. - - - - - Neue Aktien kaufen - - Der einzige Unterschied zwischen der Erstellung eines neuen Aktienkaufes und die Einrichtung für vorhandene Aktien, wie im - vorherigen Abschnitt beschrieben, ist, dass anstatt das Geld, welches für den Kauf der Aktien benötigt wird, vom Konto - Kapital:Eröffnungssaldo zu übertragen, Sie das Konto - Aktiva:Girokonto nutzen. - - Nun werden Sie für 5.000,- € IBM Aktien mit einer Provision von 100,- € - erwerben. Der erste Schritt wird sein, ein Aktienkonto für IBM einzurichten. Das existierende - Aufwendungen:Provisionen-Konto wird genutzt. - Wenn Sie die Provisionen für die einzelne Aktie verfolgen wollen, wäre ein zusätzliches Unterkonto erforderlich. - - In der ersten Buchungszeile geben Sie für die Buchung das - Kaufdatum (z.B.: 03.01.2015), eine Beschreibung (z.B.: Ersterwerb IBM), - Anteile werden überspringen (werden ausgerechnet), Preis (z.B.: 96,60 €) - und Kauf (5.000,- €) ein. Sie brauchen die Spalte Anteile - nicht zu füllen, da diese für Sie ausgerechnet wird. Die - nächste Zeile in der Splitbuchung wird für Aufwendungen:Provisionen - sein und mit Kauf (100,- €) ausgefüllt. - Die dritte Zeile enthält die Übertragung von Aktiva:Bank ABC:Sparkonto, 5.100,- €, um die Buchung auszugleichen. - Ihre IBM-Wertpapier-Ansicht sollte nun wie folgt aussehen: - - - - - - - - - - - - Erstellung eines aktuellen Bestandes - - - Dieses Bild zeigt die Buchungsansicht des IBM-Kontos - nach der Buchung des Kaufes mit einer Provision. - - - - - - - - - Börsenkurse einstellen - - Der Wert eines Wertpapieres, wie der einer Aktie, muss ausdrücklich eingestellt werden. - Das Aktienkonto verfolgt die Anzahl der Aktien, die Sie besitzen. Aber der Wert der Aktien wird im Kurs-Editor gespeichert. - Die Werte im Wertpapier-Editor können händisch oder - automatisch aktualisiert werden. - - - Starteinrichtung des Kurs-Editors - - Um den Kurs-Editor dazu zu nutzen, den Wert der Aktien zu verfolgen, müssen Sie zunächst die Aktie eingeben. - Dazu öffnen Sie den Kurs-Editor unter - (Werkzeuge Kurs-Datenbank) und - klicken auf die Hinzufügen-Schaltfläche. Wenn Sie - das erste Mal ein Wertpaper oder eine Aktie eingeben, - bleibt das Fenster leer bis auf die Schaltflächen unten. - Wählen Sie das entsprechende Wertpapier aus, das Sie in den Kurs-Editor eingeben wollen. - Am dieser Stellen können Sie den Preis des Wertpapieres händisch eingeben. - Es gibt 6 Felder in dem Neues Wertpapier Fenster: - - - - Namensraum - - Der Devisenmarkt, wo die Wertpapiere gehandelt werden (in - diesem Beispiel EUREX) - - - - - Wertpapier - - Der Name des Wertpapieres muss im Listenfeld ausgewählt werden. - - - - - - Währung - - Die Währung, in der der Preis ausgedrückt wird. - - - - - - Datum - - Datum, wann der Preis gilt - - - - - Typ - - Entweder Geldkurs - (der Ankaufpreis an der Börse), Briefkurs (der - Verkaufpreis an der Börse), Vortag (Preis der letzten - Buchung), Netto Anteilswert (Preis des - Investmentfonds pro Anteil) oder Unbekannt. Für - Aktien und Währungen werden die Kurse als Geldkurs, Briefkurs oder - vom Vortag angegeben. Bei Investmentfonds wird der Netto Anteilswert - angegeben. Für andere Wertpapiere wählen Sie einfach Unbekannt aus. Diese Option ist nur für - informatorische Zwecke und wird nicht in &app; genutzt. - - - - - - Preis - - Der Preis einer Einheit dieses Wertpapieres. - - - - - Als Beispiel fügen wir das AMZN Wertpapier dem Kurs-Editor - mit einem Anfangswert von 40,50 € pro Stück hinzu. - - - - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor - - - AMZN Wertpapier dem Kurs-Editor mit einem - Anfangswert 40,50 € pro Stück hinzufügen. - - - - Klicken Sie OK zum Beenden. - Wenn Sie diese Anfangseinstellung des Wertpapieres im Kurs-Editor durchgeführt haben, - müssen Sie diese nicht nochmals durchführen, selbst wenn Sie das gleiche - Wertpapier auf einem anderen Konto nutzen. - - - Wenn Sie Börsenkurse online abrufen aktiviert haben (siehe ), können Sie ein - Wertpapier ohne händische Eingabe voreinstellen. Wenn Sie zunächst - ein Wertpapier im Wertpapier-Editor hinzufügen, - überprüfen Sie Börsenkurse online abrufen und speichern das Wertpapier. - Nun klicken Sie im Kurs-Editor auf - Kurse abrufen, und das neue Wertpapier wird - in die Preisliste mit dem abgerufenen Preis eingetragen. - - - - - Aktienpreis händisch einstellen - - Wenn sich der Wert des Wertpapieres (Aktie) ändert, können Sie - den Wert durch die Eingabe im Kurs-Editor - angleichen, indem Sie das Wertpapier auswählen, auf Bearbeiten klicken und den neuen Wert eingeben. - - - - - - - - - - - - Kurs-Editor - - - Das Hauptfenster des Kurs-Editor zeigt die Liste - der bekannten Wertpapiere . - - - - - - Automatische Kursabfragen konfigurieren - - Wenn Sie mehr als ein paar Wertpapiere haben, sind Sie es leid, deren Preise ständig aktuell zu halten. - Mit &app; ist es möglich, automatisch die - neuesten Preise Ihrer Wertpapiere über das Internet herunterzuladen. - Dies wird durch das Perl-Modul - Finance::Quote erledigt, welches - installiert sein muss, um diese Möglichkeit zu nutzen. - - Um zu ermitteln, ob das Perl-Modul Finance::Quote bereits auf Ihrem System - installiert ist, tippen Sie perldoc Finance::Quote - in ein Terminalfenster und überprüfen, ob dort irgendeine - Dokumentation verfügbar ist. Wenn Sie die Dokumentation sehen, dann - ist das Modul installiert. Wenn Sie die Dokumentation nicht sehen, ist - das Modul nicht installiert. - - - <application>Finance::Quote</application> installieren - Microsoft Windows: - - - Schließen Sie &app;. - - - Starten Sie Install Online Price - Retrieval im &app; - Start Menüeintrag. - - - - - MacOS: Sie müssen XCode - installiert haben. XCode ist ein zusätzliches Element auf Ihrer MacOS - Distributions-DVD. Starten Sie die Finance Quote - aktualisieren App in &app;.dmg. - Sie können es von dem *.dmg starten oder kopieren es in den gleichen - Ordner, in den Sie &app; kopiert haben. - Es öffnet ein Terminalfenster und startet ein Script - für Sie, welches Ihnen viele Fragen stellt. - Akzeptieren Sie die Voreinstellungen bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun. - - - Linux: - - - Schließen Sie jede laufende &app;-Instanz. - - - Finden Sie den Ordner, wo &app; - installiert ist, indem Sie nach gnc-fq-update suchen. - - - Öffnen Sie eine Root-Shell und wechseln in diesen Ordner - - - Starten Sie das Kommando gnc-fq-update - - - - Dies führt eine Perl CPAN Sitzung zur - Aktualisierung aus, die sich mit dem Internet verbindet und das - Finance::Quote-Modul auf Ihrem System - installiert. Das gnc-fq-update Programm ist interaktiv, trotzdem könnten Sie auf den meisten Systemen auf die erste Frage mit - Nein antworten: Sind Sie bereit für eine - händische Konfiguration [Ja] und die Aktualisierung wird ab - diesem Punkt automatisch fortgesetzt. - - Nach der vollständigen Installation sollten Sie das - gnc-fq-dump-Testprogramm in dem selben Verzeichnis mit - &app; starten, um zu testen, ob Finance::Quote richtig installiert ist und funktioniert. - - - Wenn Sie sich unbehaglich bei der Durchführung der Schritte - fühlen, mailen Sie entweder an die &app;-user mailing list - (gnucash-de@gnucash.org) und bitten um Hilfe oder - kommen in den &app; IRC-Kanal auf - irc.gnome.org. Sie können diesen Schritt auch auslassen und händisch die Preise der Aktien aktualisieren. - - - - - Wertpapiere für die Online-Abfrage konfigurieren - - Wenn Finance::Quote installiert ist und korrekt arbeitet, müssen Sie Ihre &app; - Wertpapiere so konfigurieren, dass sie diese Möglichkeit nutzen, die aktuellen Preisinformationen - automatisch zu erhalten. Falls Sie neue Wertpapiere erstellen - oder Wertpapiere abändern, die bereits erstellt wurden, nutzen - Sie WerkzeugeWertpapier-Editor - , um die Wertpapiere zu bearbeiten und das Börsenkurse online abrufen Kästchen zu überprüfen. Sie sind nun in der Lage, - die Optionsfelder für die Art der Kursabruf-Quelle, die Aufklappmenüs, um die genauen Quellen zu bestimmen und die Zeitzone - für diese Quellen zu verändern. Nach dem Ende der Bearbeitung, - Schließen Sie den Wertpapier-Editor, um zum - Kurs-Editor zurückzukehren, und klicken auf die Schaltfläche - Kurse abrufen, um den Kurs Ihrer Aktien im Internet zu aktualisieren. - - Das Kommando gnucash ––add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename - kann dazu genutzt werden, den aktuellen Kurs Ihrer Aktien abzurufen. - Die in $HOME/gnucash-filename - bestimmte Datei hängt von dem Namen und dem Ort Ihrer Datei ab. - Dies kann durch den Namen vor dem – ermittelt werden, der im oberen Rahmen des &app;-Fenster angezeigt wird. - Der Dateiname kann auch unter Datei in der Liste der - Zuletzt geöffneten Dateien gefunden werden; der erste Eintrag mit der Nummer 1 - ist der Name der aktuell geöffneten Datei. - - Dies kann durch das Erstellen eines Eintrages in die crontab automatisiert werden. - Beispielweise, wenn Sie Ihre Datei jeden Freitag Abend (16:00), - nachdem die maßgeblichen Devisenmärkte schließen (verändern Sie die - Zeit entsprechend Ihrer Zeitzone), aktualisieren, können Sie folgendes zu Ihrer persönlichen crontab hinzufügen: - - 0 16 * * 5 gnucash ––add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename > - /dev/null 2>&1 - - Erinnern Sie sich, dass die Kurse der - Investmentfonds tatsächlich NettoAnteilsWerte - und mehrere Stunden nach Schließung der Devisenmärkte verfügbar sind. Wenn die NAWs heruntergeladen werden, bevor - die NAWs vom laufenden Tag festgelegt sind, werden die gestrigen NAWs abgerufen. - - - - - Wert der Aktie anzeigen - - Das Hauptfenster zeigt standardmäßig von jedem - Wertpapier unter dem Spaltenkopf Summe nur die Anzahl an, das Sie - besitzen. Im Falle von Aktien ist dies die Anzahl der Aktien. Immer, - wenn sie den Wert Ihrer Aktien sehen wollen, erweitern Sie diese Ansicht um - Geldeinheiten. Dies erreichen Sie leicht durch Aufrufen des - Hauptfensters, Auswahl des Konten-Reiters, - durch Klicken der - Options-Schaltfläche in der Titelleiste (der kleine Pfeil nach unten an der - rechten Seite der Titelleiste des Hauptkontenfensters) und - Wählen der Option zur Anzeige des Gesamtbetragfeldes Gesamt - (EUR). Sie sehen eine neue Spalte im Hauptfenster mit dem Titel - Gesamt (EUR), die den Wert aller Wertpapiere in der Berichtswährung angeben. - - - - - - - - - - - - Ansicht Aktien Wert - - - Ansicht des Wertes von Wertpapieren im Hauptfenster unter - Nutzung der Gesamtbetragsoption in der Berichtswährung. - - - - - - Auswahl der <quote>Kurs-Quellen</quote> im Bericht über den Aktienwert - - Die meisten &app; Aktienberichte haben Optionen, einige Parameter für den Bericht zu setzen bzw. zu - verändern. Das Optionenfenster wird angezeigt, wenn der Reiter Berichte ausgewählt ist und Sie entweder auf das Symbol Optionen - in der Menüleiste klicken oder im Menü BearbeitenBerichtsoptionen - … auswählen. - Der Reiter Allgemein im darauffolgenden Fenster - enthält verschiedene Parameter für den Report. Einer dieser Parameter ist die Kursquelle, welche drei Möglichkeiten anbietet, Aktienkurse in Berichten zu bestimmen: - - Der Bericht im Beispiel unten ist eine Anpassung an den Bericht - Durchschnittlicher Kontostand - in dem Berichteuntermenü Aktiva & Passiva. - - - - - - - - - Bestimmung des Aktienkurses in Berichten - - - Bestimmung des Wertes eines Aktienwertpapieres in - einem Report durch Setzen der Kursquellenoption. - - - - - - Gewichteter Durchschnitt - gibt Ihnen ein - Diagramm der gewichteten Kurse aller Buchungen. - Es speichert dies nicht in die Kontenkurse, die im - Kurs-Editor definiert wurden. - - - - Neuester - zeigt den Kurs Ihrer Aktien basierend allein auf dem Neuesten - Kurs, der vom Kurs-Editor bereitgestellt wird. Der Preis, der in Ihren - Aktiengeschäften eine Rolle spielt, wird nicht berücksichtigt. - - - - - Zeitlich nächster - das Diagramm basiert - ausschließlich auf den Kursen, die im Kurs-Editor verfügbar sind. Der - Wert Ihrer Aktien wird bei jedem Schritt und Zeitpunkt basierend auf - dem nächsten verfügbaren Kurs im Kurs-Editor berechnet. - - - - - - - - - - - Ein Aktiva Balkendiagrammbericht basierend auf die - zeitlich nächsten Kursquelle. - - - Verfolgt, welchen Wert Ihre Aktien an der Börse haben. - - - - - - - - Aktienverkauf - - Die Eingabe einer Kapitalanlage, die Sie verkaufen, erfolgt in - derselben Weise, wie wenn Sie eine kaufen (siehe auch ), außer dass die Gesamtkosten des Geschäftes in die - Verkaufsspalte und die Aktien in die Aktien - Spalte als negative Anzahl eingetragen werden. Die Nettoerlöse - des Verkaufs sollten vom Aktienkonto auf Ihr Bank- oder Maklerkonto - übertragen werden. - - Eine angemessenen Aufzeichnung der Aktienverkäufe *muss* mit - Teilbuchungen erfolgen. In den Teilbuchungen benötigen Sie ein Konto für den - Gewinn (oder Verlust) ausgehend vom Konto - Erträge:Veräußerungsgewinn (oder Aufwendungen: - Veräußerungsverlust). Um die Erträge auszugleichen, benötigen Sie - die Eingabe des Aktienbestandes zweimal in der Teilbuchung, einmal, um den - aktuellen Verkauf aufzuzeichnen (mit der korrekten Anzahl der Aktien und dem - korrekten Preis je Aktie) und einmal, um die Gewinneinkünfte aufzuzeichnen - (Anzahl der Aktien und Preis pro Aktie auf O setzen). - - - Um &app; dazu zu bewegen, diese - Null-Aktie und Null-Kurs in die Buchung zu übernehmen, *müssen* Sie mit - Tab aus der Splitbuchung hinaus. Wenn Sie die Enter Taste nutzen, wandelt &app; - die Teilbuchung in Wertpapieranteile um. - - - In dem unten dargestellten Schema der Teilbuchungen steht das - Kurzzeichen NUM_SHARES für die Anzahl der Aktien, SELL_PRICE ist der Preis, für - den Sie die Aktien verkaufen, GROSS_SALE ist der Gesamtpreis, für den Sie - die Aktien verkaufen und ist gleich NUM_SHARES * SELL_PRICE. PROFIT ist der - Geldbetrag, den Sie für den Verkauf erzielen. COMMISSIONS sind die - Maklergebühren. NET_SALE ist der Geldbetrag, den Sie für den Verkauf - erhalten. Dies ist gleich GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONS. - - - Verkauf von Aktien in der Teilbuchungsübersicht - - - - - - - - - - Konto - - Anzahl der Aktien - - Aktienkurs - - Gesamt- ankaufs- preis - - Gesamt- verkaufs- preis - - - - Aktiva:Bank ABC - - - - - - NET_SALE - - - - - - Aktiva:Aktien:SYMBOL - - 0 - - 0 - - PROFIT - - (Loss) - - - - Aufwendungen:Gebühren - - - - - - COMMISSION - - - - - - Aktiva:Aktien:SYMBOL - - -NUM_SHARES - - SELL_PRICE - - - - GROSS_SALE - - - - Erträge:Veräußerungsgewinn - - - - - - (Loss) - - PROFIT - - - - -
- - Wenn der Verkauf der Aktien als Veräußerungsgewinn (oder -verlust) - aufzeichnen wird, schauen Sie bitte unter - und für mehr Informationen zu diesem Thema. - - - Beispiel - Verkauf der Aktien mit Gewinn - - Als Beispiel nutzen wir das im vorherigen Abschnitt erstellte AMZN Konto. - Sie kaufen 100 AMZN Aktien für 20,- € pro Stück, später verkaufen Sie alle - für 36,- € pro Stück mit einer Gebühr von 75,- €. In der - Teilbuchungsübersicht oben ist PRICEBUY 20,- € (der ursprüngliche Kaufkurs), - NUM_SHARES ist 100, TOTALBUY ist 2.000,- € (die ursprüngliche Erwerbskosten), - GROSS_SALE ist 3.600,- € und schließlich ist PROFIT 1.525,- € - (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION). - - - Verkauf von Aktien in der Teilbuchungsübersicht - - - - - - - - - - - - Konto - - Aktien - - Kurs - - Ankauf - - Verkauf - - - - Aktiva:Bank ABC - - - - - - 3.525.00 - - - - - - Aktiva:Maklerkonto:Aktie:AMZN - - 0 - - 0 - - 1.600.00 - - - - - - Aufwendungen:Maklergebühren - - - - - - 75.00 - - - - - - Aktiva:Maklerkonto:Aktie:AMZN - - -100 - - 36.00 - - - - 3.600.00 - - - - Erträge:Veräußerungsgewinn (langfristig):AMZN - - - - - - - - 1.600.00 - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel: Aktienverkauf - - - Ein Beispiel für den Verkauf von Aktien mit Gewinn. Sie - kauften 100 AMZN Aktien für 20,-€ das Stück an und verkauften sie für 36,- €. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel: Aktienverkauf - - - Ein Bild vom Kontenbaum nach dem Verkauf der Aktien mit - Gewinn. - - - - - - Beispiel - Verkauf der Aktien mit Verlust - - Als Beispiel nutzen wir das IBM Konto, das wir im vorherigen Abschnitt erstellt haben. - Danach haben Sie 51,7598 Anteile an IBM für 96,6001 € pro Anteil erworben, - diese später für 90,- € pro Anteil verkauft. Im unteren Teilbuchungsschema - ist PRICEBUY 96,6001 € (der ursprüngliche Kaufkurs), - NUM_SHARES ist 51,7598, TOTAL_BUY ist 5.000,- € (der ursprüngliche - Gesamtpreis),(Loss) ist 341,62 € und schließlich ist GROSS_SALE 4658,38 €. - Nehmen Sie an, dass Die Gebühr 100,00 € war.. - - - Verkauf von Aktien mit Verlust in der Teilbuchungsübersicht - - - - - - - - - - - - Konto - - Aktien - - Kurs - - Ankauf - - Verkauf - - - - Aktiva:Bank ABC - - - - - - 4.558,38 - - - - - - Aktiva:Maklerkonto:Aktie:IBM - - 0 - - 0 - - - - 341,62 - - - - Aufwendungen:Maklergebühr - - - - - - 100 - - - - - - Aktiva:Maklerkonto:Akie:IBM - - -51,7598 - - 90,00 - - - - 4.658,38 - - - - Erträge:Veräußerungsgewinn (langfristig):IBM - - - - - - 341,62 - - 0 - - - - -
- - - Entweder Sie tragen den Verlust als positive Zahl in die Spalte - Ankauf ein oder als negative Zahl in die Spalte - Verkauf, &app; wird den - negativen Gewinn in die andere Spalte verschieben.. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel: Verkauf von Aktien mit Verlust - - - Der obere Screenshot ist ein Beispiel eines - Aktienverkaufes. Sie kauften IBM Aktien im Wert von 5.000,-€ bei einem - Aktienkurs von 96,6001 € und verkauften sie für 90,- €. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel eines Aktienverkaufes mit Verlust - - - Ein Bild mit dem Kontenbaum nach dem Beispielsverkauf - der Aktien mit Verlust. - - - - - - Automatische Kalkulation der Gewinne oder Verluste bei der Nutzung von Losen - - - Einführung - - - Lose bedeuten hier Quantitäten finanzieller Instrumente - - - - &app; hat eine eingebaute Los-Management-Einrichtung, - die genutzt werden kann, um die Gewinne oder Verluste zu verfolgen, die - aus Aktienverkäufen herrühren. An- und Verkaufsbuchungen werden - zum Zweck der Berechnung der Kosten der Veräußerung in Losen zusammengefasst. - Noch genauer wird ein Los dazu benutzt, einzelne Kauf- und Verkaufsteilbuchungen - zu verbinden. Lose können automatisch oder händisch erstellt und verbunden - werden. Kapitalgewinne oder -verluste können automatisch berechnet und - Buchungen für die Unterschiede zwischen dem Veräußerungswerte und den - Kosten der verkauften Wertpapiere erstellt werden. - &app; bezeichnet diesen Prozess als - Aufrümen. - - - Der Begriff Aufräumen wird genutzt, weil - Wertpapierkonten nach Verkäufen bereinigt werden müssen, um sicherzustellen, - dass der Unterschied zwischen den Kosten, die für Wertpapiere bezahlt wurden - und dem Wert, den man beim Verkauf derselben erlangt hat, wird gebucht als - Kapitalgewinn oder -verlust. Wenn die Kapitalerträge oder -verluste nicht - korrekt sind, zeigt die Rohbilanz - ( - Berichte - Ertrag & Aufwand - Rohbilanz - ) im Ergebnis, dass die Gesamtaktiva nicht die Gesamtpassiva - ausgleichen. - - Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie die Kapitalertrags- - und -verlustbuchungen und Lose löschen und neu eingeben. - - - - Wenn Sie mit FIFO, LIFO oder Durchschnittskosten nicht vertraut sind, - schauen Sie bitte in der Wikipedia unter - FIFO (First In - First OUT, - LIFO (Last In - First OUT und - Durchschnitts- oder Stückkosten. - - - - Wenn Sie mit den Unterschieden zwischen &app; - Buchungen und Teilbuchungen nicht vertraut sind, - schauen Sie bitte unter . - - - - Die &app; Los-Management-Einrichtung kann eine - nützliche Funktion sein, um die händische Berechnung zu reduzieren, - besonders wenn Dividenen über Jahre wiederinvestiert wurden, und viele - verschiedene Kosten beteiligt sind. Es können automatisch Kauf- und - Verkaufsbuchungen verbunden werden, in dem die FIFO Kostenmethode genutzt - wird und man händisch einzelne Kaufbuchungen mit Verkaufsbuchungen verbinden kann, - um LIFO zu nutzen. - Im erweitertes Portfolio Bericht werden Basis und Gewinne oder Verluste mit - den Kosten und den Gewinn- oder Verlustbuchungen, die beim Aufräumen - erstellt werden, übereinstimmen, wenn entweder die FIFO oder die LIFO - Kostenmethode genutz wird. - - - - Lose im Kontenfenster - - Die Lose im Konto SSSS-Fenster, bei dem SSSS das - Wertpapierkonto ist. Es wird genutzt, um automatisch oder händisch die - Wertpapierteilbuchungen mit den Losen zu verbinden und Kapitalertrags- oder - verlustbuchunge zu erstellen, die die Difference zwischen den Ankaufkosten - eines Wertpapieres und den erhaltenen Wert eim Verkauf auszuweisen. - - - Um das Fenster Posten in <Konto> zu öffnen, - öffnen Sie das Kontenblatt Werpapiere und wählen - - Aktionen - Posten anzeigen… - . - - -
- Aktienverkauf - Kapitalgewinn - Lose im Fenster Posten anzeigen… - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel: Lose im Fenster Posten anzeigen… - - - Screenshot vonLose in Fenster Posten anzeigen… - . - - - -
- - - - - - Zusammenfassung des Verfahrens - - Die Nutzung des Los-Management-Einrichtung für die automatische - Berechnung der Katpialgewinne oder -verluste folgt üblicherweise diesen - Schritten: -Baustelle - -Der folgende Teil befindet sich gerade in Bearbeitung. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dividenden - - Einige Unternehmen oder Investmentfonds zahlen periodische Dividenden - an ihre Anteilseigner. Dividenden werden üblicherweise auf einer von zwei - Arten verteilt, entweder werden Sie automatisch wieder in Wertpapiere - investiert oder sie werden in Geld ausgezahlt. Investmentfonds sind meist so - gestaltet, dass die Dividenden automatisch wieder investiert werden, während gewöhnliche Aktiendividenden in Geld ausgezahlt werden. - - - Dividenden in Geld - - Wenn die Dividende in Geld angeboten wird, sollten Sie - im Aktivakonto buchen, dass Sie das Geld erhalten haben, und zwar als Erträge - von Erträge:Dividende. Wenn Sie zusätzlich die - Dividende in Geld an einen bestimmten Aktienbestand binden wollen, fügen - Sie eine Dummy Teilbuchung dem Aktienkonto mit der Anzahl 0, dem Kurs 1 und dem Wert 0 hinzu. - - Als Beispiel betrachten Sie folgendes: die Dividenden, eingezahlt in - Geld in das Makler Konto mit der Bindung an das - Aktienkonto. - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel einer Buchung einer Dividende in Geld - - - Ein Bild des Makler Kontoreiters - nach einer Reihe von Dividenden in Geld. - - - - - Wenn Sie die Dividenden für jedes Aktienpaket verfolgen, benötigen - Sie ein Konto Erträge:Dividende:AKTIENSYMBOL für - jedes Ihrer Aktienpakete, die Dividende zahlen. - - - - - - Wieder investierte Dividenden - - Wenn Sie die Dividende in Form einer automatischen Wiederanlage - erhalten, sollte die Buchung dafür im Aktien- oder Investmentfondkonto als - Erträge von Erträge:Dividende für die entsprechende Zahl - der wiederangelegten Anteile behandelt werden. Dieser Typ des Wiederanlagekontos - wird meist als DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program) bezeichnet. - - Als Beispiel betrachten Sie den folgenden Kauf der NSTAR (NST) Aktie - mit der Wiederanlage der Dividende in das DRIP Konto. Die Wiederanlage bei - Investmentfonds ist entsprechend zu behandeln. - - Wir beginnen mit dem Kauf von 100 Anteilen am 03.01.2015, alle - Dividenden werden wieder angelegt und ein Konto angelegt, um die - Dividenden zu den jeweiligen Aktien zu verfolgen. &app; vereinfacht den Eintrag, indem es Berechnungen mit den - Zellen der Buchungen zulässt. Wenn die erste Dividende 0,29 € pro Anteil ist, geben Sie 53,28 € (Kaufpreis und Dividende) pro Anteil in der Zelle - Preis und 100*0,29 in der Zelle Ankauf. &app; berechnet die - dazugehörige Anzahl von Anteilen. - - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel einer Dividende mit Wiederanlagebuchung - - - Ein Bild des NST Aktienkontoreiters nach der - Wiederanlage der Dividende. - - - - - - - - - Kapitalrückzahlung - - Dies bezieht sich auf eine Buchung, in der eine Kapitalrückzahlung an die - Kapitalgeber erfolgt. Sie hat keine weiteren buchhalterische Auswirkungen als die Reduzierung - der Kostenbasis. Die Zahl der gehaltenen Aktien ändert sich nicht. - - - Eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung kann in das Aktienkontenblatt eingegeben - werden, durch Eingabe einer Aktienteilung mit: - - - - - - - Aktien0 - - - - Preis0 - - - - VerkaufWert der Kapitalrückzahlung - - - - - - - Die andere Seite des Eintrages der doppelten Buchführung wird in der Regel - ein Maklerbankkonto (Aufwand) sein. - - - - - - - - - - - Beispiel für eine Buchung der Kapitalrückzahlung - - - Ein Screenshot des Aktienkontos nach der Kapitalrückzahlung. - - - - Es ist nicht möglich, den Asistenten zur Aktienteilung für diese Art der Buchung zu nutzen. - - - Wenn Sie zufällig einen Preis ungleich Null in die Aktienteilung eingeben, wird - &app; einen unerwünschten Eintrag in die Kurs-Datenbank - erstellen, der in fehlerhaften Berichten mündet. Prüfen und entfernen Sie solch einen - unerwünschten Eintrag in der Kurs-Datenbank, in dem Sie Werkzeuge - Kurs-Editor nutzen. - - - - - - - - Teilen und Verbinden - - - Unternehmen können ihre Aktien aus vielerlei Gründen aufteilen. Aber ein Hauptgrund ist, dass der Preis höher gestiegen ist, - als dies nach Annahme des Managements ein vernünftiger Preis für viele Investoren ist. - Einige dieser Aufteilungen sind einfache Tauschaktionen (z.B. 2 für 1 oder 3 für 2) und einige sind komplexe Tauschaktionen mit Barabfindungen. - Aufteilungen können auch zu weniger Anteilen führen, wenn die Tauschquote ein Rücktausch ist (z.B. 1 für 3 oder 0,75 für 1). - - - - - Einfache Aktienteilungen - - Als Beispiel wird hinsichtlich unseres Anteils am NST Grundkapital - eine 2 für 1 Aktienteilung zum 06.06.2015 erklärt. - Das Verfahren zur Eingabe dieses Geschäftsvorfalls ist: wählen Sie - AktionenAktienteilung… um den Assistenten zu starten. - - - - - - - - - Aufruf des Assistenten für Aktienteilung. - - - Auswahl des Assistenten für die Eingabe einer Aktienteilung. - - - - Der erste Dialog ist eine Einführung, wählen Sie Vor, um die Kontenauswahl des Kontos und der Aktie für die Teilung anzuzeigen. - Sie müssen einen Eintrag für jede Konten:Aktien Kombination erstellen, die sie haben. - - - - - - - - - - Bild des Assistenten für die Aktienteilung - Schritt 2 - Auswahl des Depots / der Aktie. - - - - Bild des Assistenten für die Aktienteilung - - Schritt 2 - Auswahl des Depots / der Aktie. - - - - - Wählen Sie Aktiva:Investments:DRIPs:NST und klicken Sie auf - Vor. - - Der nächste Dialog zeigt im Aktienteilung Details Fenster 5 Felder: - - - - Datum - Geben Sie das Datum der Teilung an. - - - - Anteile - Die Anzahl der Anteile , die sich im Vorgang erhöhen - (oder vermindern). - In unserem Beispiel ist es eine von 2-zu-1-Teilung, so dass die Anzahl der zusätzlichen Anteile der Anzahl - der gegenwärtigen eingetragenen Anteile sind. - - - - Beschreibung - Die Beschreibung sollte eine kurze - Erläuterung der Buchung sein. - - - - Neuer Kurs - Falls erwünscht, kann der neue Kurs der Aktie - nach der Teilung eingetragen werden. - - - - Währung - Es wird die Währung der Buchung benötigt. - Diese sollte die gleiche Währung sein, wie die beim Aktienkauf. - - - - - Klicken Sie auf die Vor Schaltfläche. - - - - - - - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungsassistenten bei Schritt 3 - Aktienteilung Details. - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungsassistenten bei Schritt 3 - Aktienteilung Details. - - - - - - Der nächste Dialog wird in diesem Beispiel übersprungen, weil - es keinen Ausgleichsbetrag gibt. - - - - - - - - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungsassistenten bei Schritt 4 - Ausgleichsbetrag. - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungsassistenten bei Schritt 4 - Ausgleichsbetrag. - - - - - Der abschließende Schluss-Dialog gibt Ihnen eine letzte Möglichkeit zum: - Abbrechen, Zurück, um irgendwelche eingegebenen Daten zu ändern oder - Anwenden, um die Aktienteilung mit den eingegebenen Daten fertigzustellen. - - - - - - - - - Beispiel einer einfachen Aktienteilungsbuchung im Register der Aktie - - - Ein Bild vom Reiter Aktiva:Investments:DRIPs:NST - nach einer Buchung einer einfachen Aktienteilung. - - - - - - - - - - Mäßig komplizierter Aktienzusammenschluss - - Beispielhaft wird angenommen, Sie halten AT&T Aktien während des Zusammenschlusses - von SBC mit AT&T am 18. November 2005. - Für dieses Beispiel haben Sie AT&T Aktien am 01. April 2005 erworben, alle Dividenen wurden bar ausgezahlt - und daher nicht im Reiter AT&T Aktien eingetragen. - - Die Bedingungen für den Zusammenschluss waren: 0,77942 SBC Aktien stock wurden für jede AT&T Aktien eingetauscht. - Die zusammengeschlossene Gesellschaft setze die Nutzung des Aktienkürzel - T von AT&T fort. - - AT&T zahlte eine Dividende von 1,20 € pro Aktie an diesem Stichtag, - aber dies wird nicht auf dem Aktienkonto erscheinen, weil es eine Barauszahlung war. - - Der Prozess, diese Buchung einzutragen, ist identisch mit einer einfachen Aktienteilung bis auf den - Detail-Dialog. Sie benötigen nun einen Eintrag für die Teilung in jeder - Investment:Aktie Kontokombination, die geteilte Aktien enthält. - - - - - - - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungs-Assistenten in Schritt 2. - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungs-Assistenten in Schritt 2 - Auswahl des Kontos / der Aktie - (Investment Account:T). - - - - - Wählen Sie Aktiva:Investments:Brokerage Account:Aktie:T und klicken Sie auf - Weiter. - - Der nächste Dialog zeigt die 5 Felder im Aktienteilungsdialog: - - - - Datum - Geben Sie das Datum der Teilung an. Hier geben wir den 18. November 2005 ein. - - - - Aktien - Die Anzahl der Aktien, um die sie sich in der Buchung erhöhen (oder vermindern). - In unserem Beispiel ist es eine 0,77942 zu 1 Teilung, so dass sich die Anzahl der Aktien veringert im Vergleich zur aktuellen Anzahl. Sie dürfen &app;’s - Fähigkeit zur Ausführung von Berechnungen in einem Eingabefeld durch die Direkteingabe der Daten nutzen, (Z.B. (0,77942*100)-100) um die Verminderung der Aktien durch die Teilung zu berechnen. - - - - Beschreibung - Die Beschreibung sollte eine kurze Erläuterung der Buchung geben. - - - - Neuer Preis - Wenn erwünscht, kann der neue Preis der Aktie nach der Teilung eingegeben werden. - - - - Währung - Die Währung der Buchung ist erforderlich. - Dies sollte die gleiche Währung sein wie die beim Aktienkauf. - - - - - Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Weiter. - - - - - - - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungs-Assistenten in Schritt 3. - - - Ein Bild des Aktienteilungs-Assistenten in Schritt 3 - Einzelheiten der Teilung. - - - - Der nächste Dialog wird in diesem Beispiel übergangen, weil es keinen - Ausgleichsbetrag gibt. - - - Der abschließende Schluss-Dialog gibt Ihnen eine letzte Möglichkeit - Zurückzukehren, um irgendwelche eingegebene Daten zu ändern oder Anwenden, - um die Aktienteilung mit den eingegebenen Daten fertigzustellen. - - - - - - - - - Beispiel einer mäßig schwierigen Buchung einer Aktienteilung im Reiter Aktien - - - Ein Bild vom Reiter Investment:T nach der Buchung einer Aktienteilung, - welche die Aktien vermindert. - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_loans.xml b/guide/de/ch_loans.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 57470ebe7..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_loans.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1153 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Darlehen - - Dieses Kapitel erklärt, wie sie Darlehen mit &app; verwalten. - - - Grundlagen - - Ein Darlehen ist eine finanzielle Transaktion, bei der jemand für die Nutzung fremden Geldes bezahlt. - Es gibt viele bekannte Beispiele für Darlehen: Kreditkarte, Auto-Darlehen, Hypotheken-Darlehen oder Geschäfts-Darlehen. - - - Begriffsbestimmung - - Es ist hilfreich, eine Begriffsbestimmung vorzunehmen, bevor im Detail erläutert wird, - wie Darlehen in &app; im Einzelnen verwaltet werden. Die unten - aufgeführten Begriffe stehen für einige der grundlegenden Ideen betreffend Darlehen. - Es ist eine gute Idee, sich mit diesem Vokabular vertraut zu machen oder zumindest auf diese - Liste zurückzugreifen, wenn sie in einem späteren Abschnitt einen unbekannten Fachausdruck - finden. - - - - Kredittilgung - der Rückzahlungsplan, der sicherstellen soll, - dass das Darlehen irgendwann zurückgezahlt wird. Der Rückzahlungsplan sieht normalerweise - monatliche Zahlungen vor, die in Zinszahlung und Tilgung aufgeteilt sind, wobei - sich die Tilgung im Verlauf des Rückzahlungszeitraums erhöht (und die Zinszahlungen - vermindert). - - - - - Darlehensnehmer - die Person oder Firma, die die Darlehenssumme - bekommt. - - - - Zahlungsausfall (Voreinstellung) - tritt auf, wenn der Darlehensnehmer unfähig ist, - das Darlehen gemäß den mit dem Darlehensgeber vereinbarten Konditionen zurückzuzahlen. - - - - - Stundung (Zurückstellung) - ist eine zeitliche Verzögerung bei der Rückzahlung eines Darlehens - - - - - Säumniszuschlag - ist die vereinbarte Bedingung, für verspätete Rückzahlung. - - - - - Auszahlung - ist der Betrag, der an den Darlehensnehmer ausgezahlt wird. - Bei einigen Darlehen erfolgt die Auszahlung in mehreren Portionen, das bedeutet, dass der Darlehensnehmer - die Darlehenssumme nicht in einer Zahlung erhält. - - - - - Zinsen - die Kosten, die der Darlehensgeber vom Darlehensnehmer für die Nutzung des - geliehenen Geldes verlangt. Diese werden normalerweise als jährlicher Prozentbetrag des Darlehensbetrages - ausgedrückt, auch bekannt als Jahreszins. - - - - - - Darlehensgeber – Die Firma oder Privatpersonen, die das Geld verleiht. - - - - Darlehensgebühr - eine Bearbeitungsgebühr, die normalerweise bei Abschluss eines Darlehensvertrags - von der Darlehenssumme einbehalten wird. - - - - - Darlehensbetrag – Der ursprüngliche Darlehensbetrag oder der Anteil des Darlehens, der noch geschuldet wird. - Wenn Sie monatliche Raten für das Darlehen bezahlen, ist ein Teil davon für die Zahlung des Zinses, und ein Teil ist Rückzahlung - des Darlehensbetrags. - - - - Schuldschein (Eigener Wechsel) - die rechtliche, das Darlehen betreffende - Vereinbarung zwischen dem Darlehensgeber und dem Darlehensnehmer. - - - - - - - Einrichtung der Konten - - Wenn ein Darlehensnehmer sich ein Darlehen beschafft, dann normalerweise - in der Absicht einen Wertgegenstand zu erwerben. Tatsächlich bedingen die meisten - Darlehen den Kauf eines vorher bestimmten Anlagegegenstands, wie zum Beispiel - eines Hauses. Dieser Anlagegegenstand dient als Sicherheit gegen einen Zahlungsausfall. - Es gibt natürlich auch Beispiele für Darlehen, die nicht einen Wertgegenstand als - Sicherheit haben, wie zum Beispiel ein Ausbildungsdarlehen. - - Für die hier dargestellte Kontostruktur nehmen wir an, dass das Darlehen - zum Kauf eines Wertgegenstandes verwandt wird. - - Ein Darlehen ist Fremdkapital, die anfallenden Zinsen für das Darlehen sind - fortlaufender Aufwand, und alle Verwaltungsgebühren, die gezahlt werden müssen, - sind sonstiger Aufwand. Der Gegenstand, der mit dem Geld des Darlehens gekauft wird, - ist ein Aktiva. Mit diesen Parametern können wir jetzt die grundlegende Kontohierarchie - für Darlehen aufzeigen. - - -Grundlegende Kontostrukturen für Darlehen - --Aktiva - -Umlaufvermögen - -Sparkonto - -Anlagevermögen - -Wertgegenstand --Fremdkapital - -Darlehen - -Hypothekendarlehen --Aufwendungen - -Zinsen - -Hypothekenzinsen - -Hypothekengebühren - - - &app; besitzt eine Anzahl vordefinierter Kontostrukturen für - Darlehen, wie zum Beispiel Autodarlehen und sonstige Darlehen. Um diese vorgefertigten - Kontostrukturen zu nutzen, klicken Sie auf - Aktionen - Kontenhierarchie hinzufügen und wählen Sie einen - passenden Darlehenstyp. - - - - - Berechnungen - - Bestimmung des Rückzahlungsplans, der periodische Zahlungen, der gesamten Rückzahlungssumme, - oder der Zinsraten kann etwas kompliziert sein. &app; hat einen eingebauten - Darlehensrechner, um diese Art von Berechnungen zu vereinfachen. - Um diesen Rechner aufzurufen, gehen sie auf - Werkzeuge - Darlehensrechner - . - - - - - - - - - - Darlehensrechner - - - Der &app; Darlehensrechner. - - - - Der Darlehensrechner kann dazu benutzt werden, aus jeweils vier bekannten Darlehensparametern jeden der Parameter zu berechnen: - Zahlungsintervalle, Zinssatz, - Aktueller Wert, - Periodische Zahlungen, oder - Zukünftiger Wert . - Sie müssen auch die Zins- und die Zahlungsmodalitäten angeben. - - - - - Zahlungsintervalle – Die Anzahl der Zahlungsintervalle. - - - - Zinssatz – Der Nominalzinssatz des Darlehens, bzw. der - Jahreszinssatz. - - - - Aktueller Wert- Der aktuelle Wert des Darlehens, - beziehungsweise der augenblicklich geschuldete Geldbetrag des Darlehens. - - - - - Periodische Zahlung – Der pro Intervall zu zahlende Geldbetrag. - - - - Zukünftiger Wert – Die zukünftige Darlehenssumme, beziehungsweise die Darlehenssumme die nach Ablauf aller Zahlungsintervalle - noch geschuldet wird. - - - - - Zinstyp – Es gibt zwei Methoden der Verzinsung, - Schrittweise und kontinuierlich. Für eine schrittweise Verzinsung - wählen Sie bitte die Häufigkeit von jährlich bis täglich. - - - - - Zahlungen – Hier können Sie auswählen, - ob die Zahlungen am Anfang oder am Ende des Zahlungsintervalls erfolgen. - Weiterhin können hier die Zahlungsintervalle im Bereich von jährlich bis - täglich eingestellt werden. Sowohl Zahlungen am Beginn des Intervalls als - auch Vorwegzahlungen und noch geschuldetes Geld werden bei der Zinsberechnung berücksichtigt. - - - - - Beispiel: monatliche Zahlungen - - Wie hoch sind die monatlichen Raten für ein dreißigjähriges Darlehen von - 100.000,- € bei einem festen Zinssatz von 4 % und monatlicher Verzinsung? - - Dieses Szenario wird im obigen Beispielbild dargestellt. Um die Berechnungen - durchzuführen, tragen sie unter Zahlungsintervalle 360 ein - (12 Monate mal 30 Jahre), Zinssatz auf 4, - Aktueller Wert auf 100.000, lassen sie - Periodische Zahlung frei, und setzen sie Zukünftiger Wert - auf 0 (am Ende des Darlehens wollen sie schuldenfrei sein). - Die Verzinsung ist monatlich, die Zahlungen werden monatlich geleistet, unter der Annahme einer Zahlung am Ende des Intervalls und schrittweiser Verzinsung. - Drücken Sie jetzt den Berechnen Knopf unter den Darlehensparametern. - Als Ergebnis sehen Sie -477,42 € im Feld periodische Zahlungen. - Antwort: die monatlichen Raten betragen -477,42 € - - - - Beispiel: Zahlungsdauer - - Wie lange dauert die Rückzahlung eines 22.000,- € Darlehen bei 10 % Zinssatz, monatlicher - Verzinsung und einer Rückzahlung von 500,- € im Monat? - - Zur Durchführung dieser Berechnungen lassen Sie Zahlungsintervalle - frei, setzen den Zinssatz auf 10, Aktueller Wert - auf20.000, Periodische Zahlung ist -500, - und Zukünftiger Wert ist 0 (am Ende des Darlehens - wollen sie schuldenfrei sein). Verzinsung ist monatlich, - Zahlungen sind monatlich, unter der Annahme einer Zahlung - am Ende des Intervalls und schrittweiser Verzinsung. Drücken Sie jetzt den - Berechnen Knopf unter den Darlehensparametern. Als Ergebnis sehen - sie 49 im Feld Zahlungsintervalle. - - Antwort: Die Rückzahlung des Darlehens dauert vier Jahre und einen Monat (49 Monate). - - - - Erweitert: Einzelheiten der Berechnung - - Für die Besprechungen der mathematischen Formeln, die durch - den Darlehensrechner benutzt werden definieren - wir erst die folgenden Variablen. - - n == Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden - %i == nominaler Zinssatz - PV == aktueller Wert - PMT == periodische Zahlungen - FV == zukünftiger Wert - CF == Zinsperiode pro Jahr - PF == Zahlungsperiode pro Jahr - -Normale Werte für CF und PF sind: - 1 == jährlich - 2 == halbjährlich - 3 == dreimal im Jahr - 4 == vierteljährlich - 6 == alle zwei Monate - 12 == monatlich - 24 == halb monatlich - 26 == alle zwei Wochen - 52 == wöchentlich - 360 == täglich (12 x 30 Tage) - 365 == täglich - - - - - Umrechnung zwischen nominalem und effektivem Zinssatz - - Wenn eine Lösung für n, PV, PNT oder FV benötigt wird, muss zuerst - der nominale Zinssatz (i) in den effektiven Zinssatz (ieff) für die - Zahlungsperiode umgerechnet werden. Dieser effektive Zinssatz wird dann - benutzt, um die gewünschte Variable zu berechnen. Wenn eine Lösung für i - benötigt wird, ergibt die Berechnung den effektiven Zinssatz (ieff). - Deshalb benötigen wir Funktionen, die den nominalen Zinssatz in den - effektiven Zinssatz, und den effektiven Zinssatz in den Nominalzinssatz umrechnen. - - -Zur Umrechnung von i nach ieff werden folgende Formeln genutzt: -schrittweise Verzinsung: ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1 -kontinuierliche Verzinsung: ieff = e^(i/PF) - 1 = exp(i/PF) - 1 - -Zur Umrechnung von ieff nach i werden folgende Formeln genutzt: -schrittweise Verzinsung: i = CF*[(1+ieff)^(PF/CF) - 1] -kontinuierliche Verzinsung: i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF] - - - - Hinweis: in den unten stehenden Gleichungen für Geldgeschäfte - sind alle Zinssätze die effektiven Zinssätze, ieff. - Aus Gründen der Kürze wird statt ieff nur ibenutzt. - - - - - Die grundlegenden Finanzgleichungen - - Eine Gleichung verbindet alle fünf genannten Variablen. Diese ist bekannt als - die grundlegende Finanzgleichung: - - -PV*(1 + i)^n + PMT*(1 + iX)*[(1+i)^n - 1]/i + FV = 0 - -Dabei ist: X = 0 für Zahlungen am Ende des Zeitraums und - X = 1 für Zahlungen am Anfang des Zeitraums. - - - Aus dieser Gleichung können Funktionen abgeleitet werden, um einzelne Variablen - zu berechnen. Für eine ausführliche Beschreibung der Ableitung dieser Gleichungen - lesen Sie bitte die Kommentare in der Datei src/calculation/fin.c im - &app; Quelltext. Die Variablen A, B, und C werden - zuerst definiert, um die nachfolgenden Gleichungen übersichtlicher zu machen. - - -A = (1 + i)^n - 1 -B = (1 + iX)/i -C = PMT*B - -n = ln[(C - FV)/(C + PV)]/ln((1 + i) -PV = -[FV + A*C]/(A + 1) -PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B] -FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)] - -Die Auflösung nach dem Zinssatz wird in zwei Fälle unterteilt. -Der einfache Fall mit PMT == 0 ergibt die Gleichung: -i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1 - - - - Der Fall, wo PMT != 0 ist ziemlich komplex und wird hier nicht behandelt. - - Statt eine exakt lösbare Funktionen zur Bestimmung des Zinssatzes für den Fall PMT !=0 zu benutzen, - wird ein interaktiver Prozess verwendet. Bitte lesen Sie die Datei src/calculation/fin.c für eine - ausführliche Erklärung. - - - - Beispiel: monatliche Zahlungen - - Jetzt wollen wir das Beispiel , - erneut berechnen, diesmal aber statt mit dem Darlehensrechner - mit den vorgestellt mathematischen Formeln. - Wie hoch sind die monatlichen Raten für ein dreißigjähriges Darlehen von - 100.000 € bei einem festen Zinssatz von 4 % und monatlicher Verzinsung? - - Zuerst wollen wir die Variablen bestimmen: n = (30*12) = 360, PV = - 100000, PMT = unbekannt, FV = 0, i = 4%=4/100=0.04, CF = PF = 12, X = 0 - (am Ende der Zahlungsintervalle). - - Der zweite Schritt ist die Umwandlung des nominalen Zinssatzes (i) in - den effektiven Zinssatz (ieff). Da der Zinssatz monatlich berechnet wird, - haben wir schrittweise Verzinsung, und wir benutzen die Formel: - ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1, durch einsetzen der Werte ergibt sich - ieff = (1 + 0.04/12)^(12/12) - 1, oder ieff = 1/300 = 0.0033333. - - Jetzt können wir A und B berechnen. - A = (1 + i)^n - 1 = (1 + 1/300)^360 - 1 = 2.313498. - B = (1 + iX)/i = (1 + (1/300)*0)/(1/300) = 300. - - Mit A und B können wir die PMT berechnen. PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + - 1)]/[A*B] = -[0 + 100000*(2.313498 + 1)] / [2.313498 * 300] = - -331349.8 / 694.0494 = -477.415296 = -477.42. - - Antwort: die monatlichen Raten betragen 477,42 €. - - - - - - - Hypothekendarlehen (wie wird es gemacht) - - Ein Hypothekendarlehen kann verwaltet werden mit der Kontenhierarchie in - . - - Als Beispiel nehmen wir an, Sie haben 60.000 € auf ihrem Bankkonto, - und Sie kaufen ein Haus für 150.000,- €. Das Darlehen kostet 6 % jährliche Zinsen - und hat Verwaltungskosten (Abschlussgebühren usw.) von 3 %. Sie beschließen, - davon 50.000,- € als Anzahlung zu leisten und müssen deshalb 103.000,- € ausleihen. - das ergibt für sie 100.000,- €, nachdem die Abschlussgebühren bezahlt sind (3 % von 100.000 €). - - Die Kontostände vor dem Darlehen: - - - - - - - - - Kontostände vor Erhalt des Darlehens - - - Kontostände vor Erhalt des Darlehens - - - - Der Kauf des Hauses wird mit einer Splitbuchung im Konto - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus gebucht, 50.000,- € - kommen dabei von ihrem Bankkonto (Ihre Anzahlung), und 100.000,- € - kommen von dem Darlehen. Sie können die Abschlussgebühren in der - selben Splitbuchung buchen, dann erhöht sich das Hypothekendarlehen auf 103.000,- € inklusive Abschlussgebühren. - - - Splitbuchung für den Hauskauf - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus - - 150.000,- € - - - - - - Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto - - - - 50.000,- € - - - - Fremdkapital:Darlehen:Hypothekendarlehen - - - - 103.000,- € - - - - Aufwand:Hypothekengebühren - - 3.000,- € - - - - - -
- - Die Teilbuchung sieht in Akitva:Sachanlagen:Haus - Account: - - - - - - - - - Hypotheken Splitbuchung - - - Hypotheken Splitbuchung - - - - Das ergibt folgende Kontostände: - - - - - - - - - Darlehenskonten - - - Darlehenskonten - - - - - - Ein persönliches Darlehen an einen Freund (wie wird es gemacht) - - Nicht immer leihen Sie sich Geld von der Bank, manchmal leihen sie sich Geld von Ihren Familienangehörigen, - oder vielleicht verleihen Sie Geld an einen Freund. - Dieses Kapitel wird einen Weg beschreiben, - Ihr persönliches Darlehen an einen Freund zu behandeln. - - Dieses Beispiel basiert auf den folgenden allgemeinen - Kontostrukturen. - - --Aktiva - -Bank - -Bankkonto - -ihnen geschuldetes Geld - -Person --Ertrag - -Zinsertrag - -Person - - - Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie Sie die Entwicklung eines persönlichen Darlehens von - 2.000,- € an ihren Freund Peter verfolgen - - - Darlehensparameter - Peter möchte 2.000,- € von Ihnen ausleihen und diesen Betrag während der nächsten - 18 Monate zurückzahlen. - Weil er Ihr Freund ist, einigen Sie sich auf einen jährlichen - Zinssatz von 5 %. - - Zusammenfassend haben wir also folgende Details für Peters Darlehen: - - - Darlehenssumme - 2.000,- € - - - - Darlehenskonditionen - 18 Monate mit 12 Zahlungen per Jahr - - - - jährlicher Zinssatz: 5 % - - - - monatliche Zahlungen: ?? - - - - Also wie berechnen Sie die monatlichen Raten? - - Für die Berechnungen haben Sie verschiedene Möglichkeiten, zum Beispiel Papier und Bleistiften, - Linux Rechner, OpenOffice Calc-Modul, aber aber an einfachsten ist die Benutzung des - &app; Darlehensrechner. - Dieser errechnet Ihnen, dass die monatliche Zahlung 115,56 € betragen sollte. - - Aber um eine ordentliche Buchführung zu machen, müssen Sie wissen, welcher Anteil - dieser Summe Zinsen sind und welcher Anteil Tilgung des Darlehens. Dafür brauchen Sie - ein leistungsfähiges Werkzeug, etwa wie das Calc Modul in - OpenOffice und im - besonderen die PMT Funktion. - - - - - - - - - Berechnung der Details eines Privatdarlehens - - - Detaillierte Überblick über das Privatdarlehen an Peter. - - - - - - - Konten für das Darlehen - - Wir beginnen mit folgender Kontenhierarchie (alle Konten haben dieselbe Währung, - in diesem Fall Euro) - - -Aktiva:Bank:EUR -Aktiva:Ihnen geschuldetes Geld:Peter -Ertrag: Zinsertrag:Peter -Vermögen:Anfangskontostand:EUR - - - - - Geld verleihen - - Wenn Sie das Geld an ihren Freund verliehen haben, haben Sie tatsächlich - Geld von einem Aktiva (Girokonto Sparbuch oder ähnlichem) zu einem anderen Aktiva - Ihnen geschuldetes Geld verschoben. Um dies zu buchen, fügen - Sie folgende Buchung im Konto Aktiva:Ihnen geschuldetes - Geld:Peter ein. - - - Persönliches Darlehen an einen Freund - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Ihnen geschuldetes Geld:Peter - - 2.000,- € - - - - - - Aktiva:Bank:EUR - - - - 2.000,- € - - - -
- - - - - - - - - Verliehenes Geld - - - Kontostände nach dem Verleihen des Geldes. - - - - - - - Erste Zahlung - - Wenn Sie die erste Rückzahlung (115,56 €) erhalten, müssen Sie feststellen, - wie viel davon Tilgung des Darlehens und wie viel - Zinszahlung ist. - - - - Offen stehender Darlehensbetrag für diese Periode = 2,000,- € - - - - Zahlung pro Monat = 115,56 € - - - - Aufteilung der Zahlung - - - - 5%/12 * $2,000 = 8,33 € Zinsen - - - - 115,56 € - 8,33 € = 107,23 € Tilgung - - - - Dies kann durch die folgende &app; Buchung umgesetzt werden. - - - - - - - - - Erste Zahlung - - - Übersicht über die erste Zahlung - - - - Der Kontostand in Peters Darlehen ist nun 2.000,- € - - 107,23 € = 1.892,77 € - - - - Zweite Zahlung - - Wenn Sie die zweite Rückzahlung (115,56 €) erhalten, müssen Sie wieder feststellen, - wie viel davon Tilgung des Darlehens und wie viel - Zinszahlung ist. - - - - Offen stehender Darlehensbetrag für diese Periode = 1.892,77 - - - - Zahlung pro Monat = 115,56 - - - - Aufteilung der Zahlung - - - - 5%/12 * 1.892,77 = 7,89 Zinsen - - - - 115,56 € - 7,89 € = 107,67 € Tilgung - - - - Dies kann durch die folgende &app; Buchung umgesetzt werden. - - - - - - - - - Zweite Zahlung - - - Übersicht über die zweite Zahlung - - - - - Der Kontostand in Peters Darlehen ist nun 1.892,77 € - 107,67 € = - 1.785,10 € - - die Kontostände sehen jetzt folgendermaßen aus - - - - - - - - - Kontostände nach der zweiten Zahlung - - - Kontostände nach der zweiten Zahlung - - - - - Wie Sie sehen können, verändert sich der Anteil der Zinsen, und der Anteil an Tilgung. - Sie müssen deshalb für jede Zahlung, die Sie empfangen, die richtigen Beträge für Ihre - verschiedenen Splitbuchung berechnen. - - Der Zinsanteil wird mit jeder Zahlung kleiner und kleiner (da er von einer kleineren - Darlehenssumme berechnet wird), bis er bei der letzten Zahlung gegen null geht. - Sehen Sie dazu auch die Zahlen in der Berechnung (Detaillierte Überblick über das Privatdarlehen - an Peter). - - - - - Kfz-Darlehen (wie wird es gemacht) - - Das Kfz-Darlehen wird genauso behandelt, wie das Immobiliendarlehen. Der einzige Unterschied - sind andere Kontobezeichnungen und andere Zinskonditionen. - - - Grundlegende Kontostrukturen für Darlehen - --Aktiva - -Umlaufvermögen - -Sparkonto - -Anlagevermögen - -Kfz --Fremdkapital - -Darlehen - -Kfz-Darlehen --Aufwendungen - -Zinsen - -Zinsen Kfz-Darlehen - -Gebühren Kfz-Darlehen - - Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter - - - - Abgleich eines Darlehnskontos (Wie wird es gemacht) - - Der Abgleich eines Darlehnskontos unterscheidet sich nicht vom Abgleich eines Bankkontos, - oder eines Kreditkartenkontos. - - Während des Abgleichzeitraums sollten Sie alle das Darlehen betreffenden Zahlungen gebucht haben. - Jede davon betrifft das Konto - - Fremdkapital:Darlehen:Darlehen. - zum Beispiel vermindert eine Rückzahlung eines Darlehens ihr Bankkonto, - und erhöht die Konten Darlehen,Darlehenszins - und eventuell Darlehensgebühr. - - Wenn Ihnen die aktuelle Darlehensabrechnung vorliegt, öffnen Sie das Darlehenskonto, - starten den Abgleichassistenten und markieren all die Buchungen, die sie aufgezeichnet haben. - Wenn Sie damit fertig sind, sollte die Differenz 0 sein und wenn nicht, dann müssen Sie die - Buchungen in ihrem Konto mit dem Kontoauszug vergleichen, um die Abweichung festzustellen. - Wenn Sie die Abweichung gefunden und korrigiert haben, beträgt die Differenz 0, das Konto ist - abgeglichen, und sie können den Abgleichassistenten abschließen. - - - Weitere Informationen zum Abgleich finden Sie unter - - - - Verkauf eines Hauses oder eines Kfz (Wie wird es gemacht) - - Für die Buchung Ihres Hausverkaufs gibt es verschiedene Möglichkeiten in - &app;. An dieser Stelle werden wir zwei von Ihnen - behandeln. Bei einer buchen Sie nur den Einkaufs- und den Verkaufspreis. - Bei der anderen haben Sie die Bewegungen auf dem Häusermarkt verfolgt, - und im Laufe der Zeit diverse unrealisierte Gewinne gebucht. - - - - - Einfache Buchung - - Bei dieser Methode buchen Sie lediglich die Kaufs- und Verkaufspreise. - - Lassen Sie uns zwei Beispiele eines Hausverkaufs durcharbeiten, ein Verkauf mit Gewinn - und einer mit Verlust. Wenn Sie stattdessen ein Kfz verkaufen wollen, ersetzen Sie einfach - das Hauskonto durch das Kfz-Konto. - - --Aktiva - -Anlagevermögen - -Haus - -Umlaufvermögen - -Sparkonto --Ertrag - -langfristige Kapitalerträge - -Haus - - - - - Sie haben vor einiger Zeit ein Haus für 300.000,- € gekauft, und jetzt - haben Sie es geschafft es für 600.000,- € zu verkaufen. Wie können Sie das buchen? - - - Um diesen Vorgang aufzuzeichnen müssen Sie Ihr Bankkonto um 600.000,- € erhöhen, - und irgend ein anderes Konto um 600.000,- € verringern. Das Hauskonto hat - nur einen Kontostand von 300.000,- €, den damaligen Kaufpreis. Sie buchen diesen Betrag - auf Ihr Bankkonto, aber es fehlen immer noch 300.000,- €. Diesen Betrag holen Sie - von dem Konto Ertrag:langfristige - Kapitalerträge:Haus. - Die Splitbuchung, die Sie in Ihr Bank-Konto - (Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto)buchen, sollte so aussehen. - - - Verkauf eines Vermögensgegenstandes (Haus) mit Gewinn - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto - - 600.000,- € - - - - - - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus - - - - 300.000,- € - - - - Ertrag:langfristige Kapitalerträge:Haus - - - - 300.000,- € - - - -
- - - - - Sie haben vor einiger Zeit ein Haus für 300.000,- € gekauft, aber wegen eines - neugebauten Flughafens können sie es nur noch für 230.000,- € verkaufen. Wie können Sie das buchen? - - Um diesen Vorgang aufzuzeichnen müssen Sie Ihr Bankkonto um 230.000,- € erhöhen, - und irgend ein anderes Konto um 230.000,- € verringern. Das Hauskonto hat - einen Kontostand von 300.000,- €, das ist mehr als der Preis für den Sie verkauft haben - Sie buchen 230.000,- € auf ihr Bankkonto, haben danach aber immer noch 70.000,- € - auf ihrem Hauskonto, die auch noch abgebucht werden müssen. Diesen Betrag buchen - sie auf ihr Konto Ertrag:langfristige Kapitalerträge:Haus, - was einen Verlust bedeutet. - Die Splitbuchung, die Sie in Ihr Bank-Konto - (Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto)buchen, sollte so aussehen. - - - Verkauf eines Vermögensgegenstandes (Haus) mit Verlust - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus - - - - 300.000,- € - - - - Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto - - 230.000,- € - - - - - - Ertrag:langfristige Kapitalerträge:Haus - - 70.000,- € - - - - - -
- - - - - - - Eine komplexere Betrachtung - - In diesem Beispiel werden wir uns mit etwas komplexeren - Prinzipien der Buchführung beschäftigen. Weitere Einzelheiten - zu diesem Thema finden Sie auch unter - - Hier werden wir uns nur mit dem Fall befassen, dass der augenblickliche Wert - des Hauses gut geschätzt werden konnte. Für die anderen Fälle (Über- und Unterschätzung), - lesen Sie bitte . - - - -Aktiva - -Anlagevermögen - -Haus - -Anschaffung - -unrealisierter Gewinn - -Umlaufvermögen - -Sparkonto - -Ertrag - -realisierter Gewinn - -Haus - -unrealisierter Gewinn - -Haus - - - Vor einiger Zeit haben Sie ein Haus für 300.000,- € gekauft - und während er Jahre haben Sie den Häusermarkt beobachtet - und einen geschätzten Zeitwert Ihres Hauses ermittelt. - Der augenblickliche Marktwert zum Zeitpunkt des Verkaufs - beträgt 600.000,- €. - - Der Unterschied zwischen 600.000,- € (geschätzter Marktwert) - und 300.000,- € (Kaufpreis) ist der augenblickliche unrealisierte - Gewinn. Deshalb haben sie einen Betrag von 300.000,- € auf Ihrem - Konto Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus:unrealisierter Gewinn. - - Wie wird dieser Verkauf eingegeben? - - Um diesen Verkauf einzugeben, muss dem Bankkonto die Verkaufsumme - von 600.000,- € gutgeschrieben werden und gleichzeitig andere Konten - mit der Summe von 600.000,- € belastet werden. Zuerst muss der - unrealisierte Gewinn auf Ihren Ertrag-Konten - in einen realisierten Gewinn umgewandelt werden. Zum Schluss müssen - Sie die Gesamtsumme von Ihren Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus Unterkonten auf Ihr Bankkonto übertragen. - - Die Buchung, die Sie in Ihrem Konto - Ertrag:realisierter Gewinn:Haus - eingeben, sollte folgendermaßen aussehen. - - - Verkauf eines Vermögensgegenstandes (Haus) mit Gewinn - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Ertrag:realisierter Gewinn:Haus - - 300.000,- € - - - - - - Ertrag:unrealisierter Gewinn:Haus - - - - 300.000,- € - - - - -
- - - Die Buchung, die Sie in Ihrem Konto Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto - eingeben, sollte folgendermaßen aussehen. - - - Verkauf eines Vermögensgegenstandes (Haus) mit Gewinnen 2 - - - - - Konto - - Einzahlung - - Auszahlung - - - - Aktiva:Umlaufvermögen:Sparkonto - - 600.000,- € - - - - - - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus:Anschaffung - - - - 300.000,- € - - - - Aktiva:Anlagevermögen:Haus:unrealisierter Gewinn - - - - 300.000,- € - - - - -
- Nach Eingabe dieser Buchung sehen Sie, dass Ihr Hausvermögen jetzt den Wert null hat, - der Betrag auf ihrem Sparkonto wurde um 600.000,- € erhöht, und zuletzt hat hat sich der - Betrag unter Ertrag:realisierte Gewinn auf 300.000,- € erhöht. - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_oth_assets.xml b/guide/de/ch_oth_assets.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f72e07190..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_oth_assets.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,448 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Andere Aktiva - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_oview.xml b/guide/de/ch_oview.xml index 7b93182ea..364a8a04d 100644 --- a/guide/de/ch_oview.xml +++ b/guide/de/ch_oview.xml @@ -42,7 +42,11 @@ - + + + + @@ -237,11 +241,6 @@ Auch unterschiedliche Besteuerungs- und Zahlungsregelungen in kleinen Unternehmen werden unterstützt. - - Mitarbeiterverwaltung: - Mit &app; können Sie auch die Auslagen Ihrer Mitarbeiter abrechnen. - - Abschreibungen: &app; kann die Abschreibung von Wirtschaftsgütern verfolgen. @@ -366,27 +365,27 @@ Hier die Anwendungen und Funktionen, die in diesem Teil behandelt werden. - - Girokonten + - Girokonten - - Kreditkarten + - Kreditkarten - - Darlehen + - Darlehen - - Kapitalanlagen + - Kapitalanlagen - - Kapitalerträge + - Kapitalerträge - - mehrere Währungen + - mehrere Währungen @@ -394,40 +393,40 @@ Verwendung von &app; zur Buchführung in Unternehmen beschrieben: - - Einführung in die geschäftliche Buchführung + FUZZY-DE - Einführung in die geschäftliche Buchführung - - Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung + - Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung - - Forderungen + - Forderungen - - Verbindlichkeiten + - Verbindlichkeiten - - Mitarbeiterverwaltung - - Finanzpläne - --> + - Finanzpläne + - + - - Abschreibungen - + - - --> + + @@ -448,13 +447,13 @@ --> - Anhang : Kommandozeilenoptionen, Tastenkürzel … + Anhang : Kommandozeilenoptionen, Tastenkürzel … - GNU Lizenz für Freie Dokumentation - Und schließlich bieten ein Glossar und ein Index die Möglichkeit, schnell Themen zu finden. + Und schließlich bieten ein und ein Index die Möglichkeit, schnell Themen zu finden. diff --git a/guide/de/ch_python_bindings.xml b/guide/de/ch_python_bindings.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 20f496a80..000000000 --- a/guide/de/ch_python_bindings.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Python Bindings - &untranslated-de; - - diff --git a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml index 5989e16d6..ca68a0d3d 100644 --- a/guide/de/ch_txns.xml +++ b/guide/de/ch_txns.xml @@ -91,10 +91,9 @@ zeigt die Buchungsansicht im Stil eines Buchungsjournals, in dem alle Teilbuchungen für alle Buchungen dargestellt werden. - - + + UNTRANSLATED-DE All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or double-line format. + Select ViewDouble Line, and you will see your transaction line expand to two register lines. Wir wollen jetzt genauer betrachten, wie sich die einzeilige Darstellung und die vollständige Darstellung unterscheiden. Für dieses Beispiel wollen wir annehmen, dass Sie drei Jeans für zusammen 1000 € gekauft haben und für den Kauf jeder Jeans eine mehrteilige Buchung erstellen. @@ -764,12 +763,24 @@ dass der Betrag mit Ihrer Buchungen in &app; übereinstimmt, und haken die Buchung in &app; als abgeglichen ab. + + UNTRANSLATED-DE You can check or uncheck the reconcile status of all transactions in + either pane by clicking on a transaction in the required pane then clicking + Ctrl-A followed by space. This will toggle + the reconcile status of all transactions in the pane to either checked or + unchecked state. This procedure can be repeated to achieve the desired status + for the transactions in the pane. + + Unten rechts gibt es im Fenster Abgleichen ein Feld Differenz, welches den Betrag 0.00 aufweisen sollte, wenn Sie den Abgleich abgeschlossen haben. Wenn dort ein anderer Wert auftritt, dann haben Sie entweder Buchungen ausgelassen, oder einige Buchungsbeträge wurden falsch in &app; eingegeben, oder (was etwas unwahrscheinlicher ist) die Bank hat einen Fehler gemacht. + UNTRANSLATED-DE Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy between your books and a statement, &app; includes a Balance button on the Toolbar that will automatically create a balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled. + UNTRANSLATED-DE To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. &app; will create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX account (where "XXX" represents your currency). The Reconcile window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created balancing entry and finish the process. + Nachdem Sie alle Einträge auf dem Kontoauszug abgehakt haben, und die Differenz 0.00 ist, drücken Sie den Eintrag Fertig auf der Werkzeugleiste oder wählen den Eintrag diff --git a/guide/de/fdl-appendix.xml b/guide/de/fdl-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5d920a0f7..000000000 --- a/guide/de/fdl-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,670 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Version 1.1, March 2000 - - - 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - - -
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, - Suite 330, Boston, MA - 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - - GNU Free Documentation License - - - 0. PREAMBLE - - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document free in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - - - - This License is a kind of copyleft, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - - - - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - - - - 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - Document, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as you. - - - - A Modified Version of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - - - - A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - - - - The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - The Cover Texts are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not Transparent is called - Opaque. - - - - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - - - - The Title Page means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, Title Page means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - - - - - 2. VERBATIM COPYING - - You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in section 3. - - - - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - - - - - 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY - - If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - Document and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - - - - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - - - - If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - - - - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the Document well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - - - - - 4. MODIFICATIONS - - You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of - sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - - - - - - A - - Use in the Title - Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the Document, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - - - - - - - B - - List on the Title - Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the Document (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - - - - - - - C - - State on the Title - Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the - publisher. - - - - - - - D - - Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - - - - - - - E - - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - - - - - - - F - - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - - - - - - - G - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and - required Cover - Texts given in the Document’s license notice. - - - - - - - H - - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - - - - - - - I - - Preserve the section entitled History, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on - the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled History in the - Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - - - - - - - J - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access - to a Transparent - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the History - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - - - - - - - K - - In any section entitled Acknowledgements or - Dedications, preserve the section’s title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - - - - - - - L - - Preserve all the Invariant - Sections of the Document, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - - - - - - - M - - Delete any section entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not be - included in the Modified - Version. - - - - - - - N - - Do not retitle any existing section as - Endorsements or to conflict in title with - any Invariant - Section. - - - - - - - If the Modified Version - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - Secondary Sections and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the - Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - - - - You may add a section entitled Endorsements, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - - - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of - the list of Cover Texts - in the Modified Version. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the Document - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - - - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . - - - - - 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS - - You may combine the Document - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in section 4 - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the Invariant - Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - - - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical Invariant - Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - - - - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - History in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled History; likewise - combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, - and any sections entitled Dedications. You must - delete all sections entitled Endorsements. - - - - - 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - - - - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - - - - - 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a Modified Version - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - aggregate, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - - - - - 8. TRANSLATION - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - - - - - 9. TERMINATION - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - - - - - 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - - The Free Software - Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - - - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - or any later version applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - - - - - Addendum - - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - - -
- - Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, - and with the Back-Cover - Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled GNU Free Documentation - License. - -
- - - If you have no Invariant - Sections, write with no Invariant Sections - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write - no Front-Cover Texts instead of - Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. - - - - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public - License, to permit their use in free software. - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/glossary.xml b/guide/de/glossary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 314d52d90..000000000 --- a/guide/de/glossary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,419 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - Glossar - - - AqBanking - - AqBanking ist eine freie Bibliothek für Online-Banking und der Nachfolger von OpenHBCI2. - AqBanking bietet laut Entwicklerangaben eine Schnittstelle zu: - - - allgemeinen Aufgaben des Online-Bankings (Umsatz- und Saldenabruf, Überweisungen und Lastschriften etc) - - - Bankinformationen für Deutschland, USA, Österreich und die Schweiz - - - Länder- und Währungsinformationen (ISO-Codes etc) - - - - linuxwiki.de/AqBanking - - - - - - - Bayes Algorithmus - - Algorithmus zur Berechnung bedingter - Wahrscheinlichkeiten. Wird unter anderem benutzt, um lernfähige - Filter zur Vermeidung von Spam zu erstellen. - - Wikipedia Bayestheorem - - - - - Buchführung - - Buchführung bezeichnet die in Zahlenwerten vorgenommene planmäßige, lückenlose, zeitliche und sachlich geordnete Aufzeichnung aller Geschäftsvorgänge in einer Unternehmung auf Grund von Belegen. Sie ist das zahlenmäßige Spiegelbild einer Unternehmung und wichtige Informationsquelle für den Unternehmer und dient außerdem dazu, den gesetzlich fixierten Informationsanforderungen von Behörden nachzukommen. - Wikipedia Buchführung - - - - - Buchhaltung - - -Buchhaltung ist die Organisationseinheit eines Unternehmens, die die Buchführung erstellt. Die Begriffe Buchhaltung und Buchführung werden umgangssprachlich häufig synonym verwendet. In der Betriebswirtschaftslehre bezeichnet der Begriff Buchführung nur die Methodik oder Tätigkeit. - - Wikipedia Buchhaltung - - - - - Buchung - - - - - Buchungssatz - - Ein Buchungssatz ist der kleinste vollständige - Buchungsvorgang in der doppelten Buchführung und entspricht - einem Geschäftsvorfall. An einem einfachen Buchungssatz sind - nur zwei Konten beteiligt. Sind mehr als zwei Konten beteiligt, - spricht man von einem zusammengesetzen Buchungssatz. In - allgemeinem Sinn wird Buchungssatz in diesem Text vereinfachend - auch nur als Buchung bezeichnet. - - - - - - - - Comma Separated Values - CSV - - CSV ist ein einfaches Format zur Darstellung gleichförmiger Daten in Textdateien. - Diese sind als Tabellen mit Zeilen einer festen Anzahl von Spalten organisiert, die durch ein Trennzeichen - (zum Beispiel ein Komma) getrennt sind. - Programme, die das CSV-Format lesen können, können meist auch Tabellen mit fester Spaltenbreite verarbeiten. - - - - - - - Extensible Markup Language - XML - - Die Extensible Markup Language (engl. für erweiterbare - Auszeichnungssprache), dient der Darstellung hierarchisch strukturierter Daten in Form von - Textdaten. Diese sind menschenlesbar und mit einem Texteditor zu bearbeiten. - XML wird u. a. für den plattform- und implementationsunabhängigen Austausch - von Daten zwischen Computersystemen eingesetzt, insbesondere über das Internet. - XML ist das originäre Speicherformat von &app; und in jedes beliebige andere Format konvertierbar. - - - - - - - - Financial Transaction Services - FinTS - - FinTS ist die Weiterentwicklung des 1996 erstmals vom ZKA (Zentraler - Kreditausschuss) veröffentlichten deutschen Online-Banking Standards HBCI und löste dieses 2004 ab. - - FinTS Homepage - - - - - - Free Software Foundation - FSF - - Die FSF eine ist eine amerikanische Stiftung, die als gemeinnützige Organisation 1985 von Richard Stallman - mit dem Zweck gegründet wurde, freie Software zu fördern. Haupt Projekte sind das GNU/Linux Operating System und der GNOME Desktop. - - Free Software Foundation Homepage - - - - - - - Girokonto - - Konto zur Abwicklung des bargeldlosen Zahlungsverkehrs. - - - - - - GNU Network Object Model Environment - GNOME - - Benutzerfreundliche und komplett freie Arbeitsumgebung, geschrieben in C und basierend auf dem GIMP Toolkit. - Spezielle Richtlinien zur Software-Ergonomie sollen Zugangsbarrieren minimieren. - GNOME Homepage - - - - - - GNU is not Unix - GNU - - Das GNU-Projekt wurde 1984 aus der Taufe gehoben, um ein komplettes, unixartiges Betriebssystem zu entwickeln. - Haupt Sponsor ist die Free Software Foundation. - - GNU Homepage - - - - - GtkHTML - - GtkHTML ist eine freie HTML-Rendering-Engine, die das GIMP-Toolkit benutzt und in C geschrieben ist. - - - - - - - Home Banking Computer Interface - HBCI - - HBCI ist ein offener Standard für den Bereich Electronic Banking und - Kundenselbstbedienung. Er wurde von verschiedenen - Bankengruppen in Deutschland entwickelt und vom Zentralen - Kreditausschuss (ZKA) beschlossen. HBCI ist eine - standardisierte Schnittstelle für das Homebanking. Dabei - werden Übertragungsprotokolle, Nachrichtenformate und - Sicherheitsverfahren definiert. - - - - - - - - - Kontenplan - - In &app; Gesamtheit aller in einer Datei enthaltenen - Konten, wie sie in Form der Kontenhierarchie im Kontenfenster - angezeigt wird. - - - Wikipedia Kontenplan - - - - - Kontenrahmen - - Der Kontenrahmen ist ein systematisches Verzeichnis - aller Konten für die Buchführung in einem Wirtschaftszweig. - Durch Anpassung an die speziellen Gegebenheiten eines - Unternehmens entsteht daraus der Kontenplan. - - - - Wikipedia Kontenrahmen - - - - - Konto - - Zentrale Datenstruktur in der Buchführung und &app;. - Ein Konto ist ein u.U. abstrakter Ort, an dem Zahlenwerte notiert und verrechnet werden. - Neben Geldkonten findet man Punktekonten, Urlaubskonten, Arbeitszeitkonten, Meilenkonten, Stückkonten etc. - - - In &app; dient ein Konto primär zur Verwaltung von Geldbeträgen und Wertpapierbeständen. - - Wikipedia Konto - - - - Kontobuch - - Das elektronische Kontobuch von &app;. Hier geben Sie Ihre Buchungen ein. Auch als Register bezeichnet. - - - - - - Mailingliste - - Eine Mailingliste bietet einer geschlossenen Gruppe von - Menschen die Möglichkeit zum elektronischen - Nachrichtenaustausch in Briefform. Dieser - Nachrichtenaustausch ist innerhalb der Gruppe öffentlich. - - - - - - MySQL - - Der MySQL Server ist ein relationales Datenbankverwaltungssystem. - Es ist als Open-Source-Software sowie als kommerzielle Enterpriseversion für - verschiedene Betriebssysteme verfügbar und bildet die Grundlage für viele dynamische Webauftritte. - Laut wiki ist MySQL mit mehr als 6 Millionen Installationen und über 35.000 Downloads pro Tag das - populärste Open-Source-Datenbankverwaltungssystem der Welt. - - Wikipedia MySQL - Deutsche MySQL Homepage - - - - - - Open Financial Exchange - OFX - - Open Financial Exchange (engl. für offenes Format zum Austausch - von Finanzdaten) ist ein offener Standard zum elektronischen - Austausch von Finanzdaten zwischen Geldinstituten, Betrieben - und Verbrauchern über das Internet. - Es hat mittlerweile das QIF-Format als wichtigstes Format abgelöst. - - OFX Homepage - - - - - OpenHBCI - - - OpenHBCI ist eine Open-Source-Implementierung des deutschen HBCI Protokolls. - Die Entwicklung wurde im Jahre 2004 eingestellt. Nachfolger ist AqBanking - - openHBCI - - - - - - - PostgreSQL - - Sehr komplexes und leistungsfähiges Open-Source-Datenbanksystem. - Es unterstützt die SQL92 und SQL99 Standards und darüberhinaus bietet es eine Reihe eigener Erweiterungen an. - - Postgres Homepage - Deutsche Postgres Homepage - - - - - - - - Quicken Interchange Format - QIF - - Quicken Interchange Format ist ein offenes Format der amerikanischen Firma Intuit, - die mit der Finanzsoftware Quicken 1988 eine marktbeherrschende Stellung erlangte. - Galt QIF längere Zeit aus Quasi Standard, wird es seit 2005 von Quicken nicht mehr - unterstützt und von OFX abgelöst. - - - QIF-Dateien enthalten u.a. unzureichende Konto Informationen - und können zu doppelten Transaktionen führen. - - - QIF Spezifikation - - - - - - - - - Saldo - - Der Saldo ist die Diffenenz zwischen Soll- und Habenseite eines Kontos. - Auch als Kontostand bezeichnet. - - - - - Standardkontorahmen - - Für verschiedene Branchen von Industrieverbänden oder der DATEV herausgegebene Kontenrahmen. - - - - - Sparkonto - - Ein Konto auf dem Sie Zinsen für ein Guthaben - bekommen. Das Ansparen der Zinsen ist der Hauptzweck des Sparkontos. - - - - - SQLite3 - - - Kompakte Open-Source C-Programmbibliothek, die ein relationales Datenbanksystem enthält. - SQLite3 unterstützt einen Großteil der im SQL-92-Standard festgelegten SQL-Sprachbefehle. - SQLite speichert seine Daten in einer einzigen portablen Datei. - SQLite benötigt keine Konfiguration, keine Benutzerverwaltung und keinen Server. - - - SQLite3 Homepage - - - - - - Structured Query Language - SQL - - SQL ist eine Datenbanksprache zur Definition, Abfrage und Manipulation von Daten in relationalen Datenbanken, - die sich an die englische Sprache anlehnt. - SQL ist von ANSI und ISO standardisiert und wird von fast allen gängigen Datenbanksystemen unterstützt. - - - - - Wikipedia SQL - - - - - - - - - - WebKit - - Moderne Hypertext Darstellungstechnologie, die auch in Google Chrome - unter Windows und Apple Safari zum Einsatz kommt. - - - - - - - - diff --git a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml index 9872e85f1..655068609 100644 --- a/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml +++ b/guide/de/gnucash-guide.xml @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 2013 Martin Mainka (Deutsche Übersetzung) - + &app; Documentation Team
@@ -106,6 +106,22 @@ + + &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.3 + 30 September 2018 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.2 + 24 June 2018 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.1 28 April 2018 @@ -146,6 +162,14 @@ &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.17 + 2 July 2017 2017 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.16 26 March 2017 @@ -446,20 +470,20 @@ - Einführung + Getting Started - + + @@ -485,5 +509,5 @@ - +--> diff --git a/guide/de/toc.xml b/guide/de/toc.xml deleted file mode 100644 index dfdf8d6a5..000000000 --- a/guide/de/toc.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ - - -&app; Benutzerhandbuch Gliederung -
Teil Eins: Einführung -Kapitel 1 Übersicht über &app; - -1.1 Einführung in &app; (Discussion) -1.2 Über dieses Handbuch (Discussion) -1.3 Zehn Gründe, &app; zu benutzen (Discussion) -1.4 Installation (How-To) - - -Kapitel 2 Grundlegende Struktur und Einrichtung - -2.1 Dateneingabe (Discussion) - 2.1.1 Dateien, Konten und Buchungen - 2.1.2 Doppelte Buchführung -2.2 Die Bedieneroberfläche von &app; (Discussion) - 2.2.1 Anlegen eines neuen Benutzers - 2.2.2 Tipp des Tages - 2.2.3 Hauptfenster - 2.2.4 Register Window - 2.2.5 Werkzeugleiste - 2.2.6 Menü Optionen - 2.2.7 Menü Abkürzungen -2.3 Einstellungen vornehmen (Discussion) -2.4 Hilfe (Discussion) - 2.4.1 Handbuch - 2.4.2 WWW - 2.4.3 Registrierung über Interet - 2.4.4 Suche nach Themen -2.5 Dateien anlegen, speichern und öffnen (How-To) -2.6 QIF Dateien importieren (How-To) -2.7 Datensicherung (How-To) -2.8 Alles zusammensetzen (Beispiele zum Erstellen und Speichern einer Datei, Importieren einer QIF Datei und zum Verändern von Einstellungen) - - -Kapitel 3 Organizing Your Accounts - -3.1 Accounts vs. Categories (Discussion) -3.2 Arten von &app; Konten (Discussion) -3.3 Ein neues Konto einrichten (How-To) - 3.3.1 Allgemeine Information - 3.3.2 Opening Balance -3.4 Setting Up a Chart of Accounts (How-To) -3.5 Konten verändern (How-To) - 3.5.1 Ändern eines Kontos - 3.5.2 Löschen eines Kontos -3.6 Changing a Chart of Accounts - 3.6.1 Moving From Subaccount to Parent Account - 3.6.2 Moving From Parent Account to Subaccount - 3.6.3 Moving To a Different Parent Account -3.7 Konten und Unterkonten öffnen -3.8 Scrubbing Accounts -3.9 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples of setting up a simple chart of accounts with cash, checking, savings, credit card, income and expense accounts) - - -Kapitel 4 Buchungen eintragen - -4.1 Overview of Registers (Discussion) -4.2 Setting Register Options (Discussion) - 4.2.1 Style - 4.2.2 Sort Order - 4.2.3 Date Range - 4.2.4 Preferences -4.3 Eine Buchung eingeben (How-To) - 4.3.1 Register - 4.3.2 Transfer Dialog - 4.3.3 General Journal Tool -4.4 Entering Multiple Splits (How-To) -4.5 Using Entry Shortcuts (How-To) - 4.5.1 Autofill - 4.5.2 Keyboard shortcuts -4.6 Working with Existing Transactions (How-To) - 4.6.1 Editing - 4.6.2 Deleting - 4.6.3 Copying - 4.6.4 Jumping to Other Account - 4.6.5 Finding -4.7 Reconciling to a Statement (How-To) -4.8 Wiederkehrende/geplante Buchungen (How-To) -4.9 Alles zusammensetzen (Example of entering an opening balance in checking, entering a paycheck with deductions, entering a second paycheck using QuickFill, and scheduling a recurring paycheck transaction) - - -Teil Zwei: Managing Your Records -Kapitel 5 Your Checkbook and Wallet - -5.1 Setting up Accounts (Discussion) -5.2 Entering Deposits(Discussion) - 5.2.1 Net Pay (How-To) - 5.2.2 Gross Pay(How-To) - 5.2.3 Interest Income (How-To) - 5.2.4 Other (Non-Income) Deposits (How-To) -5.3 Entering Withdrawals (Discussion) - 5.3.1 Check Payments (How-To) - 5.3.2 ATM/Cash Withdrawals(How-To) - 5.3.3 Service Charges (How-To) - 5.3.4 Other Withdrawals (How-To) -5.4 Printing Checks (How-To) -5.5 Reconciling Bank and Cash Accounts (How-To) -5.6 Adjusting the Balance (How-To) -5.7 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 6 Kreditkarten - -6.1 Kreditkarten-Konto einrichten (Discussion) -6.2 Opening Credit Card Balance (How-To) -6.3 Entering Charges(Discussion) - 6.3.1 Purchases (How-To) - 6.3.2 Finance/Late Charges (How-To) -6.4 Zahlungen eingeben (Discussion) - 6.4.1 monatliche Zahlungen (How-To) - 6.4.2 Refunds/Credits (How-To) -6.5 Reconciling Credit Card Accounts (How-To) -6.6 Adjusting the Balance (How-To) -6.7 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 7 Investments - -7.1 Setting up Accounts (Discussion - brokerage, IRA, 401(K), stock options) - -Brokerage - -CD?s - -Treasury Bills - -Money Market - -Mutual Funds - -Stocks - -Bonds - -Retirements accounts -7.2 Creating a Portfolio for Your Current Holdings (How-To) -7.3 Buying New Investments (How-To) -7.4 Selling Investments (How-To) -7.5 Recording Dividends and Interest (How-To) -7.6 Recording Stock Splits and Mergers (How-To) -7.7 Recording Employee Stock Plans (Discussion) - 7.7.1 Stock Purchase Plans (How-To) - 7.7.2 Stock Options (How-To) -7.8 Managing your Portfolio (Discussion) - 7.8.1 Portfolio View - 7.8.2 Updating Prices (How-To) - 7.8.3 Measuring Capital Gains (Discussion) -7.9 Reconciling with the Brokerage Statement (How-To) -7.10 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 8 Anlagevermögen und Darlehen - -8.1 Konten einrichten (Discussion of ways to handle appreciation, depreciation, principal and interest payments, gains) -8.2 Buying a House with Related Mortgage (How-To) -8.3 Buying a Vehicle with Related Loan (How-To) -8.4 Entering a Payment Schedule - 8.4.1 Monthly Payments (How-To) - 8.4.2 Final Payment (How-To) -8.5 Selling a House or Vehicle (How-To) -8.6 Recording Changes in Value - 8.6.1 Appreciation (How-To) - 8.6.2 Depreciation (How-To) - 8.6.3 Capital Gains (How-To) -8.7 Tracking Other Assets (How-To) -8.8 Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To) -8.9 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 9 Mehrere Währungen - -9.1 Konten einrichten (Discussion of ISO codes, setup of currency accounts) -9.2 &app; Währungsunterstützung (Discussion of Euro support, exchange rates) -9.3 Setting International Preferences (Discussion) -9.4 Recording Currency Exchange (How-To) -9.5 Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To) -9.6 Tracking Currency Investments (How-To) -9.7 Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To) -9.8 Updating Exchange Rates (How-To) -9.9 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 10 Berichte und Grafiken - -10.1 Übersicht über Berichte und Grafiken (Discussion) -10.2 Arten von Berichten und Grafiken (Discussion) -10.3 Standard-Berichte und -Grafiken erstellen (How-To) -10.4 Anpassung (How-To) -10.5 Berichte und Grafiken ausdrucken (How-To) -10.6 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - -Kapitel 11 Online-Unterstützung - -11.1 Verfügbare Onlinefunktionen (Discussion) -11.2 Die Online-Hilfe benutzen (How-To) -11.3 Softwareupdates über das Internet einspielen (How-To) -11.4 Aktien- und Währungskurse online beziehen (How-To) -11.5 Kontoauszüge importieren (How-To) -11.6 Alles zusammensetzen (Examples) - - - -Teil Drei: Fortgeschrittene Themen -Kapitel 12 Zukunftsplanung - -12.1 Die Steuererklärung vorbereiten (Discussion) -12.2 Budgets erstellen und benutzen (Discussion) -12.3 Planning for Loans (Discussion) -12.4 Planning to Buy a House (Discussion) - - -Kapitel 13 Business Needs - -13.1 Overview of Business vs. Personal Needs -13.2 Mehr zur Doppelten Buchführung -13.3 Hauptbuch -13.4 Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten -13.5 Inventar -13.6 Lohn- und Gehaltsliste - - - -Anhänge -Anhang A Anleitung für Benutzer von Quicken und anderen QIF-basierten Anwendungen - -Organization of QIF Files (Discussion) -Common Duplication Issues (Discussion) -Checking QIF Data (Discussion) - - -Anhang B Häufige Fragen und Antworten (FAQ) - -(Notes: How to treat taxes (payable or expense?), how to record a txn on different dates (actual date and bank date), how to provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.) - - -Anhang C Fehlerbehebung - - -
 diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ebe7dcfea..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1083 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Setting Up, Editing & Working with Accounts - - This section describes the process of setting up, editing and working with &app; Accounts. - In &app; an Account is used as the basic tool to organize the recording of where money comes - from and goes to. &app; also extends the concept of real world accounts such as a bank - account or loan account to grouping income and expense accounts. This allows you to - quickly see where you spent your money and what your major income and expenses are. - &app; sets Account Types (as described in the next section) to help in organizing - and grouping accounts. Account Types can be used to create a Chart of Accounts. - - - - Types of <application>&app;</application> Accounts - - &app; supports a number of different account types. It is recommended to - choose an appropriate account type based on the list of account types described - below. - - - The Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable types are - used internally by &app;’s business features. Transactions involving these accounts should not be added, - changed or deleted in any way other than by using - - post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or - process payment - - - - - - - Types of <application>&app;</application> Accounts. - - - - Account Type - Description - - - - - - Accounts Payable - Accounts Payable are used by businesses to record amounts that - must be paid. Example: The business has bought something, but the business - has not paid the bill until later. - Previous versions of this help defined A/P and A/R the other way - round. - - - - - Accounts Receivable - Accounts Receivable records amounts for which money - has not yet been received. Example: A business has sold something and - issued a bill, but the client has not payed until later. - Previous versions of this help defined A/P and A/R the other way - round. - - - - - Asset - Asset accounts are used for tracking things that are of - value and can be used or sold to pay debts. (Normally a placeholder account) - - - - - Bank - The Bank account type denotes savings or checking accounts - held at a bank or other financial institution. Some of these accounts may - bear interest. This is also the appropriate account type for check (debit) - cards, which directly withdraw payments from a checking account. - - - - Cash - The Cash account type is used to denote the cash that you store - in your wallet, shoe box, piggyback, or mattress. - - - - Credit Card - The Credit Card account type is used to denote credit card - accounts, both for cards that allow floating lines of credit (e.g. VISA, - MasterCard, or Discover) and with cards that do not permit continuing - balances (e.g. American Express) - - - - Currency - Currency Accounts were used for trading currencies, but have - been replaced by the Currency Transfer pane on the Transfer Funds Window - (). - - - - Equity - Equity accounts are used to store the opening balances when you - first start using &app; or start a new accounting period. - - - - Expense - Any expense such as food, clothing, taxes, etc. This type is - called a category in Quicken. - - - - Income - Any income received from sources such as salary, interest, - dividends, etc. This type is called a category in Quicken. - - - - Liability - Liability accounts are used for tracking debts or financial - obligations. (Normally a placeholder account) - - - - Mutual Fund - A professionally managed portfolio of stocks and bonds or other - investments divided up into shares. - - - - Stock - A share of ownership in a corporation, which entitles its owner - to all the risks and rewards that go with it. - - - -
- - The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant described in the first section - of this help is a convenient way of setting up a set of accounts to use as a framework of - account types. - - When new accounts are created the available choices of account types are grayed - out according to what type the parent account is. The following list contains the possible choices. - - - - Accounts Payable: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Accounts Receivable: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Asset: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Bank: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Cash: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Credit Card: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Currency: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Equity: Only Equity accounts can be child accounts. - - - - Expense: Only Expense or Income accounts can be child accounts. - - - - Income: Only Expense or Income accounts can be child accounts. - - - - Liability: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Mutual Fund: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - Stock: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts. - - - - - - - - Creating a Chart of Accounts - - The Chart of Accounts is like a table of contents for your finances. The best - way to conceptualize a chart of accounts is as a tree. The main branches represent - entire categories or groups, while the leaves of the tree denote individual bank - accounts or expense categories. When a summary report is requested, typically only - the main branches are shown in the report, rather than the individual accounts. For - example, a chart of accounts might look like the following: - - - - - Accounts codes - Note that accounts not only have names; they may have codes, to order the accounts. - When a report is generated, the sort order is determined by the numbering. It’s - customary to have the leaf accounts end in non-zero digits, while parent nodes have - increasing numbers of zeros. - - - - &app; does not prevent duplicate numbering, although we would encourage you - to avoid this. Account codes are treated as numbers in base-36, thus, if you run out - of numbers, you can use the letters, a through z. - - - - - - Editing a Chart of Accounts - - Editing the Chart of Accounts is done within the Parent Account - pane of the Edit Account dialog. It is possible to move an account to any - part of the Chart of Accounts. It is recommended to keep accounts generally under the related - types of accounts as described in . This helps to preserve the Chart - of Accounts structure. - - To move the selected account to a different parent account just select the - account in the Parent Account pane. If New top level account - is selected then the account will be moved to the top level. - - - - Creating a New Account - - To create a new account go to ActionsNew Account... - or click the New Toolbar icon in the Account Tree Window. The New Account - dialog will be opened. - - The New Account properties dialog consists of two tabs, the - General tab and the Opening Balance tab. - - Creating a New Account involves planning in advance several details that are - used in the New Account dialog. - - - - What type of account is needed. - - - - Where it fits in the structure of the Chart of Accounts. - - - - If there is an Opening Balance. - - - - If there is a Commodity (security/currency) needed for the account. - - - - If online updating of the commodity price is needed. - - - - These details are described below. - - - General Information Tab - - The General tab is used to access the basic information about the - account. It provides a way of connecting the account to stock information if it is - one of the currency, mutual fund or stock account types. It can also be flagged as - a Placeholder account. - It displays if it is flagged as a Tax Related account (which - is set through the EditTax Report - Options dialog). - - There are seven fields in the Identification section of this tab. - - - - Account Name: The name for the account such as First Bank - Checking. - - - - Account Code: The optional number code as described in . - - - - Description: Optional description for the account. - - - - Security/Currency: - - The Type field in the Select Security is determined by the selection - of Account Type panel in the New Account screen. - - - - For accounts other than Stock or Mutual Fund this should be the - default currency, USD (US Dollar) or your local currency symbol. If this account is for a foreign - currency then use the Select... button to choose a different currency from the - currencies pull-down list. - - - - For Accounts containing a Stock and Mutual Fund; - first select stock or mutual fund in - the Account Type panel, then the Parent Account, then use - the Select... button, to choose the Type (usually the exchange - the security is traded on) and security from the Select Security window. - - If the required security/fund is not on the list, and you have the correct Type you will need - to create the security/fund. To create a commodity for mutual fund and stock accounts select the - New... button in the Select Security screen, to bring up the - New Security: screen. The options are described in detail in the Security Editor - section. - Fill in a name, symbol and type and Close - to create the security. - After the security is created select the Type: (usually the exchange the security - is traded on) and the name in the Currency/security: drop down list and - Close the screen. - - - - - - - - Smallest Fraction: The smallest fraction that will be tracked. - - - - Account Color: The color to assign to the account’s register tab. - Click on the color button to open the Pick a Color screen. To reset the account color - click the Default button. - - - - Notes: This is a free form text box that can be used for any additional notes about - the account. - - - - Below the panes are 3 check-boxes: one to show if the account is Tax - Related, one to mark the account as a Placeholder, and one to - mark an account Hidden. - - The Tax Related check-box means that an account has been - flagged to be included in the Tax Schedule Report. This flag is only displayed on the Edit - Account dialog and is set in the Income Tax Information dialog - (EditTax Report Options). - See the Tax Schedule Report and TXF Export section in Reports Chapter (). - - The Placeholder check-box sets an account to read-only status and - prevents the addition of transaction data to the account. - - - Setting an account to Placeholder will also hide that account in the pop-up - account list in a register. Sub-accounts to the placeholder account will still display - in the pop-up, however. - - - The Hidden check box hides an account (and any sub-accounts) in - the account tree. To reset this option, you will - first need to open the ViewFilter By... - dialog for the account tree and check the Show hidden accounts option. - Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog. - - - Hidden accounts still appear in the pop-up account list in a register. - To remove an account from this pop-up account list as well, check the - Placeholder check box. - - - Below these checkboxes is a pane that contains a list of Account Types. Select a type from the - descriptions in . - - The next pane contains an account tree to choose a Parent Account. To create a - new account tree select New top level account. - - - The available choices in the Account Type pane depends on the selected account in the - Parent Account pane. For example if the - Parent Account is Assets you will see only Equity - in the Account Type pane. - This is to help maintain a proper account structure for the Chart of Accounts. - - - - Steps to enable Online price updating - - - &app; relies on an external tool to retrieve online quotes. This - tool is a Perl module named Finance::Quote and has to be installed - on your computer independently from &app;. The first step in enabling online price - updating should thus be to ensure Finance::Quote is properly installed. - - To determine if the Perl module Finance::Quote is already installed on - your system, type perldoc Finance::Quote in a terminal window - and check to see if there is any documentation available. If you see the - documentation, then the module is installed, if you do not see the - documentation, then it has not been installed. - - Installing Finance::Quote differs from one operating system to another. For - the various supported systems, you can follow these guidelines: - - - Linux: Most linux distributions (like - Fedora, openSuse, Mandriva, Ubuntu, and so on) have a package in their software - repositories for the Finance::Quote perl module. So in most cases, you can - simply use your preferred package manager (yum, apt, rpm, synaptics, yast,...) - to install the module. The name of the package may vary from one distribution to - another. It’s often called something like perl-Finance-Quote. - - Windows: Finance::Quote on Windows requires perl - to be installed already. If you haven’t done so, you should first install ActivePerl, or more recently, - Strawberry Perl. - - The Windows installer from the &app; home page comes with a small helper program to - install Finance::Quote for you. You can find it in the Start Menu under the &app; - group and is called Install Online Price Retrieval. - - MacOS: If you have installed &app; - from the installer found on the &app; home page, Finance::Quote is already - installed for you. - - If none of the above applies to your setup, you can try these - alternative, more generic instructions: - - Close any &app; applications you have running. - - Locate the folder where &app; is installed by searching for gnc-fq-update - (without the quotes). - - Change to that directory, open a root shell and run the command gnc-fq-update. - This will launch a Perl CPAN update session that will go out onto the - Internet and install the Finance::Quote module and its dependencies on your system. The gnc-fq-update program is interactive, - however, with most systems you should be able to answer no to the first question: - Are you ready for manual configuration? [yes] and the update will continue automatically - from that point. - - - - - - - After installation is complete, you should run the gnc-fq-check test program, in the - same directory, distributed with &app; to test if Finance::Quote is installed and working properly. - - - If you feel uncomfortable about performing any of these steps, please either email the &app;-user - mailing list (gnucash-user@gnucash.org) for help or come to the &app; IRC channel on - irc.gnome.org. More information is available on the &app; Wiki FAQ for example - - You can also leave out this step and manually update your stock prices. - - - - - Create the Account for the mutual fund or stock with it listed in the - Security/Currency field, as described above. - - When creating these accounts it is a good time to create income accounts to track dividends, - capital gains (long and short) and expense account(s) for tracking commissions and losses (if you - track losses as expenses). - - - - Create the mutual fund or stock with either the Security Editor for existing stock/funds or the - New Security/Currency dialog for a new stock/fund. - Select Get Online Quotes, Type of Quote Source and - Timezone. - - Online currency quotes require that the check-box for Online quotes and the timezone be - selected in the Security screen and the Security Editor check-box for "get quote" box is checked for - those currencies that are to be downloaded. - - - - Get Online Quotes This check-box is to enable this security/fund to - have quotes downloaded from an online source. - - - - Type of Quote Source use the radio buttons to select the type of source - for the Online quotes. Multiple: quote sources like Europe should be used if - fail-over to multiple sites are desirable. Single: selections will only return - information from the specified source. - - After selecting the type of source for price quotes, select a quote source from the pull-down menu. - For details on currently supported sources see . - - Note that Yahoo will provide price quotes for many mutual - funds including Fidelity, T.Rowe Price and Vanguard, and that the quoted prices - at Yahoo should be identical to those that may be found at the source sites. - - If you are outside the US and use one of the different Yahoo sources or - multiple sources containing Yahoo, you should append the market code for the security - such as PA for Paris, BE for Berlin, etc. Example: 12150.PA (a Peugeot security - in the Paris market). below lists suffixes for various - markets around the world. - - Pseudo-symbols for TIAA-CREF funds are listed in table . - - - - - Timezone for these quotes: Select the timezone for the source of the - online quotes you are receiving. For example, Yahoo normally quotes Eastern - timezone, so choose America/New York if you use that quote source. - - - - - - - Select a commodity to the Price Editor. - - - - Select Get Quotes in the Price Editor. - - - - Check the latest price for the selected security. - - - - If you wish to update price quotes from the command line, you can do so by - the following command: - - gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-file-name> - - - The command gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-file-name> - can be used to fetch the current prices of your stocks. The file specified - <gnucash-file-name> will depend on the name and location of your - data file. This can be determined by the name displayed in the top frame of the &app; window, - before the -. The file name can also be found under File - in the list of recently opened file; the first item, numbered 1, is the name of the currently - open file. - - This can be automated in Mac OSX by creating a crontab entry. For example, to update your file every Friday - evening (18:00) after markets close (modify the time accordingly for your time zone), you could add - the following to your personal crontab: - - 0 18 * * 5 /path/to/gnucash --add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1' - - For Linux, which needs dbus, usually started by the desktop - manager, to communicate with dconf or gconf: - - 0 18 * * 5 env `dbus-launch` sh -c 'trap "kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID" EXIT; /path/to/gnucash - --add-price-quotes /path/to/gnucash-filename > /dev/null 2>&1' - - Remember that Mutual Fund prices are really Net Asset Value - and require several hours after the exchange closes before being available. If NAVs are downloaded before - the current days NAVs are determined, yesterday’s NAVs are retrieved. - - - - - - - Opening Balance tab - - The Opening Balance tab is visible only when creating a new account, and is disabled for Stock and Mutual Fund accounts. In the latter case, opening balances must be created by hand. Please see Section 8.5.1 in the Tutorial and Concepts Guide for instructions if you need to create an opening balance in a Stock or Mutual Fund account. It is - used to record the beginning balance for an account. This allows it to be used for - two different scenarios. If using &app; for the first time to record transactions, - it can be used as a beginning balance. If the accounts in use are closed at the end - of a period and new accounts are created, it is used to close and carry balances - forward. - - There are three panes in this tab. The top pane contains the Balance - Information. - - - - Balance: The balance to start the account with. - - - - Date: The date the opening balance should be recorded. - - - - The next pane is the Transfer Type pane. - - - - Use Opening Balances Equity account: This transfers the opening balance - for the account from a standard Equity account called Opening Balances. - - - - Select Transfer Account: This enables the pane below so a different - account can be used to transfer the opening balance. - - - - The last pane is the Transfer Account pane. Select the account to use for - opening balances from the list of accounts in this pane. - - - - - Editing an Account - The Edit Account dialog consists of just the General tab. This tab - has the same information that was described in . - To access the Edit Account dialog go to Edit - Edit Account - (menu shortcut CtrlE) or - click the Edit Toolbar icon in the Account Tree Window. - - - - Renumbering Subaccounts - Use Renumber Subaccounts to rewrite the account codes for all children of the - current account. For example, you have the following account structure: - - - Starting account numbers. - - - - - Code - Name - - - - - - 10 - Colors - - - - 10-1 - Red - - - - 10-2 - Orange - - - - 10-3 - Yellow. - - - - 10-4 - Blue - - - - 10-5 - Violet - - - -
- - You now need to add the Green account, but you want it to sort between - the Yellow and Blue accounts. Instead of having to manually renumber all the - accounts starting with Blue, you can use the Renumber subaccount command on the - Colors account. In the pop-up dialog the prefix value should default to 10, the - account code for the colors account. If you set an interval value of 5 and click - Renumber you will end up with the following account structure: - - - Renumbered account numbers - - - - - Code - Name - - - - - - 10 - Colors - - - - 10-05 - Red - - - - 10-10 - Orange - - - - 10-15 - Yellow. - - - - 10-20 - Blue - - - - 10-25 - Violet - - - -
- - Now you have room in the account code numbering space to add the Green account - with an account code to force the proper ordering. - - - Final account numbers. - - - - - Code - Name - - - - - - 10 - Colors - - - - 10-05 - Red - - - - 10-10 - Orange - - - - 10-15 - Yellow. - - - - 10-18 - Green - - - - 10-20 - Blue - - - - 10-25 - Violet - - - -
- - - - - Deleting an Account - - Deleting an Account means removing all transaction information and information about this - account from the file. This cannot be undone. You will be prompted to verify that you wish to - remove the account. If the account still contains transaction information you will be warned that this - account contains transactions. - - A side effect of removing an account that contains transactions is that you will - end up with unbalanced accounts. This will be indicated in the account by a gray - check-box next to the debit and credit amounts. You can automatically repair these - unbalanced accounts by using the ActionsCheck & - Repair menu. This will automatically assign the unbalanced amounts - to a new account named Imbalance. - - - - - Reconciling an Account to a Statement - - Reconciliation of Accounts in &app; with statements from a bank or other - institution is a way of double checking the accuracy of your (and your banks) transactions and the balance - of your accounts. It also is useful to track uncleared checks and other outstanding transactions. - - The reconciling process in &app; involves two dialogs: the - dialog followed by the window. They provide access - to various &app; functions to make it easy to enter and update - account information during the reconciliation. - - - The Reconcile window is accessed from the account tree window or the account register window by - going to ActionsReconcile... - or using the menu shortcut AltA, R. - - - The Summary Bar at the bottom of the Account Register Window indicates the amounts - of Present (Balance), Future (Balance), Cleared - (Transactions), Reconciled (Transactions) and - Projected Minimum. Online account information can be used to - mark which transactions the bank has processed by changing the R (reconciliation status) - column in the register from n (new) to c (cleared). The bank statement is then used - with the Reconcile window to reconcile the account which changes the R field to - y (reconciled). - - - Reconciling Information - - The Reconcile Information dialog is used to indicate the closing Statement Date - and the Starting Balance (fixed from last reconciliation) and Ending Balance - from the statement. The Include Sub-accounts check-box is used if one or more subaccounts are used to track - the account you are reconciling. The Enter Interest Payment button is used to add a transfer to the - accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the - to the account. - - The Enter Interest Payment button is shown only if you are reconciling an account of - Bank type. - - - When you have entered all relevant data, press Ok to proceed to the - dialog or Cancel to discard the reconciliation process. - - - Interest Payment - There are three panes in the Interest Payment dialog. At the bottom is a - button called No Auto Interest Payments for this Account which will cancel the - dialog. The top pane contains the Payment Information. - - - - Amount: Enter the amount of the interest payment. - - - - Date: Select the date for the interest payment. - - - - Num: Enter a number for the transaction (optional). - - - - Description: Enter an informational description for the transaction. - - - - Memo: Enter a note about the transaction (optional). - - - - - The Reconcile Account pane highlights in the tree the account that the - interest payment will be transferred to or from. - - The Payment From pane contains a list of accounts where you can select the source - account. - - - If the payment is for a credit or loan account then usually the payment would be from an - Expense account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then - usually this would be from an Income account. - - - - The Show Income/Expense check-box shows or hides the - Income and Expense accounts. - - - Select OK to enter the interest transaction (or Cancel - the payment) and return to the initial reconciliation screen. - - - - - - - Reconcile - - For a detailed description of menu items and buttons on the reconcile window, see - . - - - The Reconcile dialog is where the actual process of matching your statement - to &app; data takes place on a per transaction basis. - The Reconcile dialog is composed of a toolbar and three - panes; Funds In on the left, Funds out on the right and a balance pane. - - - If you enabled the option Use formal accounting labels in the - Accounts section of the &app; preferences, - you will see Debits and Credits panes instead of - Funds In and Funds Out panes. - - - The Funds In and Funds Out pane shows all unreconciled - deposits to the account. Both panes are composed of five columns. - - - To order the listed transactions with a preferred criteria, click on the relevant column header. - To reverse the selected order click a second time on the column header. - - - - - Date - - The date of the unreconciled transaction. - - - - - Num - - The number of the unreconciled transaction. - - - - - Description - - The Description of the unreconciled - transaction. - - - - - Amount - - The Amount of the unreconciled transaction. - - - - - R - - Shows a check if the transaction will be - reconciled when done. - - - - - To mark a transaction as reconciled just click on it and a checkmark will appear - on the relevant R column. - - - You can check or uncheck the reconcile status of all transactions in - either pane by clicking on a transaction in the required pane then clicking - Ctrl-A followed by space. This will toggle - the reconcile status of all transactions in the pane to either checked or - unchecked state. This procedure can be repeated to achieve the desired status - for the transactions in the pane. - - - - Under each pane a Total for - reconciled transactions is shown. - - - The balance pane shows a summary of the balances used in - reconciliation. - - - - Statement Date - - The date on the statement set on the . - - - - - Starting Balance - - The balance at the end of the last reconciliation. - - - - - Ending Balance - - The balance entered from the statement. - - - - - Reconciled Balance - - The balance of selected transactions. - - - - - Difference - - The difference between the Reconciled and - Ending balances. - - - - - The set of unreconciled transactions in the Funds In and Funds Out panes can - be changed by using the menus and Toolbar to access the account and transaction - information. You can create a New transaction, Edit a selected transaction, - add a Balance transaction (of the same amount as listed under Difference in the balance pane), - and delete the selected transaction. - - - To modify a listed transaction, double click on it. - - - By pressing the Open icon the register of the account to reconcile will be opened. - - If you wish to postpone the reconciliation until later use the - ReconcilePostpone - menu item (menu shortcut CtrlP) or pressing the - Postpone icon. If you wish to cancel the reconciliation use the - ReconcileCancel menu item or press the - Cancel icon. - - All previous commands are also available in the Reconcile dialog menu. - - Select each unreconciled transaction matching a transaction on the statement so a - green tick appears in the R column. The Balance pane changes to reflect each - selected transaction until the Ending Balance equals - the Reconciled Balance and the Difference is zero. - Once this is done select the Finish button or - ReconcileFinish - (menu shortcut CtrlF) to finish the reconcile process. - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml deleted file mode 100644 index eb7cfdb4c..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Business.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1983 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Business Features - - The accounting needs of a business are quite different from that of - a person. Businesses have customers that owe money, vendors which are owed - money, employee payroll, more complex tax laws, etc. &app; offers - business oriented features to facilitate these needs. - - Accounts Receivable (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for - which they are not immediately paid. Accounts Payable (A/P) record bills - that they have received, but might not pay until later. These types of - accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts - flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you - do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are - too complicated to be worth the effort. - - Accounts Receivable (or A/R) refers to products or services provided - by your company for which payment has not yet been received. This is - represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because the expectation is - that you will receive payment soon. - - Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your - company for which payment has not yet been sent. This is represented on the balance sheet - as a liability because you will have to pay for them. - - - Initial Setup - - To set up &app; to handle accounts receivable and accounts payable - for a company the following preliminary steps must be done. - - - - Account Setup - - There are many different ways to set up a business account - hierarchy. You can start with the Business Accounts setup which is - available from the New Account Hierarchy assistant, or you could build one - manually. To access the prebuilt Business Accounts, start &app; and - click on FileNew File and - proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select Business - Accounts. - - - The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs - exactly. You will need to make adjustments for the hierarchy to function - well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it - is recommended you begin with it. - - - - - - - - Tax Tables - - Tax Tables can used to determine the tax for customer invoices (or vendor bills). - - - A tax table can be assigned to an invoice line or bill line. - - The default invoice line tax table can be assigned to each customer and the default bill - line tax table can be assigned to each vendor. - - - The default tax table for new customers or new vendors can be specified in the Book Options - window which can be accessed by - File - Properties - Business - tab. - - - Tax Tables are maintained using the Sales Tax Table editor which is accessed via menu - BusinessSales Tax Table. - The following fields should be entered: - - - - - Name This is the tax table name. - - - Type Either Percent % - or Value $ -. - - - Value -This is the percentage or value depending on Type. - - - Account This is the account to which tax will be posted. - For tax collected from customers, this should probably be a Liability account as it must be payed to the government. - For tax paid to vendors, if tax laws allow tax paid to vendors to offset tax collected from customers, this should probably - also be a Liability account (even though it will usually have a debit balance) - so that the net tax owed to the government can be easily observed. - - If you set up Tax on Purchases and Tax on Sales as subaccounts of Liabilities:Tax then the net tax will be rolled up - and can be seen in the &app; Accounts tab. - - If unsure about tax law requirements, get professional advice. - - - - - - Company Registration - - After you have built the account structure and defined your tax tables, register the &app; - file as belonging to your company by filling in the data requested in - the accessible from the - FileProperties menu item. - - - - - Counters - - Define the format and last used numbers of codes such as customer, - invoice, vendor, bill, employee, expense voucher, job number and - order. - See . - - - - - Business Preferences - Set options on the Business tab of the &app; preferences, which is - accessed via EditPreferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - See . - - - - - Billing Terms - - Billing Terms can be used to determine the payment due date and be a guide for determining discount for early payment of invoices (or vendor bills). - - - - As of &app; 2.6.7, Billing terms are only partially supported. Date due is calculated but discount amount is not. - - Discount for early invoice payment is not implemented. There are 2 ways this may be done, although neither is recommended, and - professional advice should be used to confirm that regulations are being complied with: - - - After creating and posting a payment which pays the invoice in full, manually edit the payment transaction (usually strongly discouraged) - and split the payment to reduce it by the amount of the discount and a create a compensating split in an income (discount) account. - - - - - Alternatively, after creating and posting a payment for the discounted amount, create a credit note for the discount using a specific negative - sales income (discount) account for the transfer account. - - - - - - - - You can specify the billing terms on each invoice/bill. - Invoice billing terms will default from the customer billing terms. - Bill billing terms will default from the vendor billing terms. - - - Billing Terms are maintained using the Billing Terms Editor which is accessed via menu - BusinessBilling Terms Editor. - The following fields should be entered: - - - - - Name The internal name of the billing term. For some examples of billing term names and descriptions see - - - - - Description The description of the billing term, printed on invoices - - - There are 2 types of billing terms, with different information to be entered - - - Type Days - - - Due Days The invoice or bill is due to be paid within this number of days after the post date - - - Discount Days The number of days after the post date during which a discount will - be applied for early payment - - - - Discount % The percentage discount applied for early payment - - - - - Type Proximo - - - Due Day The day of the month bills are due - - - Discount Day The last day of the month for the early payment discount - - - Discount % The discount percentage applied if paid early - - - Cutoff Day The cutoff day for applying bills to the next month. After the - cutoff, bills are applied to the following month. Negative values - count backwards from the end of the month. - - - - - - - - - - - - Accounts Receivable - - &app; has an integrated accounts receivable system. - - - To use &app;’s integrated - accounts receivable system, you must first set up - Accounts Receivable accounts of type - A/Receivable under - Assets to accrue income you're owed. It is - within this account that the integrated A/R system will place - transactions, debiting it when you post bills and crediting it - when you receive payments. - - - - Basic A/R Account Hierarchy: - - -Assets - -Accounts Receivable - -Checking - -Income - -Sales - -Liabilities - -Tax - -Tax on Purchases - -Tax on Sales - - - - - You need to add additional asset, expense, and income accounts to - this hierarchy for it to be useful. The important aspects of this - hierarchy are the use of an income account and the Accounts Receivable - asset account, with account type set to A/Receivable. - - - If you deal with customers in more than one currency you will - need a separate Accounts Receivable - account for each currency. - - - - The transactions generated by the A/R system are recorded within the Accounts - Receivable account. You generally do not work directly with this account. - You generally work with the four integrated &app; A/R application - components available through the Business - Customer sub-menu. These four components are: - - - - - People or companies to whom - you sell products or services on credit. - - - - - The physical invoice you - send to a customer to request payment. This invoice contains an - itemized list of things you sold. - - - - - Is where you register - Customer Jobs. Jobs are a mechanism by which you can group multiple - invoices to a particular customer. - - - - - Used to register - payments you received from a customer. - - - - The following sections introduce the individual components in more - detail. - - - - Customers - - Customers are people or companies to whom you sell goods or - services. They must be registered within the A/R system. - - - New - - To register a new customer, enter the menu - BusinessCustomer - New Customer. Fill in customer information, such as - Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other - options: - - - - Identification - Customer Number - can be - any number by which you would like to refer to this customer. You - may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically. - See for more info. - - - - Identification - Active - differentiates - active customers from inactive ones. This is useful when you have - many past customers, and you want to see only those marked - active. - - - - Billing Address - Name - is the contact - name of the person to receive the invoices. - - - - Notes - records any additional comments - about the customer. - - - - Billing Information - Currency - - specifies the billing currency for this customer. It will - default to the default currency set in - Preferences - All invoices will be denominated in this - currency and &app; will require an - Accounts Receivable account in this currency. - - - - Billing Information - Terms - specifies - the default billing terms for this customer. Billing terms must be - preregistered using Business - Billing Terms Editor. - - - - Billing Information - Discount - gives - the customer a default percentage based discount at the time of - invoice creation. Enter a value from 0 to 100. You can override the - default discount when you create an invoice. - - - - Billing Information - Credit Limit - - stores the maximum credit you are willing to extend to the customer. - This field is for your reference purposes only. &app; does not use - the value. - - - - Billing Information - Tax Included - this - specifies whether nor not tax is included in invoice amounts by - default. You can choose Yes, - No, or Use Global. - - - Yes means that the tax is already - included in amounts on invoices. - - - - No means tax is not - included. - - - - Use Global means to use the setting - made in the global preferences accessible through - Edit - Preferences - (GnucashPreferences on MacOS). - - - - - - Billing Information - Tax Table - - specifies a default tax table to apply to invoice line items. Tax - tables must be registered from the Business - Tax Table Editor menu item. - - - - Shipping Address - records the customer’s - shipping address if it is different from the billing address. The - shipping address is for your reference. &app; does not use the - value. - - - - - - - Find and Edit - - To search for an existing customer, use the - BusinessCustomer - Find Customer window. You select a customer to - View/Edit from the results of the search. This - window is also used to look up customers when creating invoices and - processing payments. - - If many customers match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - If the customer you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the customer is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the customer cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - To return a list of all registered active customers, set the - search criterion to matches regex, and place a - single dot "." in the text field area. Make sure Search only - active data is checked, then click - Find. The regular expression "." means to match - anything. - - - - - - Invoices - - An invoice is the paperwork you send to a customer to request - payment for products or services rendered. &app; can generate and track - invoices. - - A credit note is the paperwork you send to a customer to correct - products or services rendered that were incorrectly invoiced. &app; can generate and track - credit notes via the same menu entries as invoices. - - - This section applies to both invoices and - credit notes. In order to avoid repeating everything twice and to keep - the text easier to read it will refer only to invoices. You can apply - it equally to credit notes. Only where the behaviour of credit notes - differs from invoices this will be explicitly mentioned. Credit notes were introduced starting with - &app; stable release 2.6.0. - - - - New - - To send an invoice to a customer you must first create a new - invoice. To create an invoice use Business - CustomerNew Invoice. The - New Invoice window must be filled in appropriately: - - - - Invoice Information - Type - the - type of customer document to create - either an invoice or a credit note. - - - - Invoice Information - Invoice ID - the - identification number of this invoice. This is your internal number - for this invoice. If you leave it blank, an invoice number will be - generated automatically. See - for more info - - - - Invoice Information - Date Opened - the - date this invoice was created. - - - - Billing Information - Customer - the - customer who is to receive this invoice. If you remember the company name - you entered in the New Customer window for this customer, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Customer window described in . Highlight the customer - you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the - Select button. - - - - Billing Information - Job (optional) - - associates the new invoice with a customer job (see ). - If you remember the job name - you entered in the New Job window for this job, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Job window. This window is the same to the one described in - . Highlight the job - you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the - Select button. - - - - Billing Information - Billing ID - this - is the customer’s PO Number or other customer reference number. - You should use it to identify your invoices to this customer (and - job, if you have one). - - - - Billing Information - Terms - the payback - terms agreement for this invoice. A list of registered terms is - available within the pop up menu. If you specified a default value - for the selected customer, this field is initialized with the - default. - - - - When you click the OK button, the - Edit Invoice window opens. - - - - Edit - - From the Edit Invoice window you can enter an itemized list of - goods and services you sold on this invoice in a manner similar to how the account - register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and - services you refunded instead. - - There are 15 columns in the Invoice Entries - area: - - - - Date - The date this item was - sold. - - - - Invoiced? - X means - the item is attached to this invoice, an empty box means the item is - not attached to this invoice. The item is attached for you when you - proceed to the next line item. - - - - Description (optional) - is what the item - or service is called. - - - - Action (optional) - is a user defined - field. You can place Cost Center information here, or use one of the - 3 predefined actions, Hours, Material, or Project. - - - - Income Account - selects which income - account is credited with this income. - - - - Quantity - tracks how many of the items - you sold. - - - - Unit Price - is the unit price of the - item. - - - - Discount Type - is the type of - discount: - - - - $ means Discount - is a monetary value - - - - % means Discount - is a percentage. - - - - You can click the field to toggle between the discount - types. - - - - Discount How - the discount can be - computed as follows: - - - - > means the discount applies after - tax. - - - - < means the discount applies - before tax. - - - - = means both discount and tax are - applied to the pretax value. - - - - You can click the field to change the setting. - - - - Discount (optional) - is the total - discount, in monetary units or percentage, depending on - Discount Type. You can leave it blank for no - discount. Any default discount you specified for the customer will - be automatically entered for each new item. - - - - Taxable? - is this item taxable? - X means yes, a blank field means no. You can - click the field to toggle the setting. - - - - Tax Included? - has the tax already been - included in the unit price? X means yes, a - blank field means no. For example, if there is 1 item of $100 with a - tax of 5% then: - - - - If Tax Included is empty, then subtotal = $100 and tax = - $5. - - - - If Tax included is set (X), then - subtotal = $95.23 and tax = $4.77. The computation is: - Subtotal = Total / (1+taxrate) and Tax = Total - Subtotal - = Total - (Total / (1+taxrate)). - - - - - - - Tax Table (optional) - this is a pop up - menu of all the available tax tables. If you make the item taxable, - then this table is used to compute the amount of tax. The tax table - determines tax percentages and the accounts to which tax is - charged. - - - - Subtotal (uneditable) - is the computed - subtotal for this item (less tax). - - - - Tax (uneditable) - is the computed tax - for this item. - - - - When you have finished entering all the items, you can - Post and print the invoice. - - - - Post - - When you finish editing an invoice and are ready to print, you - must Post the invoice. The invoice does not have to - be posted immediately. In fact, you should only post an invoice when you - are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an - accounts receivable account. - - The Post Invoice window appears and asks you - to enter the following information: - - - - Post Date - specifies the date for the - transactions entered into the accounts receivable account. - By default this is the invoice’s Date - Opened (see for - information about that date). - - - - Due Date - is the date on which payment - for the invoice is expected. - - - - If you specified payment terms when you created the - invoice, the date is calculated according to selected terms, and - the entry field is insensitive. - - - - If you did not specify payment terms, enter the expected - payment due date here. - - - - - - Description - is an arbitrary - description. When invoice transactions are placed in the accounts - receivable account, this description is entered in the memo field of - those transactions. - - - - Post To Account - selects the accounts - receivable account in which invoice transactions are posted. You can - select the account from a list of existing A/Receivable - accounts. - - - - Accumulate Splits - determines if invoice - items which transfer to the same account are combined into a single - split for that account or entered individually. For the sample - invoice which sold Nails and a Hammer, the setting affects post - results as follows: - - - - Checked (splits are accumulated) - a single transfer of - $575.00 from the Income:Sales account is recorded. - - - - Not checked - the transaction created in the A/Receivable - account, shows two transfers from Income:Sales account $100.00 - and $475.00. The memo fields in the splits indicate the sale of - Nails and the Hammer (the item descriptions entered on the - invoice) respectively. - - - - - - - - Find - - To find an existing invoice, use the Business - CustomerFind Invoice - menu item. From the results of the search, you can select an invoice - to edit or view. - - - Before you can edit a posted invoice, you will need to - Unpost it. - - - One of the design goals in &app;’s Account Receivable system was - to allow different processes to get to the same state, so you can reach - an invoice from different directions based on the way you think about - the problem: - - - - You can search for the customer first, then list their - invoices. - - - - You can search for invoices by number or by company - name. - - - - You can list invoices associated with a customer job. - - - - - - Print - - After you post an invoice, you should print it and send it to your - customer. To print an invoice use File - Print Invoice menu item. - - - You can modify the appearance of the invoice, IE: add a company - logo, etc. To do so, see the . - - - Invoices can also be printed from the main window by selecting - ReportsBusiness Reports - Printable Invoice from the main menu. The - resulting report window states that no valid invoice is selected. To - select the invoice to print: - - - - Use the Options Toolbar button or select - EditReport Options from - the main menu. - - - - Select the General tab of the report - options dialog. - - - - Click the Select button next to the - Invoice Number field. - - - - Search for the invoice as usual. - - - - You can also print invoices from within the Process Payment - dialog. See the for instructions on - how to do so. - - - - Assign Starting Invoice Number - - By default, &app; starts with invoice number 1 and increments from there. You can - manually type an invoice number into the text box each time you create - an invoice, but this gets tiring and sooner or later leads to duplicate - numbers. - - You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you. - Use FileProperties, access - the Counters tab, change the Invoice number value to be - one less than your desired starting invoice number and click the OK button or the - Apply button. - - - - - Customer Jobs - - Customer Jobs are used to group multiple invoices and credit notes to the same - customer. Use of the Customer Jobs feature is optional. The feature is - useful when you have multiple jobs for the same customer, and would like - to view all the invoices and credit notes related to a single job. - - To use customer jobs, you must create them using the - BusinessCustomer - New Job menu item. You will see the New - Job window. The editable fields are: - - - - Job Info - Job Number (optional) - enter - the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for - you. See for more info. - - - - Job Info - Job Name - the name you want to - assign to the new job. - - - - Owner Info - Customer - the customer for - whom the job is created. If you remember the company name - you entered in the New Customer window for this customer, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Customer window described in . Highlight the customer - you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the - Select button. - - - - Owner Info - Billing ID - the customer’s - reference to this job (e.g. their PO Number). This is the "Billing - Identification" that they require to correlated your invoices with - their order. The Billing ID you enter is used to set the billing id - for new invoices associated with this job. - - - - Job Active - toggles this job being active - or not. This is useful when you have many inactive jobs, since it is - easier to search only among jobs that are marked active. - - - - To edit an existing customer job, use the - BusinessCustomer - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results, and click the View/Edit Job - button. - - To select from the invoices and credit notes associated with a given job, use - BusinessCustomerFind - Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results and click the View Invoices button. A - window listing invoices and credit notes associated with this job appears. Select an - invoice or credit note and click the View Invoice button to open an - invoice editor in the main application window. - - - - Process Payment - - Eventually, you will receive payment from your customers for - outstanding invoices. To register these payments, use the Process Payment - application found in Business - CustomerProcess - Payment. - - - There is an alternative way of assigning a payment to (one or more) - invoices where the payment transaction already exists, say in the case - where transactions have been imported from a bank. There is no way to - assign a payment to an invoice during the import process, so this must - be done after transactions have been imported. - - - This can best be done starting from the asset account register - holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In - that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS - X) and choose Assign as payment.... The payment - window will pop-up, partly filled in with the information from the - transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper customer - and invoice to complete the payment. - - - One caveat: the logic behind Assign as payment... - won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will - wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a vendor bill. - - - - The Process Payment application consists of: - - - - Payment Information - Customer - the - customer who paid you. If you remember the company name - you entered in the New Customer window for this customer, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Customer window described in . Highlight the customer - you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the - Select button. - - - - Payment Information - Invoice - the invoice - for which payment was received. If you remember the invoice ID, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Invoice window described in . Highlight the invoice - you are looking for with a click in the search results, then press the - Select button. - - - - Payment Information - Date - the date you - you received payment. - - - - Payment Information - Amount - the amount - of money received. - - - - Payment Information - Num - the check - number. - - - - Payment Information - Memo - any comments - about this payment. - - - - Post To - the A/Receivable account to which - to post this transaction. - - - - Transfer Account - the account where the - money will be deposited (a checking account for example). - - - - - Over Payments or Pre-Payments - - If a customer overpays an invoice or pays for goods or services before - they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount received. - &app; will then keep track of the over-payment - (or pre-payment) in the A/R account and you can use the residual when - paying the next invoice. - - - - - - Partial Payments - - Partial payments are possible too. Select the invoice to pay. - &app; will automatically suggest that invoice's - remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you - want to pay. - - - - - - Writing Off a Bad Debt - - Please check with your accountant to ensure the following is - acceptable in your region. - - - The usual way to do this is to process a payment for the invoice to a - BadDebt account. Such an account would be an expense - account. However, in &app;, you can't process a - payment for an invoice directly to an expense account, so it takes two - steps: - - - - Pay the invoice to an asset or liability account, such as - your checking account. - - - Change the asset or liability account, in the - non Accounts Receivable split of the payment transaction, to - the BadDebt expense account. - - - - - Specifically - - - Remove all transactions from the A/R account related to - the invoice, except for the invoice's transaction itself. This includes - any payment transactions, and transactions between your BadDebt and A/R - account. - - In case the payment has associated lot link transactions - (1), remove those as well. - - - If all is well, your Process Payment window - for this customer should list the invoice the customer won't pay, and - no prepayments. - - - - Pay your invoice to an arbitrary asset or liability - account. It can be your checking account. We will fix that in the next - step. - - - Open the account register for your A/R account. For this - invoice there should now be one payment transaction. If you are using - &app; 2.6.0 - 2.6.4 there will also be one - lot link transaction (1). - - - - Select the payment transaction and change the transfer - account to your BadDebt account. Make sure to leave - the transaction (eg by clicking on another transaction) to save the - changes. - - - - If all is well, your Process Payment window - should still be clean: no pre-payments, and the bad debt invoice gone. - - - (1): &app; - versions 2.6.0 to 2.6.4 created lot link transactions which show in the - A/R account register. This came with its own set of subtle issues. It is - recommended to upgrade to the latest (or at least 2.6.6) version, which - fixes a lot of small problems. Version 2.6.5 had a flaw in the logic - cleaning up the lot links. Once upgraded, please run - ActionsCheck & Repair - on your A/R and A/P accounts to clean up most of the lot - link legacy. Don't forget to make a backup first just in case. - - Lots are used internally for relating payments to invoices. Lots - themselves are invisible in the account registers. - To see them you need to open the lot viewer, which can be found in - ActionsView lots - while in any A/R or A/P account register. - Select a lot to see the Splits in lot. - - - Lot links are transactions - which you can see in your A/R and A/P accounts. They are unusual in the - sense that all their splits are in one account (A/R or A/P). Each split - in a lot link transaction is linked (hence the - name) to an invoice or payment transaction by means of a lot. - - - - - See for more information. - - - - - - - - Changing the Invoice Appearance - - The default Invoice style, as shown in , is fairly barren. The default invoice - style leaves the top part of the form blank, so you can print on company - letterhead paper. There are some things you can do to change invoice - appearance. - - Use FileProperties to - enter your Company information in the Business tab of the Book Options window. - Some of the entered information is printed on the right side of invoices. - - To add a customized background, heading banner or logo to invoices, - modify the invoice style sheets. To do this, go to Edit - Style Sheets and select the New - button in the Select HTML Style Sheet window that will appear. - - Give a Name to the new style sheet (e.g. Custom Invoice) and select the - Fancy Template. When you click the - OK button, the HTML Style Sheet Properties window is - displayed. This window presents you five sections listed in the left pane: Colors, Fonts, - General, Images, and Tables. The Colors - section allows you to change the colors of various items of the invoice. The Fonts section lets you - set font type and dimensions. The General section allows you to set the Preparer and - Prepared for information, and to Enable Links. The Images section allows you - to import graphics into the style sheet. The Tables section allows you to - adjust the spacing around the tables which make up the invoice. - - To include a company logo, banner heading and background image, use - your favorite graphics application such as The Gimp or OpenOffice Draw to - save the images in either GIF or PNG format. Then import them into the - style sheet using the Images section described above. - - - The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The - Background Tile is tiled to become the background - image, the Heading Banner goes above the invoice - text, and the Logo is placed in the upper left corner - of the invoice to the left of the Heading Banner. You will probably have - to try a few different sized images until you get the invoices to print - nicely. Some sizing suggestions are that the Logo should be 1 square cm - (~0.5 inch), and the Heading Banner should be 15 cm (~6 inches) wide and 1 - cm (~0.5 inch) tall. - - - With the style sheet configured, when you print the invoice, you - select the style sheet to use from the Options menu. - - - - - - - - - Accounts Payable - - &app; has an integrated accounts - payable system. As with Accounts Receivable - you must have an Accounts Payable account - set up under Liabilities for each currency - in which you will issue invoices. The Accounts - Payable accounts accrue the amounts you owe to - others, so bills credit these accounts and payments and credit - memos debit these accounts. Generally you do not directly work - with this account but use the four integrated - &app; A/P application components. - The A/P components are available from the - BusinessVendor - sub-menu. - - - - These A/P components are: - - - - Vendors are people or companies from which you buy - products or services on credit. - - - - Bills represent the physical bills vendors send to - request payment from you. A bill contains an itemized list of things you purchased. - - - - Jobs (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs. - Jobs are a mechanism by which you can group multiple bills from a particular vendor. - - - - Process Payments is where you register payments to a - vendor to whom you owe money. - - - - The following sections introduce the individual Accounts Payable application components. - - - - Vendors - A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services. - Vendors must be registered within the A/P system. - - - New - To register a new vendor, select the BusinessVendor - New Vendor menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor, - such as Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: - - - - Identification - Vendor Number - can be any number by which you would - like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically. - See for more info - - - - Identification - Active - differentiates active vendors from inactive - ones. This is useful when you have many past vendors, and you want to see only those marked active. - - - - Payment Address - Name - is the contact name of the person to - receive payments you make. - - - - Notes - records any additional comments about the vendor. - Use it to track names of contact people within the vendor’s company, for example. - - - - Payment Information - Currency - - specifies the payment currency for this vendor. It will - default to the default currency set in - Preferences - All Bills and Credit Notes will be denominated in this - currency and &app; will require an - Accounts Payable account in this currency. - - - - Payment Information - Terms - specifies the default payment terms - for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using - BusinessBilling Terms. - - - - Payment Information - Tax Included - specifies if tax is included - in bills from this vendor. You can choose Yes, No, - or Use Global. - - - Yes means that tax is already - included in amounts on bills. - - - - No means tax is not included. - - - - Use Global means to use the setting - made in the global preferences accessible through - Edit - Preferences - (GnucashPreferences - on MacOS). - - - - - - Payment Information - Tax Table - specifies a default tax - table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the - BusinessTax Table - menu item. - - - - - - Find and Edit - - To search for an existing vendor, use the Business - VendorFind Vendor window. - You select a vendor to View/Edit from the results of the search. - This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments. - - If many vendors match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - If the vendor you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the vendor is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the vendor cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to - matches regex, and place a single dot . in the text field area. - Make sure Search only active data is checked, then click Find. - The regular expression . means to match anything. - - - - - - - Bills - A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. &app; can track bills. - - A credit note is the document you receive from a vendor to correct - products or services rendered that you were incorrectly charged for on a bill. &app; can generate and track - credit notes via the same menu entries as bills. - - - This section applies to both bills and - credit notes. In order to avoid repeating everything twice and to keep - the text easier to read it will refer only to bills. You can apply - it equally to credit notes. Only where the behaviour of credit notes - differs from bills this will be explicitly mentioned. - - - - New - When you receive a bill from a vendor and want to enter it into &app;, you must create a new bill. To create a new bill use the BusinessVendorNew Bill menu item, and fill in the resulting window appropriately. - - - Invoice Information - Type - the - type of vendor document to create - either a bill or a credit note. - - - Invoice Info - Invoice ID (optional) - the identification number of the invoice as emitted by the vendor (IE: the vendor’s internal number for this invoice). - - - Invoice Info - Date Opened - the date the Invoice was emitted by the vendor. - - - Billing Info - Vendor - the issuing vendor. If you remember the company name - you entered in the New Vendor window for this vendor, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Vendor window described in . Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click - in the search results, then press the Select button. - - - Billing Info - Job (optional) - associates a vendor job (see ) with this bill. - If you remember the job name - you entered in the New Job window for this job, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Job window. This window is very similar to the one described in - . Highlight the job you are looking for with a click - in the search results, then press the Select button. - - - Billing Info - Billing ID (optional) - the vendor’s ID for the bill (e.g.: their invoice #). - - - Billing Info - Terms - the pay back terms agreement for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu. If you specified a default value for the selected vendor, this field is initialized with the default. - - - Chargeback Project - Customer (optional) - the customer to associate with this bill. This is used to charge your customer later. - - - Chargeback Project - Job (optional) - the customer job to associate with this bill. - - - - When you click the OK the Edit Bill window opens. - - - Edit - From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of - goods and services you purchased, in a manner similar to how the account - register works. For credit notes you enter an itemized list of goods and - services the vendor refunded instead. - There are 12 columns in the Invoice Entries area: - - - Date - The date this item was sold. - - - Invoiced? - X means the item is attached to this invoice, an empty box means the item is not attached to this invoice. If the box is empty you can attach the item to the invoice by first selecting the item row and then clicking in this box. - - - Description (optional) - is what the item or service is called. - - - Action (optional) - is a user defined field. You can place Cost Center information here, or use one of the 3 predefined actions, Hours, Material, or Project. - - - Expense Account - selects the expense account to charge for this item. - - - Quantity - tracks how many of the items you bought. - - - Unit Price - is the unit price of the item. - - - Taxable? - is this item taxable? X means yes, a blank field means no. You can click the field to toggle the setting. - - - Tax Included? - has the tax already been included in the unit price? X means yes, a blank field means no. - - - Tax Table (optional) - this is a pop up menu of all the available tax tables. If the item is taxable and tax has not been included in the unit price, then this tax table is used to compute the amount of tax. - - - Subtotal (uneditable) - computed subtotal for this item (less tax) - - - Billable - is this item billable to the chargeback customer/job? - - - - When you have finished entering all the items, Post the bill. - - - - Post - When you finish editing a bill, you should Post the bill. You do not have to post the bill, you can close it and return to it later. You have to post the bill eventually. Posting a bill places its transactions into an accounts payable account. The Post Bill window appears and asks you to enter information: - - - - Post Date - specifies the date for the transactions entered into the accounts payable account. - - - Due Date - is the date on which payment for the bill is expected. - - - - If you specified payment terms when you created the bill, - the date is calculated according to selected terms, and - the entry field is insensitive. - - - - If you did not specify payment terms, enter the expected - payment due date here. - - - - - - Description - is an arbitrary - description. When bill transactions are placed in the accounts - payable account, this description is entered in the memo field of - those transactions. - - - - Post To Account - selects the accounts - payable account in which bill transactions are posted. You can - select the account from a list of existing A/Payable - accounts. - - - - - Accumulate Splits - determines if bill - items which transfer to the same account are combined into a single - split for that account or entered individually. For the sample - bill for Letterhead and Envelopes, the setting affects post - results as follows: - - - - Checked (splits are accumulated) - a single transfer of - $100.00 to the Expenses:Office Supplies account is recorded. - - - - Not checked - the transaction created in the A/Payable - account, shows two transfers to Expenses:Office Supplies account - $75.00 and $25.00. The memo fields in the splits indicate the - purchase of Letterhead and Envelopes (the item descriptions - entered on the bill) respectively. - - - - - - - - Find - To find an existing bill, use the BusinessVendorFind Bill menu item. From the results of the search, you can select a bill to edit, or view. - - Before you can edit a posted bill, you will need to Unpost it. - - - - There are other ways to access an existing bill. These are similar to accessing invoices for your customers. See for more information. - - - - - - - Vendor Jobs - Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills and credit notes from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional. The feature is useful when you have multiple jobs for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills and credit notes for a single job. - To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the BusinessVendorNew Job menu item. You will see the New Job window. The editable fields are: - - - - - Job Info - Job Number (optional) - enter - the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for - you. - - - - Job Info - Job Name - the name you want to - assign to the new job. - - - - Owner Info - Vendor - the vendor for - whom the job is created. - - - - Owner Info - Billing ID - the vendor’s - reference to this job (e.g. their PO Number). - - - - Job Active - toggles this job being active - or not. This is useful when you have many inactive jobs, since it is - easier to search only among jobs that are marked active. - - - - To edit an existing vendor job, use the - BusinessVendor - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results, and click the View/Edit Job - button. - - To select from the bills and credit notes associated with a given job, use the - BusinessVendor - Find Job menu item. Select the desired job in the - search results and click the View Invoices button. A - window listing bills and credit notes associated with this job appears. Select a - bill or credit note and click the View Invoice button to open a - bill editor in the main application window. - - - - Process Payment - Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in BusinessVendorProcess Payment. - - - There is an alternative way of assigning a payment to (one or more) - bills where the payment transaction already exists, say in the case - where transactions are imported from a bank. - - - This can best be done starting from the asset account register - holding the imported payment transaction (like your bank account). In - that account, select the payment, right-click (control-click for Mac OS - X) and choose Assign as payment.... The payment - window will pop-up, partly filled in with the information from the - transaction. Fill in the missing information like the proper vendor - and bill to complete the payment. - - - One caveat: the logic behind Assign as payment... - won't properly detect credit note reimbursements and will - wrongfully interpret such a transaction as a customer invoice. - - - - The Process Payment application consists of: - - - Payment Information - Vendor - the vendor you wish to pay. If you remember the company name - you entered in the New Vendor window for this vendor, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Vendor window described in . Highlight the vendor you are looking for with a click - in the search results, then press the Select button. - - - Payment Information - Bill - the bill you wish to pay. If you remember the bill ID, - start to type it in this field and &app; will try auto complete - it for you. Else, press the Select... button to access the Find - Bill window described in . Highlight the bill you are looking for with a click - in the search results, then press the Select button in the search window. - - - Payment Information - Date - the date you wish to make the payment, normally the current date. - - - Payment Information - Amount - the amount of money to transfer in this payment. - - - Payment Information - Num - the check number. - - - Payment Information - Memo - any comments about this payment. - - - Post To - the A/Payable account to post this transaction. - - - Transfer Account - the account from which money for the payments - comes from, such as a checking account. - - - - - Over Payments or Pre-Payments - - If you wish to overpay an invoice or pay for goods or services before - they have been invoiced, Process Payment for the total amount payed. - &app; will then keep track of the over-payment - (or pre-payment) in the A/P account and you can use the residual in the - future. - - - - - Partial Payments - - You may wish to partially pay a bill. Select the bill to pay. - &app; will automatically suggest that bill's - remaining balance as payment amount. Simply adjust that amount to what you - want to pay. - - - - - - - Employees - &app; can help your company by tracking employees. You can register a - , existing employees, create - and . - - Expense vouchers are used to reimburse employees for authorized expenses (f.e. travel, parking, food etc...). - Employee credit notes are the opposite of expense vouchers. - - - New Employee - To register a new employee, select the BusinessEmployee - New Employee menu item. The New Employee - window will open with two tabs: - - - - - - - Employee tab - - Identification - Employee Number - can be any number by which you would - like to refer to this employee. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically. - See for more info. - - - - Identification - Username (Mandatory) - a unique username to identify the employee. - - - - Identification - Active (Optional) - differentiates active employees from inactive - ones. This is useful when you have many past employees, and you want to see only those marked - Active. - - - - Payment Address - Name (Mandatory) - the full name of the employee. - - - - Payment Address - Address (Mandatory) - the address of the employee. - - - - Payment Address - Phone, Fax, Email (Optional)- other optional contact information for the employee. - - - - Interface - Language (Optional) - - - - - Payment Information - Terms (Optional) - specifies the default payment terms - for this employee. Payment terms must be preregistered using - BusinessBilling Terms. - - - - Billing - Default Hours per Day (Optional) - - - - - Billing - Default Rate (Optional) - - - - - Billing - Currency - - specifies the billing currency for this employee. It will - default to the default currency set in - Preferences - All expense vouchers and credit notes for this - employee will be denominated in this currency and - &app; will require an Accounts - Payable account in this currency. - - - - Billing - Credit Account (Optional) - - - - - - - Access Control tab - - Access Control List - - - - - - - Find and Edit - - To search for an existing employee, use the Business - EmployeeFind Employee... menu. - You select an employee to View/Edit from the results of the search. - This window is also used to look up an employee when entering voucher and processing payments. - - If many employees match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - - If the employee you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the employee is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the employee cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - - To return a list of all registered active employees, set the search criterion to - matches regex, and place a single dot . in the text field area. - Make sure Search only active data is checked, then click Find. - The regular expression . means to match anything. - - - - - New Expense Voucher/Credit Note - To register a new expense voucher/ Credit Note, select the BusinessEmployee - New Expense Voucher... menu item. The New Expense Voucher - window will open. You can enter the following data: - - - - - Voucher information - Type (Optional) - select if you are entering - a Voucher or a credit note. - - - - Voucher information - Voucher ID (Optional) - can be any number by which you would - like to refer to this voucher. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically. - See for more info. - - - - Voucher information - Date opened - the date of the voucher. Click on - the button on the right of the date to open a calendar. - - - - Billing information - Employee (Mandatory) - the employee to which - the voucher refers. - - The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing &app; - will try to complete the text automatically using existing employees name. You can also press the button - Select... to open the Find Employee - window. - - - - - Billing information - Billing ID (Optional) - the identification number - of the document (f.e. the bill number for a dinner). - - - - Billing information - Terms (Optional) - the pay back terms agreement - for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu. - - - - Default chargeback project - Customer (Optional) - the Customer - to which the voucher refers. - - The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing &app; - will try to complete the text automatically using an existing Customer name. You can also press the button - Select... to open the Find Customer - window. - - - - - Default chargeback project - Job (Optional) - the Customer Job - to which the voucher refers. - - - you can type in this field only if there are one or more jobs registered in - &app; belonging to the selected Customer. - - - - The field supports auto-completion so if you start typing &app; - will try to complete the text automatically using an existing Customer name. You can also press the button - Select... to open the Find Customer - window. - - - - - Notes - records any additional comments about the voucher/credit note. - - - - - - - - Find and Edit Expense Voucher/Credit Note - - To search for an existing Expense Voucher, use the Business - EmployeeFind Expense Voucher... - menu item. - You select an Expense Voucher to View/Edit from the results of the search. - This window is also used to look up an expense voucher when entering vouchers and processing - payments. - - If many expense vouchers match the search criteria you provide, the - search can be refined by running an additional search within the current - results. The current result set is searched when the Refine - Current Search radio button is selected. In fact, &app; - selects this option for you after you run the initial search. - - - If the expense voucher you are searching for does not match the supplied - search criteria, change the search criteria, click the New - Search radio button and then the Find - button. The relevant step is the New Search - selection. If the expense voucher is not in the result of the original search, - and you only search within this set, the voucher cannot be found, - regardless of new search criteria. - - - - To return a list of all expense vouchers, set the search criterion to - matches regex, and place a single dot . in the text field area. - Make sure Search only active data is checked, then click Find. - The regular expression . means to match anything. - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f26474d1b..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Customize.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2645 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Customizing <application>&app;</application> - - - Account Display Options - - The View Filter By ... - is used to set or modify the view of the account tree - window. The Accounts tab of this form allows the selection of the types of accounts - to display. These selections effect the view on each specific open window of the account - tree. - - - The Other tab allows enabling/disabling of the options; Show Hidden accounts, - Show zero total accounts. - - The account tree window, by default, only shows the quantity of each commodity - that you own, under the column heading Total. Often, however, - you may want to display other values. This is easily accomplished by clicking on the - Options button (the small down pointing arrow on the - right side of the main account window Titlebar), and selecting the option(s) to - display. These selections set the view on all open windows of the account tree. - - - - - - Setting Preferences - - The &app; Preferences window allows you to customize your &app; - session by setting several options. From the &app; menu - select EditPreferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - The &app; Preferences window will open. - Using the tabs on the left make your desired changes. The settings in - this dialog are set per user and not stored with the file. This is - in contrast to the settings described in , - which are kept with, and are part of, the file (or Book), and as such are - common to all users. So &app; Preferences settings are - individual to each user who uses a given file and any changes made by one - user will not affect other users of that file. Also, a given user's - preferences will be common to all files that that user opens with - &app;. - - Pausing the cursor for a couple of seconds over options in these windows - will display a tooltip with in-depth information on the choice. - - - The changes you make will be applied at once. - - To close the &app; Preferences window press the - Close button. - - Each tab in the &app; Preferences window is - discussed in its own section below. For a listing of the tabs, see - . - - The presentation of the sections that follows matches the order - of the tabs, which are sorted alphabetically by name, in English. The - order of the tabs may be different in other languages. - - - - Accounting Period - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, - <guilabel>Accounting Period</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Accounting Period tab - - - -
- - - - - Start Date: This item sets the accounting period’s start date. - - - Relative: Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss - calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. Relative defines - start by today or start of current/previous year, quarter, month. - - - - Absolute: Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss - calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. - - - - - - - End Date: This item sets the accounting period’s end date. - - - Relative: Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss - calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. - - - - Absolute: Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss - calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. - - - - - - - Summarybar content - - - Include grand total: If checked, show in the Summarybar a grand total of all - accounts converted to the default currency. - - - - Include non-currency totals: if this - option is selected, &app; will include in the Summarybar a total - for non-currency items (for instance number of shares). - - - - - - - - - Accounts - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Accounts</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Accounts tab - - - -
- - - - Separator Character: The account - separator is the character that separates a parent account from its - sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a - : (Colon), but you can also select - / (Slash), - \ (Backslash), - (Dash) - or . (Period), or any Unicode character - that isn’t a letter or a number. - - - - Reverse Balanced accounts: This option - lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive - or negative numbers: - - - Income & Expense assigns a - positive credit balance to income account balances and a - negative debit balance to expense account balances. See - for more information - on these account types. - - - - Credit accounts (default) displays - a positive balance for account types that would normally carry - a credit balance (income, credit, liability, equity). See - for more information on - these account types. - - - - None shows all credit balances as - negative and all debit balances as positive. - - - - - - Labels: Select this option if you want - column headings in the register to refer to debits and - credits instead of the default informal headings such - as withdrawal - and deposit. - - - - Default Currency: This item determines - which currency will be selected by default when creating new - accounts. - - - - Locale: Use the system locale currency for - all newly created accounts. - - - - Choose: specify the - currency to use, independent of your system - settings. - - - - - - Account Color: This option - lets you manage the display of the account color set in the - Edit Account window: - - - Show the Account Colors as background: show the - accounts color as account name background in the Accounts Page. - - - - Show the Account Colors on tabs: show the accounts - color as background in the account register tabs. - - - - - - - - Business - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Business</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - The Business tab - - - -
- - - - General - - - Enable extra buttons: If checked, - extra toolbar buttons for common business functions are shown. - - - - Open in new window: If checked, each - invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the - invoice will be opened in the current window. - - - - Accumulate splits on post: Whether - multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account - should be accumulated into a single split by default. - - - - - - Invoices - - - Report for printing: Allows to select - the invoice report to be used for printing. - - - - Tax Included: Whether tax is - included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is - inherited by new customers and vendors. - - - - Auto pay on posting: If enabled, at post - time automatically attempt to pay customer documents with outstanding - pre-payments and counter documents. - - Counter documents are documents with - opposite sign. For example for an invoice, customer credit notes and negative - invoices are considered counter documents. - - The pre-payments and documents obviously - have to be against the same customer. - - - - - - - Bills - - - Notify when due: Lets you set whether - you want to be notified at &app; startup - of when a bill is soon to be due. - - - - Days in advance: How many days before - the due date to warn about bills coming due. - - - - Tax Included: Whether tax is - included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited - by new customers and vendors. - - - - Process payments on posting: If enabled, at post - time automatically attempt to pay vendor documents with outstanding - pre-payments and counter documents. - - Counter documents are documents with - opposite sign. For example for a bill, vendor credit notes and negative - bills are considered counter documents. - - The pre-payments and documents obviously - have to be against the same vendor. - - - - - - - - - - Date/Time - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Date/Time</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - The Date/Time tab - - - -
- - - - Time Format - - - Use 24-hour clock: Lets you specify if you - want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 11 o’clock at - night should be represented as 11PM or 23:00. - - - - - - Date Format: This option controls the - appearance of the date (you can see a preview of the date beside each of the choices). - The available choices are: - - - US: Use the date format common in the United States. - - - - UK: Use the date format common in the United Kingdom. - - - - Europe: Use the date format common in continental Europe. - - - - ISO: Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard. - - - - Locale: Use the date format specified by the system locale. - - - - - - Date completion: This option - lets you manage the case when a date is entered without a year: - - - In the current calendar year: (Default) Dates will be completed so that - they are within the current calendar year. - - - - In a sliding 12-month window starting a configurable number of months before - the current month: Dates will be completed so that they are close to the current - date. You can enter the maximum number of months to go backwards in time when completing dates. - - - - - - - - - General - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - General</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The General tab - - - -
- - - - General - - - Display "Tip of the Day" dialog: This option displays or hides the - Tip of the Day screen when &app; is started. - - - - Show splash screen: With this option you - can enable or disable the visualization of the startup screen while - &app; is starting up. - - - - Perform account list setup on new file: - This option turns off the display of the New Account - Hierarchy Setup assistant when the entry File - New File is selected from the - &app; menu. - - - - Set book option on new files to use split "action" - field for "Num" field on registers/reports: - If selected, the displayed setting on the New Book - Options dialog for the Use Split Action Field - for Number setting will be selected and, if saved, the - book option for the new file will be set so that - the "Num" field on registers shows/updates the split-action field - and the transaction-num field is shown on the second line in - double line mode (and is not visible in single line mode). - Otherwise, the displayed setting on the dialog will not be - selected and, if saved, the book option for the new file will be - set so that the "Num" field on registers shows/updates the - transaction-num field. See the discussion in about how to set book options including - the option for . - Regardless of the setting of this preference, the - user can modify the initially displayed setting for this option on - the New Book Options dialog before saving the - options. - - - - If the New Book Options dialog appears - in situations where a new book is being set up, the settings from - this preference will determine the default setting for the - corresponding check box on the dialog. However, the - OK button on the New Book - Options dialog must be pressed for the setting to be - made for the new book; otherwise it will default to not - selected. - - - - - Numbers - - - Display negative amounts in red: If you - turn off this option, &app; will display negative numbers in - black. - - - - Automatic Decimal Point: This option - will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type - in. - - When a calculation is entered in the - Amount field, the decimal sign is inserted into - every operand that omits a decimal separator. - - - - - - Decimal Places: This field allows you - to set the number of decimal places to be used. - - - - - - Files - - The following options are only relevant for files saved in XML format. - - - - Compress files: This option determines - whether the &app; data file will be compressed or not. - - - - Show auto-save confirmation question: - If this option is enabled, &app; will show you a confirmation screen - each time the auto-save process is started. - - - - Auto-save time interval: - This field sets the number of minutes between each automatic saving of the file. - Set to 0 to disable the auto-save feature. - - - - Enable timout on "Save changes on closing" question: - If enabled, the Save changes on closing question will only wait a - limited number of seconds for an answer. If the user didn’t answer within that time, - the changes will be saved automatically and the question window closed. - You can set the number of seconds in the Time to wait for answer field. - - - - Retain log files: In this section you can set - your preferences about the log files using the provided radio buttons. - - - Never: Disable the creation of log files. - - - - For: Enter a specific number of days for which keep the files. - - - - Forever: Disable the auto deletion of log files; retains the log files forever. - - - - - - - - Search Dialog - - - New search limit: Defaults to "new - search" if fewer than this number of items is returned. - - - - - - - - Online Banking - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Online Banking</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Online Banking tab - - - -
- - - - QIF Import - - - Show documentation: The first time you - use the QIF importer you may - notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import - a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you - might want to turn off this option. Turning off the option gives you - less detail in the importer screens. - - - - Default transaction status (overridden by the status given by the QIF file): - In this section you can set the default status for imported transactions using the provided - self-explainingradio buttons: - - - Not cleared (Default) - - - - Cleared - - - - Reconciled - - - - - - - - Generic Importer - - - Enable skip transaction action: Enable the SKIP - action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score - is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold) - will be skipped by default. - - - - Enable update match action: Enable the UPDATE AND RECONCILE - action in the transaction matcher. If enabled, a transaction whose best match’s score is - above the Auto-CLEAR threshold and has a different date or amount than the matching existing - transaction will cause the existing transaction to be updated and cleared by default. - - - - Use Bayesian matching: Use Bayesian - algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts. - - - - Match display threshold: The minimal - score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match - list. - - - - Auto-add threshold: A transaction whose - best match’s score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but - below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by - default. - - - - Auto-clear threshold: A transaction - whose best match’s score is in the green zone (above or equal to - Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default. - - - - Commercial ATM fees threshold: - In some places commercial ATMs (not - belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience - stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a - separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw - $100, and you are charged $101.50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered - that $100, the amounts won’t match. You should set this to whatever is the - maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the - transaction will be recognized as a match by - &app;. - - - - Automatically create new commodities: Enables the - automatic creation of new commodities if any unknown commodity is encountered during - import. If not enabled, the user will be asked what to do with each unknown commodity. - - - - - - Online Banking - - This section is shown only if &app; is compiled with - Aqbanking and HBCI support. - - - - Close log window when finished: Close the log window - when the operation is completed. - - - - Remember PIN: Enable this option if you - want &app; to remember the PIN you - enter for online banking authentication. - - - - Verbose debug messages: Enable this option if you - want &app; to show more information about the online - banking operations. - - - - - - - - Online Quotes -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Online Quotes</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Online Quotes tab - - - -
- - The Online Quotes tab allows you to set options - that affect the fetching of online quotes with the - perl module Finance::Quote. - - - - - Alpha Vantage API key: To retrieve online quotes from Alphavantage, this key needs to be set. A key can be retrieved from the Alpha Vantage website. - - - - - See also: - - , - - - - - Automatic Updating Exchange Rates in the guide. - - - - - - - Printing - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Printing</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Printing tab - - - -
- - The Printing tab allows you to set - some options that affect the printing of checks on paper. - - - - - Print date format: Enable this option - if you want to print on the check, below the actual date, its format in 8 point type. - - - - - Print blocking chars: Enable this option to print - a series of three asterisks before and after each text field in the check. - - - - Default font: Click the button on the left to open - a Pick a Font screen in which you can customize the font - that will be used to print checks. - - - - - - Register - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Register</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Register tab - - - -
- - - - Actions - - - 'Enter' moves to blank transaction: If - selected, move the cursor to the blank transaction at the end of the register - after the user presses the Enter key. Otherwise the cursor will be moved - down one row. - - - - Auto-raise lists: If selected, all lists - will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list - field. - - - - Tab order includes Transfer on Memorised Transaction: - If selected, when the transaction is auto filled, pressing the - Tab key in the register the cursor’s jump - will include the Transfer field. - - - - - - Reconciling - - - Check cleared transactions: If selected, - automatically check off cleared transactions when - reconciling. - - - - Automatic interest transfer: If - selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays - interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest - charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual, - Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts. - - - - Automatic credit card payment: If - selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user - to enter a credit card payment. - - - - Always reconcile to today: If - selected, always open the reconcile screen with today’s date for - statement date, regardless of previous reconciliation. - - - - - - Graphics - - - - Use &app; built-in color theme: If selected, - the original &app; register color theme will be used. - Otherwise the system color theme will be applied to register windows. - - - - Double mode colors alternate with - transactions: If selected, configures the register - window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with - each transaction, instead of each row. - - - - Draw horizontal lines between rows: If - selected, &app; will draw a horizontal line between each - row. - - - - Draw vertical lines between columns: If - selected, &app; will draw a vertical line between the cells in - each row. - - - - - - - - - Register Defaults - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Register Defaults</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Register Defaults tab - - - -
- - The Register Defaults tab - preferences affect the behavior of the transaction register - windows. - - - - Default Style - Here you can choose from 3 - different styles for register windows: - - - Basic ledger: Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line - mode.) - - - - Auto-split ledger: Automatically expand the current transaction to show - all splits. All other transactions are shown on one line. (Two in double line - mode.) - - - - Transaction journal: All transactions are expanded to show all splits. - - - - - - - - Other Defaults - - - Register opens in a new window: If - selected, register will be in a separate window instead of in a - tab. - - - - Double line mode: If selected, show two - lines of information for each transaction instead of one. - - - - Only display leaf account names: If selected, only the name of the leaf - accounts will be displayed in the Account selection popup. - The default behavior is to display the full account name including the path in the account tree. - - - Enabling this option implies that you use unique leaf account names. - - - - - - Number of transactions: How many - transactions to show in a register. Set to 0 to show all transactions. - - - - - - - - Reports - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Reports</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Reports tab - - - -
- - The Reports tab preferences affect - the behavior of &app; - reports. - - - - Default Report Currency: This item - determines which currency will be used by default when creating - reports. You can choose: - - - Locale: Use the system locale currency for all - newly created reports. - - - - Choose: Use the specified currency for all - newly created reports. - - - - - - Location - - - Report opens in a new window: if you select this option, the - reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab. - - - - - - - - Scheduled Transactions - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Scheduled Transactions tab - - - -
- - The Scheduled Transactions tab - preferences affect the behavior of - &app; for scheduling transactions. - More information about scheduled transactions can be found in - . - - - - Since Last Run Dialog - - - Run when data file opened: If selected, - the Since Last Run screen will appear when &app; opens the file. - - - - Show notification window: If selected, - a list of scheduled and created transactions will appear when &app; opens the file. - - - - - - - Transaction Editor Defaults - - - Auto-Create new transactions: If - selected, new scheduled transactions will automatically be entered - into the register. If the auto-create option is enabled, you can also check - Notify before transactions are created so that you will be - able to confirm creating the transactions. - - - - Create in advance: The default - number of days in advance to create the registered scheduled - transactions. - - - - Remind in advance: The default - number of days in advance to remind about new scheduled - transactions. - - - - - - - - Windows - -
- The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> window, <guilabel> - Windows</guilabel> tab - - - - - - - - - - - - The Windows tab - - - -
- - - - Window Geometry - - - Save window size and position: If - selected, next time &app; starts it will re-use the window size - and position configured in the last run. - - - - - - Tabs - - - Show close button on notebook tabs: Adds - a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the - various tabs. - - - - Bring the most recent tab to the front: If - selected, the newly created tab will be shown over the other tabs. - - - - Width: The width of tab label - expressed in characters. - - If the text in the tab is longer than this value - (the test is approximate) then the tab label will have the middle cut - and replaced with an ellipsis. - - - - - - - - - Tab Position - Position the tabs at the - Top (default), Bottom, - Left or Right. - - - - Summary Bar Position - Position the Summary Bar at the - Top or at the Bottom (default) of - the &app; main window. - - - - - - - Book Options - - The File - Properties - menu item is used to set or modify choices that affect how a specific - &app; file (also referred to as a Book) - operates. Selecting this menu item brings up the Book Options - dialog. This dialog also appears in situations where you are - importing transactions into a new book, with the title New Book - Options. It is automatically raised in these 'new book' - situations because these settings can affect how imported data - are converted to &app; transactions and so - should be considered and set before your first import (specifically, the - setting). - - - The settings in this dialog are kept with, and are part of, the file - (or Book). This is in contrast to the settings described in - , which are set per user and not stored with - the file. So Book Options settings are shared - by all users who use a given file and any changes made by one - user will affect all users of that file. - - - - Pausing the cursor for a couple of seconds over options in these - tabs will display a tooltip with a more detailed description of the - choice. - - - - The Book Options dialog has five buttons that - are common to all tabs. The Reset defaults button - takes all items on the visible tab and sets their value to the default - setting; it only affects the visible tab. The Help - button opens up a help window to this section. The Cancel - button closes the dialog, making no changes to the saved settings for - Book Options. The Apply - button is initially insensitive but becomes sensitive when any setting - is set or changed. Selecting it saves the setting(s) for the book but - keeps the Book Options dialog open. Typically, the - changes are reflected in the affected areas of &app; - as soon as the button is pressed, so it can be used to 'see' the effect - of a given option without having to re-open the dialog. The - Apply button is not sensitive on the dialog if - it appears during transaction import (that is, 'new book') situations. - The OK button behaves like the - Apply button except that it immediately - closes the dialog, as well. - - - - Accounts Book Options Tab - - The Accounts tab of this dialog allows - the selection of options that affect how accounting registers function. - - - - Use Trading Accounts - - Check the Use Trading Accounts checkbox to - have trading accounts used for transactions involving more than one - currency or commodity. - - - - - Day Threshold for Read-Only Transactions - - Use the Day Threshold for Read-Only - Transactions spin-box to choose the number of days before - today, prior to which, transactions will be read-only and cannot be - edited anymore in the registers. This threshold is marked by a red - line in the account register windows. If zero, all transactions can - be edited and none are read-only. This feature is intended to be - used to guard against accidental changes to non-current transactions. - - - - - Use Split Action Field for Number - - - This option is only available in &app; - version 2.6 or later. - - Check the Use Split Action Field for Number - checkbox to have the split action field of the anchor split used for - the 'Num' column in registers, reports and import/export functions, - where applicable, in place of the transaction number; the - transaction number is then shown as 'T-Num' on reports and on the - second line of registers. This choice has a corresponding effect on - business features. - - The difference between the two is that with the checkbox not - selected, the same 'Num' is displayed for a given transaction - regardless of what register it is viewed in and with the checkbox - selected, a different 'Num' can be entered/displayed for a given - transaction in each register it is viewed in. In both cases, the - 'next number logic' of the 'Num' cell is based on the account of the - register the transaction is entered to or viewed from but in one - case it fills the transaction number, in the other, it fills the - split action field of the anchor split. In both cases, both fields - are visible and can be viewed and used as free-form text in - double-line mode for any value the user wants. - - - Initial setup of &app;: It is - expected that, after careful consideration of the consequences, - this option will be set when a new &app; - file is created and not changed thereafter (see next warning). For - this reason, a preference is provided (see Setting Preferences - General ) that - can establish an initial default setting for new files, so that if - you will have more than one file, it is easier to set them all up - consistently. You may wish to set up a test file and experiment - with the two settings to understand the differences before - establishing your first real &app; file. - - - - Moving from Quicken: For users that are switching from other - personal accounting applications, such as Quicken, selecting this - option may be more consistent with the numbering approach used - there and can preserve the numbering of historical data brought - over; this option should be set before performing the initial - import. - - - - Changing this option for an existing &app; - file: If you change this option for an existing - file, historical data will not be changed. This means that if you - set the option one way, enter (or import) transactions, then change - the option and enter (or import) additional transactions and switch - back-and-forth, you will end up with a file that will appear to - have inconsistent treatment of numbers in registers, reports and - exports. This is because the setting of this option at the time of - data entry/import determines where the number data is stored and - the setting at the time of data display/reporting/exporting - determines which field is displayed as number. - - There is no reason to avoid changing this option for an - existing &app; file if you understand - the implications. If you elect to make this change, it should - probably be done between accounting periods with the understanding - that number data prior to the date the option is changed will be - displayed/reported/exported differently from that after the date. - - - - If you change this option, and press Apply - or OK, open registers and - labels on query and sorting dialogs will be refreshed to reflect - the new option immediately. But open reports need to be - individually reloaded by the user to have the change reflected on - the report. - - - - This option is only available in &app; - version 2.6 or later. If a &app; - file from an earlier version is opened in version - 2.6 or later, and this feature is not used, this feature will not - prevent the file from being opened in the earlier version of - &app;. However, if the option is set, - the file will not be able to be opened by the earlier version, even - if the option is set back to its original setting. A warning dialog - will be displayed from the earlier version. Do not set this option - if you want to open the file with an earlier version. - - - - - - - - Budgeting Book Options Tab - - The Budgeting tab allows you to specify the - budget to be used for reports when none has otherwise been specified. - - - - Business Book Options Tab - - The Business tab allows you to enter values - that are in turn used by the business features of &app;: - - - - Company Name - The name of the company. - - - - Company Contact Person - The name of the contact person to print on invoices. - - - - Company Phone, Fax, Email Address - The references of your business. - - - - Company Website URL - The internet address of the company’s website. - - - - Company ID - The tax ID of your company. - - - - Default Customer TaxTable - The default taxtable applicable to your most common customers. - - - - Default Vendor TaxTable - The default taxtable applicable to your most common vendors. - - - - Fancy Date Format - The default date format used for fancy printed dates - (e.g. on invoices). - - - - Reset Defaults - Press the button to reset all values to their defaults. - - - - - None of the above values is required to use &app; - but, if given, will be used throughout the program. (f.e. in reports, invoices etc...) - - - - - Counters Book Options Tab - - The Counters tab allows you to set the - 'previous' value for each number indicated: Bill, Customer, Employee, - etc. These counters are used by the of - &app;. - - The number entered here will be incremented when the various - business features calculate a value for a corresponding field on a - dialog. For example, if you leave the Customer Number field blank on - the New Customer dialog, the customer will be assigned the number in - the counter field plus 1. The numbers displayed in the tab are - incremented as these business features are used. (But note that if you - have the Book Options dialog open, you need to - close it and re-open it to see the changes; the displayed field values - are not automatically refreshed.) - - The corresponding format fields are - used to specify printf-style format strings that are used to format the - printing of the number. For example, to put the literal "C - " in front - of the customer number, you would put "C - %li" (without the quotes) in - the customer format string field. - If the value in the customer number field was 5, the next customer added - would be assigned the number "C - 6". As another example, if you wanted - the number to be printed with leading zeros and 5 characters wide, you - would enter "C - %05li" and the next customer number would be assigned - the number "C - 00006". - - For historical reasons &app; accepts multiple format specifiers - although they all yield the same end result. You can choose "li", "lli" or I64i". - - - - - - - Changing Style Sheets - - &app; has four default style sheets for web-page reports. These style sheets can - be altered by using the HTML Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to Edit - Style Sheets... - - Using the Style Sheet Editor you may display/modify the setting of a Style - Sheet. - - Changing the Style Sheet will change the appearance of all reports - that have selected that Style Sheet. A Reload is required to view the changes, if - the report(s) are currently displayed. - - To add a new Style Sheet click the New... button in the Style Sheet pane. - The New Style Sheet dialog will appear. Fill in the name field with - the name of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from - the list and click Delete. - - - Default Style Sheet - - The Default Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of - reports utilizing it, Colors, Fonts, General and Tables. - - - Colors Tab - - - - Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the - color picker to choose a color that will be applied to alternate - table rows. - - - - - - Fonts Tab - - - - Title: Select the font and size for - Titles. - - - - Account Link: Select the font and size - for Account Links. - - - - Number Cell: Select the font and size - for Number Cells. - - - - Negative Values in Red: Select to have - negative values displayed in red. - - - - Text Cell: Select the font and size - for Text Cells. - - - - Total Number Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Number Cells. - - - - Total Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Label Cells. - - - - Centered Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Centered Label Cells. - - - - - - General Tab - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new background color. - - - - Background Pixmap: Use the Browse button - to select a picture to use as the background in reports. - - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable - blue hyperlinks in reports. - - - - - - Tables Tab - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table - cells - - - - Table cell padding: Sets the space - between table cell edges and contents - - - - Table border width: Sets the width of - the borders on tables. - - - - - - - - Easy Style Sheet - - The Easy Style Sheet has five tabs to alter the appearance of - reports: Colors, Fonts, General, Images and Tables. - - - Colors - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new background color. - - - - Text Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new text color. - - - - Text Cell Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new text cell color. - - - - Link Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new link color. - - - - Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the - color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows. - - - - Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal - table rows. - - - - Sub-subheading/total Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total - table rows. - - - - Grand Total Cell Color: Opens the color - picker to choose a new color for grand total rows. - - - - - - Fonts - - - - Title: Select the font and size for - Titles. - - - - Account Link: Select the font and size - for Account Links. - - - - Number Cell: Select the font and size - for Number Cells. - - - - Negative Values in Red: Select to have - negative values displayed in red. - - - - Number Header: Select the font and size - for Number Header table rows. - - - - Text Cell: Select the font and size - for Text Cells. - - - - Total Number Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Number Cells. - - - - Total Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Label Cells. - - - - Centered Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Centered Label Cells. - - - - - - General - - - - Preparer: Name of the person preparing - the report. - - - - - Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the - report is prepared for. - - - - Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in - the report. - - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks - in reports. - - - - - - Images - - - - Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the background in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - - Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the heading in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - Heading Alignment: Select from pull-down list; Left, - Right, Center, to specify the alignment of the banner at the top of report(s). - - - - Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to - use as the logo in reports. The Clear button will clear the selection. - - - - - - Tables - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table - cells - - - - Table cell padding: Sets the space - between table cell edges and contents - - - - Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on - tables. - - - - - - - Footer Style Sheet - - The Footer Style Sheet has the same five tabs to alter the - appearance of reports as the Easy Style Sheets: Colors, Fonts, General, - Images and Tables. - - - Colors - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new background color. - - - - Text Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new text color. - - - - Text Cell Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new text cell color. - - - - Link Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new link color. - - - - Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the - color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows. - - - - Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal - table rows. - - - - Sub-subheading/total Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total - table rows. - - - - Grand Total Cell Color: Opens the color - picker to choose a new color for grand total rows. - - - - - - Fonts - - - - Title: Select the font and size for - Titles. - - - - Account Link: Select the font and size - for Account Links. - - - - Number Cell: Select the font and size - for Number Cells. - - - - Negative Values in Red: Select to have - negative values displayed in red. - - - - Number Header: Select the font and size - for Number Header table rows. - - - - Text Cell: Select the font and size - for Text Cells. - - - - Total Number Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Number Cells. - - - - Total Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Label Cells. - - - - Centered Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Centered Label Cells. - - - - - - General - - - - Preparer: Name of the person preparing - the report. - - - - - Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the - report is prepared for. - - - - Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in - the report. - - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks - in reports. - - - Footer: Text to be included in report - footer. - - - - - - - Images - - - - Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the background in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - - Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the heading in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - Heading Alignment: Select from pull-down list; Left, - Right, Center, to specify the alignment of the banner at the top of report(s). - - - - Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to - use as the logo in reports. The Clear button will clear the selection. - - - - - - Tables - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table - cells - - - - Table cell padding: Sets the space - between table cell edges and contents - - - - Table border width: Sets the width of - the borders on tables. - - - - - - - Technicolor Style Sheet - - The Technicolor Style Sheet has has five tabs to alter the - appearance of reports: Colors, Fonts, General, Images and Tables. - - - Colors - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new background color. - - - - Text Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new text color. - - - - Text Cell Color: Opens the color picker - to choose a new text cell color. - - - - Link Color: Opens the color picker to - choose a new link color. - - - - Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the - color picker to choose a new color for alternate table rows. - - - - Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for subheading/subtotal - table rows. - - - - Sub-subheading/total Cell Color: Opens - the color picker to choose a new color for sub-subheading/total - table rows. - - - - Grand Total Cell Color: Opens the color - picker to choose a new color for grand total rows. - - - - - - Fonts - - - - Title: Select the font and size for - Titles. - - - - Account Link: Select the font and size - for Account Links. - - - - Number Cell: Select the font and size - for Number Cells. - - - - Negative Values in Red: Select to have - negative values displayed in red. - - - - Number Header: Select the font and size - for Number Header table rows. - - - - Text Cell: Select the font and size - for Text Cells. - - - - Total Number Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Number Cells. - - - - Total Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Total Label Cells. - - - - Centered Label Cell: Select the font and - size for Centered Label Cells. - - - - - - General - - - - Preparer: Name of the person preparing the report. - - - - - Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the - report is prepared for. - - - - - Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in - the report. - - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in - reports. - - - - - - Images - - - - Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the background in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a - picture to use as the heading in reports. The Clear button will clear the - selection. - - - - Heading Alignment: Select from pull-down list; Left, - Right, Center, to specify the alignment of the banner at the top of report(s). - - - - Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use - as the logo in reports. The Clear button will clear the selection. - - - - - - Tables - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table - cells - - - - Table cell padding: Sets the space - between table cell edges and cell contents - - - - Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on - tables. - - - - - - - - - Setting Tax Report Options - - The Income Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Report Options. - The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the TXF Export function - in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to - Edit Tax Report Options. - - If the Income Tax features are used, it is strongly recommended that - the Tax Info column be made visible on the accounts tab (click large - downward-pointing arrow and select Tax Info check box). The Tax Info - column will display the Form/Schedule and tax category (e.g., Schedule D - Dividend, cap gain distrib.) assigned to an account, if any. Alternatively, - it will display the following error messages which can be corrected through - Edit Tax Report Options - - - - Tax-related but has no tax code - - - - Tax entity type not specified - - - - Tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for account type" - - - - Not tax-related; tax type "tax_type": invalid code "code" for - account type - - - - Invalid code "code" for tax type "tax_type" - - - - Not tax-related; invalid code "code" for tax type "tax_type" - - - - No form: code "code", tax type "tax_type" - - - - Not tax-related; no form: code "code", tax type "tax_type" - - - - No description: form "form", code "code", tax type "tax_type" - - - - Not tax-related; no description: form "form", code "code", tax - type "tax_type" - - - - Not tax-related; "form"("copy") "desc" (code "code", tax type - "tax_type") - - - - The Income Tax Identity must be set in order to assign codes to - individual accounts. Click Edit to set the identity. The Tax Name is - optional. If entered, it will be printed at the top of the report. A - Type must be selected in order to activate the tax category - selections. The choices are: - - - - Individual, Joint, etc. - Files US Form 1040 Tax Return - - - - Partnership - Files US Form 1065 Tax Return - - - - Corporation - Files US Form 1120 Tax Return - - - - S Corporation - Files US Form 1120S Tax Return - - - - None - No Income Tax Options Provided - - - - While the Income Tax Entity Type can be changed after tax categories - have been assigned to accounts, you should be cautioned that you will need - to manually change each one if you do so, which could be quite tedious. - The tax categories are unique for each Income Tax Entity Type, so changing - the type will make all previously assigned categories invalid. It is assumed - (and highly recommended) that each &app; file is for only one tax entity - and this is where you specify its type of tax entity. You should not keep, - for example, personal and partnership accounts mixed in one &app; file - if you plan to use the Income Tax Reporting features. - - A given TXF code can be assigned to multiple accounts. The Tax Schedule - Report will combine accounts by code and generate a detailed TXF record for - each account and a summary TXF record for the total as calculated by the - report. - - For codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, the payer - on the TXF record will be based on what is specified here, either the - account name of the account or the account name of the account’s parent - account. This feature is typically used for interest accounts or stocks or - mutual funds that pay dividends where the individual payees are shown on - the tax schedule. For example, if the parent account’s name is the name of - your broker and the sub-account’s names are the names of individual stocks - that pay dividends and the name on the 1099-DIV received is that of the - broker, in order to match that name, you would select ’Parent Account’; - the total dividends from the broker would be exported and, if you had - several brokers, there would be an amount exported and a subtotal for each - broker, along with each brokers name. Alternatively, if you had a parent - account named Directly Held, for example, and below it sub-accounts for - one or more stocks, you would receive a 1099-DIV from the issuer of each - stock separately and, in order to match that name, you would select - Current Account; the total dividends from each stock would be exported - and, if you had several stocks, there would be an amount exported and a - subtotal for each stock, along with each stock’s name as the payer. - - Some tax Forms/Schedules need to have multiple copies filed under - some circumstances (for example, Schedule C if a taxpayer and spouse have - separate businesses). For tax categories on these Forms/Schedules, the - Copy Number is not grayed out and can be used to segregate accounts by - copy number. - - - - Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an - account to set a TXF category. If no account is selected nothing is - changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will - be set to the selected item. - - - - Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an - account then select the TXF Category below. This setting is displayed - on the account edit dialogue but cannot be changed from there. - - - - TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description - appears just below (if available, otherwise it says No help - available), along with the TXF code for the category and information - about what line number on the form or schedule the amounts are - included in by tax year (used for detailed sort on report). - - - - Payer Name Source: Select an option to determine where the text - description that is exported along with the value of the account is - derived from, as described above. This is usually the name of a bank, - stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally, - it is a description of a deduction. - - - - Copy Number: A copy number that is exported along with the value - of the account. This is used to segregate amounts between different - copies of the same Form/Schedule that may need to be filed (e.g., - Schedule C(1), Schedule C(2), etc.). This is also used to sort the - report. - - - - - TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations - - TaxCut 1999 - - - - Code: N488 "^ Sched B \ Div. income, cap gain distrib." - - - - Code: N286 "^ Sched B \ Dividend income" - - - - These two codes, from the same payer, are not correlated. The user will have to - adjust for this after import. - - TaxCut 1999, 2000 - - - - Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly" - - - - Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual - payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts, - only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax - enhancement) - - - - Code: N460 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, self" - - - - Code: N506 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, spouse" - - - - and other related codes. - - - - Use Copy Number to separate information from more than one job. - - TurboTax 1999, 2000 - - - - Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly" - - - - Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem - for the last payment that is due Jan 15. &app; changes the the date of - the last payment to Dec 31 for the export unless the "Do not use special - date processing" option is selected in the report options display tab. - The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only - matters if you have to compute the penalty. - - TXF Tax eXport Format - - - - Duplicate Codes - - - - Codes can be assigned to multiple accounts and the amounts will be - summed for all the accounts generating one detail TXF record per account - and one summary TXF record for the sum. Codes that let you select "Payer - Name Source" will generate a separate summary TXF account with each - change in payer. Selecting the "Print TXF export parameters" option will - cause the report to show to which codes this applies (Payer Name Source - option Y) and, for the accounts assigned to those codes, the Name Source - each account is set to and the TXF item number that will be assigned to - each. A summary TXF record will be generated for each change in assigned - item line number. These may not be handled the same by TaxCut and - TurboTax. - - - - - Code: N673 "Short/Long gain or loss" - - - - Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; - generates TXF output for only the date sold and sales amount, with the - date acquired and cost basis information left blank (to be separately - added in the tax software). The code can be assigned to either a short-, - long-, or mixed-term gain/loss income account and the security sales - transaction should be entered as illustrated in Section 8.7, Selling - Shares, of the &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide. The report uses the - transaction split of the gain/loss account to find one or more other - splits in the same transaction with negative share quantities. For each - of these found, it generates a detailed TXF output record with the - quantity sold, the name of the security, the date sold, and the sales - amount. Note that if, for a given transaction, more than one transaction - split is to a gain/loss income account assigned to code 673, TXF output - data will be erroneously repeated. That is because the report will - fetch the same data, and re-output it, for each transaction split set - to a gain/loss income account within the same transaction. For this - reason, there should be no more than one gain/loss account entered per - transaction to use this tax reporting code properly. (Note that - no amounts are used from &app;’s lot-tracking; a future enhancement - is expected to use this data to provide capital gain reporting). - - - - - Detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions - - Table 32. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions - - - - - - - Reset Warnings... - - &app; gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, such as removing a transaction - or removing the splits of a transaction. The warning message gives you the option to not give you - these warnings when attempting the operation. Check-boxes labeled Remember and don’t ask me again - and Remember and don’t ask me again this session allow disabling the warnings. This option permits - reseting the warnings to the default, IE make the warning happen. Warnings may be selectivly enabled. - - - - - - Changing the Language - - The language of the &app; user interface is not modifiable - directly from the program’s preferences. - - The way you can change the language depends on the operating system you are running - &app; on. - - - Linux - - In general you should set the LANGUAGE and LANG environment variables before starting &app;. - To do this you need to open a terminal and run the following command: - LANGUAGE=ll_LL LANG=ll_LL gnucash - ll_LL is the locale you want to run &app; with (de_DE - for Deutsch, it_IT for Italian etc.) - - On some systems (e.g. Ubuntu) the encoding could be part of the locales name, like ll_LL.UTF-8. - You can use these names as well. - - - - - MacOSX - - If you want to use a different translation from the one that is automatically selected, you can run the following in Terminal.app: - defaults write $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/GnuCash.app) AppleLanguages "(de, en)" - Use whatever language codes you want, replacing Deutsch and English. It won’t work if there isn’t a translation file for the language you want. - If you want to unset it (that is, return to using the system settings), run this: - defaults delete $(mdls -name kMDItemCFBundleIdentifier -raw /Applications/GnuCash.app) - - - - Windows - - If you are running &app; 2.4.0 (or newer) on Windows, you can set the interface language - by editing the file environment with a text editor (e.g. Notepad). By default this file is installed in - c:\Program Files\gnucash\etc\gnucash. Change this file such that the last few lines are: - - # If you wish GnuCash to use a different language, uncomment the two parameters -# below and set LANG to your preferred locale -LANG=ll_LL -LANGUAGE={LANG} - - ll_LL is the locale you want to run &app; with (de_DE - for Deutsch, it_IT for Italian etc.) - - - - - - More and updated information about this topic can be found on the - Locale Settings page of the &app; wiki. - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8381c8c7e..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5253 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - <application>&app;</application> Windows & Menus Options Overview - - The main &app; window displays the accounts, reports, menu - selections and tools you may use to process your financial data. This - section gives you an overview of the different windows and sections of - windows that you will see in &app;. - - Links in the various tables will lead to additional details on the topic. - - - <application>&app;</application> Windows and Menus - - - Main <application>&app;</application> Window - - You can access commonly used sub-windows and tools through - this window. - -
- The Main <application>&app;</application> Window - - - - - - - - - - - &app; main window parts - - The parts in which the - main &app; window is divided. - -
- - When you start &app;, after a couple of windows (Splash - screen, Tip of the Day) the main window will be displayed. This - window is divided into the following sections (see for reference): - - - Titlebar - - Displays the name of the currently opened file and the active tab’s name - - - Menubar - - Displays the available menu entries - - - Toolbar - - Displays the available Toolbar buttons - - - Tab bar - - Lists the open reports, registers - and tree of accounts - - - Main pane - - The major display space showing the - content of the currently selected tab - - - Summarybar - - Displays a financial summary - - - Statusbar - - Gives a description of the active menu item - and shows a progress bar - - - - - - - The contents and options within the various sub-menus of the - different sections of the main &app; window will vary upon the - active display window. - - - The tree of accounts is labeled Accounts in the Tab bar, - and displays all your accounts and their balances, grouped - according to standard accounting practice. - - - To open an additional view of the tree of accounts go to View - New Accounts Page. This will open the account tree in the existing - window. - - - - To open a new window with a tree of accounts view, go to Windows - New Window with Page. - - - - - - - Account Tab Display - -
- The <emphasis>Account Tree</emphasis> Display. - - - - - - - - - - - - Account Tree screen - - This is an image of the Accounts tab. - - -
- - - Account Tree - Menus - - The Menubar for the Accounts Tree window contains the following - options. - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - - The following table describes the options in the File Menu. - - Clicking on the File option of the Menubar will pull down a menu of options - described in . - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - Access to file, account operations and printing. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - - - - CtrlN - - New File - - - - - Creates a new data file (starts with new accounts and data.) - - - - - - - - CtrlO - - Open... - - - - - Opens an already existing &app; data file. - - - - Import - - - Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other - financial programs. - - - - - Import QIF... - - - Starts the QIF file Import process. - - - - - Import OFX/QFX... - - - Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process. - - - - - Import Accounts from CSV... - - - Starts the CSV Account file import process. The file to import must be - in the same format as the one exported by &app;. - - - - - Import Transactions from CSV... - - - Starts the CSV Transactions file import process. The file to import must be - a delimited file. - - - - - Replay &app; .log file... - - - Starts the replaying of a &app; log file. Used for - data recovery from "crashes". - - - - - Import MT940 - - - . - - - - - Import MT942 - - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS - - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS and send - - - . - - - - - Import Bills & Invoices... - - - Open the Import Transactions from text file window. - - - - - Import Customers and Vendors ... - - - Open the Import Customers and Vendors from text file window. - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - - Saves the currently open file. - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlS - - Save As... - - - - - Saves the currently opened file with a different name. - Do NOT store your data file in ~/.gnucash/books. - - - - - - Revert - - - - Reload the last saved version of the currently opened file. Useful if you need to discard changes - made to the data and not yet saved. - - - - - - Print - - - Grayed out option. - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlP - - Page Setup... - - - - - Lets you choose the paper size, layout and margins for printing. - - - - - Export - - - Opens the Export sub-menu. - - - - - Export Accounts Tree to CSV - - - Exports your account hierarchy to a delimited CSV file. Does not - export data. - - - - - Export Transactions to CSV - - - Exports transactions to a delimited CSV file. - - - - - Export Accounts - - - Exports your account hierarchy to a new &app;file. Does not - export data. - - - - - - - AltEnter - - Properties - - - - Sets options for this &app; data file. - - - - Recently opened files - - - Numbered list of most recently opened &app; data files. - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Close the current tab. - - In the initial Account tree this item is not - available - it will be grayed out. - - - - - - - - - CtrlQ - - Quit - - - - Exits &app;. - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - Access to file and account editing - operations and preferences. - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - - - - CtrlX - - Cut - - - - - - Performs a standard Cut operation. - - - - - - - CtrlC - - Copy - - - - - - Performs a standard Copy operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlV - - Paste - - - - - - Performs a standard Paste operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlE - - Edit Account - - - - - Modify name or characteristic of selected account. - - - - - - - - Delete - - Delete Account... - - - - - Remove an account. See - - - - Renumber Subaccounts... - - - Starts the Renumber Account assistant. See - . - - This item is selectable only if you have highlighted an account with - at least one subaccount in the accounts tree. - - - - - Open Account - - - Opens the register window for the currently selected - account. - - - - Open Subaccount - - - Opens a register window that displays all the transactions for the selected account - and for all its subaccounts. - - - - - - - CtrlF - - Find... - - - - - Set criteria for a search for a specific transaction. - See for specifics on - searches. - - - - Preferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - - - Customize &app; for location, style, and numerous other preferences. - See . - - - - Style Sheets - - - Modify/customize Style Sheets. See . - - - - Tax Report Options - - - Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and - line to account. See - - - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu - Changes display window view. - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Toolbar - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Toolbar. - - - - Summarybar - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Summarybar . - - - - Statusbar - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Statusbar. - - - - Filter by ... - - Set filter for accounts displayed in the Account Tree - display. - - - - - - - CtrlR - - Refresh - - - - Repaint the display screen. - - - - New Accounts Page - - Open a new tab that displays the account tree. - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair accounts, - perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile transactions. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Online Actions - - This menu item (and sub-menu) is shown only if Online Banking - was enabled for &app; - - - - - Get Balance - - - - - - - - Get Transactions - - - Download transactions from online accounts - - - - - Issue Transaction... - - - Upload transaction(s) to online account ?? - - - - - Issue SEPA Transaction... - - - - - - - - Internal Transaction... - - - - - - - - Direct Debit... - - - - - - - - Show log window... - - - Open the Online Banking Connection Window - - - - Scheduled Transactions - - Scheduled - Transactions sub-menus - - - - - Scheduled Transaction Editor - - - Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions. - See - - - - - Since Last Run... - - - Display Scheduled transactions since last running of - &app;. - - - - - Mortgage & Loan Repayment... - - - Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment assistant for - setting up repayments. - - - - - Budget - - Budget - sub-menus - - - - - New Budget - - - Opens the window to create a new budget. - - - - - Open Budget - - - Opens an existing budget. - - - - - Copy Budget - - - Copy a budget. - - - - New Account... - - - Creates a new account and opens the account properties window. - - - - New Account Hierarchy... - - - Starts the New Account Hierarchy Setup - assistant. - - - - - - - CtrlT - - Transfer... - - - - - Starts the Transfer assistant for transfer between accounts. - - - - Reconcile... - - - Open the Reconcile window. - - - - Auto clear... - - - Opens the auto-clear screen where you can fill up the automatic clear information. - - - - Stock Split... - - - Starts the Stock Split assistant. Additional details - - - - View Lots... - - - Opens the Lots in Account form. - - - - - - - Check & Repair - - - Check & Repair Submenus - - - - - Check & Repair Account - - - Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and - orphan splits in this account. - - - - - Check & Repair Subaccounts - - - Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and - orphan splits in this account and its subaccounts. - - - - - Check & Repair All - - - Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and - orphan splits in all accounts. - - - - Reset Warnings... - - - &app; gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, - such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction. - The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings - when attempting the operation. Check-boxes labeled Remember and don’t ask - me again and Remember and don’t ask me again this session allow - disabling the warnings. This option resets the warnings to the default, - i.e. display all warnings. - - Warnings may be selectively enabled. - - - - - - - Rename Page - - - Open the form to rename the current page/tab. - - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Business</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Business</guimenu> Menu - Access small business features of <application>&app;</application>. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - Customer - - - Select customer related activities. - - - - Customers Overview - - - Open a customers overview page. - - - - New Customer... - - - Start the form to create a new customer. - - - - - Find Customer... - - - Start the assistant to search for a customer. - - - - - New Invoice... - - - Start the form to create a new invoice. - - - - - Find Invoice... - - - Start the assistant to search for an invoice. - - - - - New Job... - - - Start the form to create a new job. - - - - - Find Job... - - - Start the assistant to search for a job. - - - - - Process Payment... - - - Starts the Process Payment assistant. Requires an account of type - "A/Payable" before running assistant. - - - - Vendor - - - Select vendor related activities. - - - - Vendors Overview - - - Open a vendors overview page. - - - - New Vendor... - - - Start the form to create a new vendor. - - - - - Find Vendor... - - - Start the assistant to search for a vendor. - - - - - New Bill... - - - Start the form to create a new bill. - - - - - Find Bill... - - - Start the assistant to search for a bill. - - - - - New Job... - - - Start the form to create a new job. - - - - - Find Job... - - - Start the assistant to search for a job. - - - - - Process Payment... - - - Starts the Process Payment assistant. Requires an account of type - "A/Payable" before running assistant. - - - - Employee - - - Select employee related activities. - - - - - Employees Overview - - - Open an employees overview page. - - - - - New Employee... - - - Start the form to create a new employee. - - - - - Find Employee... - - - Start the assistant to search for an employee. - - - - - New Expense Voucher... - - - Start the form to create a new expense voucher. - - - - - Find Expense Voucher... - - - Start the assistant to search for an expense voucher. - - - - - Process Payment... - - - Starts the Process Payment assistant. Requires an account of type - "A/Payable" before running assistant. - - - - Sales Tax Table - - - View and edit the list of tax tables. - - - - Billing Terms Editor - - - View and edit the list of Billing Terms. - - - - Bills Due Reminder - - - View and edit the list of Bills Due Reminder. - - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu - - This is a brief listing of each of the available reports and - graphs. See for specific report - details. Each report or graph may be customized by selecting a different - Stylesheet or by pressing the Options - button in the Toolbar. - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu - Access <application>&app;</application> Reports and Charts. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - Assets & Liabilities - - - - - - - - Advanced Portfolio - - - - - - - - Asset Barchart - - - - - - - - Asset Piechart - - - - - - - - Average Balance - - - - - - - - Balance Sheet - - - - - - - - Balance Sheet using eguile-gnc - - - - - - - - General Journal - - - - - - - - General Ledger - - - - - - - - - Investment Portfolio - - - - - - - - Liability Barchart - - - - - - - - Liability Piechart - - - - - - - - Net Worth Barchart - - - - - - - - Net Worth Linechart - - - - - - - - Price Scatterplot - - - - - - - Business Reports - - - - - - - - Customer Report - - - - - - - - Customer Summary - - - - - - - - Easy Invoice - - - - - - - - Employee Report - - - - - - - - Fancy Invoice - - - - - - - - Job Report - - - - - - - - Payable Aging - - - - - - - - Printable Invoice - - - - - - - - Receivable Aging - - - - - - - - Tax Invoice - - - - - - - - Vendor Report - - - - - - - Income & Expense - - - - - - - - Cash Flow - - - - - - - - Equity Statement - - - - - - - - Expense Barchart - - - - - - - - Expense Piechart - - - - - - - - Expenses vs. Day of Week - - - - - - - - Income & Expense Chart - - - - - - - - Income Barchart - - - - - - - - Income Piechart - - - - - - - - Income Statement - - - - - - - - Income vs. Day of Week - - - - - - - - Profit & loss - - - - - - - - Trial Balance - - - - - - - - Sample & Custom - - - - - - - - Welcome Sample Report - - - - - - - - Custom Multicolumn Report - - - - - - - - Sample Report With Examples - - - - - - - Budget - - - - - - - Budget Balance Sheet - - - - - - - Budget Barchart - - - - - - - Budget Flow - - - - - - - Budget Income Statement - - - - - - - Budget Profit & Loss - - - - - - - Budget Report - - - - - - - Account Summary - - - Report showing the balance of selected - accounts. - - - - - Future Scheduled Transactions Summary - - - Report showing a summary of future transactions. - - - - - Tax Schedule Report & TXF Export - - - Create a Tax report (US) and/or export data for tax - preparation software. (TXF) - - - - - Transaction Report - - - - - - - - Saved Report Configurations - - - Open the screen to manage saved user configured reports. - - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and editors - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Online Banking Setup ... - - - Starts the Online banking setup assistant, if &app; was built to support on-line banking. - - - - - - Price Editor - - Tool to enter or modify Stock/Fund prices. Details at - - - - - Security Editor - - Tool to enter or modify Stock or commodities. Details - at - - - - Loan Repayment Calculator - - Details at - - - - Close Book - - Open a screen where you can enter the required information to close - the current accounting period. See . - - - - General Journal - - See - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Windows</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Windows</guimenu> Menu - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - New Window - - Opens a new &app; empty window. - - - - New Window with Page - - Moves the current tab into a new window. - - - - Opened windows - - A numbered list of open windows. - - - -
- - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Tree - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial - and Concepts Guide. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Tutorial & Concepts Guide - - Explanation of accounting principles and how to apply them in &app; - - - - Tips Of The Day - - Shows short notes about features you might otherwise miss. - - - - Contents - - Open this document. - - - - About - - Show the information screen with &app; - version, license and credits - - - -
- - - - - - - Account Tree - <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Icons/Buttons - - - - The &app; main Window has a number of buttons in the Toolbar - to quickly access some common functions used with the specific active - tab. The Toolbar can be hidden or shown by selecting - ViewToolbar. - The specific options displayed in the Toolbar vary - with the functions available to the "active tab". - - A brief description of the function of a Toolbar button is displayed when - the mouse pointer is placed over the icon for a couple of - seconds. - - - Account Tree - Window <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> - - - - - Toolbar Buttons - - Description - - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - Perform a save on the data file, commit all transactions - to the data file. - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Close the currently active account page - - This icon is not available for the first accounts tab. - It is available for additional account tree displays. - - - - - - Open - - Open a transaction register of the selected account. - - - - Edit - - Edit the characteristics for the selected account. - - - - - New - - Start the assistant for creating a new account. - - - - Delete - - Remove the selected account. - - - -
- - - - Tab bar - - The Tab bar displays file/notebook folder style tabs for open - transaction registers, reports and the account tree. - - - - - Main pane - Account tree - - The account tree displays the list of your accounts in - hierarchical format. This enables you to organize your accounts by - type. - - - The triangle shape (or plus sign) beside the account name is used to open and - close the account tree. When you click on the triangle (plus sign), it changes from - a rightward-pointing into a downward-pointing sign (minus sign) to indicate that the tree is - opened. You will then see offset below the account name either a list of - the sub account(s) or another triangle (plus sign) to the left of an account. This - indicates another lower level of the account tree. - - - In the main pane are also shown, by default, four columns: Account Name, - Type, Description and Total. - For each account, this informations, if available, is displayed in the same row of the account. - - - The columns shown for each account in the Account Tree can be customized to - suit your needs. Click on the arrow icon on the far right of the Account Tree window - to display a drop down list of column options. Click on a column description to - add it to the Account Tree window. Click again on the column description to hide it. - - - The default display for the account tree window is in Notebook - mode. This is indicated by the tab in the tab row of - the main window. Other tabs will appear beside this one when you open - reports, account registers or additional account trees. - - - - - Summarybar - - The Summarybar displays balances appropriate for the opened - account type at a glance. Usually accounts display today’s account - balance, any balance for future dates, a balance for cleared items and - a reconciled balance. Stock accounts, however, display shares totals - and their value. The Summarybar can be hidden or shown by selecting - ViewSummarybar. - - - - - Statusbar - - The Statusbar displays informations about the currently highlighted menu item. - It also shows a progress bar when opening or - saving a &app; data file or generating reports. The Statusbar can be - hidden or shown by selecting the Statusbar item on the - View menu. - - - - - - Account Register/General Journal - - - Account Register & General Journal Window - - This window is used to enter and edit your account data. It also - provides tools for scheduling future transactions, finding and reporting - on transactions and printing checks. - - To open the Account Register Window for an account, select the - account in the Account Tree then go to File Open - Account or press - Ctrl O. This will open - a new window with the Account Register. Pressing the Open - button on the Toolbar in the Account Tree Window or the Jump - button in the Account Register Window are alternate methods. - - -
- The <emphasis>Account Register</emphasis> Display. - - - - - - - - - - - - Account Register screen - - This is an image of the Account Register tab. - - -
- - - Appearance of the Account Register Display is highly customizable - (see - Tutorial and Concepts Guide, Choosing a Register Style). - - - - - The methods to enter transactions are described in detail in . - - - - - - Account Register Menus - - The Menubar for the Transaction Register window contains the - following options. - - - Account Register - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - - The following table describes the options in the File. - - Clicking on File in the Menubar will pull down a - menu of choices described in . - - - Account Register - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - Access to file and account operations and - printing. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - - - - CtrlN - - New File - - - - - Creates a new data file (starts with new accounts and data.) - - - - - - - - - CtrlO - - Open... - - - - - Opens an already existing &app; data file. - - - - Import - - - Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other - financial programs. - - - - - Import QIF ... - - - Starts the QIF file Import process. - - - - - Import OFX/QFX ... - - - Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process. - - - - - Import Accounts from CSV... - - Starts the CSV Account file import process. The file to import must be - in the same format as the one exported by &app;. - - - - - Import Transactions from CSV... - - Starts the CSV Transactions file import process. The file to import must be - a delimited file. - - - - - Replay &app; .log file... - - Starts the replaying of a &app; log file. Used for - data recovery from "crashes". - - - - - Import MT940 - - . - - - - - Import MT942 - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS and send - - . - - - - - Import Bills & Invoices... - - Open the Import Transactions from text file window. - - - - - Import Customers and Vendors ... - - Open the Import Customers and Vendors from text file window. - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - Saves the currently open file. - - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlS - - Save As... - - - - Saves the currently opened file with a different - name. - Do NOT store your data file in ~/.gnucash/books. - - - - - - - - CtrlP - - Print Checks... - - - - Starts the Print Checks assistant. See . - - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlP - - Page Setup... - - - - Let you choose the paper size, layout and margins for printing. - - - - - Export - - Exports ... - - - - - Export Accounts Tree to CSV - - Exports your account hierarchy to a delimited CSV file. Does not - export data. - - - - - Export Transactions to CSV - - Exports transactions to a delimited CSV file. - - - - - Export Accounts - - Exports your account hierarchy to a new &app;file. Does not - export data. - - - - - - - AltEnter - - Properties - - - - Sets options for this &app; data file. - - - - - Recently opened files - - Numbered list of most recently opened &app; data - files. - - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Closes the currently opened transaction register. - - - - - - - - CtrlQ - - Quit - - - - Exits &app;. - - - - -
- - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - Access to file and account - editing operations and preferences. - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - - - - - CtrlX - - Cut - - - - - - Performs a standard Cut operation. - - - - - - - CtrlC - - Copy - - - - - - Performs a standard Copy operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlV - - Paste - - - - - - Performs a standard Paste operation. - - - - - Assign as payment... - - - Assign as payment the selected transaction. - - - - - Edit Account - - - Open form to edit/modify account characteristics and parameters. - - - - - - - - - CtrlF - - Find... - - - - - Set criteria for a search for a specific - transaction. See for - specifics on searches. - - - - - Preferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - - - Customize &app; for location, style, and numerous other preferences. - See . - - - - - Style Sheets - - - Modify/customize Style Sheets. - - - - - Tax Report Options - - - Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and - line to account. See . - - - - -
- - - - Account Register - <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Register - <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu - Changes <application>&app;</application> display window - characteristics. - - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - Toolbar - - - Check-box to enable/disable display of - Toolbar. - - - - - Summarybar - - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Summary - Bar. - - - - - Statusbar - - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Status - Bar. - - - - - Basic Ledger - - - Radio button to select register display mode. See - Tutorial and Concepts Guide, Choosing a Register Style. - - - - - - Auto-Split Ledger - - - Radio button to select register display mode. - - - - Transaction Journal - - - Radio button to select register display mode. - - - - Double Line - - - Check-box to enable/disable display of Double Line display. - - - - Sort by... - - - Set the sort order of the transactions display. Requires a click to - start options form. Option form requires - Cancel/OK to close. - - - - - Standard Order - - - Keep normal account order - - - - - Date - - - Sort by date - - - - - Date of Entry - - - Sort by date of entry. - - - - - Statement Date - - - Sort by the statement date (unreconciled items last). - - - - - Number - - - Sort by number. - - - - - Amount - - - Sort by amount. - - - - - Memo - - - Sort by memo. - - - - - Description - - - Sort by Description. - - - - - Action - - - Sort by action field. - - - - - Notes - - - Sort by notes field. - - - - - Reverse Order - - - Reverse the sort order. - - - - - Save Sort Order - - - Save the sort order between sessions. - - - - Filter by ... - - Set filtering for accounts displayed in the Account Tree or - transactions in Register display. - - - - - - - CtrlR - - Refresh - - - - Repaint the display screen. - - - - New Accounts Page - - Open a new tab that displays the account tree. - - - -
- - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Transaction</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Transaction</guimenu> Menu - access to transaction tools. - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Cut Transaction - Cut the selected transaction into the clipboard. - - - Copy Transaction - Copy the selected transaction into the clipboard. - - - Paste Transaction - Paste the selected transaction from the clipboard. - - - Duplicate Transaction - Insert in the register a copy of the selected transaction. - - - Delete Transaction - Delete the selected transaction. - - - Remove Other Splits - Remove all splits from the selected transaction. - - - Enter Transaction - Enter in the register the transaction you are currently working on. - - - Cancel Transaction - Blanks all fields in the selected transaction if it has not yet been recorded. - - - Void Transaction - Void the selected transaction. - - - Unvoid Transaction - Unvoid the selected transaction. - - - Add Reversing Transaction - Add a copy of the selected transaction with an inverted amount. - - - Associate File with Transaction - Associate a file with the selected transaction. - - - Associate Location with Transaction - Associate a URL with the selected transaction. - - - Open Associated File/Location - Open the file or location associated with the transaction. Available if a - file or location was associated with the currently selected transaction. - - - -
- - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair - accounts, perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile - transactions. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Online Actions - - This menu item (and sub-menu) is shown only if Online Banking - was enabled for &app; - - - - - Get Balance - - - - - - - - Get Transactions - - - Download transactions from online accounts - - - - - Issue Transaction... - - - Upload transaction(s) to online account ?? - - - - - Issue SEPA Transaction... - - - - - - - - Internal Transaction... - - - - - - - - - Direct Debit... - - - - - - - - Show log window... - - - Open the Online Banking Connection Window - - - - Scheduled Transactions - - Scheduled - Transactions sub-menus - - - - - Scheduled Transaction Editor - - - Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions. - See - - - - - Since Last Run... - - - Display Scheduled transactions since last running of - &app;. - - - - - Mortgage & Loan Repayment... - - - Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment assistant for - setting up repayments. - - - - - Budget - - Budget - sub-menus - - - - - New Budget - - - Opens the window to create a new budget. - - - - - Open Budget - - - Opens an existing budget. - - - - - Copy Budget - - - Copy a budget. - - - - - - - - CtrlT - - Transfer... - - - - - Starts the Transfer assistant for transfer between accounts. - - - - Reconcile... - - - Start the Reconcile process for the selected account. - - - - Stock Split... - - - Starts the Stock Split assistant. Additional details - - - - View Lots... - - - Opens the Lots in Account form. - - - - - Blank Transaction - - - Move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register - - - - - Split Transaction - - Expand the currently selected transaction - to show splits. - - - - Edit Exchange Rate - - - Edit the exchange rate for the current transaction. - - - - Schedule... - - - Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a - template. - - - - Jump - - - Jump to the corresponding transaction in the other account. - - - - Check & Repair - - - Check & Repair Submenus - - - - - - All Transactions - - - - Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and - orphan splits in this account. - - - - - - This Transaction - - - - Check for and repair splits in this transaction. - - - - - Reset Warnings... - - - &app; gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, - such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction. - The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings - when attempting the operation. Check-boxes labeled Remember and don’t ask - me again and Remember and don’t ask me again this session allow - disabling the warnings. This option resets the warnings to the default, - i.e. display all warnings. - - Warnings may be selectively enabled. - - - - - - Rename Page - - - Open the form to rename the current page/tab. - - - - -
- - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Business</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Business menu are the same as listed in . - - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Reports menu are the same as listed in plus the - two types of report listed in the following. - - - Account report - - - Account Transaction Report - - - - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Tools menu are the same as listed in . - - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Windows</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Windows menu are the same as listed in . - - - - Account Register - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Help menu are the same as listed in . - - - - - - Account Register - <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Icons/Buttons - - The &app; main Window has a number of - icons/buttons in the Toolbar - to quickly access some common functions used with the specific active - tab. The Toolbar can be hidden or shown by selecting the - Toolbar item - on the View menu. - - - The specific options displayed in the Toolbar varies - by the functions available to the active tab. - - - A brief description of the function of a button is displayed when - the mouse pointer is placed over the button for a couple of - seconds. - - - Account Register (Transaction Register) Window <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> - - - - - Toolbar Buttons - - Description - - - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - - Perform a save on the data file, commit all transactions - to the data file. - - - - Close - - Close this register. - - - - Duplicate - - Make a copy of the current transaction. - - - - Delete - - Delete the current transaction in this register. - - - - Enter - - Record the current transaction. - - - - Cancel - - Cancel the current transaction. - - - - Blank - - Move to a blank transaction at bottom of register. - - - - Split - - Show all splits in the current transaction. Not highlighted if - ViewAuto-Split - Ledger is enabled. - - - - Jump - - Jump to the corresponding transaction in the other account - - - - - Schedule - - Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a - template. - - - - Transfer - - Start the transfer assistant to transfer funds from one account to - another. - - - - Reconcile - - Start the Reconcile process for the selected account. - - - - - - -
- - - - Tab Bar - - The Tab bar displays notebook/file folder style tabs for open - transaction registers, account trees and reports. - - - - List of Transactions - - The List of Transactions displays transactions you have entered - and a running balance. It also provides a blank transaction to enter - new transactions. The column headings vary according to what type of - account you have opened. Common headings are Date, - Description, Transfer - and Balance. - - The View menu can be used to alter the appearance of the List of - Transactions. Possible changes are limiting the number of transactions - shown, using a different sort order and changing the style to more - easily see transactions. The Split button also provides quick access - to view all the parts of a transaction. - - - - Summarybar - - The Summarybar displays balances appropriate for the opened - account type at a glance. Usually accounts display Present - (today’s) account balance, any balance for Future dates, - a balance for Cleared items, - a Reconciled balance and a Projected Minimum - balance. Stock accounts, however, display shares totals - and their value. The Summarybar can be hidden or shown by selecting - the ViewSummarybar item. - - - - - Statusbar - The Statusbar works the same as described in . - - - - - - Report Window - - - Report Display Window - - This window is shown whenever a report or chart is selected from - the Reports menu. - - To open the report window, select a report from the Reports item - in the Menubar. This will open a new window with the report displayed. - It provides a web browser type display with active links to account data. - - - Depending on the report there may be a delay while the report is generated. - An approximation of the progress to completion is displayed in the Statusbar, - if has not been opted out of displaying. - - -
- The <emphasis>Report Window</emphasis> - - - - - - - - - - - - Report screen - - - This is an image of the Income/Expense Chart. - - - -
- - - - - - Report Menus - - The Menubar for the report window contains the - following options. - - - Reports - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - - The following table describes the options in the File - Menu. - - Clicking on the File option of the Menubar will pull down a - menu of options described in . - - - Report - <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu - Access to file and account operations and - printing. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - - - - CtrlN - - New File - - - - - Creates a new data file (starts with new accounts and data.) - - - - - - - - CtrlO - - Open... - - - - - Opens an already existing &app; data file. - - - - Import - - - Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other - financial programs. - - - - - Import QIF ... - - - Starts the QIF file Import process. - - - - - Import OFX/QFX ... - - - Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process. - - - - - Import Accounts from CSV... - - - Starts the CSV Account file import process. The file to import must be - in the same format as the one exported by &app;. - - - - - Import Transactions from CSV... - - - Starts the CSV Transactions file import process. The file to import must be - a delimited file. - - - - - Replay &app; .log file... - - - Starts the replaying of a &app; log file. Used for - data recovery from "crashes". - - - - - Import MT940 - - - . - - - - - Import MT942 - - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS - - - . - - - - - Import DTAUS and send - - - . - - - - - Import Bills & Invoices... - - - Open the Import Transactions from text file window. - - - - - Import Customers and Vendors ... - - - Open the Import Customers and Vendors from text file window. - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - - - Saves the currently open file. - - - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlS - - Save As... - - - - - - Saves the currently opened file with a different - name. - Do NOT store your data file in ~/.gnucash/books. - - - - - - Revert - - - - Reload the last saved version of the currently opened file. Useful if you need to discard changes - made to the data and not yet saved. - - - - - - - - CtrlP - - Print Report... - - - - Print the selected report. - - - - - - - - ShiftCtrlP - - Page Setup... - - - - - Let you choose the paper size, layout and margins for printing. - - - - - Export as PDF - - - Exports the displayed report as a PDF file. - - - - Export - - - Opens the Export sub-menu. - - - - - Export Accounts Tree to CSV - - - Exports your account hierarchy to a delimited CSV file. Does not - export data. - - - - - Export Transactions to CSV - - - Exports transactions to a delimited CSV file. - - - - - Export Report - - - Export the current report in an HTML formatted file. - - - - - Export Accounts - - - Exports your account hierarchy to a new &app;file. Does not - export data. - - - - - - - AltEnter - - Properties - - - - - Sets options for this &app; data file. - - - - - Recently opened files - - - Numbered list of most recently opened &app; data - files. - - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - - - Closes the current report. - - - - - - - - - CtrlQ - - Quit - - - - - - Exits &app;. - - - - -
- - - - - Report - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - - - Reports - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - Access to file and account - editing operations and preferences. - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - - - - CtrlX - - Cut - - - - Performs a standard Cut operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlC - - Copy - - - - Performs a standard Copy operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlV - - Paste - - - - Performs a standard Paste operation. - - - - - - - - CtrlF - - Find... - - - - - Set criteria for a search for a specific - transaction. See for - specifics on searches. - - - - - Preferences - (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). - - - Customize &app; for location, style, and numerous other preferences. - See . - - - - - Style Sheets - - - Modify/customize Style Sheets. - - - - - Report Options - - - Open form to edit/modify report selection criteria, stylesheets, - date ranges, and many other parameters. - - - - - Tax Report Options - - - Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and - line to account. See . - - - - -
- - - - Report - <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu - Except Filter By..., the items shown in the - View menu are the same as listed in - - - - Report - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - - - Reports - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - Setup scheduled transactions. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Online Actions - - This menu item (and sub-menu) is shown only if Online Banking - was enabled for &app; - - - - - Show log window... - - - Open the Online Banking Connection Window - - - - - Scheduled Transactions - - Scheduled - Transactions sub-menus - - - - - Scheduled Transaction Editor - - - Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions. - See - - - - - Since Last Run... - - - Display Scheduled transactions since last running of - &app;. - - - - - Mortgage & Loan Repayment... - - - Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment assistant for - setting up repayments. - - - - - Budget - - Budget - sub-menus - - - - - New Budget - - - Opens the window to create a new budget. - - - - - Open Budget - - - Opens an existing budget. - - - - - Copy Budget - - - Copy a budget. - - - - - Reset Warnings... - - - &app; gives warnings when certain operations are attempted, - such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction. - The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings - when attempting the operation. Check-boxes labeled Remember and don’t ask - me again and Remember and don’t ask me again this session allow - disabling the warnings. This option resets the warnings to the default, - This option resets the warnings to the default, - i.e. display all warnings. - - Warnings may be selectively enabled. - - - - - - Rename Page - - - Lets you type a new name for the current page or tab. - - - - -
- - - - Report - <guimenu>Business</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Business menu are the same as listed in . - - - - - Report - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Reports menu are the same as listed in - with the addition of: - - - - Report - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - - Description - - - - - - - - Save Report Configuration - - - Save the current report configuration. If you are not - working with a saved report configuration, you will be asked - to give it a name. You will be able to run the exact same - report again by using the Reports - Saved Report Configurations - menu item. - - - - - Save Report Configuration As... - - - Save the current report configuration with a new name. - - - - -
- - - - - Report - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Tools menu are the same as listed in . - - - - Report - <guimenu>Windows</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Windows menu are the same as listed in . - - - - Report - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu - The items shown in the Help menu are the same as listed in . - - - - - Reports - <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Icons/Buttons - - The Report Window has a Toolbar to quickly access the functions - used with reports. The Toolbar can be hidden or shown by selecting - ViewToolbar. - - - Reports - <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Buttons - - - - - Toolbar Button - - Description - - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - - - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Closes the displayed report. - - - - Back - - Move back one step in the history. - - - - Forward - - Move forward one step in the history. - - - - Reload - - Reload (rerun) current report. - - - - Stop - Stops the HTML requests. - - - - Save Report Configuration - - Saves the displayed report. You will be able to - run the exact same report again by using the - Reports - Saved Report Configurations - menu item. - - - - Save Report Configuration As... - - Saves the displayed report in a configuration file - with a given name. You will then be able to run the exact same - report again by using the Reports - Saved Report Configurations - menu item. - - - - Export - - Exports HTML formatted report to a file. - - - - Options - - Edit options specific to selected report. - - - - - - - CtrlP - - Print - - - - Queues the current report for printing. - - - - Export as PDF - Exports the selected report as a PDF file. - - - - -
- - - - - Tab Bar - - The Tab bar displays notebook/file folder-style tabs for open - transaction registers, account trees and reports. - - - - - Report Main Display - - This is where the report or chart you have selected is shown. - The properties of this window are editable in two ways. Selecting the - Options button on the Toolbar lets you edit what the report is showing - and which accounts the information is drawn from. Selecting Edit - Style Sheets... lets you select the properties of the page that - displays your report. - - The report is able to act like a web browser if your report - contains links to external web pages. The Toolbar buttons allow you to - move Back and Forward - through web pages. It will also open account - registers when you click on links to accounts contained - in the report. - - You can also Export your report to a file and - Print the report - through the Toolbar buttons. - - - - Summarybar - - The Summarybar is not displayed when viewing a report window. - - - - Statusbar - The Statusbar works the same as described in . - - - - - - Reconcile Window - To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section; - , - , - . - - - The detailed explanation of reconciling an account is described in - . - - - Reconcile Display Window - - To open the Reconcile window, click - ActionsReconcile... from the Menubar or - the Reconcile button from the Toolbar in a register window. - This will open a Reconcile screen in which you need to enter the - Statement Date and the Ending Balance. If you select the - Include subaccounts option, all - transactions in the subaccounts of the selected account will also be counted for the reconcile operation. - Pressing the OK button will open a - Reconcile window allowing you to compare - deposit and withdrawal transactions to your statement. - - - Components of the Reconcile Window. - - - - - Component - - Description - - - - - - Menubar - - Contains the Menus used in the Reconcile - Window. - - - - Toolbar (Icons and/or Text) - - Contains buttons used to access common Reconcile Account - Window tasks. - - - - Funds In - - This pane in the left contains a list of funds deposited in the - account. - - - - Funds Out - - This pane in the right contains a list of funds withdrawn from the - account. - - - - Balance Pane - - This pane in the lower right contains a list of balances useful for - reconciling. - - - -
- - - Menus - - The following tables describe menus in the Reconcile Window. - - - <guimenu>Reconcile</guimenu> Menu - Access to Reconcile Information and finishing or postponing. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Reconcile Information... - - Opens the Reconciling Information Window. - - - - - - - CtrlF - - Finish - - - - Complete the reconciliation of this account. - - - - - - - CtrlP - - Postpone - - - Postpone the reconciliation of this account. - - - - Cancel - - Cancel the reconciliation of this account. - - - -
- - - <guimenu>Account</guimenu> Menu - Access to account operations. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Open Account - - Opens a transaction register for the accounts - - - - Edit Account - - Modify name or characteristic of selected account. - - - - - - - - CtrlT - - Transfer... - - - - Opens a Transfer assistant for entering a transfer transaction between any two accounts. - - - - - Check & Repair - - Verify and repair this account if necessary. - - - -
- - - <guimenu>Transaction</guimenu> Menu - Access to transaction editing operations. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - New - - Add a new transaction to the account. - - - - Balance - - Opens the account‘s register window with a pre-compiled - balancing transaction. - - - - Edit - - Edit the currently selected transaction. - - - - Delete - - Remove the currently selected transaction. - - - -
- - - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu - Access to help. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Help - - Open this Help text file. - - - -
- - - - - <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Buttons - - The Reconcile window has a Toolbar to quickly access some - common functions used with reconciliation. - - - <guilabel>Reconcile</guilabel> Window <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> - - - - - Toolbar Button - - Description - - - - - - New - - Add a new transaction to the account. - - - - Balance - - Opens the account‘s register window with a pre-compiled - balancing transaction. - - - - - Edit - - Edit the currently selected transaction. - - - - Delete - - Remove the currently selected transaction. - - - - Open - - Open an Account transaction window. - - - - Finish - - Complete the reconciliation of this account. - - - This button is not active (grayed out) until the Difference - value in the balance pane (lower right) is 0. - - - - - - - Postpone - - Postpone the reconciliation of this account. - - - Cancel - - Cancel the reconciliation of this account. - - - -
- - - - - - - - Schedule Transaction Window - To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section; - , - , - . - , - - - The detailed explanation of scheduling transactions is described in . - - - - Scheduled Transactions Main Display Window - - This window is shown when ActionsScheduled Transactions - Scheduled Transactions Editor is selected from the Menubar. - - This will open a new tab window with the Scheduled Transactions displayed. - - - Scheduled Transaction Main Window Components - - - Components of the Schedule Transactions Window. - - - - - Component - - Description - - - - - - Menubar - - Contains the Menus used in the Schedule Transactions Window. It provides the standard - list of Menubar options and an additional option, Scheduled, which presents - options; New, Edit or Delete. If no transaction is highlighted Edit and Delete will be "grayed out". - - - - - Toolbar (Icons and/or Text) - - Contains buttons used to access Schedule Transitions tasks. - - - - Tabs - - Tabs to switch between open displays. - - - - Transactions - - The Transactions pane contains a list of transactions - scheduled and related characteristics. - - - - Upcoming - - The Upcoming pane contains a calendar of the next months - In this calendar the days in which one or more transactions are scheduled, are highlighted with a - circle. - You can change the time interval displayed in the calendar by selecting a different - period from the View: drop down list on the right. - - - Click on a date in the pane and the details about the scheduled transactions - on that date will be displayed. - - - - - - -
- - - - - <guimenu>Scheduled</guimenu> Menu - - The following table describe the Scheduled menu options available - in the Menubar when you are in the Scheduled Transaction window. - - - <guimenu>Scheduled</guimenu> Menu - Access to scheduled transaction editing operations. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - New - - Add a new scheduled transaction. - - - - Edit - - Edit the currently selected transaction. - - - - Delete - - Remove the currently selected transaction. - - - -
- - - - - <guilabel>Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> Buttons - - The Scheduled Transactions window has a Toolbar to quickly access some - common functions used with scheduling. - - - <guilabel>Scheduled Transactions</guilabel> Window <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> - - - - - Toolbar Button - - Description - - - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - Save the current schedule of transactions. - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Close the Scheduled Transactions window. - - - - New - - Add a new scheduled transaction. - - - - Edit - - Edit the currently selected transaction. - - - - Delete - - Remove the currently selected transaction. - - - - -
- - - - - - - - Budget Window - ActionsBudget - Open Budget will open the - default budget or offer you a choice if there is more than one budget. - A new tab will open with the budget displayed. - - - Budget Window Menus - Here are some menu items that are particularly useful to working with budgets. - - Budget Window - Edit menu - - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu - Special items for the budget window. - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Estimate Budget - - Estimate a budget value for the selected - accounts from past transactions. - - - - Delete Budget - - Delete this budget. - - - - Budget Options - - Edit this budget’s options. - - - -
- - - Budget Window - Actions menu - - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> Menu - Items in the standard menu that relate to budgets. - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Budget - - - Opens the Budget sub-menu to select budget actions. - - - - - - New Budget - - - Create a new budget and open it in a new tab. - - - - - Open Budget - - - If no budget exists, create a new budget and open it. - If only one budget exists, open it; otherwise user selects one to open. - - - - - Copy Budget - - - If no budgets exist yet, just open a new budget. - If only one budget exists, create a copy of it; otherwise user selects one to copy. - If a copy is made, then the copy is opened in a new tab. - - - - -
- - - - Budget Window - Reports menu - Using more than one budget - - When there is more than one budget, the reports will use the - budget selected in book options by default. See - and - for more details. - After the report is displayed, the budget it uses can be changed - in the report options General tab. - - - <guimenu>Reports</guimenu> Menu - Items in the standard menu that relate to budgets. - - - - - - - - - Menu Item - - Description - - - - - - Budget - - - Opens the Budget sub-menu to select a budget report. - - - - - - Budget Balance Sheet - - - - - - - - Budget Barchart - - - - - - - - Budget Flow - - - This report includes information from one budget period at a time. - The left column of numbers shows the budgeted amounts, and the right column - of numbers shows the actual amounts. It only shows certain accounts, those that - have no sub-accounts. - - - - - Budget Income Statement - - - - - - - - Budget Profit & Loss - - - This report is identical to the Budget Income Statement report. - - - - - Budget Report - - - The budget report shows all accounts and all periods. For each period - it gives the budgeted amount and the actual amount. There is an option to add - another column showing the difference (budgeted - actual). - - - - -
- - - - - - - Budget Window Toolbar Buttons - - The Budget window has a - Toolbar to quickly access - common functions used with budgeting. - - - <guilabel>Budget</guilabel> Window <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis> - - - - - Toolbar Button - - Description - - - - - - - - - - CtrlS - - Save - - - - Save the current budget. - - - - - - - CtrlW - - Close - - - - Close the Budget window. - - - - Options - - Edit this budget’s options. - - - - Estimate - - Estimate a budget value for the selected - accounts from past transactions. - - - - Delete - - Delete this budget. - - - - -
- - - - Budget Window Main Display - The budget window contains a list of accounts down the left - hand side, and a set of columns down the right hand side that - represent budget values. Each column corresponds to a budget - period. - The number of periods for a budget can be changed using the - Budget Options dialog. - - Entering a budget value - Click the row corresponding to the - account you wish to budget - Choose the period this value is for, and click - in the cell corresponding to that period - Type the value in the cell - Press Enter to - finish editing the value. - - - - - Budget Options - - - Budget options - - - - - Option - - Description - - - - - - - Budget Name - The budget name is used in the tab’s name - and also in any reports you create with the budget. - - - Notes - A description of the budget. - - - Budget Period - The budget period includes when the budget - starts (start date) and how long each budget period lasts. - - - Number of Periods - The number of periods in the budget. - - - - -
- - - - Business Windows - - Customers Overview - To open the Customers Overview window, click - BusinessCustomer - Customers Overview - . - - Customers Overview - Toolbar Buttons - - - - Toolbar Buttons - Description - - - - - New - Create a new customer - - - Edit - Edit the selected customer - - - New Invoice - Create a new invoice (by default it is for the selected customer) - - - Customer Listing - Show customer aging overview for all customers - - - -
- - Customer context menu - - - - Context menu item - Description - - - - - Rename Page - - - - Edit Customer - Edit the selected customer - - - New Invoice - Create a new invoice - - - Customer Report - Show customer report - - - -
- - The customer context menu appears if you right click on a customer in the list. - - - - Vendors Overview - To open the Vendors Overview window, click - BusinessVendor - Vendors Overview - . - - - Vendors Overview - Toolbar Buttons - - - - Toolbar Buttons - Description - - - - - New - Create a new vendor - - - Edit - Edit the selected vendor - - - New Bill - Create a new bill (by default it is for the selected vendor) - - - Vendor Listing - Show vendor aging overview for all vendors - - - -
- - Vendor context menu - - - - Context menu item - Description - - - - - Rename Page - - - - Edit Vendor - Edit the selected vendor - - - New Bill - Create a new bill - - - Vendor Report - Show vendor report - - - -
- - The vendor context menu appears if you right click on a vendor in the list. - - - - Employees Overview - To open the Employees Overview window, click - BusinessEmployee - Employees Overview - . - - - Employees Overview - Toolbar Buttons - - - - Toolbar Buttons - Description - - - - - New - Create a new employee - - - Edit - Edit the selected employee - - - New Voucher - Create a new voucher (by default it is for the selected employee) - - - -
- - Employee context menu - - - - Context menu item - Description - - - - - Rename Page - - - - Edit Employee - Edit the selected employee - - - New Voucher - Create a new voucher - - - Employee Report - Show employee report - - - -
- - The employee context menu appears if you right click on an employee in the list. - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ddc7fc689..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Using This Document & Getting Help - - This document is organized in two dimensions: - - - From the GUI (Graphical User Interface) explaining the available options and their functions, - with links to deeper descriptions and usage. - - - - By classifying Operations, Tasks, or Functions based on whether it is an Account, Transaction, - Reporting or other oriented operation. - Examples are: - - Account Actions - - - - - Transaction/Register Actions - - - - - Tools and Assistants - - - - - Reporting & Charting - - - - - Customization - - - - - - - - - - - - Accessing Help - - - - When &app; is running and this documentation is installed, this window is accessed by - pressing the F1 key or - selecting from the menu - HelpContents. - CtrlH - HelpTutorial and Concepts Guide - will open the other part of this documentation. - - In most dialogs the Help button will lead you directly to the page which decribes that dialog. - - The complete help menu is explained in . - - - Operating System and Help Viewer - Depending on your operating system we use different programs to display this help document: - - Linux - Gnome Yelp - MacOS - default web browser - Windows - Windows help viewer - - See their respective manuals to get help about help. - - - <application>&app;</application> Tutorial and Concepts Guide - - This guide is the counterpart to this help. It explains the concepts used in &app; and has a tutorial - that takes you through using &app; to manage your accounts. It will appear if you choose - Open the new user tutorial in the - Welcome to &app;! menu. - - To open this Guide manually go to Help - Tutorial and Concepts Guide or press - CtrlH. - - It is strongly recommended to read this guide if you are new to - &app; or unfamiliar with accounting concepts. - - - - <application>&app;</application> Wiki - - An immense amount of less-formal, but often more recent documentation, both of - &app; itself and its maintenance and - development may be found in the &app; - Wiki; the Frequently Asked - Questions page should be a first stop whenever you - encounter difficulty using - &app;. - You should also try its - search page. - - - - <application>&app;</application> On-line Assistance - - - Mailing Lists - The primary source of user support is the user mailing list. If English is not your primary language, - see wiki:user mailing lists for local lists. If - you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via Nabble. One must subscribe - before posting, even if using Nabble. - - IRC - Several of the developers and experienced users - monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. - They're usuall doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their - computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may - be several hours before your question is noticed and responded - to. To see if you missed anything check the IRC logs. - Requirements, netiquette and other details are explained in the - IRC wiki page. - - - - <application>&app;</application> Website - - The &app; website - has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there - to additional useful resources such as the bug tracking system. - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml index 7bc3d8561..f64f8a4b7 100644 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml +++ b/help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml @@ -21,51 +21,8 @@ Getting Started - - Running <application>&app;</application> - &app; can be run from your desktop main menu by selecting the associated menu entry. - Alternatively it can be run from a shell (command line) with the command gnucash. - - During the loading of the &app; main window you will see the - &app; Splash Screen where some information - about the program itself and the loading process are displayed. - - - <guilabel>Welcome to &app;</guilabel> dialog - Next you will be presented with - the Welcome to &app;! dialog with three choices: - - - - Create a new set of accounts: Runs the - New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant (see ). Select - this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts. - - - - Import my QIF files: Runs the - Import QIF Files assistant (see ). Select this option - if you already have Quicken files (.qif files) from another - financial application and wish to import them into &app;. - - - - Open the new user tutorial: - Opens the &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this - option if you are completely new to &app; and - accounting concepts. - - - - - It is possible to run these items after you have made a choice here, - but the Welcome to &app;! screen will not reappear. - To try one of the other choices later, read - , and - to see how to start them from the - &app; menu. - + Welcome to <application>&app;</application>! Screen This screen is intended for you to use to get up and running quickly. The Cancel button is used to exit the @@ -79,185 +36,17 @@ Selecting either of these options will leave you with a minimum &app; main window. Operations in this window are described - in . + in . - - New Account Hierarchy Setup - This assistant helps you to create a set of &app; accounts. It will appear if you choose Create a new set of accounts - in the Welcome to &app;! menu. - This will create a new blank &app; file and then automatically start - the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant. - - - To start this assistant manually, go to File - New if you need to create a new file. - If you want to run the assistant within the opened file, go to - ActionsNew Account Hierarchy... - when the accounts tree tab is displayed. - - - - - The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant opens - with a screen that briefly describes what this assistant does. The three - buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the - assistant. - - - - Cancel: exit the process and cancel creating - a new set of accounts. - - If you click this button, any selections you have made up to - this point will be lost. - - - - - Back: brings up the previous screen so - that you can change a previous selection until the first screen. - - - - Forward: brings up the next - screen so you can continue through the assistant. - - - - - - - The next screen allows you to Choose Currency - to use as default for your accounts. - - - - The Currency: drop down list defaults to the currency - configured in the Accounts tab under - &app; Preferences (see ). If you wish your accounts to - use a different default currency, select one from the list. - - - - The Forward button is used to confirm - your selection and continue to the next screen. - - - - - - - The next screen is used to Choose accounts to create. - You will see a screen divided into three parts. - - - - The left upper portion has a list of - Categories for commonly used hierarchies of - accounts. Select from this list the types of accounts you wish to - use. You can select as many of the categories of accounts as you - wish. - - - - The left lower section has a Category - Description that displays a detailed description of the - category currently highlighted. - - - - The right side has a list of the Accounts - that will be created from the selected category. - - - - The Select All button allows you to - include all of the account categories. - - - - The Clear All button allows you to - deselect all of the categories selected. - - - - - - - The next screen allows you to Setup selected accounts - by entering the opening balances and by selecting if the account is a placeholder. - - - Equity accounts do not have opening balances so the - opening balance value for this kind of accounts - is locked and set to zero by - &app; - - - - Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of accounts and - normally do not have transactions or opening balances. - - - Follow the instructions in the display on how to select the - account and entering an opening balance for the account. A single - click is used to highlight an account. - - - - The left side of the screen has a list of Account - Names. Select an account by "clicking" once in the - Account Names column with the account highlighted. This will open - the account name for changes. - - - - The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an - account a Placeholder and a box to add the - Opening Balance for the selected account. Again - a single click in the Opening Balance or - Placeholder column will - open the field for changes. - - - - - - - The Finish account setup is the last screen and - gives you a final list of the three choices to finish the assistant. - - - - Cancel: exits the assistant and cancels creating - a new set of accounts. - - If you click this button, any selections you have made up to - this point will be lost. - - - - - Back: brings up the previous screen so - that you can change a previous selection until the first screen. - - - - Apply: creates the accounts you have selected. - - - - - - You should now have a hierarchy of accounts in your main &app; - account window. + in the Welcome to &app;! menu, or if you select + FileNew . @@ -381,7 +170,7 @@ This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant - can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) + can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. @@ -431,7 +220,7 @@ This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant - can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) + can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. @@ -481,7 +270,7 @@ This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant - can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) + can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. @@ -527,7 +316,7 @@ The next screen allows you to Enter the QIF file currency. The drop down list defaults to the currency - configured in the Accounts tab (see ) under + configured in the Accounts tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. If you wish the new accounts to use a different currency, select one from the list. @@ -550,7 +339,7 @@ This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant - can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) + can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. @@ -571,7 +360,7 @@ This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant - can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) + can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. @@ -637,7 +426,7 @@ - Tip of The Day + Tip of the Day The Tip of the Day screen starts whenever you start &app; unless it has been disabled in the diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Intro.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Intro.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 284b061df..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Intro.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - -Introduction to <application>&app;</application> - What is &app;? - - &app; is a personal and small business finance application. It’s designed to be easy to use, yet powerful - and flexible. &app; allows you to track your income and expenses, reconcile bank accounts, monitor stock - portfolios and manage your small business finances. It is based on professional accounting principles to ensure - balanced books and accurate reports. - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 56bfb11d8..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Reports.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1754 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Reports And Charts - - This section is a work in process. Some of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0. - While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide". - - - Introduction - - Reports and Charts give &app; the ability to present an overview of financial - data in various ways. This can range from a simple summary of account totals to an - advanced portfolio view. This section will present an explanation of the main &app; - reports and how to adjust them. - - To run a report or chart, click on the Reports - menu, then either select - a report (it will open with standard options), or click on - Saved Report Configuration to select a report you have - previously configured and saved. - - - Once the report has opened, click on the Options - toolbar button to - configure the report as needed, for example to set the report date or - select accounts. - - - If you intend to save a report configuration, you - should choose a named report date option such as Today - rather than enter a specific date so it is not necessary to - enter a specific date again in future reports. - - - If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end of an - accounting period, set the accounting period start and end dates in - EditPreferences - Accounting Period then select - appropriate report date options. - See . - - - - - If you cannot find a specific report to suit your requirements, you - may be able to use the Find Transaction assistant - (EditFind - ) to select a set of transactions, and then report them - using ReportsAccount Report - . Further formatting or analysis may be done - by copying and pasting the report into a spreadsheet. - - - - After you have configured a report, you can save the configuration for - future use by clicking either the Save Report Configuration - or Save Report Configuration As... - button. - - - - Saving a Report Configuration - - To save a report configuration for future use, while the required - report tab is selected, go to the report options, select the - General tab and change the Report Name - to a meaningful unique name. Do not confuse this with the - Report Title which prints at the top of a report. - - - Click the Save Report Configuration or - Save Report Configuration As... button. This will - store your customized report options in a file in your home directory. - E.g. Linux: ~/.gnucash/saved-reports-[versioninfo] - - - The first time you save a report with a name that has not already - been saved, you can use either the Save Report Configuration - or the Save Report Configuration As... - button. You can modify the report name before saving it. - - - After a report configuration for a specific name has been saved, the - Save Report Configuration button will immediately - update the saved report configuration without giving the opportunity to - save the configuration with a new name. Use the Save Report - Configuration As... button to save the current report - configuration with a new name. - - - After your customized report has been saved, it is available for use - by the ReportsSaved Report - Configurations menu and it will also be listed - when starting ReportsSample - & CustomCustom Multicolumn Report - . - - - - - - Working with Saved Report Configurations - - Selecting ReportsSaved - Report Configurations will open a dialog - window with a list of the Saved Report Configurations - you have previously created. In this - context Saved Report Configurations means the set of - customized settings for standard reports. - - - The Saved Report Configurations window lists - each of your previously saved report configurations, and 3 small buttons - at the end of each. These buttons perform the following actions - - - - Load (and run) report configuration. Double clicking a - report configuration also performs this action. - - - Edit report configuration name. This enables a report - configuration to be renamed. - - - Delete report configuration. - - - - - - - - - - Configuring Reports and Charts - - &app; reports have many configuration - options. First, run the original report itself. Then, - access the report options with the Options - button on the toolbar. - - Check changed Graphic Engine Options - - - Report Options Buttons - - After modifying report options, either - - - - Click the OK button to apply the changes, - regenerate the report and - close the options window. - - or - - - - Click the Apply button to apply the - changes, regenerate the report and leave the options window open for - possible further changes. In this case, both the Apply - and OK buttons will be disabled, - indicating changes have been applied, until further changes are made. - - - or - - - - Click the Cancel button to close the - options window without applying any unapplied changes. - - - - - - - Common Report Options - - Many reports share similar options. Some common ones include: - - - - Report Name: Set the title of the report. This is also used to print the - report for later viewing. - - - - Date Options: Reports typically specify either a single date, or a date - range, for the report. Dates can be specified in two ways, either directly - (using the date selector), or by selecting a relative date from the menu. - Relative dates allow you to specify dates like Beginning of this year or - Today. - - If you often run a report with a date as at the start or end - of an accounting period, set the accounting period start and end - dates in Edit - PreferencesAccounting Period - then select appropriate report date - options. See . - - - - - - Step Size: This option is used on bar charts to determine the interval which - each bar represents. Typical values are daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly. - - - - Accounts: Select the appropriate accounts for the report. Note that in some - reports only certain types of accounts can be selected. For example, an expense - piechart only allows expense accounts to be selected. - - - - Show Long Account Names: This option allows displaying either short account - names (for example, Power) or long account names (for example, Utilities:Power). - - - - - Include Subaccounts?: Summary reports typically have an include all - subaccounts option, which if selected ensures that all subaccounts are included - if the parent account is. - - - - Depth: This option allows the selection of how many levels the report - displays subaccounts. If the subaccounts go deeper than selected, an overall value - for all the subaccounts is calculated and included in a total. To make sure every - account selected is individually displayed, select All. - - - - Style Sheet: Select a Style Sheet. Style sheets control how reports are - displayed. At the moment, there are four style sheets: Default, Easy, - Footer and Technicolor. - You can customize each of these from the EditStyle - Sheets... menu item. - This is described in the section. - - - - Plot Dimensions: There are width and height options for most charts, which - specify the displayed dimensions (in pixels). - - - - Report Currency: Select the report currency. Generally, values will be - converted to this currency for display. - - The default Report Currency is defined in - EditPreferences - Reports tab. See . - - - - - Price Source: Select how stock and currency prices are calculated in this report. Choose between: - - Nearest in time (default for most reports): A price retrieved from the prices database on the date nearest to the date of the report or of the datum for time-series reports. - Most recent: The latest price in the price database. - Average Cost: The amount-weighted net average of all splits exchanging the commodity for another regardless of account. Gain/loss splits are included in the calculation. - Weighted Average: The gross amount-weighted average price of all splits exchanging the commodity for another regardless of account. Gain/Loss splits are not in the calculation. - - More information on Average Cost and Weighted Average may be found in the Investments chapter of The Tutorial and Concepts Guide. - - - - Totals: Charts display totals in the chart legend if this option is selected. - - - - - Maximum Slices: Controls the maximum number of slices displayed in a - piechart - other accounts will be placed in a slice marked Other. - - - - Maximum Bars: Controls the maximum number of bars displayed in a barchart. - - - - - Display Columns: Choose columns to show from the register. - - - - - - - - - Reports Listed By Class - - &app; has classified the main types of - reports into major classes. These - are all available under the Reports menu. - - - General Reports - - The General Reports include the Account Summary Report, the Future - Scheduled Transactions Summary, the Tax Schedule Report and - TXF Export, and the Transaction Report and also the reports in the Sample & Custom menu. - - - Account Summary - - - - - Future Scheduled Transactions Summary - - - - - Tax Schedule Report and <acronym>TXF</acronym> Export - The tax schedule report lists all taxable income and deductible expense amounts used in the preparation of US Income Tax returns. The purpose of the report is to provide a complete audit trail for these amounts. The report is intended to be used by a tax payer to manually prepare his or her own tax return, or alternatively, to be provided to a tax preparer for that purpose. The report can also be used to generate an export of all tax related income and expenses to a TXF (Tax eXchange Format) file (this is in addition to exporting to the HTML format that all reports allow). The TXF file can be imported into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax. The report should be run, inspected carefully for errors or omissions, and then corrections made to transactions, report settings, currency conversion rates or the account structure as needed. This process should be repeated as often as needed until all the amounts on the report are correct before a final version is used and saved along with the tax returns. - - For accounts specified in the report options (none = all) that are also flagged as Tax-related, all transactions for the time period selected (also in the report options) are included. The report sorts transactions by date within account providing subtotals by account within tax code within Form or Schedule line number. Support is also provided for multiple copies of and for sub-line items for selected Forms/Schedules. Optionally uses special date processing to include federal estimated tax payments after year end. - - All totals are in USD since this is the currency required for filing US Income Tax returns. Non-USD transaction amounts are converted to USD using the transaction conversion rate to USD, if available. If not, a conversion rate from the price database is used (either the date nearest the transaction date or nearest the report date as specified in the report options; if none is available, transaction amounts are converted to zero and the report provides a comment accordingly). A complete audit trail of conversions is provided. - - For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable - income to different accounts, as well as deductible and non deductible expenses. - The Income Tax Information dialog is used for this. To access the Income Tax - Information dialog go to EditTax Report Options. The user - also must set the TXF category of each tax related account. The Income Tax - Information dialog is described in the section. - - - - - Transaction Report - - This report lists transactions in selected accounts during a specified financial period. Two fields may be optionally - used for sorting and totalling. - - - - Report Options - -
- <emphasis>Transaction Report, Report Options</emphasis> - - - - - - - - - - - Transaction Report, Report Options screen - - This is an image of the Transaction Report, Report Options, Display tab. - - - -
- - - Accounts tab - - Accounts: Select one or more accounts to be reported. - There are 4 buttons to aid account selection - - - - Select AllSelect all accounts - Clear All Clear the selection and unselect all accounts - Select ChildrenSelect all descendants of selected account - Select DefaultSelect the default account selection - - - - - - Show Hidden Accounts: Show accounts that have been marked hidden. - - - Filter By: Optionally select accounts to be either included or - excluded depending on Filter type - - - Show Hidden Accounts: Show accounts that have been - marked hidden in the Filter By list of accounts - - - Filter Type: One of - - - - NoneDo not do any filtering - Include Transactions to/from Filter Accounts - Include Transactions to/from Filter Accounts only - - Exclude Transactions to/from Filter Accounts - Exclude Transactions to/from all Filter Accounts - - - - - - - Reset defaults button: Reset all values to their defaults - - - - - - Display tab - - - Date refers to the 'posted date' i.e. - effective date of a transaction. - Reconciled Date refers to the 'date of - reconciliation' of a transaction. - Num is commonly used for check - numbers. - Description is a description of the transaction - - Memo is the memo field of a transaction. This - can be used as a secondary description of a transaction. - Notes: Display the notes if the memo is unavailable - Account Name will print the account name - containing the transaction. - Use Full Account Name if the account name is - enabled, this option will display the full account name hierarchy. - Account Code this refers to the 'account code' - related to the account. - Detail Level— One of - - - - SingleDisplay 1 line - Multi-LineDisplay N lines - - - - - Before stable version 3.0 - Detail Level was called Style on the General tab. - - - If Detail Level is Multi-Line, - check boxes Other Account Name and Use Full Other Account Name - are automatically deselected and disabled, and the Transfer column is not reported. - - - - Other Account Name: For multi-split transactions, this parameter should be unticked. See below for more details. - - Use Full Other Account Name will enable - display of full corresponding account name. - Other Account Code will enable display of corresponding - account code. - Shares: Display number of shares - Price: Display share prices - - Amount: One of - - - - NoneDo not display Amount - SingleSingle column display - DoubleTwo column display - - - - - - Subtotal Table will add a summary table - for the various subtotals generated in the report. It lists the same subtotals - generated in tabular form. - Running Balance refers to the running balance - of the account holding the transaction. - Totals will add a 'Grand Total' line - adding all transactions in the report. - - Sign Reverses: One of - - - - Global PreferenceUse reversing option specified in global preference. - NoneDo not display signs reversed - Credit AccountsReverse amount display for Liability, Payable, Equity, Credit Card and Income accounts - Income and ExpenseReverse amount display for Income and Expense accounts - - - - - - Reset defaults button Reset all values to their defaults - - - - Filter tab - - Account Name Filter will include only selected accounts - containing the substring. Alternatively, if the next option is checked, the account name - filter will be matched according to full POSIX regular expressions. - Use regular expressions for account name filter toggles - regular expressions for account name filter. - Transaction Filter will include only transactions - which contain this substring in the description, notes, or memo. Alternatively if the - next option is checked, the filter will be matched using full POSIX regular expressions. - Use regular expressions for transaction filter toggles - regular expressions for the transaction filter. - Reconcile Status - - - - AllShow all transactions - UnreconciledUnreconciled only - ClearedCleared only - ReconciledReconciled only - - - - - Void Transactions: One of - - - - Non-void onlyShow only non-voided transactions - Void onlyShow only voided transactions - BothShow both and include voided transactions in totals - - - - - Closing transactions: One of - - - - Excluding closing transactionsShow only regular transactions - Show both closing and regular transactionsShow both regular and closing transactions - Show closing transactions onlyShow closing transactions only - - - - - Reset defaults button: Reset all values to their defaults - - - - General tab - - Report name: Enter a descriptive name for this report - Stylesheet: Select Default, Easy, Footer or Technicolor - - Start Date: Enter or select a specific Start Date - or select one of the following named start date options which will be used to determine the start date each time the report is run - - - - - TodayThe current date - Start of this monthFirst day of the current month - Start of previous monthFirst day of the previous month - Start of current quarterFirst day of the current quarterly accounting period - Start of previous quarterFirst day of the previous quarterly accounting period - Start of this yearFirst day of the current calendar year - Start of previous yearFirst day of the previous calendar year - Start of accounting periodFirst day of the accounting period as defined in the global preferences - - - - - - End Date: Enter or select a specific End Date, - or select one of the following named end date options which will be used to - determine the end date each time the report is run - - - - - TodayThe current date - End of this monthLast day of the current month - End of previous monthLast day of the previous month - End of current quarterLast day of the current quarterly accounting period - End of previous quarterLast day of the previous quarterly accounting period - End of this yearLast day of the current calendar year - End of previous yearLast day of the previous calendar year - End of accounting periodLast day of the accounting period as defined in the global preferences - - - - - - Style: One of - - - - SingleDisplay 1 line - Multi-LineDisplay N lines - - - - In stable version 3.0, the Style option will be renamed to Detail Level - and moved to the Display tab. - - - - Common Currency: Convert all transactions into a common currency - Report's currency: Select the currency to display values - Show original currency amount Also show original currency amounts - Table for Exporting: Formats the table for cut & paste exporting with extra cells - Add options summary: Adds an informative text - describing options that were changed by user. This is mainly useful for - troubleshooting reports. - Reset defaults button: Reset all values to their defaults - - - - - Sorting tab - - - Primary Key: Primary Sort Key. One of - - - - NoneDo not sort - Account NameSort and subtotal by account name - Account CodeSort and subtotal by account code - DateSort by date - Reconciled DateSort by the reconciled date - Reconciled StatusSort by the reconciled status - Register OrderSort as within the register - Other Account NameSort by account transferred from/to's name - Other Account CodeSort by account transferred from/to's code - AmountSort by amount - DescriptionSort by description - NumberSort by check/transaction number - MemoSort by memo - - - - - - Primary Subtotal: Subtotal according to the primary key - Primary Subtotal for Date Key: Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date or reconciled date. - One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly - - - Primary Sort Order: One of - - - - AscendingSmallest to largest, earliest to latest - DescendingLargest to smallest, latest to earliest - - - - - - Secondary Key: Secondary Sort Key. Same options as Primary Key - Secondary Subtotal: Subtotal according to the secondary key - Secondary Subtotal for Date Key: Do a date subtotal. Only configurable if primary key is date or reconciled date. - One of None, weekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly - - - Secondary Sort Order: One of - - - - AscendingSmallest to largest, earliest to latest - DescendingLargest to smallest, latest to earliest - - - - - Show Full Account Name: Show the full account name for subtotals and subtitles - Show Account Code: Show the account code for subtotals and subtitles - Show Account Description: Show the account description for subtitles - Show Informal Debit/Credit Headers: Show informal names for debit/credit - in the subtitles. This requires that subtotal is enabled, and the primary or sortkey is account or account code. - Add indenting columns: Add columns to align transactions within the same - grouping together, and can be useful to highlight groups. - Show subtotals only (hide transactional data): Will hide transactions. - This may be useful for reports whereby only subtotals are required. - Reset defaults button: Reset all values to their defaults - - - - - - - Displaying Split Account Details - This is controled by the Detail Level option on the Display tab. - - In stable versions before 3.0 this option was called Style on the General tab. - - In Single line mode, there's only one line per transaction. So you can have - the account name on one side of the equation and - - - a. the other account name if there's only one other split in the transaction - - or - - b. "Split" if there are multiple other splits in the transaction. You can't - display multiple "other" account names in one line. There's just no room for it. - - - In the case of Multi-Line mode, this report uses a completely different concept. - For each transaction, every split (both the split in this account and the - split(s) in the other account(s) !) is printed on a separate line. And every - split really means every split: both the split which belongs in the account - being reported and the split(s) in the other account(s) that balance the - transaction. So even the most basic transaction, with only two splits (this - account and other account) will print two lines in multiline mode. - - - For a simple transaction like this - - - - - Description - Account - Debit - Credit - - Cheques Received - "multiple payers"IncomeAccount£30.00 - BankAccount£30.00 - - - - - then on a Transaction Report for the bank account the details appear pretty much as above. - - For clarity of the accounts, you might enter transactions with multiple splits referring to the same - account. For example, the above transaction might well be entered like this - - - - - - - Description - Account - Debit - Credit - - Cheques Received - "FirstPayer"IncomeAccount£10.00 - "SecondPayer"IncomeAccount£20.00 - BankAccount£30.00 - - - - - When this transaction is printed on the bank account's Transaction Report in Single line mode, then - under other account it simply prints the word split instead of the account name. - - - To display the additional split detail, you need to set Single/Multi-Line to - Multi-Line and then tick Display -> Account Name. - Do NOT tick Display -> Other Account Name. - - - You can choose whether or not to turn off the full account name using Display -> - Use Full Account Name. - - Use Full Other Account Name has no effect in Multi-Line mode. - - - - - - - - - Assets & Liabilities - - The Assets & Liabilities reports includes the Balance Sheet - report, Investment reports and the Net Worth report. - - - - - Advanced Portfolio: - - Columns - - - Account: Stock Account - - - Symbol: Ticker Symbol/Abbreviation as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column. - - - Listing: Type as defined in the Security Editor. A report option can suppress this column. - - - Shares: Number of shares (quantity). A report option sets how many decimal places to show. - A report option can suppress this column. - - - Price: Unit market price as at report date. A report option can suppress this column. - - - Basis: Cost of all shares acquired by any means, including brokerage fees if the option to include them is checked. Report option Basis calculation method can be set to Average, LIFO or FIFO. - - - Value: Number of shares * Unit market price as at report date - - - Money In: Sum of the cost of stock purchased, excluding stock acquired as part of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan. I.e. External money used to purchase shares. - - - Money Out: Money from selling shares or a spin off transaction. - - - Realized Gain: Money received for selling shares minus basis for shares sold, minus brokerage fees for the sale if the option to include them in basis is checked. - - - Unrealized Gain: Value less Basis for unsold shares - - - Total Gain: Realized Gain + Unrealized Gain - - - Rate of Gain: Total Gain / Money In * 100 (from &app; 2.6.1 onwards) - - - Income: Total of all income transactions associated with a stock account. - - To include income from dividends which are not reinvested (if there is no split to the stock account in the income transaction, the report has no way of associating the income with a particular stock) : - - Ensure there is a dummy transaction split to the stock account with quantity 0, price 1 and value 0 in the dividend transaction. Enter the dummy stock split with no values in the dividend account and it will create the transaction with price 1 even though you cannot see the Price column in that register. - - In GnuCash 2.6.6, this report was modified to simplify the recording of dividend and interest payments. With this - change it may not be necessary to include the dummy stock split in the transaction. The report will find income (and expense) transactions that are in the parent account of the stock account being reported on. This is done by looking in the parent account for transactions that have exactly two splits (not counting trading account splits) where the other split is to an income or expense account with the same name as the stock's account. - - For example given an account structure like - - - Assets (type ASSET) - Broker (type ASSET) - Widget Stock (type STOCK) - Income (type INCOME) - Dividends (type INCOME) - Widget Stock (type INCOME) - - A transaction that debits the "Assets:Broker" account and credits the "Income:Dividends:Widget Stock" account will count as income even though it doesn't have a split with account "Assets:Broker:Widget Stock". - - This only works if the parent account ("Assets:Broker" in this case) is a Bank or Asset account and the Income/Expense account has the same name as the stock account. It won't double count transactions that have a dummy split since they won't have exactly two split transactions. - - It will not work if the income or expense account split is to a subaccount of the account with the same name as the stock account i.e. "Income:Dividends:Widget Stock:Franked" - - - - - Brokerage Fees: Brokerage Fees - - - Total Return: Total Gain + Income - - - Rate of Return: Total Return / Money In * 100 - - - - - Common report options are described in - - Report Specific Options - - - - Accounts Tab - - - - Include accounts with no shares: Unchecked (default) or checked. - - - - - - - Display Tab - - - - Show ticker symbols: Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Symbol column will be omitted. - - - Show listings: Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Listing column (source of shares price quotes) will be omitted. - - - Show number of shares: Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Shares column will be omitted. - - - Share decimal places: The number of decimal places to show in the number of shares. Default is 2. - - - Show prices: Checked (default) or unchecked. If unchecked, Price column will be omitted. - - - - - - - General Tab - - - - Price Source: Nearest in time (default) or Most Recent. - - - Basis calculation method: Average (default), FIFO or LIFO. - - - Set preference for price list data: Checked (default): Use price list data. If there is no relevant price list data, transaction prices will be used and there will be a warning. Unchecked: Get prices from stock transactions. - - - How to report brokerage fees: Include in basis (default), Include in gain or Ignore. - - - - - - - - - - - - Asset Barchart: - - The Asset Barchart report displays bars that present the value of all assets in a - &app; file over time. By default, the report shows all accounts - in Accounts Receivable, Current Assets, - Fixed Assets, Investments and Special Accounts - (if they exist) and it displays monthly bars for the current financial period. - This report provides a graphic view of the assets in the file over time. - - - Like all the generic reports, the user can assign a title and save the report with - it's selected options for re-use later. - - - The display is in the form of either a stacked barchart or simple barchart with an - option to display a table of the values. - - This report calculates and displays a default of 8 bars or up to 24 separate asset - accounts value at the end of the day on several dates through a specified time period. - The report automatically selects the most significant accounts to display with all other - selected accounts summed as Other. - - The report exploits the outline structure of the chart of accounts to allow the user - to select top level accounts and sub-accounts down to a user-selectable depth. Selected - sub-accounts below the selected depth are automatically summed up into - the next level when it is also selected. The default number of sub-account levels is 2, - giving a summary view. Increasing the number of sub-levels increases the detail available - to display. It is possible to un-select a higher level account and leave sub-accounts - selected to force greater detail to appear in the report. - - By default the report includes all asset accounts and sub-accounts, - as well as Imbalance and Orphan Special accounts - in whatever currencies or commodities may be present. The report's base currency is the - default currency of the &app; file but if the file has data - for multiple currencies, then it can be changed to another currency. - - Since each account may be individually selected, the report can be designed to focus - on a small subset of data such as current assets or investments. - - The overall interval of the report defaults to start at the start of the current - accounting period and to end at the end of the current accounting period. Numerous - other starting choices and ending choices are available. - - The first bar shows the selected values at the end of the day on the first date chosen. - There are a number of choices for step size from day to - year with the default being month. Note that if any - step date would fall on the 29th, 30th or 31st in a month that does not have such a date - the next interval will be 31 days later. For that step only the date will slip - up to 3 days into the following month. This is true for releases at least through 2.4.13. - Bug 639049 is open in Bugzilla to modify this behavior. - - Currently, there is no option to start the report on the last day of any period. - There is also no option to show beginning balances or end of - previous step balances. This makes it difficult to correlate this report to - business quarterly reports, for example. - - The Net Worth linechart report, Liability barchart report and Net Worth barchart - report are similar except for the graphic type and default account groups selected. - - Other features are customizable in a manner similar to other standard reports. - - - - - Asset Piechart: - - - - Average Balance: - - - - Balance Sheet: This report summarizes assets, liabilities, and equity. - When properly maintained, assets should equal the sum of liabilities and equity. - If that is not the case, there is some kind of internal imbalance in the - accounts. - - - - Balance Sheet using eguile-gnc: - - - - General Journal: - - - - General Ledger: - - - - Investment Portfolio: This report summarizes the value of the stocks in - the current portfolio. - - - - Liability Barchart: - - - - Liability Piechart: - - - - Net Worth Barchart: Net worth is the difference between the value of assets - or liabilities. - - - - Net Worth Linechart: Net worth plotted over time. Net worth is the difference between the value of assets - or liabilities. - - - - Price Scatterplot: - - - - - - - Business Reports - - The Business Reports includes Customer and Vendor Reports and Printable - Invoices as well as Aging reports. - - - Customer Report - - - - - Customer Summary - - - - - Easy Invoice - - - - - Employee Report - - - - - Fancy Invoice - - - - - Job Report - - - - - Payable Aging - This report provides a listing of vendors and their aged - outstanding balances. Vendors may be included if they have posted - business transactions (e.g. invoices) for the selected accounts payable - account. It shows their current balance, and how much they have - due from invoices over time periods 0-30 days, 31-60 days, - 61-90 days, and over 90 days. The report also contains links to each - vendor and to their current vendor report. - - Optionally, vendor address details may be also shown. - - To export vendor address details, say in order to do a mail - merge, select the optional vendor address details in the report options - display tab, apply the options to regenerate the report, then copy and - paste the report into a spreadsheet. Alternatively, the report can be - exported to a .html file, then read into a spreadsheet. - - - - Report Options - - See - in the - Configuring Reports and Charts section of this - help manual for more details of the common options. - - - - - General tab - - Report name: - Enter a descriptive name for this report - see - . - - - Stylesheet: - Select a style sheet for this report - see - . - - - To: Select a date - to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and - including the selected date will be used to calculate the - outstanding aged balances. See - . - - - Report's currency: - Select the currency to display the values in - see - - - - Price Source: - Select the source of price information used for currency - conversion if needed. One of - - - - Average CostThe - volume-weighted net average price of all exchanges. - - Weighted Average (default) - The volume-weighted gross average price of all exchanges up to the date of the report - - Most recentThe most recent - recorded price - - Nearest in timeThe price - recorded nearest in time to the report date - - - - - - - Show Multi-currency Totals: - If not selected, all totals are shown in the report - currency. - - - Sort By: Sort - companies by one of - - - - Name (default)Company name - - - Total OwedTotal amount owed - to company - - Bracket Total OwedAmount - owed in oldest bracket. If same, use next oldest - - - - - - - - Sort Order: One of - - - - - Increasing (default) - Decreasing - - - - - - Show zero balance items: - Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding - balance. - - - Due or Post Date: - Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of - - - - - Due Date (default) - Post Date - - - - - - Payable Account: - The accounts payable account used to select vendors to be - reported. Vendors are included if they have a posted - business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the - report date and also meet the Show zero balance - items criteria. - - - - - Display tab - - Address Name: - Display vendor address name. This, and other fields, may be - useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a - mail merge. - - - Address 1: Display - address line 1. - - - Address 2: Display - address line 2. - - - Address 3: Display - address line 3. - - - Address 4: Display - address line 4. - - - Phone: Display - address phone number. - - - Fax: Display - address fax number. - - - Email: Display - email address. - - - Active: Display - vendor active status. - - - - - - - - - - Printable Invoice - - - - - Receivable Aging - This report provides a listing of customers and their aged - outstanding balances. Customers may be included if they have posted - business transactions (e.g. invoices) for the selected accounts receivable - account. It shows their current balance, and how much they have - outstanding from invoices over time periods 0-30 days, 31-60 days, - 61-90 days, and over 90 days. The report also contains links to each - customer and to their current customer report. - - Optionally, customer address details may be also shown. - - To export customer address details, say in order to do a mail - merge, select the optional customer address details in the report options - display tab, apply the options to regenerate the report, then copy and - paste the report into a spreadsheet. Alternatively, the report can be - exported to a .html file, then read into a spreadsheet. - - - - Report Options - - See - in the - Configuring Reports and Charts section of this - help manual for more details of the common options. - - - - - General tab - - Report name: - Enter a descriptive name for this report - see - . - - - Stylesheet: - Select a style sheet for this report - see - . - - - To: Select a date - to report on or a named date. Transactions up to and - including the selected date will be used to calculate the - outstanding aged balances. See - . - - - Report's currency: - Select the currency to display the values in - see - . - - - Price Source: - Select the source of price information used for commodity - conversion if needed. One of - - - - Average CostThe - volume-weighted net average price of all exchanges - - Weighted Average (default) - The volume-weighted gross average price of all exchanges - - Most recentThe most recent - recorded price - - Nearest in timeThe price - recorded nearest in time to the report date - - - - - - - Show Multi-currency Totals: - If not selected, all totals are shown in the report - currency. - - - Sort By: Sort - companies by one of - - - - Name (default)Company name - - - Total OwedTotal amount owed - by company - - Bracket Total OwedAmount - owed in oldest bracket. If same, use next oldest - - - - - - - - Sort Order: One of - - - - - Increasing (default) - Decreasing - - - - - - Show zero balance items: - Show companies even if they have a zero outstanding - balance. - - - Due or Post Date: - Leading date. Which date to use to determine aging. One of - - - - - Due Date (default) - Post Date - - - - - - Receivables Account: - The accounts receivable account used to select customers to be - reported. Customers are included if they have a posted - business transaction (usually an invoice) on or before the - report date and also meet the Show zero balance - items criteria. - - - - - Display tab - - Address Source: - Which customer address fields to display. One of - - - - Billing (default)Address fields from - billing address. - ShippingAddress fields from - shipping address. - - - - - - Address Name: - Display customer address name. This, and other fields, may be - useful if copying this report to a spreadsheet for use in a - mail merge. - - - Address 1: Display - address line 1. - - - Address 2: Display - address line 2. - - - Address 3: Display - address line 3. - - - Address 4: Display - address line 4. - - - Phone: Display - address phone number. - - - Fax: Display - address fax number. - - - Email: Display - email address. - - - Active: Display - vendor active status. - - - - - - - - - - Tax Invoice - - - - - Vendor Report - - - - - - - Income & Expense - - The Income & Expense reports includes the Cash Flow and Income Statement reports. - - - - Cash Flow: - - - - Equity Statement: - - - - Expense Barchart: - - - - Expense Piechart: - - - - Expense vs Day of Week: - - - - Income & Expense Chart: - - - - Income Barchart: - - - - Income Piechart: - - - - Income Statement: This report summarizes sources of income and expenditure. - (This report was called Profit & Loss in gnucash-1.8.) - - - - Income vs Day of Week: - - - - Profit & Loss: This is the same report as the Income Statement but with a different title. - - - - Trial Balance: This report summarizes sources of income and expenditure. - - - - - - - Sample & Custom - - - Welcome Sample Report - - - - - Custom Multicolumn Report - This report is used to place multiple reports - into a single report window to examine a set of financial information at a glance. - - - - - Sample Report with Examples - - - - - - - Budget - - - Budget Balance Sheet - - - - - Budget Barchart - - - - - Budget Flow - - - - - Budget Income Statement - - - - - Budget Profit & Loss - - - - - Budget Report - This report is used to compare budgeted and real amounts for selected accounts. It allows you to review how well you follow the budget. - The report is generated as a table in which each row represents an account and each set of columns shows the budgeted amount, the real amount, and the difference between them for each report period. - Each entry in the real amount column is the sum of all the splits in the row's account over the column's period. For example, if the report is set up for monthly periods, the column is for May, and the row is for Expenses:Groceries, then the value will be the sum of all Expenses:Groceries splits for that May. - The report supports selecting a range of periods instead all of them. Periods that are out of range can be included in the report as the consolidated columns around the selected range. This allows you to focus on particular periods, for example the current one, and is especially useful for budgets with many periods. For example, if you have a 12 period budget you can make a 3 column report with the format "(all periods before columns set) (current period columns set) (all periods after columns set)" that is easily fits on the screen and allows you to match values with account names. - Budget report options - - Here we describe only options that are specific for the Budget Report. You can find information about standard parameters in . - - Show budget - include the budgeted values for the period - Show actual - include the real values for the period - Show difference - include the difference between budgeted and real values for the period. Enabling this option does not force including budgeted and actual values in the report - Show Column with totals - Adds a final column set containing budgeted, real value, and difference columns summing those values across all periods of the report. - Rollup budget amounts to parent - not used in the report, can be deleted or should be fixed - Include accounts with zero total balances and budget values - enables display of accounts with no budget or splits in any period. - Budget - Select the budget to use for report generation - Report for range of budget periods - Enables reporting on a subset of the budget by selecting a beginning and an ending period. - Range start - a combobox with a list of options to select the start period: - - First - select first budget period - Previous - select previous period. - Current - select current period. - Next - select next period. - Last - select last budget period - Manual - enables spinbox where you can select exact period - - The current, previous, and next options select the period based on the date on which the report is run, with current being the period in which the date falls, previous being the one before that, and next the period after. If the current date falls outside the date range covered by the budget, the first or last period will be used as appropriate. - - Exact start period - options for select exact start period, enabled only if the range start option is set to Manual - Range end - a combobox with a list of options to select the end period. Values are the same as in Range start options - Exact end period - the same as Exact start period but for the end of range - Include collapsed periods before selected - if on, then includes in the report all budget periods, that are before selected period range, as a single consolidated column set - Include collapsed periods after selected - if on, then includes in the report all budget periods, that are after selected period range, as a single consolidated column set. - - - - - - - - - - - Printing or Exporting Reports and Charts - - Verify !!! How customize printing with Gnome? - - &app; is able to print reports and to export the reports to HTML (web) pages. The - Print &app; Document dialog is accessed from the Print button on the Toolbar or - go to FilePrint in the menu. To Export a report to a web page (HTML) select - the Export button on the Toolbar and type in a file name. - - Most reports, being presented in HTML, can also be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet. - - The Print &app; Document dialog is used to select which Printer to send the - print job to or to print to a File. It also contains a Preview button to view the - document before printing. Press Print to send the job to the selected printer or - Cancel to dismiss the Print dialog. - - - Printing from an open register prints the Account Report, which is also called - the Register Report. This lists transactions in the account with a total. Other - reports print as viewed in the Report screen. - - - - Creating Reports and Charts - - This section may need updating !!! - - It is possible to write reports if the current ones are not suitable. To do this - you will need to know Scheme (a LISP-like programming language), and it is an - excellent idea to have a copy of the &app; source code available. - - The reporting interface is documented in the source code file - src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt. - The file src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm - in the &app; source distribution provides a - good example of how reports are developed. - - - Accessing the <application>&app;</application> <acronym>API</acronym> - - It is also necessary to access data from the engine to get - information for your report. This is - since version 2.1.x performed by a set of - Scheme wrapper functions that are documented in the file - src/engine/swig-engine.c. - Up to version 2.0.5 it was - src/g-wrap/gnc.html. Examine some of the other - reports in src/scm/report for an indication of how they are used. - - Some users started a table in the &app; wiki - - Custom Reports#The GnuCash API. - - - Because the above file only contains the syntax of the function - you can use the Doxygen source documentation either local after running - -./configure --enable-doxygen --enable-html-docs -make doc - on your sources or online - http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MAINT/ or - http://code.gnucash.org/docs/MASTER/ - to get more information about the functions. - - - - - Report Rendering - At present, reports are produced by calling a HTML-generation API, which outputs - a dialect of HTML and rendering this with a HTML widget. This has limitations, - particularly when trying to align objects precisely, as might be necessary for - printing onto pre-printed invoices for example. - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 200c68070..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3715 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - Tools & Assistants - - There are many specialized Tools used in &app;. These tools enable access to the enhanced functionality - in &app;. These tools are accessed via the Tools option from any window that displays a - Tools menu. Several of these tools may not be displayed depending on if your - software was not configured to support Online banking, or the tools appropriate for the current window. - - Find - The &app; Find assistant can be used to find - transactions or to perform business related research on your data file. - - - Find Transaction - Find Transaction is used to search for transactions in &app; - and display the results in a register window. To open the Find Transaction dialog in - Split Search mode, you can type the keyboard shortcut Ctrlf. - - Exactly which transactions are searched depends on - where you invoke the tool from. If you start from the main - accounts hierarchy page, all transactions will be searched. - If you start from an individual account register, only - transactions in that account will be searched. And if you - filter the transactions in a register using - View - Filter By... , then only - transactions in that account and shown by the filter will be - searched. - - - The first row of the Find Transaction dialog - indicates that you are performing a Split Search. - - - There are two panes in the Find Transaction dialog. The top pane contains - the Search Criteria buttons and the bottom pane contains the Type of - Search selection. - - There are two buttons in the top of the Search Criteria pane. - The left button allows you to Add another criteria row to search for - multiple criteria. The existing criteria row needs to be completed - before adding a new row. The right button is used to Search for items - where all criteria are met or Search for items where any criteria are - met. The all criteria are met search requires all of the criteria rows - to have at least one match. The any criteria are met search requires - only one of the criteria rows to be matched. - - The criteria row in the Search Criteria pane is used to combine different - criteria buttons (see table for a comprehensive list of combinations) - - In the Type of Search pane there are five selections. The first option is always enabled, the following - three are available when you invoke the Find... option from a register window or after performing the - first Find if the Find... command was invoked from any other window. - The last option is available only for Business search. - - - - New Search - - Perform a new transaction search - - - - - Refine current search - - Search within the results of the previous search - - - - - Add results to current search - - Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria - - - - - Delete results from current search - - Discard any results that match the previous search results - - - - - Search only active data - - Search only if data are marked as active. This selector - is greyed out for the Split Search as it is meaningful only for - business related search - - - - - - When selecting search criteria keep in mind that criteria are applied to - individual splits or fields in transactions, and that the entire transaction is - included in the results. There is no visual indication in the results to - indicate which split or field met the search criteria. - - - When search criteria are selected, you can press the Find button. You will be - presented with the search results in a new register tab. A report of the - search results may created and printed using - ReportsAccount Report. - The Account Report has limited formatting options but, like all - &app; reports, being in html format, can be - copied and pasted into a spreadsheet for further formatting. - Alternatively, the Account Report can be exported to an html file, and - the html file may be opened in a spreadsheet. - - - - Press the Close button to close the Find Transaction dialog. - - - - Search criteria buttons - Split Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - DescriptionThe Description, Memo, Number - are common to all lines in a transaction. - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regexregex - means regular expression text search as used in various computer programs such - as Perl - - - - does not match regex - - - - Memo - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Number - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Action - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Notes - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Date Posted - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Value - - has credits or debits - - less than - - Amount entry field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - less than or equal to - - - - equal to - - - - not equal to - - - - greater than - - - - greater than or equal to - - - - has credits - - less than - - - - less than or equal to - - - - equal to - - - - not equal to - - - - greater than - - - - greater than or equal to - - - - has debits - - less than - - - - less than or equal to - - - - equal to - - - - not equal to - - - - greater than - - - - greater than or equal to - - - - Shares - - is less than - - Amount entry field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is less than or equal to - - - - equals - - - - does not equal to - - - - is greater than - - - - is greater than or equal to - - - - Share Price - - is less than - - Amount entry field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is less than or equal to - - - - equals - - - - is not equal to - - - - is greater than - - - - is greater than or equal to - - - - ReconcileThe - Reconcile option applies the selected criteria to each line - of a transaction individually. Each transaction line may have only one of the indicated values, - but there is often a mix of values within a complete transaction, so companion lines may - not meet the selected criteria. See separate note defining status values. For a detailed - description of transaction statuses see - - - is - - Not Cleared - - Cleared - - Reconciled - - Frozen - - Voided - - Remove row - - - - - is not - - - - - Balanced - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - - AccountThe - Account option performs a search where the accounts selected - in the Choose Accounts dialog will both be searched individually for - results. This means that a match in any of the selected accounts will - either be displayed (matches any account) or discarded (matches no - account). - - matches any account - - Choose Accounts - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - - matches no accounts - - - - - All AccountsThe All Accounts - option performs a search where accounts selected in the Choose Accounts - dialog will only return results that match in both accounts. - - matches all accounts - - Choose Accounts - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - Explanations of the - Criteria - The Reconcile criterion - deserves some more explanation. Think of the selected - reconciliation status buttons - (Not Cleared, - Cleared, and so on) as a single group, - joined with a logical “or”. In other words, the - selection “is - ” or “is - not” applies to the “or” of the - selected status buttons. The buttons which are left unselected - are simply ignored. (It’s not the same as saying - the reconciliation status must not be one - of these.) - - For example: if you select Reconcile - is Cleared - Reconciled, that means you’re - saying “I want all transactions which contain cleared - splits OR reconciled splits” (imagine an invisible - “OR” between all the selected status buttons). - It’s the same as selecting - Reconcile is - Cleared, then adding another search - criterion with the Add button, then on - the new line selecting Reconcile - is Reconciled, - and finally selecting Search for items - where any criteria are met. - In either case, &app; will show - you exactly the same set of transactions. - - - - - Find Customer, Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher - The business find assistant is used to search for business related items (Customer, - Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher). To open the business search dialog - select the desired item to Find from the - BusinessCustomer/Vendor/Employee submenus. - - - The titlebar and the first row of the assistant dialog reports the item type you are searching for: Customer, - Invoice, Job, Vendor, Bill, Employee, Expense Voucher. - - - There are two panes in the Find dialog. The top pane contains - the Search Criteria buttons and the bottom pane contains the Type of - Search selection. - - - <guilabel>Search Criteria</guilabel> section - There are two buttons in the top of the Search Criteria pane. - The left button allows you to Add another criteria row to search for - multiple criteria. - - - The existing criteria row needs to be completed - before adding a new row. - - - The right button is used to Search for items - where all criteria are met or Search for items where any criteria are - met. The all criteria are met search requires all of the criteria rows - to have at least one match. The any criteria are met search requires - only one of the criteria rows to be matched. - - The criteria row in the Search Criteria pane is used to combine different - criteria buttons (see tables , - , , , - , - for a comprehensive list of combinations) - - - - <guilabel>Type of Search</guilabel> section - In the Type of Search pane there are five selections. The first and alst options are - always selectable while the following three are available only when you perform the first search by setting - some search criteria and pressing the Find button. - - - - New Search - - Perform a new search - - - - - Refine current search - - Search within the results of the previous search - - - - - Add results to current search - - Search based on the first set of criteria or the new criteria - - - - - Delete results from current search - - Discard any results that match the previous search results - - - - - Search only active data - - Search only if data are marked as active. - - - - - - - The rest of the search dialog - When search criteria are selected, you can press the Find button. You will be - presented with the list of search results in the same Find dialog. - - - Aside from the results, &app; gives you some buttons to manage - the highlighted result. - - - - In the bottom right of the Find dialog there is a button that allows you to create a - New business item. - - - - Press the Close button to close the Find assistant dialog. - - - - - List of search criteria buttons - - Search criteria buttons - Customer Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Company Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Customer ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Billing Contact - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Shipping Contact - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Invoice Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Invoice ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Company Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Date Opened - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Posted? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - - Date Posted - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Paid? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Billing ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Invoice Notes - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Invoice Owner - - is - - Customer - - Criteria entry field - - Select... - - Remove row - - - - - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - - is not - - Customer - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Job Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Job Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Job Number - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Billing ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Only Active? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Owner's Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Vendor Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Company Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Vendor ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Billing Contact - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Bill Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Bill ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Company Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Due Date - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - - Date Opened - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Posted? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Date Posted - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Paid? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Billing ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Bill Notes - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Bill Owner - - is - - Customer - - Criteria entry field - - Select... - - Remove row - - - - - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - - is not - - Customer - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Employee Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Employee Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Employee Username - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Employee ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - -
- - - Search criteria buttons - Expense Voucher Search - - - - - Button 1 - - Button 2 - - Button 3 - - Button 4 - - Button 5 - - Button 6 - - Button 7 - - Button 8 - - - - - - Voucher ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - Employee Name - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Due Date - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - - Date Opened - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Posted? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Date Posted - - is before - - Date selection field - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is before or on - - - - is on - - - - is not on - - - - is after - - - - is on or after - - - - Is Paid? - - is - - set true - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - - - is not - - - - Billing ID - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Voucher Notes - - contains - - Criteria entry field - - Is entry Case Insensitive? - - Remove row - - - - - - - - - - matches regex - - - - does not match regex - - - - Voucher Owner - - is - - Customer - - Criteria entry field - - Select... - - Remove row - - - - - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - - is not - - Customer - - - - Vendor - - - - Employee - - - - Job - - - -
- - - - - - Since Last Run Assistant - - The Since Last Run assistant is run automatically when - &app; is started. It is - used to enter into the register any transactions that are due to be automatically - entered (see ). The run on &app; start can be - altered in the Scheduled Transactions tab of the &app; Preferences. - To run the Since Last Run assistant manually, go to - ActionsScheduled Transactions - Since Last Run... - - In the Since Last Run assistant window you can see three columns: - - - Transaction - - The name assigned in the Scheduled Transaction Editor that identifies - the scheduled transaction. - - - - - State - - The state column of the scheduled transaction can be one of the - following: - - Click on the state field in the row of a transaction to - change its state (this option is available only if the state field is not - empty) - - - - Ignored - - If a scheduled transaction is being displayed, either to be created or as a reminder, the user can - set the status to Ignored to skip this event. The scheduled transaction will not be entered in - the register and the next reminder for this scheduled transaction will be the next occurrence. - For instance, if you have a scheduled transaction set up with a reminder to transfer $500 at the - end of the month to your savings account but you bought yourself a computer - this month and don’t have the money for this month’s transfer then you would - set the status to Ignored. - - - - - Postponed - - If a scheduled transaction has been listed - with a status To-create but - you want to hold it and not have it entered to - your register yet, then you can set it to - Postponed. When at some - later time you change it back to - To-create it will be - created with the original posted-date. If you - want to change that you must edit the - transaction after it's created. - - - - - - Reminder - - You are n days from the scheduled transaction due date. - The number of days n to remind in advance, is set either in - the &app; Preferences Scheduled Transactions - tab or in the Overview tab of the - Scheduled Transaction Editor. - - - - - To-create - - This scheduled transaction will be automatically created when - you press OK. - - - - - Empty - - An empty field means that no operations are pending for the - scheduled transaction. - - - - - - - - At the bottom of the window there are two buttons: - - - The Cancel button is used to exit the Since Last Run - window without creating the transactions scheduled to be entered. - - - - The Ok button closes the Since Last Run window and applies - the pending operations. - - - - At the bottom right of the Since Last Run window there is also an - option that allows to Review created transactions. If this option - is enabled when there are one or more transactions To-create, - pressing OK will open a register window in which are shown the - details of the scheduled transactions splits entered automatically by &app;. - - - - - Mortgage & Loan Repayment Assistant - - This assistant creates a loan repayment scheduled transaction. When used to setup - a scheduled transaction, the assistant creates a variable formula so that the - compounding interest is correctly calculated. To start this assistant manually go to - ActionsScheduled Transactions - Mortgage and Loan Repayment.... - It does not support zero-interest loans, but one doesn't really need an assistant for that: Just create a scheduled transaction for the principal divided by the number of payments that lasts for the number of payments. For example, if one has borrowed $1200 for a year at no interest and promised to pay it back in monthly installments, the repayment schedule is $100 monthly for twelve months. - - The Mortgage and Loan Repayment assistant opens with a screen that briefly - describes what this assistant does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen - will not change while using the assistant. - - - - The Cancel button is used to exit the assistant and cancel creating the - scheduled transaction. Any selections you have made in this assistant up to this - point will be lost. - - - - The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a - selection made on that screen. - - - - The Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue - though the assistant. - - - - The next screen allows you to enter the basic loan information. This is - usually the information provided by the bank when loan and disclosure documents - are given to the borrower. Here you can also setup an account that the scheduled - transaction will use to enter the payment transaction. - - - - Loan Account: Choose an account for the loan payment transactions or use - New... to setup a new account for the transactions. - - - - Loan Amount: Enter the amount of the loan. - - - - Interest Rate: Enter the loan interest rate in percent per compounding period. The Assistant supports rates between .001% and 100%. - - - - Type: Choose the type of loan. If an adjustable rate is used the - frequency screen is enabled. - - - - Interest Rate Change Frequency: Choose the frequency for the rate change - and the start date of the rate change. - - - - Start Date: Choose the date the loan is starting on. - - - - Length: Enter the length of the loan with the number and - period, e.g. 60 months or 5 years. - - - - Months Remaining: This tells the Assistant how many months - remain on the loan. The default value assumes that the loan is paid up through - today. For example, if a 5-year loan started on 1 January 2012 and today is 12 July - 2015, the default months remaining is 18. If you want to create past payment - transactions you'll set the months remaining accordingly: In our example, if you - wanted to create all of the payments you'd set "months remaining" to 60; if you wanted - to start tracking the payments at the beginning of 2015 you'd enter 24. - - - - The next screen is used to set escrow, insurance and tax options for the - loan. It is mainly used for mortgage payments. When each of the options here is set, - this enables additional pages in the assistant to setup those portions of the payments. - All of the pages will be described here, even though some may not show if that - option is not chosen. - - - - ... utilize an escrow account for payments?: This selection enables the - use of an account setup for tracking escrow payments. If the mortgage or loan - uses an escrow account to pay taxes, insurance, etc then setup an account here. - - - - - ... pay "Taxes"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction - to pay taxes. - - - - ... pay "Insurance"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled - transaction to pay insurance payments. - - - ... pay "PMI"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction to pay PMI payments. - - - ... pay "Other Expense"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction to pay other - expenses. - - - - The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Loan Repayment. - - - - Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, - the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo. - - - - Payment Amount: Shows the variable used to calculate the payment amount. - - - - Payment From: Choose an account to pay the loan amount from. - - - - Principal To: Choose an account to transfer the principal part of the loan to. - - - - Interest To: Choose an account to transfer the interest part of the loan to. - - - - Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for loan - repayments. Note that the start date will be the posted date of the first scheduled - transaction. This is not taken into account for calculating the remaining duration of - the loan, see Months Remaining:. Make sure that you set both to - reflect your intentions or you may get surprising results. - - - - The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Tax payment. - - - - Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, - the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo. - - - - Amount: Enter the payment amount. - - - - Payment From: Choose an account to pay the tax amount from. - - - - Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the tax payment to. - - - - Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for tax payments. - - - - The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Insurance payment. - - - - Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, - the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo. - - - Amount: Enter the payment amount. - - - - Payment From: Choose an account to pay the insurance amount from. - - - - Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the insurance payment to. - - - - Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for insurance payments. - - - - The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the PMI payment. - - - - Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, - the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo. - - - - Amount: Enter the payment amount. - - - - Payment From: Choose an account to pay the PMI amount from. - - - - Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the PMI payment to. - - - - Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for PMI payments. - - - - The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Other Expense payment. - - - - - Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, - the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo. - - - - Amount: Enter the payment amount. - - - - Payment From: Choose an account to pay the other expense amount from. - - - - Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the other expense payment to. - - - - Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for other expense payments. - - - - The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the assistant. - - - - The Cancel button is used to exit the assistant and cancel creating a new loan scheduled transaction. - Any selections you have made in this assistant up to this point will be lost. - - - - The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen. - - - - - The Finish button creates the scheduled transaction. - - - - You should now have the Mortgage or Loan Repayment scheduled transaction - setup. - - - - - Recording a Stock Split - - Stock splits commonly occur when a company decides its stock price is too - expensive for individual investors to buy the stock. Splits have the effect of - lowering the price of a single share while keeping the value of shares owned by - investors who have already purchased shares. - - - Stock Split Assistant - - &app; uses the Stock Split assistant to record stock splits. This provides a - way of entering the details of the stock split and also any change in stock price - or cash disbursement as a result of the stock split. - - The Stock Split assistant is accessed by going to Actions - Stock Split.... - - - The Stock Split assistant opens with a screen that briefly describes what this - assistant does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change - while using the assistant. - - - - The Cancel button is used to exit the assistant and cancel entering the stock - split information. Any selections you have made in this assistant up to this point - will be lost. - - - - The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a - selection made on that screen. - - - - The Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue - though the assistant. - - - - The next screen allows you to select a Stock Account. Select an account from - the list to record a stock split or merger. - - - - Account: Lists the &app; account name for the stock. - - - - Symbol: The stock symbol for the stock associated with this account. - - - - Shares: The amount of shares that have been purchased in the account. - - - - The next screen lets you set the Stock Split Details. The top part of the - screen contains details used in creating the stock split transaction. - - - - Date: Choose the date of the stock split. - - - - Share Distribution: Enter the amount of shares gained from the stock split. - For a stock merger enter a negative number. - - - - Description: Enter a description or leave as the default. - - - - The bottom part of the screen contains details used to record a price for the - split (optional). - - - - New Price: Enter the price of the shares on the day of the stock split. - - - - - Currency: Choose the currency of the shares. - - - - The next screen lets you enter a transaction for a cash disbursement (Cash In - Lieu) as a result of the stock split (optional). - - - - Cash Amount: Enter the amount of the Cash disbursement. - - - - Memo: Enter a memo or leave as the default. - - - - Income Account: Choose an Income Account for the disbursement. - - - - Asset Account: Choose an Asset Account for the disbursement. - - - - The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the assistant. - - - - The Cancel button is used to exit the assistant and cancel creating the - Stock Split transactions. Any selections you have made in this assistant up to - this point will be lost. - - - - The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a - selection made on that screen. - - - - The Finish button creates the transactions for the Stock Split. - - - - You should now have successfully entered the Stock Split or Merger. - - - - - <acronym>HBCI</acronym> (Online Banking) Setup Assistant - -This section is "under construction - any input will be welcome !!". - - The HBCI Assistant is used to create and edit data to enable access to Online banking transactions. - Currently the best instruction for this process are in the &app; wiki at - Setting up OFXDirectConnect - in &app; 2. If HBCI Setup does not appear in your Tools menu, verify that you - are in an Account Tree or Register tab. - - - - - - Price Editor - &app; uses the term commodity to mean anything that it - counts: Currencies, securities (i.e intangible assets like stock - or mutual fund shares and bonds), or tangible assets like trucks - and computers. When valuing one commodity in terms of another it - uses the term Exchange Rate - between two currencies and Price between a non-currency commodity - and a currency commodity. For the rest of this section we'll use - "price" to mean both price and exchange rate and "commodity" to - mean any sort of commodity except where currency behavior is - different. - - The Price Editor is used to list and edit the price of one - commodity in another commodity. New prices can be added, existing - prices can be edited, and prices can be retrieved from a variety - of sources on the World-Wide Web when the commodity is properly - configured. - Each commodity pair can have one price per day. An existing - price will be overwritten by a newer one if the newer one has the - same or a more preferred source. The order of source preference - (1 is most preferred) is: - - user:price-editor: Prices created manually in the - Price Editor - Finance::Quote: Online quotes - user:price: Prices entered explicitly in the - Exchange Rateentry of the - Transfer Funds dialog box or in the - Price column of a register for an account - of types STOCK or MUTUAL - user:xfer-dialog: Prices calculated from an entry in - the To Amount entry of the - Transfer Funds dialog box. - user:split-register: Prices calculated from the - Shares and Debit or - Credit columns of a register for an - account of types STOCK or MUTUAL - user:stock-split: Prices entered in the - Stock Split Assistant - - Prices created manually in the Price - Editor are preferred over prices retrieved via - Finance::Quote so Finance::Quote will fail to update such - manually-created prices. - - The Price Editor displays existing prices as follows: - - - Security: The - Security/commodity being priced. The display is sorted by - the Namespace that the individual - securities are listed on. The list is expanded by - clicking on the caret on the left of - the name. - - - - Currency: The - currency the price is recorded in. - - - - Date: The date the price was recorded. - - - - Source: The source - of the commodities price quote, listed above. - - - - Type: There are - several different types of stock price quotes. - - - - Bid: Indicates - what a specialist dealer is prepared to pay for a - stock. - - - - Ask: Indicates at - what price the dealers are prepared to sell a - stock. - - - - Last: Indicate the - price at which the last trade in that stock/security - occurred at. This is the price most commonly quoted in - the media. - - - - Net Asset Value: - Are typically used for mutual funds. They are - calculated on the net value of the fund’s assets - each day around the time of the market close and are in - effect until the next recalculation. - - - - Unknown: Use this - if the type of price quoted is not known. - - - - - - - Price: The actual - price of the commodity. - - - - - Adding a stock price manually - - To add a new price, click on Add, and enter the details of the security and - price into the dialog box. To edit an existing price, select the price - in the price list, click the Edit button, and edit the figures. - - To remove just one price, select the price and click the Remove - button. If you want to remove all prices older than a certain date, - click on the Remove Old button and enter the details in the dialog - box. - - A pop-up will display with the message - "Delete all stock prices based upon the criteria below:". Enter the - date of the last price you wish to delete. - - Two check-boxes are below the date field; - - - - Delete manually entered prices - If checked, delete manually entered stock - prices dated earlier than the specified date. Otherwise only stock prices added by Finance::Quote will - be deleted. - - - - Delete last price for a stock - If checked, delete all prices before the - specified date. Otherwise the last stock price dated before the date will be kept and all earlier - quotes deleted. - - - - - - Configuring for use of the <guibutton>Get Quotes</guibutton> button - - To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual - fund account, you must first enable on-line price quoting and select a - price source in the Security. This is described in detail in . - Once on-line quotes are enabled, and Finance::Quote is installed, you can update prices for your stocks and - mutual funds manually by clicking the Get Quotes button. - - - - - Security Editor - - The Security Editor is used to create and edit commodities that are used by mutual fund and stock - type accounts. It also shows the details of National Currencies that are used by &app;. - - To show the details for National Currencies click the Show National Currencies - check-box at the bottom of the screen. - - Each entry in the editor shows the details used by the security/currency: - - - - Type: Categories for organizing securities. &app; has the following built in: - - CURRENCY or ISO4317: These are used for national currencies and are not editable with the Security Editor. - - - FUND: Ordinarily used for open-ended mutual funds, i.e., those that one purchases from and sells to only the issuing company and that are priced daily at their net asset value. - - - AMEX, ASX, EUREX, NASDAQ, and NYSE: These represent a few of the exchanges on which stocks, closed-end mutual funds, and exchange-traded funds are traded. - - - Template: This is a reserved word. It will not normally appear in the Security Editor unless you type it in, and if you do it will cause problems. Don't use it. - - - If your investment doesn't fit into one of these categories, for example if you trade stocks on the DAX or LSE, you can easily create your own type simply by typing it into the field. The type of security has no meaning to Gnucash (except Template, don't use that!), it's there only to make it easier for you to find the security from the selection lists. - - - - Symbol: Indicates the symbol or abbreviation for the - commodity. This is usually the ticker symbol (for stocks) or other unique abbreviation for the commodity. - If the commodity is traded on any public exchange, it is important to use the same identifier - used on that exchange. For national currencies the symbol is the ISO-4217 currency code. - - - - Name: The full name of the commodity is a recognizable name - such as US Dollars or IBM Common Stock. - - - - Code: This is any numeric or alphanumeric code that is used - to identify the commodity. The CUSIP code is a unique identifying numeric string that is associated with - every stock, bond or mutual fund, and most kinds of traded options, futures and commodities. This code is - not required. - - - - Fraction: This is the smallest traded unit of the commodity, - expressed as a fraction of a single nominal unit. This unit is used by &app; accounts as the default - fraction for trades in the commodity. - - - - - Adding or Editing a Commodity - - To add a new commodity (stock, or mutual fund), click on Add, and enter the - details of the commodity into the New Security dialog box. To edit an - existing commodity, select the commodity from the Commodities list, click the Edit - button, and edit the Edit Security dialog box. To remove a commodity, - select the commodity and click the Remove button. - - The fields in the New/Edit Security screens are the same as defined for the Security Editor - . Below these fields are the options for Online Quotes. - - - - - Configuring Securities/Currencies for On-Line Retrieval of Prices - - To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual fund account, you must first enable - on-line price quoting and select a price source in the Security Editor. Online currency quotes require - only that the check-box for Online quotes and the timezone be selected, and that the Get Quotes - box be checked in the Security Editor. - - Detailed instructions are in the section on Creating New Accounts. - - - - - - - - Loan Repayment Calculator - - The Loan Repayment Calculator is used to calculate compound interest. It provides a way of entering four of - the five parameters of a compound interest calculation and then calculating the remaining figure. - - The calculator is split into two panes. The left pane has five fields with a Calculate - button and a Clear button. The Calculate button is used to select - the figure to calculate. The Clear button is used to clear any amount in the field. - - - - Payment Periods: This field is used to select the number of - payments you wish to use in the calculation. - - - - Interest Rate: This field is used for the interest rate - percentage. - - - - Present Value: This field usually contains the amount you - have borrowed. It is the base amount you wish to compound. - - - - Periodic Payment: This field contains the amount that is the - payment for the period selected (IE monthly, weekly, etc). If it - is for repaying a loan it should be a negative number. - - - - Future Value: This field contains the final value at the end - of the periods above. If we are repaying a loan in full it would be 0. - - - - The right pane contains buttons to select what sort of payments and compounding is used for the left - pane calculations. - - - - Compounding: This button allows you to select the interval used if the - Discrete Compounding button is selected. - - - - Payments: This button allows you to select the interval used for the Payment - Periods field. - - - - End of Period Payments: Use this button if the payment is at the end of - the period. - - - - Beginning of Period Payments: Use this button if the payment - is at the beginning of the period. - - - - Discrete Compounding: This button is used where interest is - charged at a discrete interval defined by the Compounding button above. - - - - Continuous Compounding: This button is used when the - interest is charged continuously. - - - - Payment Total: This field shows the total amount paid. - - - - Examples of using the Loan Repayment Calculator are given in the Tutorial and Concepts Guide. - &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide’s - Chapter on Loans - - - - - Close Book - The Close Book dialog box is used - for “closing the books,”--an accounting process that - resets the balances of the income and expense accounts. In this - process, income account balances are transferred into an income - equity account, while expense account balances are transferred - into an expense equity account. You must specify both these - accounts, which may be the same. You must also specify the date - for the closing transfer. - - Dialog Box - Details - The dialog box has the following parts: - - - - Closing Date: Specify the date - for the closing transfer. You can type in a date or - choose one from the drop-down. - - - - Income Total: Specify the - account into which the total balance of all income - accounts will be transferred. Optionally you can create a - new account to receive the transfer using the - New button. - - - - Expense Total: Specify the - account into which the total balance of all expense - accounts will be transferred. Again, you can optionally - create a new account to receive the transfer using the - New button. - - - - Description: Specify the - description that will be entered in the closing entry. - - - - - - - How It Works - &app; closes books by - creating one transaction per currency for income accounts, - and one transaction per currency for expense accounts. The - transactions all use the date selected by the user, and each - transaction may contain any number of splits. Each split - moves the balance out of one income or expense account. The - last split in each closing transaction moves the total - offsetting debit/credit balance into the specified equity - account. - - Each transaction will use the description provided by - the user in the Description: entry. - - The fact that &app; just - uses transactions to close the books makes it very simple to - undo a book closing: just delete the closing transactions. - - - What It Doesn’t - Do - The book closing tool does not delete any accounts or - transactions; create any new files; or hide any accounts. - - - Necessity - Note that closing the books in &app; - is unnecessary. You do not need to zero out - your income and expense accounts at the end of each financial - period. &app;’s built-in - reports automatically handle concepts like retained earnings - between two different financial periods. - - In fact, closing the books reduces the usefulness of - the standard reports because the reports don’t - currently understand closing transactions. So from their - point of view it simply looks like the net income or expense - in each account for a given period was simply zero. - - - Conclusion - If you close your books, be prepared to see inaccuracies - in the standard reports. On the other hand, you will see - current-period income and expense figures in the chart of - accounts. - - - - - Lots in Account - - &app; uses lots in 2 ways: - - - - To link security buy transactions to sell transactions so - the real cost of the sold securities can be used to calculate capital - gain or loss. See . - - - To link payments or credit notes to the invoices to which - they apply in the Business Features. See - . - - - - - - Lots for Security Capital Gains - - The Lots in Account SSSS window, where SSSS is - the security account, is used to manually or automatically link - security transaction splits to lots and create capital gain/loss - transactions to account for the difference between the costs of buying - a security and the value received by selling it. - - - To open the Lots in Account window, open the - security account register, then select - - Actions - View Lots - . - - -
- Lots in Account window for Security Capital Gains - - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window for a security account - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window for a security account. - - - -
- - - Screen Elements - - Adjusting the Size of Screen Elements - - - As well as adjusting the size of the whole window, it is - possible to adjust the proportions of the window elements both - horizontally and vertically. - - - There are 2 bars for adjusting the window horizontally. One - between the Title and the Lots in - This Account panel, and the other between the - Splits free panel and the >> - and << buttons. - - - The window proportions may be adjusted vertically by - dragging the vertical bar located to the right of Show - only open lots. - - - These resizing bars can be hard to see, so move the mouse pointer - until it changes to the resize pointer then click and drag the bar. - The resize pointers are different depending on your operating system - and theme. Here are some examples of resize pointers: - - - - - - - - - <-> - - - - - - - - - - - It is not possible to individually adjust the size of panel - columns. - - - Fields - - - Title: Shows the title for the highlighted - (selected) lot in the Lots in This Account - panel. When a new lot is created by clicking the New Lot - button, it has a default title of Lot n - where n is a number starting at 0 (for each security - account) and incrementing by 1. Deleting a lot does not reset the - next number to be used, but the title can be changed as required. - - - - - Notes: Notes for the highlighted lot. - Users are free to enter anything they wish and the notes can be - changed as required. - - - - - Panels - - The order of the items in all the panels in this window - can be adjusted by clicking on the column headings. - - - - - Lots in This Account panel - This panel shows lots for this security account. - If Show only open lots is checked, only - lots that have not been completely sold are shown. - - Columns - - Type: Always - blank for security lots. This window is also used for business - lots (which link payments to invoices) when coming from an - Accounts Payable or Receivable account and in that case, - Type will be I for - invoice. Credit Notes are also Type I. - - - - Opened: Open - if there are no splits in the lot, otherwise the - date of the earliest split in this lot. - - - Closed: - Open if the lot is not fully sold, otherwise the - date of the last sell split. - - - - Title: Lot Title. - - - - Balance: Number of unsold - securities in this lot. - - - Gains: Calculated - gains or losses for this lot. - - - - - - - Splits free panel - - This panel shows buy and sell splits for this security - account which are not linked to a lot. Capital Gains splits - (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown. - - - Columns - - - Date: Transaction Date Posted. - - - - Num: Transaction Num. - - - Description: Transaction - Description. - - - Amount: - Number of shares bought or sold from the transaction split. - Positive for buys, negative for sells. If the security - transaction split has been split into multiple subsplits - (because a split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount - will not be the full transaction amount, but only the amount - for this split. - - - Value: Amount x split price. - - - - Gain/Loss: - For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will - be recalculated during scrubbing. - - - Balance: - Cumulative number of unsold shares for free splits. - - - - - - - Splits in Lot panel - - This panel shows splits linked to the highlighted lot in - the Lots in This Account panel. This - panel will be empty until a lot is highlighted in the - Lots in This Account panel. Capital Gains - splits (Shares and Price are 0) are not shown. - - - - Columns - - - - Date: - Transaction Date Posted. - - - Num: - Transaction Num. - - - Description: - Transaction Description. - - - Amount: - Split number of shares bought or sold. Positive for buys, - negative for sells. If the security transaction split has been - split into multiple subsplits (say by scrubbing because a - split may only be linked to 1 lot), this amount will not be - the full transaction amount, but only the amount for this - split. - - - - Value: - Amount (No of Shares) x split price. - - - Gain/Loss: - For sell splits, shows calculated gain or loss. This will - be recalculated during scrubbing. - - - Balance: - The number of unsold shares in this lot after this - transaction. - - - - - - - Buttons - - - - - >>: Links a free split - (buy or sell) to a lot. This button is not enabled until both - a lot and a free split are highlighted. The split moves from - the Splits free panel to the - Splits in lot panel. - - - Multiple buy splits and multiple sell splits may be linked - to the same lot. Refer to following section about the - Scrub Account button for details of the capital gains - transactions created in these situations. - - - - - - <<: Unlinks a split - from a lot. The split moves from the Splits in lot - panel to the Splits free panel. - This button is not enabled until a split in the Splits - in lot panel is highlighted. When the last split is - unlinked from a lot, the lot is automatically deleted - if there is no capital gain/loss transaction. - - - New Lot: Creates a new - lot which shows in the Lots in This Account - panel. The new lot is not linked to any split. - - - - - Scrub Account: - - - Creates a lot for each buy transaction split - that is not already linked to a lot. - A new lot is created for each unlinked buy transaction - split because gains on investments, in some jurisdictions, - may be taxed at different rates depending on how long they - were held before being sold. As a separate capital gains - transaction is created for each lot, this makes it easier to - determine tax on the capital gains based on the lot opened - and closed dates. - - - If you know that the capital gains from a - sale are all to be taxed at the same rate, you can manually - link multiple buys to a lot so scrubbing will only create - 1 capital gains transaction. - - - - It is also possible to manually link multiple sell - transaction splits to a lot. In this case scrubbing creates - a capital gains transaction per sell transaction split - based on the average cost of securities held at the time of - each sale, assuming acquisitions are allocated to sales - using the security account costing method (currently only - FIFO). As this makes it complicated to manually verify the - costs are correct, it may be wise to limit this to specific - situations, say for example if there are multiple sales on - the same day. - - - - - Links buy and sell transaction splits to lots using FIFO - method. - - - - - Calculates gain/loss and creates a separate capital - gain/loss transaction for each lot that does not already - have one. - - - - If gain/loss splits have been manually entered as - part of a sell transaction, scrubbing does not recognize - them, so if manually adding gain/loss, always separate - the gain/loss splits from the transaction that reduces - the No of Shares, by putting them - in a separate transaction. - - - - - - - - Scrub: Scrub only the - highlighted lot. This button is only enabled if a lot is - highlighted. If no buy splits are linked to the highlighted lot, - nothing is done. The Scrub button will link - any free sell splits to the lot as required until the sum of the - sell split amounts equals the sum of the buy split amounts. If - the sum of the sell split amounts is greater than the sum of the - buy split amounts, a sell split will itself be split into 2 - splits, with the remaining amount in an unlinked split. - - - - For both the Scrub Account and the - Scrub buttons: - - - The Gain/Loss for each lot is recalculated and a capital - gain transaction is created if needed. The transaction has - 1 split for the security account and the other with - account Orphaned Gains-CCC where CCC is - the security currency. The Orphaned Gains-CCC - account is used because &app; - doesn't know which capital gain or loss - account should be used, so the user must change it to the - required income (or expense) gain or loss account. - - - - - - Delete: Delete the highlighted - lot. Any linked splits are automatically freed (unlinked). This - button is only enabled if a lot is highlighted. - - - - - Close: Close the - Lots in Account SSSS window. - - - - - See Tutorial and Concepts Guide, - Automatic Calculation of Capital Gain or Loss Using Lots for - more details. - - - - - - - Lots for Business Features - - - Introduction - For business features, lots are used to link payments or credit - notes to the invoices to which they apply. This is for both customer - invoices and vendor bills. - - - There are 2 main uses for the Lots in Account - window in relation to the business features: - - - - - - To enquire about which payments or credit notes offset particular - invoices. For each invoice and credit note, &app; - automatically creates 1 (and only 1) lot. By - selecting the lot for the invoice or credit note in the - Lots in This Account panel, all the transaction splits - for that lot show in the Splits in Lot panel. - - - - - Alternatively, print the invoice and check the - Payments option on the Display tab in the report - options. The Tax Invoice always shows payments so does not have - the Payments option. - - - - - - - To correct mistakes that are hard to correct otherwise (either due - to bugs in past versions of gnucash or due to unintended use of - said features). Some of these use cases are found on - - this wiki page - . In the context of the normal operation of business - features , the Lots in Account window is - not used to create, delete, link or unlink - lots. Lots are usually generated and manipulated internally only - by the business features programs. - - - - - To open the Lots in Account AAAA window, - where AAAA is the Accounts Receivable (AR) or - Accounts Payable (AP) account, open the - AR or AP account register, - then select - - Actions - View Lots - . - - -
- Lots in Account window for business features - - - - - - - - - - - Example of Lots in Account window for an Accounts - Receivable account - - - - An image of the Lots in Account - window for an Accounts Receivable account. - - - -
- - - - Screen Elements - - The screen elements of the Lots in Account - window for an AR or AP account are the same as for a security account, - although the actions and data are different. As this window is only - used for creating, deleting, linking or unlinking lots in - exceptional circumstances, the differences are not - described. See for a description - of the screen elements and what the buttons do when used with the lots - of a security account. - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml b/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 5a7bfd439..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_ch_Transactions.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,892 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Common Transaction Operations - - A transaction represents the movement of money from one account to another account. Whenever you spend or - receive money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction. In &app; transactions always involve - at least two accounts. - - &app; uses accounts as a way of grouping or organizing the recording of transactions. - This section describes the methods &app; has to help enter transactions - quickly into the register. - - - &app; has several methods available for entering transactions. - - - - Entering directly into the register window is the most common way of entering transactions. - - - - Using the Transfer Funds window . - - - - Importing transactions either from a file or via on-line banking. - - - - - - - - Transfer Funds Dialog Box - The Transfer Funds Dialog Box, accessed - via Actions - Transfer... or its - shortcut or by pressing the Transfer icon - from the account register tab, serves two purposes in - &app;: A way to - create a simple (i.e. two-split) transaction between arbitrary - accounts. Collect exchange rate or amount - information in a multi-currency transaction (see ). - - The Basic Information and - Transfer Accounts panes will be disabled in - the Transfer Funds dialog when it is being - used only to collect exchange rate or amount - information. - Basic Information - The Basic Information section collects the entries for - constructing a transaction: Date, description, amount, etc. - - Amount: The amount of the transaction in the Transfer Fromaccount's commodity. - Date: The posting date for the - transaction, i.e. the date that you want to record it in your - book. - Num: A reference number for the - transaction, often a check number. - Description: The description of - the transaction, often the payer or payee. - Memo: Additional information you - might want to note about the transaction. Anything entered here - will be added to the Memo fields of - both splits. - - - Transfer Accounts - The Transfer From and - Transfer To tree views are used to select the - accounts which will participate in the transaction. They normally - show only Asset and Liability accounts. If you need to use an - Income or Expense account in one of them, check the Show - Income/Expense checkbox below the appropriate - view. - - - Choose the Transfer From account. - - - - Choose the Transfer To account. - - - - Currency Transfer - The Currency Transfer pane is used to - collect the needed information to enter the amount of the - Transfer To split. You may enter either a - price or an amount and &app; will - compute the other. If you have Online Price Retrieval installed - (see ) you can use the - Fetch Rate button to retrieve a current - quote. - The Currency Transfer pane is enabled - only if the selected accounts use different commodities or the - Transfer Funds dialog was launched to collect - price or amount information from editing a transaction in the - register. - The Currency Transfer pane is organized - as a radio group with two selections, Exchange - Rate and To Amount. Each consists - of a radio button and a numeric entry. - If a relevant price is available in the price database (see - ) the Exchange - Rate will have that as a default entry. - - Select the Exchange Rate radio - button if you want to enter a price or use the Fetch - Rate button. - Select the - To Amount radio button if you want to enter - the amount of the To Account - split. - Enter the price/exchange rate or the amount in the - numeric entry corresponding to radio button you - selected. &app; will calculate the - other amount for you when you exit the field. If it's enabled - you can use the Fetch Rate button to - retrieve a current quote. - - If you have created a price in the Price - Editor (see ) for the current date quote - retrieval will not update that price. You must first delete the - manually-created price in the Price Editor - before clicking the Fetch Rate - button. - The Fetch - Rate button will immediately create or replace a - price in the Price Editor unless there is - an existing manually-created price for - today. - - Finishing Up - Select OK to commit the transaction - (or confirm the price/amount) or Cancel to - dismiss the dialog without entering the - transaction.When committing a transaction or - confirming an exchange rate the price on the transaction date in - the Price Editor may be updated. See for details. - - - - - Enter Transaction via register - - When the Account Register Window for an account is opened the list of transactions for that - account is shown. This window has the name of the account on its tab. The menus contain several - functions that alter the display of transactions. The Toolbar also contains several functions that are - often used when entering or manipulating transactions. These are described in the - section of this document. - - - Entering Directly in the Register Window - - The register window will look slightly different depending on the style options you have chosen. - The following describes entering simple transactions in the basic ledger style. The cursor is placed - in the date field by default when the register window is opened. - - - When working on transactions in &app;, be aware that the - Enter key and the Tab key behave - differently, and perform different actions. - The Enter key moves to the first field of the next split, - regardless of which field you are in. If there is no next split, proceeds to the next transaction. - In any case, Enter finishes the transaction edit, and any - imbalance is posted to Imbalance-CUR, where CUR is the - currency of the transaction. - The Tab key moves to the next field in the current split. - If it's the last field, moves to the next split, creating a new one if there isn't one. If the - split is blank, the Tab key finishes the transaction and posts any - imbalance to Imbalance-CUR, as above. - - - - - Selecting the small icon on the right of the date field drops down a date selection calendar. - Use the arrows to select the correct month and year for the transaction then select the date. - Selecting the icon once more will close the date selection calendar. It is also possible to - type in the date or part of the date and let &app; fill the rest. - - - - Press Tab to move to or select the Num field. Here you can enter a check or - transaction number. Pressing + (plus) will automatically advance the number by one from - the last transaction to have a number. - - - - Press Tab to move or select the Description field. This field is used to enter - either a payee or other description for the transaction. It will automatically attempt to fill the payee - name as you type. - - - - At this stage one of two things will happen if tab is pressed. If &app; matches an existing - transaction the cursor will jump to one of the amount fields, automatically filling in the transfer - account. Selecting any field with the mouse instead of tabbing will not automatically fill the - transferring account field. If there is no matching (existing) transaction, &app; will move the - cursor to the Transfer field with only one line of the transaction supplied. - - - - Accounts may be selected either by typing them in or - by pressing the small button on the right of the - Transfer field, which will display a - pick list of all non-placeholder accounts. Note that this pick list - will still display hidden accounts. If you have hidden an account in - your chart of accounts, you may want to set the account also to be - a placeholder account so that it doesn't display here. - - When typing, &app; will - fill in available accounts as you type. For example, if you - have Equity and - Expenses top-level accounts, typing - E will fill in Equity because it sorts before - Expenses. Continuing to - type x will present Expenses the account separator - (: by default, see Account Preferences about - changing it) will accept the currently offered account so - that you can start typing the name of a child - account. - - - - The next field (R) is used for reconciliation. This is described in the Reconcile an - Account to a Statement section. - - - - Press the Tab key to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns are different - according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show Deposit and - Withdrawal here, Credit Card accounts show Payment and - Charge, and Stock accounts show Shares, Price, - Buy and Sell. - - - - Enter an amount for the transaction in the correct fields. When the transaction is "balanced" - pressing the Enter key, selecting the Enter icon or going to - TransactionEnter Transaction will - finish the transaction. Selecting the Cancel icon or going to - TransactionCancel Transaction - will erase the transaction. - - - - Transactions with just one transfer account will show the name of that account in the Transfer - field in completed transactions. (The Transfer field is the fourth (4) from the left in the register - display.) - - - - To move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register, press the - Blank Toolbar icon or go to - ActionsBlank Transaction. - - - - - - - - - Multiple Split Transactions - - The register window will look slightly different depending on the style options you have chosen. - The following describes entering transactions with multiple splits in the basic ledger style. &app; describes - as a Split when money is transferred to or from more than two accounts in a transaction. - The cursor is placed in the date field by default when the register window is opened. - - The multiple account lines will not be displayed in the Basic Ledger unless the Split - icon or the ActionSplit Transaction option have been selected. - - - - - Selecting the triangle icon on the right of the date field drops down a date selection dialog. - Use the arrows to select the correct month and year for the transaction then select the date. Selecting - the icon once more will close the date selection calendar. It is also possible to type in the - date or part of the date and let &app; fill the rest. - - - - Press Tab to move to or select the Num field. Here you can enter a check or - transaction number. Pressing + (plus) will automatically advance the number by one from - the last transaction to have a number. - - - - Press Tab to move to or select the Description field. This field is used to enter - either a payee or other description for the transaction. It will automatically attempt to fill the payee name - as you type. - - - - At this stage one of two things will happen if tab is pressed. If &app; matches an existing - transaction the cursor will jump to one of the amount fields, automatically filling in the transfer - account. Selecting any field with the mouse instead of tabbing will not automatically fill the - transferring account field. If there is no matching (existing) transaction, &app; will move the - cursor to the Transfer field with only one line of the transaction supplied. - - - - When typing in the Transfer field &app; will also attempt to automatically match the account. - It does this alphabetically, so typing Ex will match the Expenses section of the account list. - When the section is matched, it is possible to move to a child account by pressing : (colon). - If after typing Ex you press : then the cursor will move to the first child account in the - list. Typing combinations of letters and : will allow movement down the tree of accounts - quickly. The small icon on the right of the Transfer field can be used as an alternate way of selecting accounts. - - - - - The next field is used for reconciliation. This is described in - - - - Press Tab to move to the first of the amount fields. The names of the next two columns - are different according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show - Deposit and Withdrawal here, Credit Card accounts show Payment and Charge, and Stock accounts - show Shares, Price, Buy and Sell. - - - - Enter the total amount for the transaction in the correct field. Before pressing Tab - or Enter read next step. - - - - To enter the additional splits, press the Split button on the Toolbar or select - ActionsSplit Transaction. - Transactions with more than one split show the text --Split Transaction-- and the - Split button will need to be used - to show the details. - - - - The display will expand, the titles of the amount columns will be renamed and the Transfer - column name will be blank. The first line contains the description and the amount of the transaction. - The second line contains the currently opened account name in the Account field and the amount of - the transaction. The third line contains the transfer account name in the Account field. If the - amount is not balanced, &app; will indicate this by placing gray check-boxes in the amount columns - with the unbalanced amount in a blank last row. - - - - When one of the short lines is selected, the column titles will change. The very first and last - (Date and Balance) columns will have blank titles. Num - will change to Action, Description to Memo, - the now blank Transfer column will change to Account. The last two amount columns - will show the name described in step seven. - - - - The Action and Memo columns are optional to fill out at this stage. - Action is used to describe what kind of account transfer is involved. Memo - is an additional description of the transfer. - - - - Move to the missing amount field on the third line and fill in the amount. Pressing the - Enter key, selecting the Enter icon or going to - ActionsEnter - will now move the cursor to the next line. - - - - The Account column contains the list of transfer accounts. This column is the one that is used - to add splits. The method described in step five can be used to select another account on a blank line. - Add as many additional splits as needed. - - - - When the transaction is balanced the gray check-boxes will disappear and the last blank line will - not have an amount. - - - - Pressing Enter as described above will jump to the next - transaction. Selecting the next transaction will close the split or it can be manually closed by pressing - the Split icon or selecting - ActionsSplit Transaction. - - - - - - - Multiple Currency/Commodity Transactions - - Any transaction that has splits whose accounts are - denominated in different commodities (currencies are a subset - of commodities) requires an exchange rate to convert between - the two. For more information please see Chapter 10 of the - Tutorial and Concepts Guide. - Registers for accounts of type STOCK or FUND display - four columns, Shares, - Price, Buy, and - Sell (the last two will be - Credit and Debit - respectively if you've enabled Use formal accounting - labels in the Accounts tab of - Preferences). Enter any two and - &app; will calculate the other for - you; if you enter 3 and the result doesn't balance - &app; will ask which one to change - to make the split balance. - Registers of other types have only - Credit and Debit (the - names will be different depending on the account type if you - haven't enabled Use formal accounting labels) - and so use the Transfer Dialog with most of - the fields disabled to collect either an Exchange - Rate or a To Amount (the amount in - the other currency/comodity). Please see () for details of using this - dialog. - When committing a transaction or confirming - an exchange rate the price on the transaction date in the - Price Editor may be updated. See for details. - - - - Editing a Transaction - - Editing a transaction involves just selecting the part of the transaction that needs to be changed. - Once the changes are complete pressing the Enter key, selecting the - Enter icon or going to - TransactionEnter Transaction will - now move the cursor to the next line or transaction. - - - To see a more detailed view of a transaction for editing in Basic Ledger, press the - Split button on the Toolbar or select - ActionsSplit Transaction. - - - - Deleting a Transaction - - If a transaction needs to be removed from the register, select the transaction and press either - the Delete icon on the Toolbar or go to - TransactionDelete Transaction. - - A window will appear to confirm the delete, unless the preference has been changed. The window presents - two options; "Remember and don’t ask again", and "Remember and don’t ask again this session". The response - will be set according to the selected checkbox. The preference can also be reset via - ActionsReset Warnings. . - - Parts of a transaction can also be removed by pressing the Split button on - the Toolbar or selecting - ActionsSplit Transaction. The part of the - transaction that needs to be deleted can be then selected for deletion. - - - - Add Reversing Transaction - - In formal accounting, transactions should never be deleted or altered. Instead, when a mistake is made, the original transaction remains in the ledger, and a reversing transaction is added to the ledger. This reversing transaction restores the ledger to its state before the error, allowing the user to enter the transaction again correctly. - - While a user can certainly enter reversing transactions manually, &app; includes a menu option (TransactionAdd Reversing Transaction) that can quickly create the reversing transaction for you. This option only appears when you are in an account register. When you are in the transaction that needs to be reversed, all you need to do is select this menu item, and a duplicate transaction that reverses the active transaction is immediately created. - - Once you choose the menu item, a reversing transaction is immediately created in the account using the current date. You may wish to locate the new transaction at the end of the register, and add explanatory notes to it. - - - - Removing Transaction Splits - - Removing Transaction Splits involves erasing all splits except the one for the account that is opened. - This is a useful way of reusing a previous transaction that has multiple splits that need to be changed. - (Note this can be done without opening the split, but doing so makes the effect more visible) - - - - If in Basic Ledger, press the Split button on the Toolbar or select - ActionsSplit Transaction - to open the transaction. If in other modes select transaction. - - - - Select TransactionRemove Transaction Splits. - A window will appear to confirm the delete, unless the preference has been changed. The window - presents two options; "Remember and don’t ask again", and "Remember and don’t ask again this session". - The response will be set according to the selected checkbox. The preference can also be reset via - ActionsReset Warnings. . - - - - All Accounts and their related details will be removed except for the - currently opened account. - - - - The amount is not balanced and &app; will indicate this by placing gray - check-boxes in the amount columns with the unbalanced amount in the blank last - row. - - - - Edit the transaction to fill in the new details. - - - - - - Copying a Transaction - - Copying Transactions is available from the Transaction menu. The - Transaction menu has Cut Transaction, Copy - Transaction and Paste Transaction which allows a whole transaction to be - cut or copied and pasted to a new transaction line. - This way of copying a transaction will use the date showing in the new transaction blank line. - - - The TransactionDuplicate Transaction... or the Toolbar - Duplicate which, unlike the Copy method, allows for choosing a different date. - - - - Select the transaction to duplicate. - - - - Go to TransactionDuplicate Transaction... - - - - A dialog called Duplicate Transaction will prompt for a new - Date and Num for the transaction. - - - - Press OK to add the transaction to the register. - - - - - - Setting the reconcile status (<guilabel>R</guilabel> field) of a transaction - In the &app; register there is a column named R. This field - indicates the status of a transaction. Possible values are: - - - - n - - Default status when a transaction is created - - - - - c - - Cleared. Status may be assigned either manually or by an import process. - - - - - y - - Status assigned solely by the reconciliation process (see ). - Places limits optionally requiring confirmation on editing fields in that line of a transaction. - - - - - f - - Frozen. Not implemented at this time - - - - - v - - Voided. Status is assigned or released manually through the transaction menu () - to a transaction and applies to every line in the transaction. It hides most of the transaction details but does not delete them. - When a transaction is voided a reason entry is required that appears to the right of the transaction notes. The notes - and void reason will only be visible when you have enabled - ViewDouble Line. - - - - - - - - Jump to another Account Register - - When using the Account Register Window it is frequently useful to be able to - view another account and also the transfer account at the same time. &app; allows you to - do this quickly by using the Jump button available in the Toolbar or - the ActionsJump menu item in the Account Register Window. - - Select the transaction in the Account Register Window and either click the Jump icon or select - ActionsJump to open the Account Register Window - target. If the transaction is split - between more than one transfer account then you will need to show all the split transfer accounts first and - select the transfer account to jump to. - - - - Scheduling Transactions - - Scheduled Transactions provide the ability to have reminders scheduled or transactions scheduled to be - entered at a specified date. This is combined with the Since Last Run - assistant () to review and enter the transactions. The - Mortgage & Loan Repayment assistant () is used - to setup a scheduled transaction to repay a compounding interest loan. The Scheduled Transaction Editor - () is used to create and edit transactions that are to be added to the - register in an automated way. - - The easiest way to setup a scheduled transaction is to use an existing transaction in an account register - as a template. Select the transaction you wish to use as a template and then either select the - Schedule icon on the Toolbar or go to - ActionsSchedule.... - This will bring up the Make Scheduled Transaction dialog. - - - - Name: Enter a name to use for the scheduled transaction. This will be - used in the Description field of the transaction. - - - - Frequency: Choose the time period you want between scheduled entries. The - dates that the transactions will be entered will show in the mini calendar pane to the right. - - - - Start Date: Choose a date for the scheduled transaction to start. - - - - Never End: This scheduled transaction has no finish date. - - - - End Date: Choose a date for the scheduled transaction to end. - - - - Number of Occurrences: Enter the number of times you wish the scheduled - transaction to be added to the register. - - - - The Advanced... button brings up the Scheduled Transaction Editor’s dialog to - Edit the Scheduled Transaction. This is described in the section Scheduled Transaction Editor. - - - - Scheduled Transactions Window - - The Scheduled Transactions Window is used to access the list of scheduled transactions and create, - edit or remove them. It also provides a calendar which displays upcoming scheduled transactions. Clicking - on the calendar view and hovering over any date will pop up a small dialog that shows the transactions - scheduled for that day. The yellow highlight in the calendar indicates which days have scheduled - transactions. To dismiss the hover dialog click once more. - - The top pane of the Scheduled Transaction Window contains the list of scheduled transactions that are - currently setup. This window lists the Name of the transaction, if the transaction is enabled for scheduling, - the Frequency (month and day) that the transaction is to be entered, the last time the transaction was entered - and the next time the transaction will be entered. - - The right side of this pane contains a down arrow button that when clicked will pull-down a window to - allow selection of the characteristics displayed in the list. Unchecking the appropriate box will remove the - characteristic from the display. - - The Toolbar of this window contains three buttons to create, delete and edit scheduled transactions. - New and Edit buttons opens the Edit Scheduled Transaction dialog. - Delete removes the selected scheduled transaction. - The same options are available thru ScheduleNew/Edit/Delete, - from the Scheduled Transaction Tab. - - Below the list of scheduled transactions is the Upcoming calendar. This calendar displays up to the next - year and highlights the dates that the scheduled transactions are scheduled to occur so it is easy to see when - the transactions are scheduled. Clicking on a date in the calendar brings up a list of scheduled transactions - for that date. Moving the mouse over other dates changes to the list of transactions on those dates. Clicking - once more on the calendar removes the transaction list. - - The Scheduled Transaction Window is activated from the Account tab or the Transaction Register via - ActionsScheduled Transaction - Scheduled Transaction Editor.... - - - - - Edit Scheduled Transaction Window - - The Edit Scheduled Transaction Window is divided into a Name area, Options area, Occurrences area, - Recurrence Frequency area, mini calendar and Template Transaction pane. - - The Name field is used to enter the name for the scheduled transaction. This will be - used in the Description of the transaction. - - The Options area contains check-boxes to set if the transaction is - automatically created and how many days in advance the transaction is created and/or a reminder posted. - - - The Occurrences area contains selections to set for dates limits on - transactions to be entered or the number of transactions to be entered. - - The Recurrence Frequency area contains selections to set how - often the transaction is scheduled to be added and on what dates this occurs. - - The mini calendar provides a visual indication of what transactions are already scheduled. - - The Template Transaction pane allows you to setup the transaction - as you would like it to be entered into the register. - - These options are described in more detail in - - - From the Scheduled Transaction tab selecting a transaction from the list and pressing - the Edit or New buttons will bring up the Edit Scheduled Transaction Editor. - - - - - - - Printing Checks - - Checks are printed in &app; from the account register. &app; provides the - ability to print to several standard Quicken Checks (including US Letter) or to make - a custom check format. Check position and Date formats are also customizable. - - To print a single check in &app;, select the transaction to print a check for - and go to FilePrint Checks. - This will open the Print Checks properties dialog to print the selected transaction. - - To print multiple checks in &app; execute a search to find the transactions - you wish to print. With the search results window as the front window go to - FilePrint Checks. This will open - the Print Checks properties dialog to print all the transactions in the search results window. - - The Print Checks dialog has two tabs. The first tab, Options, is used to setup - the most common options to print a check. The second tab, Custom format, is used to - setup the position of various fields on the check. It is useful to print a test check - to a plain piece of paper first and use that to make any adjustments needed. - - The default selection in Options is for Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter checks. - - - - Check format: Test with Quicken first then use custom if the position is incorrect. - - - - Check position: This sets if the Top, Middle or Bottom check is printed. Custom is used if the - position of the checks on the page is incorrect. - - - - Date format: The default here is set in the Preferences International section. Choose a date format. - This can also be adjusted by the Use of the Months: and Years: lines. Custom allows the date format to be - set in the Format: box (%m means month, %d means day, %Y means year) A Sample of the format chosen is - displayed below. - - - Address: This sets the address of the Payee, if the check format includes a - space for it and you are printing a single check. - - - - The Custom format tab has two sections. The top half of the window (above the - dividing line) allows you to position the fields in each check. It contains two - columns to enter in the X and Y co-ordinates of the field position on the - check. Positions in the Custom Check Format entry area are specified with x = 0 at - the left edge of the check with x increasing to the right, and y = 0 at the top edge - of the check with y increasing as you travel down. (If you are using a version of - GTK prior to 2.10, then y = 0 is at the bottom of the page and y increases as you - travel up.) - - - - Payee: - - - - Date: - - - - Amount (words): - - - - Amount (numbers): - - - - Address: - - - - Notes: - - - - Memo: - - - - Splits Amount: - - - - Splits Memo: - - - - Splits Account: - - - - The part of the custom format tab below the dividing line contains fields to - position the entire check correctly on the page. The Translation field is the - distance from the top left corner and the Rotation field rotates the check - clockwise by the indicated amount. - - The Units field in the bottom half of the window specifies the units used in - all the fields in both halves of the window. - - Once OK is pressed on the Print Check dialog the Print &app; Document dialog is presented. Press OK - to print the check. - - - - - Online Actions ... - - This section is "under construction - any input will be welcome !!". - - Get Balance - Get Transactions ... - Issue Transaction - Direct Debit - - - - - General Journal - The General Journal is an advanced register used to enter transactions without needing to open - individual accounts. The General Journal shows the transaction entries for all accounts on one register. - - Entering transactions in the General Journal is more complicated than entering them in the individual - account registers. The advantage is the General Journal provides a more comprehensive view of the - transactions you have entered in all your accounts. - - The General Journal defaults to showing only the previous month of transactions. This is changeable - by using the "Filter By..." on the View menu. - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml b/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 360f3fd74..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_chartofaccts.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,518 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Assets - - - - Cash On Hand - - - -Checking account - - - - -Money Market Account - - - - -Certificate of Deposit - - - - - - - - - Fixed Assets - - - -Furniture - - - - -Computers - - - - -Jewelry, Collectibles - - - - -Tools, Machinery - - - - - - - - - Investments - - - -Stocks - - - - -Bonds - - - - -Mutual Funds - - - - -Real Estate - - - - - - - - - - - - - Liabilities - - - - Taxes - - - -Federal Income Tax - - - - -Social Security - - - - -Medicare - - - - -FUTA - - - - -State Income Tax - - - - - - - - - Accounts Payable - - - -MasterCard - - - - -Visa - - - - -American Express - - - - -Diner’s Club - - - - - - - - - Loans - - - -Debentures - - - - -School Loan - - - - -Uncle Harry’s Tide-me-over - - - - - - - - - - - - - Equity - - - -Retained Earnings - - - - -Current Year Earnings - - - - -Historical Adjustments - - - - - - - - - Income - - - - Interest Income - - - -Bank Account Interest - - - - -Certificate of Deposit - - - - -Bond Interest - - - - - - - - - Dividends - - - -Stock - - - - -Mutual Fund - - - - - - - - - Consulting - - - -ABC Design - - - - -PQR Infomatics - - - - - - - - - Salary - - - -My Day Job - - - - - - - - - Commissions - - - -Royalties - - - - - - - - - - - - - Expenses - - - - Rent and Utilities - - - -Rent - - - - -Rent Late Fees - - - - -Electricity - - - - -Gas - - - - -Phone - - - - -Internet - - - - -Cable TV - - - - - - - - - Office Expenses - - - -Accounting - - - - -Legal - - - - -Software - - - - -Postage - - - - -Bank Charges - - - - -Credit Card Charges - - - - -Toner, Paper, Paper Clips - - - - - - - - - Auto Expenses - - - -Gas - - - - -Insurance - - - - -Repair - - - - -Rental - - - - - - - - - Taxes - - - -Social Security - - - - -Unemployment - - - - -IRS penalties - - - - - - - - - Wages and Salaries - - - -Consulting - - - - -Wages - - - - -Health Insurance - - - - - - - - - Travel - - - -Air - - - - -Hotel - - - - -Meals - - - - -Auto - - - - - - - - - Marketing - - - -Advertising - - - - -Trade Shows - - - - -Give Aways - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_chtacctseg.xml b/help/C/Help_chtacctseg.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e69469a58..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_chtacctseg.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - - - - 300 Expenses - | - +--310 Living Expenses - | | - | +--311 Beer - | | - | +--312 Cable - | - +--320 Business Expenses - | | - | +--321 8-inch Floppies - | | - | +--322 Blue Ray RW DVDs - | | - : : - diff --git a/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml b/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2aa173ff7..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_fdl-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,670 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Version 1.1, March 2000 - - - 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - - -
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, - Suite 330, Boston, MA - 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - - GNU Free Documentation License - - - 0. PREAMBLE - - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document free in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - - - - This License is a kind of copyleft, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - - - - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - - - - 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - Document, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as you. - - - - A Modified Version of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - - - - A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - - - - The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - The Cover Texts are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not Transparent is called - Opaque. - - - - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - - - - The Title Page means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, Title Page means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - - - - - 2. VERBATIM COPYING - - You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in section 3. - - - - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - - - - - 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY - - If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - Document and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - - - - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - - - - If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - - - - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the Document well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - - - - - 4. MODIFICATIONS - - You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of - sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - - - - - - A - - Use in the Title - Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the Document, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - - - - - - - B - - List on the Title - Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the Document (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - - - - - - - C - - State on the Title - Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the - publisher. - - - - - - - D - - Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - - - - - - - E - - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - - - - - - - F - - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - - - - - - - G - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and - required Cover - Texts given in the Document’s license notice. - - - - - - - H - - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - - - - - - - I - - Preserve the section entitled History, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on - the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled History in the - Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - - - - - - - J - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access - to a Transparent - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the History - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - - - - - - - K - - In any section entitled Acknowledgements or - Dedications, preserve the section’s title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - - - - - - - L - - Preserve all the Invariant - Sections of the Document, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - - - - - - - M - - Delete any section entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not be - included in the Modified - Version. - - - - - - - N - - Do not retitle any existing section as - Endorsements or to conflict in title with - any Invariant - Section. - - - - - - - If the Modified Version - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - Secondary Sections and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the - Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - - - - You may add a section entitled Endorsements, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - - - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of - the list of Cover Texts - in the Modified Version. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the Document - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - - - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . - - - - - 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS - - You may combine the Document - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in section 4 - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the Invariant - Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - - - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical Invariant - Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - - - - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - History in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled History; likewise - combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, - and any sections entitled Dedications. You must - delete all sections entitled Endorsements. - - - - - 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - - - - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - - - - - 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a Modified Version - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - aggregate, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - - - - - 8. TRANSLATION - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - - - - - 9. TERMINATION - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - - - - - 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - - The Free Software - Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - - - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - or any later version applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - - - - - Addendum - - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - - -
- - Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, - and with the Back-Cover - Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled GNU Free Documentation - License. - -
- - - If you have no Invariant - Sections, write with no Invariant Sections - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write - no Front-Cover Texts instead of - Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. - - - - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public - License, to permit their use in free software. - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_legal.xml b/help/C/Help_legal.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b9674640c..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_legal.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published - by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, - no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find - a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS - distributed with this manual. - - This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals - distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this - manual separately from the collection, you can do so by - adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in - section 6 of the license. - - - - Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their - products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those - names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of - the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those - trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial - capital letters. - - - - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED - UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE - WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: - - - - DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, - WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR - IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES - THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR - A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE - RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE - OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR - MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, - YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY - CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY - SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER - OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS - LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED - VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER - EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND - - - - UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL - THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), - CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, - INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY - DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION - OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH - PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY - DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER - INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS - OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR - MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR - LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, - EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF - THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml b/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1bb64ca6c..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_tips-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4001 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - &app; Version 2.6.20 + Finance::Quote Version 1.47, March 2018 - - - - - - - <application>&app;</application> Tips and tidbits - - - - - This chapter gives you some background information about - Finance::Quote. - - - - - Finance::Quote Sources - There are 3 types of sources of which the first - currency - is - hardcoded and responsible to fetch ISO currencies. - The other two can be selected in the security editor. - - - - Finance::Quote Sources - Currency source - - - Currency source for Finance::Quote - - - - - &app; - Name - - - - Finance::Quote Name - - - Notes - - - - - - - - Currency - - - currency - - - End of 2017 the provider changed. - Make sure, you updated F::Q to version 1.47 - and follow the instructions at Alphavantage below. - - - - - -
- - - - Quote Sources - Individual sources - - - Individual sources for quotes - - - - - &app; - Name - - - - Finance::Quote Name - - - URL, Notes - - - - - - - - Alphavantage, US - - - alphavantage - - - You need to - - register at and - store the key which you got there in - - - Edit - Preferences - Online Quotes - - . - - To use him also with gnc-fq-* - commands you should set an environment variable ALPHAVANTAGE_API_KEY. - Please consult the manual of your OS or command shell. - Environment variable in <filename>.bashrc</filename> - export ALPHAVANTAGE_API_KEY=############## - - - - - - - - - - Amsterdam Euronext eXchange, NL - - - aex - - - - includes former sources AEX-Futures and -Options - - - - - American International Assurance, HK - - - aiahk - - - - - - - - Association of Mutual Funds In India, IN - - - amfiindia - - - - - - - - Athens Stock Exchange, GR - - - asegr - - - - - - - - Australian Stock Exchange, AU - - - asx - - - - - Requires F::Q 1.41, but unfortunately the ASX website is only working sometimes. - And then only with a small no of stocks in 1 go. From final comment on: - - Price editor does not find ASX:XRO - - - - - - BAMOSZ funds, HU - - - bamosz - - - - - - - - BMO NesbittBurns, CA - - - bmonesbittburns - - - - - - - - Bucharest Stock Exchange (Bursa de Valori Bucuresti), RO - - - bsero - - - - - - - - Budapest Stock Exchange (BET), ex-BUX, HU - - - bse or bet - - - - - - - - Citywire Funds, GB - - - citywire - - - - - - - - Colombo Stock Exchange, LK - - - cse - - - - - - - - - Cominvest Asset Management, ex-Adig, DE - - - cominvest - - - - Obsolete, update: - - - - - - Deka Investments, DE - - - deka - - - - - - - - DWS, DE - - - dwsfunds - - - - - - - - Equinox Unit Trusts, ZA - - - za_unittrusts - - - - - - - - Fidelity Investments, US - - - fidelity_direct - - - - - - - - Fidelity Fixed, US - - - fidelityfixed - - - - - - - - Finance Canada - - - financecanada - - - - - - - - Financial Times Funds service, GB - - - ftfunds - - - - - - - - Finanzpartner, DE - - - finanzpartner - - - - - - - - First Trust Portfolios, US - - - ftportfolios_direct - - - - - - - - Fund Library, CA - - - fundlibrary - - - - - - - - GoldMoney spot rates, JE - - - goldmoney - - - - - - - - HElsinki stock eXchange, FI - - - hex - - - - - - - - Man Investments, AU - - - maninv - - - - - - - - Morningstar, GB - - - mstaruk - - - - - - - - Morningstar, JP - - - morningstarjp - - - - - - - - Morningstar, SE - - - morningstar - - - - - - - - Motley Fool, US - - - fool - - - - - - - - New Zealand stock eXchange, NZ - - - nzx - - - - - - - - Paris Stock Exchange/Boursorama, FR - - - bourso - - - - - - - - Paris Stock Exchange/LeRevenu, FR - - - lerevenu - - - - - - - - Platinum Asset Management, AU - - - platinum - - - - - - - - SIX Swiss Exchange Funds, CH - - - sixfunds - - - - - - - - SIX Swiss Exchange Shares, CH - - - sixshares - - - - - - - - Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken funds, SE - - - seb_funds - - - - Consult for all available funds. - - - - - Sharenet, ZA - - - za - - - - - - - - StockHouse Canada, CA - - - stockhousecanada_fund - - - - - - - - TD Waterhouse Funds, CA - - - tdwaterhouse - - - - - - - - TD Efunds, CA - - - tdefunds - - - - - - - - TIAA-CREF, US - - - tiaacref - - - - - - - - Toronto Stock eXchange, CA - - - tsx - - - - - - - - T. Rowe Price, US - - - troweprice_direct - - - - - - - - Trustnet via tnetuk.pm, GB - - - tnetuk - - - - - - - - Trustnet via trustnet.pm, GB - - - trustnet - - - - - - - - Union Investment, DE - - - unionfunds - - - - - - - - US Treasury Bonds, US - - - usfedbonds - - - - - - - - US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan, US - - - tsp - - - - - - - - Vanguard, US - - - vanguard - - - part of AlphaVantage - - - - - VWD, DE (unmaintained) - - - vwd - - - - See - - - - - - Yahoo USA - Yahoo Asia - Yahoo Australia - Yahoo Brasil - Yahoo Europe - Yahoo New Zealand - - - yahoo - yahoo_asia - yahoo_australia - yahoo_brasil - yahoo_europe - yahoo_nz - - - CSV interface since 2017-11-01 shut off - - - - - Yahoo as JSON, US - - - yahoo_json - - - through "JavaScript Object Notation" - - - - - Yahoo as YQL, US - - - yahoo_yql - - - through "Yahoo Query Language" - - - - - Zuerich Investments (replaced) - - - zifunds - - - Zürich Invest has been purchased by Deutsche Bank and integrated into DWS. - - - - -
- - - - - Finance::Quote Sources - Multiple sources - Here the first successful result of a list of sources gets returned. - - - Multiple sources for quotes - - - - - - Name - - - - - - - Asia disappeared with Yahoo - - - Australia (ASX, ...) - - - Brasil disappeared with Yahoo - - - Canada (Alphavantage, TSX, ...) - - - Canada Mutual (Fund Library, StockHouse, ...) - - - Dutch (AEX, ...) - - - Europe (asegr,.bsero, hex ...) - - - Greece (ASE, ...) - - - Hungary (Bamosz, BET, ...) - - - India Mutual (AMFI, ...) - - - Fidelity (Fidelity, ...) - - - Finland (HEX, ...) - - - First Trust (First Trust, ...) - - - France (Boursorama, LeRevenu, ...) - - - Nasdaq (Alphavantage, Fool, ...) - - - New Zealand (NZX, ...) - - - NYSE (Alphavantage, Fool, ...) - - - South Africa (Sharenet, ...) - - - Romania (bsero, ...) - - - T. Rowe Price - - - U.K. Funds (citywire, FTfunds, MStar, tnetuk, ...) - - - U.K. Unit Trusts (trustnet, ...) - - - USA (Alphavantage, Fool ...) - - - -
- - Sources: - src/engine/gnc-commodity.c:gnc_quote_source (commit c0fd3b3, which was - adjusted for Finance::Quote 1.47), - &app;-Wiki, - bugzilla, - mailing list archive. - - - - - - Yahoo Specifics - - Yahoo has offered quotes from many exchanges and markets. Alphavatage - will behave similar but without delay. If you are not asking for US markets, - you have to specify where to look. A typical Yahoo symbol has the form - <ISIN><markets suffix>. - - - - Yahoo Codes for Exchanges and Markets - - - - - Country - - - Exchange - - - Suffix - - - Delay - - - - - - - Argentina - - - Buenos Aires Stock Exchange - - - .BA - - - 30 min - - - - - Australia - - - Australian Stock Exchange - - - .AX - - - 20 min - - - - - Austria - - - Vienna Stock Exchange - - - .VI - - - 15 min - - - - - Brazil - - - BOVESPA - Sao Paolo Stock Exchange - - - .SA - - - 15 min - - - - - Canada - - - Toronto Stock Exchange - - - .TO - - - 15 min - - - - - Canada - - - TSX Venture Exchange - - - .V - - - 15 min - - - - - Chile - - - Santiago Stock Exchange - - - .SN - - - 15 min - - - - - China - - - Shanghai Stock Exchange - - - .SS - - - 30 min - - - - - China - - - Shenzhen Stock Exchange - - - .SZ - - - 30 min - - - - - Denmark - - - Copenhagen Stock Exchange - - - .CO - - - 15 min - - - - - France - - - Euronext - - - .NX - - - 15 min - - - - - France - - - Paris Stock Exchange - - - .PA - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Berlin Stock Exchange - - - .BE - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Bremen Stock Exchange - - - .BM - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Dusseldorf Stock Exchange - - - .DU - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Frankfurt Stock Exchange - - - .F - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Hamburg Stock Exchange - - - .HM - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Hanover Stock Exchange - - - .HA - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Munich Stock Exchange - - - .MU - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Stuttgart Stock Exchange - - - .SG - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - XETRA Stock Exchange - - - .DE - - - 15 min - - - - - Greece - - - Athens Stock Exchange - - - .AT - - - 15 min - - - - - Hong Kong - - - Hong Kong Stock Exchange - - - .HK - - - 15 min - - - - - India - - - Bombay Stock Exchange - - - .BO - - - 15 min - - - - - India - - - National Stock Exchange of India - - - .NS - - - Real-time** - - - - - Indonesia - - - Jakarta Stock Exchange - - - .JK - - - 10 min - - - - - Israel - - - Tel Aviv Stock Exchange - - - .TA - - - 20 min - - - - - Italy - - - Milan Stock Exchange - - - .MI - - - 20 min - - - - - Japan - - - Nikkei Indices - - - N/A - - - 30 min - - - - - Mexico - - - Mexico Stock Exchange - - - .MX - - - 20 min - - - - - Netherlands - - - Amsterdam Stock Exchange - - - .AS - - - 15 min - - - - - New Zealand - - - New Zealand Stock Exchange - - - .NZ - - - 20 min - - - - - Norway - - - Oslo Stock Exchange - - - .OL - - - 15 min - - - - - Russia - - - Moscow Interbank Currency Exchange (MICEX) - - - .ME - - - 15 min - - - - - Singapore - - - Singapore Stock Exchange - - - .SI - - - 20 min - - - - - South Korea - - - Korea Stock Exchange - - - .KS - - - 20 min - - - - - South Korea - - - KOSDAQ - - - .KQ - - - 20 min - - - - - Spain - - - Barcelona Stock Exchange - - - .BC - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Bilbao Stock Exchange - - - .BI - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid Fixed Income Market - - - .MF - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid SE C.A.T.S. - - - .MC - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid Stock Exchange - - - .MA - - - 15 min - - - - - Sweden - - - Stockholm Stock Exchange - - - .ST - - - 15 min - - - - - Switzerland - - - Swiss Exchange - - - .SW - - - 30 min - - - - - Taiwan - - - Taiwan OTC Exchange - - - .TWO - - - 20 min - - - - - Taiwan - - - Taiwan Stock Exchange - - - .TW - - - 20 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - FTSE Indices - - - N/A - - - 15 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - London Stock Exchange - - - .L - - - 20 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - London Stock Exchange - - - .IL - - - 20 min - - - - - United States of America - - - BATS Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - - United States of America - - - Chicago Board of Trade - - - .CBT - - - 10 min - - - - - United States of America - - - Chicago Mercantile Exchange - - - .CME - - - 10 min - - - - - United States of America - - - Dow Jones Indexes - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - - United States of America - - - NASDAQ Stock Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Board of Trade - - - .NYB - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Commodities Exchange - - - .CMX - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Mercantile Exchange - - - .NYM - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Stock Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - NYSE Mkt - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - OTC Bulletin Board Market - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - OTC Markets Group - - - N/A - - - 15 min - - - - - United States of America - - - S & P Indices - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - -
- Source: - - queried at 2012-09-22. - - - - TIAA-CREF Specifics - - - - TIAA-CREF Annuities are not listed on any exchange, unlike their - mutual funds - TIAA-CREF provides unit values via a cgi on their - website. The cgi returns - a csv file in the format - - -bogus_symbol1,price1,date1 -bogus_symbol2,price2,date2 -..etc. - - - where bogus_symbol takes on the following values for the various - annuities: - - - - The symbols are case-sensitive and changed their capitalization - in the last time. - - - - Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes - - - - - - Name - - - Symbol - - - bogus - - - - - - - CREF Bond Market Account - - - CREFbond - - - 41081991 - - - - - CREF Equity Index Account - - - CREFequi - - - 41082540 - - - - - CREF Global Equities Account - - - CREFglob - - - 41081992 - - - - - CREF Growth Account - - - CREFgrow - - - 41082544 - - - - - CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Account - - - CREFinfb - - - 41088773 - - - - - CREF Money Market Account - - - CREFmony - - - 41081993 - - - - - CREF Social Choice Account - - - CREFsoci - - - 41081994 - - - - - CREF Stock Account - - - CREFstok - - - 41081995 - - - - - TIAA Real Estate Account - - - TIAAreal - - - 41091375 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TIDRX - - - 4530828 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TBIRX - - - 20739662 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Retirement) - - - TCBRX - - - 4530816 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TEMSX - - - 26176543 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - - TEQSX - - - 26176547 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TIQRX - - - 4530786 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Retirement) - - - TNRRX - - - 39444919 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Retirement) - - - TRGIX - - - 312536 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Retirement) - - - TIHRX - - - 4530821 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TIKRX - - - 4530829 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRERX - - - 302323 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - - TRIEX - - - 300269 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TILRX - - - 4530785 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRIRX - - - 299525 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Retirement) - - - TRLCX - - - 301332 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRCVX - - - 304333 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLEX - - - 302817 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLIX - - - 302393 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLTX - - - 307774 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLFX - - - 313994 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLNX - - - 307240 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLRX - - - 309003 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLOX - - - 300959 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTFRX - - - 9467597 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLFRX - - - 9467596 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTRLX - - - 34211330 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLTRX - - - 21066482 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLGRX - - - 21066496 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLWRX - - - 21066479 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLQRX - - - 21066485 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLHRX - - - 21066435 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLYRX - - - 21066475 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLZRX - - - 21066473 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLMRX - - - 21066488 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLLRX - - - 21066490 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTIRX - - - 34211328 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund - (Retirement) - - - - TRCIX - - - 21066468 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Retirement) - - - - TLIRX - - - 9467594 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - - TSARX - - - 40508431 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Retirement) - - - TSCTX - - - 40508433 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TSGRX - - - 40508437 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Retirement) - - - TLSRX - - - 40508427 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Retirement) - - - TSMTX - - - 40508460 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Retirement) - - - TITRX - - - 4530825 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TRGMX - - - 305499 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Retirement) - - - TRVRX - - - 315272 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Retirement) - - - TIEXX - - - 4530771 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Retirement) - - - TRRSX - - - 300081 - - - - - TIAA-CREF S&P 500 Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSPX - - - 306105 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TISRX - - - 4530818 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Blend Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRBIX - - - 314644 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSEX - - - 299968 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSCX - - - 300078 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TIBDX - - - 307276 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TBIIX - - - 20739664 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Institutional) - - - TIBFX - - - 4530820 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - - TEMLX - - - 26176540 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TEQLX - - - 26176544 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced International Equity Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TFIIX - - - 9467603 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced Large-Cap Growth Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TLIIX - - - 9467602 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced Large-Cap Value Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TEVIX - - - 9467606 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TIEIX - - - 301718 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Institutional) - - - - TNRIX - - - 39444916 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Institutional) - - - TIGRX - - - 314719 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Institutional) - - - TIHYX - - - 4530798 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TIILX - - - 316693 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TIIEX - - - 305980 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Institutional) - - - - TCIEX - - - 303673 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TILGX - - - 4530800 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Index Fund (Institutional) - - - - TILIX - - - 297809 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Institutional) - - - TRLIX - - - 300692 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TILVX - - - 302308 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCTIX - - - 4912376 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCNIX - - - 4912355 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCWIX - - - 4912377 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCYIX - - - 4912384 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCRIX - - - 4912364 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCIIX - - - 4912375 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCOIX - - - 4912387 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTFIX - - - 9467607 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Institutional) - - - TFTIX - - - 9467601 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTRIX - - - 34211329 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLTIX - - - 21066484 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLFIX - - - 21066498 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLWIX - - - 21066480 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLQIX - - - 21066486 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLHIX - - - 21066495 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLYIX - - - 21066477 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLZIX - - - 21066474 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLXIX - - - 21066478 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLLIX - - - 21066492 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTIIX - - - 34211326 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TRILX - - - 21066463 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Institutional) - - - - TLRIX - - - 9467595 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - - TSAIX - - - 40508428 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Institutional) - - - - TCSIX - - - 40508425 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TSGGX - - - 40508434 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Institutional) - - - TSITX - - - 40508450 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Institutional) - - - TSIMX - - - 40508443 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Institutional) - - - TIMIX - - - 4530787 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TRPWX - - - 297210 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Institutional) - - - TIMVX - - - 316178 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Institutional) - - - TCIXX - - - 313650 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Institutional) - - - - TIREX - - - 303475 - - - - - TIAA-CREF S&P 500 Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TISPX - - - 306658 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TISIX - - - 4530784 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Blend Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TISBX - - - 309018 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TISEX - - - 301622 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TISCX - - - 301897 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Tax-Exempt Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TITIX - - - 4530819 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TIORX - - - 4530794 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Retail) - - - TBILX - - - 20739663 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Retail) - - - TCBPX - - - 4530788 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TEMRX - - - 26176542 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Retail) - - - - TEQKX - - - 26176545 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Retail) - - - TINRX - - - 4530797 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Retail) - - - TNRLX - - - 39444917 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Retail) - - - TIIRX - - - 4530790 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Retail) - - - TIYRX - - - 4530830 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TCILX - - - 313727 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TIERX - - - 4530827 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TIRTX - - - 4530791 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Retail) - - - TCLCX - - - 302696 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Retail) - - - TLRRX - - - 9467600 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TSALX - - - 40508429 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Retail) - - - TSCLX - - - 40508432 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TSGLX - - - 40508435 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Retail) - - - TSILX - - - 40508438 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Retail) - - - TSMLX - - - 40508453 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Retail) - - - TIMRX - - - 4530817 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TCMGX - - - 305208 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Retail) - - - TCMVX - - - 313995 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Retail) - - - TIRXX - - - 4530775 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Retail) - - - TCREX - - - 309567 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TCTRX - - - 4530822 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TCSEX - - - 297477 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TICRX - - - 4530792 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Tax-Exempt Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TIXRX - - - 4530793 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TIDPX - - - 21066506 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Premier) - - - TBIPX - - - 21066534 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Premier) - - - TBPPX - - - 21066533 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TEMPX - - - 26176541 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - - TEQPX - - - 26176546 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - TCEPX - - - 21066530 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Premier) - - - TNRPX - - - 39444918 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Premier) - - - TRPGX - - - 21066461 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Premier) - - - TIHPX - - - 21066501 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TIKPX - - - 21066500 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TREPX - - - 21066466 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - TRIPX - - - 21066462 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TILPX - - - 21066499 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Premier) - - - TRCPX - - - 21066467 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Premier) - - - TCTPX - - - 21066521 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Premier) - - - TCFPX - - - 21066528 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Premier) - - - TCWPX - - - 21066518 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Premier) - - - TCQPX - - - 21066522 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Premier) - - - TCHPX - - - 21066527 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Premier) - - - TCYPX - - - 21066517 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Premier) - - - TCZPX - - - 21066516 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Premier) - - - TTFPX - - - 21066444 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Premier) - - - TCLPX - - - 21066526 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Premier) - - - TTRPX - - - 34211331 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Premier) - - - TLTPX - - - 21066483 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Premier) - - - TLFPX - - - 21066497 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Premier) - - - TLWPX - - - 21066434 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Premier) - - - TLVPX - - - 21066481 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Premier) - - - TLHPX - - - 21066494 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Premier) - - - TLYPX - - - 21066476 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Premier) - - - TLPRX - - - 21066487 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Premier) - - - TLMPX - - - 21066489 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Premier) - - - TLLPX - - - 21066491 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Premier) - - - TTIPX - - - 34211327 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund (Premier) - - - - TLIPX - - - 21066493 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Premier) - - - TPILX - - - 21066470 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TSAPX - - - 40508430 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Premier) - - - TLSPX - - - 40508426 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TSGPX - - - 40508436 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Premier) - - - TSIPX - - - 40508451 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Premier) - - - TSMPX - - - 40508456 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TRGPX - - - 21066464 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Premier) - - - TRVPX - - - 21066455 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Premier) - - - TPPXX - - - 21066469 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Premier) - - - TRRPX - - - 21066459 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TSTPX - - - 21066445 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TSRPX - - - 21066446 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TRPSX - - - 21066460 - - - - -
- Source: Comments in - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml b/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 8c07b01b3..000000000 --- a/help/C/Help_txf-categories.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,990 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - -Detailed <acronym>TXF</acronym> Category Descriptions - - - -Tax Form \ TXF CodeDescription -Extended TXF Help messages - - - -< help \ H001Name of Current account is exported. -Categories marked with a < or a ^, require a Payer identification to be exported. < indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name. - -^ help \ H002Name of Parent account is exported. -Categories marked with a < or a ^, require a Payer identification to be exported. ^ indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name. - -# help \ H003Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use! -Categories marked with a # not fully implemented yet! Do not use these codes! - - none \ N000Tax Report Only - No TXF Export -This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported. - -Help F1040 \ H256Form 1040 - the main tax form -Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return. - - F1040 \ N261Alimony received -Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony. - - F1040 \ N257Other income, misc. -Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards. - - F1040 \ N258Sick pay or disability pay -Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers’ compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums. - - F1040 \ N260State and local tax refunds -Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year. - - F1040 \ N262IRA contribution, self -Contribution to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated. - - F1040 \ N263Keogh deduction, self -Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership. - - F1040 \ N264Alimony paid -Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony. - -< F1040 \ N265Early withdrawal penalty -Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD’s or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID. - - F1040 \ N266Social Security income, self -The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099. - - F1040 \ N269Taxable fringe benefits -Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car). - - F1040 \ N481IRA contribution, spouse -Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated. - - F1040 \ N482IRA contrib., non-work spouse -IRA contribution for a non-working spouse. - - F1040 \ N483Social Security inc., spouse -Spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099. - - F1040 \ N516Keogh deduction, spouse -Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership. - - F1040 \ N517SEP-IRA deduction, self -Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA). - - F1040 \ N518SEP-IRA deduction, spouse -Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA). - - F1040 \ N519RR retirement income, self -The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099. - - F1040 \ N520RR retirement inc., spouse -Spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099. - - F1040 \ N521Federal estimated tax, quarterly -The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, &app; adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year. - - F1040 \ N607Medical savings contribution, self -Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N608Medical savings contribution, spouse -Contributions made to your spouse’s medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N609SIMPLE contribution, self -Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N610SIMPLE contribution, spouse -Contributions made to your spouse’s SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse’s Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N611Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. - - F1040 \ N612Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. - - F1040 \ N613Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. - - F1040 \ N614Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse’s part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. - - F1040 \ N636Student loan interest -The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans. - -Help F1099-G \ H634Form 1099-G - certain Government payments -Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments. - - F1099-G \ N260State and local tax refunds -Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn’t itemize last year. - - F1099-G \ N479Unemployment compensation -Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G. - - F1099-G \ N605Unemployment comp repaid -If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received. - - F1099-G \ N606Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation. - - F1099-G \ N672Qualified state tuition earnings -Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year. - -Help F1099-MISC \ H553Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income -Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N259Prizes and awards -The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N557Other income -The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee’s wages paid to estate or beneficiary. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N555Rents -Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N556Royalties -The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N558Federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N559Fishing boat proceeds -Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N560Medical/health payments -The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N561Non employee compensation -The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed. Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N562Crop insurance proceeds -The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N563State tax withheld -The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income. - -Help F1099=MSA \ H629Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account -Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions. - - F1099-MSA \ N631MSA gross distribution -The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you. - - F1099-MSA \ N632MSA earnings on excess contrib -The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses. - -Help F1099-R \ H473Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions -Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer. - -^ F1099-R \ N475Total pension gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here. - -^ F1099-R \ N476Total pension taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here. - -^ F1099-R \ N477Total IRA gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N478Total IRA taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N529Pension federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N530Pension state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N531Pension local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N532IRA federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N533IRA state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N534IRA local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N623SIMPLE total gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N624SIMPLE total taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%. - -^ F1099-R \ N625SIMPLE federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -^ F1099-R \ N626SIMPLE state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -^ F1099-R \ N627SIMPLE local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -Help F2106 \ H380employee business expenses -Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse’s expenses. - - F2106 \ N381Education expenses -Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business. - - F2106 \ N382Automobile expenses -Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items. - - F2106 \ N384Local transportation expenses -Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible. - - F2106 \ N385Other business expenses -Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc. - - F2106 \ N386Meal/entertainment expenses -Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment. - - F2106 \ N387Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.) -Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here. - - F2106 \ N388Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses -Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. - - F2106 \ N389Job seeking expenses -Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job. - - F2106 \ N390Special clothing expenses -cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves. - - F2106 \ N391Employee home office expenses -Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587. - - F2106 \ N383Travel (away from home) -Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here. - -Help F4137 \ H503Form 4137 - tips not reported -Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer. - - F4137 \ N505Total cash/tips not reported to employer -The amount of tips you did not report to your employer. - -Help F2441 \ H400Form 2441 - child and dependent credit -Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses. - -< F2441 \ N401Qualifying child/dependent care expenses -The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf. - -< F2441 \ N402Qualifying household expenses -The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home. They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person. - -Help F3903 \ H403Form 3903 - moving expenses -Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses. - - F3903 \ N406Transport/storage of goods -The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects. You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home. - - F3903 \ N407Travel/lodging, except meals -The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals. - -Help F4684 \ H412Form 4684 - casualties and thefts -Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts. - - F4684 \ N416FMV after casualty -The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal. - - F4684 \ N413Basis of casualty property -Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub 551, Basis of Assets, for details. - - F4684 \ N414Insurance/reimbursement -The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive. - - F4684 \ N415FMV before casualty -The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal. - -Help F4835 \ H569Form 4835 - farm rental income -Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented. - - F4835 \ N572Total cooperative distributions -Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR. - - F4835 \ N571Sale of livestock/produce -Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent. - - F4835 \ N573Agricultural program payments -Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G. - - F4835 \ N574CCC loans reported/election -Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop. - - F4835 \ N575CCC loans forfeited/repaid -The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N576Crop insurance proceeds received -You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government. - - F4835 \ N577Crop insurance proceeds deferred -If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N578Other income -Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc. - - F4835 \ N579Car and truck expenses -The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc. - - F4835 \ N580Chemicals -Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts. - - F4835 \ N581Conservation expenses -Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture. - - F4835 \ N582Custom hire expenses -Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself. - - F4835 \ N583Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. - - F4835 \ N584Feed purchased -The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F. - - F4835 \ N585Fertilizers and lime -The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials. - - F4835 \ N586Freight and trucking -The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock. - - F4835 \ N587Gasoline, fuel, and oil -The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment. - - F4835 \ N588Insurance (other than health) -Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance. - - F4835 \ N589Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N590Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business. - - F4835 \ N591Labor hired -The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers. - - F4835 \ N592Pension/profit-sharing plans -Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - F4835 \ N593Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - F4835 \ N594Rent/lease land, animals -Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land. - - F4835 \ N595Repairs and maintenance -Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes. - - F4835 \ N596Seeds and plants purchased -The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming. - - F4835 \ N597Storage and warehousing -Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc. - - F4835 \ N598Supplies purchased -Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc. - - F4835 \ N599Taxes -Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - F4835 \ N600Utilities -Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business. - - F4835 \ N601Vet, breeding, medicine -The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees. - - F4835 \ N602Other farm expenses -Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law. - -Help F4952 \ H425Form 4952 - investment interest -Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years. - - F4952 \ N426Investment interest expense -The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment. - -Help F6252 \ H427Form 6252 - income from casual sales -Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale). - - F6252 \ N428Selling price -Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold. - - F6252 \ N429Debt assumed by buyer -Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources. - - F6252 \ N431Depreciation allowed -Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction. Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions. - - F6252 \ N432Expenses of sale -Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property. - - F6252 \ N434Payments received this year -Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated. - - F6252 \ N435Payments received prior years -Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated. - -Help F8815 \ H441Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education -Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs. - - F8815 \ N442Qualified higher education expenses -Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program. - - F8815 \ N443Nontaxable education benefits -Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans’ educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution. - - F8815 \ N444EE US savings bonds proceeds -Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year. - - F8815 \ N445Post-89 EE bond face value -The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year. - -Help F8863 \ H639Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits -Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits. Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information. - - F8863 \ N637Hope credit -Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution. - - F8863 \ N638Lifetime learning credit -Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student’s enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution. - -Help F8829 \ H536Form 8829 - business use of your home -Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home. IRS rules are stringent for this deduction. Refer to IRS Publication 587. - - F8829 \ N537Deductible mortgage interest -The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N538Real estate taxes -The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N539Insurance -The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N540Repairs and maintenance -The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N541Utilities -The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N542Other expenses -If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - -Help F8839 \ H617Form 8839 - adoption expenses -Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses. - - F8839 \ N618Adoption fees -Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N619Court costs -Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N620Attorney fees -Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N621Traveling expenses -Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N622Other expenses -Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - Home Sale \ N392Home Sale worksheets (was F2119) -Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523. - - Home Sale \ N393Selling price of old home -The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S. - - Home Sale \ N394Expense of sale -Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points." - - Home Sale \ N396Fixing-up expenses -Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements. - - Home Sale \ N397Cost of new home -The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions. - -Help Sched A \ H270Schedule A - itemized deductions -Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions. - - Sched A \ N271Subscriptions -Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income. (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.). - - Sched A \ N272Gambling losses -Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation. - - Sched A \ N273Medicine and drugs -Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible. - - Sched A \ N274Medical travel and lodging -Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care. - - Sched A \ N275State income taxes -State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include any part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes. - - Sched A \ N276Real estate taxes -Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk). - - Sched A \ N277Other taxes -Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction. - - Sched A \ N280Cash charity contributions -Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received. - - Sched A \ N281Tax preparation fees -Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically. - - Sched A \ N282Investment management fees -Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income. - - - Sched A \ N283Home mortgage interest (1098) -Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage. - - Sched A \ N284Points paid (no 1098) -Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098. - - Sched A \ N484Doctors, dentists, hospitals -Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502. - - Sched A \ N486Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit -Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106. - - Sched A \ N485Non-cash charity contributions - -The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture. - - Sched A \ N522State estimated tax, quarterly -State estimated tax payments made this year. - - Sched A \ N523Misc., no 2% AGI limit -Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person. - - Sched A \ N535Personal property taxes -Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value. - - Sched A \ N544Local income taxes -Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year. - - - Sched A \ N545Home mortgage interest (no 1098) -Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage. - -Help Sched B \ H285Schedule B - interest and dividend income -Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income. - -^ Sched B \ N286Dividend income, Ordinary -Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV. Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D - -< Sched B \ N287Interest income -Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N288Interest income, US government -Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N289Interest income, State and municipal bond -Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N290Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond -Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N487Dividend income, non-taxable -Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. - -< Sched B \ N489Interest income, non-taxable -Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N490Interest income, taxed only by fed -Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N491Interest income, taxed only by state -Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N492Interest income, OID bonds -Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N524Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage -Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N615Fed tax withheld, dividend income -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV. - -< Sched B \ N616Fed tax withheld, interest income -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT. - -Help Sched C \ H291Schedule C - self-employment income -Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses. - - Sched C \ N293Gross receipts or sales -The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC. - - Sched C \ N294Meals and entertainment -Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal. - - Sched C \ N296Returns and allowances -Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales. - - Sched C \ N297Wages paid -The total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. - - Sched C \ N298Legal and professional fees -Accountant’s or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business. - - Sched C \ N299Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463. - - Sched C \ N300Rent/lease other business property -The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or property, such as office space in a building. - - Sched C \ N301Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold) -The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold. - - Sched C \ N302Other business expenses -Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications. - - Sched C \ N303Other business income -The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income. - - Sched C \ N304Advertising -The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material. - - Sched C \ N305Bad debts from sales/services -Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless. - - Sched C \ N306Car and truck expenses -You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate. - - Sched C \ N307Commissions and fees -The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services. - - Sched C \ N308Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. - - Sched C \ N309Depletion -The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T. See Pub. 535. - - Sched C \ N310Insurance, other than health -Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535. - - Sched C \ N311Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home). - - Sched C \ N312Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business. - - Sched C \ N313Office expenses -The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc. - - Sched C \ N314Pension/profit sharing plans -You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040. - - Sched C \ N315Repairs and maintenance -The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized. - - Sched C \ N316Taxes and licenses -Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees’ wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - Sched C \ N317Travel -Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home. - - Sched C \ N318Utilities -The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property. - - Sched C \ N493Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases -If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use. - - Sched C \ N494Cost of Goods Sold - Labor -Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product. - - Sched C \ N495Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies -Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them. - - Sched C \ N496Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs -Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses. - -Help Sched D \ H320Schedule D - capital gains and losses -Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets. - -# Sched D \ N321Short Term gain/loss - security -Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in &app;. - -# Sched D \ N323Long Term gain/loss - security -Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. Not yet implemented in &app;. - -^ Sched D \ N488Dividend income, capital gain distributions -Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts. These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends - -# Sched D \ N673Short/Long Term gain or loss -Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of a security; for use when only the date sold and net sales amount are available and the date acquired and cost basis information is not available and will be separately added in the tax software. - -Help Sched E \ H325Schedule E - rental and royalty income -Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC’s. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts. - - Sched E \ N326Rents received -The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.) - - Sched E \ N327Royalties received -Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents. - - Sched E \ N328Advertising -Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor’s to obtain tenants. - - Sched E \ N329Auto and travel -The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home. - - Sched E \ N330Cleaning and maintenance -The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property. - - Sched E \ N331Commissions -The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor’s or management companies to collect rent. - - Sched E \ N332Insurance -Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability. - - Sched E \ N333Legal and professional fees -The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties. - - Sched E \ N334Mortgage interest expense -Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098. - - Sched E \ N335Other interest expense -Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098. - - Sched E \ N336Repairs -You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life. - - Sched E \ N337Supplies -Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc. - - Sched E \ N338Taxes -The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees. - - Sched E \ N339Utilities -The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property. - - Sched E \ N341Other expenses -Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E. These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc. - - Sched E \ N502Management fees -The amount of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property. - -Help Sched F \ H343Schedule F - Farm income and expense -Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own. - - Sched F \ N344Labor hired -The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers. - - Sched F \ N345Repairs and maintenance -Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes. - - Sched F \ N346Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N347Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business. - - Sched F \ N348Rent/lease land, animals -Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land. - - Sched F \ N349Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - Sched F \ N350Feed purchased -The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F. - - Sched F \ N351Seeds and plants purchased -The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming. - - Sched F \ N352Fertilizers and lime -The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials. - - Sched F \ N353Supplies purchased -Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc. - - Sched F \ N355Vet, breeding, and medicine -The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees. - - Sched F \ N356Gasoline, fuel, and oil -The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment. - - Sched F \ N357Storage and warehousing -Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc. - - Sched F \ N358Taxes -Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees’ wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - Sched F \ N359Insurance, other than health -Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance. - - Sched F \ N360Utilities -Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business. - - Sched F \ N361Freight and trucking -The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock. - - Sched F \ N362Conservation expenses -Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture. - - Sched F \ N363Pension/profit sharing plans -Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - Sched F \ N364Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. - - Sched F \ N365Other farm expenses -Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law. - - Sched F \ N366Chemicals -Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts. - - Sched F \ N367Custom hire expenses -Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself. - - Sched F \ N372Agricultural program payments -Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G. - - Sched F \ N373CCC loans reported/election -Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop. - - Sched F \ N374CCC loans forfeited or repaid -The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N375Crop insurance proceeds received -You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government. - - Sched F \ N376Crop insurance proceeds deferred -If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N377Other farm income -Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc. - - Sched F \ N368Sales livestock/product raised -Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised. - - Sched F \ N369Resales of livestock/items -Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport. These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property. - - Sched F \ N370Custom hire income -The income you received for custom hire (machine work). - - Sched F \ N371Total cooperative distributions -Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR. - - Sched F \ N378Cost of resale livestock/items -The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold. - - Sched F \ N543Car and truck expenses -The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc. - -Help Sched H \ H565Schedule H - Household employees -Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees. Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes. - -^ Sched H \ N567Cash wages paid -For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H. - -^ Sched H \ N568Federal tax withheld -Federal income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year. - -Help Sched K-1 \ H446Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions -Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership’s income, credits, deductions, etc. Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership. - -# Sched K-1 \ N448Ordinary income or loss -Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - -# Sched K-1 \ N449Rental real estate income or loss -The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - -# Sched K-1 \ N450Other rental income or loss -The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - - Sched K-1 \ N451Interest income -The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B) - - Sched K-1 \ N452Dividends, ordinary -The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B) - -# Sched K-1 \ N453Net ST capital gain or loss -The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D) - -# Sched K-1 \ N454Net LT capital gain or loss -The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D) - - Sched K-1 \ N455Guaranteed partner payments -A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E) - -# Sched K-1 \ N456Net Section 1231 gain or loss -The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797) - - Sched K-1 \ N527Royalties -The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E) - - Sched K-1 \ N528Tax-exempt interest income -The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040) - -Help W-2 \ H458Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld -Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer. - -^ W-2 \ N267Reimbursed moving expenses, self -Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer. - -^ W-2 \ N460Salary or wages, self -The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer. - -^ W-2 \ N461Federal tax withheld, self -The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year. - -^ W-2 \ N462Social Security tax withheld, self -The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N463Local tax withheld, self -The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N464State tax withheld, self -The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N465Dependent care benefits, self -The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received. - -^ W-2 \ N480Medicare tax withheld, self -The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N506Salary or wages, spouse -The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse’s employer. - -^ W-2 \ N507Federal tax withheld, spouse -The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse’s wages for the year. - -^ W-2 \ N508Social Security tax withheld, spouse -The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages. - -^ W-2 \ N509Local tax withheld, spouse -The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages. - -^ W-2 \ N510Medicare tax withheld, spouse -The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages. - -^ W-2 \ N511State tax withheld, spouse -The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse’s wages. - -^ W-2 \ N512Dependent care benefits, spouse -The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received. - -^ W-2 \ N546Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse -Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse’s employer. - -Help W-2G \ H547Form W-2G - gambling winnings -Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings. - -^ W-2G \ N549Gross winnings -The amount of gross winnings from gambling. This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G. - -^ W-2G \ N550Federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings. - -^ W-2G \ N551State tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings. - - - -
-Source: - - diff --git a/help/C/Makefile.am b/help/C/Makefile.am index d6718f7f0..fd4d7ebaf 100644 --- a/help/C/Makefile.am +++ b/help/C/Makefile.am @@ -9,22 +9,7 @@ docname = gnucash-help lang = C omffile = $(docname)-C.omf entities = \ - Help_ch_Intro.xml \ - Help_ch_GettingHelp.xml \ - Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml \ - Help_ch_GUIMenus.xml \ - Help_ch_Account-Actions.xml \ - Help_ch_Transactions.xml \ - Help_ch_Business.xml\ - Help_ch_Tools_Assistants.xml \ - Help_ch_Reports.xml \ - Help_ch_Customize.xml \ - Help_chtacctseg.xml \ - Help_chartofaccts.xml \ - Help_legal.xml \ - Help_txf-categories.xml \ - Help_fdl-appendix.xml \ - Help_tips-appendix.xml + Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml DISTCLEANFILES = $(docname)-C.omf.out CLEANFILES = $(DISTCLEANFILES) if GNC_WINDOWS diff --git a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml index 6f60738e6..d361a1f2e 100644 --- a/help/C/gnucash-help.xml +++ b/help/C/gnucash-help.xml @@ -22,17 +22,33 @@ 2002-2018 - GnuCash Documentation Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Documentation Team @@ -41,10 +57,10 @@
- + - The GnuCash Documentation Team + The &app; Documentation Team @@ -128,6 +144,15 @@ &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Help Manual v2.6.5 + 16 December 2014 + + Multiple authors + + &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Help Manual v2.6.3 30 March 2014 @@ -186,6 +211,9 @@ Dave Herman dvherman@bigfoot.com + Andreas Fahle + + Christian Stimming &app; Documentation Team @@ -246,6 +274,7 @@ Chris Lyttle chris@wilddev.net + Christian Stimming &app; Documentation Team @@ -272,6 +301,11 @@ >&app; Bug Tracking System. + LANG-DE Für spezifisch deutsche Fehler oder Verbesserungsvorschläge (Übersetzung, Kontenrahmen, ...), + benutzen Sie bitte die deutsche &app; Email-Liste + &app;-de. + @@ -283,7 +317,7 @@ write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user base. People who are interested in joining this group are encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists - (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction. + (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction. Contributors on the team so far have been: @@ -323,6 +357,9 @@ Christian Stimming . + + LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom + Deutschen &app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher + + Frank H. Ellenberger + Deutsche Übersetzung + , + + Holger Stöhr + Deutsche Übersetzung + , + + Andreas Fahle + Deutsche Übersetzung + und + + Christian Stimming + Deutsche Übersetzung + . - - + + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + - + diff --git a/help/de/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml b/help/de/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml index 2452ca71b..71a03a95a 100644 --- a/help/de/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml +++ b/help/de/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml @@ -37,127 +37,11 @@ einige Informationen zum Programm selbst und zum Status des Ladevorganges anzeigt. - - - <guilabel>Cannot find default values (???)</guilabel> screen - Beim allerersten Programmstart werden Sie mit der Meldung - "Kann keine aktuellen Werte finden." konfrontiert sein. - Hier finden Sie drei Schaltflächen: - - - - - Beenden beendet - &app;. - - - - Überspringen führt Sie weiter, - ohne das die Einstellungswerte für die Bildschirmdarstellung von - &app; gesetzt werden. - - - - Setup öffnet den Assistenten zum - Updaten der &app; Voreinstellungen (siehe hierzu - ). Damit können Sie einen - neuen Satz von Voreinstellungswerten erstellen. - - - - - - - <guilabel>Assistent zur Aktualisierung der &app;-Voreinstellungen</guilabel> - Der erster Bildschirm zur Aktualisierung dere &app; Konfiguration - beschreibt den Assistenten. Während sich die Daten auf dem Schirm ändern werden, ändern sich - die drei Schaltflächen des Assistenten nicht. - - - - Abbrechen beendet den Assistenten. - - Wenn Sie diese Schaltfläche drücken, werden sämtliche erfolgte Auswahlen - bis zu diesem Punkt verloren gehen. - - - - - Zurück bringt Sie zum vorherigen Bildschirm - so dass eine ursprüngliche Auswahl bis zum ersten Schritt geändert - werden kann. - - - - Vorwärts bringt Sie zum nächten - Schritt. Somit können Sie dem Assistenten durch die Schritte - folgen. - - - - The second screen allows you to Choose a Method - of setting gconf configuration for &app;. - The Update Search Path button will - modify .gconf path in the user’s - home directory. The Install in - Home Directory button on this screen will install the - configuration files in the .gconf - directory in the user’s home directory. - - After making your selection click the Forward - button to display the next screen. - - If you selected Install in Home Directory the next screen presents - you with three options: - - - - &app; wird die Daten installieren. - - - - Sie installieren die Daten selbst. - - - - Die Daten wurden bereits geladen. - - - - - If you selected Update Search Path the next screen presents you - with three options: - - - - &app; will update search path. - - - - You will update search path yourself. - - - - The update search path has already been updated. - - - - - The final screen has the usual three buttons, with the difference - that Forward has changed to - Apply. Click the Apply button to complete - the initial defaults setting process. The - Welcome to &app; screen (see ) will now be opened. - - - <guilabel>Willkommen beim &app;</guilabel>-Dialog Nach die ersten Voreinstellungen festgelegt worden sind, werden Sie mit dem Willkommen in &app;!-Dialog - begrüßt. - - Dieser bietet Ihnen drei Auswahlmöglichkeiten: + begrüßt. Dieser bietet Ihnen drei Auswahlmöglichkeiten: @@ -759,6 +643,53 @@ You should now have successfully imported your accounts. - + + Imported transactions might need to be reconciled. + This process is described in the &app; Tutorial and Concepts guide. + + + + Tipp des Tages + + Die Tipp des Tages-Box wird bei jedem + Start von GnuCash angezeigt und gibt Hinweise zur Benutzung von + GnuCash. Verwenden Sie die drei Knöpfe an der unteren Seite der + Box um die Tipps durchzusehen. + + + + + Schließen + FUZZY-DE Schließen Sie die Box mit dem + Schließen-Knopf + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Prev + FUZZY-DE Benutzen Sie den + Zurück-Knopf, um sich den vorherigen Tipp anzusehen + + + + UNTRANSLATED-DE Forward + FUZZY-DE Benutzen Sie den + Vor-Knopf um sich den nächsten Tipp anzusehen + + + + + Entfernen Sie den Haken vor "Tipps beim + Programmstart anzeigen", um beim Start von GnuCash + keine Tipps angezeigt zu bekommen. + + Diese Option kann auch unter + Bearbeiten -> + Einstellungen -> + Allgemein geändert werden. Unter + Hilfe -> Tipp des + Tages erhalten Sie ebenfalls Zugang zur + Tipp des Tages-Box. + + diff --git a/help/de/Help_ch_Intro.xml b/help/de/Help_ch_Intro.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 69749a027..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_ch_Intro.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Einführung zu <application>&app;</application> - - Wofür steht <application>&app;</application>? - &app; ist eine Finanzsoftware, die sich sowohl - an den Bedürfnissen von Privatanwendern orientiert als auch in Kleinbetrieben - für deren Buchhaltung eingesetzt werden kann. Einfache Benutzerführung ist - hier vereinigt mit der konsequenten Umsetzung professioneller Prinzipien der - Buchhaltung. In &app; können Einnahmen und Ausgaben - verfolgt werden. Kontoauszüge können abgeglichen und Aktiendepots verwaltet - werden. Und nicht zuletzt können mit &app;, wie - oben bereits angedeutet, Buchhaltungsaufgaben für Kleinbetriebe übernommen - werden. - - - - - Deutsche Übersetzung - GnuCash wird hauptsächlich von - englischsprachigen Entwicklern programmiert. Die deutschen Übersetzer - haben große Sorgfalt walten lassen, um die Benutzung des Programms an den - deutschen Sprachraum anzupassen. Zwar gibt es in diesem Hilfetext noch - einzelne Abschnitte auf Englisch, aber der gesamte Programmablauf und die - Texte zur Programmbenutzung im sind vollständig - ins Deutsche übertragen worden. - - In der folgenden Tabelle sind die Übersetzungen der wichtigsten - Finanzbegriffe aufgeführt, für den Fall, daß Sie auf einen englischen - Text stoßen. Anschließend wird die Erläuterung der Benutzung von GnuCash - fortgesetzt. - - - Deutsche Worte - - - - Englisch - Deutsch - Erläuterung - - - - - Account - Konto - - - - Transaction - Geschäftsvorgang - Ein Geschäftsvorgang besteht aus einer, zwei oder mehreren Buchungen - - - Split - Buchung - Eine Buchung bucht einen Betrag in genau ein Konto, und gehört dabei zu genau einem Geschäftsvorgang - - - Asset - Aktiva - - - - Liability - Passiva - - - - Expenses - Aufwendungen - - - - Income - Erträge - - - - Register - Kontobuch - Geschäftsvorgänge und ihre Buchungen werden im Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt (in früheren GnuCash-Versionen: Kassenbericht) - - - -
- - - - diff --git a/help/de/Help_chartofaccts.xml b/help/de/Help_chartofaccts.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6f8c86aba..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_chartofaccts.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,518 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Assets - - - - Cash On Hand - - - -Checking account - - - - -Money Market Account - - - - -Certificate of Deposit - - - - - - - - - Fixed Assets - - - -Furniture - - - - -Computers - - - - -Jewelry, Collectibles - - - - -Tools, Machinery - - - - - - - - - Investments - - - -Stocks - - - - -Bonds - - - - -Mutual Funds - - - - -Real Estate - - - - - - - - - - - - - Liabilities - - - - Taxes - - - -Federal Income Tax - - - - -Social Security - - - - -Medicare - - - - -FUTA - - - - -State Income Tax - - - - - - - - - Accounts Payable - - - -MasterCard - - - - -Visa - - - - -American Express - - - - -Diner's Club - - - - - - - - - Loans - - - -Debentures - - - - -School Loan - - - - -Uncle Harry's Tide-me-over - - - - - - - - - - - - - Equity - - - -Retained Earnings - - - - -Current Year Earnings - - - - -Historical Adjustments - - - - - - - - - Income - - - - Interest Income - - - -Bank Account Interest - - - - -Certificate of Deposit - - - - -Bond Interest - - - - - - - - - Dividends - - - -Stock - - - - -Mutual Fund - - - - - - - - - Consulting - - - -ABC Design - - - - -PQR Infomatics - - - - - - - - - Salary - - - -My Day Job - - - - - - - - - Commissions - - - -Royalties - - - - - - - - - - - - - Expenses - - - - Rent and Utilities - - - -Rent - - - - -Rent Late Fees - - - - -Electricity - - - - -Gas - - - - -Phone - - - - -Internet - - - - -Cable TV - - - - - - - - - Office Expenses - - - -Accounting - - - - -Legal - - - - -Software - - - - -Postage - - - - -Bank Charges - - - - -Credit Card Charges - - - - -Toner, Paper, Paper Clips - - - - - - - - - Auto Expenses - - - -Gas - - - - -Insurance - - - - -Repair - - - - -Rental - - - - - - - - - Taxes - - - -Social Security - - - - -Unemployment - - - - -IRS penalties - - - - - - - - - Wages and Salaries - - - -Consulting - - - - -Wages - - - - -Health Insurance - - - - - - - - - Travel - - - -Air - - - - -Hotel - - - - -Meals - - - - -Auto - - - - - - - - - Marketing - - - -Advertising - - - - -Trade Shows - - - - -Give Aways - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/de/Help_chtacctseg.xml b/help/de/Help_chtacctseg.xml deleted file mode 100644 index efd19c9e6..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_chtacctseg.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - - 300 Expenses - | - +--310 Living Expenses - | | - | +--311 Beer - | | - | +--312 Cable - | - +--320 Business Expenses - | | - | +--321 8-inch Floppies - | | - : : - diff --git a/help/de/Help_fdl-appendix.xml b/help/de/Help_fdl-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 3ca4a0447..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_fdl-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,670 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - Version 1.1, March 2000 - - - 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - - -
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, - Suite 330, Boston, MA - 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - - GNU Free Documentation License - - - 0. PREAMBLE - - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document free in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - - - - This License is a kind of copyleft, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - - - - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - - - - 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - Document, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as you. - - - - A Modified Version of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - - - - A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - - - - The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - The Cover Texts are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. - - - - A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not Transparent is called - Opaque. - - - - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - - - - The Title Page means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, Title Page means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - - - - - 2. VERBATIM COPYING - - You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in section 3. - - - - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - - - - - 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY - - If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - Document and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - - - - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - - - - If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - - - - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the Document well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - - - - - 4. MODIFICATIONS - - You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of - sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - - - - - - A - - Use in the Title - Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the Document, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - - - - - - - B - - List on the Title - Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - Modified Version, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the Document (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - - - - - - - C - - State on the Title - Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the - publisher. - - - - - - - D - - Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - - - - - - - E - - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - - - - - - - F - - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - - - - - - - G - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and - required Cover - Texts given in the Document's license notice. - - - - - - - H - - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - - - - - - - I - - Preserve the section entitled History, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on - the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled History in the - Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - - - - - - - J - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access - to a Transparent - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the History - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - - - - - - - K - - In any section entitled Acknowledgements or - Dedications, preserve the section's title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - - - - - - - L - - Preserve all the Invariant - Sections of the Document, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - - - - - - - M - - Delete any section entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not be - included in the Modified - Version. - - - - - - - N - - Do not retitle any existing section as - Endorsements or to conflict in title with - any Invariant - Section. - - - - - - - If the Modified Version - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - Secondary Sections and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the - Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - - - - You may add a section entitled Endorsements, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - - - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of - the list of Cover Texts - in the Modified Version. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the Document - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - - - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . - - - - - 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS - - You may combine the Document - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in section 4 - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the Invariant - Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - - - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical Invariant - Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - - - - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - History in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled History; likewise - combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, - and any sections entitled Dedications. You must - delete all sections entitled Endorsements. - - - - - 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - - - - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - - - - - 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a Modified Version - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - aggregate, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - - - - - 8. TRANSLATION - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - - - - - 9. TERMINATION - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - - - - - 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - - The Free Software - Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - - - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - or any later version applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - - - - - Addendum - - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - - -
- - Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, - and with the Back-Cover - Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled GNU Free Documentation - License. - -
- - - If you have no Invariant - Sections, write with no Invariant Sections - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - Front-Cover Texts, write - no Front-Cover Texts instead of - Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. - - - - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public - License, to permit their use in free software. - - - - - diff --git a/help/de/Help_legal.xml b/help/de/Help_legal.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b391abdcf..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_legal.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Das vorliegende Dokument kann gemäß den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 oder jeder späteren, von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version ohne unveränderbare Abschnitte sowie ohne Texte auf dem vorderen und hinteren Buchdeckel kopiert, verteilt und/oder modifiziert werden. Eine Kopie der GFDL finden Sie unter diesem Link oder in der mit diesem Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCs. - - Das vorliegende Handbuch ist Teil einer Reihe von GNOME-Handbüchern, die unter der GFDL verteilt werden. Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch separat verteilen möchten, können Sie dies tun, indem Sie dem Handbuch eine Kopie der Lizenz, wie in Abschnitt 6 der Lizenz beschrieben, hinzufügen. - - - - Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die Mitglieder des GNOME Documentation Project über diese Marken informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Grossbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben. - - - DAS DOKUMENT UND MODIFIZIERTE VERSIONEN DES DOKUMENTS WERDEN GEMÄSS DER BEDINGUNGEN DER GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE MIT DER FOLGENDEN VEREINBARUNG BEREITGESTELLT: - - - - DAS DOKUMENT WIRD "WIE VORLIEGEND" GELIEFERT, OHNE JEGLICHE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG, WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, GEWÄHRLEISTUNGEN, DASS DAS DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSÜBLICHEN FEHLERN UND FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK GEEIGNET IST UND KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. JEGLICHES RISIKO IN BEZUG AUF DIE QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS TRAGEN SIE. SOLLTE SICH EIN DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DAVON IN IRGENDEINER WEISE ALS FEHLERHAFT ERWEISEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, AUTOR ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR JEGLICHE ERFORDERLICHE SERVICE-, REPARATUR- UND KORREKTURMASSNAHMEN: DIESE BESCHRÄNKUNG DER GEWÄHRLEISTUNG IST WESENTLICHER BESTANDTEIL DIESER LIZENZ. JEDE VERWENDUNG EINES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS UNTERLIEGT DIESER BESCHRÄNKUNG; UND UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND GEMÄSS KEINER RECHTSLEHRE, WEDER AUFGRUND VON UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIESSLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRÄGEN ODER SONSTIGEM, KANN DER AUTOR, DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER EIN VERTEILER DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ODER EIN LIEFERANT EINER DIESER PARTEIEN VON EINER PERSON FÜR DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, BESONDERE, ZUFÄLLIGE ODER ALS FOLGE AUFGETRETENE SCHÄDEN IRGENDEINER ART, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, SCHÄDEN DURCH GESCHÄFTSWERTVERLUSTE, ARBEITSAUSFÄLLE, COMPUTERAUSFÄLLE ODER -FUNKTIONSSTÖRUNGEN ODER JEGLICHE ANDERE SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE DURCH ODER IM ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DER VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ENTSTANDEN SIND, SELBST WENN DIESE PARTEI ÜBER MÖGLICHE SCHÄDEN INFORMIERT WORDEN SEIN SOLLTE, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN. - - - - - - diff --git a/help/de/Help_tips-appendix.xml b/help/de/Help_tips-appendix.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 76e5d245b..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_tips-appendix.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3999 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - &app; Version 2.6.20 + Finance::Quote Version 1.47, March 2018 - - - - - - - <application>&app;</application> Tips und Tricks - - - - - Dieser Abschnitt enthält ein paar zusätzliche Informationen zu - Finance::Quote. - - - - - Die Datenquellen in Finance::Quote - Es gibt drei Arten von Quellen. Dabei ist die erste - Währung - fest implementiert - und dafür zuständig, die Wechselkurse der von der ISO registrierten Währungen abzurufen. - Die beiden anderen können im Wertpapier-Editor ausgewählt werden. - - - - Währung - - - Währungs-Quelle für Finance::Quote - - - - - &app; - Name - - - - Finance::Quote Name - - - Anmerkungen - - - - - - - - Währung - - - currency - - - Ende 2017 wurde der Anbieter ausgewechselt. - Aktualisieren Sie daher F::Q auf Version 1.47 - und folgen Sie den Anweisungen bei Alphavantage unten. - - - - - -
- - - - Einzelquellen - - - Einzelquellen für Kurse - - - - - &app; - Name - - - - Finance::Quote Name - - - URL, Anmerkungen - - - - - - - - Alphavantage, US - - - alphavantage - - - Sie müssen - - sich auf registrieren und - Ihren dort erhaltenen Schlüssel in - - - Bearbeiten - Einstellungen - Online Kurse - - eingeben. - - Um ihn auch mit gnc-fq-* - Befehlen zu verwenden, müssen Sie ihn auch in einer Umgebungsvariable ALPHAVANTAGE_API_KEY setzen. - Ziehen Sie dazu die Dokumentation Ihres Betriebssystems oder Befehlszeieninterpreters zu Rate. - Umgebungsvariable in <filename>.bashrc</filename> - export ALPHAVANTAGE_API_KEY=############## - - - - - - - - - - Amsterdam Euronext eXchange, NL - - - aex - - - - inclusive der früheren Quellen AEX-Futures und -Options - - - - - American International Assurance, HK - - - aiahk - - - - - - - - Association of Mutual Funds In India, IN - - - amfiindia - - - - - - - - Athens Stock Exchange, GR - - - asegr - - - - - - - - Australian Stock Exchange, AU - - - asx - - - - - Requires F::Q 1.41, but unfortunately the ASX website is only working sometimes. - And then only with a small no of stocks in 1 go. From final comment on: - - Price editor does not find ASX:XRO - - - - - - BAMOSZ funds, HU - - - bamosz - - - - - - - - BMO NesbittBurns, CA - - - bmonesbittburns - - - - - - - - Bucharest Stock Exchange (Bursa de Valori Bucuresti), RO - - - bsero - - - - - - - - Budapest Stock Exchange (BET), ex-BUX, HU - - - bse or bet - - - - - - - - Citywire Funds, GB - - - citywire - - - - - - - - Colombo Stock Exchange, LK - - - cse - - - - - - - - - Cominvest Asset Management, ex-Adig, DE - - - cominvest - - - - Veraltet, aktuelles Modul: - - - - - - Deka Investments, DE - - - deka - - - - - - - - DWS, DE - - - dwsfunds - - - - - - - - Equinox Unit Trusts, ZA - - - za_unittrusts - - - - - - - - Fidelity Investments, US - - - fidelity_direct - - - - - - - - Fidelity Fixed, US - - - fidelityfixed - - - - - - - - Finance Canada - - - financecanada - - - - - - - - Financial Times Funds service, GB - - - ftfunds - - - - - - - - Finanzpartner, DE - - - finanzpartner - - - - - - - - First Trust Portfolios, US - - - ftportfolios_direct - - - - - - - - Fund Library, CA - - - fundlibrary - - - - - - - - GoldMoney spot rates, JE - - - goldmoney - - - - - - - - HElsinki stock eXchange, FI - - - hex - - - - - - - - Man Investments, AU - - - maninv - - - - - - - - Morningstar, GB - - - mstaruk - - - - - - - - Morningstar, JP - - - morningstarjp - - - - - - - - Morningstar, SE - - - morningstar - - - - - - - - Motley Fool, US - - - fool - - - - - - - - New Zealand stock eXchange, NZ - - - nzx - - - - - - - - Paris Stock Exchange/Boursorama, FR - - - bourso - - - - - - - - Paris Stock Exchange/LeRevenu, FR - - - lerevenu - - - - - - - - Platinum Asset Management, AU - - - platinum - - - - - - - - SIX Swiss Exchange Funds, CH - - - sixfunds - - - - - - - - SIX Swiss Exchange Shares, CH - - - sixshares - - - - - - - - Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken funds, SE - - - seb_funds - - - - Siehe für alle verfügbaren Fonds. - - - - - Sharenet, ZA - - - za - - - - - - - - StockHouse Canada, CA - - - stockhousecanada_fund - - - - - - - - TD Waterhouse Funds, CA - - - tdwaterhouse - - - - - - - - TD Efunds, CA - - - tdefunds - - - - - - - - TIAA-CREF, US - - - tiaacref - - - - - - - - Toronto Stock eXchange, CA - - - tsx - - - - - - - - T. Rowe Price, US - - - troweprice_direct - - - - - - - - Trustnet via tnetuk.pm, GB - - - tnetuk - - - - - - - - Trustnet via trustnet.pm, GB - - - trustnet - - - - - - - - Union Investment, DE - - - unionfunds - - - - - - - - US Treasury Bonds, US - - - usfedbonds - - - - - - - - US Govt. Thrift Savings Plan, US - - - tsp - - - - - - - - Vanguard, US - - - vanguard - - - Teil des AlphaVantage-Moduls - - - - - VWD, DE (nicht mehr gewartet) - - - vwd - - - - Siehe - - - - - - Yahoo USA - Yahoo Asia - Yahoo Australia - Yahoo Brasil - Yahoo Europe - Yahoo New Zealand - - - yahoo - yahoo_asia - yahoo_australia - yahoo_brasil - yahoo_europe - yahoo_nz - - - CSV-Schnittstelle seit 01.11.2017 abgeschaltet - - - - - Yahoo as JSON, US - - - yahoo_json - - - mittels "JavaScript Object Notation" - - - - - Yahoo als YQL, US - - - yahoo_yql - - - mittels "Yahoo Query Language" - - - - - Zuerich Investments (ersetzt) - - - zifunds - - - Zürich Invest wurde von der Deutschen Bank gekauft und in die DWS integriert. - - - - -
- - - - - Mehrfach-Quellen - Hierbei wird eine Liste von Quellen durchlaufen und das erste erfolgreiche Ergebnis zurückgeliefert. - - - Mehrfach-Quellen für Kurse - - - - - - Name - - - - - - - Asia verschwand mit Yahoo - - - Australia (ASX, ...) - - - Brasil verschwand mit Yahoo - - - Canada (Alphavantage, TSX, ...) - - - Canada Mutual (Fund Library, StockHouse, ...) - - - Dutch (AEX, ...) - - - Europe (asegr,.bsero, hex ...) - - - Greece (ASE, ...) - - - Hungary (Bamosz, BET, ...) - - - India Mutual (AMFI, ...) - - - Fidelity (Fidelity, ...) - - - Finland (HEX, ...) - - - First Trust (First Trust, ...) - - - France (Boursorama, LeRevenu, ...) - - - Nasdaq (Alphavantage, Fool, ...) - - - New Zealand (NZX, ...) - - - NYSE (Alphavantage, Fool, ...) - - - South Africa (Sharenet, ...) - - - Romania (bsero, ...) - - - T. Rowe Price - - - U.K. Funds (citywire, FTfunds, MStar, tnetuk, ...) - - - U.K. Unit Trusts (trustnet, ...) - - - USA (Alphavantage, Fool ...) - - - -
- - Quellen: - src/engine/gnc-commodity.c:gnc_quote_source (commit c0fd3b3, welche an - Finance::Quote 1.47 angepaßt wurde), - &app;-Wiki, - bugzilla, - Mailinglistenarchive. - - - - - - Yahoo-Besonderheiten - - Yahoo hat Kurse von vielen Börsen und Märkten angeboten. Alphavantage - sollte sich künftig ähnlich verhalten, aber ohne Verzögerung. Außer - für US-Märkte ist anzugeben, wo nachgesehen werden soll. Ein - typisches Yahoo-Symbol hat die Form <ISIN><Markt-Suffix>. - - - - Yahoo-Kürzel für Börsen und Märkte - - - - - Land - - - Börse - - - Suffix - - - Verzögerung - - - - - - - Argentina - - - Buenos Aires Stock Exchange - - - .BA - - - 30 min - - - - - Australia - - - Australian Stock Exchange - - - .AX - - - 20 min - - - - - Austria - - - Vienna Stock Exchange - - - .VI - - - 15 min - - - - - Brazil - - - BOVESPA - Sao Paolo Stock Exchange - - - .SA - - - 15 min - - - - - Canada - - - Toronto Stock Exchange - - - .TO - - - 15 min - - - - - Canada - - - TSX Venture Exchange - - - .V - - - 15 min - - - - - Chile - - - Santiago Stock Exchange - - - .SN - - - 15 min - - - - - China - - - Shanghai Stock Exchange - - - .SS - - - 30 min - - - - - China - - - Shenzhen Stock Exchange - - - .SZ - - - 30 min - - - - - Denmark - - - Copenhagen Stock Exchange - - - .CO - - - 15 min - - - - - France - - - Euronext - - - .NX - - - 15 min - - - - - France - - - Paris Stock Exchange - - - .PA - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Berlin Stock Exchange - - - .BE - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Bremen Stock Exchange - - - .BM - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Dusseldorf Stock Exchange - - - .DU - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Frankfurt Stock Exchange - - - .F - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Hamburg Stock Exchange - - - .HM - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Hanover Stock Exchange - - - .HA - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Munich Stock Exchange - - - .MU - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - Stuttgart Stock Exchange - - - .SG - - - 15 min - - - - - Germany - - - XETRA Stock Exchange - - - .DE - - - 15 min - - - - - Greece - - - Athens Stock Exchange - - - .AT - - - 15 min - - - - - Hong Kong - - - Hong Kong Stock Exchange - - - .HK - - - 15 min - - - - - India - - - Bombay Stock Exchange - - - .BO - - - 15 min - - - - - India - - - National Stock Exchange of India - - - .NS - - - Real-time** - - - - - Indonesia - - - Jakarta Stock Exchange - - - .JK - - - 10 min - - - - - Israel - - - Tel Aviv Stock Exchange - - - .TA - - - 20 min - - - - - Italy - - - Milan Stock Exchange - - - .MI - - - 20 min - - - - - Japan - - - Nikkei Indices - - - N/A - - - 30 min - - - - - Mexico - - - Mexico Stock Exchange - - - .MX - - - 20 min - - - - - Netherlands - - - Amsterdam Stock Exchange - - - .AS - - - 15 min - - - - - New Zealand - - - New Zealand Stock Exchange - - - .NZ - - - 20 min - - - - - Norway - - - Oslo Stock Exchange - - - .OL - - - 15 min - - - - - Russia - - - Moscow Interbank Currency Exchange (MICEX) - - - .ME - - - 15 min - - - - - Singapore - - - Singapore Stock Exchange - - - .SI - - - 20 min - - - - - South Korea - - - Korea Stock Exchange - - - .KS - - - 20 min - - - - - South Korea - - - KOSDAQ - - - .KQ - - - 20 min - - - - - Spain - - - Barcelona Stock Exchange - - - .BC - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Bilbao Stock Exchange - - - .BI - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid Fixed Income Market - - - .MF - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid SE C.A.T.S. - - - .MC - - - 15 min - - - - - Spain - - - Madrid Stock Exchange - - - .MA - - - 15 min - - - - - Sweden - - - Stockholm Stock Exchange - - - .ST - - - 15 min - - - - - Switzerland - - - Swiss Exchange - - - .SW - - - 30 min - - - - - Taiwan - - - Taiwan OTC Exchange - - - .TWO - - - 20 min - - - - - Taiwan - - - Taiwan Stock Exchange - - - .TW - - - 20 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - FTSE Indices - - - N/A - - - 15 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - London Stock Exchange - - - .L - - - 20 min - - - - - United Kingdom - - - London Stock Exchange - - - .IL - - - 20 min - - - - - United States of America - - - BATS Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - - United States of America - - - Chicago Board of Trade - - - .CBT - - - 10 min - - - - - United States of America - - - Chicago Mercantile Exchange - - - .CME - - - 10 min - - - - - United States of America - - - Dow Jones Indexes - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - - United States of America - - - NASDAQ Stock Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Board of Trade - - - .NYB - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Commodities Exchange - - - .CMX - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Mercantile Exchange - - - .NYM - - - 30 min - - - - - United States of America - - - New York Stock Exchange - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - NYSE Mkt - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - OTC Bulletin Board Market - - - N/A - - - Real-time* - - - - - United States of America - - - OTC Markets Group - - - N/A - - - 15 min - - - - - United States of America - - - S & P Indices - - - N/A - - - Real-time - - - - -
- Quelle: - - abgefragt am 2012-09-22. - - - - TIAA-CREF-Besonderheiten - - - - TIAA-CREF Annuities (Renten) werden im Gegensatz zu ihren Fonds an keiner Börse gelistet. - TIAA-CREF bietet die Kurse mittels einer CGI-Shnittstelle auf ihrer - Website, welche eine CSV-Datei im folgenden Format zurückliefert: - - - -bogus_symbol1,price1,date1 -bogus_symbol2,price2,date2 -..etc. - - - Dabei hat bogus_symbol einen der folgenden Werte für die verschiedenen - Annuitäten: - - - - Bei den Symbolen ist die Groß- und Kleinschreibung wichtig, welche sich 2012 änderte. - - - - Pseudo-Symbole, welche für TIAA-CREF Kursabfragen verwendet werden können - - - - - - Name - - - Symbol - - - bogus - - - - - - - CREF Bond Market Account - - - CREFbond - - - 41081991 - - - - - CREF Equity Index Account - - - CREFequi - - - 41082540 - - - - - CREF Global Equities Account - - - CREFglob - - - 41081992 - - - - - CREF Growth Account - - - CREFgrow - - - 41082544 - - - - - CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Account - - - CREFinfb - - - 41088773 - - - - - CREF Money Market Account - - - CREFmony - - - 41081993 - - - - - CREF Social Choice Account - - - CREFsoci - - - 41081994 - - - - - CREF Stock Account - - - CREFstok - - - 41081995 - - - - - TIAA Real Estate Account - - - TIAAreal - - - 41091375 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TIDRX - - - 4530828 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TBIRX - - - 20739662 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Retirement) - - - TCBRX - - - 4530816 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TEMSX - - - 26176543 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - - TEQSX - - - 26176547 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TIQRX - - - 4530786 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Retirement) - - - TNRRX - - - 39444919 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Retirement) - - - TRGIX - - - 312536 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Retirement) - - - TIHRX - - - 4530821 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TIKRX - - - 4530829 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRERX - - - 302323 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Retirement) - - - - TRIEX - - - 300269 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TILRX - - - 4530785 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRIRX - - - 299525 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Retirement) - - - TRLCX - - - 301332 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRCVX - - - 304333 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLEX - - - 302817 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLIX - - - 302393 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLTX - - - 307774 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLFX - - - 313994 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLNX - - - 307240 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLRX - - - 309003 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Retirement) - - - TCLOX - - - 300959 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTFRX - - - 9467597 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLFRX - - - 9467596 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTRLX - - - 34211330 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLTRX - - - 21066482 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLGRX - - - 21066496 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLWRX - - - 21066479 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLQRX - - - 21066485 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLHRX - - - 21066435 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLYRX - - - 21066475 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLZRX - - - 21066473 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLMRX - - - 21066488 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Retirement) - - - TLLRX - - - 21066490 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Retirement) - - - TTIRX - - - 34211328 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund - (Retirement) - - - - TRCIX - - - 21066468 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Retirement) - - - - TLIRX - - - 9467594 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - - TSARX - - - 40508431 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Retirement) - - - TSCTX - - - 40508433 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TSGRX - - - 40508437 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Retirement) - - - TLSRX - - - 40508427 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Retirement) - - - TSMTX - - - 40508460 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Retirement) - - - TITRX - - - 4530825 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Retirement) - - - TRGMX - - - 305499 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Retirement) - - - TRVRX - - - 315272 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Retirement) - - - TIEXX - - - 4530771 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Retirement) - - - TRRSX - - - 300081 - - - - - TIAA-CREF S&P 500 Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSPX - - - 306105 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Retirement) - - - TISRX - - - 4530818 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Blend Index Fund (Retirement) - - - TRBIX - - - 314644 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSEX - - - 299968 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Retirement) - - - TRSCX - - - 300078 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TIBDX - - - 307276 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TBIIX - - - 20739664 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Institutional) - - - TIBFX - - - 4530820 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - - TEMLX - - - 26176540 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TEQLX - - - 26176544 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced International Equity Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TFIIX - - - 9467603 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced Large-Cap Growth Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TLIIX - - - 9467602 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Enhanced Large-Cap Value Index Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TEVIX - - - 9467606 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TIEIX - - - 301718 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Institutional) - - - - TNRIX - - - 39444916 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Institutional) - - - TIGRX - - - 314719 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Institutional) - - - TIHYX - - - 4530798 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TIILX - - - 316693 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TIIEX - - - 305980 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Institutional) - - - - TCIEX - - - 303673 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TILGX - - - 4530800 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Index Fund (Institutional) - - - - TILIX - - - 297809 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Institutional) - - - TRLIX - - - 300692 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TILVX - - - 302308 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCTIX - - - 4912376 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCNIX - - - 4912355 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCWIX - - - 4912377 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCYIX - - - 4912384 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCRIX - - - 4912364 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCIIX - - - 4912375 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Institutional) - - - TCOIX - - - 4912387 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTFIX - - - 9467607 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Institutional) - - - TFTIX - - - 9467601 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTRIX - - - 34211329 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLTIX - - - 21066484 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLFIX - - - 21066498 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLWIX - - - 21066480 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLQIX - - - 21066486 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLHIX - - - 21066495 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLYIX - - - 21066477 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLZIX - - - 21066474 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLXIX - - - 21066478 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Institutional) - - - TLLIX - - - 21066492 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Institutional) - - - TTIIX - - - 34211326 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund - (Institutional) - - - - TRILX - - - 21066463 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Institutional) - - - - TLRIX - - - 9467595 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - - TSAIX - - - 40508428 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Institutional) - - - - TCSIX - - - 40508425 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TSGGX - - - 40508434 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Institutional) - - - TSITX - - - 40508450 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Institutional) - - - TSIMX - - - 40508443 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Institutional) - - - TIMIX - - - 4530787 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Institutional) - - - TRPWX - - - 297210 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Institutional) - - - TIMVX - - - 316178 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Institutional) - - - TCIXX - - - 313650 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Institutional) - - - - TIREX - - - 303475 - - - - - TIAA-CREF S&P 500 Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TISPX - - - 306658 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TISIX - - - 4530784 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Blend Index Fund (Institutional) - - - TISBX - - - 309018 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TISEX - - - 301622 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Institutional) - - - TISCX - - - 301897 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Tax-Exempt Bond Fund (Institutional) - - - TITIX - - - 4530819 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TIORX - - - 4530794 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Retail) - - - TBILX - - - 20739663 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Retail) - - - TCBPX - - - 4530788 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TEMRX - - - 26176542 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Retail) - - - - TEQKX - - - 26176545 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Retail) - - - TINRX - - - 4530797 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Retail) - - - TNRLX - - - 39444917 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Retail) - - - TIIRX - - - 4530790 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Retail) - - - TIYRX - - - 4530830 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TCILX - - - 313727 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TIERX - - - 4530827 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TIRTX - - - 4530791 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Retail) - - - TCLCX - - - 302696 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Retail) - - - TLRRX - - - 9467600 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TSALX - - - 40508429 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Retail) - - - TSCLX - - - 40508432 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TSGLX - - - 40508435 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Retail) - - - TSILX - - - 40508438 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Retail) - - - TSMLX - - - 40508453 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Managed Allocation Fund (Retail) - - - TIMRX - - - 4530817 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Retail) - - - TCMGX - - - 305208 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Retail) - - - TCMVX - - - 313995 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Retail) - - - TIRXX - - - 4530775 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Retail) - - - TCREX - - - 309567 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TCTRX - - - 4530822 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TCSEX - - - 297477 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Retail) - - - TICRX - - - 4530792 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Tax-Exempt Bond Fund (Retail) - - - TIXRX - - - 4530793 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TIDPX - - - 21066506 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Index Fund (Premier) - - - TBIPX - - - 21066534 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Bond Plus Fund (Premier) - - - TBPPX - - - 21066533 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TEMPX - - - 26176541 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - - TEQPX - - - 26176546 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - TCEPX - - - 21066530 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Global Natural Resources Fund (Premier) - - - TNRPX - - - 39444918 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Growth & Income Fund (Premier) - - - TRPGX - - - 21066461 - - - - - TIAA-CREF High Yield Fund (Premier) - - - TIHPX - - - 21066501 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Inflation-Linked Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TIKPX - - - 21066500 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TREPX - - - 21066466 - - - - - TIAA-CREF International Equity Index Fund (Premier) - - - TRIPX - - - 21066462 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TILPX - - - 21066499 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Large-Cap Value Fund (Premier) - - - TRCPX - - - 21066467 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2010 Fund (Premier) - - - TCTPX - - - 21066521 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2015 Fund (Premier) - - - TCFPX - - - 21066528 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2020 Fund (Premier) - - - TCWPX - - - 21066518 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2025 Fund (Premier) - - - TCQPX - - - 21066522 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2030 Fund (Premier) - - - TCHPX - - - 21066527 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2035 Fund (Premier) - - - TCYPX - - - 21066517 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2040 Fund (Premier) - - - TCZPX - - - 21066516 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2045 Fund (Premier) - - - TTFPX - - - 21066444 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2050 Fund (Premier) - - - TCLPX - - - 21066526 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle 2055 Fund (Premier) - - - TTRPX - - - 34211331 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2010 Fund (Premier) - - - TLTPX - - - 21066483 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2015 Fund (Premier) - - - TLFPX - - - 21066497 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2020 Fund (Premier) - - - TLWPX - - - 21066434 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2025 Fund (Premier) - - - TLVPX - - - 21066481 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2030 Fund (Premier) - - - TLHPX - - - 21066494 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2035 Fund (Premier) - - - TLYPX - - - 21066476 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2040 Fund (Premier) - - - TLPRX - - - 21066487 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2045 Fund (Premier) - - - TLMPX - - - 21066489 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2050 Fund (Premier) - - - TLLPX - - - 21066491 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index 2055 Fund (Premier) - - - TTIPX - - - 34211327 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Index Retirement Income Fund (Premier) - - - - TLIPX - - - 21066493 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifecycle Retirement Income Fund (Premier) - - - TPILX - - - 21066470 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Aggressive Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TSAPX - - - 40508430 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Conservative Fund (Premier) - - - TLSPX - - - 40508426 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TSGPX - - - 40508436 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Income Fund (Premier) - - - TSIPX - - - 40508451 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Lifestyle Moderate Fund (Premier) - - - TSMPX - - - 40508456 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Premier) - - - TRGPX - - - 21066464 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Mid-Cap Value Fund (Premier) - - - TRVPX - - - 21066455 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Money Market Fund (Premier) - - - TPPXX - - - 21066469 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Real Estate Securities Fund (Premier) - - - TRRPX - - - 21066459 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Short-Term Bond Fund (Premier) - - - TSTPX - - - 21066445 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Small-Cap Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TSRPX - - - 21066446 - - - - - TIAA-CREF Social Choice Equity Fund (Premier) - - - TRPSX - - - 21066460 - - - - -
- Quelle: Kommentare in - - - - - diff --git a/help/de/Help_txf-categories.xml b/help/de/Help_txf-categories.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6e2f323cd..000000000 --- a/help/de/Help_txf-categories.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1035 +0,0 @@ - - - - - -Detailed TXF Category Descriptions - - - -Tax Form \ TXF CodeDescription -Extended TXF Help messages - - - -< help \ H001Name of Current account is exported. -Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name. - -^ help \ H002Name of Parent account is exported. -Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name. - -# help \ H003Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use! -Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet! Do not use these codes! - - none \ N000Tax Report Only - No TXF Export -This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported. - -Help F1040 \ H256Form 1040 - the main tax form -Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return. - - F1040 \ N261Alimony received -Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony. - - F1040 \ N257Other income, misc. -Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards. - - F1040 \ N520RR retirement inc., spouse -Spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099. - - F1040 \ N519RR retirement income, self -The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099. - - F1040 \ N258Sick pay or disability pay -Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums. - - F1040 \ N483Social Security inc., spouse -Spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099. - - F1040 \ N266Social Security income, self -The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099. - - F1040 \ N260State and local tax refunds -Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year. - - F1040 \ N269Taxable fringe benefits -Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car). - -Help F1099-G \ H634Form 1099-G - certain Government payments -Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments. - - F1099-G \ N672Qualified state tuition earnings -Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year. - - F1099-G \ N260State and local tax refunds -Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year. - - F1099-G \ N479Unemployment compensation -Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G. - -Help F1099-MISC \ H553Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income -Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N562Crop insurance proceeds -The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N559Fishing boat proceeds -Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N560Medical/health payments -The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N561Non employee compensation -The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed. Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N557Other income -The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or sickness, and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee's wages paid to estate or beneficiary. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N259Prizes and awards -The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N555Rents -Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N556Royalties -The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent. - -Help F1099=MSA \ H629Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account -Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions. - - F1099-MSA \ N632MSA earnings on excess contrib -The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses. - - F1099-MSA \ N631MSA gross distribution -The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you. - -Help F1099-R \ H473Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions -Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer. - -^ F1099-R \ N623SIMPLE total gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N624SIMPLE total taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%. - -^ F1099-R \ N477Total IRA gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N478Total IRA taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan. - -^ F1099-R \ N475Total pension gross distribution -The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here. - -^ F1099-R \ N476Total pension taxable distribution -The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here. - -Help F2106 \ H380employee business expenses -Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses. - - F2106 \ N387Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.) -Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here. - - F2106 \ N388Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses -Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. - -Help F4137 \ H503Form 4137 - tips not reported -Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer. - - F4137 \ N505Total cash/tips not reported to employer -The amount of tips you did not report to your employer. - -Help F4684 \ H412Form 4684 - casualties and thefts -Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts. - - F4684 \ N416FMV after casualty -The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal. - - F4684 \ N415FMV before casualty -The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal. - - F4684 \ N414Insurance/reimbursement -The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive. - -Help F4835 \ H569Form 4835 - farm rental income -Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented. - - F4835 \ N573Agricultural program payments -Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G. - - F4835 \ N575CCC loans forfeited/repaid -The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N574CCC loans reported/election -Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop. - - F4835 \ N577Crop insurance proceeds deferred -If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N576Crop insurance proceeds received -You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government. - - F4835 \ N578Other income -Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc. - - F4835 \ N571Sale of livestock/produce -Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent. - - F4835 \ N572Total cooperative distributions -Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR. - -Help F6252 \ H427Form 6252 - income from casual sales -Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale). - - F6252 \ N429Debt assumed by buyer -Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources. - - F6252 \ N431Depreciation allowed -Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction. Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions. - - F6252 \ N435Payments received prior years -Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated. - - F6252 \ N434Payments received this year -Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated. - - F6252 \ N428Selling price -Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold. - -Help F8815 \ H441Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education -Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs. - - F8815 \ N444EE US savings bonds proceeds -Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year. - - F8815 \ N443Nontaxable education benefits -Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution. - - F8815 \ N445Post-89 EE bond face value -The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year. - -Help F8863 \ H639Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits -Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits. Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information. - - F8863 \ N637Hope credit -Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution. - - F8863 \ N638Lifetime learning credit -Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution. - - Home Sale \ N392Home Sale worksheets (was F2119) -Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523. - - Home Sale \ N393Selling price of old home -The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S. - -Help Sched B \ H285Schedule B - interest and dividend income -Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income. - -< Sched B \ N487Dividend income, non-taxable -Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. - -^ Sched B \ N286Dividend income, Ordinary -Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV. Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D - -< Sched B \ N287Interest income -Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N489Interest income, non-taxable -Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N492Interest income, OID bonds -Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N524Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage -Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N289Interest income, State and municipal bond -Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N490Interest income, taxed only by fed -Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N491Interest income, taxed only by state -Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N290Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond -Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -< Sched B \ N288Interest income, US government -Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This income is exempt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one! - -Help Sched C \ H291Schedule C - self-employment income -Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses. - - Sched C \ N293Gross receipts or sales -The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC. - - Sched C \ N303Other business income -The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income. - -Help Sched D \ H320Schedule D - capital gains and losses -Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets. - -^ Sched D \ N488Dividend income, capital gain distributions -Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts. These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends - -# Sched D \ N323Long Term gain/loss - security -Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security. - -# Sched D \ N321Short Term gain/loss - security -Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security. - -# Sched D \ N810Short/Long Term gain or loss -Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of capital assets other than securities. - -Help Sched E \ H325Schedule E - rental and royalty income -Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts. - - Sched E \ N326Rents received -The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.) - - Sched E \ N327Royalties received -Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents. - -Help Sched F \ H343Schedule F - Farm income and expense -Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own. - - Sched F \ N372Agricultural program payments -Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G. - - Sched F \ N374CCC loans forfeited or repaid -The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N373CCC loans reported/election -Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop. - - Sched F \ N376Crop insurance proceeds deferred -If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N375Crop insurance proceeds received -You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government. - - Sched F \ N370Custom hire income -The income you received for custom hire (machine work). - - Sched F \ N377Other farm income -Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc. - - Sched F \ N369Resales of livestock/items -Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport. These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property. - - Sched F \ N368Sales livestock/product raised -Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised. - - Sched F \ N371Total cooperative distributions -Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR. - -Help Sched K-1 \ H446Schedule K-1 - partnership income, credits, deductions -Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership's income, credits, deductions, etc. Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership. - - Sched K-1 \ N452Dividends, ordinary -The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B) - - Sched K-1 \ N455Guaranteed partner payments -A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E) - - Sched K-1 \ N451Interest income -The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B) - -# Sched K-1 \ N454Net LT capital gain or loss -The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D) - -# Sched K-1 \ N453Net ST capital gain or loss -The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D) - -# Sched K-1 \ N456Net Section 1231 gain or loss -The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797) - -# Sched K-1 \ N448Ordinary income or loss -Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - -# Sched K-1 \ N450Other rental income or loss -The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - -# Sched K-1 \ N449Rental real estate income or loss -The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1) - - Sched K-1 \ N527Royalties -The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E) - - Sched K-1 \ N528Tax-exempt interest income -The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040) - -Help W-2 \ H458Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld -Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer. - -^ W-2 \ N465Dependent care benefits, self -The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received. - -^ W-2 \ N512Dependent care benefits, spouse -The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received. - -^ W-2 \ N267Reimbursed moving expenses, self -Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer. - -^ W-2 \ N546Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse -Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse's employer. - -^ W-2 \ N460Salary or wages, self -The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, you receive from your employer. - -^ W-2 \ N506Salary or wages, spouse -The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse's employer. - -Help W-2G \ H547Form W-2G - gambling winnings -Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings. - -^ W-2G \ N549Gross winnings -The amount of gross winnings from gambling. This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G. - - none \ N000Tax Report Only - No TXF Export -This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported. - -Help F1040 \ H256Form 1040 - the main tax form -Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return. - - F1040 \ N264Alimony paid -Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony. - -< F1040 \ N265Early withdrawal penalty -Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD's or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID. - - F1040 \ N521Federal estimated tax, quarterly -The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, GnuCash adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year. - - F1040 \ N613Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. - - F1040 \ N614Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. - - F1040 \ N611Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. - - F1040 \ N612Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. - - F1040 \ N482IRA contrib., non-work spouse -IRA contribution for a non-working spouse. - - F1040 \ N262IRA contribution, self -Contribution to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated. - - F1040 \ N481IRA contribution, spouse -Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated. - - F1040 \ N263Keogh deduction, self -Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership. - - F1040 \ N516Keogh deduction, spouse -Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership. - - F1040 \ N608Medical savings contribution, spouse -Contributions made to your spouse's medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N607Medical savings contribution, self -Contributions made to your medical savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N517SEP-IRA deduction, self -Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA). - - F1040 \ N518SEP-IRA deduction, spouse -Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA). - - F1040 \ N609SIMPLE contribution, self -Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N610SIMPLE contribution, spouse -Contributions made to your spouse's SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse's Form W-2. - - F1040 \ N636Student loan interest -The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans. - -Help F1099-G \ H634Form 1099-G - certain Government payments -Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments. - - F1099-G \ N606Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation. - - F1099-G \ N605Unemployment comp repaid -If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received. - -Help F1099-MISC \ H553Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income -Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N558Federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income. - -^ F1099-MISC \ N563State tax withheld -The amount of state income tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income. - -Help F1099-R \ H473Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions -Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer. - -^ F1099-R \ N532IRA federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N534IRA local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N533IRA state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N529Pension federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N531Pension local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N530Pension state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution. - -^ F1099-R \ N625SIMPLE federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -^ F1099-R \ N627SIMPLE local tax withheld -The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -^ F1099-R \ N626SIMPLE state tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received. - -Help F2106 \ H380employee business expenses -Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses. - - F2106 \ N382Automobile expenses -Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items. - - F2106 \ N381Education expenses -Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business. - - F2106 \ N391Employee home office expenses -Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587. - - F2106 \ N389Job seeking expenses -Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job. - - F2106 \ N384Local transportation expenses -Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away from home. They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible. - - F2106 \ N386Meal/entertainment expenses -Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment. - - F2106 \ N385Other business expenses -Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc. - - F2106 \ N390Special clothing expenses -cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves. - - F2106 \ N383Travel (away from home) -Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here. - -Help F2441 \ H400Form 2441 - child and dependent credit -Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses. - -< F2441 \ N401Qualifying child/dependent care expenses -The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf. - -< F2441 \ N402Qualifying household expenses -The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home. They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the services were partly for the care of the qualifying person. - -Help F3903 \ H403Form 3903 - moving expenses -Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses. - - F3903 \ N406Transport/storage of goods -The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects. You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home. - - F3903 \ N407Travel/lodging, except meals -The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals. - -Help F4684 \ H412Form 4684 - casualties and thefts -Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts. - - F4684 \ N413Basis of casualty property -Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub 551, Basis of Assets, for details. - -Help F4835 \ H569Form 4835 - farm rental income -Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented. - - F4835 \ N579Car and truck expenses -The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc. - - F4835 \ N580Chemicals -Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts. - - F4835 \ N581Conservation expenses -Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture. - - F4835 \ N582Custom hire expenses -Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself. - - F4835 \ N583Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. - - F4835 \ N584Feed purchased -The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F. - - F4835 \ N585Fertilizers and lime -The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials. - - F4835 \ N586Freight and trucking -The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock. - - F4835 \ N587Gasoline, fuel, and oil -The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment. - - F4835 \ N588Insurance (other than health) -Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance. - - F4835 \ N589Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225. - - F4835 \ N590Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business. - - F4835 \ N591Labor hired -The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers. - - F4835 \ N602Other farm expenses -Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law. - - F4835 \ N592Pension/profit-sharing plans -Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - F4835 \ N594Rent/lease land, animals -Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land. - - F4835 \ N593Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - F4835 \ N595Repairs and maintenance -Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes. - - F4835 \ N596Seeds and plants purchased -The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming. - - F4835 \ N597Storage and warehousing -Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc. - - F4835 \ N598Supplies purchased -Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc. - - F4835 \ N599Taxes -Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - F4835 \ N600Utilities -Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business. - - F4835 \ N601Vet, breeding, medicine -The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees. - -Help F4952 \ H425Form 4952 - investment interest -Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years. - - F4952 \ N426Investment interest expense -The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax year, regardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment. - -Help F6252 \ H427Form 6252 - income from casual sales -Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale). - - F6252 \ N432Expenses of sale -Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property. - -Help F8815 \ H441Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education -Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs. - - F8815 \ N442Qualified higher education expenses -Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program. - -Help F8829 \ H536Form 8829 - business use of your home -Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home. IRS rules are stringent for this deduction. Refer to IRS Publication 587. - - F8829 \ N537Deductible mortgage interest -The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N539Insurance -The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N542Other expenses -If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N538Real estate taxes -The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N540Repairs and maintenance -The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - - F8829 \ N541Utilities -The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion. - -Help F8839 \ H617Form 8839 - adoption expenses -Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses. - - F8839 \ N618Adoption fees -Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N620Attorney fees -Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N619Court costs -Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N622Other expenses -Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - F8839 \ N621Traveling expenses -Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child. - - Home Sale \ N392Home Sale worksheets (was F2119) -Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523. - - Home Sale \ N397Cost of new home -The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions. - - Home Sale \ N394Expense of sale -Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points." - - Home Sale \ N396Fixing-up expenses -Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements. - -Help Sched A \ H270Schedule A - itemized deductions -Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions. - - Sched A \ N280Cash charity contributions -Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received. - - Sched A \ N484Doctors, dentists, hospitals -Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502. - - Sched A \ N272Gambling losses -Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation. - - Sched A \ N545Home mortgage interest (no 1098) -Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage. - - Sched A \ N283Home mortgage interest (1098) -Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage. - - Sched A \ N282Investment management fees -Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income. - - - Sched A \ N544Local income taxes -Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year. - - - Sched A \ N274Medical travel and lodging -Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care. - - Sched A \ N273Medicine and drugs -Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible. - - Sched A \ N523Misc., no 2% AGI limit -Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person. - - Sched A \ N486Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit -Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106. - - Sched A \ N485Non-cash charity contributions - -The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture. - - Sched A \ N277Other taxes -Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction. - - Sched A \ N535Personal property taxes -Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value. - - Sched A \ N284Points paid (no 1098) -Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098. - - Sched A \ N276Real estate taxes -Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk). - - Sched A \ N522State estimated tax, quarterly -State estimated tax payments made this year. - - Sched A \ N275State income taxes -State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include any part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes. - - Sched A \ N271Subscriptions -Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are directly related to the production or collection of taxable income. (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.). - - Sched A \ N281Tax preparation fees -Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically. - -Help Sched B \ H285Schedule B - interest and dividend income -Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income. - -< Sched B \ N615Fed tax withheld, dividend income -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV. - -< Sched B \ N616Fed tax withheld, interest income -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT. - -Help Sched C \ H291Schedule C - self-employment income -Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses. - - Sched C \ N304Advertising -The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material. - - Sched C \ N305Bad debts from sales/services -Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless. - - Sched C \ N306Car and truck expenses -You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate. - - Sched C \ N307Commissions and fees -The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services. - - Sched C \ N494Cost of Goods Sold - Labor -Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product. - - Sched C \ N495Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies -Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them. - - Sched C \ N496Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs -Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses. - - Sched C \ N493Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases -If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use. - - Sched C \ N309Depletion -The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T. See Pub. 535. - - Sched C \ N308Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. - - Sched C \ N310Insurance, other than health -Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor amounts credited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535. - - Sched C \ N311Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home). - - Sched C \ N312Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business. - - Sched C \ N298Legal and professional fees -Accountant's or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business. - - Sched C \ N294Meals and entertainment -Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal. - - Sched C \ N313Office expenses -The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc. - - Sched C \ N302Other business expenses -Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a contract; Subscriptions to trade or professional publications. - - Sched C \ N314Pension/profit sharing plans -You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040. - - Sched C \ N300Rent/lease other business property -The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or property, such as office space in a building. - - Sched C \ N299Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463. - - Sched C \ N315Repairs and maintenance -The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized. - - Sched C \ N296Returns and allowances -Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales. - - Sched C \ N301Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold) -The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold. - - Sched C \ N316Taxes and licenses -Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your employees' wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - Sched C \ N317Travel -Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home. - - Sched C \ N318Utilities -The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property. - - Sched C \ N297Wages paid -The total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. - -Help Sched E \ H325Schedule E - rental and royalty income -Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts. - - Sched E \ N328Advertising -Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor's to obtain tenants. - - Sched E \ N329Auto and travel -The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home. - - Sched E \ N330Cleaning and maintenance -The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property. - - Sched E \ N331Commissions -The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor's or management companies to collect rent. - - Sched E \ N332Insurance -Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability. - - Sched E \ N333Legal and professional fees -The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation of tax forms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties. - - Sched E \ N502Management fees -The amount of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property. - - Sched E \ N334Mortgage interest expense -Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098. - - Sched E \ N341Other expenses -Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E. These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc. - - Sched E \ N335Other interest expense -Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098. - - Sched E \ N336Repairs -You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life. - - Sched E \ N337Supplies -Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc. - - Sched E \ N338Taxes -The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees. - - Sched E \ N339Utilities -The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property. - -Help Sched F \ H343Schedule F - Farm income and expense -Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own. - - Sched F \ N543Car and truck expenses -The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc. - - Sched F \ N366Chemicals -Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts. - - Sched F \ N362Conservation expenses -Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture. - - Sched F \ N378Cost of resale livestock/items -The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold. - - Sched F \ N367Custom hire expenses -Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself. - - Sched F \ N364Employee benefit programs -Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. - - Sched F \ N350Feed purchased -The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F. - - Sched F \ N352Fertilizers and lime -The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials. - - Sched F \ N361Freight and trucking -The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock. - - Sched F \ N356Gasoline, fuel, and oil -The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment. - - Sched F \ N359Insurance, other than health -Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance. - - Sched F \ N346Interest expense, mortgage -The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225. - - Sched F \ N347Interest expense, other -The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business. - - Sched F \ N344Labor hired -The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers. - - Sched F \ N365Other farm expenses -Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law. - - Sched F \ N363Pension/profit sharing plans -Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - Sched F \ N348Rent/lease land, animals -Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land. - - Sched F \ N349Rent/lease vehicles, equip. -The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040). - - Sched F \ N345Repairs and maintenance -Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes. - - Sched F \ N351Seeds and plants purchased -The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming. - - Sched F \ N357Storage and warehousing -Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc. - - Sched F \ N353Supplies purchased -Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc. - - Sched F \ N358Taxes -Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax. - - Sched F \ N360Utilities -Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business. - - Sched F \ N355Vet, breeding, and medicine -The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees. - -Help Sched H \ H565Schedule H - Household employees -Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees. Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes. - -^ Sched H \ N567Cash wages paid -For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H. - -^ Sched H \ N568Federal tax withheld -Federal income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year. - -Help W-2 \ H458Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld -Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer. - -^ W-2 \ N461Federal tax withheld, self -The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year. - -^ W-2 \ N507Federal tax withheld, spouse -The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse's wages for the year. - -^ W-2 \ N463Local tax withheld, self -The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N509Local tax withheld, spouse -The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse's wages. - -^ W-2 \ N480Medicare tax withheld, self -The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N510Medicare tax withheld, spouse -The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your spouse's wages. - -^ W-2 \ N462Social Security tax withheld, self -The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N508Social Security tax withheld, spouse -The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse's wages. - -^ W-2 \ N464State tax withheld, self -The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages. - -^ W-2 \ N511State tax withheld, spouse -The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse's wages. - -Help W-2G \ H547Form W-2G - gambling winnings -Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings. - -^ W-2G \ N550Federal tax withheld -The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings. - -^ W-2G \ N551State tax withheld -The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings. - - - -
- diff --git a/help/de/Makefile.am b/help/de/Makefile.am index f18550b2e..c128ff158 100644 --- a/help/de/Makefile.am +++ b/help/de/Makefile.am @@ -3,14 +3,7 @@ docname = gnucash-help lang = de omffile = $(docname)-de.omf entities = \ - Help_ch_Intro.xml \ - Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml \ - Help_fdl-appendix.xml \ - Help_legal.xml \ - Help_chartofaccts.xml \ - Help_chtacctseg.xml \ - Help_txf-categories.xml \ - Help_tips-appendix.xml + Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml DISTCLEANFILES = $(docname)-de.omf.out CLEANFILES = $(DISTCLEANFILES) XSLTFLAGS_FO= --stringparam paper.type A4 diff --git a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml index 9770eaffc..e93d67143 100644 --- a/help/de/gnucash-help.xml +++ b/help/de/gnucash-help.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ 2014-2018 &app; Documentation Team - + 2002-2007 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ - + The &app; Documentation Team @@ -78,127 +78,212 @@ + + &app; Hilfe v3.3 + 30 September 2018 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v3.2 + 24 June 2018 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + &app; Hilfe v3.1 28 April 2018 - Multiple Authors - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team &app; Hilfe v3.0 1 April 2018 - Multiple Authors - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team &app; Hilfe v2.6.20 1 April 2018 - Multiple Authors - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v2.6.19 + 16 December 2017 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.16 26 March 2017 - Multiple Authors - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.11 11 January 2016 - Multiple Authors - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.8 27 September 2015 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v2.6.7 + 28 June 2015 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.5 16 December 2014 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.3 30 March 2014 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.2 2 March 2014 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.1 26 January 2016 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.6.0 29 December 2013 - Multiple Authors + Multiple authors - &app; Development Team + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.4.2 17 November 2012 - Geert Janssens - - &app; Development Team + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v2.4.1 + 1 July 2011 + + Multiple authors + &app; Documentation Team - &app; Hilfe v2.3.16 01. January 2011 + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + Dave Herman + dvherman@bigfoot.com + Andreas Fahle Christian Stimming - Deutsches &app; Team + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v2.0.2 + March 2007 + + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v2.0.0 + July 2006 + + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v1.8.3 + Aug 2003 + + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v1.8.2 + Aug 2003 + + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + &app; Documentation Team + + + + &app; Hilfe v1.8.1 + May 2003 + + Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net + + &app; Documentation Team @@ -206,6 +291,7 @@ 02. Februar 2003 Chris Lyttle + chris@wilddev.net Christian Stimming &app; Documentation Team @@ -226,7 +312,7 @@ &app;. - Feedback + Rückmeldung Um Fehler zu berichten oder anderes Feedback zu geben, benutzen Sie bitte das &app; Bug-Tracking System - About the Author - - The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated - group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to - write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user - base. People who are interested in joining this group are - encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists - (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction. + Über die Verfasser + + Das Dokumentationsteam von &app; ist eine selbsternannte Gruppe von &app;-Nutzern + und -Entwicklern, die sich angeboten haben, diese Dokumentation zu schreiben, + zum Wohle der breiten Nutzerschaft. Menschen, die daran intressiert sind, + dieser Gruppe bezutreten, werden ermutigt, ihr Interesse auf einer der &app; + Mailinglisten gnucash-devel@gnucash.org (englische Dokumentation) oder gnucash-de@gnucash.org (Übersetzung) + für weitere Anleitungen kundzutun. - Contributors on the team so far have been: + UNTRANSLATED-DE Contributors on the team so far have been: Yawar Amin , @@ -260,7 +346,7 @@ J. Alex Aycinena , - Frank Ellenberger + Frank H. Ellenberger , Chris Good @@ -289,6 +375,9 @@ Christian Stimming . + + LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom + Deutschen &app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher @@ -330,6475 +419,6 @@ - - - - Anhang - - - - Tipp des Tages - - Die Tipp des Tages-Box wird bei jedem - Start von GnuCash angezeigt und gibt Hinweise zur Benutzung von - GnuCash. Verwenden Sie die drei Knöpfe an der unteren Seite der - Box um die Tipps durchzusehen. - - - - - Schließen Sie die Box mit dem - Schließen-Knopf - - - - Benutzen Sie den - Zurück-Knopf, um sich den vorherigen Tipp anzusehen - - - - Benutzen Sie den - Vor-Knopf um sich den nächsten Tipp anzusehen - - - - - Entfernen Sie den Haken vor "Tipps beim - Programmstart anzeigen", um beim Start von GnuCash - keine Tipps angezeigt zu bekommen. Diese Option kann auch unter - Bearbeiten -> - Einstellungen -> - Allgemein geändert werden. Unter - Hilfe -> Tipp des - Tages erhalten Sie ebenfalls Zugang zur - Tipp des Tages-Box. - - - - - Benutzung - - GnuCash Fenster - - In den einzelnen GnuCash-Fenstern werden Ihre Konten sowie einige Hilfsmittel für die Arbeit mit Ihren Finanzdaten dargestellt. In diesem Abschnitt erhalten Sie einen Überblick über die verschiedenen Fenster, die Ihnen in GnuCash begegnen. - - Kontenhierarchie - - Das Fenster "Konten" enthält eine Übersicht über sämtliche Konten und deren Salden. Die Konten werden hier entsprechend der buchhalterischen Praxis in Kontoarten gruppiert. Das Fenster ermöglicht den Zugriff auf andere häufig genutzte Fenster und kontenbezogene Hilfsmittel. - - Um die Kontenhierarchie neu zu öffnen - falls Sie sie geschlossen haben, oder um eine zusätzliche Kontenhierarchie zu erhalten -, wählen Sie "Ansicht" -> "Neue Kontenhierarchie". Damit wird die Kontenhierarchie innerhalb des bestehenden Fensters geöffnet. - - Tabelle 3 beschreibt die einzelnen Bestandteile des Kontenhierarchie-Fensters. - - - - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bestandteil</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält die Menüs für das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf typische kontenbezogene Funktionen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Kurzzusammenfassung der Finanzdaten.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kontenhierarchie </para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält den Kontenplan.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Statusleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Kurzbeschreibung der Menüpunkte sowie einen Fortschrittsbalken.</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <sect4 id="tree-menus"> - <title>Menüs - - In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Kontenhierarchie-Fensters beschrieben. - - Tabelle 4: Menü "Datei" - Datei- und Kontenfunktionen sowie Druckfunktion. - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neue Datei</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Startet den Wizard "Neuen Kontenplan erstellen" und erzeugt eine neue Datei.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neues Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Erstellt ein neues Konto und öffnet die Kontoeigenschaften.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neue Konto-Hierarchie</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Öffnet ein neues Exemplar der Kontenhierarchie-Ansicht.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Öffnen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Öffnet eine andere GnuCash-Datei. Menütastenkürzel: F3.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Sofern ein Konto ausgewählt ist, wird das Kontobuch für dieses Konto geöffnet. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-O.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Unterkonten öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Sofern ein Konto ausgewählt ist, wird eine Hauptbuch-Ansicht für dieses Konto und alle Unterkonten geöffnet.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>In neuem Fenster öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Öffnet ein neues Kontenhierarchie-Fenster. Dabei wird die aktuelle Kontenhierarchie bzw. der aktuelle Bericht verwendet.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zuletzt Geöffnet</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Öffnet eine Datei aus der Liste der vier zuletzt geöffneten Dateien.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-S.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern unter...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei unter einem anderen Namen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Import -> QIF-Datei importieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Startet den Wizarden "QIF-Datei importieren", um Dateien aus anderen Finanzprogrammen zu importieren.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Export -> Konten exportieren...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Exportiert die Kontenhierarchie in eine neue Datei. Daten werden nicht exportiert.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Drucken</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Druckt Berichte.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Eigenschaften</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Ermöglicht die Pflege von Optionen für die aktuelle Datei.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Schließen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Schließt die aktuell geöffnete Kontenhierarchie bzw. den aktuell geöffneten Bericht. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-W.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beenden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beendet GnuCash. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-Q.</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 5: Menü "Bearbeiten" - Bearbeitungsfunktionen für Dateien und Konten sowie Einstellungen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table4"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Ausschneiden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kopieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Einfügen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Einstellungen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stilvorlagen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Steuerrelevante Optionen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 6: Menü "Ansicht" - Ändern der Ansicht des Kontenhierarchiefensters.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table5"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktualisieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zusammenfassung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Statuszeile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 7: Menü "Aktionen" - Anlegen terminierter Buchungen, Überprüfen von Konten, Durchführen von Aktienteilungen, Buchen und Abgleichen von Geschäftsvorgängen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table6"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Terminierte Buchungen -> Terminierte Buchungen Editor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Terminierte Buchungen -> Seit letztem Aufruf...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Terminierte Buchungen -> Hypothek & Darlehen Wizarde...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abgleichen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktienteilung...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen -> Konto überprüfen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen -> Unterkonten überprüfen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen -> Alle überprüfen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 8: Menü "Geschäft" - GnuCash-Funktionen für Kleinunternehmen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table7"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Neuer Kunde</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Kunde suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Neue Rechnung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Rechnung suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Neuer Auftrag</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Auftrag suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kunden -> Zahlung verarbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Neuer Zulieferer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Zulieferer suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Neue Rechnung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Rechnung suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Neuer Auftrag</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Auftrag suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zulieferer -> Zahlung verarbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Steuertabellen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zahlungsbedingungen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 9: Menü "Berichte" - Berichte und Diagramme.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table8"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kontenübersicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Steuer-Bericht & TXF Export</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Einführungs-Beispielbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Benutzerdefiniert Mehrspaltig</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Benutzerdefiniert Internet</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Beispielbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Erweitertes Portfolio</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Aktiva Balkendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Aktiva Tortendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Durchschnittlicher Kontostand</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Bilanz</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Portfolio</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Passiva Balkendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Passiva Tortendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Reinvermögen Balkendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva & Passiva -> Preisdiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Aufwendungen Balkendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Aufwendungen Tortendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge/Aufwendungen Diagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge Balkendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge Tortendiagramm</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Kundenbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Entwicklung Verbindlichkeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Druckbare Rechnung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Entwicklung Forderungen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Zuliefererbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 10: Menü "Werkzeuge" - Verschiedene Hilfsmittel und Editoren.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table9"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Hauptbuch</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Preis-Editor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktien Editor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Finanzrechner</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftsvorgänge suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 11: Menü "Hilfe" - Diese Hilfe sowie das Dokument "GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte".</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table10"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Tipp des Tages</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Hilfe</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Info...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="tree-toolbar"> - <title>Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe - - Das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte kontenbezogene Funktionen. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - Tabelle 12: Werkzeugleiste im Kontenhierarchie-Fenster - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Schließen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Optionen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neu</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beenden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="tree-summary"> - <title>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste - - Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste zeigt Ihr aktuelles Nettovermögen und Ihren aktuellen Gewinn auf einen Blick an. Mit dem Menübefehl "Zusammenfassung" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - - Kontenhierarchie - - Die Kontenhierarchie zeigt eine Liste Ihrer Konten in einer Baumstruktur an. Dies ermöglicht, dass Sie Ihre Konten nach Kontoart organisieren können. - - Das Kästchen mit dem Pluszeichen dient zum Öffnen und Schließen eines Zweiges der Kontenhierarchie. Wenn Sie das Kästchen anklicken, ändert sich das Pluszeichen in ein Minuszeichen, was darauf hinweist, dass der Zweig geöffnet ist. Direkt unter der Kontobezeichnung erkennen Sie dann eine Linie, welche entweder zum Unterkonto oder zu einem weiteren Kästchen führt. Dies kennzeichnet die zugehörige nächsttiefere Ebene der Kontenhierarchie. - - Standardmäßig wird das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster im Karteikarten-Modus angezeigt. Dies erkennen Sie an dem Reiter auf der linken Seite. Wenn Sie Berichte oder weitere Kontenhierarchie-Fenster öffnen, erscheinen dort zusätzliche Reiter. - - - Statusleiste - - Die Statusleiste zeigt kurze Hilfetexte zu den Menüs an, welche - den jeweiligen Menüpunkt näher erläutern. Weiterhin erscheint hier - beim Öffnen oder Speichern einer Datei ein Fortschrittsbalken. Mit dem Menübefehl "Statuszeile" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Statusleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - - - Kontobuch-Fenster - - Das Fenster "Kontobuch" dient zur Eingabe und Bearbeitung der Buchungsdaten für ein Konto. Es stellt auch Hilfsmittel für die Terminierung zukünftiger Geschäftsvorgänge, für die Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen, für die Erstellung von Berichten sowie für das Drucken von Schecks zur Verfügung. - - Um das Kontobuch für ein bestimmtes Konto zu öffnen, wählen Sie das Konto in der Kontenhierarchie aus und wählen Sie "Datei" -> "Konto öffnen" oder drücken Sie STRG-O. Damit wird ein neues Fenster mit dem Kontobuch geöffnet. Weitere Möglichkeiten sind Die Schaltfläche "Öffnen" in der Werkzeugleiste und Die Schaltfläche "Gegen" in einem anderen Kontobuch-Fenster. - - Abbildung ? zeigt ein Kontobuch-Fenster. [FIXME: Abbildung hier einfügen] - - - Die einzelnen Bestandteile des Kontobuch-Fensters sind in Tabelle 13 beschrieben. - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bestandteil</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält die Menüs für das Kontobuch-Fenster.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf typische kassenberichtsbezogene Funktionen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Kurzzusammenfassung der Finanzdaten.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Der Bereich, in dem Geschäftsvorgänge eingegeben und bearbeitet werden.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Statusleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Kurzbeschreibung der einzelnen Bereiche in der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge.</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <sect4 id="reg-menus"> - <title>Menüs - - In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Kontobuch-Fensters beschrieben. - - Tabelle 14: Menü "Datei" - Datei- und Kontenfunktionen sowie Druckfunktion. - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neues Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Erstellt ein neues Konto und öffnet die Kontoeigenschaften.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-S.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern unter...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei unter einem anderen Namen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Drucken</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Druckt den Kontenbericht.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Scheck drucken</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Druckt den angegebenen Scheck.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Schließen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Schließt das Fenster. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-W.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beenden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beendet GnuCash. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-Q</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 15: Menü "Bearbeiten" - Bearbeitungsfunktionen für Konten und Geschäftsvorgänge sowie Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table16"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Ausschneiden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kopieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Einfügen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftsvorgang ausschneiden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftsvorgang kopieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Geschäftsvorgang einfügen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Suche</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 16: Menü "Ansicht" - Ändern der Ansicht des Kontobuch-Fensters.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table17"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zusammenfassung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Statuszeile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich -> Alle anzeigen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich -> Bereich festlegen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Standardreihenfolge</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Datum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Eingabe-Datum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Datum des Kontoauszugs</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Nummer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Betrag</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Buchungstext</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Sortierreihenfolge -> Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stil -> Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stil -> Auto-Mehrteiliges Hauptbuch</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stil -> Amerikanisches Journal</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stil -> Zwei Zeilen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 17: Menü "Aktionen" - Eingeben, Löschen, Duplizieren von Geschäftsvorfällen, Erfassung von mehrteiligen Vorgängen, terminierten Buchungen und Aktienteilungen, Überprüfen von Konten, Buchen und Abgleichen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table18"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abgleichen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktienteilung...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Übernehmen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abbrechen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neue Buchung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchung duplizieren...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Mehrteiliger Vorgang</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Terminiert...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Gegenbuchung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen -> Alle Geschäftsvorgänge</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen -> Dieser Geschäftsvorgang</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 18: Menü "Berichte" - Berichte und Diagramme</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table20"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kontenbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsbericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 19: Menü "Werkzeuge" - Verschiedene Hilfsmittel und Editoren.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table21"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Hauptbuch</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Preis-Editor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktien Editor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Finanzrechner</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Table 19: Menü "Hilfe" - Diese Hilfe sowie das Dokument "GnuCash Kurs und Konzepte".</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table22"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Tipp des Tages</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Hilfe</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Info...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="reg-toolbar"> - <title>Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe - - Das Kontobuch-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - Tabelle 21: Werkzeugleiste im Kontobuch-Fenster - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Schließen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Eingeben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abbrechen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Duplizieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Terminiert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Mehrteilig</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neu</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Gegen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Suchen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bericht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Drucken</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="reg-summary"> - <title>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste - - Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste zeigt verschiedene Salden, die zum aktuell geöffneten Konto gehören, auf einen Blick an. Im Normalfall werden zu einem Konto der tagesaktuelle Saldo, ein möglicher zukünftiger Saldo, ein Saldo für bestätigte Einträge und ein abgeglichener Saldo angezeigt. Eine Ausnahme bilden Aktienkonten, hier erscheint stattdessen die Summe der Anteile und deren aktueller Wert. Mit dem Menübefehl "Zusammenfassung" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - - Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge - - In der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge erscheinen die von Ihnen eingegebenen Geschäftsvorgänge sowie der fortlaufende Saldo. Außerdem steht eine leere Zeile zur Eingabe neuer Geschäftsvorgänge zur Verfügung. Die Spaltentitel können je nach Kontoart des geöffneten Kontos unterschiedlich sein. Allgemein gleichlautende Spalten sind "Datum", "Beschreibung", "Buchen" und "Saldo". - - Sie können das Menü "Ansicht" verwenden, um das Erscheinungsbild der Liste zu verändert. Beispielsweise ist es möglich, die Anzahl der angezeigten Geschäftsvorgänge einzuschränken, eine andere Sortierreihenfolge zu verwenden oder den Anzeigestil zu ändern, um Geschäftsvorgänge übersichtlicher darzustellen. Darüber hinaus gestattet Die Schaltfläche "Mehrteilig" einen schnellen Zugriff auf alle Buchungsbestandteile. - - - Statusleiste - - Die Statusleiste zeigt jeweils eine kurze Beschreibung an, wenn ein bestimmtes Feld in der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge ausgewählt ist. Mit dem Menübefehl "Statuszeile" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Statusleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - - Hauptbuch - - Das Hauptbuch stellt ein erweitertes Kontobuch dar, mit dem Sie Geschäftsvorgänge eingeben können, ohne einzelne Konten öffnen zu müssen. Die Buchungseinträge aller Konten werden hier in einem einzigen Kontobuch dargestellt. - - Die Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen im Hauptbuch ist etwas komplizierter als die Eingabe im Kontobuch des jeweiligen Kontos. Der Vorteil ist jedoch, dass das Hauptbuch eine umfassendere Sicht auf die Geschäftsvorgänge in allen Konten bietet. - - Standardmäßig werden im Hauptbuch nur die Geschäftsvorgänge des letzten Monats angezeigt. Sie können dies über den Menüpunkt "Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich" im Menü "Ansicht" ändern. - - - - Berichtsfenster - - Das Berichtsfenster erscheint immer dann, wenn Sie einen Bericht oder ein Diagramm aus dem Menü "Berichte" aufrufen. Es besitzt eine Anzeige ähnlich einem Web-Browser, in der Sie beispielsweise Hyperlinks zu den Kontendaten anklicken können. - - Derzeit werden sämtliche Funktionen des Berichtsfensters über Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe aufgerufen. - - Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe - - Das Berichtsfenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf berichtsbezogene Funktionen. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden. - - Tabelle 22: Werkzeugleiste im Berichtsfenster - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Speichern</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Schließen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Zurück</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Vorwärts</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erneut laden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abbrechen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Exportieren</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Optionen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Drucken</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beenden</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="report-main"> - <title>Bericht - - Dies ist der Bereich, in dem der von Ihnen gewählte Bericht bzw. das von Ihnen gewählte Diagramm angezeigt wird. Die Eigenschaften dieses Fensters können auf zweierlei Art verändert werden: Mit dem Knopf "Optionen" in der Werkzeugleiste können Sie einstellen, was genau der Bericht anzeigt und aus welchen Konten die Information bezogen wird. Mit dem Menübefehl "Bearbeiten" -> "Stilvorlagen..." können Sie die Eigenschaften der Web-Seite, in welcher der Bericht angezeigt wird, auswählen. - - Falls Ihr Bericht Hyperlinks zu externen Web-Seiten enthält, kann sich das Berichtsfenster wie ein Web-Browser verhalten. Mithilfe der Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe können Sie sich zwischen Web-Seiten zurück und vorwärts bewegen. Wenn Sie bestimmte Hyperlinks im Bericht, welche auf ein Konto verweisen, anklicken, öffnen sich die dazugehörigen Kontendaten im Kontobuch-Fenster. - - Sie können einen Bericht als Datei speichern oder drucken. Verwenden Sie auch hierzu die entsprechenden Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe. - - - - Weitere Werkzeuge - - In GnuCash gibt es eine Reihe von Fenstern für bestimmte Spezialzwecke. Diese Fenster stellen zusätzliche Funktionen gegenüber dem Grundfenster "Konten" zur Verfügung. - - Um den Editor für terminierte Buchungen aufzurufen, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen Editor". Um das Abgleichen-Fenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R). Alle anderen hier beschriebenen Werkzeuge erreichen Sie über das Menü "Werkzeuge". - - Terminierte Buchungen - - Der Editor für terminierte Buchungen ermöglicht das Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Geschäftsvorgängen, die automatisch in das Kontobuch aufgenommen werden sollen. Dies erfolgt in Kombination mit dem Wizarden "Seit letztem Aufruf", mit dem die Geschäftsvorgänge überprüft und eingegeben werden können. - - - Terminierte Buchungen - - Der obere Bereich des Fensters "Terminierte Buchungen" enthält eine Liste der terminierten Buchungen, die derzeit eingerichtet sind. Hier sind jeweils der Name des Geschäftsvorgangs, die Häufigkeit der regelmäßigen Erfassung und der nächste Erfassungstermin aufgelistet. - - Auf der rechten Seite dieses Fensters befinden sich drei Knöpfe zum Anlegen und Bearbeiten terminierter Buchungen. Die Knöpfe "Neu" und "Bearbeiten" öffnen das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten". Die Schaltfläche "Löschen" entfernt die ausgewählte terminierte Buchung. - - Unterhalb der Liste befindet sich der Kalenderbereich "Geplante terminierte Buchungen". Dieser Mini-Kalender zeigt die Termine an, an denen terminierte Buchungen anstehen, so dass Sie leicht erkennen können, wann eine Buchung das nächste Mal auftritt. Wenn Sie im Kalender ein Datum anklicken, so öffnet sich eine Liste der terminierten Buchungen für dieses Datum. Wenn Sie danach die Maus über andere Datumsfelder bewegen, ändert sich die angezeigte Liste entsprechend dem gerade berührten Datum. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf den Kalender schließt die Liste. - - - Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten - - Das Fenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten" unterteilt sich in Namensfeld, Optionen-Bereich, Ende-Bereich, Häufigkeitsbereich, Mini-Kalender und Buchungsvorlagen-Bereich. - - Der Bereich "Optionen" enthält Kontrollkästchen, mit denen Sie angeben, ob die Buchung automatisch erstellt werden soll und wieviel Tage im Voraus die Buchung erstellt bzw. eine Erinnerung eingeblendet werden soll. - - Der Bereich "Ende" enthält Einstellungen, wie lange oder wie oft die Buchung regelmäßig erfasst werden soll. - - Der Bereich "Häufigkeit" enthält Einstellungen, in welchem zeitlichen Abstand und zu welchen Terminen die Buchung erfasst wird. - - Der Mini-Kalender visualisiert die Termine der bereits eingerichteten terminierten Buchungen. - - Im Bereich "Buchungsvorlage" wird der Geschäftsvorgang angelegt, welcher in das Kontobuch eingegeben werden soll. - - Einzelheiten zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt "Buchungen terminieren". - - - - Abgleichen-Fenster - - Das Fenster "Abgleichen" dient zum Abgleich von Kontoauszügen der Bank mit einem Gnucash-Konto. Es ermöglicht den Zugriff auf eine Reihe von GnuCash-Funktionen, welche die Eingabe und Überarbeitung der Kontendaten während des Abgleichs erleichtern. - - Sie öffnen das Abgleichen-Fenster aus dem Fenster "Konten" über den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R). Aus dem Fenster "Kontobuch" erreichen Sie es ebenfalls über "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen...". - - Abbildung ? zeigt ein Abgleichen-Fenster. [FIXME: Abbildung hier einfügen] - - - Tabelle 23 beschreibt die einzelnen Bestandteile des Abgleichen-Fensters. - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bestandteil</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält die Menüs für das Abgleichen-Fenster.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleiste</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf häufig benötigte abgleichsbezogene Funktionen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Liste der Zugänge auf dieses Konto.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält eine Liste der Abgänge von diesem Konto.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Saldoanzeige</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Enthält einige Salden, die für den Abgleich benötigt werden.</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <sect5 id="rec-menus"> - <title>Menüs - - In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Abgleichen-Fensters beschrieben. - - Tabelle 24: Menü "Abgleichen" - Informationen zum Abgleich sowie Fertigstellen und Unterbrechen. - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Informationen zum Abgleich...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Fertig</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Unterbrechen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abbrechen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 25: Menü "Konto" - Kontenfunktionen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table28"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchen...</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Überprüfen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 26: Menü "Geschäftsvorgang - Funktionen zur Bearbeitung von Geschäftsvorgängen.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table29"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neu</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 27: Menü "Hilfe" - Hilfefunktion.</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table30"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Menüpunkt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Hilfe</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect5> - <sect5 id="rec-toolbar"> - <title>Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe - - Das Abgleichen-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Abgleich. - - Tabelle 28: Werkzeugleiste im Abgleichen-Fenster - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Neu</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bearbeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Löschen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Öffnen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Fertig</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - </sect5> - <sect5 id="rec-main"> - <title>Abgleichen-Fenster - - Der Bereich "Haben" listet alle nicht abgeglichenen Zugänge des Kontos auf. - - - - Datum: Das Datum des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Nr: Die Nummer des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Beschreibung: Die Beschreibung des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Betrag: Der Betrag des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - J: Zeigt ein grünes Häkchen an, falls der Geschäftsvorgang nach dem Fertigstellen abgeglichen sein würde. - - - - Der Bereich "Soll" listet alle nicht abgeglichenen Abgänge des Kontos auf. - - - - Datum: Das Datum des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Nr: Die Nummer des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Beschreibung: Die Beschreibung des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - Betrag: Der Betrag des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs. - - - J: Zeigt ein grünes Häkchen an, falls der Geschäftsvorgang nach dem Fertigstellen abgeglichen sein würde. - - - - Die Saldenanzeige zeigt die zum Abgleichen verwendeten Salden. - - - - Anfangssaldo: Der Saldo zum Ende des letzten Abgleichs. - - - Schlusssaldo: Der eingegebene Saldo aus dem Kontoauszug. - - - Abgeglichener Saldo: Der Saldo der gewählten Geschäftsvorgänge. - - - Differenz: Die Differenz zwischen abgeglichenem Saldo und Schlusssaldo. - - - - - - - Preis-Editor - - Der Preis-Editor dient zur Pflege der Werte für Währungs-, Investmentfonds- und Aktienkonten. Er besitzt eine einheitliche Oberfläche zur Aktualisierung der Kurswerte und ermöglicht die Aktualisierung sowohl manuell als auch durch Online-Kurse. - - Jeder Eintrag im Preis-Editor repräsentiert einen Kursdatensatz eines Wertpapiers bzw. einer Währung: - - - - - Währung/Aktie: Die bewertete Währung bzw. das bewertete Wertpapier. - - - - - Währung: Die Währung, in der die Bewertung erfolgt. - - - - - Datum: Das Datum, zu dem die Bewertung erfolgt. - - - - - Quelle: Die Quelle des Kurses für das Wertpapier bzw. die Währung. Normalerweise lautet diese entweder "Anwender:Preis-Editor", was bedeutet, dass Sie den Kurs direkt eingegeben haben, oder "Finance::Quote", was bedeutet, dass der Kurs durch das Modul "Finance::Quote" aus einer Online-Börsenkursquelle gelesen wurde. - - - - - Art: Eine von mehreren unterschiedlichen Aktienkursarten: - - - - - Bid: Gibt an, was ein professioneller Händler für eine Aktie bezahlen würde. - - - - - Ask: Gibt an, zu welchem Preis ein Händler eine Aktie verkaufen würde. - - - - - Last: Gibt den Kurs an, zu welchem der letzte Handel des Wertpapiers stattfand. Dies ist der Kurs, der meistens in den Medien angegeben wird. - - - - - Net Asset Value: Wird üblicherweise bei Investmentfonds verwendet. Errechnet sich aus dem Nettowert des Fondsvermögens. - - - - - Unknown: Benutzen Sie dies, falls die Art des Kurses nicht bekannt ist. - - - - - Preis: Der zugehörige Kurs des Wertpapiers bzw. der Währung. - - - - - Um einen neuen Kurs einzugeben, wählen Sie "Hinzufügen" und geben Sie im Dialogfenster die Detailinformationen zum Kurs ein. Um einen bestehenden Kurs zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie ihn in der Liste "Preise", wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" und bearbeiten Sie die Angaben. - - Um einen einzigen Kurs zu entfernen, markieren Sie den Kurs und wählen Sie "Entfernen". Wenn Sie alle Kurse entfernen wollen, die älter als ein bestimmtes Datum sind, wählen Sie "Alte entfernen..." und geben Sie im Dialogfenster das Datum ein. - - Um für ein bestimmtes Aktien- oder Investmentfonds-Konto Online-Kurse zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst die Online-Aktualisierung aktivieren und eine Preisquelle auswählen. Einzelheiten hierzu finden Sie im Unterabschnitt "Neues Konto erstellen" des Abschnitts "Konten erstellen und bearbeiten". Sobald Online-Kurse aktiviert sind, können Sie mit dem Knopf "Kurse abrufen" die Kurse für Aktien und Investmentfonds aktualisieren. - - - Währungs-/Aktien-Editor - - Der Währungs-/Aktien-Editor dient zum Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Wertpapieren, welche von Investmentfonds- und Aktienkonten verwendet werden. Weiterhin kann er die Details der nationalen Währungen, die von GnuCash verwendet werden, anzeigen. - - Jeder Eintrag repräsentiert ein Wertpapier mit den folgenden Detailinformationen: - - - - Art: Geben Sie bei einer Aktie die Börse an, an der sie gehandelt wird. Für Investmentfonds verwenden Sie die Art "FUND". Wenn Ihr Wertpapier keiner dieser Arten entspricht, können Sie eine neue Art anlegen, indem Sie eine Bezeichnung in das Feld eingeben. Bei nationalen Währungen lautet die Art "ISO4217". ISO-4217 ist ein internationaler Standard, welcher für jede Währung ein eindeutiges, aus drei Buchstaben bestehendes Kürzel definiert. Nationale Währungen können nicht vom Benutzer bearbeitet werden. - - - Symbol: Gibt das Symbol bzw. das Kürzel für das Wertpapier/die Währung an. Dies ist entweder das Ticker-Symbol (bei Aktien) oder ein anderes eindeutiges Kürzel für das Papier. Wenn das Papier an einer öffentlichen Börse gehandelt wird, ist es wichtig, dass Sie dasselbe Symbol verwenden, welches auch an der Börse verwendet wird. Bei nationalen Währungen erscheint als Symbol das Währungskürzel nach ISO-4217. - - - Name: Der vollständige Name des Wertpapiers/der Währung, z.B. "US Dollar" oder "SAP AG Stammaktie". - - - Code: Ein beliebiger numerischer oder alphanumerischer Code zur Identifikation des Wertpapiers. In den USA gibt es mit der CUSIP eine eindeutige Ziffernfolge je Aktie, Anleihe, Investmentfonds sowie für die meisten handelbaren Optionen, Futures und anderen Papiere. In Deutschland ist dies die WKN, zukünftig die ISIN. Die Angabe eines Codes ist nicht zwingend notwendig. - - - Stückelung: Dies ist die kleinste handelbare Einheit des Wertpapiers, angegeben als Bruchteil einer einzelnen Nominaleinheit. Die GnuCash-Konten verwenden diese Einheit als Standardstückelung für den Handel mit dem Wertpapier. - - - - Um ein neues Wertpapier anzulegen, wählen Sie "Hinzufügen" und geben Sie im Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie" die Detailinformationen ein. Um ein bestehendes Wertpapier zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie das Wertpapier in der Liste, wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" und bearbeiten Sie die Angaben im Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie". Um ein Wertpapier zu löschen, markieren Sie es und wählen Sie "Entfernen". - - Um die Detailinformationen zu den nationalen Währungen einzublenden, wählen Sie die Option "Nationale Währungen anzeigen". - - - Finanzrechner - - Der Finanzrechner dient zum Rechnen mit Zinseszinsen. Es ermöglicht es, vier von fünf Parametern einer Zinseszinsrechnung einzugeben und daraus die fünfte Größe berechnen zu lassen. - - Der Rechner ist in zwei Bereiche unterteilt. Auf der linken Seite befinden sich fünf Felder, jeweils mit einem "Berechnen"- und einem "Zurücksetzen"-Knopf. Die Schaltfläche "Berechnen" dient zum Festlegen der Größe, die berechnet werden soll. Die Schaltfläche "Zurücksetzen" dient zum Löschen des Betrags in dem Feld. - - - - Zahlungsintervalle: In diesem Feld können Sie die Anzahl der Zahlungen angeben, die für die Rechnung verwendet werden soll. - - - Zinssatz: In diesem Feld können Sie den Zinssatz angeben. - - - Aktueller Wert: In diesem Feld können Sie den Barwert eingeben. Bei einem Darlehen ist dies üblicherweise der Betrag, den Sie geliehen bekommen. Dies ist der Basisbetrag für die Verzinsung. - - - Periodische Zahlung: In diesem Feld können Sie den Betrag eingeben, in dessen Höhe die Zahlung für die gewählte Periode (z.B. monatlich, wöchentlich) erfolgt. Bei der Rückzahlung eines Darlehens sollte dies ein negativer Betrag sein. - - - Zukünftiger Wert: In diesem Feld können Sie den Endwert, d.h. den Wert zum Ende der Zahlungsintervalle, eingeben. Bei der vollständigen Rückzahlung eines Darlehens würde dieser Wert Null sein. - - - - Im rechten Fensterbereich kann eingestellt werden, in welcher Weise Zahlungen erfolgen, und welcher Verzinsungsmodus für die Berechnungen im linken Bereich zur Anwendung kommt. - - - - Zinsen: Mit diesem Knopfmenü können Sie das Intervall für die periodenbezogene Verzinsung auswählen, falls die Option "Periodenbezogene Verzinsung" gewählt ist. - - - Zahlungen: Mit diesem Knopf wählen Sie das Intervall für die Zahlungen, welches für das Feld "Zahlungsintervalle" maßgebend ist. - - - Zahlung am Ende der Periode: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn die Zahlung jeweils am Ende des Zahlungsintervalls stattfindet. - - - Zahlung am Anfang der Periode: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn die Zahlung jeweils am Anfang des Zahlungsintervalls stattfindet. - - - Periodenbezogene Verzinsung: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn Zinsen jeweils für eine Periode (entsprechend der Einstellung "Zinsen") anfallen. - - - Kontinuierliche Verzinsung: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn Zinsen fortlaufend anfallen. - - - Zahlungsbetrag: In diesem Feld wird der insgesamt gezahlte Betrag ausgegeben. - - - - Beispiele für die Benutzung des Finanzrechners finden Sie im Dokument "GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte". - - - Geschäftsvorgänge suchen - - Die Funktion "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" gestattet die Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen in GnuCash, wobei die Ergebnisse in einem Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt werden. Das Dialogfenster trägt den Titel "Suchen nach...", und zeigt in der ersten Zeile die Bezeichnung "Mehrteilig suchen". In anderen Suchfenstern von GnuCash lautet diese Bezeichnung anders, doch der grundsätzliche Aufbau unterscheidet sich nicht. - - Um das Dialogfenster "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" aus dem Fenster "Konten" heraus aufzurufen, wählen Sie im Menü "Werkzeuge" den Menüpunkt "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" oder verwenden Sie das Menütastenkürzel STRG-F. Um das Dialogfenster aus dem Fenster "Kontobuch" heraus aufzurufen, wählen Sie im Menü "Bearbeiten" den Menüpunkt "Suche" oder verwenden Sie das Menütastenkürzel F6. - - Das Suchfenster teilt sich in zwei Bereiche. Der obere Bereich enthält die Steuerelemente zur Einstellung der Suchkriterien, und der untere Bereich enthält die Auswahloptionen für den Suchtyp. - - Im Bereich "Suchkriterium" befinden sich ganz oben zwei Knöpfe. Mit dem linken Knopf "Kriterium hinzufügen" können Sie eine weitere Zeile hinzufügen, so dass die Suche nach mehreren Kriterien durchgeführt wird. Eine neue Zeile kann erst hinzugefügt werden, wenn die bestehende Zeile vollständig ausgefüllt ist. Der rechte Knopf enthält ein Menü, mit dem ausgewählt werden kann, ob nach Einträgen gesucht werden soll, für die alle Kriterien erfüllt sind, oder nach Einträgen, für die mindestens ein Kriterium erfüllt ist. Die Suche mit der Option "Alle Kriterien werden erfüllt" verlangt, dass jede Kriterium-Zeile mindestens einmal mit dem Geschäftsvorgang übereinstimmt. Die Suche mit der Option "Irgendeines der Kriterien wird erfüllt" verlangt nur, dass eine der Kriterium-Zeilen mit dem Geschäftsvorgang übereinstimmt. - - Die Kriterium-Zeile kombiniert mehrere Elemente (Knopfmenüs, Eingabe-/Auswahlfelder und Knöpfe) zu einem Kriterium. Die folgende Tabelle beschreibt die möglichen Kombinationen der Elemente. (Hinweis: "reg. A." = regulärer Ausdruck) - - Table 29: Suchkriterienelemente. - -
- - <tgroup cols="8"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Element 1</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 2</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 3</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 4</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 5</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 6</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 7</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Element 8</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht nicht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungstext</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungstext</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungstext</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungstext</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht nicht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Nummer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Nummer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Nummer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Nummer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht nicht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktion</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktion</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>enthält nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktion</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktion</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht nicht reg. A.</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>vor</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>vor oder am</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>am</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>nicht am</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>nach</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Buchungsdatum</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>nach oder am</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Datumsauswahlfeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ungleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben oder Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ungleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Haben</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>kleiner oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ungleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Wert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>hat Soll</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>weniger als</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>weniger als oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>nicht gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer als</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Anteile</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer als oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>weniger als</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>weniger als oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>nicht gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer als</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Share Price (Stückkurs)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>größer oder gleich</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eingabefeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abgleichen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ist</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Unbestätigt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Bestätigt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Abgeglichen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Fixiert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Storniert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Abgleichen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ist nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Unbestätigt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Bestätigt</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Abgeglichen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Fixiert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Storniert</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Balanced (Ausgeglichen)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ist</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>auf wahr setzen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Balanced (Ausgeglichen)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>ist nicht</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>auf wahr setzen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht irgendeinem Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Konten wählen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht keinem Konto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Konten wählen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>All Accounts (Alle Konten)</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>entspricht allen Konten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Konten wählen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Entfernen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - <entry> - <para /> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Bei einer Suche mit der Einstellung "Konto" werden alle Konten, die per Knopf "Konten wählen" gewählt wurden, einzeln durchsucht. Dies bedeutet, dass jeder Treffer aus einem der gewählten Konten eingeblendet (bei Einstellung "entspricht irgendeinem Konto") bzw. ausgeblendet (bei Einstellung "entspricht keinem Konto") wird.</para> - <para /> - <para>Bei der Suche mit der Einstellung "All Accounts (Alle Konten)" werden Treffer aus Konten, die per Knopf "Konten wählen" gewählt wurden, nur dann eingeblendet, wenn sie in allen gewählten Konten ein Treffer sind.</para> - <para /> - <para>Im Bereich "Suchtyp" gibt es vier Auswahlmöglichkeiten. Wenn Sie eine neue Suche starten, ist nur die erste Option verfügbar. Die anderen Optionen werden erst verfügbar, sobald das Fenster "Suchergebnisse" sichtbar ist. [Hinweis: Die Suche muss dann aus dem Fenster "Suchergebnisse" heraus aufgerufen werden.]</para> - <para /> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Neue Suche: Führt eine neue Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen durch.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Verfeinern der aktuellen Suche: Damit wird innerhalb der letzten Suchergebnisse gesucht.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Ergebnisse zur aktuellen Suche hinzufügen: Für die neue Suche müssen entweder die letzten Kriterien oder die neu angegebenen Kriterien erfüllt sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Ergebnisse von der aktuellen Suche löschen: Alle Ergebnisse, die auch Ergebnisse der letzten Suche waren, werden aus den neuen Suchergebnissen entfernt.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </sect4> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="help-win"> - <title>Hilfefenster - - Das GnuCash-Hilfefenster zeigt die Hilfedokumente, die mit GnuCash geliefert werden (zum Beispiel dieses), als Web-Seite an. Es besitzt darüber hinaus mittels einer Datenbank die Möglichkeit, in der Hilfe nach Begriffen zu suchen, und kann Web-Seiten direkt aus dem Internet laden. - - Um das Hilfefenster aufzurufen, wählen Sie aus dem Menü "Hilfe" einen der Menüpunkte "GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte" oder "Inhalt". - - Das Hilfefenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für die Navigation. Die Werkzeugleiste wird im folgenden beschrieben. - - - - Zurück: Kehrt zu einer zuvor betrachteten Seite zurück. - - - Vorwärts: Kehrt zu einer zuvor betrachteten Seite zurück. - - - Erneut laden: Lädt die aktuelle Seite neu. - - - Öffnen: Öffnet eine Web-Seite von einer anderen Adresse, welche nicht Bestandteil der Standard-Hilfe sein muss. - - - Abbrechen: Stoppt das Laden einer Web-Seite. - - - Drucken: Druckt die aktuelle Seite. - - - Schließen: Schließt das Hilfefenster. - - - - Die aktuell geöffnete Web-Seite wird im rechten Bereich des Hilfefensters angezeigt. Der linke Bereich enthält die Karteiseiten "Themen" und "Suchen". Wenn Sie auf der Karteiseite "Themen" ein Hilfethema auswählen, wird die entsprechende Web-Seite im rechten Bereich geladen. Die Liste der Hilfethemen enthält außerdem einen Link auf die GnuCash-Fehlerberichtsseite (http://bugs.gnucash.org). - - Die Karteiseite "Suchen" ermöglicht es, die Hilfe nach Dokumenten zu durchsuchen, welche die von Ihnen angegebenen Begriffe enthalten. Geben Sie den zu suchenden Begriff im Feld "Suchausdruck" ein und betätigen Sie den Knopf "Suchen". Sie erhalten eine Liste der Seiten, welche diesen Begriff enthalten. Wenn Sie einen der gefundenen Verweise in der Liste "Suchergebnisse" anklicken, wird die entsprechende Web-Seite geladen. - - - - Konten erstellen und bearbeiten - - In diesem Abschnitt wird die Vorgehensweise für die Anlage von Konten in GnuCash beschrieben. Ein Konto dient in GnuCash als grundlegendes Mittel, um die Aufzeichnung, von wo nach wo Geldflüsse stattfinden, zu organisieren. GnuCash erweitert dabei den allgemein geläufigen Kontobegriff (z.B. Bankkonto, Kreditkonto) auf gruppierbare Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten. Auf diese Weise können Sie leicht feststellen, wohin Ihr Geld fließt und was Ihre größten Einkünfte und Aufwendungen sind. GnuCash definiert die im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Kontoarten, um die Systematisierung und Gruppierung der Konten zu unterstützen. Mittels dieser Kontoarten ist es möglich, einen Kontenplan (Kontenhierarchie) zu erstellen. - - Arten von GnuCash Konten - - GnuCash unterstützt eine Anzahl verschiedener Kontoarten. Es wird empfohlen, dass Sie aus der folgenden Liste der Kontoarten jeweils die passende Kontoart auswählen. - - Tabelle 30: Arten von GnuCash-Konten - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kontoart</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Beschreibung</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktiva</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Aktivkonten dienen zur Erfassung von Gegenständen oder - anderem Vermögen, das einen Wert hat, und stellen die - Vermögenswerte eines Unternehmens auf der linken Seite der - Bilanz dar. (Normalerweise ein Platzhalterkonto)</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aufwendungen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Aufwendungen jeder Art, z.B. Lebensmittel, Kleidung, Steuern usw. Wird in Quicken als "Kategorie" bezeichnet.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bank</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Die Kontoart "Bank" bezeichnet Spar- und Girokonten bei einer Bank oder einem anderen Finanzinstitut. Einige dieser Konten können Zinsen tragen. Diese Kontoart eignet sich auch für Scheckkarten (Bankkarten), mit denen Zahlungen direkt einem Girokonto belastet werden. </para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bargeld</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Die Kontoart "Bargeld" bezeichnet das Bargeld, welches Sie z.B. in der Brieftasche, einem Schuhkarton, einer Sparbüchse oder unter Ihrer Matraze aufbewahren.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Aktienkonto</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Aktien oder Anteile an einer Gesellschaft, die den Eigentümer an all ihren Gewinnen und Risiken beteiligen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Eigenkapital</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Eigenkapitalkonten werden verwendet, um die Eröffnungsbestände beim ersten Start von GnuCash oder zu Beginn einer neuen Buchungsperiode zu erfassen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Erträge</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Erträge jeder Art, die Sie z.B. durch Gehaltseinkünfte, Zinsen, Dividenden usw. haben. Wird in Quicken als "Kategorie" bezeichnet.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Forderungen</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Forderungskonten (Debitoren) werden von einem Unternehmen verwendet, um Verkaufsvorgänge zu erfassen, für die Sie nicht sofort eine Zahlung erhalten haben.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Investmentfonds</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Ein professionell verwaltetes Portfolio aus Aktien, Anleihen oder anderen Geldanlagen, die sich in Anteile teilen lassen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kreditkarte</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Die Kontoart "Kreditkarte" bezeichnet - Kreditkartenkonten, z.B. VISA, MasterCard oder American - Express. </para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Passiva</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Passivkonten bezeichnen Schulden oder Verbindlichkeiten - und stellen das auf der rechten Bilanzseite - verzeichnete Eigen- und Fremdkapital eines Unternehmens - dar. (Normalerweise ein Platzhalterkonto)</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Verbindlichkeiten</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Verbindlichkeitskonten (Kreditoren) erfassen Rechnungen, die ein Unternehmen erhalten hat, aber möglicherweise erst später bezahlen wird.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Währung</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Währungskonten finden Verwendung für den Handel mit Devisen.</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Der Wizarde "Neuen Kontenplan erstellen" bietet eine bequeme Methode, eine Anzahl von Konten zu erstellen, welche ein Grundgerüst aus den verschiedenen Kontoarten bilden. Er ist im ersten Anschnitt dieser Hife beschrieben.</para> - <para /> - <para>Bei der Erstellung neuer Konten sind die verfügbaren Möglichkeit für die Kontoart eingeschränkt, je nachdem, welche Kontoart das übergeordnete Konto (Hauptkonto) hat. Nachfolgend sind die einzelnen Auswahlmöglichkeiten dargestellt.</para> - <para /> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Verbindlichkeiten: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Forderungen: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Aktiva: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Bank: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Bargeld: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Kreditkarte: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Währung: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Eigenkapital: Unterkonto können nur Eigenkapitalkonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Aufwendungen: Unterkonto können nur Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Erträge: Unterkonto können nur Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Passiva: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Investmentfonds: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Aktienkonto: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para /> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="chart-create"> - <title>Neue Kontenhierarchie erstellen - - Ein Kontenplan (Kontenhierarchie) ist eine Art Inhaltsverzeichnis für Ihre Finanzen. Am besten denkt man sich einen Kontenplan als Baum: Die Äste stehen für ganze Kategorien oder Gruppen, während die Blätter einzelne Bankkonten oder Aufwandsarten bezeichnen. Wenn Sie einen zusammenfassenden Bericht aufrufen, werden typischerweise nur die Hauptäste im Bericht dargestellt und nicht die Einzelkonten. Eine Kontenhierarchie könnte beispielsweise wie folgt aussehen: [FIXME: Abbildung übersetzen] - - - - Beachten Sie, jedes Konto nicht nur einen Namen besitzt, sondern auch eine Nummer, um die Konten zu ordnen. Wenn Sie einen Bericht erstellen, wird die Sortierreihenfolge nach der Nummer bestimmt. Es ist üblich, dass die Nummern der "Blatt"-Konten nicht mit Null enden, während die Nummern der höheren Hierarchieebenen jeweils mehr Nullen am Ende haben. - - GnuCash verbietet nicht die doppelte Vergabe von Nummern, jedoch wird empfohlen, dass Sie dies vermeiden. Kontonummern werden als Zahlen im 36er Basissystem behandelt, d.h., Sie können neben Ziffern auch die Buchstaben "a" bis "z" verwenden. - - Nachfolgend ist eine Beispielkontenhierarchie dargestellt. Jedes Konto besitzt eine vorgegebene Kontoart. Dieses Beispiel kombiniert einige typische geschäftliche und private Konten. [FIXME: Abbildung übersetzen] - - - - - - Neues Konto erstellen - - Das Dialogfenster "Neues Konto" besitzt zwei Karteiseiten: "Allgemeines" und "Anfangsbestand". Sie können dieses Dialogfenster aufrufen, indem Sie "Datei" -> "Neues Konto..." wählen oder im Fenster "Konten" auf das Symbol "Neu" in der Werkzeugleiste klicken. - - Um ein neues Konto zu erstellen, müssen Sie sich im voraus einige Einzelheiten überlegen, die im Dialogfenster "Neues Konto" benötigt werden. - - - - Welche Kontoart wird benötigt? - - - Wo lässt sich das Konto in der Kontenhierarchie einordnen? - - - Gibt es einen Anfangsbestand? - - - Gehört zum Konto eine bestimmte Währung oder Aktie? - - - Wird eine Online-Aktualisierung des Währungs- oder Aktienkurses gewünscht? - - - - Im folgenden werden diese Einzelheiten beschrieben. - - Allgemeine Information - - Die Karteiseite "Allgemeines" dient zur Pflege der grundlegenden Angaben zum Konto. Hier steht auch die Möglichkeit zur Verfügung, das Konto mit einer Börsenkursquelle zu verknüpfen, falls es sich um ein Währungs-, Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonto handelt. Weiterhin kann das Konto als steuerrelevant und als Platzhalterkonto gekennzeichnet werden. - - Die Karteiseite besitzt fünf Eingabebereiche. Darunter befinden sich Kontrollkästchen, um ein Konto als steuerrelevant oder als Platzhalterkonto zu kennzeichnen. Die Option "steuerrelevant" bedeutet, dass dieses Konto für die Aufnahme in die Steuerberichte und -exporte markiert ist. Diese Option sollten Sie nur für Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten aktivieren. Die Option "Platzhalter" bedeutet, dass dieses Konto nicht für Buchungsdaten verwendet wird. Dies wird gebraucht, um eine Kontohierarchie anlegen zu können. - - Der obere Eingabebereich enthält Informationen zum Konto. - - - - Kontobezeichnung: Geben Sie einen Namen für das Konto ein, z.B. "Mein Girokonto". - - - Beschreibung: Eine optionale Beschreibung des Kontos. - - - Währung/Aktie: Für die meisten Konten ist dies die Standardwährung, d.h. Ihre Landeswährung, z.B. "EUR (Euro)". Falls das Konto für eine Fremdwährung vorgesehen ist, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Auswählen..." und wählen Sie im folgenden Auswahldialog eine andere Währung. Falls es sich um ein Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonto handelt, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Auswählen", um ein Wertpapier auszuwählen. - - - Auswahl der Währung oder Aktie: Um eine andere Währung auszuwählen, klicken Sie die Dropdown-Liste "Währung/Aktie" an und wählen Sie das gewünschte Währungskürzel. Um ein Wertpapier für Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonten anzulegen, wählen Sie den Knopf "Neu...", um das Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie" zu öffnen. Nachdem ein Wertpapier angelegt worden ist, können Sie zuerst den Typ in der Dropdown-Liste "Typ" (normalerweise die Börse, an der das Papier gehandelt wird) und dann den Namen des Wertpapiers in der Dropdown-Liste "Währung/Aktie" auswählen. - - - Neue Währung/Aktie: Die hier verfügbaren Optionen sind im Abschnitt "Währungs-/Aktieneditor" detailliert beschrieben. Geben Sie den Namen, das Symbol und den Typ an. - - - Kontonummer: Hier können Sie optional eine Kontonummer angeben. Weitere Einzelheiten zu Kontonummern finden Sie im Abschnitt "Neue Kontenhierarchie erstellen". - - - - Der nächste Eingabebereich enthält eine Liste der Kontoarten. Wählen Sie hier eine Kontoart aus. Eine Beschreibung der einzelnen Kontoarten finden Sie im Abschnitt "Arten von GnuCash Konten". - - Der nächste Eingabebereich besitzt einen Kontenbaum, aus dem Sie das übergeordnete Konto (Hauptkonto) wählen. Um einen neuen Hauptkontenast zu erstellen, wählen Sie "Neues Top-Level-Konto". Wenn Sie ein Hauptkonto einer bestimmten Kontoart auswählen, so werden die Auswahlmöglichkeiten im Bereich "Kontoart" eingeschränkt. Hat das Hauptkonto beispielsweise die Kontoart "Aktiva", so werden die Kontoarten "Eigenkapital", "Aufwendungen" und "Erträge" ausgegraut. Dies dient dazu, eine plausible Struktur der Kontenhierarchie zu bewahren. - - Der nächste Eingabebereich betrifft die Börsenkursquelle. - - - - Börsenkurse online abrufen: Diese Option steht nur dann zur Verfügung, wenn die Kontoart "Währung", "Investmentfonds" oder "Aktienkonto" ist. Sie bewirkt, dass für dieses Konto die Kurse von einer Online-Datenquelle herauntergeladen werden können. - - - Quelle der Börsenkurse: Wählen Sie eine Datenquelle für die - Kurse aus der Menüliste. Derzeit werden u.a. folgende - Kursdatenquellen unterstützt: Yahoo, Yahoo Europe, Fidelity - Investments, T. Rowe Price, the Vanguard Group, the Australian - Stock Exchange (ASX) und TIAA-CREF. - Die Kursdatenquelle "Yahoo" liefert dabei auch die Kurse - für die übrigen genannten Unternehmen (z.B. Fidelity - Investments, T.Rowe Price und The Vanguard - Group) und gibt den Kurs normalerweise identisch zur - Original-Datenquelle an. Beachten Sie allerdings, daß - Sie bei "Yahoo Europe" zusätzlich das Börsenplatzkürzel des - Wertpapiers anfügen sollten, z.B. "PA" für Paris, "BE" für - Berlin usw. Beispiel: 12150.PA (ein Peugeot-Papier am Pariser - Markt). In den nachfolgenden Tabellen 31 und 32 sind die Kürzel - für einige Börsenplätze aufgelistet. - - - Zeitzone dieser Kurse: Wählen Sie die Zeitzone für die Quelle der von Ihnen empfangenen Online-Börsenkurse. Beispielsweise verwendet Yahoo gewöhnlich die US-Eastern-Zeitzone, somit würden Sie "America/New York" wählen, falls Sie diese Börsenkursquelle verwenden. - - - - Hinweis: Um die korrekte Online-Aktualisierung der Kurse einzurichten, müssen Sie die folgenden Schritte ausführen: - - - - Legen Sie den Fonds bzw. die Aktie an. Verwenden Sie entweder den Währungs-/Aktien-Editor oder die oben beschriebene Methode über das Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie". - - - Legen Sie das Konto für den Fonds bzw. die Aktie an und stellen Sie sicher, dass das gewünschte Papier im Feld "Währung/Aktie" erscheint. - - - Wählen Sie die Option "Börsenkurse online abrufen", die Quelle der Börsenkurse und die Zeitzone. - - - Führen Sie das Perl-Skript "update-finance-quote" als Benutzer "root" aus, um das Modul "Finance::Quote" zu installieren. [Hinweis: muss u.U. bereits einmalig vor dem GnuCash-Start ausgeführt werden, damit die Börsenkursoptionen verfügbar werden] - - - Fügen Sie ein Wertpapier zum Preis-Editor hinzu. Einzelheiten finden Sie im Abschnitt "Preis-Editor". - - - Wählen Sie "Kurse abrufen" im Preis-Editor. - - - - Wenn Sie die Kurse per Kommandozeile abrufen wollen, können Sie dazu den folgenden Befehl benutzen: - - gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-dateiname> - - Tabelle 31 Liste der Kürzel für europäische Börsenplätze - -
- - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Kürzel</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Markt</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>BC</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Barcelona</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>BE</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Berlin</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>BI</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Bilbao</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>BR</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Bremen</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>CO</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Kopenhagen</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>D</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Düsseldorf</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>F</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Frankfurt</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>FX</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Xetra</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>H</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Hamburg</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>HA</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Hannover</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>L</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>London</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>MA</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Madrid</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>MC</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Madrid (MC)</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>MI</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Milan</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>MU</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>München</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>O</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Oslo</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>PA</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Paris</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>ST</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Stockholm</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>SG</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Stuttgart</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>VA</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Valencia</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Tabelle 32: Für TIAA-CREF-Kurse benutzbare Pseudo-Symbole</para> - <para /> - <table frame="topbot" id="Table25"> - <title /> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Pseudo-symbol</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Bond Market</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFbond</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Equity Index</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFequi</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Global Equities</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFglob</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Growth</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFgrow</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Inflation-Linked Bond</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFinfb</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Money Market</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFmony</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Social Choice</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFsoci</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stock</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>CREFstok</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Teachers PA Select Stock</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>TIAAsele</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Teachers PA Stock Index</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>TIAAsndx</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>TIAA Real Estate</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>TIAAreal</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - <para /> - <para>Der letzte Eingabebereich ist der Bereich "Bemerkungen". Er steht für jede Art von zusätzlichen Notizen zum Konto zur Verfügung.</para> - <para /> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="open-balance"> - <title>Anfangsbestand - - Die Karteiseite "Anfangsbestand" ist nur beim Erstellen eines neuen Kontos verfügbar. Sie können hier den Eröffnungssaldo für das Konto angeben. Hierfür gibt es zwei verschiedene Anwendungsfälle: Wenn Sie zum ersten Mal Geschäftsvorgänge mit GnuCash erfassen, ist dies der Anfangsbestand des Kontos. Wenn Sie bereits bestehende Konten zum Ende einer Buchungsperiode abschließen und anschließend Konten neu eröffnen, können Sie hier den Abschlusssaldo in die neue Periode übertragen. - - Die Karteiseite besitzt drei Bereiche. Der erste Eingabebereich enthält die Informationen zum Saldo. - - - - Saldo: Geben Sie hier den Saldo an, mit dem das Konto eröffnet werden soll. - - - Datum: Wählen Sie hier das Datum, zu welchem der Eröffnungssaldo erfasst werden soll. - - - - Der nächste Bereich betrift die Buchungsart. - - - - Benutze Ausgleichskonto für Anfangsbestand: Hiermit wird der Eröffnungssaldo des Kontos von einem speziellen Eigenkapital-Konto namens "Anfangsbestand" abgebucht. - - - Herkunftskonto auswählen: Hiermit wird der nächste Eingabebereich freigegeben, mit dem ein anderes Herkunftskonto für die Abbuchung des Eröffnungssaldos angegeben kann. - - - - Der letzte Eingabebereich dient zur Auswahl des Herkunftskontos. Wählen Sie das Konto, das für den Anfangsbestand verwendet werden soll, aus dem Kontenbaum aus. - - - - Konto bearbeiten - - Das Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" besteht nur aus der Karteiseite "Allgemeines". Diese Karteiseite enthält dieselben Informationen wie im zuvor beschriebenen Dialogfenster "Neues Konto". Um das Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" zu öffnen, wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" -> "Konto bearbeiten" (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-E), oder klicken Sie das Symbol "Bearbeiten" in der Werkzeugleiste des Fensters "Konten" an. - - - Kontenhierarchie bearbeiten - - Die Kontenhierarchie können Sie mithilfe des Eingabebereichs "Hauptkonto" im Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" verändern. Dort ist es möglich, ein Konto an eine beliebige Stelle in der Kontenhierarchie zu bewegen. Es wird empfohlen, Konten generell als Unterkonten eines Hauptkontos mit verwandter Kontoart zu führen. Einzelheiten hierzu sind im Abschnitt "Arten von GnuCash Konten" beschrieben. Dies dient dazu, die Struktur der Kontenhierarchie konsistent zu halten. - - - Um das ausgewählte Konto unter ein bestimmtes Hauptkonto zu bewegen, wählen Sie das gewünschte Hauptkonto im Eingabebereich "Hauptkonto" aus. Wenn Sie "Neues Top-Level-Konto" auswählen, so wird das Konto auf die oberste Ebene der Kontenhierarchie bewegt. - - - Konto löschen - - Das Löschen eines Kontos bewirkt, dass alle Buchungsinformationen und alle kontenbezogenen Informationen zum Konto aus der Datei gelöscht werden. Diese Aktion kann nicht rückgängig gemacht werden. Sie werden aufgefordert zu bestätigen, dass dass Sie das Konto tatsächlich entfernen wollen. Wenn das Konto noch Buchungsdaten enthält, erhalten Sie eine Warnung, dass dieses Konto Buchungen enthält. - - Ein Seiteneffekt beim Löschen eines Kontos, welches noch Buchungen enthält, besteht darin, dass anschließend bei einigen Konten der Saldo nicht ausgeglichen ist. Dies wird im jeweiligen Konto durch graue Kästchen neben den Soll- und Haben-Spalten gekennzeichnet. Sie können diese unausgeglichenen Konten automatisch korrigieren lassen, indem Sie das Menü "Aktionen" -> "Überprüfen" verwenden. Dies weist die Fehlbeträge automatisch einem neuen Konto namens "Ausgleichskonto" zu. - - - Zu anderen Konten wechseln - - Wenn Sie das Fenster "Kontobuch" verwenden, ist es häufig wünschenswert, gleichzeitig ein Konto und das zugehörige Gegenkonto einsehen zu können. Hierfür ermöglicht GnuCash das rasche "Springen" zum Gegenkonto. Sie können dazu im Fenster "Kontobuch" entweder das Symbol "Gegen" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Gegenbuchung" verwenden. - - Wählen Sie den gewünschten Geschäftsvorgang im Fenster "Kontobuch" und dann den Befehl "Gegen" bzw. "Gegenbuchung". Wenn der Geschäftsvorgang mehrteilig ist, müssen Sie ihn zuerst aufklappen und die Zeile mit dem gewünschten Gegenkonto auswählen. - - - Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen - - Der Abgleich von Konten in GnuCash mit Kontoauszügen von einer Bank oder einem anderen Institut stellt eine zusätzliche Saldenüberprüfung Ihrer Konten dar. Dies ist auch nützlich, um zu verfolgen, welche Schecks noch nicht eingelöst sind und welche sonstigen Buchungen noch ausstehen. - - Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste im oberen Bereich des Fensters - "Kontobuch" weist den Betrag der bestätigten und der - abgeglichenen Buchungen aus. Es ist möglich, über eine Online-Abfrage - der Kontodaten (oder auch manuell) die Kennzeichnung vorzunehmen, - welche Buchungen die Bank bereits verarbeitet hat. In diesem Fall - wird in der Spalte "J" (für "Abgeglichen: Ja") des Kontobuchs der - Eintrag "n" (neu) zu "b" (bestätigt). Anschließend wird im Fenster - "Abgleichen" der Kontoauszug verwendet, um das Konto abzugleichen, - wodurch sich das Feld "J" in "j" ("abgeglichen: Ja") ändert. - - Um das Fenster "Abgleichen" zu öffnen, wählen Sie im Fenster "Konten" den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R), im Fenster "Kontobuch" ebenfalls den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen...". - - - Informationen zum Kontenabgleich - - Das Dialogfenster "Informationen zum Kontenabgleich" dient zur Angabe des Enddatums des Kontoauszugs sowie des Anfangs- und Schlußsaldos auf dem Kontoauszug. Die Option "Unterkonten mit einbeziehen" wird benötigt, wenn zwei oder mehr GnuCash-Konten verwendet werden, um ein einzelnes Bankkonto abzubilden. Die Schaltfläche "Zahlung Habenzins eingeben..." (bei Aktivakonten) bzw. "Zahlung Sollzins eingeben..." (bei Passivkonten) kann benutzt werden, um die Buchung einer Zinszahlung für das Konto hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diesen Knopf betätigen, erscheint ein weiteres Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Zinszahlung anlegen können. - - Das Dialogfenster für die Zinszahlung besitzt drei Bereiche. Ganz unten befindet sich ein Knopf "Keine automatischen Habenzins(Sollzins)-Zahlungen für dieses Konto", welcher den Dialog abbricht. Der obere Bereich enthält die Zahlungsinformationen. - - - - Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Betrag für die Zinszahlung ein. - - - Datum: Wählen Sie ein Datum für die Zinszahlung. - - - Nummer: Geben Sie eine Nummer für den Geschäftsvorgang an (optional). - - - Beschreibung: Geben Sie eine informative Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein. - - - Buchungstext: Geben Sie hier Bemerkungen zum Geschäftsvorgang ein. (optional). - - - - Ein weiterer Bereich enthält eine Liste der Konten, aus denen das "Zahlung von"-Konto (bei Aktiva) bzw. das "Zahlung an"-Konto (bei Passiva) auszuwählen ist. Falls es sich um eine Zinszahlung für ein Kredit- oder Darlehenskonto (Passiva) handelt, erfolgt die Zahlung normalerweise auf ein Aufwandskonto. Falls es sich um eine Zinszahlung für ein Giro- oder Sparkonto (Aktiva) handelt, erfolgt die Zahlung normalerweise von einem Ertragskonto. Mit der Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" können Sie die Aufwands- und Ertragskonten ein- oder ausblenden. - - Ein dritter Bereich zeigt das abzugleichende Konto. Hier ist das Konto gekennzeichnet, auf dem der Zinsbetrag zu- bzw. abgeht. - - - Abgleichen-Fenster - - Die Bestandteile des Fensters "Abgleichen" sind im Unterabschnitt "Weitere Werkzeuge" des Abschnitts "GnuCash-Fenster" beschrieben. Benutzen Sie dieses Fenster, um das Konto zu öffnen und die benötigten Buchungsinformationen hinzuzufügen, um das Konto mit dem Bankauszug abzugleichen. - - Die nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgänge in den Listen "Haben" und "Soll" können geändert werden, indem Sie mittels der Menübefehle oder der Werkzeugleiste auf das Konto und die Buchungsinformationen zugreifen. Wenn Sie den Abgleich bis zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt unterbrechen wollen, wählen Sie den Menüpunkt "Abgleichen" -> "Unterbrechen". (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-P). - - Wählen Sie jeden nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgang, der sich auf dem Kontoauszug wiederfindet, an, so dass in der Spalte "J" ein grünes Häkchen erscheint. Die im unteren Fensterbereich ausgewiesenen Salden verändern sich entsprechend den gewählten Geschäftsvorgängen, bis zum Schluss der Schlußsaldo gleich dem abgestimmten Saldo ist und die Differenz Null beträgt. Sobald dies erreicht ist, wählen Sie den Knopf "Fertig" oder den Befehl "Fertig" im Menü "Abgleichen" (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-F), um den Abgleich fertigzustellen. - - - - Aktienteilung durchführen - - Aktienteilungen (Splits) finden gewöhnlich dann statt, wenn eine Gesellschaft der Meinung ist, dass ihr Aktienkurs zu hoch ist, damit ein einzelner Investor die Aktie kaufen würde. Aktienteilungen bewirken, dass sich der Preis einer einzelnen Aktie verringert, während der Wert der bereits an Investoren ausgegebenen Aktien gleich bleibt. - - - Aktienteilungs-Wizard - - Um Aktienteilungen zu erfassen, verwendet GnuCash den Aktienteilungs-Wizard. Dieser stellt Funktionen für die Eingabe der Detailinformationen zur Aktienteilung, wie auch für Änderungen an Aktienkursen und Ausgleichsbetrag infolge der Aktienteilung bereit. - - Um den Aktienteilungs-Wizard zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Aktienteilung...". - - Der Aktienteilungs-Druide begrüßt Sie mit einer Seite, welche kurz seine Funktion beschreibt. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Wizard unverändert. - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Wizard und zum Abbruch der Eingaben zur Aktienteilung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Wizard fortzufahren. - - - - Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie ein Aktienkonto auswählen. Wählen Sie das Konto aus der Liste aus, für welches Sie eine Aktienteilung oder einen Aktienzusammenschluss erfassen wollen. - - - - Konto: Der Name des GnuCash-Kontos für die Aktie. - - - Symbol: Das Wertpapierkürzel der Aktie, die mit diesem Konto verbunden ist. - - - Anteile: Die Stückzahl der Aktien bzw. Anteile, deren Erwerb auf dieses Konto gebucht wurde. - - - - Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie die Detailangaben zur Aktienteilung eingeben. Der obere Fensterbereich enthält die Details zur Erstellung des Geschäftsvorgangs für die Aktienteilung. - - - - Datum: Wählen Sie das Datum der Aktienteilung. - - - Aktien Verteilung: Geben Sie die Stückzahl der Aktien an, die Sie infolge der Aktienteilung zusätzlich bekommen haben. Bei einem Aktienzusammenschluss geben Sie eine negative Zahl ein. - - - Beschreibung: Geben Sie eine Beschreibung ein, oder übernehmen Sie die Voreinstellung. - - - - Der untere Bildschirmbereich enthält Deteils zur Erfassung des Kurses für die Aktienteilung (optional). - - - - Neuer Preis: Geben Sie den Kurs der Aktien am Tag der Aktienteilung an. - - - Währung: Wählen Sie die Währung der Aktien. - - - - Die nächste Seite ermöglich die Eingabe eines Geschäftsvorgangs für den Ausgleichsbetrag (Cash In Lieu) infolge der Aktienteilung (optional). - - - - Geldbetrag: Geben Sie den Betrag für die Ausgleichszahlung ein. - - - Buchungstext: Geben Sie einen Buchungstext ein, oder übernehmen Sie die Voreinstellung. - - - Ertragskonto: Wählen Sie ein Ertragskonto für die Ausgleichszahlung. - - - Aktiva-Konto: Wählen Sie ein Aktivkonto für den Zugang der Ausgleichszahlung. - - - - Auf der letzten Seite haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten, den Wizard zu beenden. - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Wizard und zum Abbruch der Erstellung von Geschäftsvorgangen für die Aktienteilung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Fertig" werden die Geschäftsvorgänge für die Aktienteilung erstellt. - - - - Damit haben Sie die Aktienteilung bzw. den Aktienzusammenschluss fertig erfasst. - - - - - - Geschäftsvorgänge im Kontobuch eingeben - - GnuCash verwendet Konten, um Geschäftsvorfälle zu gruppieren und ihre Aufzeichnung zu organisieren. Die Geschäftsvorgänge werden im Fenster "Kontobuch" eingegeben. In diesem Abschnitt werden die Hilfsmittel von GnuCash beschrieben, welche eine schnelle Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen in das Kontobuch ermöglichen. - - Jeder Geschäftsvorgang (engl. transaction) entspricht einer Geldbewegung von einem Konto auf ein anderes. Jedesmal, wenn Sie Geld einnehmen, ausgeben oder zwischen Konten buchen, entspricht dies einem Geschäftsvorgang. In GnuCash sind an jedem Geschäftsvorgang mindestens zwei Konten beteiligt. - - - Ansicht des Kontobuchs ändern - - In GnuCash stehen mehrere Stil-Optionen zur Verfügung, um das Erscheinungsbild des Kontobuchs zu verändern, so dass die Geschäftsvorgänge möglichst übersichtlich dargestellt werden. Vorgabestil ist "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch". Dieses zeigt die Geschäftsvorgänge als einzelne Zeilen an und ermöglicht somit umfassendsten Überblick, einschließlich aller relevanten Details. - - Sie können den Stil mittels "Ansicht" -> "Stil" verändern. Nach Schließen des Fensters wird jedoch der Stil "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" wiederhergestellt. Für eine dauerhafte Änderung können Sie den Vorgabestil in den Einstellungen, Abschnitt "Kontobuch", einstellen. - - - - Hauptbuch: Vorgabestil mit einer Zeile je Geschäftsvorgang. Mehrteilige Geschäftsvorgänge werden in Summenform dargestellt. - - - Auto-Mehrteiliges Hauptbuch: In diesem Stil wird der jeweils - ausgewählte Geschäftsvorgang automatisch aufgeklappt, so dass die - einzelnen Buchungen (engl. splits) sichtbar werden. - - - Amerikanisches Journal: In diesem Stil werden alle Geschäftsvorgänge aufgeklappt, so dass jeder Geschäftsvorgang komplett sichtbar ist. - - - Zwei Zeilen: Diese Option wirkt sich auf alle beschriebenen Stile aus; hiermit wird jeweils eine zusätzliche Zeile für Notizen zum Geschäftsvorgang hinzugefügt. - - - - Zwei weitere Optionen für die Ansicht des Kontobuchs ermöglichen es, den Datumsbereich einzuschränken und die Sortierreihenfolge zu ändern. Beide sind über das Menü "Ansicht" erreichbar. - - - Geschäftsvorgang eingeben - - Nach dem Öffnen des Fensters "Kontobuch" für ein Konto wird die Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge für dieses Konto angezeigt. Der Name des Kontos erscheint in der Titelleiste des Fensters. Die Menüs enthalten verschiedene Funktionen, um die Anzeige der Geschäftsvorgänge zu verändern. Auch die Werkzeugleiste enthält verschiedene Funktionen, die bei der Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen häufig benötigt werden. Eine Beschreibung finden Sie im Abschnitt "Kontobuch-Fenster" in dieser Hilfe. - - GnuCash kennt zwei Methoden, um Geschäftsvorgänge einzugeben. Der gängigste Weg ist die direkte Eingabe im Kontobuch; die andere Möglichkeit ist das Fenster "Buchen". - - - Direkt im Kontobuch eingeben - - Das Fenster "Kontobuch" kann etwas unterschiedlich aussehen, je nachdem, welche Stil-Einstellungen Sie gewählt haben. Im Folgenden wird die Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen unter Verwendung des Stils "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" beschrieben. Der Cursor befindet sich standardmäßig im Feld "Datum", nachdem das Fenster geöffnet wurde. - - - - Ein Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld "Datum" öffnet einen Datumsauswahldialog. Wählen Sie mit den Pfeilen den Monat und das Jahr und anschließend das Datum für den Geschäftsvorgang. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol schließt den Datumsauswahldialog. Sie können auch das Datum direkt eingeben oder einen Teil eintippen, in diesem Fall ergänzt GnuCash automatisch den Rest. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Nr" an. Hier können Sie eine Scheck- bzw. Buchungsnummer eingeben. Mit der Taste "+" wird automatisch die Nummer des letzten Geschäftsvorgangs, der eine Nummer hatte, um eins erhöht und hier eingefügt. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Beschreibung" an. Hier geben Sie entweder einen Zahlungsempfänger oder eine andere Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein. Während des Eintippens versucht GnuCash automatisch, den Namen des Zahlungsempfängers zu ergänzen. - - - Wenn Sie an dieser Stelle die Tabulatortaste drücken, passieren zwei Dinge: Falls GnuCash eine Übereinstimmung mit einem bereits bestehenden Geschäftsvorgang findet, springt der Cursor auf eines der Betragsfelder, und das Feld "Buchen" wird automatisch gefüllt. Falls noch kein entsprechender Geschäftsvorgang existiert, bewegt GnuCash den Cursor auf das Feld "Buchen". Wenn Sie das Feld "Buchen" direkt mit der Maus anklicken (ohne Tabulatortaste), wird es nicht automatisch gefüllt. - - - Wenn Sie etwas in das Feld "Buchen" eintippen, versucht - GnuCash ebenfalls, das passende Konto automatisch zu - ergänzen. Dies geschieht alphabetisch, d.h. wenn Sie "Au" - eintippen, springt GnuCash i.d.R. zum Abschnitt "Ausgaben" der - Kontenliste. Sobald der richtige Abschnitt gefunden ist, können - Sie durch Eintippen des Doppelpunktes (":") zu den Unterkonten - springen. Wenn Sie also nach "Au" anschließend ":" tippen, - springt der Cursor zum ersten Unterkonto von "Ausgaben" in der - Liste. Indem Sie Kombinationen aus Buchstaben und ":" - eintippen, können Sie sich somit schnell im Kontenbaum - bewegen. Alternativ können Sie das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld - "Buchen" mit der Maus anklicken, um ein Konto auszuwählen. - - - Das nächste Feld dient zum Abgleichen von Konten. Eine Beschreibung hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen" weiter oben. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste zum ersten Betragsfeld. Die Bezeichnungen der beiden Betragsspalten sind je nach Kontoart unterschiedlich. So heißen sie bei Bankkonten "Einzahlung" und "Abhebung", bei Kreditkartenkonten "Zahlung" und "Belastung", und bei Aktienkonten gibt es die Spalten "Anteile", "Preis", "Kauf" und "Verkauf". - - - Geben Sie den Betrag für den Geschäftsvorgang in das korrekte Feld ein. Durch Drücken der Eingabetaste, durch Anklicken des Symbols "Eingeben" oder mit dem Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen" schließen Sie die Eingabe des Geschäftsvorgangs ab. Durch Anklicken des Symbols "Abbrechen" oder mit dem Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abbrechen" wird der Geschäftsvorgang gelöscht. - - - Bei Geschäftsvorgängen mit nur einem Gegenkonto wird der Name dieses Kontos nach Abschluss der Eingabe im Feld "Buchen" angezeigt. - - - Um zum leeren Geschäftsvorgang am Ende des Kontobuchs zu wechseln, klicken Sie in der Werkzeugleiste das Symbol "Neu" an oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Neue Buchung". - - - - - - Im Buchen-Fenster eingeben - - Die hier beschriebene Methode verwendet das Fenster "Buchen", um einen einzelnen Geschäftsvorgang einzugeben. Dies ist hauptsächlich dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie schnell einen einzelnen Geschäftsvorgang erfassen wollen, ohne Kontobücher zu öffnen. Zur Erfassung mehrerer Geschäftsvorgänge wird empfohlen, direkt das Kontobuch zu verwenden. - - - - Geben Sie im Bereich "Buchungsinformation" den Betrag, das Datum und die Beschreibung ein. Die Felder "Nummer" und "Buchungstext" sind optional. - - - Wählen Sie das Herkunftskonto. Wenn es sich dabei um ein Ertrags- oder Aufwandskonto handelt, müssen Sie die Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" aktivieren. - - - Wählen Sie das Konto, nach dem gebucht werden soll. Wenn es sich dabei um ein Ertrags- oder Aufwandskonto handelt, müssen Sie die Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" aktivieren. - - - Falls eines der beiden Konten eine andere Währung hat als das andere, wird der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" aktiviert, so dass Sie entweder einen Wechselkurs oder einen Betrag angeben können. - - - Wählen Sie "OK", um den Geschäftsvorgang zu bestätigen, oder "Abbrechen", um den Dialog ohne Erfassung eines Geschäftsvorgangs zu schließen. - - - - - - - Mehrteiligen Geschäftsvorgang eingeben - - Das Fenster "Kontobuch" kann etwas unterschiedlich aussehen, je nachdem, welche Stil-Einstellungen Sie gewählt haben. Im Folgenden wird die Eingabe von mehrteiligen Geschäftsvorgängen unter Verwendung des Stils "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" beschrieben. GnuCash betrachtet die Konten, die im aktuell geöffneten Geschäftsvorgang von der Geldbewegung berührt werden, als Teile eines "Mehrteiligen Vorgangs". Der Cursor befindet sich standardmäßig im Feld "Datum", nachdem das Fenster geöffnet wurde. - - - - Ein Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld "Datum" öffnet einen Datumsauswahldialog. Wählen Sie mit den Pfeilen den Monat und das Jahr und anschließend das Datum für den Geschäftsvorgang. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol schließt den Datumsauswahldialog. Sie können auch das Datum direkt eingeben oder einen Teil eintippen, in diesem Fall ergänzt GnuCash automatisch den Rest. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Nr" an. Hier können Sie eine Scheck- bzw. Buchungsnummer eingeben. Mit der Taste "+" wird automatisch die Nummer des letzten Geschäftsvorgangs, der eine Nummer hatte, um eins erhöht und hier eingefügt. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Beschreibung" an. Hier geben Sie entweder einen Zahlungsempfänger oder eine andere Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein. Während des Eintippens versucht GnuCash automatisch, den Namen des Zahlungsempfängers zu ergänzen. - - - Wenn Sie an dieser Stelle die Tabulatortaste drücken, passieren zwei Dinge: Falls GnuCash eine Übereinstimmung mit einem bereits bestehenden Geschäftsvorgang findet, springt der Cursor auf eines der Betragsfelder, und das Feld "Buchen" wird automatisch gefüllt. Falls noch kein entsprechender Geschäftsvorgang existiert, bewegt GnuCash den Cursor auf das Feld "Buchen". Wenn Sie das Feld "Buchen" direkt mit der Maus anklicken (ohne Tabulatortaste), wird es nicht automatisch gefüllt. - - - Wenn Sie etwas in das Feld "Buchen" eintippen, versucht - GnuCash ebenfalls, das passende Konto automatisch zu - ergänzen. Dies geschieht alphabetisch, d.h. wenn Sie "Au" - eintippen, springt GnuCash i.d.R. zum Abschnitt "Ausgaben" der - Kontenliste. Sobald der richtige Abschnitt gefunden ist, können - Sie durch Eintippen des Doppelpunktes (":") zu den Unterkonten - springen. Wenn Sie also nach "Au" anschließend ":" tippen, - springt der Cursor zum ersten Unterkonto von "Ausgaben" in der - Liste. Indem Sie Kombinationen aus Buchstaben und ":" eintippen, - können Sie sich somit schnell im Kontenbaum bewegen. Alternativ - können Sie das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld "Buchen" mit der Maus - anklicken, um ein Konto auszuwählen. - - - Das nächste Feld dient zum Abgleichen von Konten. Eine Beschreibung hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen" weiter oben. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste zum ersten Betragsfeld. Die Bezeichnungen der beiden Betragsspalten sind je nach Kontoart unterschiedlich. So heißen sie bei Bankkonten "Einzahlung" und "Abhebung", bei Kreditkartenkonten "Zahlung" und "Belastung", und bei Aktienkonten gibt es die Spalten "Anteile", "Preis", "Kauf" und "Verkauf". - - - Geben Sie den Gesamtbetrag des Geschäftsvorgangs in das korrekte Feld ein. - - - Um die zusätzlichen Buchungsteile zu erfassen, klicken Sie das Symbol "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste an oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang". Geschäftsvorgänge mit mehreren Teilen tragen den Hinweis "--Mehrteiliger Vorgang--", und zur Anzeige der Details wird die Funktion "Mehrteilig" benötigt. - - - Die Anzeige wird nun aufgeklappt, dabei verändern sich die Bezeichnungen der Betragsspalten, und die Bezeichnung der Spalte "Buchen" verschwindet. Die erste Zeile enthält die Beschreibung und den Betrag des Geschäftsvorgangs. Die zweite Zeile enthält den Namen des aktuell geöffneten Kontos im Feld "Konto" sowie den Betrag. Die dritte Zeile enthält den Namen des Gegenkontos im Feld "Konto". Wenn der Betrag nicht ausgeglichen ist, deutet GnuCash dies durch graue Kästchen in den Betragsspalten an und weist den Fehlbetrag in einer vierten, leeren Zeile aus. - - - Wenn Sie eine der kürzeren Zeilen auswählen, verändern sich die Spaltenbezeichnungen. Die Bezeichnungen der ersten und der letzten Spalte (Datum und Saldo) verschwinden, "Nr" wird zu "Aktion", "Beschreibung" zu "Buchungstext", und die zuvor unbezeichneten Spalte "Buchen" ändert sich zu "Konto". Die restlichen beiden Spalten tragen eine Bezeichnung, wie sie in Schritt 7 beschrieben ist. - - - Die Eingaben in den Spalten "Aktion" und "Buchungstext" sind an dieser Stelle optional. Mit "Aktion" wird beschrieben, welche Art von Buchung stattfindet. "Buchungstext" ist eine zusätzliche Beschreibung der Buchung. - - - Bewegen Sie den Cursor zum noch fehlenden Betragsfeld in der dritten Zeile und ergänzen Sie den Betrag. Durch Drücken der Eingabetaste, Anklicken des Symbols "Eingeben" oder mit "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen" wird nunmehr der Cursor zur nächsten Zeile bewegt. - - - Die Spalte "Konto" enthält die Liste der berührten Konten. Dies ist die Spalte, mit der Sie Buchungsteile hinzufügen können. Wie in Schritt 5 beschrieben, können Sie hier in der leeren Zeile ein weiteres Konto hinzufügen. Fügen Sie soviele Buchungsteile hinzu wie benötigt. - - - Sobald der Geschäftsvorgang ausgeglichen ist, verschwinden die grauen Kästchen, und in der letzten, leeren Zeile erscheint kein Betrag mehr. - - - Wenn Sie, wie oben beschrieben, die Eingabetaste drücken, bis sich der Cursor hinter der Leerzeile befindet, so springt der Cursor zum nächsten Geschäftsvorgang. Dadurch wird der mehrteilige Vorgang geschlossen; er kann jedoch auch manuell geschlossen werden, indem Sie das Symbol "Mehrteilig" anklicken oder "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang" wählen. - - - - - Geschäftsvorgang mit mehreren Währungen eingeben - - Derzeit sind Bewegungen zwischen verschiedenen Währungen nur - mithilfe des Fensters "Buchen" möglich. In diesem Fenster wird dazu - bei Bedarf der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" aktiviert. In diesem - Dialogfenster können Sie einen passenden Wechselkurs anzugeben. - - Um ein Konto mit einer anderen Währung anzulegen, bearbeiten Sie die Kontoeigenschaften und ändern Sie das Feld "Währung/Aktie" auf die gewünschte Fremdwährung. Wenn Sie ein solches Konto verwenden, so ist der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" im Fenster "Buchen" aktiviert. - - - - Geschäftsvorgang bearbeiten - - Zur Änderung eines Geschäftsvorgangs müssen Sie nur den zu ändernden Teil des Geschäftsvorgangs auswählen. Sobald Sie die Änderungen vorgenommen haben, drücken Sie entweder die Eingabetaste, wählen das Symbol "Eingeben" oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen", und der Cursor springt automatisch zur nächsten Zeile bzw. zum nächsten Geschäftsvorgang. - - Um für die Bearbeitung eine detailliertere Ansicht des Geschäftsvorgangs zu erhalten, wählen Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste, oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang". - - - Geschäftsvorgang löschen - - Um einen Geschäftsvorgang aus dem Kontobuch zu entfernen, wählen Sie den betreffenden Geschäftsvorgang aus und benutzen Sie entweder den Knopf "Löschen" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Löschen". Auch Teile des Geschäftsvorgangs können entfernt werden, indem Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang" aktivieren. Danach kann der zu löschende Teil des Geschäftsvorgangs ausgewählt und gelöscht werden. - - - Gegenbuchungen entfernen - - Beim Entfernen von Gegenbuchungen werden alle Buchungszeilen - (engl. splits) entfernt mit Ausnahme derjenigen, - die das aktuell geöffnete Konto - berührt. Dies ist nützlich, um einen früheren mehrteiligen - Geschäftsvorgang wiederzuverwenden, dessen Bestandteile geändert - werden müssen. (Beachten Sie, dass hierfür nicht unbedingt der - mehrteilige Vorgang geöffnet werden muss. Jedoch wird so die Wirkung - besser erkennbar.) - - - - Wählen Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang", um den Geschäftsvorgang zu öffnen. - - - Wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Gegenbuchungen entfernen". - - - Alle berührten Konten mit ihren Buchungsdaten werden entfernt, mit Ausnahme des aktuell geöffneten Kontos. - - - Der Buchungsbetrag ist nun nicht ausgeglichen. GnuCash weist darauf mit grauen Kästchen in den Betragsspalten hin und zeigt den Fehlbetrag in der letzten, leeren Zeile an. - - - Bearbeiten Sie den Geschäftsvorgang, indem Sie die neuen Buchungsdaten eingeben. - - - - - Geschäftsvorgang kopieren - - Um Geschäftsvorgänge zu kopieren, können Sie das Menü "Bearbeiten" oder das Menü "Aktionen" verwenden. Im Menü "Bearbeiten" gibt es die Befehle "Geschäftsvorgang ausschneiden", "Geschäftsvorgang kopieren" und "Geschäftsvorgang einfügen", mit denen ein kompletter Geschäftsvorgang ausgeschnitten oder kopiert und anschließend in einer neuen Zeile eingefügt werden kann. Bei dieser Methode wird als Datum das benutzt, welches in der leeren Zeile für neue Geschäftsvorgänge steht. - - Im Menü "Aktionen" gibt es weiterhin den Befehl "Buchung duplizieren..." welches darüber hinaus die Auswahl eines anderen Datums gestattet. - - - - Wählen Sie den zu duplizierenden Geschäftsvorgang aus. - - - Wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Buchung duplizieren..." - - - Ein Dialogfenster mit dem Titel "Buchung duplizieren" - (früher: "Doppelte Buchung") verlangt die Eingabe eines neuen Datums und einer Nummer für den Geschäftsvorgang. - - - Wählen Sie "OK", um den Geschäftsvorgang zum Kontobuch hinzuzufügen. - - - - - Buchungen terminieren - - Terminierte Buchungen ermöglichen es, Geschäftsvorgänge automatisch zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in das Kontobuch einzugeben. Mit dem Editor für terminierte Buchungen lassen sich Geschäftsvorgänge erstellen und bearbeiten, die automatisch in das Kontobuch eingefügt werden sollen. Dies erfolgt in Kombination mit dem Wizard "Seit letztem Aufruf", mit dem die Geschäftsvorgänge überprüft und eingegeben werden können. Der Druide "Hypothek & Darlehen" dient zum Anlegen einer terminierten Buchung für die Rückzahlung eines Darlehens mit Zinseszins. - - Die einfachste Art, eine terminierte Buchung anzulegen, ist die - Verwendung eines bestehenden Geschäftsvorgangs aus dem Kontobuch - als Vorlage. Wählen Sie den Geschäftsvorgang, welchen - Sie als Vorlage verwenden wollen, und anschließend entweder das - Symbol "Terminiert" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl - "Aktionen" -> "Terminiert...". Anschließend öffnet sich das - Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchung erstellen". - - - - Name: Geben Sie hier einen Namen für die terminierte Buchung an. Dieser wird dann im Feld "Beschreibung" des Geschäftsvorgangs verwendet. - - - Häufigkeit: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zeitspanne zwischen den regelmäßigen Erfassungsterminen. Die Daten, zu denen die Geschäftsvorgänge dementsprechend erfasst würden, erscheinen im Kalenderbereich auf der rechten Seite. - - - Anfangsdatum: Wählen Sie ein Datum, zu dem die terminierte Buchung beginnen soll. - - - Endet nicht: Diese terminierte Buchung hat kein Enddatum. - - - Enddatum: Wählen Sie ein Datum, an dem die terminierte Buchung enden soll. - - - Anzahl des Auftretens: Geben Sie an, wie oft die terminierte Buchung in das Kontobuch eingegeben werden soll. - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Erweitert..." öffnet den Editor für terminierte Buchungen, mit dem die terminierten Buchungen bearbeitet werden können. Dieser Editor wird im nächsten Abschnitt beschrieben. - - - Terminierte Buchungen Editor - - Der Editor für terminierte Buchungen bietet eine Liste aller terminierten Buchungen und ermöglicht es, diese zu bearbeiten oder zu löschen. Es besitzt außerdem einen Kalender, welcher die bevorstehenden terminierten Buchungen auflistet. Wenn Sie den Kalenderbereich anklicken und den Mauszeiger über jedes einzelne Datum bewegen, so erscheint ein kleines Dialogfenster, welches die Geschäftsvorgänge anzeigt, die für den jeweiligen Tag terminiert sind. Die gelbe Hervorhebung im Kalender zeigt an, welche Tage terminierte Buchungen haben. Um das Mini-Dialogfenster auszuschalten, klicken Sie den Kalenderbereich nochmals an. - - Den Editor für terminierte Buchungen erreichen Sie mittels "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen Editor". Wenn Sie einen Geschäftsvorgang aus der Liste auswählen und "Bearbeiten" wählen, oder wenn Sie "Neu" wählen, öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten". - - Das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten" ist im Abschnitt "GnuCash Fenster/Weitere Werkzeuge" in dieser Hilfe beschrieben. Nachfolgend wird beschrieben, wie Sie neue Geschäftsvorgänge manuell hinzufügen. - - - - Geben Sie einen Namen für die terminierte Buchung an. - - - Wählen Sie die gewünschte Regelmäßigkeit im Bereich "Häufigkeit". - - - Wählen Sie die Details im unteren Teil des Bereichs "Häufigkeit". Ihre Änderungen werden im Kalenderbereich hervorgehoben. - - - Wählen Sie im Bereich "Optionen", ob der Geschäftsvorgang automatisch erstellt werden soll, und wieviel Tage im voraus er erstellt werden soll. Hier können Sie auch einstellen, ob GnuCash Sie im voraus bzw. bei automatischer Erstellung benachrichtigen soll. Bei automatischer Erstellung können in den Buchungsbestandteilen keine Variablen benutzt werden. - - - Wählen Sie die Ende-Optionen. Zur Auswahl stehen "Ohne Enddatum", ein festgelegtes Enddatum oder eine bestimmte Anzahl von Buchungen [?]. - - - Geben Sie den Geschäftsvorgang in der Buchungsvorlage - ein. Dies geschieht recht ähnlich wie die Eingabe eines - Geschäftsvorgangs im Kontobuch. [FIXME: Hier ist noch die - Erklärung von Formeln und Variablen notwendig. Teilweise liegen - hier auch noch Programmfehler vor, so daß kryptische Zeichen in - den Betragsfeldern erscheinen.] - - - - - Seit-letztem-Aufruf Fenster - - Der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf" wird automatisch ausgeführt, wenn GnuCash gestartet wird. Er dient dazu, alle Geschäftsvorgänge, die zur automatischen Erstellung anstehen, im Kontobuch zu erfassen. Die automatische Ausführung beim Starten von GnuCash kann in den Einstellungen ein- und ausgeschaltet werden. Um den Wizard manuell zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Seit letztem Aufruf...". - - - Der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf..." überspringt alle automatisch alle Bildschirmseiten, die keine Geschäftsvorgänge enthalten. Im folgenden werden alle möglichen Seiten beschrieben, die der Druide anzeigen könnte. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Wizard unverändert. - - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Wizard und zum Abbruch der Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Wizard fortzufahren. - - - - Die erste Seite heißt "Buchungserinnerungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, bei denen eine bestimmte Anzahl von Tagen im voraus eine Erinnerung erfolgen soll. Die Liste hat drei Spalten. Die erste Spalte enthält den Namen der terminierten Buchung und das Fälligkeitsdatum. Die zweite Spalte enthält die Wiederholungshäufigkeit der terminierten Buchung. In der dritten Spalte steht die Anzahl der Tage bis zu dem Datum, an dem die Eingabe fällig ist. Um nicht nur erinnert zu werden, sondern Geschäftsvorgänge aus dieser Liste auch gleich zu erstellen, wählen Sie die Zeile(n) mit dem jeweiligen Datum. Damit werden die Geschäftsvorgänge zu Liste auf der Seite "Vorbereitung der zu erstellenden Buchungen" hinzugefügt. - - Die nächste Seite heißt "Benachrichtigung über automatisch erstellte Buchungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, bei denen eine automatische Erstellung mit Benachrichtigung erfolgen soll. Jeder Geschäftsvorgang wird in einer Kontobuchsansicht dargestellt, welche die Buchungsdaten aller Bestandteile des Geschäftsvorgangs anzeigt. - - Die nächste Seite heißt "Vorbereitung der zu erstellenden Buchungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, deren Erfassung im Kontobuch fällig ist. Die Seite ist in drei Bereiche unterteilt. Oben links befindet sich eine Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge, deren automatische Erstellung fällig ist. Oben rechts können Sie die Buchung umdisponieren, weiterhin werden hier die Variablen angezeigt, mit denen der Geschäftsvorgang erstellt wird (schreibgeschützt). Im unteren Bereich befindet sich eine schreibgeschützte Detailansicht der zu erfassenden Geschäftsvorgänge. - - Die nächste Seite heißt "Buchungsübersicht erstellt". Diese Seite zeigt eine Liste aller Geschäftsvorgänge an, die nun erstellt würden, und gestattet es Ihnen, abschließende Änderungen vorzunehmen. Die Liste wird in einer Kontobuchsansicht dargestellt, welche die Buchungsdaten aller Bestandteile des Geschäftsvorgangs anzeigt. Sie können diese Liste genauso bearbeiten, wie Sie Geschäftsvorgänge im Kontobuch bearbeiten. - - Die letzte Seite heißt "Terminierte Buchung löschen". Hier wird eine Liste veralteteter terminierter Buchungen angezeigt, die gelöscht werden können, da die Termine erledigt sind. Wählen Sie die Buchungen aus, die gelöscht werden sollen. - - - - Mit dem Knopf "Abbrechen" verlassen Sie den Wizard und brechen die Erstellung terminierter Buchungen ab. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Die Schaltfläche "Fertig" erstellt die ausgewählten Geschäftsvorgänge. - - - - Anschließend hat der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf" die terminierten Buchungen zum Kontobuch hinzugefügt. - - - Hypothek & Darlehen Druide - - Dieser Druide erstellt eine terminierte Buchung für die Rückzahlung eines Darlehens. Wenn Sie ihn verwenden, erhalten Sie eine terminierte Buchung mit einer Variablen-Formel, so dass der Zins einschließlich Zinseszins korrekt berechnet wird. Um den Wizard manuell zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Hypothek & Darlehen Druide...". - - Der Druide begrüßt Sie mit einer Seite, welche kurz seine Funktion beschreibt. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Wizard unverändert. - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Wizard und zum Abbruch der Erstellung der terminierten Buchung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Wizard fortzufahren. - - - - Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie die grundlegenden Informationen zum Darlehen eingeben. Diese erhalten Sie gewöhnlich von der Bank, wenn die Dokumente für das Darlehen an Sie als Darlehensnehmer übergeben werden. Weiterhin können Sie hier das Konto angeben, welches in der terminierten Buchung für den Geschäftsvorgang der Zahlung verwendet werden soll. - - - - - Darlehenskonto: Wählen Sie ein Konto für die Geschäftsvorgänge im Zusammenhang mit Darlehenszahlungen [Darlehensschuld?-Passivkonto?], oder benutzen Sie "Neu...", um ein neues Konto für diese Geschäftsvorgänge anzulegen. - - - Betrag: Geben Sie die Darlehenssumme ein. - - - Zinssatz: Geben Sie den Darlehenszinssatz ein. - - - Typ: Wählen Sie die Zinsart des Darlehens aus. Wird ein variabler Zinssatz verwendet, so können Sie Angaben im Bereich "Änderungshäufigkeit des Zinssatzes" machen. - - - Änderungshäufigkeit des Zinssatzes: Wählen Sie die Regelmäßigkeit für die Zinsänderung sowie das Anfangsdatum der Zinsänderung. - - - Anfangsdatum: Wählen Sie das Datum, an dem das Darlehen beginnt. - - - Länge: Wählen Sie die Dauer des Darlehens. - - - Restliche Monate: Dieses Feld wird normalerweise automatisch berechnet. Wählen Sie, wie viele Monate für das Darlehen verbleiben. - - - - Die nächste Seite ermöglicht die Angabe von Treuhand-, Versicherungs- und Steueroptionen für das Darlehen. Dies ist hauptsächlich für Hypothekenzahlungen sinnvoll. Jede dieser Optionen hat zur Folge, dass der Druide, wenn aktiviert, weitere Seiten anbietet, um diese Zahlungsbestandteile einzurichten. Nachfolgend werden alle diese Seiten beschrieben, obwohl einige nicht erscheinen, wenn die jeweilige Option nicht aktiviert wurde. - - - - "... Treuhandkonto für Zahlungen verwenden?": Diese Einstellung ermöglicht die Benutzung eines Kontos zur Verfolgung von Treuhandzahlungen. Wenn für die Hypothek bzw. das Darlehen ein Treuhandkonto benutzt werden soll, um Steuern, Versicherungen usw. zu bezahlen, so können Sie hier ein Konto einrichten. - - - "... 'Taxes' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für Steuerzahlungen einrichten können. - - - "... 'Insurance' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für Versicherungszahlungen einrichten können. - - - "... 'PMI' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für die Zahlung einer PMI (private mortgage insurance) einrichten können. - - - "... 'Other Expense' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für die Zahlung sonstiger Auslagen einrichten können. - - - - Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Darlehenstilgung. - - - - Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet. - - - Betrag: Zeigt die zur Verwendung des Zahlbetrages verwendete Formel an. - - - Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Zahlbetrag abgehen soll. - - - Endbetrag Kapital an (früher: bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Kapitalanteil des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll. - - - Zinsen nach: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Zinsanteil des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll. - - - Restbetrag nach: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Rest - des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll. [FIXME: Feld nicht gefunden!] - - - Tilgungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Tilgungszahlungen an. - - - - Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Steuerzahlung ("Taxes"). - - - - Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet. - - - Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein. - - - Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Steuerbetrag abgehen soll. - - - Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Steuerbetrag zugehen soll. - - - Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Steuerzahlungen an. - - - - Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Versicherungszahlung ("Insurance"). - - - - Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet. - - - Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein. - - - Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Versicherungsbetrag abgehen soll. - - - Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Versicherungsbetrag zugehen soll. - - - Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Versicherungszahlungen an. - - - - Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der PMI-Zahlung (private mortgage insurance). - - - - Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet. - - - Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein. - - - Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der PMI-Betrag abgehen soll. - - - Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der PMI-Betrag zugehen soll. - - - Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die PMI-Zahlungen an. - - - - Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der sonstigen Auslagen ("Other Expense"). - - - - Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet. - - - Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein. - - - Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Betrag für die sonstigen Auslagen abgehen soll. - - - Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Betrag für die sonstigen Auslagen zugehen soll. - - - Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Zahlungen der sonstigen Auslagen an. - - - - Auf der letzten Seite haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten, den Wizard zu beenden. - - - - Die Schaltfläche "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Wizard und zum Abbruch der Erstellung der terminierten Buchung für Darlehen. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Wizard bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern. - - - Mit dem Knopf "Fertig" wird die terminierte Buchung erstellt. - - - - Damit haben Sie die terminierte Buchung für die Hypothek oder das Darlehen fertig erfasst. - - - - - Schecks drucken - - In GnuCash können Sie Schecks aus dem Kontobuchfenster heraus bedrucken. GnuCash bietet die Möglichkeit, Schecks im Standard-Quicken-Format (US-Letter-Papierformat) oder in einem benutzerdefinierten Scheckformat zu bedrucken. Auch Scheckposition und Datumsformat sind benutzerdefinierbar. - - - Um die Scheckdruckfunktion in GnuCash zu benutzen, wählen Sie den Geschäftsvorgang aus, für die Sie einen Scheck bedrucken wollen, und wählen Sie "Datei" -> "Scheck drucken". Anschließend öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken". - - Das Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken" hat zwei Karteiseiten. Die erste Karteiseite "Optionen" dient der Einstellung der üblichsten Optionen, um einen Scheck zu bedrucken. Die zweite Karteiseite "Benutzerdefiniertes Format" ermöglicht es, die Position der verschiedenen Felder auf dem Scheck festzulegen. Es kann sinnvoll sein, zunächst einen Test-Scheck auf leerem Papier zu drucken und mit dessen Hilfe die benötigten Anpassungen vorzunehmen. - - Die Standardauswahl unter "Optionen" ist "Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter". - - - - Scheckformat: Versuchen Sie zuerst das Quicken-Format. Falls die Positionierung fehlerhaft ist, benutzen Sie "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert). - - - Scheckposition: Legt fest, ob der obere, mittlere oder untere Scheck bedruckt werden soll. Benutzen Sie "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert), falls die Positionierung der Schecks auf der Seite fehlerhaft ist. - - - Datumsformat: Die Voreinstellung wird in den Einstellungen im Abschnitt "International" festgelegt. Wählen Sie hier ein Datumsformat aus. Sie können dieses auch mit den Optionen "Monate:" und "Jahre:" modifizieren. Die Einstellung "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert) ermöglicht es, das Datum im Feld "Format:" zu spezifizieren (%d bedeutet Tag, %m bedeutet Monat, %Y bedeutet Jahr). Eine Beispieldarstellung des gewählten Formats wird im unteren Fensterbereich angezeigt. - - - - Die Karteiseite "Benutzerdefiniertes Format" besitzt zwei Spalten, in die Sie die X/Y-Koordinaten der Position jedes Feldes auf dem Scheck eingeben können. Die Positionen werden im Eingabebereich "Benutzerdefiniertes Scheckformat" wie folgt angegeben: x ist Null an der linken Scheckkante und erhöht sich in Richtung nach rechts, y ist Null an der unteren Scheckkante und erhöht sich in Richtung nach oben. - - - - Zahlungsempfänger: - - - Datum: - - - Betrag (in Worten): - - - Betrag (in Zahlen): - - - Buchungstext: - - - Scheckposition: - - - Datumsformat: - - - Maßeinheiten: Wählen Sie die Einheit für die Positionsangaben. - - - - Nachdem Sie im Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken" auf "OK" gedrückt haben, öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "GnuCash drucken". Wählen Sie "OK", um den Scheck zu bedrucken. - - - - - Berichte und Diagramme benutzen - - Mit seinen Berichten und Diagrammen ist GnuCash in der Lage, Ihnen auf unterschiedlichste Art und Weise einen Überblick über Ihre Finanzdaten zu geben. Dies reicht beispielsweise von einer einfachen Zusammenfassung der Kontosalden bis hin zu einer erweiterten Portfolio-Ansicht. In diesem Abschnitt werden die wichtigsten GnuCash-Berichte erläutert sowie Hinweise zu deren Anpassung gegeben. - - - Arten von Berichten und Diagrammen - - GnuCash definiert vier Hauptarten von Berichten. Alle sind über das Menü "Berichte" zu erreichen. Beachten Sie auch, dass Sie Balkendiagramme durch Ziehen mit der Maus verschieben können, und dass Sie in Tortendiagrammen einzelne Segmente herauslösen können. - - - Allgemeine Berichte - - Die allgemeinen Berichte umfassen den Steuerbericht/TXF-Export, die Kontenübersicht und den Buchungsbericht, sowie die Berichte im Untermenü "Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert". - - - - Kontenübersicht: - - - Steuerbericht & TXF Export: Mit dem Steuerbericht können alle steuerrelevanten Erträge und Aufwendungen in eine TXF-Datei (Tax eXchange Format) exportiert werden. Diese Funktion steht hier zusätzlich zum HTML-Format, welches alle Berichte unterstützen, zur Verfügung. Die TXF-Datei kann in steuerliche Programme wie TaxCut oder TurboTax importiert werden (siehe Bemerkung 1). - - - Buchungsbericht: - - - Einführungs-Beispielbericht: - - - Benutzerdefiniert mehrspaltig: Dieser Bericht dient zur Einbettung mehrerer Berichte in ein einziges Berichtsfenster, so dass eine ganze Reihe finanzieller Daten auf einen Blick sichtbar wird. - - - Benutzerdefiniert Internet: - - - Beispielbericht: - - - - Bemerkung 1: Damit dies funktioniert, müssen Sie steuerpflichtige und nicht steuerpflichtige Erträge sowie abzugsfähige und nicht abzugsfähige Aufwendungen voneinander trennen. Dies geschieht mit dem Dialogfenster "Steuerrelevante Information". Um den Dialog aufzurufen, wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" -> "Steuerrelevante Optionen". Das Dialogfenster "Steuerrelevante Information" ist im Abschnitt "Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern" beschrieben. - - - - Aktiva & Passiva - - Die Aktiva- und Passiva-Berichte umfassen z.B. die Bilanz, Portfolio-Berichte und das Reinvermögen-Diagramm. - - - - Erweitertes Portfolio: - - - Aktiva Balkendiagramm: - - - Passiva Balkendiagramm: - - - Durchschnittlicher Kontostand: - - - Bilanz: Dieser Bericht fasst die Aktiva, die Passiva (i.S. Verbindlichkeiten) sowie das Eigenkapital zusammen. Bei ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung müssen die Aktiva mit der Summe aus Passiva und Eigenkapital übereinstimmen. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist, deutet das auf eine interne Nichtausgeglichenheit der Konten hin. - - - Portfolio: Dieser Bericht fasst den Wert der Wertpapiere des aktuellen Portfolios zusammen. - - - Passiva Balkendiagramm: - - - Passiva Tortendiagramm: - - - Reinvermögen Balkendiagramm: Das Reinvermögen entspricht der Differenz zwischen Aktiva und Passiva (i.S. Verbindlichkeiten). - - - Preisdiagramm: - - - - - Erträge & Aufwendungen - - Die Ertrags- und Aufwandsberichte umfassen u.a. den Cash-Flow sowie die Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung. - - - - Cash Flow: - - - Aufwendungen Balkendiagramm: - - - Aufwendungen Tortendiagramm: - - - Erträge/Aufwendungen Diagramm: - - - Erträge Balkendiagramm: - - - Erträge Tortendiagramm: - - - Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung: Dieser Bericht fasst die Ertrags- und Aufwandsquellen zusammen. - - - - - - Geschäftliche Berichte - - Die geschäftlichen Berichte umfassen den Kunden- und den Zuliefererbericht, die druckbare Rechnung sowie die Entwicklung der Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten. - - - - Kundenbericht: - - - Entwicklung Verbindlichkeiten: - - - Druckbare Rechnung: - - - Entwicklung Forderungen: - - - Zuliefererbericht: - - - - - - - Berichte und Diagramme erstellen - - Falls die vorhandenen Berichte nicht ausreichen, ist es möglich, eigene Berichte zu programmieren. Hierzu sollten Sie mit Scheme (einer LISP-ähnlichen Programmiersprache) vertraut sein und nach Möglichkeit den GnuCash-Quellcode vorliegen haben. - Die Berichtsschnittstelle (reporting interface) ist im Quellcode - in der Datei src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt - dokumentiert. Die Datei src/scm/report/hello-world.scm in der - GnuCash-Source-Distribution bietet ein gutes Beispiel für die - Entwicklung von Berichten. - Weiterhin ist es für eigene Berichte notwendig, auf Daten der GnuCash-Engine zuzugreifen. Dies geschieht mithilfe einiger Scheme-Wrapper-Funktionen, welche in der Datei src/g-wrap/gnc.html dokumentiert sind. Sie können einen Blick auf andere Berichte unter src/scm/report werfen, um zu erfahren, wie diese benutzt werden. - Derzeit werden Berichte durch Aufruf einer HTML-Generierungs-API produziert, welche einen HTML-Dialekt ausgibt und die Ausgabe mittels einem HTML-Widget rendert. Dies ist mit Einschränkungen verbunden, insbesondere was die präzise Anordnung der Objekte betrifft, wie sie z.B. für das Bedrucken von Rechnungsformularen erforderlich wäre. - - - Berichte und Diagramme anpassen - - Die Berichte in GnuCash besitzen vielfältige Optionen für die individuelle Anpassung. Um auf die Berichtsoptionen zuzugreifen, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Optionen" in der Werkzeugleiste. - - Viele Berichte haben eine Reihe ähnlicher Optionen. Einige allgemeine Optionen sind: - - - - Berichtsname: Legt den Titel des Berichts fest. Dieser wird auch zum Drucken des Berichts für spätere Zwecke verwendet. - - - Datumsoptionen: Berichte verwenden typischerweise entweder ein Stichtagsdatum oder einen Datumszeitraum. Um ein Datum anzugeben, gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten: entweder direkt im Datumsfeld oder durch Auswahl eines relativen Datums aus dem Menü. Ein relatives Datum gestattet es, Daten wie "Anfang dieses Jahres" oder "Heute" anzugeben. - - - Schrittgröße: Diese Option wird in Balkendiagrammen benutzt, um das Intervall festzulegen, welches jeder Balken repräsentiert. Typische Werte sind "Tag", "Woche", "Monat" und "Jahr". - - - Konten: Wählen Sie die gewünschten Konten für den Bericht aus. Beachte Sie, dass in einigen Berichten nur bestimmte Kontoarten zulässig sind. Beispielsweise können in einem Aufwendungen-Tortendiagramm nur Aufwandskonten ausgewählt werden. - - - Lange Kontennamen anzeigen: Diese Option ermöglicht die Anzeige entweder kurzer Kontennamen (z.B. "Strom") oder langer Kontennamen (z.B. Wohnen:Nebenkosten:Strom). - - - Unterkonten anzeigen: Zusammenfassende Berichte besitzen meistens eine Option "Unterkonten immer anzeigen", welche - falls aktiviert - sicherstellt, dass alle Unterkonten berücksichtigt werden, sofern das zugehörige Hauptkonto berücksichtigt ist. - - - Verschachtelungstiefe der Konten: Diese Option legt fest, bis zu welcher Ebene Unterkonten im Bericht ausgewiesen werden. Falls die Unterkonten tiefer als angegeben verschachtelt sind, wird ein Gesamtwert für alle Unterkonten errechnet und als Summe aufgenommen. Wenn Sie sicherstellen möchten, dass jedes gewählte Konto einzeln ausgewiesen wird, wählen Sie "Alle". - - - Stilvorlage: Wählen Sie eine Stilvorlage aus. Stilvorlagen legen fest, wie der Bericht optisch dargestellt wird. Momentan existieren zwei Stilvorlagen: "Voreinstellung" und "Bunt". Sie können beide individuell anpassen, indem Sie den Menübefehl "Bearbeiten" -> "Stilvorlagen..." verwenden. Einzelheiten hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "HTML-Stilvorlagen ändern". - - - Diagrammbreite/-höhe: Diese Optionen sind für die meisten Diagramme verfügbar, sie legen die Ausgabedimensionen (in Pixeln) fest. - - - Berichtswährung: Wählen Sie hier die Berichtswährung. Im allgemeinen werden die Beträge zur Ausgabe in diese Währung umgerechnet. - - - Preisberechnungsquelle: Wählen Sie aus, wie Wertpapier- und Währungskurse im Bericht berechnet werden sollen. Zur Auswahl stehen: "Gewichteter Durchschnitt" der Kurse über die Gesamtheit der Geschäftsvorgänge, Bewertung zu aktuellen Werten ("Neuester") und Bewertung zum Berichtsdatum ("Zeitlich nächster"). - - - Beträge anzeigen: Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, werden bei einem Diagramm die Gesamtsummen in der Legende angezeigt. - - - Maximale Anzahl Segmente (bei Tortendiagrammen): Gibt die maximale Anzahl der Segmente in einem Tortendiagramm an. Weitere Konten werden in einem Segment namens "Weitere" angezeigt. - - - Maximale Anzahl Segmente (bei Balkendiagrammen): Gibt die maximale Anzahl von Balken in einem Balkendiagramm an. - - - Spalten anzeigen: Wählen Sie die Spalten aus, die angezeigt werden sollen. - - - - - - Berichte und Diagramme drucken oder exportieren - - GnuCash kann Berichte sowohl drucken als auch in eine HTML-Datei (Web-Page) exportieren. Sie öffnen das Dialogfenster "GnuCash drucken" mit dem Knopf "Drucken" in der Werkzeugleiste oder mit den Menübefehl "Datei" -> "Drucken". Um einen Bericht als Web-Page (HTML) zu exportieren, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Exportieren" in der Werkzeugleiste, und geben Sie einen Dateinamen ein. - - Im Dialogfenster "GnuCash Drucken" wählen Sie den Drucker aus, an den der Druckauftrag gesendet werden soll, oder geben an, dass in eine Datei gedruckt werden soll. Weiterhin steht ein Knopf "Vorschau" zur Verfügung, um vor dem Drucken eine Druckvorschau zu öffnen. Wählen Sie "Drucken", um den Auftrag zum Drucker zu schicken, oder "Abbrechen", um den Dialog abzubrechen. - - Wenn Sie aus einem geöffneten Kontobuchfenster heraus drucken, so wird der Kontenbericht gedruckt, welcher auch "Bericht zum Kontobuch" heißt. Dieser listet die Geschäftsvorgänge zu einem Konto einschließlich einer Gesamtsumme auf. Alle anderen Berichte werden so gedruckt, wie sie in der Berichtsansicht erscheinen. - - - - - GnuCash anpassen - - Kontenoptionen - - The Account Options is used to set the view of the Account Tree Window. This dialog sets the view on each open window of the account tree. This means that when the New Account Tree is used several different views of the account tree can be created. - - - - Name of the account view: Used to name the account in the Windows menu and the note tabs. - - - Double click expands parent accounts: Use double click instead of single click to expand accounts - - - Account types to display: Select which types of accounts to display in the account tree. - - - Account fields to display: Select what fields to display in the account tree. - - - - - - GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen - - The GnuCash Preferences dialog contains the following sections. - - Konto: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Account : This option is used to pick a different separator in the register for parent and child accounts. - - - Reversed-balance account types: This option is used to choose what type of account have their balances reversed. If the balance is normally negative, as in a loan or a credit card then this will make the balance positive. - - - Use accounting labels: This option is used to turn on accounting labels (debit and credit) instead of using terms such as withdrawal and deposit. - - - - - - Geschäft: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Number of Rows: This option is used to set the default number of register rows to display in invoices. - - - Invoice Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on invoices. - - - Bill Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on bills. - - - - - - Allgemein: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Show Advanced Settings: - - - Toolbar Buttons: - - - Display "Tip of the Day": - - - Display negative amounts in red: - - - Automatic Decimal Point: - - - Auto Decimal Places: - - - No account list setup on new file: - - - Days to retain log files: - - - - - - International: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Date Format: - - - Default Currency: - - - Use 24-hour time format: - - - Enable EURO support: - - - - - - Online Banking & Import: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - QIF Verbose documentation: - - - Enable REPLACE match action: - - - Enable SKIP transaction action: - - - Auto-CLEAR threshold: - - - Match display threshold: - - - Auto-ADD threshold: - - - - - - Abgleichen: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Automatic interest transfer: - - - Automatic credit card payments: - - - Check off cleared transactions: - - - - - - Kontobuch: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Default Register Style: - - - Double Line Mode: - - - 'Enter' moves to blank transaction: - - - Confirm before changing reconciled: - - - Register font: - - - Register hint font: - - - - - - Kontobuch Farben: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Header color: - - - Primary color: - - - Secondary color: - - - Primary active color: - - - Secondary active color: - - - Split color: - - - Split active color: - - - Double mode colors alternate with transactions: - - - - - - Terminierte Buchungen: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - Run on GnuCash start: - - - Auto-Create new Scheduled Transactions by default: - - - Notify on new, auto-created Scheduled Transactions: - - - Default number of days in advance to create: - - - Default number of days in advance to remind: - - - Template Register Lines: - - - - - - Benutzerinformationen: - - This section contains the following preferences; - - - - User Name: - - - User Address: - - - - - - Erweitert: - - This section contains the following preferences (this screen is hidden by default); - - - - Save Window Geometry: - - - Application MDI mode: - - - Show Vertical Borders: - - - Show Horizontal Borders: - - - Auto-Raise Lists: - - - Show All Transactions: - - - Number of Rows: - - - - - - - HTMl-Stilvorlagen ändern - - GnuCash has two default stylesheets for webpage reports. These stylesheets can be altered by using the HTML Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to Edit -> Style Sheets... - - To add a new Style Sheet select the New... button in the Style Sheet pane. The New Style Sheet dialog will appear. Fill in the Name: of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from the list and click Delete. - - - Voreinstellung - - The Default Style Sheet has two tabs to alter the appearance of reports, General and Tables. - - Allgemein - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Background Pixmap: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports. - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports. - - - - - - Tabellen - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells - - - Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells - - - Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables. - - - - - - - Bunt - - The Technicolor Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of reports, Colors, General, Images and Tables. - - - Farben - - - - Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Text Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Link Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - Grand Total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color. - - - - - - Allgemein - - - - Preparer: Name of the person preparing the report. - - - Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the report is prepared for. - - - Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in the report. - - - Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports. - - - - - - Bilder - - - - Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports. - - - Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the heading in reports. - - - Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the logo in reports. - - - - - - Tabellen - - - - Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells - - - Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells - - - Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables. - - - - - - - - Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern - - The Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Options. The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the TXF Export function in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to Edit -> Tax Options. - - IMPORTANT: Most TXF codes should only appear on a single account! The exceptions are codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, each of which can appear many times. Of course, each duplicate should have a unique payer name. These are typically interest accounts or stocks or mutual funds that pay dividends. - - - - Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an account to set a TXF category. If no account is selected nothing is changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will be set to the selected item. - - - Tax Related: Select this checkbox to add tax information to an account then select the TXF Category below. - - - TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description appears just below. - - - Payer Name Source: A text description that is exported along with the value of the account. This is usually the name of a bank, stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally, it is a description of a deduction. - - - - - TXF Export - Bekannte Probleme - Ein TXF Export exportiert die Daten für eine Steuererklärung - in den USA. - - TaxCut 1999 - - - - Code: N488 "^ Sched B \ Div. income, cap gain distrib." - - - Code: N286 "^ Sched B \ Dividend income" - - - - These two codes, from the same payer, are not correlated. The user will have to adjust for this after import. - - TaxCut 1999, 2000 - - - - Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly" - - - - Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts, only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax enhancement) - - - - Code: N460 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, self" - - - Code: N506 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, spouse" - - - and other related codes. - - - - Information from only one job may be imported. - - TurboTax 1999, 2000 - - - - Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly" - - - - Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem for the last payment that is due Jan 15. GnuCash changes the the date of the last payment to Dec 31. The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only matters if you have to compute the penalty. - - TXF Tax eXport Format - - - - Duplicate Codes - - - - Most codes are not supposed to appear more than once. GnuCash issues an error message if it detects this, but will still export the data. These are not handled the same by TaxCut and TurboTax. - - - - TurboTax - - - - Sums the duplicate codes. i.e., job one and job two are added together. - - - - TaxCut - - - - Keeps only the LAST of the duplicate codes. i.e., job one is ignored and job two is kept. - - - - Ausführliche Beschreibung der US-amerikanischen TXF Kategorien - - Table 32. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions - - - - - - - - + + diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..564cd2a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,13159 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-14 15:06+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:20 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:485 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:255 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/application +#. (itstool) path: title/application +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:23 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:37 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:132 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:134 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:138 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:142 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:145 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:146 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:147 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:148 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:149 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:160 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:171 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:209 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:233 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:266 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:299 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:318 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:322 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:344 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:361 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:442 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:476 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:479 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:483 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:541 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:21 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:29 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:33 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:39 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:49 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:64 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:74 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:80 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:172 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:183 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:189 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:235 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:252 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:256 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:268 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:417 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:450 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:520 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:561 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:568 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:585 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:592 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:613 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:659 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:688 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:761 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:768 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:777 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:778 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:792 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:838 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:844 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:937 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:953 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1108 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1121 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1189 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1194 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1198 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1230 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1239 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1248 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1254 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1393 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1473 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1481 +msgid "&app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This section discusses some useful concepts for organizing your accounts. " +"Since <_:application-1/> does not impose any specific account tree layout, " +"you are free to design your account structure in any manner you wish. " +"However, there are a few basic accounting concepts which you will probably " +"want to follow when designing your accounts to maximize their utility." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Kapitel behandelt nützliche Konzepte für die Verwaltung Ihrer Konten. " +"Da &app; Ihnen keinen speziellen Kontenrahmen " +"aufdrängt, sind Sie frei, Ihre Kontenhierarchie in jeder gewünschten Weise " +"zu gestalten. Es gibt jedoch einige grundsätzliche Buchführungskonzepte, die " +"Sie bei der Gestaltung Ihrer Kontenhierarchie wahrscheinlich berücksichtigen " +"wollen, um ihre Brauchbarkeit zu maximieren." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:30 +msgid "Basic Accounting Concepts" +msgstr "Buchhaltungsgrundsätze" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:33 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:76 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:80 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:167 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:473 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:492 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:581 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:588 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:594 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:34 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:76 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:85 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:260 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:473 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:516 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:600 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Availability" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:34 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:77 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:90 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:156 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:314 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:323 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:373 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:461 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:474 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:522 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:523 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:659 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:660 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:35 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:105 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:157 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:343 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:345 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:376 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:394 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:474 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:528 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:529 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:605 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:606 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:35 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:158 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:360 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:411 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:475 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:534 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:535 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:612 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:618 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:624 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:630 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:636 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:40 +msgid "at a point in the time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:42 +msgid "change of values in a period of time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As we saw in the previous chapter, accounting is based on 5 basic account " +"types: <_:guilabel-1/>, <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, <_:guilabel-4/> " +"and <_:guilabel-5/>. We will now expand on our understanding of these " +"account types, and show how they are represented in <_:application-6/>. But " +"first, let’s divide them into 2 groups, the balance sheet accounts and " +"the income and expense accounts. As the name says the balance sheet accounts " +"can be summarized in the balance of what you own and owe <_:emphasis-7/>, " +"while the income and expense accounts can be summarized in the Profit & " +"Loss report, which shows the <_:emphasis-8/> like the economic year" +msgstr "" +"Wie wir im vorigen Kapitel gesehen haben, basiert die Buchführung auf fünf " +"grundlegenden Kontenarten: Aktiva, " +"Fremdkapital, Eigenkapital, " +"Ertrag und Aufwand. Wir erweitern " +"nun unser Verständnis dieser Kontentypen und zeigen, wie sie in " +"&app; dargestellt werden. Zuerst aber wollen wir " +"die Kontenarten in zwei Gruppen aufteilen: die Bestandskonten, deren Zusammenfassung die Bilanz zu einem bestimmten " +"Zeitpunkt ist, und die Erfolgskonten, welche " +"mit Aufwand und Ertrag die wertmäßigen Veränderungen in einem " +"Zeitraum wie dem Wirtschaftsjahr darstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)" +msgstr "" +"Aktiva - Fremdkapital = Eigenkapital + (Erträge - Aufwendungen)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Let’s have a quick look at the Accounting Equation (<_:emphasis-1/>) " +"again as a reminder, before we go deeper into each account type." +msgstr "" +"Bevor wir uns näher mit jedem Kontentyp befassen, lassen Sie uns noch einmal " +"zur Erinnerung die Buchhaltungsgleichung (Aktiva - Fremdkapital = " +"Eigenkapital + (Ertrag - Aufwand)) betrachten." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:61 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:120 +msgid "The basic accounts relationships" +msgstr "Die Beziehungen der Grundkonten" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:65 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:138 +msgid "" +"A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic accounts. Net worth " +"(equity) increases through income and decreases through expenses. The arrows " +"represent the movement of value." +msgstr "" +"Graphische Darstellung der Beziehungen der 5 Grundkonten zueinander. Das " +"Reinvermögen (Eigenkapital) erhöht sich durch Erträge und vermindert sich " +"durch Aufwendungen. Die Pfeile repräsentieren die Wertbewegungen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:73 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:75 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:164 +msgid "Balance Sheet Accounts" +msgstr "Bestandskonten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The three so-called <_:emphasis-1/> are <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, " +"and <_:guilabel-4/>. Balance Sheet Accounts are used to track the things you " +"own or owe." +msgstr "" +"Die drei sogenannten Bestandskonten sind " +"Aktiva, Fremdkapital, und " +"Eigenkapital. Bestandskonten werden benutzt, um über " +"Ihren Besitz und Ihre Schulden Buch zu führen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> is the group of things that you own. Your assets could " +"include a car, cash, a house, stocks, or anything else that has convertible " +"value. Convertible value means that theoretically you could sell the item " +"for cash." +msgstr "" +"Aktiva bezeichnet den Bereich Ihres Besitzes. Aktiva " +"können zum Beispiel ein Auto, Bargeld, ein Haus, Aktien und alles andere " +"sein, was einen konvertiblen Wert besitzt. Konvertibler Wert bedeutet, dass " +"Sie diesen Besitz zumindest theoretisch für Geld verkaufen können." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> is the group of things on which you owe money. Your " +"liabilities could include a car loan, a student loan, a mortgage, your " +"investment margin account, or anything else which you must pay back at some " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Fremdkapital bezeichnet den Bereich Ihrer Schulden. " +"Fremdkapital können zum Beispiel ein Autokredit, ein Studiendarlehen, ein " +"Hypothekendarlehen, ein Überziehungskredit und alles Andere sein, was Sie zu " +"einem späteren Zeitpunkt zurückzahlen müssen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> is the same as \"net worth.\" It represents what is left " +"over after you subtract your liabilities from your assets. It can be thought " +"of as the portion of your assets that you own outright, without any debt." +msgstr "" +"Eigenkapital ist dasselbe wie \"Reinvermögen\". Es " +"stellt dar, was übrig bleibt, wenn Sie Ihr Fremdkapital von Ihren Aktiva " +"abziehen. Es kann als der Teil Ihrer Aktiva betrachtet werden, den Sie ohne " +"irgendwelche Schulden besitzen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:97 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:99 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:341 +msgid "Income and Expense Accounts" +msgstr "Erfolgskonten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:101 +msgid "track" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:103 +msgid "change" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The two <_:guilabel-1/> are used to increase or decrease the value of your " +"accounts. Thus, while the balance sheet accounts simply <_:emphasis-2/> the " +"value of the things you own or owe, income and expense accounts allow you to " +"<_:emphasis-3/> the value of these accounts." +msgstr "" +"Die zwei Kontentypen Ertrag und Aufwand werden benutzt, um den Wert Ihrer Bestandskonten zu erhöhen oder " +"zu vermindern. Somit erlauben Ihnen Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten, den Wert " +"der Bestandskonten zu ändern, während die " +"Bestandskonten selbst nur den Wert des Besitzes, oder des Darlehens " +"erfassen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> is the payment you receive for your time, services you " +"provide, or the use of your money. When you receive a paycheck, for example, " +"that check is a payment for labor you provided to an employer. Other " +"examples of income include commissions, tips, dividend income from stocks, " +"and interest income from bank accounts. Income will always increase the " +"value of your Assets and thus your Equity." +msgstr "" +"Ertrag ist die Bezahlung, die Sie für Ihre Zeit, Ihre " +"Dienstleistungen, oder den Gebrauch Ihres Geldes erhalten. Wenn Sie Ihr " +"Gehalt erhalten, dann ist das zum Beispiel die Bezahlung für die Arbeit, die " +"Sie für Ihren Arbeitgeber verrichtet haben. Andere Beispiele für Erträge " +"sind Kommissionen, Trinkgelder, Dividenden Ihrer Aktien und Zinsen Ihrer " +"Bankkonten. Erträge erhöhen immer den Wert Ihrer Aktiva und somit des " +"Eigenkapitals." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:113 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:362 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:377 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:611 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:617 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:623 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:629 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:635 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:641 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:647 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:653 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:115 +msgid "for early consumption" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> refers to money you spend to purchase goods or services " +"provided by someone else <_:emphasis-2/>. Examples of expenses are a meal at " +"a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to see a play. " +"Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for the expense " +"immediately, you will decrease your Assets, whereas if you pay for the " +"expense on credit you increase your Liabilities." +msgstr "" +"Aufwand bezieht sich auf Geld, welches Sie ausgeben, um " +"Dinge oder Dienstleistungen eines anderen zum baldigen Verbrauch zu erwerben. Beispiele von Aufwendungen sind ein Essen in einem " +"Restaurant, Mietzahlungen, Lebensmitteleinkäufe, Treibstoff für Ihr Auto " +"oder Eintrittskarten für ein Fußballspiel. Aufwendungen verringern immer Ihr " +"Eigenkapital. Wenn Sie für die Aufwendungen direkt bezahlen, dann verringern " +"Sie damit Ihre Aktiva, wenn Sie dagegen Aufwendungen über einen Kredit " +"begleichen, dann erhöhen Sie Ihr Fremdkapital." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:127 +msgid "Erfolgskonten" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Aufwands- und Ertragskonten lassen sich unter dem Oberbegriff <_:" +"emphasis-1/> zusammenfassen." +msgstr "" +"Aufwands- und Ertragskonten lassen sich unter dem Oberbegriff " +"Erfolgskonten zusammenfassen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:application-1/> Accounts" +msgstr "&app;-Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This section will show how the <_:application-1/> definition of an account " +"fits into the view of the 5 basic accounting types." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie die &app;-" +"Definition eines Kontos mit den grundlegenden 5 Kontentypen zusammenpasst." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:138 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "account" +msgstr "Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "transactions" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "account trees" +msgstr "Kontenarten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"But first, let’s begin with a definition of an <_:guilabel-1/> in <_:" +"application-2/>. A <_:application-3/> <_:guilabel-4/> is an entity which " +"contains other sub-accounts, or that contains <_:guilabel-5/>. Since an " +"account can contain other accounts, you often see <_:guilabel-6/> in <_:" +"application-7/>, in which logically associated accounts are grouped together " +"within a common parent account." +msgstr "" +"Lassen Sie uns zuerst mit der Definition eines Kontos " +"in &app; anfangen. Ein &app; -Konto ist ein Objekt, welches andere " +"Unterkonten oder Buchungen enthält. Da ein Konto andere " +"Konten beinhalten kann, sehen Sie oft Konten-Bäume in " +"&app;, bei denen sinngemäß zusammenhängende " +"Konten unter einem gemeinsamen Oberkonto zu einer Gruppe zusammengefasst " +"werden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "account types" +msgstr "Kontenarten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:151 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:176 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:579 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:580 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:151 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:183 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:587 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:593 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:708 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:152 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:192 +msgid "Stock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:152 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:202 +msgid "Mutual Fund" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:153 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Die Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:153 +msgid "Other Assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:154 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:270 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:599 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "- Kreditkarten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:155 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:279 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Kontenarten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:155 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:294 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:517 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:710 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Liability" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Availability" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A <_:application-1/> account must have a unique name (that you assign) and " +"one of the predefined <_:application-2/> <_:quote-3/>. There are a total of " +"12 account types in <_:application-4/>. These 12 account types are based on " +"the 5 basic accounting types; the reason there are more <_:application-5/> " +"account types than basic accounting types is that this allows <_:" +"application-6/> to perform specialized tracking and handling of certain " +"accounts. There are 6 asset accounts (<_:emphasis-7/>, <_:emphasis-8/>, <_:" +"emphasis-9/>, <_:emphasis-10/>, <_:emphasis-11/>, and <_:emphasis-12/>), 3 " +"liability accounts (<_:emphasis-13/>, <_:emphasis-14/>, and <_:emphasis-15/" +">), 1 equity account (<_:emphasis-16/>), 1 income account (<_:emphasis-17/" +">), and 1 expense account (<_:emphasis-18/>)." +msgstr "" +"Ein &app; Konto muss einen eindeutigen Namen " +"haben (den Sie zuweisen) und eine der vorgegebenen &app;- Kontenarten. Es gibt insgesamt 12 Kontenarten " +"in &app;. Diese 12 Kontenarten basieren auf den " +"fünf grundlegenden Kontentypen; Grund für die höhere Anzahl an " +"&app;-Kontenarten ist, dass &app; dadurch für diese Konten eine besondere Erfassung und " +"Behandlung von Buchungsvorgängen ermöglicht. Es gibt 6 Aktiva-Kontenarten " +"(Bargeld, Bank, " +"Aktienkonto, Investmentfonds, " +"Forderungen, und Sonstige Aktiva), " +"3 Fremdkapital-Kontenarten (Kreditkarte, " +"Verbindlichkeiten, und Fremdkapital), 1 Eigenkapital-Kontoart (Eigenkapital), 1 " +"Ertrags-Kontoart (Ertrag), und eine Aufwands-Kontoart " +"(Aufwand)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These <_:application-1/> account types are presented in more detail below." +msgstr "" +"Diese &app; Kontenarten werden weiter unten " +"genauer dargestellt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first balance sheet account we will examine is <_:emphasis-1/>, which, " +"as you remember from the previous section, refers to things you own." +msgstr "" +"Das erste Bestandskonto, das wir untersuchen werden, ist das Konto " +"Aktiva, welches sich, wie Sie sich sicherlich erinnern, " +"auf Ihren Besitz bezieht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To help you organize your asset accounts and to simplify transaction entry, " +"<_:application-1/> supports several types of asset accounts:" +msgstr "" +"Um Ihnen zu helfen, Ihre Aktiva zu organisieren und um die Eingabe von " +"Buchungen zu vereinfachen, unterstützt &app; " +"verschiedene Typen von Aktiva-Konten:" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:179 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:187 +msgid "liquid" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> Use this account to track the money you have on hand, in " +"your wallet, in your piggy bank, under your mattress, or wherever you choose " +"to keep it handy. This is the most <_:emphasis-2/>, or easily traded, type " +"of asset." +msgstr "" +"Bargeld: Benutzen Sie diese Kontoart, um die " +"Geldbeträge zu verfolgen, welche Sie in der Hand, Ihrer Geldbörse, Ihrem " +"Sparschwein, unter Ihrer Matratze oder an einem anderen Platz aufbewahren, " +"um direkten Zugriff darauf zu haben. Das sind die am leichtesten " +"verfügbaren oder liquiden " +"Geldmittel." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> This account is used to track your cash balance that you " +"keep in institutions such as banks, credit unions, savings and loan, or " +"brokerage firms - wherever someone else safeguards your money. This is the " +"second most <_:emphasis-2/> type of account, because you can easily convert " +"it to cash on hand." +msgstr "" +"Bank: Benutzen Sie diese Kontoart, um Ihre Guthaben bei " +"Institutionen, wie zum Beispiel Banken, Bausparkassen oder Maklerfirmen (wo " +"jemand anders Ihr Geld absichert), zu verfolgen. Das sind die am zweit " +"leichtesten verfügbaren Geldmittel, da sie leicht in Bargeld umgewandelt " +"werden können." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> Track your individual stocks and bonds using this type of " +"account. The stock account’s register provides extra columns for " +"entering number of shares and price of your investment. With these types of " +"assets, you may not be able to easily convert them to cash unless you can " +"find a buyer, and you are not guaranteed to get the same amount of cash you " +"paid for them." +msgstr "" +"Aktienkonto: Benutzen Sie diesen Kontentyp, um die " +"Entwicklung Ihrer persönlichen Aktien und Rentenpapiere zu verfolgen. Die " +"Buchungsansicht dieses Kontentyps stellt Ihnen zusätzliche Spalten für die " +"Eingabe der Anzahl der Aktien und ihres Preises zur Verfügung. Diese Art von " +"Vermögen können Sie nicht so einfach in Bargeld umwandeln, es sei denn, Sie " +"finden einen Käufer. Sie bekommen auch nicht unbedingt den selben " +"Geldbetrag, den Sie beim Kauf der Aktien und Rentenpapiere bezahlt haben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> This is similar to the stock account, except that it is used " +"to track funds. Its account register provides the same extra columns for " +"entering share and price information. Funds represent ownership shares of a " +"variety of investments, and like stocks they do not offer any guaranteed " +"cash value." +msgstr "" +"Investmentfonds: Dieser Kontentyp ist dem Aktienkonto " +"ähnlich, außer dass er dazu benutzt wird, die Entwicklung von " +"Investmentfonds zu verfolgen. Die Buchungsansicht stellt Ihnen dieselben " +"zusätzlichen Spalten für die Eingabe der Anzahl der Fondsanteile und ihres " +"Preises zur Verfügung wie beim Aktienkonto. Investmentfonds stellen einen " +"Miteigentumsanteil für eine Vielzahl von Geldanlagen dar, und wie Aktien " +"garantieren sie keinen festen Geldwert." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:application-1/> treats account types Stock and Mutual Fund the same." +msgstr "" +"&app; behandelt die Kontentypen Aktien und " +"Investmentfonds auf die gleiche Weise." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> (A/Receivable) This is typically a business use only account " +"in which you place outstanding debts owed to you. It is considered an asset " +"because you should be able to count on these funds arriving." +msgstr "" +"Forderungen: Dieser Kontentyp wird normalerweise nur im " +"Geschäftsleben verwendet, da Sie hier noch nicht eingegangene Zahlungen für " +"von Ihnen erbrachte Leistungen oder gelieferte Produkte verwalten. Diese " +"Beträge werden schon als Vermögen betrachtet, weil Sie normalerweise damit " +"rechnen können, dass diese geschuldeten Geldbeträge bei Ihnen eintreffen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added, " +"changed or deleted in any way other than by using" +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should " +"not be added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:225 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:287 +msgid "post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:227 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:288 +msgid "process payment" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE process payment" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:232 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:234 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:493 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Asset" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> No matter how diverse they are, <_:application-2/> handles " +"many other situations easily. The account type <_:quote-3/>, covers all " +"assets not listed above." +msgstr "" +"Vermögen: Unabhängig davon, wie unterschiedlich dieses " +"Vermögen ist, kann &app; einfach viele " +"unterschiedliche Situationen verwalten. Der Kontentyp Vermögen deckt alle Aktiva ab, die oben noch nicht aufgezählt wurden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:application-1/> treats account types Cash, Bank and Asset the same." +msgstr "" +"&app; behandelt die Kontentypen Barvermögen, Bank " +"und Aktiva auf die gleiche Weise." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:241 +msgid "" +"Accounts are repositories of information used to track or record the kinds " +"of actions that occur related to the purpose for which the account is " +"established." +msgstr "" +"Konten sind Informationsspeicher, die dazu benutzt werden, um die Art von " +"auftretenden Vorgängen aufzuzeichnen oder zu verfolgen, für die das Konto " +"eingerichtet wurde." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:245 +msgid "" +"For businesses, activities being tracked and reported are frequently " +"subdivided more finely than what has been considered thus far. For a more " +"developed treatment of the possibilities, please read the descriptions " +"presented in of this Guide." +msgstr "" +"Im Wirtschaftsleben sind häufig die Vorgänge, die aufgezeichnet und verfolgt " +"werden, feiner aufgeteilt als wir sie bisher betrachtet haben. Für eine " +"fortgeschrittene Behandlung der Möglichkeiten lesen Sie bitte die " +"Beschreibung in Kapitel in diesem Kurs." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:251 +msgid "" +"For personal finances a person can follow the business groupings or not, as " +"they seem useful to the activities the person is tracking and to the kind of " +"reporting that person needs to have to manage their financial assets. For " +"additional information, consult of this Guide." +msgstr "" +"Für Ihre persönlichen Finanzen können Sie die in der Wirtschaft verwendeten " +"Kontenrahmen benutzen oder nicht, je nachdem, ob sie Ihnen für die " +"Erfassung, Verfolgung und den Bericht der auftretenden Vorgänge bei der " +"Verwaltung Ihrer persönlichen Finanzen nützlich erscheinen. Zusätzliche " +"Informationen finden Sie unter in diesem Leitfaden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:259 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The second balance sheet account is <_:emphasis-1/>, which as you recall, " +"refers to what you owe, money you have borrowed and are obligated to pay " +"back some day. These represent the rights of your lenders to obtain " +"repayment from you. Tracking the liability balances lets you know how much " +"debt you have at a given point in time." +msgstr "" +"Das zweite Bestandskonto ist das Konto Fremdkapital, " +"welches sich, wie Sie sich sicherlich erinnern, auf Ihre Schulden bezieht, " +"also auf Geld, welches Sie geliehen haben und zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt " +"zurückzahlen müssen. Dies stellt das Recht Ihrer Geldgeber dar, von Ihnen " +"eine Rückzahlung zu erhalten. Die Beobachtung Ihres Fremdkapitals zeigt " +"Ihnen, wie viele Schulden Sie zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt haben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:application-1/> offers three liability account types:" +msgstr "" +"&app; bietet drei Kontentypen für Fremdkapital:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:270 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> Use this to track your credit card receipts and reconcile " +"your credit card statements. Credit cards represent a short-term loan that " +"you are obligated to repay to the credit card company. This type of account " +"can also be used for other short-term loans such as a line of credit from " +"your bank." +msgstr "" +"Kreditkarte: Nutzen Sie diese Kontoart, um Ihre " +"Zahlungen mit der Kreditkarte zu verwalten und mit der Abrechnung der " +"Kreditkartengesellschaft abzugleichen. Kreditkarten stellen ein Kurzzeit-" +"Darlehen dar, und Sie sind verpflichtet den Betrag an die " +"Kreditkartengesellschaft zurückzuzahlen. Dieser Kontentyp kann auch für " +"andere Kurzzeit-Darlehen benutzt werden, wie zum Beispiel einen " +"Überziehungskredit Ihrer Bank." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:279 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> (A/Payable) This is typically a business use only account in " +"which you place bills you have yet to pay." +msgstr "" +"Verbindlichkeiten: Diese Kontoart wird normalerweise " +"nur im Geschäftsleben verwendet, da Sie hier eingegangene, aber noch nicht " +"bezahlte Rechnungen für Waren und Dienstleistungen anderer verwalten. Diese " +"Beträge werden als Darlehen betrachtet, weil Sie diese geschuldeten " +"Geldbeträge zum Fälligkeitsdatum bezahlen müssen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:284 +msgid "" +"Transactions involving an Accounts Payable account should not be added, " +"changed or deleted in any way other than by using <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Transactions involving an Accounts Payable account should " +"not be added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:guilabel-1/> Use this type of account for all other loans, generally " +"larger long-term loans such as a mortgage or vehicle loan. This account can " +"help you keep track of how much you owe and how much you have already repaid." +msgstr "" +"Fremdkapital: Nutzen Sie diese Kontoart für alle " +"anderen Darlehen. Das sind normalerweise langfristige Darlehen wie " +"Immobiliendarlehen oder Autokredite. Dieser Kontentyp hilft Ihnen dabei, die " +"Übersicht darüber zu behalten, wie viel Sie anderen noch schulden und wie " +"viel Sie bereits zurückgezahlt haben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:application-1/> treats account types Credit Card and Liability the same." +msgstr "" +"&app; behandelt die Kontentypen Kreditkarte und " +"Verbindlichkeiten auf die gleiche Weise." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:308 +msgid "credits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:309 +msgid "debits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:307 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Liabilities in accounting act in an opposite manner from assets: <_:" +"emphasis-1/> (right-column value entries) increase liability account " +"balances and <_:emphasis-2/> (left-column value entries) decrease them. (See " +"note later in this chapter)" +msgstr "" +"Fremdkapital hat in der Buchführung den gegenteiligen Effekt wie Aktiva: " +"Haben (Einträge in der rechten Spalte) erhöhen die " +"Kontenstände der Darlehnskonten und Soll (Einträge in " +"der linken Spalte) vermindern sie (siehe Anmerkung weiter unten in diesem " +"Kapitel)." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:315 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:336 +#, fuzzy +msgid "net worth" +msgstr "- Reinvermögen insgesamt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The final balance sheet account is <_:emphasis-1/>, which is synonymous with " +"<_:quote-2/>. It represents what is left over after you subtract your " +"liabilities from your assets, so it is the portion of your assets that you " +"own outright, without any debt. In <_:application-3/>, use this type of " +"account as the source of your opening bank balances, because these balances " +"represent your beginning net worth." +msgstr "" +"Die letzte Bestandskontoart ist Eigenkapital, was auch " +"gleichbedeutend ist mit Reinvermögen. Es stellt dar, was " +"übrig bleibt, wenn Sie Ihr Fremdkapital von Ihren Aktiva abziehen. Es kann " +"als der Teil Ihrer Aktiva betrachtet werden, den Sie ohne irgendwelche " +"Schulden besitzen. Nutzen Sie diese Kontoart in &app; als Quelle für die Eröffnungsbuchungen, die Erfassung der " +"Anfangsbestände Ihrer Konten, da deren Summe Ihrem anfänglichen Nettowert " +"oder Reinvermögen entspricht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:322 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is usually only a single <_:application-1/> equity account, called " +"naturally enough, <_:guilabel-2/>. For companies, cooperatives etc. you can " +"create a subaccount for each partner." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt normalerweise nur ein &app; " +"Eigenkapitalkonto, welches logischerweise auch Eigenkapital genannt wird. Bei Firmen, AGs usw. kann aber pro Teilhaber ein " +"Unterkonto angelegt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:327 +msgid "" +"In equity accounts, credits increase account balances and debits decrease " +"them. (See note later in this chapter)" +msgstr "" +"In Eigenkapitalkonten erhöhen Haben-Buchungen die Kontenstände und Soll-" +"Buchungen verringern sie (mehr dazu später in diesem Kapitel)." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:334 +#, fuzzy +msgid "things you own" +msgstr "- was Sie besitzen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "things you owe" +msgstr "- was Sie schulden." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:332 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The accounting equation that links balance-sheet accounts is Assets = " +"Liabilities + Equity or rearranged Assets - Liabilities = Equity. So, in " +"common terms, the <_:emphasis-1/> minus the <_:emphasis-2/> equals your <_:" +"emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" +"Die Gleichung, die die Bestandskontentypen verbindet ist Aktiva = Darlehen + " +"Eigenkapital oder auch umgestellt Aktiva - Darlehen = Eigenkapital. " +"Umgangssprachlich, die Dinge, die Sie besitzen, minus " +"die Dinge, die Sie schulden, ist gleich dem " +"Reinvermögen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:emphasis-1/> is the payment you receive for your time, services you " +"provide, or the use of your money. In <_:application-2/>, use an <_:" +"guilabel-3/> type account to track these." +msgstr "" +"Ertrag ist die Zahlung, die Sie für Ihre " +"bereitgestellte Zeit, für von Ihnen erbrachte Dienstleistungen oder für die " +"Nutzung Ihres Geldes erhalten. Nutzen Sie ein Konto vom Typ Ertrag " +", um diese Zahlungen in &app; zu " +"verfolgen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:351 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:352 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:30 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:31 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:510 +msgid "from" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:354 +msgid "increases" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Credits increase income account balances and debits decrease them. As " +"described in <_:xref-1/>, credits represent money transferred <_:emphasis-2/" +"> an account. So in these special income accounts, when you transfer money " +"<_:emphasis-3/> (credit) the income account to another account, the balance " +"of the income account <_:emphasis-4/>. For example, when you deposit a " +"paycheck and record the transaction as a transfer from an income account to " +"a bank account, the balances of both accounts increase." +msgstr "" +"Haben-Buchungen erhöhen den Kontostand eines Ertragskontos und Soll-" +"Buchungen vermindern ihn. Wie in " +"beschrieben, repräsentieren Haben-Buchungen Geld, welches von einem Konto genommen wird. Speziell für Ertragskonten gilt, wenn " +"Sie Geld von diesem Konto (Haben) zu einem anderen " +"Konto transferieren, erhöht sich der Kontostand des " +"Ertragskontos. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine Gehaltsbuchung als Transaktionen " +"von einem Ertragskonto zu Ihrem Bankkonto eingeben, erhöht sich der " +"Kontostand beider Konten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:360 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:emphasis-1/> refer to money you spend to purchase goods or services " +"provided by someone else. In <_:application-2/>, use an <_:guilabel-3/> type " +"account to track your expenses." +msgstr "" +"Aufwand bezieht sich auf Geld, welches Sie ausgeben, um " +"Waren und Dienstleistungen eines Anderen zu erwerben. Benutzen Sie in " +"&app; ein Konto vom Typ Aufwand, um Ihre Aufwendungen zu erfassen." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:365 +msgid "" +"Debits increase expense account balances and credits decrease them. (See " +"note later in this chapter.)" +msgstr "" +"Soll-Buchungen erhöhen den Kontostand von Aufwandskonten und Haben-Buchungen " +"vermindern den Kontostand (siehe unten)." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you subtract total expenses from total income for a time period, you " +"get net income. This net income is then added to the balance sheet as " +"retained earnings, which is a type of <_:guilabel-1/> account." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie für eine bestimmte Zeit Ihre gesamten Aufwendungen von Ihren " +"gesamten Erträge abziehen, erhalten Sie Ihren Nettoertrag. Dieser " +"Nettoertrag wird in der Bilanz als einbehaltener Gewinn aufgeführt, woraus " +"mit Abschluss des Wirtschaftsjahres Eigenkapital wird." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Common Accounts" +msgstr "Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:379 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:486 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:620 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:950 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:379 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Account Hierarchy..." +msgstr "Einrichtung einer neuen Kontenhierarchie" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:376 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Below are the standard <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/> accounts after " +"selecting <_:guilabel-3/> in the assistant for creating a new Account " +"Hierarchy (<_:menuchoice-4/>)." +msgstr "" +"Unten sehen Sie Ertrags- und Aufwands-Konten nach der Auswahl von Allgemeine Konten " +"im Assistenten für die Erstellung eines neuen Kontenplans ( " +"Aktionen Kontenhierarchie hinzufügen... )." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:390 +msgid "Default income accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:394 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows the standard <_:emphasis-1/> accounts" +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt die allgemeinen Ertrags-Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Some default expense accounts" +msgstr "Erfolgskonten" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:411 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows some standard <_:emphasis-1/> accounts" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt einige allgemeine Aufwands-Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:419 +msgid "Other Account Types" +msgstr "Weitere Kontentypen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:421 +msgid "There are some special other account types." +msgstr "Es gibt einige weitere Kontentypen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:423 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:424 +msgid "Trading" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:emphasis-1/> Multiple currency transactions have splits in <_:quote-2/> " +"accounts to make the transaction balance in each currency as well as in " +"total value. See for more information." +msgstr "" +"Der Handel mit verschiedenen Währungen wird auf Wunsch " +"in Handels-konten protokolliert, um den Rechnungsabschluss " +"sowohl in jeder Währung als auch im Gesamtwert zu erstellen. Mehr " +"Informationen unter" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +msgid "Money Market" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +msgid "Credit Line" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:emphasis-1/> and <_:emphasis-2/>are used only in the OFX importer, " +"apparently for completeness with the specification." +msgstr "" +"Money Market und Credit Line " +"werden nur vom OFX-Importmodul verwendet, offensichtlich aus Gründen der " +"Vollständigkeit der Spezifikation." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:438 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1338 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1245 +msgid "Putting It All Together" +msgstr "Alles Zusammensetzen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:441 +msgid "chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:440 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Let’s go through the process of building a common personal finance <_:" +"emphasis-1/> using the information we have learned from this chapter. A " +"chart of accounts is simply a new <_:application-2/> file in which you group " +"your accounts to track your finances. In building this chart of accounts, " +"the first task is to divide the items you want to track into the basic " +"account types of accounting. This is fairly simple, let’s go through " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Wir wollen jetzt mithilfe des in diesem Kapitel Gelernten einen allgemeinen " +"persönlichen Kontenplan aufbauen. Ein Kontenplan ist " +"einfach eine neue &app;-Datei, in der Sie Ihre " +"Konten angelegt haben, um Ihre Finanzen zu verfolgen. Beim Aufbau dieses " +"Kontenplans ist die erste Aufgabe, die zu verfolgenden Posten den " +"grundlegenden Kontentypen zuzuordnen. Das ist ziemlich einfach, wie wir in " +"folgendem Beispiel sehen können." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:449 +msgid "Simple Example" +msgstr "Einfaches Beispiel" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:451 +msgid "" +"Let us assume you have a checking and a savings account at a bank, and are " +"employed and thus receive a paycheck. You have a credit card (Visa), and you " +"pay monthly utilities in the form of rent, phone, and electricity. " +"Naturally, you also need to buy groceries. For now, we will not worry about " +"how much money you have in the bank, how much you owe on the credit card, " +"etc. We want to simply build the framework for this chart of accounts." +msgstr "" +"Wir wollen annehmen, dass Sie ein Girokonto und ein Sparkonto bei der Bank " +"haben, dass Sie angestellt sind und deshalb Gehaltszahlungen empfangen. Sie " +"haben eine Kreditkarte (Visa) und zahlen monatlich Miete, Telefon und Strom. " +"Natürlich brauchen Sie auch Bargeld für den Einkauf von Lebensmitteln. " +"Vorerst kümmern wir uns noch nicht darum, wie viel Geld Sie auf Ihren " +"Bankkonten haben, oder wie viele offene Rechnungen Ihre Kreditkarte aufweist " +"usw. wir wollen nur das Grundgerüst für diesen Kontenplan erzeugen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:459 +msgid "assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "liabilities" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Availability" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:463 +msgid "income" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:464 +msgid "expenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Your <_:guilabel-1/> would be the bank savings and checking account. Your <_:" +"guilabel-2/> are the credit card. Your <_:guilabel-3/> would be the starting " +"values of your bank accounts and credit card (we do not have those amounts " +"yet, but we know they exist). You have <_:guilabel-4/> in the form of a " +"salary, and <_:guilabel-5/> in the form of groceries, rent, electricity, " +"phone, and taxes (Federal, Social Security, Medicare) on your salary." +msgstr "" +"Ihre Aktiva sind das Sparkonto und das Girokonto. Ihr " +"Fremdkapital ist die Kreditkarte und Ihr " +"Eigenkapital sind die Anfangskontostände Ihrer " +"Bankkonten und der Kreditkarte (auch wenn wir diese noch nicht kennen, so " +"wissen wir doch, dass es sie gibt). Sie haben Erträge " +"in Form Ihres Arbeitslohns und Aufwendungen in Form der " +"Lebensmitteleinkäufe, der Miete, der Strom- und Telefonrechnung, und Steuern " +"und Sozialabgaben auf Ihr Einkommen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:470 +msgid "The Basic Top Level Accounts" +msgstr "Grundlegende Konten der obersten Ebene" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:472 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now, you must decide how you want to group these accounts. Most likely, you " +"want your <_:emphasis-1/> grouped together, your <_:emphasis-2/> grouped " +"together, your <_:emphasis-3/> grouped together, your <_:emphasis-4/> " +"grouped together, and your <_:emphasis-5/> grouped together. This is the " +"most common way of building a <_:application-6/> chart of accounts, and it " +"is highly recommended that you always begin this way." +msgstr "" +"Jetzt müssen Sie sich entscheiden, wie Sie Ihre Konten gruppieren wollen. " +"Höchstwahrscheinlich wollen Sie jeweils Ihre Aktiva, " +"Ihr Fremdkapital, Ihr Eigenkapital, Ihre Erträge und Ihre " +"Aufwendungen zusammenfassen. Das ist die normale Art " +"und Weise, einen &app; -Kontenplan aufzubauen. Es " +"wird im hohen Maße empfohlen, dass Sie immer auf diese Art und Weise " +"anfangen." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:480 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File" +msgstr "Dateien" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New File" +msgstr "Dateien" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:481 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:353 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:45 +msgid "New Account Hierarchy Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung einer neuen Kontenhierarchie" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:481 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1223 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:484 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:84 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:101 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1292 +msgid "View" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Accounts Page" +msgstr "Die Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:486 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Account..." +msgstr "Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:479 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start with a clean <_:application-1/> file by selecting <_:menuchoice-2/> " +"from the menu. The <_:guilabel-3/> assistant will start. Press <_:" +"guibutton-4/> to close the assistant as we don’t want to use one of " +"the predefined accounts structure; instead we will build a basic starting " +"account structure from scratch. In the empty <_:application-5/> window " +"select <_:menuchoice-6/> from the menu: the <_:guilabel-7/> tab will open. " +"Finally select <_:menuchoice-8/>." +msgstr "" +"Durch Betätigen von Datei Neue " +"Datei fangen Sie mit einer leeren " +"&app;-Datei an. Den Assistenten zum Aufbau eines " +"Kontenplans verlassen Sie bitte durch Druck auf die Taste " +"Abbrechen, da wir diesmal nicht einen der " +"vorgefertigten Kontenrahmen benutzen wollen. Stattdessen werden wir ganz von " +"vorne anfangen, und die grundlegenden Kontenstrukturen selber aufbauen. Im " +"leeren &app;-Fenster wählen Sie bitte " +" Ansicht Neue Kontenhierarchie aus dem Menü: Die Konten-" +"Seite öffnet sich. Zuletzt wählen Sie Aktionen Neues Konto... ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:488 +msgid "Now you are ready to build this basic starting account structure" +msgstr "Jetzt sind Sie bereit, den grundlegenden Kontenplan aufzubauen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:493 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:517 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:523 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:529 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New top level account" +msgstr "Grundlegende Konten der obersten Ebene" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:492 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:516 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:522 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:528 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Account name <_:guilabel-1/> (account type <_:guilabel-2/>, parent account " +"<_:guilabel-3/>)" +msgstr "" +"Kontobezeichnung Bargeld (Kontoart Bargeld, Hauptkonto Aktiva)" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:504 +msgid "Creating an Assets account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:508 +msgid "This image shows the dialog to create an assets account" +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt den Dialog bei der Erstellung eines Aktivakontos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you have created the top-level accounts, the main Account page in <_:" +"application-1/> should look like below." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie die Konten der obersten Ebene angelegt haben, sollte die Konto-" +"Seite in &app; folgendermaßen aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Basic Top-level Accounts" +msgstr "Grundlegende Konten der obersten Ebene" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:555 +msgid "This image shows the basic top-level accounts." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt die grundlegenden Konten der obersten Ebene" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:562 +msgid "Making Sub-Accounts" +msgstr "Unterkonten anlegen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:566 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:634 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:564 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can now add to this basic top-level tree structure by inserting some " +"real transaction-holding sub-accounts. Notice that the tax accounts are " +"placed within a sub-account named <_:emphasis-1/>. You can make sub-accounts " +"within sub-accounts. This is typically done with a group of related accounts " +"(such as tax accounts in this example)." +msgstr "" +"Den Konten der obersten Ebene können Sie jetzt Unterkonten hinzufügen, die " +"für die tatsächlichen Buchungen gedacht sind. Beachten Sie, dass die " +"Abgabenkonten unterhalb eines Unterkontos mit Namen Steuer angelegt werden. Sie können Unterkonten innerhalb von Unterkonten " +"anlegen. Dies wird normalerweise für eine Gruppe zusammenhängender Konten " +"getan, den Abgabenkonten in unserem Beispiel." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Instead of selecting <_:menuchoice-1/> from the menu, you can alternatively " +"create a new sub-account of an account by right clicking on the main " +"account’s name and selecting the <_:guilabel-2/> entry. This will open " +"a dialog similar to the one depicted in <_:xref-3/> where the new sub-" +"account will be already set as a child of the main account." +msgstr "" +"Statt Aktionen Neues Konto... aus dem Menü zu wählen, können Sie alternativ ein " +"Unterkonto durch einen Rechtsklick auf den Namen des übergeordneten Kontos " +"und anschließender Auswahl des Eintrags Neues Konto... " +"erzeugen. Es wird ein Dialog ähnlich dem unter dargestellten Dialog geöffnet, mit dem Unterschied, " +"dass in diesem Dialog das übergeordnete Konto bereits als Hauptkonto des " +"neuen Kontos eingetragen ist." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:579 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:586 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:592 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:598 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:604 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:610 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:616 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:622 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:628 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:634 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:640 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:646 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:652 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:658 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Account name <_:guilabel-1/> (account type <_:guilabel-2/>, parent account " +"<_:emphasis-3/>)" +msgstr "" +"Kontobezeichnung Bargeld (Kontoart Bargeld, Hauptkonto Aktiva)" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:586 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:408 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:448 +msgid "Checking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:592 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Savings" +msgstr "Daten speichern" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:598 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +msgid "Visa" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:604 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:610 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:616 +msgid "Electricity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:622 +msgid "Rent" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:628 +msgid "Groceries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:640 +msgid "Federal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:642 ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:648 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:654 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:646 +msgid "Social Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:652 +msgid "Medicare" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:658 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:454 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Opening Balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:664 +msgid "" +"After you have created these additional sub-accounts, the end result should " +"look like below" +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie diese zusätzlichen Unterkonten erzeugt haben, sollte das " +"Resultat folgendermaßen aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:675 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Basic Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:679 +msgid "This image shows a simple chart of accounts." +msgstr "Dieses Beispiel zeigt einen einfachen Kontenplan." + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:685 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:447 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1239 +msgid "gcashdata_3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:685 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1257 +msgid "gcashdata_3emptyAccts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:684 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Save this chart of accounts with the name <_:filename-1/>, as well as <_:" +"filename-2/>, as we will continue to use them in the later chapters." +msgstr "" +"Speichern Sie diesen Kontenplan unter dem Namen gcashdata_3, und auch unter gcashdata_3emptyAccts, da wir " +"ihn in späteren Kapiteln weiterbenutzt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:688 +msgid "" +"You have now created a chart of accounts to track a simple household budget. " +"With this basic framework in place, we can now begin to populate the " +"accounts with transactions. The next chapter will cover this subject in " +"greater detail." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben jetzt einen Kontenplan erzeugt, um ein einfaches Haushalts-Budget " +"zu verfolgen. Mit diesem Grundgerüst an Konten können wir nun anfangen, die " +"Konten mit Buchungen zu füllen. Dieses Thema wird im nächsten Kapitel " +"detailliert beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:23 +msgid "The Basics" +msgstr "Die Grundlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:25 +msgid "" +"This chapter will introduce some of the basics of using &app;. It is recommended that you read through this chapter, before " +"starting to do any real work with &app;. Next " +"chapters will begin to show you hands on examples." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Kapitel stellt einige der Grundlagen von &app; vor. Es wird empfohlen, dieses Kapitel zu lesen, bevor Sie " +"ernsthaft mit der Arbeit mit &app; beginnen. In " +"den nachfolgenden Kapiteln werden konkrete Beispiele eingeführt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:31 +msgid "Accounting Concepts" +msgstr "Grundlagen der Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:32 +msgid "AccountingConcepts" +msgstr "BuchführungGrundlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:34 +msgid "" +"&app; is easy enough to use that you do not need " +"to have a complete understanding of accounting principles to find it useful. " +"However, you will find that some basic accounting knowledge will prove to be " +"invaluable as &app; was designed using these " +"principles as a template. It is highly recommended that you understand this " +"section of the guide before proceeding." +msgstr "" +"&app; ist so einfach zu bedienen, dass Sie keine " +"umfassenden Buchführungskenntnisse benötigen, um das Programm sinnvoll " +"einsetzen zu können. Allerdings werden Sie feststellen, dass sich die " +"Kenntnis einiger grundlegender Prinzipien der als von unschätzbarer Wert " +"erweisen wird, da &app; nach Vorlage dieser " +"Prinzipien entwickelt wurde. Es ist daher höchst empfehlenswert, dass Sie " +"diesen Abschnitt verstehen, bevor Sie fortfahren." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:42 +msgid "The 5 Basic Accounts" +msgstr "Die 5 grundlegenden Kontoarten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Basic accounting rules group all finance related things into 5 fundamental " +"types of accounts. That is, everything that accounting deals " +"with can be placed into one of these 5 accounts:" +msgstr "" +"Elementare Buchführungsregeln gruppieren alle finanziellen Dinge in 5 " +"fundamentalen Arten von Konten. Das heißt, dass alles, womit " +"sich Buchführung befasst, einem dieser 5 Konten zugeordnet werden kann:" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:49 +msgid "Account types" +msgstr "Kontenarten" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:51 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Aktiva" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:53 +msgid "Things you own" +msgstr "- was Sie besitzen." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:58 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Fremdkapital" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:60 +msgid "Things you owe" +msgstr "- was Sie schulden." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:65 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigenkapital" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:67 +msgid "Overall net worth" +msgstr "- Reinvermögen insgesamt." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:72 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Erträge" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:74 +msgid "Increases the value of your accounts" +msgstr "- erhöhen den Wert Ihrer Konten." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:80 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Aufwendungen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:82 +msgid "Decreases the value of your accounts" +msgstr "- vermindern den Wert Ihrer Konten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:88 +msgid "" +"It is clear that it is possible to categorize your financial world into " +"these 5 groups. For example, the cash in your bank account is an asset, your " +"mortgage is a liability, your paycheck is income, and the cost of dinner " +"last night is an expense." +msgstr "" +"Als Grundsatz gilt, dass sich Ihre finanzielle Welt in diese 5 Gruppen " +"einteilen lässt. Zum Beispiel gehört das Guthaben auf Ihrem Bankkonto zu den " +"Aktiva, Ihre Hypothek zum Fremdkapital, Ihre Gehaltszahlung zu den Erträgen " +"und die Kosten für das gestrige Abendessen zu den Aufwendungen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:95 +msgid "The Accounting Equation" +msgstr "Bilanzgleichung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:97 +msgid "" +"With the 5 basic accounts defined, what is the relationship between them? " +"How does one type of account affect the others? Firstly, equity is defined " +"by assets and liability. That is, your net worth is calculated by " +"subtracting your liabilities from your assets:" +msgstr "" +"Nachdem die 5 Grundkonten definiert sind, wie stehen sie in Beziehung " +"zueinander? Wie beeinflusst ein Konto die anderen? Erstens, das Eigenkapital " +"ist durch Aktiva und Fremdkapital definiert. Das heißt, Ihr Reinvermögen " +"wird berechnet durch Subtraktion Ihrer Schulden von dem, was Sie besitzen:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:102 +msgid "Assets - Liabilities = Equity" +msgstr "Aktiva - Fremdkapital = Eigenkapital" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can increase your equity through income, and decrease " +"equity through expenses. This makes sense of course, when you receive a " +"paycheck you become richer and when you pay for dinner you " +"become poorer. This is expressed mathematically in what is " +"known as the Accounting Equation:" +msgstr "" +"Darüber hinaus können Sie Ihr Eigenkapital durch Erträge vermehren und durch " +"Aufwendungen vermindern. Das macht natürlich Sinn. Denn wenn man eine " +"Gehaltszahlung bekommt, wird man reicher und wenn man Geld " +"ausgibt, wird man ärmer. Mathematisch wird dies durch die so " +"genannte Bilanzgleichung ausgedrückt:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)" +msgstr "" +"Aktiva - Fremdkapital = Eigenkapital + (Erträge - Aufwendungen)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This equation must always be balanced, a condition that can only be " +"satisfied if you enter values to multiple accounts. For example: if you " +"receive money in the form of income you must see an equal increase in your " +"assets. As another example, you could have an increase in assets if you have " +"a parallel increase in liabilities." +msgstr "" +"Diese Gleichung muss immer ausgeglichen sein, eine Bedingung, die nur dann " +"erfüllt sein kann, wenn Sie Werte in mehrere Konten eingeben. Zum Beispiel: " +"wenn Sie Geld in Form von Erträgen erhalten, dann müssen Sie den gleichen " +"Anstieg in Ihren Aktiva haben. Als ein weiteres Beispiel könnten Sie einen " +"Anstieg der Aktiva haben, wenn Sie einen parallelen Anstieg bei den " +"Verbindlichkeiten haben." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png' " +"md5='528e18b6333a83cd221cbe3c7f1876aa'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png' " +"md5='2b8ad746685110be170a4de89c25a0d7'" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:130 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.svg' " +"md5='d2cef081572004ee252903be5619cd04'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.svg' " +"md5='093dcc5cab978ae2b18d0fb99326b6ba'" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:122 +msgid "" +" The basic " +"accounts relationships <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +"Die Beziehungen der Grundkonten <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:149 +msgid "Double Entry" +msgstr "Doppelte Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The accounting equation is the very heart of a double entry " +"accounting system. For every change in value of one account in " +"the Accounting Equation, there must be a balancing change in another. This " +"concept is known as the Principle of Balance, and is " +"of fundamental importance for understanding &app; " +"and other double entry accounting systems. When you work with " +"&app;, you will always be concerned with at least " +"2 accounts, to keep the accounting equation balanced." +msgstr "" +"Die Bilanzgleichung ist das Kernstück der Doppelten Buchführung. Für jede " +"Veränderung im Wert eines Kontos muss es eine ausgleichende Buchung in einem " +"anderen Konto geben. Dieses Konzept ist bekannt als das Prinzip " +"des ausgeglichenen Saldos und ist von fundamentaler Bedeutung für " +"das Verständnis von &app; und anderen Systemen " +"zur Doppelten Buchführung. Wenn Sie mit &app; " +"arbeiten, werden Sie immer mit mindestens 2 Konten zu tun haben, damit die " +"Bilanzgleichung ausgeglichen bleibt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Balancing changes (or transfers of money) among accounts are done by " +"debiting one account and simultaneously crediting another. Accounting " +"debits and credits do not mean " +"decrease and increase. Debits and credits each " +"increase certain types of accounts and decrease others. In asset and expense " +"accounts, debits increase the balance and credits decrease the balance. In " +"liability, equity and income accounts, credits increase the balance and " +"debits decrease the balance." +msgstr "" +"Bilanzielle Änderungen (oder Überweisungen von Geld) zwischen Konten " +"erfolgen durch Belastung des einen Kontos und eine gleichzeitige Entlastung " +"eines anderen. Das Buchen von Soll und " +"Haben bedeutet nicht vermindern und " +"erhöhen. Soll und Haben erhöhen jeweils bestimmte Kontenarten " +"und vermindern andere. In Aktiva- und Aufwandskonten erhöhen Sollbuchungen " +"die Bilanz und Habenbuchungen vermindern sie. Bei Verbindlichkeits-, " +"Eigenkapital- und Ertragskonten erhöhen Habenbuchungen die Bilanz und " +"Sollbuchungen vermindern sie." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:170 +msgid "" +"In traditional double-entry accounting, the left column in the register is " +"used for debits, while the right column is used for credits. Accountants " +"record increases in asset and expense accounts on the debit (left) side, and " +"they record increases in liability, revenue, and equity accounts on the " +"credit (right) side. &app; follows this " +"convention in the register." +msgstr "" +"In der herkömmlichen Doppelten Buchführung wird die linke Spalte einer " +"Tabelle für die Sollbuchungen genutzt, während die rechte Spalte für " +"Habenbuchungen genutzt wird. Buchhalter zeichnen Erhöhungen in Aktiva- und " +"Aufwandskonten auf der Soll- (linken) Seite auf und Erhöhungen in " +"Verbindlichkeits-, Ertrags- und Eigenkapitalkonten auf der Haben- (rechten) " +"Seite. &app; folgt dieser Vereinbarung in der " +"Tabelle." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:178 +msgid "" +"This accounting terminology can be confusing to new users, which is why " +"&app; allows you to use the common terms " +"Deposit and Withdrawal. If you " +"prefer the formal accounting terms, you can change the account register " +"column headings to use them in the Accounts tab under " +"Preferences (see the &app; " +"Help Manual for more information on setting preferences)." +msgstr "" +"Die Bezeichnung doppelte Buchführung ist für neue " +"Nutzer etwas irreführend, weil &app; Ihnen " +"erlaubt die allgemeinen Begriffe Einzahlung und " +"Auszahlung zu nutzen. Wenn Sie die formalen " +"Buchhaltungsausdrücke vorziehen, können Sie die Kopfzeilen der Kontenansicht " +"ändern, indem sie Buchungsüberschriften aus dem Rechnungswesen auf dem Konten-Reiter unter " +"Bearbeiten Eigenschaften markieren." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Common use of the words debit and credit does not match how accountants use these words. In common use, " +"credit generally has positive associations; in " +"accounting, credit means affecting the right " +"column of the ledger sheet of an account. This is associated with " +"a decrease in asset and expense, but an " +"increase of income, liability and equity accounts." +msgstr "" +"Die gemeine Nutzung der Worte Soll und " +"Haben stimmt nicht damit überein, wie Buchhalter diese " +"Worte nutzen. Im Allgemeinen ist es angenehmer, etwas zu haben als etwas zu sollen; der Kaufmann hingegen " +"verkürzt hier \"Wir haben zu zahlen\" (ist der " +"Creditor) oder \"Sie sollen zahlen (ist der Debitor)\". " +"Praktisch hat Haben in der Buchhaltung die Bedeutung " +"auf der rechten Seite eines Kontos buchen, was dann " +"eine Abnahme bei den Aktiva und Aufwandskonten, aber einer Zunahme bei den " +"Ertragskonten und Passiva (Fremd- und des Eigenkapitalkonten) bewirkt." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:197 +msgid "" +"For more details see ." +msgstr "" +"Für mehr Informationen schauen Sie unter und ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:204 +msgid "Data Entry Concepts" +msgstr "Konzepte der Dateneingabe" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:206 +msgid "" +"When entering data in &app;, you should be aware " +"of the 3 levels of organization in which &app; " +"divides your data: files, accounts and transactions. These levels are " +"presented in their order of complexity, one file contains many accounts and " +"one account contains many transactions. This division is fundamental to " +"understanding how to use &app;." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Daten in &app; eingeben, sollten Sie " +"sich der 3 Organisationsebenen bewusst sein, in die &app; Ihre Daten unterteilt: Dateien, Konten und Buchungen. Diese " +"Ebenen werden nach Komplexität geordnet vorgestellt. Eine Datei enthält " +"viele Konten und ein Konto enthält viele Buchungen. Diese Unterteilung ist " +"fundamental, um zu verstehen, wie &app; benutzt " +"wird." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:213 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "Dateien" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:215 +msgid "" +"&app; stores information at the highest level in " +"files. A file can be stored on your computer either as a single " +"XML file (in all versions of &app;), or in a SQL database (in &app;" +" version 2.4 and higher)." +msgstr "" +"&app; speichert Informationen auf höchster Ebene " +"in Dateien. Eine Datei kann auf Ihrem Computer sowohl als eine einzelne " +"XML-Datei (in allen Versionen von &app;) oder in einer SQL -Datenbank (in " +"&app; Version 2.4 und höher)." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:222 +msgid "" +"SQL is pronounced sequel, so in spoken and " +"written language we would say a SQL database." +msgstr "" +"SQL wird sequel ausgesprochen, so dass wir " +"in der gesprochenen und geschriebenen Sprache eine SQL-Datenbank sagen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:227 +msgid "" +"With the XML file format, &app; stores your data in an XML data file, " +"usually in compressed format (although this can be changed in the " +"General tab of the &app; " +"Preferences)." +msgstr "" +"Mit dem XML-Dateiformat, speichert &app; Ihre Dateien in einer XML -Datendatei, " +"üblicherweise in einem komprimierten Format (obgleich Sie dies im Reiter " +"Allgemein in den Eigenschaften " +"von &app; ändern können)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:233 +msgid "" +"With SQL storage, &app; stores " +"your data in a SQL database under the database " +"application you select (SQLite3, MySQL or PostgreSQL)." +msgstr "" +"Mit SQL-Speichern speichert &app; Ihre Daten in eine SQL-Datenbank unter der " +"Datenbankanwendung ab, die Sie ausgewählt haben (SQLite3, MySQL oder " +"PostgreSQL)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:238 +msgid "" +"You will need one main file or database for each set of accounts you are " +"maintaining. To learn how to create and manage &app; files, see ." +msgstr "" +"Sie benötigen eine Hauptdatei oder Datenbank für jeden Kontensatz, den Sie " +"pflegen. Um zu lernen, wie Sie &app;-Dateien " +"erstellen und verwalten, schauen Sie in ." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:244 +msgid "" +"If you think you might need more than one set of accounts, you might want to " +"consult a professional accountant or bookkeeper before proceeding. Most " +"users will probably have only one data file." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie denken, Sie benötigen mehr als einen Kontensatz, sollten Sie einen " +"erfahren Buchhalter hinzuziehen, bevor Sie fortfahren. Die meisten Nutzer " +"nutzen nur eine Datendatei." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Backup files and log files are automatically generated by &app;" +" when appropriate. Backup and log files are described in ." +msgstr "" +"Sicherungs- und Protokolldateien werden automatisch von &app; erstellt, wenn es zweckdienlich ist. Die Sicherungs- und " +"Protokolldateien sind in beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:257 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An account keeps track of " +"what you own, owe, spend or receive. Each &app; " +"file can contain any number of accounts, and each account can contain many " +"sub-accounts up to an arbitrary number of levels. This simple feature gives " +"&app; much of its power in managing your " +"finances, as you will see in later chapters." +msgstr "" +"Ein zeichnet auf, was Sie besitzen, schulden, ausgeben oder erhalten. Jede " +"&app;-Datei kann eine beliebige Anzahl von Konten " +"enthalten, und jedes Konto kann viele Unterkonten in beliebigen Ebenen " +"haben. Diese einfache Eigenschaft macht &app; zu " +"einem mächtigen Werkzeug, Ihre Finanzen zu verwalten, wie Sie in den " +"nächsten Kapiteln sehen werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Examples of accounts include: checking accounts, savings accounts, credit " +"card accounts, mortgages, and loans. Each &app; " +"account tracks the activity for that real account, and can " +"inform you of its status." +msgstr "" +"Beispiele von Konten schließen ein: , , Kreditkartenkonto, Hypotheken und " +"Darlehen. Jedes &app;-Konto zeichnet die " +"Aktivitäten für dieses tatsächliche Konto auf und informiert Sie über seinen " +"Stand." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:269 +msgid "" +"In addition, accounts are also used to categorize the money you receive or " +"spend. For example, you can create expense accounts to track the money you " +"pay on utilities or groceries. Even though these are not accounts that " +"receive statements, they allow you to determine how much money is being " +"spent in each of these areas." +msgstr "" +"In &app; werden Konten auch genutzt, um Gelder, " +"die Sie erhalten oder ausgeben, zu klassifizieren. Zum Beispiel können Sie " +"ein Aufwandskonto erstellen, um das Geld zu verfolgen, dass Sie für " +"nützliche Einrichtungen und Lebensmittel bezahlen. Obgleich es keine Konten " +"sind, über die Sie Bankauszüge erhalten, erlauben sie Ihnen festzustellen, " +"wie viel Geld Sie in jedem dieser Bereiche ausgegeben haben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:275 +msgid "" +"Accounts will be covered in more detail in ." +msgstr "" +"Konten werden detaillierter in besprochen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:279 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:18 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1155 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:281 +msgid "" +"A transaction represents the movement of money among " +"accounts. Whenever you spend or receive money, or transfer money between " +"accounts, that is a transaction." +msgstr "" +"Eine Buchung stellt eine Bewegung von Geld zwischen " +"Konten dar. Immer, wenn Sie Geld ausgeben oder einnehmen oder von zwischen " +"Konten übertragen, ist dies eine Buchung." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:285 +msgid "" +"Examples of transactions are: paying a phone bill, transferring money from " +"savings to checking, buying a pizza, withdrawing money, and depositing a " +"paycheck. goes more in depth on how to " +"enter transactions." +msgstr "" +"Beispiele für Buchungen sind: Bezahlen einer Telefonrechnung, Geld von einem " +"Sparbuch Verbuchen einer Gehaltszahlung. " +"geht mehr in die Tiefe, wie Sie Buchungen eingeben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:290 +msgid "" +"In double entry accounting, transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source " +"account and a destination account. &app; manages " +"this by inserting a line into the transaction for every account that is " +"affected, and recording the amounts involved in each line. A line within a " +"transaction that records the account and amount of money involved is called " +"a split. A transaction can contain an arbitrary " +"number of splits." +msgstr "" +"In der Doppelten Buchführung, erfolgen die Buchungen immer auf zwei Konten - einem Quellkonto und " +"einem Zielkonto. &app; verwaltet dies durch " +"Einfügen einer Zeile in die Buchung für jedes Konto, das betroffen ist, und " +"zeichnet den betreffenden Betrag in jede Zeile. Eine Zeile innerhalb einer " +"Buchung, in der das Konto und der Geldbetrag eingetragen wird, nennt man " +"Splitbuchung. Eine Buchung kann eine beliebige Anzahl " +"von Splitbuchungen enthalten." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Splits in transactions will be covered in " +msgstr "" +"Aufteilungen von Buchungen werden hier beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:307 +msgid "Running &app;" +msgstr "&app;zum ersten Mal starten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:308 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "Benutzeroberfläche" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:309 +msgid "" +"&app; can be run from your desktop main menu by " +"selecting the associated menu entry." +msgstr "" +"Um &app; zu starten, wählen Sie in Ihrem " +"Startmenü die entsprechende Programmgruppe und den darin enthaltenen Eintrag " +"aus." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Alternatively it can be run from a command line prompt with the command " +"gnucash." +msgstr "" +"Alternativ hierzu kann das Programm auch über die Shell, also eine " +"Befehlszeile, mit dem Kommando gnucash gestartet werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"During start up, &app; will display the Splash " +"Screen, where some information about the program (version number, build, " +"etc.) and the loading process are displayed." +msgstr "" +"Während das Programm die benötigten Systemdateien nachlädt, erscheint der " +"&app;Willkommens-Bildschirm (Splash Screen), der Ihnen " +"einige Informationen zum Programm selbst und zum Status des Ladevorganges " +"anzeigt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:317 +msgid "Welcome to &app; dialog" +msgstr "Willkommen beim &app;-Dialog" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The very first time you open &app;, you will see " +"the Welcome to &app;! screen. This dialog includes " +"three choices:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie &app; zum ersten Mal starten, erscheint " +"es mit dem Willkommen bei &app;!-Fenster. Dieses " +"Fenster ist genauer im &app; Manual beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Create a new set of accounts - Runs the New " +"Account Hierarchy Setup assistant (see ). Select this option if you want to be assisted in " +"creating a set of accounts." +msgstr "" +"Neuen Kontenplan erstellen startet den entsprechenden " +"Assistenten (siehe hierzu ), der Sie durch " +"diese Prozedur geleitet." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:330 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Import my QIF files - Runs the Import QIF " +"Files assistant (see ). Select " +"this option if you already have Quicken files (.qif " +"files) and wish to import them into &app;." +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie bereits im Besitz von z.B. Quicken-Dateien (.qif-Dateien) aus einem anderen Finanzprogramm und möchten diese " +"importieren, dann entscheiden Sie sich für Import >> QIF-" +"Datei importieren. (siehe hierzu )." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Open the new user tutorial - Opens the " +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this " +"option if you are completely new to &app; and " +"accounting concepts." +msgstr "" +"Beschäftigen Sie sich das erste Mal mit GnuCash und wollen sich vorerst nur " +"durch die Einstellungsmöglichkeiten von GnuCash führen lassen, so ist " +"Hilfe >> GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte Ihre erste " +"Wahl." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to access each of these items after you have left this " +"screen, but the Welcome to &app;! screen will not " +"reappear. To create a new set of accounts, see . To import QIF files, see ." +msgstr "" +"Es besteht auch die Möglichkeit, dass Sie sich später mit den anderen " +"Auswahlmöglichkeiten beschäftigen. In diesem Fall ist aber der " +"Willkommen bei &app;!-Dialog dann nicht mehr " +"zugänglich. Um die anderen Auswahlmöglichkeiten zu testen, lesen Sie bitte " +"in , und im " +"\"tutorial\" nach. Dort erfahrenn Sie, wie Sie diese aus dem &app;-Menü " +"heraus starten können." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant helps you to " +"create a set of &app; accounts. It will appear if " +"you choose Create a new set of accounts in the " +"Welcome to &app;! menu, or when you select " +"FileNew." +msgstr "" +"Der Assistent hilft Ihnen eine Reihe von &app; " +"Konten auszubauen. Er erscheint wenn Sie Erstellen eines neuen " +"Kontenrahmens im Willkommen bei &app;! " +"auswählen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:360 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This assistant will create a new blank &app; file " +"and guide you through the creation of a Chart of Accounts. There are several steps in the assistant, which are outlined " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Dies erstellt eine neue, leere &app; Datei und " +"starten dann automatisch den Assistent für die Einrichtung einer " +"neuen Kontenhierarchie." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:366 +msgid "The first screen briefly describes what this assistant does." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:369 +msgid "" +"New Book Options allows you to set different attributes " +"for your file that affect the file as a whole. This screen has four tabs: " +"Accounts, Budgeting, Business, and Counters. These items are explained " +"elsewhere in the Guide, and can be changed at a later point." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:375 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose Currency sets the default currency for new " +"accounts. This is based on the computer locale settings, and can be modified " +"later in the Accounts tab under Preferences (see )." +msgstr "" +"The Currency: drop down list defaults to the currency " +"configured in the Accounts tab under &app; " +"Preferences (see ). If you wish " +"your accounts to use a different default currency, select one from the list." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:381 +msgid "" +"Choose accounts to create allows you to create an " +"initial set of accounts. These can be edited as needed afterward. The screen " +"is divided into three parts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:386 +msgid "" +"The left upper portion has a list of Categories for " +"commonly used hierarchies of accounts. Select from this list the types of " +"accounts you wish to use. You can select as many of the categories of " +"accounts as you wish." +msgstr "" +"The left upper portion has a list of Categories for " +"commonly used hierarchies of accounts. Select from this list the types of " +"accounts you wish to use. You can select as many of the categories of " +"accounts as you wish." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:393 +msgid "" +"The left lower section has a Category Description that " +"displays a detailed description of the category currently highlighted." +msgstr "" +"The left lower section has a Category Description that " +"displays a detailed description of the category currently highlighted." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:398 +msgid "" +"The right side has a list of the Accounts that will be " +"created from a selected category. Note that the accounts listed here are " +"only the selected category; your final data file will " +"include all of the accounts for all of the selected " +"Categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:407 +msgid "" +"Setup selected accounts lists all the accounts you " +"selected on Choose accounts to create, and allows you " +"to enter opening balances and to designate Placeholder " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:411 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Equity accounts do not have opening balances, so the opening balance value " +"for this kind of account is locked and set to zero." +msgstr "" +"Equity accounts do not have opening balances so the opening balance value " +"for this kind of accounts is locked and set to zero by " +"&app;" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:416 +msgid "" +"Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of " +"accounts and normally do not have transactions or opening balances." +msgstr "" +"Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of " +"accounts and normally do not have transactions or opening balances." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:421 +msgid "" +"The left side of the screen has a list of Account Names. Select an account by \"clicking\" once in the Account " +"Names column with the account highlighted. This will open the " +"account name for changes." +msgstr "" +"The left side of the screen has a list of Account Names. Select an account by \"clicking\" once in the Account " +"Names column with the account highlighted. This will open the " +"account name for changes." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:427 +msgid "" +"The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an account a " +"Placeholder and a box to add the Opening " +"Balance for the selected account. Again a single click in the " +"Opening Balance or Placeholder " +"column will open the field for changes." +msgstr "" +"The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an account a " +"Placeholder and a box to add the Opening " +"Balance for the selected account. Again a single click in the " +"Opening Balance or Placeholder " +"column will open the field for changes." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:437 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Finish account setup is the last screen and gives you a " +"final option to cancel the process." +msgstr "" +"The Finish account setup is the last screen and gives " +"you a final list of the three choices to finish the assistant." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:440 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you choose to cancel, any selections you have made up to this point will " +"be lost." +msgstr "" +"If you click this button, any selections you have made up to this point will " +"be lost." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:453 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/gnc_welcome.png' md5='__failed__'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/gnc_welcome.png' md5='bcb73f544b2854ef36f7b077bdc0e623'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:459 +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt das Willkommen in &app;! " +"Dialogfenster." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt das Willkommen in &app;! " +"Dialogfenster." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:449 +msgid "" +" LANG-DE Das " +"Willkommen in &app; Dialogfenster <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Das Willkommen in " +"&app; Dialogfenster <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:467 ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:429 +msgid "Tip of the Day" +msgstr "Tipp des Tages" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:468 +msgid "InterfaceTip of the Day" +msgstr "" +"BenutzeroberflächeTipp des Tages" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:477 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_TipOfDay.png' " +"md5='7b2a76f13f02e805d2b84d9e808cf5f5'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_TipOfDay.png' " +"md5='5371803fa6a3b4ca7517e0ac7b0238c3'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:485 +msgid "This image shows the Tip of the Day." +msgstr "Die Abbildung zeigt einen Tipp des Tages." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:474 +msgid "" +" The " +"Tip of the Day <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Der " +"Tipp des Tages <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:470 +msgid "" +"&app; provides a Tip of the Day screen to give helpful hints for using the program: <_:" +"screenshot-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; bietet einen Tipp des Tages Dialog an, um nützliche Hinweise für die Benutzung des Programms " +"zu geben: <_:screenshot-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:492 +msgid "" +"These tips provide useful information for beginning users. To view more of " +"the tips, click Forward to continue. If you do not " +"wish to see this screen box on start-up, deselect the box next to " +"Show tips at startup. When you have finished viewing " +"the helpful tips, click Close to close the " +"Tip of the Day screen." +msgstr "" +"Die Tipps sind hauptsächlich für Einsteiger hilfreich. Um mehr Tipps zu " +"sehen, klicken Sie auf Vor, um zu dem Nächsten zu " +"kommen. Wenn Sie es nicht wünschen, diesen Dialog beim Programmstart zu " +"sehen, entfernen Sie das Häkchen aus dem Auswahlkästchen Tipps " +"beim Programmstart anzeigen. Wenn Sie genug von den hilfreichen " +"Tipps gesehen haben, klicken Sie Schließen, um das " +"Dialogfenster zu schließen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:501 +msgid "Account Tree Window" +msgstr "Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:502 +msgid "InterfaceAccount Tree Window" +msgstr "" +"BenutzeroberflächeKontenübersicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:504 +msgid "" +"You should now see the Accounts window, which appears " +"as shown below. The exact layout of the account tree will depend on which " +"default accounts you selected during the New Account Hierarchy Setup. In " +"this example, the Common Accounts are shown." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten nun das Hauptfenster mit der Kontenübersicht sehen, wie es unten " +"wiedergegeben ist. Das genaue Layout der Kontenübersicht hängt davon ab, " +"welche Konten Sie während des Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen " +"Assistenten ausgewählt haben. Dieses Beispiel zeigt die Auswahl " +"allgemeine Konten." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:513 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_Accounts.png' " +"md5='f221372d669dbb4ecf571c1c2967f1e1'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_Accounts.png' " +"md5='8dfb5306a62d883fe581abff74e43d99'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:521 +msgid "This image shows the Accounts window." +msgstr "Die Abbildung zeigt das Hauptfenster mit der Kontenübersicht." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:510 +msgid "" +" The " +"Account Tree Window <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Das " +"Hauptfenster mit Kontenübersicht <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:527 +msgid "" +"The Account Tree window (also known as a Chart of Accounts, or CoA) provides " +"an overview of the data contained in the current file. It contains a list of " +"account names and their current balances." +msgstr "" +"Die Kontenübersicht zeigt alle Konten, die in der aktuellen Datei enthalten " +"sind (dem ). Es gibt einen Überblick über die Konten und den aktuellen " +"Kontostand." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:530 +msgid "" +"From this window, you can open the register of any account either by double-" +"clicking the account name, right clicking the account name and selecting " +"Open Account from the menu, or by using the " +"Open button on the toolbar. &app; allows you to have as many account registers open as you wish. " +"For more information on using account registers, see ." +msgstr "" +"Von diesem Fenster aus können Sie jedes der Konten öffnen, indem Sie " +"entweder auf den Kontennamen doppelklicken oder mit der rechten Maustaste " +"auf den Kontennamen klicken und Konto öffnen aus dem " +"Kontextmenu auswählen, oder Sie nutzen das Öffnen-" +"Symbol in der Werkzeugleiste. &app; erlaubt es " +"Ihnen, so viele Konten geöffnet zu haben, wie Sie wollen. Mehr Informationen " +"erhalten Sie unter " + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:535 +msgid "" +"Clicking the small triangle to the left of an account that has children will " +"expand the tree view showing child accounts." +msgstr "" +"Durch Klicken auf das kleine Dreieck links von den Konten, die Unterkonten " +"haben, können Sie eine Baumansicht aufklappen, um alle Unterkonten zu sehen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:538 +msgid "" +"At the top of this window is the Titlebar, which " +"displays the file name for this set of accounts (once you have saved the " +"file.) Below that is the Menubar. You can access the " +"menu options by either clicking on these menu headings or by using shortcuts " +"and access keys (see ). Next is the " +"Toolbar, which contains buttons for the most common " +"functions." +msgstr "" +"Ganz oben im Fenster ist die Titelleiste, die den Namen " +"der Datei oder Datenbank anzeigt (sobald Sie die Datei einmal gespeichert " +"haben). Darunter befindet sich die Menüleiste Sie " +"können auf die Menüoptionen entweder durch Klicken auf die Menünamen oder " +"durch Nutzen der Tastenkürzel zugreifen (siehe auch ). Als nächstes kommt die Werkzeugleiste, " +"die die Knöpfe für die häufigsten Funktionen enthält." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:545 +msgid "" +"The account tree appears below the Toolbar. Once you " +"have started creating accounts, the account names will appear in the account " +"tree. You can customize which headings show up by using the small " +"down-arrow at the far right just above the account tree." +msgstr "" +"Die hierarchische Kontenliste erscheint unterhalb der " +"Werkzeugleiste. Sobald Sie Konten angelegt haben, " +"erscheinen diese in der Liste. Wird vor dem Kontonamen ein Abwärts-" +"Pfeil angezeigt, so enthält das Konto Unterkonten, die durch " +"Klicken des Pfeils angezeigt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:550 +msgid "" +"At the bottom is the Statusbar, which tells you " +"information about what you own (Net Assets) and how much money you have made " +"(Profits)." +msgstr "" +"Unten ist die Zusammenfassungsleiste, die Ihnen " +"Informationen über Ihr Eigenkapital und Ihren Gewinn gibt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:558 +msgid "Account Register Window" +msgstr "Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:559 +msgid "" +"InterfaceAccount Register Window" +msgstr "" +"BenutzeroberflächeBuchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:561 +msgid "" +"Account Register windows are used to enter and edit your account data. As " +"the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook register." +msgstr "" +"Die Buchungsansicht dient zum Eingeben und Korrigieren Ihrer Buchungsdaten. " +"Wie der Name andeutet, ähnelt die Ansicht einem Kontobuch." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:569 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:574 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_CheckAccount.png' " +"md5='fdc9f079857a352dee1686e36b073096'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_CheckAccount.png' " +"md5='33423c80b2fcd0deb078875a78e7a608'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:582 +msgid "" +"This image shows the Checking Account - Register with " +"several transactions." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt die Buchungsansicht des Girokontos " +"mit mehreren Buchungen." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:566 +msgid "" +" The Checking Account Register <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Buchungsansicht des Girokontos mit " +"mehreren Buchungen <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:588 +msgid "" +" explains more about account register " +"windows and how to enter data into them. For now, note that the parts of an " +"account register window are similar to the parts of the account tree window " +"described earlier. The Titlebar at the top contains the " +"account name. Below that, the Menubar contains menu " +"options related to the account register. Toolbar " +"buttons simplify common data entry functions. The Statusbar at the bottom of the window, displays some account balances " +"covered in . At the bottom of the account " +"register window, information appears about the current location of the " +"cursor." +msgstr "" +" geht genauer auf die Buchungsansicht und " +"wie man Daten eingibt ein. Vorerst beachten Sie, dass die Teile des " +"Kontenansichtsfenster ähnlich aussehen wie Teile des Kontenbaumfensters, wie " +"bereits beschrieben. Die Titelleiste oben enthält den " +"Namen des Kontos. Darunter die Menüleiste enthält die " +"Menüoptionen bezogen auf die Kontenansicht. Die Werkzeugleisten-Schaltflächen vereinfachen die allgemeinen Dateneingabefunktionen. " +"Die Zusammenfassungsleiste unten zeigt einige " +"Kontostände, wie in . Unten in der " +"Kontenansicht erscheinen Informationen über den aktuellen Standort des " +"Cursors." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:601 +msgid "" +"In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that " +"&app; displays, but keep in mind that " +"the Description and Balance columns behave differently from other columns." +msgstr "" +"Im Tabellenfenster können Sie die Breite aller Spalten der Tabelle " +"verändern, die &app; anzeigt. Aber " +"beachten Sie, dass sich die Spalten Beschreibung und Saldo anders als die " +"anderen Spalten verhalten." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:604 +msgid "" +"The Description column is designed to expand " +"automatically to fill all unused horizontal screen space. Therefore you " +"should set the widths of all your other columns before setting the " +"Description column width." +msgstr "" +"Die Spalte Beschreibung passt sich automatisch an, um " +"den freien Platz zu füllen. Sie sollten daher die Breite aller anderen " +"Spalten zuerst anpassen, bevor Sie die Spaltenbeite der Beschreibung " +"anpassen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:608 +msgid "" +"The Balance column must be resized by double-clicking " +"on the column heading." +msgstr "" +"Die Spalte Saldo muss dann durch Doppelklicken der " +"Trennlinie die Spalte angepasst werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:615 +msgid "Toolbar Buttons" +msgstr "Werkzeugleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:616 +msgid "InterfaceToolbar Buttons" +msgstr "" +"BenutzeroberflächeWerkzeugleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:618 +msgid "" +"Both the account tree window and the account register window contain " +"Toolbar buttons. These buttons provide quick access to " +"common functions such as Save and Open in the account tree window and Record and " +"Delete in the account register window. If you are not " +"sure what a button does, move the mouse pointer over that button, and you " +"should see a description of the function appear." +msgstr "" +"Sowohl die Kontenübersicht als auch die Buchungsansicht enthalten eine " +"Werkzeugleiste. Diese Schaltflächen der Werkzeugleiste " +"ermöglichen einen schnellen Zugang zu häufig genutzten Funktionen wie " +"Speichern und Öffnen im " +"Fenster Kontenübersicht und Eingeben und " +"Löschen in der Buchungsansicht. Wenn Sie sich nicht " +"sicher sind, was ein Knopf macht, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Knopf. " +"Es sollte ein Erklärungstext erscheinen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:627 +msgid "Here is a summary of the account tree window buttons:" +msgstr "Hier ist eine Zusammenfassung der Knöpfe in der Kontenübersicht:" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:630 +msgid "Account tree window buttons" +msgstr "Kontenbaum-Schaltflächen" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:632 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "Speichern" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:634 +msgid "Save the current file to disk" +msgstr "" +"Speicher die aktuelle Datei. Nutzen Sie diese Funktion oft, um die aktuelle " +"Datei zu speichern. Haben Sie eine Datenbank als Speicher gewählt, ist der " +"Knopf deaktiviert, da die Daten automatisch nach jeder Änderung sofort in " +"der Datenbank gespeichert werden." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:639 ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:439 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "Schließen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:641 +msgid "Close the current notebook page" +msgstr "Schließt die aktuelle Seite Buchungen." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:646 +msgid "" +"Open, Edit, New and Delete" +msgstr "" +"Öffnen, Bearbeiten, " +"Neu und Löschen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:649 +msgid "" +"These are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in ." +msgstr "" +"Diese Funktionen beziehen sich auf Konten. Sie werden im Kapitel näher besprochen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:655 +msgid "" +"Register-specific buttons are discussed in ." +msgstr "" +"Die Knöpfe der Buchungsansicht werden in " +"diskutiert." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:660 +msgid "Tab Bar" +msgstr "Reiterleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:662 +msgid "" +"&app; uses a tabbed model that allows you to open " +"multiple account registers and reports simultaneously. Each open window " +"(which can include account registers, reports, or Scheduled Transactions " +"windows) is given a tab on this bar that you can click to view that window. " +"Tabs can be configured in Preferences to appear along any side of the " +"&app; window." +msgstr "" +"&app; nutzt ein Reitermodell, dass es Ihnen " +"erlaubt, viele Kontenverzeichnisse zu öffnen und parallel anzusehen. Jedes " +"offene Fenster (welches Kontenverzeichnisse, Berichte oder terminierte " +"Buchungen enthalten kann) gibt ein Reiter in dieser Leiste, den Sie " +"anklicken können, um das Fenster anzusehen. Die Reitern können in den " +"Einstellungen gestaltet werden, damit sie auf jeder Seite des " +"&app; -Fenster erscheinen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:664 +msgid "" +"To see the full name for a tab, hover the mouse pointer over an account " +"window tab." +msgstr "" +"Um den vollen Namen des Reiters zu sehen, führen Sie den Mauszeiger über " +"einen Kontenfensterreiter." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:666 +msgid "" +"If more screens are open than can be displayed across the screen, some tabs " +"will not display. You can move through all tabs by clicking the arrows on " +"either end of the tab bar. A complete list of tabs can be viewed by right-" +"clicking the Tab Bar and any tab can be selected by clicking it." +msgstr "" +"Wenn mehr Reiter offen sind, als auf dem Bildschirm angezeigt werden können, " +"werden einige Reiter nicht dargestellt. Sie können durch alle Reiter " +"bewegen, indem Sie die Pfeile an beiden Enden der Reiterleiste. Eine " +"vollständige Liste der Reiter durch Rechtsklicken der Reiterleiste angesehen " +"werden und jeder Reiter kann durch Anklicken desselben ausgewählt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:673 +msgid "Menu Items" +msgstr "Menüeinträge" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:674 +msgid "InterfaceMenu Items" +msgstr "BenutzeroberflächeMenüleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:676 +msgid "" +"The account tree window and the account register window both contain menu " +"headings in a Menubar. Clicking on a menu heading " +"brings up the menu items for that heading." +msgstr "" +"Sowohl das Kontenbaumfenster als auch die Kontenansicht enthalten Menütitel " +"in der Menüleiste. Das Klicken auf einen Menütitel " +"bringt die Menüeinträge hervor." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:680 +msgid "" +"You can click on the account tree menu headings and then move the mouse " +"pointer over the menu items to see what they do. As the pointer moves over a " +"menu item, a description of the item appears in the lower left-hand corner " +"of the window (inside the Statusbar). To select a menu " +"item, click on it." +msgstr "" +"Sie können auf den Kontenbaumtitel klicken und dann den Mauszeiger über die " +"Menüeinträge bewegen, um zu sehen, was diese machen. Sowie sich der Zeiger " +"über die Menüeinträge bewegt, wird eine Beschreibung des Eintrages in der " +"Statusleiste am untersten Rand des Fensters angezeigt (innerhalb der " +"Statusleiste). Klicken Sie auf den Menüeintrag, um ihn " +"auszuwählen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:686 +msgid "" +"You can also access the most common menu items in a window by right-clicking " +"the mouse anywhere in that window. In the account tree window, this will " +"bring up a list of account items. In the account register window, this will " +"bring up a list of transaction items." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die meisten Menüeinträge auch aufrufen, indem Sie mit der rechten " +"Maustaste irgendwo in das Fenster klicken. Im Kontenbaumfenster wird eine " +"Liste der Konteneinträge angezeigt. Im Kontenansichtsfenster wird eine Liste " +"der Buchungseinträge angezeigt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:691 +msgid "" +"Other ways of accessing menu items are through keyboard shortcuts and access " +"keys, described next." +msgstr "" +"Schließlich kann man Menüeinträge über die Tastatur durch Eingeben der " +"Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen aufrufen, wie später in diesem Kapitel " +"beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:695 +msgid "Menu Shortcuts" +msgstr "Menü Kurzwahl Tastenkombinationen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:696 +msgid "InterfaceMenu Shortcuts" +msgstr "" +"BenutzeroberflächeKurzwahl " +"Tastenkombinationen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:698 +msgid "" +"All of the menu items have access keys which are marked by underlined " +"characters in the menu names. Pressing the Alt key with the " +"underlined character in the menu heading will bring up the menu items for " +"that heading. Once the menu items are displayed, type the underlined " +"character in the menu item to activate it. For example, typing " +"Alt F in the main " +"window brings up the File menu, then typing S will save the file. Access keys are fixed and cannot be changed by " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Menüeinträge können über Tastenkombinationen aufgerufen werden, " +"die den unterstrichenen Buchstaben in den Menünamen entsprechen. Drücken der " +"Alt Taste zusammen mit der unterstrichenen Taste aus dem " +"Menünamen klappt das Untermenü auf. Sobald diese angezeigt werden, drücken " +"Sie die unterstrichene Taste in dem Untermenüeintrag, um ihn zu aktivieren. " +"Zum Beispiel, ruft das Eintippen von AltD in dem Hauptfenster das Datei Untermenü auf, eintippen von S speichert die " +"Datei. Diese Tastenkombinationen sind fixiert und können vom Benutzer nicht " +"verändert werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:708 +msgid "" +"Some of the more commonly used menu items also have shortcut keys that " +"directly activate the command without having to traverse the menu structure. " +"These shortcuts typically use the Ctrl key, although they " +"can use any key combination. Menu shortcuts are displayed at the end of each " +"menu item." +msgstr "" +"Einige der häufiger genutzten Untermenüeinträge reagieren auf " +"Tastenkombinationen, die das Kommando direkt aufrufen, ohne dass Sie sich " +"durch die Menüstruktur hangeln müssen. Diese Tastenkombinationen nutzen " +"typischerweise die Strg Taste, können aber beliebige " +"Tastenkombinationen sein. Tastenkombinationen werden am Ende des jeweiligen " +"Untermenüeintrags angezeigt." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:716 +msgid "Getting Help" +msgstr "Hilfe bekommen" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:717 +msgid "Getting HelpHelp Manual" +msgstr "Hilfe bekommenMenüleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:718 +msgid "Getting HelpWeb Access" +msgstr "Hilfe bekommenInternetzugang" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:719 +msgid "Getting HelpTopic Search" +msgstr "Hilfe bekommenThemen suchen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:721 +msgid "Storing your financial data" +msgstr "Speichern Ihrer Finanzdaten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:722 +msgid "Financial data" +msgstr "Dateien" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:724 ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:21 +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:19 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:994 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:998 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:726 +msgid "" +"&app; offers several formats for storing your " +"financial data. The default file storage format is XML, " +"while SQL storage is available in SQLite, MySQL, and " +"PostgreSQL formats. Users can choose a file format for new files from " +"File Save and for existing files from File " +"Save As... dialogs." +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE &app; kann Ihre Finanzdaten in Dateien " +"oder SQL-Datenbanken speichern, so dass sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt geöffnet und verändert werden können. Aber " +"sollten Sie einen Container für Ihre Daten erstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:733 +msgid "" +"The XML storage format is a text file that by default is " +"compressed, which is a preference that is set at Edit Preferences " +"General Compress files. SQLite " +"storage is also available, and stores your data in a single file on your " +"system, like the XML format. However, internally, an " +"SQLite file is managed as a database. The MySQL and PostgreSQL storage " +"options require access to a MySQL or PostgreSQL database server and the " +"installation of additional database drivers on your machine." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE The XML storage format is a text file " +"that by default is compressed, which is a preference that is set at " +"Edit Preferences General Compress files. SQLite storage is also available, and stores your data in a " +"single file on your system, like the XML format. However, " +"internally, an SQLite file is managed as a database. The MySQL and " +"PostgreSQL storage options require access to a MySQL or PostgreSQL database " +"server and the installation of additional database drivers on your machine." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:743 +msgid "" +"Users can change the format at any time by using File Save As.... This will " +"create a copy of the data file in the selected format." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Users can change the format at any time by using " +"File Save As.... This will create a copy of the data file in the selected format." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:750 +msgid "Storage Comparison and Recommendations" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison and Recommendations" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:751 +msgid "" +"Each storage format has benefits and shortcomings that users should consider " +"for their needs and abilities. See the below " +"for further details." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Each storage format has benefits and shortcomings that users " +"should consider for their needs and abilities. See the below for further details." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:756 +msgid "" +"The XML format is the most stable and established, and " +"for this reason, it is recommended for most users. SQL " +"storage was added for the 2.4 release and has become an increasingly popular " +"choice for users. The SQLite format allows users to realize the benefits of " +"SQL storage without the overhead of installing or " +"managing a full DBMS. MySQL and PostgreSQL require the " +"installation of MySQL and PostgreSQL DBMS, respectively, " +"and are best maintained only by experienced database administrators." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE The XML format is the most stable and " +"established, and for this reason, it is recommended for most users. " +"SQL storage was added for the 2.4 release and has become " +"an increasingly popular choice for users. The SQLite format allows users to " +"realize the benefits of SQL storage without the overhead " +"of installing or managing a full DBMS. MySQL and " +"PostgreSQL require the installation of MySQL and PostgreSQL DBMS, respectively, and are best maintained only by experienced database " +"administrators." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:766 +msgid "" +"Use of a SQL back end for storage implies to many that " +"&app; has fully implemented DBMS features, including multi-user and incremental data manipulation. " +"However, &app; does not currently implement these " +"features, although it is a long term goal of the development team." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Use of a SQL back end for storage implies " +"to many that &app; has fully implemented " +"DBMS features, including multi-user and incremental data " +"manipulation. However, &app; does not currently " +"implement these features, although it is a long term goal of the development " +"team." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:774 +msgid "Storage Comparison Table" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison Table" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:776 +msgid "Storage Comparison" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Storage Comparison" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:788 +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:789 +msgid "SQLite" +msgstr "SQLite" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:790 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:820 +msgid "MySQL" +msgstr "MySQL" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:791 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:821 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:797 +msgid "Availability" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Availability" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:798 +msgid "Built-in" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Built-in" + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:800 +msgid "" +"SQLite relies on an additional package and driver (called libdbi and libdbd-" +"sqlite3, respectively), which are installed by default on Mac OS and " +"Windows. Linux users may need to manually install these for SQLite." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE SQLite relies on an additional package and driver (called " +"libdbi and libdbd-sqlite3, respectively), which are installed by default on " +"Mac OS and Windows. Linux users may need to manually install these for " +"SQLite." + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:804 +msgid "" +"MySQL and PostgreSQL may require the installation of additional software " +"drivers (libdbd-mysql and libdbd-pgsql)." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE MySQL and PostgreSQL may require the installation of " +"additional software drivers (libdbd-mysql and libdbd-pgsql)." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:799 +msgid "Depends on packaging<_:footnote-1/>" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Depends on packaging<_:footnote-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:811 +msgid "File extension" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE File extension" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:812 +msgid "gnucash" +msgstr "gnucash" + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:814 +msgid "MySQL and PostgreSQL place data within their own storage system." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE MySQL and PostgreSQL place data within their own storage " +"system." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:813 +msgid "N/A<_:footnote-1/>" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE N/A<_:footnote-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:818 +msgid "Additional software" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Additional software" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:819 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:826 +msgid "None" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE None" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:825 +msgid "Additional expertise" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Additional expertise" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:827 +msgid "Database Administrator" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Database Administrator" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:831 +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Compression" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:832 +msgid "gzip" +msgstr "gzip" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:833 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE N/A" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:837 +msgid "File Save" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE File Save" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:838 +msgid "On command" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE On command" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:839 +msgid "On commit" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE On commit" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:843 +msgid "Multi-user" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Multi-user" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:844 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:845 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:846 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:847 +msgid "No" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE No" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:855 +msgid "Creating a file" +msgstr "Eine Datei erstellen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:856 +msgid "To create a new &app; file do the following:" +msgstr "Eine &app;-Datei wird wie folgt erstellt:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:860 +msgid "" +"From the &app; Menubar, " +"choose File New File. The New Account Hierarchy setup assistant will start." +msgstr "" +"In der &app; Menüleiste " +"wählen Sie Datei Neue Datei. Der Neue Kontenhierarchie erstellen Assistent startet." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:864 +msgid "" +"If you are running &app; for the first time, you " +"will be presented with the Welcome to &app;! screen. " +"This screen is described in detail in the &app; " +"manual." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie &app; zum ersten Mal starten, erscheint " +"es mit dem Willkommen bei &app;!-Fenster. Dieses " +"Fenster ist genauer im &app; Manual beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:871 +msgid "" +"Set your preferences in the assistant and move through the screens with the " +"Forward, Cancel and " +"Previous buttons." +msgstr "" +"Setzen Sie Ihre Einstellungen im Assistenten und bewegen sich durch die " +"Fenster mit den Vorwärts-, Abbrechen- und Zurück-Schaltflächen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:880 +msgid "Saving data" +msgstr "Daten speichern" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:881 +msgid "Follow these steps to save the file under your preferred name:" +msgstr "" +"Folgen Sie diesen Schritten, um die Datei unter den von Ihnen bevorzugten " +"Namen zu speichern:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:885 +msgid "" +"Choose File Save As... from the Menubar or select " +"the Save Toolbar button. " +"&app; will bring up the save window." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie Datei Speichern " +"unter... in der Menüleiste " +"oder wählen Sie die Speichern-" +"Symbolleisten-Schaltfläche. &app; zeigt den Speicherndialog an." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:892 +msgid "" +"Select the Data Format of the file you are saving from " +"the drop down list. The default selection is XML but if " +"you have set up a database back end you can change to that format." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie das Datenformat für die Datei, die Sie " +"speichern, aus dem Listenfeld aus. Die Standardauswahl ist XML, aber wenn Sie einen Datenbankserver aufgesetzt haben, können " +"dieses Format entsprechend wechseln." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:895 +msgid "" +"Depending on the selected Data Format the window can " +"change as described in the following." +msgstr "" +"Abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenformat können Sie das " +"Fenster wechseln, wie im Folgenden beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:903 +msgid "" +"If you selected XML or sqlite3 you " +"will see a screen like this:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie XML oder sqlite3 auswählen, " +"sehen Sie folgende Ansicht:" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:906 +msgid "" +"Save screen when XML or sqlite3 is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Speichern, wenn XML oder sqlite3 " +"ausgewählt ist." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:911 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:916 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_SaveXML.png' " +"md5='327cc9368a35e3f4083d4016c8a00533'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_SaveXML.png' " +"md5='922fab9709b3efbc42e35d00d353e3ba'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:924 +msgid "" +"This image shows the Save screen when the selected " +"Data Format is XML or " +"sqlite3." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt den Speichern Dialog, wenn das " +"gewählte Datenformat XML ist." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:908 +msgid "" +" The Save screen <_:" +"caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Der Speichern Dialog <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:931 +msgid "" +"Type your chosen filename in the Name field. It is not " +"necessary to specify an extension when you write the file name. " +"&app; will automatically add the extension " +".gnucash to the file." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie den gewählten Dateinamen in das Namens-Feld " +"ein. Es ist nicht notwendig, eine Erweiterung zu benennen, wenn Sie den " +"Dateinamen schreiben. &app; wird die Erweiterung " +".gnucash automatisch der Datei hinzufügen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:935 +msgid "" +"The .gnucash extension was introduced in the 2.3 series " +"of &app;. For already existing files, the " +"extension will never be changed. So if you open an existing file named " +"Myoldfile, that name won’t be changed if the file " +"is saved. You might use the Save As... command " +"and give the file a new name in order to have it saved with the extension " +".gnucash." +msgstr "" +"Die .gnucash Erweiterung wurde in der 2.3er Serie von " +"&app; eingeführt. Für bereits vorhandene Dateien " +"wird die Erweiterung nicht geändert. Wenn Sie eine vorhandene Datei mit " +"Namen MeineAlteDatei öffnen, wird dieser Name nicht " +"geändert, wenn Sie diese Datei speichern. Sie müssen Speichern " +"unter... benutzen und der Datei einen neuen Namen geben, damit " +"dieser mit der Erweiterung .gnucash gespeichert wird." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:941 +msgid "" +"Select the path where the file will be saved by browsing the tree in the " +"lower panes." +msgstr "Wählen Sie den Pfad, wo die Datei gespeichert wird." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:943 +msgid "" +"Click on the Create Folder button to create a new " +"folder with a custom name in the selected path." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Ordner anlegen-Schaltfläche, um " +"einen neuen Ordner mit einem gewöhnlichen Namen in dem ausgewählten Pfad." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:949 +msgid "" +"If you selected mysql or postgres " +"Data Format you will see a screen like this:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie das mysql- oder postgres- " +"Datenformat auswählen, sehen Sie einen ähnlichen Dialog " +"wie folgt:" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:953 +msgid "" +"Save screen when mysql or postgres is " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Speicherdialog, wenn mysql oder postgres ausgewählt ist." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:958 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:963 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_SaveSQL.png' " +"md5='15ada7db7cd8942a3e0ac7a377d4bb32'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_SaveSQL.png' " +"md5='7534574bf5a986b3504a728712462833'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:971 +msgid "" +"This image shows the Save screen when the selected " +"Data Format is mysql or " +"postgres." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt den Speichern-Dialog, wenn als " +"Datenformat mysql oder " +"postgres ausgewählt ist." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:955 +msgid "" +" The Save screen <_:" +"caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" De rSpeicherndialog " +"<_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:978 +msgid "" +"Enter in this window the Database Connection " +"information: Host, Database, " +"Username and Password." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in dieses Fenster die Informationen für die " +"Datenbankverbindung ein: Datenbankserver, Datenbank, Benutzername " +"und Passwort." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:982 +msgid "" +"Saving to mysql or postgres requires " +"the proper permissions in that database, that is you need to have the " +"permissions to create a new database with the given database name, or you " +"need to have write access to an existing database with the given database " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Speichern in eine mysql- oder postgres-" +"Datenbank benötigt die entsprechenden Berechtigungen in dieser Datenbank, " +"Sie benötigen die Berechtigung eine neue Datenbank mit einem eigenen Namen " +"anzulegen oder schreibenden Zugriff auf eine vorhandene Datenbank." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:991 +msgid "Click the Save As button to save the file." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie die Speichern unter-Schaltfläche, um die " +"Datei zu speichern." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:996 +msgid "" +"If you are keeping track of finances for a single household, you need only " +"one file. But if you are also tracking business finances or want to keep " +"data separate for some reason, then you will need more than one file." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie nur mit den Finanzdaten eines einzelnen Haushalts arbeiten, genügt " +"eine Datei. Wenn Sie aber auch Ihre Geschäftskonten führen, oder aus anderen " +"Gründen bestimmte Daten getrennt halten wollen, benötigen Sie mehr als eine " +"Datei." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1006 +msgid "" +"As it is very important to save your data frequently to avoid losing them " +"for whatever reason, &app; is able to " +"automatically save the opened file every a certain amount of time. This " +"interval can be set in the General tab under " +"EditPreferences (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). Keep in mind that this option is " +"relevant only if you are saving in XML format. If you are " +"working with a database, the Save button and the " +"Save menu entry will be grayed out because " +"changes are stored right away." +msgstr "" +"Da es sehr wichtig ist, Ihre Daten häufig zu sichern, um zu verhindern, die " +"aus welchem Grund auch immer zu verlieren, kann &app; die geöffnete Datei automatisch in bestimmten Zeitabständen " +"speichern. Dieser Zeitabstand kann in dem Reiter Allgemein unter BearbeitenEinstellungen " +"(GnuCashEinstellungen unter MacOS)eingestellt werden. Berücksichtigen " +"Sie bitte, dass diese Möglichkeit nur beim Speichern im XML-Format relevant ist. Wenn Sie mit einer Datenbank arbeiten, ist das " +"Speichern-Symbol und der Menüeintrag " +"Speichern ausgegraut, weil die Änderungen direkt " +"gespeichert werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1001 +msgid "" +"Before ending each &app; session, be sure to save " +"your data changes using File " +"Save or the Save Toolbar button. <_:note-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie eine &app;-Sitzung beenden, sollten Sie " +"unbedingt Ihre Daten mit Datei " +"Speichern oder dem " +"Speichern-Symbol in der Werkzeugleiste sichern.<_:note-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1019 +msgid "Opening data" +msgstr "Datei öffnen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1020 +msgid "Financial dataOpening" +msgstr "DateienÖffnen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1021 +msgid "" +"To open an existing file or database, select File Open from the menu. In the " +"window that will open, select the Data Format. If you " +"selected File choose the file you want to open by " +"browsing the folders in the lower panes. Else, enter the required " +"Database Connection information." +msgstr "" +"Um eine existierende Datei zu öffnen, wählen Sie DateiÖffnen aus dem Menü. In dem " +"Fenster, dass sich dann öffnet, wählen Sie das Datenformat. Wenn Sie " +"Datei ausgewählt haben, wählen Sie die Datei, die Sie " +"öffnen wollen. Andernfalls geben Sie die benötigten Informationen zur " +"Datenbankverbindung an." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1027 +msgid "" +"&app; keeps a list of the recently opened files. " +"Open the File menu and you will see listed the names of " +"recently opened files. Click on the one you want to load to open it." +msgstr "" +"&app; hält eine Liste der zuletzt geöffneten " +"Dateien bereit. Öffnen Sie das Menü Datei, und Sie " +"sehen die Namen der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien aufgelistet. Klicken Sie auf " +"diejenige, die Sie öffnen wollen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1033 +msgid "Duplicating an Account Hierarchy" +msgstr "Kopieren einer Kontenhierarchie" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1034 +msgid "" +"In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing " +"data file in a new file. For example, you might want to try out new " +"accounting techniques without corrupting your actual accounting data, or you " +"might need to follow accounting guidelines that require you to close your " +"books at the end of the year and begin each year with a fresh set of books." +msgstr "" +"In einigen Fällen ist es nützlich, die Struktur der vorhandenen Datendatei " +"in eine neue Datei zu kopieren. Zum Beispiel wollen Sie ein neues " +"Abrechnungsverfahren testen, ohne Ihre aktuelle Abrechnungsdaten zu " +"zerstören, oder Sie müssen den Buchführungsrichtlinien folgen, die Sie " +"benötigen, um Ihren Buchungsabschluss am Ende des Jahres durchzuführen und " +"im neuen Jahr mit einem neuen Buch zu beginnen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1039 +msgid "" +"&app; allows you to create an empty copy of your " +"Chart of Accounts simply by selecting FileExportExport Accounts. When you select this command, you are asked to " +"provide the name for the new empty file, and &app; creates a new data file that contains only your account " +"hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data). Once saved, the new file " +"can be opened like any other &app; data file as " +"described above." +msgstr "" +"&app; erlaubt Ihnen, einfach eine leere Kopie " +"Ihrer Kontenpläne zu erstellen, durch Auswahl von " +"DateiExportierenKonten exportieren.... " +"Wenn Sie dieses Kommando auswählen, werden Sie gefragt, den neuen Namen für " +"die neue leere Datei einzugeben, und &app; " +"erstellt eine neue Datendatei, die nur Ihre Kontenhierarchie (also ohne " +"Buchungsdaten). Einmal gespeichert kann die neue Datei wie jede andere " +"&app; Datendatei geöffnet werden, wie oben " +"beschreiben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1049 +msgid "Backing Up and Recovering Data" +msgstr "Datensicherung und –wiederherstellung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1050 +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "Datensicherung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1052 +msgid "" +"&app; creates several types of files to help " +"ensure that your data is not lost. If you look in the folder where your " +"saved file resides, you may see other files generated by &app; with the following extensions: .gnucash, " +".log, .LCK, .LNK in the same directory as your primary data file. What each of " +"these files does is presented below." +msgstr "" +"&app; erzeugt verschiedene Arten von Dateien um " +"sicherzustellen, dass Ihre Daten nicht verloren gehen. In dem Ordner Ihrer " +"gespeicherten Daten, sehen Sie &app; Dateien mit " +"den folgenden Dateinamenserweiterungen .gnucash, " +".log, .LCK, .LNK in demselben Ordner wie ihre primäre Datei. Was es mit diesen " +"Dateien für eine Bewandtnis hat, ist im folgenden Abschnitt beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1059 +msgid "" +"The following sections are relevant only if you are saving your financial " +"data in the XML format" +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE The following sections are relevant only if you are saving " +"your financial data in the XML format" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1062 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" $ ls\n" +" myfile.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100414223248.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415154508.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415194251.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK\n" +" myfile.gnucash.LCK\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1076 +msgid "Backup file (.gnucash)" +msgstr "Sicherungsdatei" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1077 +msgid "BackupBackup file" +msgstr "" +"DatensicherungSicherungsdatei" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1079 +msgid "" +"Each time you save your data file, a backup copy will also be saved with the " +"extension .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash. This backup file is " +"a complete copy of your previous data file, and the filename format refers " +"to the data file, year, month, day and time of the backup. For example, the " +"filename myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash " +"indicates this is a backup copy of the file myfile " +"saved in the year 2010, April 14, at 6:57:47 p.m." +msgstr "" +"Jedes mal, wenn Sie ihre Datei speichern, wird gleichzeitig eine " +"Sicherungsdatei mit der Dateinamensendung jjjjMMtthhmmss.gnucash " +"gespeichert. Diese Sicherungsdatei ist eine vollständige Kopie Ihrer " +"Datendatei. Die Dateinamensendung gibt Jahr, Monat, Tag und Zeit der " +"Sicherung an. Zum Beispiel bedeutet der Dateiname gcashdata." +"gnucash.20010404185747.gnucash, dass die Sicherungskopie der " +"Datei gcashdata.gnucash am 4. April 2015 um 18:57:47 Uhr erfolgte." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1087 +msgid "" +"To restore an old backup file, simply open the .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS." +"gnucash file with the date to which you wish to return. Be sure " +"to save this file under a different name." +msgstr "" +"Um eine alte Sicherungsdatei wiederherzustellen, öffnen Sie einfach die " +".JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash-Datei mit dem Datum, zu dem Sie " +"zurückkehren wollen. Achten Sie unbedingt darauf, dass Sie die Datei unter " +"einem anderen Namen speichern!" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1092 +msgid "" +".YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac instead of the actual extension " +".YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash. So if you upgrade from the 2.2 " +"series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS." +"xac and .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files " +"in your directory." +msgstr "" +".JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.xac anstelle der aktuellen Datei-" +"Erweiterung .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash. Wenn Sie von der " +"2.2er Serie auf die 2.4er Serie und neuer aktualisieren, haben Sie am Ende " +"beide Sicherungsdateien .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.xac und " +".JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash in Ihrem Verzeichnis." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1100 +msgid "Log file (.log)" +msgstr "Logdatei (.log)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1101 +msgid "BackupLog file" +msgstr "DatensicherungLogdatei" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1103 +msgid "" +"Each time you open and edit a file in &app;, " +"&app; creates a log file of changes you have made " +"to your data file. The log file uses a similar naming format as the backup " +"files: .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.log. Log files are not a full " +"backup of your data file - they simply record changes you have made to the " +"data file in the current &app; session." +msgstr "" +"Jedes mal wenn Sie eine Datei in &app; öffnen, " +"erstellt &app; eine .log Datei der Änderungen, " +"die Sie an der Datendatei gemacht haben. Die Logdatei nutzt ein ähnliches " +"Namensformat wie die Sicherungsdatei: .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.log. Logdateien sind keine vollständige Sicherung Ihrer Daten - sie " +"sind lediglich eine Aufzeichnung der Veränderungen, die sie in der aktuellen " +"&app; Sitzung vorgenommen haben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1110 +msgid "" +"In case you exit &app; inadvertently, possibly " +"due to a power outage or a system wide crash, it is possible to recover most " +"of your work since the last time you saved your &app; file using this log file. This is the procedure:" +msgstr "" +"In dem Fall, dass Sie &app; versehentlich " +"beenden, zum Beispiel durch einen Stromausfall oder einen Systemabsturz, ist " +"es möglich, den größten Teil Ihrer Arbeit seit dem letzten Speichern Ihrer " +"&app;-Datei durch Einspielen dieser Logdatei " +"wieder herzustellen. Dies ist das Verfahren:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1117 +msgid "Open the last saved &app; file." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie die zuletzt gespeicherte &app;-Datei." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1121 +msgid "" +"Go to FileImport " +"Replay &app; .log file and select " +"the one .log file with the same date as the saved file you just opened. Make " +"sure that you picked the right .log file, or you will possibly wreak havoc " +"in your accounts." +msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu DateiImportierenEinträge aus Logdatei wieder einspielen… und wählen Sie genau diejenige Logdatei mit " +"demselben Datum, wie es die soeben geöffnete Datei trug. Stellen Sie sicher, " +"dass Sie wirklich die richtige Logdatei benutzen, da Sie andernfalls " +"schweren Schaden in Ihren Konten anrichten können!" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1129 +msgid "" +"Log replaying will recover any transaction affecting the balance entered " +"since the last save, including those created from scheduled transactions and " +"business features (invoices, bills, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Das Einspielen der Logdatei wird alle Buchungen wiederherstellen, die das " +"Saldo seit dem letzten Speichern verändert haben, einschließlich derjenigen " +"aus terminierten Buchungen und Geschäftsvorfällen (Rechnungen und " +"Forderungen, etc.)." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1134 +msgid "" +"Changes to the scheduled transactions, invoices or bills themselves are NOT " +"recovered, and their transactions that were recovered may not be properly " +"associated with them, and should thus be double-checked. Especially for " +"business transactions, you may have to delete and re-create some of them. If " +"you do not, although the balance will be correct, some reports may not." +msgstr "" +"Änderungen in den terminierten Buchungen, oder den eigentlichen " +"Rechnungsbelegen werden NICHT wiederhergestellt und die zugehörigen " +"Buchungen, auch wenn Sie wiederhergestellt wurden, werden möglicherweise " +"nicht korrekt zugeordnet und sollten daher besonders überprüft werden. " +"Insbesondere bei geschäftlichen Buchungsvorgängen kann es erforderlich sein, " +"dass Sie einige löschen und erneut eingeben müssen. Tun Sie dies nicht, kann " +"es sein, dass trotz korrekten Saldos einige Berichte falsch sind." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1144 +msgid "Lock files (.LNK and .LCK)" +msgstr "Blockdateien (.LNK und .LCK)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1145 +msgid "BackupLock files" +msgstr "DatensicherungBlockdateien" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1147 +msgid "" +"You may occasionally see .LNK and .LCK files appear. These do not store any data, but they are created to " +"prevent more than one user from opening the same file at the same time. " +"These files are automatically created when you open the file, to lock it so " +"no one else can access it. When you close your &app; session or open another file, &app; " +"unlocks the first data file by deleting the .LCK and " +".LNK files." +msgstr "" +"Gelegentlich werden Sie .LNK und .LCK Dateien auftauchen sehen. Diese " +"speichern keine Daten, sondern werden erzeugt, um zu verhindern, dass " +"mehrere Benutzer dieselbe Datei gleichzeitig öffnen können. Diese Dateien " +"werden automatisch erzeugt, sobald Sie Ihre eigene Datei öffnen, damit " +"niemand sonst darauf zugreifen kann. Wenn Sie Ihre &app; Sitzung beenden oder eine andere Datei öffnen, wird " +"&app; die Blockade der ersten Datei aufheben, " +"indem es die LCK und LNK Dateien löscht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1154 +msgid "" +"If &app; crashes while you have a data file open, " +"the .LCK and .LNK files are not " +"deleted. The next time you try to open &app;, you " +"will get a warning message that the file is locked. The warning message " +"appears because the .LNK and .LCK " +"files are still in your directory. It is safe to choose Yes to open the file, but you should delete the .LNK and .LCK files (using a terminal window or " +"your file manager). Once those files are deleted, you will not get the " +"warning message again unless &app; crashes." +msgstr "" +"Wenn &app; nicht ordnungsgemäß beendet wird, " +"während Sie eine Datei geöffnet haben, werden die .LCK " +"und .LNK Dateien nicht gelöscht. Beim nächsten Start " +"von &app;, werden Sie eine Warnmeldung erhalten, " +"dass die Datei blockiert ist. Die Warnmeldung erscheint, weil die ." +"LNK und .LCK Dateien in Ihrem Ordner " +"gefunden wurden. Es ist sicher, Trotzdem öffnen zu " +"wählen, aber Sie sollten die .LNK und .LCKDateien löschen (von der Kommandozeile oder mit dem Dateimanager). " +"Sobald die Dateien entfernt sind, wird die Warnmeldung nicht mehr " +"erscheinen, sofern &app; nicht wieder abstürzt." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1167 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_lock.png' md5='__failed__'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_lock.png' md5='0861fb886a8221da3453b2f43891e617'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1174 +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt die Warnung, dass Blockdateien gefunden werden." +msgstr "Die Abbildung zeigt die Warnung, dass Blockdateien gefunden werden." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1164 +msgid "" +" LANG-DE Warnmeldung, " +"dass Blockdateien gefunden werden <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Warnmeldung, dass " +"Blockdateien gefunden werden <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1183 +msgid "File Management" +msgstr "Dateimanagement" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1184 +msgid "BackupFile Management" +msgstr "" +"DatensicherungDateimanagement" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1186 +msgid "" +"So which files should you keep around? Keep your main data file, of course. " +"It’s a good idea to keep some of the more recent ." +"YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files, but you can safely delete " +"the .log files since they are not complete copies of " +"your data." +msgstr "" +"Welche Dateien sollten Sie also aufbewahren? Behalten müssen Sie natürlich " +"Ihre Datendatei. Es ist eine gute Idee, einige .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS." +"gnucashDatensicherungen neueren Datums aufzubewahren, aber Sie " +"können sicher die .log-Dateien löschen, weil sie keine " +"kompletten Kopien Ihrer Daten sind." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1192 +msgid "" +"If you upgraded from a &app; version prior to " +"2.4, you may also have backup files in the old .xac " +"format. For these files you can apply the same principle described above for " +".YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie von einer &app; Version vor 2.4 " +"aktualisieren, haben Sie die Sicherungsdateien in dem alten .xac -Format. Für diese Dateien können Sie die gleichen Verfahren " +"anwenden, wie oben für .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash " +"Sicherungsdateien beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1197 +msgid "" +"You should also delete any .LCK and .LNK files that you see after closing &app;. " +"If you decide to back up your data file to another disk manually, it’s " +"enough to back up the main data file - not the .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS." +"gnucash backup files." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten ebenfalls alle .LCK und .LNK Dateien löschen, die Sie nach dem Beenden von &app; noch finden. Wenn Sie Ihre Daten manuell in einem anderen " +"Ordner sichern wollen, müssen sie nur Ihre Datendatei kopieren - nicht die " +".JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash-Sicherungsdatei." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1203 +msgid "" +"By default &app; will automatically delete any " +".log and .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash " +"backup files that are older than 30 days. You can change this behavior in " +"the &app; preferences in the General tab under Edit " +"Preferences " +"(GnuCashPreferences on MacOS)." +msgstr "" +"&app; löscht automatisch alle .log und .JJJJMMTTHHMMSS.gnucash-Dateien, die " +"älter als 30 Tage sind. Sie können dieses Verhalten in den &app;" +" Einstellungen in dem Reiter Allgemeines " +"unter Bearbeiten Einstellungen (GnuCashEinstellungen unter MacOS)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1214 +msgid "Migrating &app; data" +msgstr "Übertragung der &app; Daten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1215 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you may need to move your financial data and &app; settings to another machine. Typical use cases are when you buy " +"a new computer or if you want to use the same settings over two different " +"operating systems in a dual boot configuration." +msgstr "" +"Manchmal haben Sie das Bedürfnis, Ihre Finanzdaten und Ihre " +"&app; Einstellungen auf eine andere Maschine zu " +"übertragen. Übliche Anwendungsfälle sind, wenn Sie einen neuen Computer " +"kaufen oder wenn Sie die gleichen Einstellungen auf verschiedenen " +"Betriebssystemen in einer Dualbootkonfiguration nutzen wollen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1220 +msgid "Migrating financial data" +msgstr "Übertragung der Finanzdaten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1221 +msgid "" +"Migrating &app; financial data is a as simple as " +"copying .gnucash files with a file manager if you know " +"where they are saved. If you can’t remember where a file is stored but " +"you can open it directly within &app;, save it in " +"the desired path from within &app;." +msgstr "" +"Übertragung der &app; Finanzdaten ist so einfach " +"wie das Kopieren der .gnucash-Datei mit dem " +"Dateimanager, wenn Sie wissen, wo diese gespeichert sind. Wenn Sie sich " +"nicht erinnern, wo eine Datei gespeichert ist, aber Sie können es direkt in " +"&app; aufrufen, speichern es in dem gewünschten " +"Pfad mit &app;." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1226 +msgid "" +"All other files in the folder are either backups or log files. It won’" +"t do any harm to copy them too, but it’s not likely to do any good, " +"either." +msgstr "" +"Alle anderen Dateien in dem Ordner sind entweder Sicherungs- oder " +"Logdateien. Es schadet nicht, sie auch zu kopieren, es ist nicht " +"wahrscheinlich es zu tun." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1231 +msgid "Migrating preferences data" +msgstr "Übertragung der Einstellungsdaten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1232 +msgid "" +"Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for " +"&app; preferences, one for reports, and one for " +"online banking settings. Preferences are managed by gsettings, reports are managed by &app; " +"itself, and online banking is managed by aqbanking. If you do not use online banking, then you will not have this " +"folder on your machine." +msgstr "" +"Einstellungen werden in drei verschiedenen Orten gespeichert: Eine für die " +"&app;-Einstellungen, eine für Berichte und eine " +"für die Einstellungen des Online-Banking. Einstellungen werden durch die " +"gsettings, Berichte durch &app; selbst und Online Banking durch aqbanking gehandhabt. Wenn Sie kein Online Banking nutzen, werden Sie " +"diesen Ordner nicht auf Ihre Maschine haben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1237 +msgid "" +"Where the &app; preferences are stored varies " +"depending on your operating system (see , " +", and ). To " +"back up and transfer your entire installation, you must copy these " +"preferences as well." +msgstr "" +"Wo die &app; Einstellungen gespeichert sind, " +"variiert abhängig von Ihrem Betriebssystem (siehe auch , und ). Um Ihre Installation zu sichern und zu übertragen, müssen Sie diese " +"Einstellungen auch kopieren." + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1243 +msgid "Application Settings Locations" +msgstr "Ort der Einstellungen" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1247 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1274 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1301 +msgid "Operating system" +msgstr "Betriebssystem" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1248 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1275 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1302 +msgid "folder" +msgstr "Ordner" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1253 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1280 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1307 +msgid "Unix" +msgstr "Unix" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1254 +msgid "" +"&app; preferences are stored in " +"dconf. You can use the commands dconf dump /" +"org/gnucash/ on the old machine and dconf load /org/gnucash/ on the new machine to migrate your preferences." +msgstr "" +"&app; Einstellungen sind in dconf gespeichert. Sie können das Kommando dconf dump /org/" +"gnucash/ auf der alten Maschine nutzen und dconf load /org/" +"gnucash/ auf der neuen Maschine nutzen, um die Einstellungen zu " +"übertragen." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1259 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1284 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1311 +msgid "Mac OSX" +msgstr "Mac OSX" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1260 +msgid "" +"~/Library/Preferences/gnucash.plist" +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungen sind unter ~/Library/" +"Preferences/gnucash.plist gespeichert." + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1263 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1288 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1315 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1264 +msgid "" +"The preferences are stored in the Windows registryHKEY_CURRENT_USER/software/GSettings" +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungen sind in der Windows Registry unter HKEY_CURRENT_USER/software/GSettings gespeichert." + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1270 +msgid "Saved Reports Locations" +msgstr "Ort der gespeicherten Berichte" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1281 +msgid "~/.gnucash" +msgstr "~/.gnucash" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1285 +msgid "" +"~/Library/Application Support/gnucash" +msgstr "" +"~/Library/Application Support/gnucash" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1289 +msgid "" +"Documents and Settings/Username/.gnucash or Users/Username/.gnucash" +msgstr "" +"Dokumente und Einstellungen/Username/.gnucash oder Benutzer/Username/.gnucash" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1297 +msgid "Online Banking Settings Locations" +msgstr "Ort der Online-Banking-Einstellungen" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1308 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1312 +msgid "~/.aqbanking" +msgstr "~/.aqbanking" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1316 +msgid "" +"Documents and Settings/Username/.aqbanking" +msgstr "" +"Dokumente und Einstellungen/Username/." +"aqbanking" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1323 +msgid "" +"On Unix and Mac OSX, these folders will generally not display in the file " +"manager. You must set the file manager to show hidden files and folders to " +"see them." +msgstr "" +"Unter Unix und MacOSX werden diese Ordner normalerweise im Dateimanager " +"nicht angezeigt. Sie müssen im Dateimanager einstellen, dass die versteckten " +"Dateien und Ordner angezeigt werden, um diese zu sehen." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1329 +msgid "" +"On Unix and Mac OSX, the ~ symbol means the home folder." +msgstr "" +"Unter Unix und MacOSX bedeutet das ~ Zeichen den Home-Ordner." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1339 +msgid "Putting It All TogetherBasisc" +msgstr "" +"Alles ZusammensetzenGrundlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1342 +msgid "" +"This section begins a tutorial that will continue throughout this book. At " +"the end of each chapter, you will see a Putting It All Together section that walks you through examples to illustrate concepts " +"discussed in that section. Each Putting It All Together " +"section builds on the previous one, so be sure to save your file for easy " +"access." +msgstr "" +"Mit diesem Abschnitt beginnt eine Anleitung, die sich durch das ganze Buch " +"fortsetzen wird. Am Ende jedes Kapitels werden Sie einen Abschnitt " +"Alles Zusammensetzen finden, der Sie schrittweise durch " +"Beispiele führen wird, um die im Kapitel behandelten Konzepte zu " +"veranschaulichen. Jeder Alles Zusammensetzen Abschnitt " +"baut auf dem vorangehenden auf. Benutzen Sie also die vorgeschlagenen Namen " +"und speichern Sie die Dateien." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1350 +msgid "Let’s get started!" +msgstr "Los geht's!" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1354 +msgid "" +"First, let’s create a file to store your real data. Open " +"&app; and select FileNew File from the " +"Menubar. This will start the New Account " +"Hierarchy Setup assistant that allows you to create several " +"accounts at once." +msgstr "" +"Lassen Sie uns als erstes eine Datei anlegen, die später Ihre privaten " +"Kontodaten speichern soll. Öffnen Sie &app; und " +"wählen Sie DateiNeue Datei aus der Menüleiste. Dieses " +"startet den Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten, " +"der es Ihnen erlaubt, mehrere Konten auf einmal zu erstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1359 +msgid "" +"If you are running &app; for the first time, you " +"will be presented with the Cannot find default values " +"screen which is described in details in the &app; " +"manual." +msgstr "" +"Wenn dies der allererste Start von &app; ist, " +"gelangen Sie automatisch zu dem Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1368 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1373 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png' " +"md5='c319463d39c6921e11da996c1b7608db'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png' " +"md5='399054b916a66e10daf95eb10a3704cd'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1381 +msgid "" +"This image shows the first screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt den ersten Bildschirm des Neuen Kontenrahmen " +"erstellen Assistenten." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1365 +msgid "" +" The New " +"Account Hierarchy Setup assistant <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Der Neuen " +"Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1387 +msgid "" +"The first screen of the assistant gives you a description of what the " +"assistant does. Click the Forward button to proceed " +"to the next screen." +msgstr "" +"Das erste Bild des Assistenten gibt Ihnen eine Beschreibung, was der " +"Assistent tut. Klicken Sie auf die Vor-Schaltfläche, " +"um zum nächsten Bild zu kommen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1392 +msgid "" +"In the second screen, select the currency to use for the new accounts from " +"the dropdown list. Then press the Forward button." +msgstr "" +"Im zweiten Bild wählen Sie die Währung im Listenfeld aus,die Sie für die " +"neuen Konten nutzen möchten. Dann drücken Sie die Vor-" +"Schaltfläche." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1395 +msgid "" +"The currency you select here, will be assigned to all the " +"accounts created in this assistant." +msgstr "" +"Die ausgewählte Währung wird auf allen Konten " +"angewendet, die mit dem Assistenten erstellt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1403 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1408 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png' " +"md5='c545c4f3dc6d5936f5660aafbbe8f882'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png' " +"md5='24791650249977635b4b3b0fa64dba42'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1416 +msgid "" +"This image shows the second screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant where you select the currency." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt den zweiten Bildschirm des Neuen Kontenrahmen " +"erstellen Assistenten, in dem Sie die Währung auswählen können." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1400 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Currency <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +" " +"Der Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent - Währung <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1425 +msgid "" +"In the third screen, set the New Book Options, then " +"press the Forward button. You can also update these " +"options later using File Properties. For details of " +"these options, see the &app; Help manual, chapter " +"Customizing GnuCash, Book Options." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE In the third screen, set the New Book Options, then press the Forward button. You can " +"also update these options later using File Properties. For details of " +"these options, see the &app; Help manual, chapter " +"Customizing GnuCash, Book Options." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1437 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1442 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewBookOpts.png' " +"md5='0220cd28ea1b1ae2ec09115111cb83db'" +msgstr "external ref='figures/basics_NewBookOpts.png' md5='__failed__'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1450 +msgid "" +"This image shows the third screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant where you select the book options." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE This image shows the third screen of the New " +"Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you select the book " +"options." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1434 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"The New Book Options assistant <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +" " +"UNTRANSLATED-DE The New Book Options assistant <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1459 +msgid "" +"In the fourth screen select the Common Accounts group " +"in the Categories pane. Then press the " +"Forward button to proceed." +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Im dritten Bild wählen Sie die Gruppe Allgemeine Konten in der Kategorien-Fenster. Dann drücken Sie " +"die Vor-Schaltfläche, um fortzufahren." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1463 +msgid "" +"If you want, you can select one or more of the predefined account-groups " +"here. For more information on account types, see ." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie wollen, können Sie eine oder mehrere der vordefinierten " +"Kontengruppen hier auswählen. Für mehr Informationen über die Kontenarten, " +"sehen Sie in ." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1471 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1476 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png' " +"md5='2f2cdb5943b073a8017b09acbda96cb1'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png' " +"md5='a406599c974f9ca70db5f7cea6c228fc'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1485 +msgid "" +"This image shows the fourth screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant where you choose the various accounts." +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Die Abbildung zeigt den dritten Bildschirm des Neuen " +"Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten, in dem Sie die verschiedenen " +"Konten auswählen können." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1468 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Choose accounts " +" <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +" " +"Der Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent - Konten <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1494 +msgid "" +"In the fifth screen you will be able to set an Opening Balance on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if the account should " +"be a Placeholder. As these features will be described " +"in next chapters, leave all as configured by &app; and click Forward to open the last " +"screen of the assistant." +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Im vierten Bild können Sie einen Anfangsbestand für jedes Konto angeben, was auch angezeigt ist, wenn das Konto " +"ein Platzhalter sein sollte. Da diese Funktionen im " +"nächsten Kapitel beschreiben werden, lassen Sie alles wie von " +"&app; eingerichtet und klicken Vor, um das letzte Bild des Assistenten zu öffnen." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1504 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1509 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png' " +"md5='ca7a98fb605c112284e7641df0a8d5c8'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png' " +"md5='9cedab96c11121628c9ec938b7d788ea'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1517 +msgid "" +"This image shows the fifth screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant where you can set Opening Balance." +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Die Abbildung zeigt den vierten Bildschirm des Neuen " +"Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistenten, in dem Sie die ausgewählten " +"Konten einrichten können." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1501 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Configure <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" Der " +"Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent - Konten einrichten <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1526 +msgid "" +"In the last screen of the assistant, click Apply to " +"create all the accounts and leave the assistant." +msgstr "" +"Im letzten Bild des Assistenten klicken Sie auf Anwenden, um alle Konten zu erstellen und den Assistenten zu verlassen." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1533 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1538 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png' " +"md5='1772d8030e58b01f179c1bd30597c577'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png' " +"md5='2014468cabeb85979ebaf45628bba4fd'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1546 +msgid "" +"This image shows the last screen of the New Account Hierarchy " +"Setup assistant." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt den letzten Bildschirm des Neuen Kontenrahmen " +"erstellen Assistenten." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1530 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Finish <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +" " +"Der Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen Assistent - Beenden <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1554 +msgid "" +"After pressing Apply in the previous window, you will " +"be presented with the save dialog. Select the XML " +"Data Format, Name the file as " +"gcashdata_1, select the folder where to save the file " +"(remember it as the data file will be used in the tutorials throughout this " +"manual), and finally press the Save as button." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Drücken von Anwenden im vorherigen Fenster, " +"erhalten Sie den Speicherndialog. Wählen Sie das XML " +"Datenformat, geben bei Name den " +"Dateiname test ein, wählen den Ordner, wohin die Datei " +"gespeichert werden soll (denken Sie daran, dass diese Datei in allen " +"Anleitungen in diesem Handbuch benutzt werden), und drücken schließlich die " +"Speichern unter Schaltfläche." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1560 +msgid "Your main window should now look something like this:" +msgstr "Ihr Hauptfenster sollte nun wie folgt aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1566 ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1571 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png' " +"md5='2c1d496466c91c8175ec99c2e89d93fe'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png' " +"md5='59ab061cf4d78a1682b1e97c7e883e1d'" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1563 +msgid "" +" The Main window showing the " +"test file " +msgstr "" +" " +" " +" Hauptfenster mit der Testdatei " +"" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring &app;" +msgstr "&app;zum ersten Mal starten" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This chapter will detail preference settings for &app;." +msgstr "Anhang : Kommandozeilenoptionen, Tastenkürzel …" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:23 +msgid "Configuring is fun." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:27 +msgid "Main Configuration Screens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&app; stores settings in two main locations." +msgstr "&app; Online Hilfe" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:31 +msgid "Preferences: Accounting Period Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:32 +msgid "Stuff about the Accounting Period tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:35 +msgid "Preferences: Accounts Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:36 ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Stuff about the Accounts tab. Need this stub for the link in The Basics. " +"More later." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:39 +msgid "Preferences: Online Banking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing Data into &app;" +msgstr "Übertragung der &app; Daten" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This chapter will detail procedures for importing data into " +"&app;." +msgstr "Anhang : Kommandozeilenoptionen, Tastenkürzel …" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing Transactions from Files" +msgstr "Zusätzliche Buchungsbeispiele" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Imported transactions will generally be to a specific account in your " +"account tree. In the following this will be referred to as the import or base " +"account. It may or may not be specified in the data being imported, " +"depending on the import format. It is usually the first split of a " +"transaction being imported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:27 +msgid "" +"All transactions will also must have a destination account for at least matching splits. This may or may not be " +"supplied in the imported data. If it is not, an account can be assigned on " +"the basis of the previous import history by matching to infomation in the " +"imported data. The user may always over-ride this assignment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Multi-split data previously exported from GnuCash may have both the import " +"and destination accounts for transaction splits specified in the data file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:36 +msgid "File Import Formats" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:37 +msgid "Gnucash allows transactions to be imported in the following formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:39 +msgid "" +"QIF (.qif) Quicken Interchange format - import data from Quicken " +"financial software;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:41 +msgid "" +"OFX/QFX (.ofx,.qfx) Open Financial eXchange format (QXF is an Intuit/" +"Quicken proprietary version of OFX);" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:44 +msgid "" +"CSV (.csv) Comma Separated Values;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:46 +msgid "" +"MT940 MT940" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:48 +msgid "" +"MT942 MT942" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:50 +msgid "" +"DTAUS DTAUS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These import methods can be accessed from File Import ...." +msgstr "" +"To start this assistant manually go to File " +"Import ... Import QIF...." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:59 +msgid "Import Matcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Several of the Import Assistants use an Import Matcher to implement a " +"Bayesian approach to assign destination accounts, if such accounts are not " +"specified in the imported data, to each imported transaction based on the " +"previous import history of the import account. It also attempts to match the " +"transactions being imported to any existing transactions based on the date " +"and the description fields." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Transaction rows which match existing transactions already in the import " +"account are flagged not to be imported. They will have a light green " +"background and the A and U+R checkboxes will be unchecked and the R checkbox " +"will be checked. To override and import the transaction, check the A " +"checkbox. The U and R boxes will be unchecked automatically. The reliability " +"of the match is indicated by a bar display in the Info column. If a " +"destination account for the second split is assigned by the matcher if will " +"be appended to the info column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Transaction rows which do not match existing transactions in the import " +"account, for which an assignment of a destination account cannot be made on " +"the basis of the previous import history to the account, will be displayed " +"with an orange-yellow background and the A box will be checked and U+R and R " +"unchecked. A destination account must be specified for these transactions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:77 +msgid "Assign a Destination Account to a Single Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The currently selected row is selected by Left-clicking it. It is displayed " +"with a mid dark green background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Double click on a row. This will select " +"it and open an Account Selection dialog. Select the desired destination " +"account in the dialog and click OK. The row background " +"will change to a light green and the assigned destination account will be " +"displayed in the Info column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:84 +msgid "" +"or alternatively, Left-click on a row to " +"select it followed by a Right-click to " +"bring up a popup menu then select \"Assign a transfer account\" to display " +"the Account Selection dialog, select the destination account and click the " +"OK button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:91 +msgid "Assign a Destination Account to Multiple Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you will have several transactions which will have the same " +"destination account. Gnucash allows you to select multiple transactions and " +"apply the same destination account to all transactions in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:96 +msgid "Rows in a selection are displayed with a mid dark green background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Multiple rows may be selected to have the same destination account assigned " +"to them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:98 +msgid "To select rows either:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Left click on first row and then " +"Ctrl-Left click on other rows to add to " +"the selection or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Left-click on a first row and then " +"Shift-Left-click on another row to select " +"all rows between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:105 +msgid "" +"then Right-click to display a popup menu " +"and then select \"Assign a transfer account\" to open the Account Selection dialog. Select the desired " +"destination account and click the OK button in the " +"Account Selection dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:111 +msgid "Completing the Import" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Once you have assigned destination accounts for all the imported " +"transactions using the above methods (all row backgrounds will be a light " +"green colour), check that the assigned destination acounts are correct and " +"then press the OK button at the bottom of the Generic " +"Import Matcher window. The transactions selected for import will have their " +"splits added to the selected source and destination accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:118 +msgid "" +"The choices made for the destination accounts and description/memo fields " +"are remembered and stored and used for future imports to the same account to " +"automatically assign a destination account for transaction records not " +"containing destination account information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Import QIF" +msgstr "Import QIF Files" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:128 +msgid "" +"To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that use " +"QIF(Quicken® Interchange Format), you must first export your data to a QIF " +"file. One way to do this is to export each account as a separate QIF file. " +"An easier way, available in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to export all " +"accounts at once into a single QIF file. Check your program's manual to " +"determine if this option is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To import QIF files:" +msgstr "Import QIF Files" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:135 +msgid "Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to import" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:136 +msgid "" +"To do this, select File -> Import -> Import " +"QIF... from the menu. When the QIF Import dialog box appears, " +"click Next and follow the instructions to " +"guide you through the process of loading your files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows the start of the QIF Import assistant." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt den Startpunkt dieses Abschnittes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:141 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted for a filename to load. Use the Select button to select " +"your QIF file and click Next to load it. Once the file is loaded, select " +"Load another file if you have more files to load. When you have loaded all " +"your QIF files, click Next to continue with the import process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:147 +msgid "Review the GnuCash accounts to be created." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:148 +msgid "" +"The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories with GnuCash " +"accounts and gives you a brief description of the matching process. Clicking " +"Next will bring you to a view comparing your QIF accounts with the " +"corresponding GnuCash accounts created. To change an account name, select " +"the row containing that account name and edit the name in the dialog box " +"provided. Click Next when you have finished making changes, and proceed " +"through a similar category matching process. QIF income and expense " +"categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts Make changes to " +"these account names if necessary, and click Next to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Note: If you are not sure what changes " +"are needed, it is safe to accept the GnuCash account names. It is easy to " +"edit the accounts later if you find you need to make a change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:160 +msgid "" +"From the drop-down list, select a standard currency to be used for the " +"imported accounts and click Next to " +"continue. If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you will be " +"prompted for additional information. The importer dialog will ask for the " +"exchange or listing (i.e. Nasdaq), the security's full name, and the ticker " +"symbol. If you do not have this information handy, you can edit the account " +"information later, once the import is complete. Click Next to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:168 +msgid "Tell GnuCash to import the data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The last step is the import. Once you have verified your account names and " +"investment information, click Finish in " +"the Update your GnuCash accounts page to complete the import process. " +"Depending upon the size of your file, the import might take a few minutes to " +"complete, so a progress bar displays the percentage finished. When the " +"import process is complete, GnuCash will return you to the main window, " +"which should now display the names of the accounts you imported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:552 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Import OFX/QFX" +msgstr "Import QIF Files" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:553 +msgid "" +"This opens a file selection dialog. Navigate to the file you wish to import, " +"select a file with the appropriate extension (.ofx or .qfx), then press the " +"Import button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:555 +msgid "" +"Gnucash opens an Account Selection dialog to select an account in your CoA " +"corresponding to data source. Select the appropriate account from the " +"account tree and press the OK button. On " +"subsequent import of files from the same source (identified by tags in the " +"file), the source is remembered and the account selection dialog is not " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:559 +msgid "" +"The generic import transaction matcher dialog is opened next. See the Import Matcher section (common to both " +"OFX/QFX and CSV import formats) following the Import CSV section to continue " +"the import process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:565 +msgid "Import CSV" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:566 +msgid "" +"Clicking on Import CSV in the Import menu " +"will bring up the Import Assistant dialog. The first step brings up a file " +"selection dialog. Navigate to the location where the file you wish to import " +"is located and select the file to import then click the OK button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:570 +msgid "" +"The next window will allow you to set parameters for the importing of the " +"file. All widgets have tooltips which explain what the setting affects and " +"the options for the setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:574 +msgid "Load and Save Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:575 +msgid "" +"If this import is a regular occurrence, once you have set the other import " +"paramters, you can save these settings by typing in a setting name in the " +"Load and Save Settings Entry combo box " +"and pressing the Save button just to the " +"right of the box. Previously defined settings can be retrieved by selecting " +"the appropriate setting name from the dropdown list activated by the down " +"arrow at the right end of the text box. The trash can button to the right of " +"the Save button can be used to remove the settings selected from the drop " +"down list for the box. The settings group \"GnuCash " +"Export Settings\" define a setting group for the export and " +"reimport of GnuCash transaction data - use this if importing data previously " +"exported from GnuCash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:584 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:177 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:397 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Konten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:585 +msgid "" +"This combo box allows you to select the base or import account into which " +"the transactions will be imported. It may be left unset if the imported data " +"contains a column listing the accounts associated with each split or the " +"import data specifies the account for first split of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File Format" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE File Save" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:591 +msgid "This section allows you to define whether the file has:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:595 +msgid "" +"Fixed width columns Selecting this radio " +"button will allow you to define column boundaries by double clicking at the " +"appropriate positions in the sample records displayed in the panel below. " +"Single clicking in a column will narrow, widen or merge the column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:601 +msgid "" +"Separators Selecting this radio button " +"will allow you to define characters which will be used to distinguish " +"columns in the input file. The default is comma separated however spaces, " +"tabs,colons or semicolons or any combination of them may be used to separate " +"columns in the input file by selecting the appropriate check boxes. You may " +"also define custom separators by typing the required characters into the " +"text box and selecting the Custom " +"checkbox. This may be used in combination with any of the predefined " +"separators." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:610 +msgid "" +"Multi-split Selecting this check box " +"allows the splits for a single transaction to be defined on consecutive " +"lines within the file with each line defining a single split. If not " +"selected each line is assumed to contain the information for a single " +"transaction including one or two splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:618 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:619 +msgid "The miscellaneous settings allow you to set:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:622 +msgid "" +"EncodingThis is usually the UTF-8 variant " +"for your locale;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:623 +msgid "" +"Date Format This does not default to the " +"Locale setting so check it matches the data you are importing;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:624 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Currency Format;" +msgstr "Erträge" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Leading Lines to Skip;" +msgstr "Geschäftliche Finanzen verwalten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:626 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Trailing Lines to Skip;" +msgstr "Fremdkapital" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:627 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skip alternate lines;" +msgstr "Fremdkapital" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:629 +msgid "" +"to match the settings for the file you are importing. Tooltips may also " +"contain information on the setting and options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:632 +msgid "Import Panel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:633 +msgid "" +"The import panel shows the data being imported as it is interpreted using " +"the settings chosen to define columns and formats. The dropdown lists in the " +"headers for each column of the import allow you to associate a specific " +"column in the imported data with a specific field in the display of a " +"transaction in an account register. At a minimum to import data, columns in " +"the imported data containing the following information must be specified:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:639 +msgid "Date of transaction;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:640 +msgid "" +"Account into which transaction is to be " +"imported (or alternatively set the base account as above);" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:641 +msgid "Description of the transaction;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:642 +msgid "Deposit or Withdrawal column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:644 +msgid "" +"The Skip Errors check box will skip " +"trying to import any rows with errors in matching the columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:646 +msgid "" +"When you are happy with all the import settings, save them if you will use the same settings again, then " +"press the Next button. This will bring up " +"a window which allows you to map the accounts identified in the account " +"column (Account Id) with accounts in the GnuCash account tree (Account " +"name). Double click on a row to bring up a dialog to select the matching " +"GnuCash account. When you have selected a match for all accounts, click on " +"the Next button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:652 +msgid "" +"The Transaction Information panel allows review of data entry settings so " +"far." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:654 +msgid "" +"Clicking on Match Transactions will then bring up the main Import Matcher window described in the next " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:661 +msgid "Import MT940" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:662 +msgid "Use this option to import MT940 data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:666 +msgid "Import MT942" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:667 +msgid "Use this option to import MT942 data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:671 +msgid "Import DTAUS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:672 +msgid "Use this option to import DTAUS data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:22 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Einführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:23 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Einführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:25 +msgid "" +"&app; is the personal finance software package " +"made for you. It is versatile enough to keep track of all your financial " +"information, from the simple to the very complex. It is one of the few " +"financial software packages that supports global currencies, and it is the " +"only open-source program of its kind. Best of all, &app; is easy to learn and use!" +msgstr "" +"&app; ist das Finanzsoftware " +"Paket, das für Sie gemacht ist. Es ist flexibel genug, um all Ihre " +"Finanzinformationen, von den einfachen zu den sehr komplexen, zu verwalten. " +"Es ist eines der wenigen Finanzsoftware Pakete, das globale Währungen " +"unterstützt, und es ist das einzige freie Programm seiner Art. Besser noch: " +"&app; ist leicht zu erlernen und zu benutzen!" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:31 +msgid "" +"So, what can &app; do for you? It can keep track " +"of your personal finances in as much detail as you prefer. If you are just " +"starting out, use &app; to keep track of your " +"checkbook. You may then decide to track cash as well as credit card " +"purchases to better determine where your money is being spent. When you " +"start investing, you can use &app; to help " +"monitor your portfolio. Buying a vehicle or a home? &app; will help you plan the investment and track loan payments. If " +"your financial records span the globe, &app; " +"provides all the multiple-currency support you need." +msgstr "" +"Was genau kann &app; für Sie tun? Es kann Ihre " +"persönlichen Finanzen so detailliert protokollieren, wie Sie möchten. Wenn " +"Sie gerade beginnen, benutzen Sie &app;, um Ihr " +"Girokonto zu verfolgen. Dann möchten Sie vielleicht auch Ihre " +"Kreditkartenkäufe verfolgen, um besser festzustellen, wo Sie Ihr Geld " +"ausgeben. Wenn Sie anfangen zu investieren, können Sie &app; benutzen, um Ihr Wertpapierbestand zu beobachten. Kaufen Sie " +"ein Auto oder ein Haus? &app; hilft Ihnen, die " +"Investition zu planen und die Darlehensrückzahlungen zu verfolgen. Sollten " +"Ihre Anlagen den Globus umspannen, bietet &app; " +"Unterstützung für mehrere Währungen." + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:45 ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:50 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/oview_intro.png' md5='55c7a89a983110428f48a2e926e6d1c1'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/oview_intro.png' md5='9b54797e1a0b273b7115a4da37ab310e'" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This image shows a Chart of Accounts with multiple currencies and " +"investments." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt eine Liste mit Konten in verschiedenen Währungen und " +"Wertpapieren." + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:42 +msgid "" +" " +" " +"&app; Chart of Accounts - Teaser " +" <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" +" " +" " +"&app; Liste mit Konten in verschiedenen " +"Währungen und Wertpapieren <_:caption-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:63 +msgid "" +"While &app; is well suited for personal finances, " +"it is also powerful enough for business use. There are many business " +"features, from integrated accounts receivable and payable systems, to tax " +"table construction. You will find these and the many other business features " +"surprisingly powerful and easy to use." +msgstr "" +"Obwohl &app; gut für persönliche Finanzen " +"geeignet ist, ist es auch mächtig genug für die geschäftliche Nutzung. Von " +"einem System zur Verwaltung von Konten mit Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten " +"bis zum Erstellen der Steuererklärung sind viele erstaunlich mächtige und " +"einfach zu benutzende geschäftliche Funktionen vorhanden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:71 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funktionen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:74 +msgid "Easy to Use" +msgstr "Einfach zu benutzen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Within a matter of minutes you will be able to enter your personal finance " +"information and generate color graphs that represent your financial status. " +"If you can use the register in the back of your checkbook - you can use " +"&app;! Type directly into the register, tab " +"between fields, and use quick-fill to automatically complete transactions. " +"The interface is customizable from within the application itself." +msgstr "" +"Innerhalb von Minuten werden Sie in der Lage sein, Ihre Finanzdaten " +"einzugeben und eine graphische Übersicht über Ihre Finanzen zu erstellen. " +"Wenn Sie ein normales Girokonto führen können, dann sind Sie auch in der " +"Lage, &app; zu benutzen! Machen Sie Eingaben " +"direkt im Kontenbuch und benutzen Sie die automatische Vervollständigung, um " +"Buchungen automatisch abzuschließen. Die Benutzeroberfläche können Sie in " +"der Anwendung selbst an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Easy to Use Menus: &app; " +"menus conform to the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines. This means that they " +"are simple and similar in appearance to many other GNOME applications." +msgstr "" +"Einfach zu benutzende Menüs: Die Menüs von " +"&app; entsprechen den GNOME Human Interface " +"Guidelines. Das bedeutet, dass sie einfach und in ihrem Erscheinen ähnlich " +"zu denen vieler anderer GNOME Anwendungen sind." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Documentation: &app; has " +"built-in Help and extensive User’s Guide documentation." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentation: &app; besitzt " +"eine eingebaute Hilfe und dieses umfangreiche Benutzerhandbuch." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Import Methods: &app; " +"supports many ways to input transactions besides manual entry. If you can " +"access your bank accounts on-line, this is especially useful, as most banks " +"and credit card companies support one of the following import methods. You " +"will spend less time entering data and more time analyzing results." +msgstr "" +"Importfunktionen: &app; " +"bietet, abgesehen von der Eingabe per Hand, mehrere Arten, Buchungen zu " +"erfassen. Wenn Sie einen Online-Zugang zu Ihrem Bankkonto haben, ist das " +"besonders nützlich, denn eine der folgenden Importfunktionen wird von den " +"meisten Banken unterstützt. Sie verbringen dann weniger Zeit mit der Eingabe " +"von Daten und mehr Zeit mit der Analyse von Ergebnissen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Quicken Import File (QIF): Import Quicken QIF style files, a popular file format with many commercial personal " +"finance software packages." +msgstr "" +"Quicken Import File (QIF): Die Importfunktion für " +"Quicken QIF Dateien. Dies ist ein Format, das von vielen " +"kommerziellen Softwarepaketen zur Finanzverwaltung benutzt wird." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX): &app; is the first free software application to support the Open " +"Financial Exchange protocol. Many financial institutions are moving towards " +"this format." +msgstr "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX): &app; ist die erste Freie Software Anwendung, die das Open Financial " +"Exchange Protokoll unterstützt. Dieses Format wird von immer mehr " +"Finanzinstituten benutzt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI): " +"&app; is the first free software application to " +"support the German Home Banking Computer Interface protocol. This protocol " +"includes statement download, initiates bank transfers, and makes direct " +"debits possible." +msgstr "" +"Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI): " +"&app; ist die erste Freie Software Anwendung, die " +"das deutsche Home Banking Computer Interface Protokoll unterstützt. Mit " +"diesem Protokoll können Kontoauszüge heruntergeladen, Überweisungen und " +"Abbuchungen vorgenommen werden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Reports: &app; comes with " +"over 30 prebuilt reports, including Account Summary, Income, Expenses, " +"Transaction Report, Balance Sheet, Profit&Loss, Portfolio Valuation, and " +"many others. Reports support graphical views of the data, including pie " +"charts, bar charts, and scatter plots. The reports can be exported to " +"HTML files, and are easily customized." +msgstr "" +"Berichte: &app; wird mit " +"über 30 vorgefertigten Berichten geliefert, einschließlich einer Übersicht " +"über Konten, Einnahmen, Ausgaben, Überweisungen, einer Bilanz, Gewinn- und " +"Verlustrechnung, einer Depotbewertung und vieler anderer. Die Berichte " +"beinhalten auch eine graphische Aufbereitung der Daten, inklusive " +"Tortengrafiken, Balkengrafiken und Punktwolken. Berichte können als " +"HTML Dateien exportiert und einfach an individuelle " +"Bedürfnisse angepasst werden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Scheduled Transactions: &app; now has the ability to automatically create and enter " +"transactions, or remind you when these transactions are due, giving you the " +"choice of entering, postponing or removing the automated transaction." +msgstr "" +"Terminierte Buchungen: &app; " +"kann automatische Buchungen anlegen und ausführen und Sie an wiederkehrende " +"Überweisungen erinnern. Sie können dann entscheiden, ob Sie die terminierten " +"Buchungen eintragen oder verschieben wollen. Wiederkehrende Buchungen können " +"auch für eine bestimmte Zeit ausgesetzt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:148 +msgid "" +"Mortgage and Loan Repayment Assistant: Used to set up a " +"variable payment loan scheduled transaction." +msgstr "" +"Hypotheken- und Darlehensassistent : Benutzen Sie " +"diesen Assistenten, wenn Sie Darlehen oder Hypotheken mit einer variablen " +"Rate zurückzahlen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Easy Account Reconciliation: Integrated reconciliation " +"makes reconciling your &app; accounts with " +"statements simple and effective." +msgstr "" +"Einfache Kontenabstimmung: Die eingebaute " +"Kontenabstimmung vereinfacht den Abgleich der in &app; eingetragenen Konten mit Kontoauszügen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Multi-platform Compatibility: &app; is supported on a variety of platforms and operating systems. " +"The list of fully supported operating systems (and platforms) for " +"&app; &vers-stable; is: GNU/Linux (x86, x86_64), " +"FreeBSD (x86, x86_64), OpenBSD (x86, x86_64), MacOS (64-bit Intel), and " +"Microsoft Windows (Windows 7 and later). Previous versions of " +"&app; have been known to work with, SGI IRIX " +"(MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5 (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel), SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 " +"(Intel), and Solaris (Sparc) but their current status is unknown." +msgstr "" +"Verfügbarkeit auf mehreren Plattformen: " +"&app; ist für eine Vielzahl von Plattformen und " +"Betriebssysteme verfügbar. Für &app; &vers-" +"stable; sind dies: GNU/Linux (x86, x86_64), FreeBSD (x86, x86_64), OpenBSD " +"(x86, x86_64), und MacOS (Intel 64). Ältere Versionen von &app;" +" liefen bereits auf SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5 (RS/6000), " +"Unixware 7 (Intel), SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), und Solaris (Sparc), aber " +"ihr gegenwärtiger Status ist nicht bekannt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:176 +msgid "Tracks Your Investments" +msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Vermögensanlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:178 +msgid "" +"&app; includes a number of investment features " +"that allow you to track all your investments. With &app; you can track stocks individually (one per account) or in a " +"portfolio of accounts (a group of accounts that can be displayed together)." +msgstr "" +"&app; besitzt eine Reihe von Funktionen, um Ihre " +"Kapitalanlagen zu verfolgen. Mit &app; können Sie " +"Aktien einzeln (eine pro Konto) oder in einem Kontendepot (eine Gruppe von " +"Konten, die zusammen dargestellt werden) verfolgen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:179 +msgid "" +"&app; supports online stock and mutual fund " +"quotes. This means you no longer need to look up stock prices one at a time. " +"The process can be automated, and you can see the latest value of your " +"stocks." +msgstr "" +"&app; unterstützt Sie, die Börsenkurse der Aktien " +"und offenen Investmentsfonds online abzurufen. Der Prozess kann " +"automatisiert werden, und Sie können den aktuellen Wert Ihrer Aktien sehen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:184 +msgid "International Support" +msgstr "Internationale Unterstützung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:186 +msgid "" +"&app; is truly an application that works with and " +"understands users from all around the world. There are many built-in " +"features to facilitate interaction with the international world we live in " +"today." +msgstr "" +"&app; ist eine Anwendung, die von Benutzern " +"überall auf der Welt verwendet werden kann. Es gibt viele eingebaute " +"Funktionen, die Ihnen in unserer globalisierten Welt nützliche Dienste " +"leisten." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:193 +msgid "" +"Native Languages: &app; has " +"been fully translated into 12 languages: Chinese, Czech, Dutch, English, " +"French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Slovak, Spanish and Swedish. " +"More than 25 other languages are partially supported." +msgstr "" +"Sprachunterstützung: &app; " +"wurde bereits vollständig in folgende 12 Sprachen übersetzt: Chinesisch, " +"Deutsch, Englisch, Französisch, Holländisch, Italienisch, Portugiesisch, " +"Russisch, Schwedisch, Slovakisch, Spanisch und Tschechisch. Mehr als 25 " +"andere Sprachen werden teilweise unterstützt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:201 +msgid "" +"International Format Handling: &app; understands that different countries display the date and " +"numbers differently. You are able to work with the date and number formats " +"you are accustomed to." +msgstr "" +"Unterstützung von internationalen Datums- und Zahlenformaten: &app; unterstützt die unterschiedlichen " +"Datums- und Zahlenformate der jeweiligen Länder. Dadurch können Sie mit den " +"Formaten arbeiten, die Sie gewohnt sind." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:208 +msgid "" +"Multiple Currencies and Currency Trading: Multiple " +"currencies are supported and can be bought and sold (traded). Currency " +"movements between accounts remain fully balanced if \"Trading Accounts\" is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" +"Unterstützung für mehrere Währungen und Währungshandel: " +"&app; unterstützt die Verwendung mehrerer " +"Währungen und den Handel mit ihnen. Bei Aktivierung der Devisenhandelskonten " +"bleibt Ihre Bilanz auch bei Wechselkursänderungen ausgeglichen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:215 +msgid "" +"On-line exchange rates: With &app;, you no longer need look up your exchange rates one at a time. " +"The process can be automated, to always present you with the account values " +"converted to your preferred currency using the latest exchange rates." +msgstr "" +"Online-Kursabfragen: Mit &app; brauchen Sie viele Ihrer Wertpapier- und Devisenkurse nicht " +"mehr einzeln nachzusehen. Es lassen sich automatisch die aktuellen Kurse in " +"Ihrer bevorzugten Währung von verschiedenen Quellen online abrufen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:225 +msgid "Business Support" +msgstr "Unterstützung bei der geschäftlichen Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:227 +msgid "" +"&app; has many features to support the needs of " +"the business accounting community." +msgstr "" +"&app; besitzt viele Funktionen, die für die " +"geschäftliche Buchführung benötigt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:232 +msgid "" +"Accounts Receivable/Payable: &app; has an integrated Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable " +"system. You can track Customers, Vendors, Invoicing and Bill Payment, and " +"use different Tax and Billing Terms in a small business." +msgstr "" +"Forderungen/Verbindlichkeiten: &app; besitzt ein System für Konten mit Forderungen und " +"Verbindlichkeiten. Sie können Kunden und Lieferanten verwalten, " +"Rechnungsstellung und Zahlungen erledigen. Auch unterschiedliche " +"Besteuerungs- und Zahlungsregelungen in kleinen Unternehmen werden " +"unterstützt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:239 +msgid "" +"Depreciation: &app; can " +"track depreciation of capital assets." +msgstr "" +"Abschreibungen: &app; kann " +"die Abschreibung von Wirtschaftsgütern verfolgen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Reports: &app; offers a wide " +"variety of ready-to-use business reports." +msgstr "" +"Berichte: &app; bietet eine " +"große Vielzahl von fertigen Geschäftsberichten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:251 +msgid "Accounting Features" +msgstr "Funktionen für die Buchhaltung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:253 +msgid "" +"For those knowledgeable in accounting, here is a list of &app;’s accounting features." +msgstr "" +"Für diejenigen, die sich mit Buchführung auskennen, ist hier eine Liste der " +"entsprechenden Funktionen in &app;." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Double Entry: Every transaction must debit one account " +"and credit others by an equal amount. This ensures the books balance - that the difference between income and expense exactly equals the " +"sum of all bank, cash, stock and other assets." +msgstr "" +"Doppelte Buchführung: Jede Transaktion muss ein Konto " +"belasten und einem anderen einen gleichen Betrag gutschreiben. Dies stellt " +"die Bruttobilanz sicher, dass die Konten stets ausgeglichen " +"sind - dass die Differenz zwischen Einnahmen und Ausgaben genau gleich der " +"Summe aller Bank-, Bar-, Aktien- und anderer Guthaben ist." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:266 +msgid "" +"Split Transactions: A single transaction can be split " +"into several pieces to record taxes, fees, and other compound entries." +msgstr "" +"Mehrteilige Buchungen: Eine einzelne Buchung kann in " +"mehrere Teile geteilt werden, um Steuern, Gebühren und andere Bestandteile " +"anzuzeigen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:272 +msgid "" +"Chart of Accounts: A master account can have a " +"hierarchy of detail accounts underneath it. This allows similar account " +"types such as Cash, Bank, or Stock to be grouped into a master account such " +"as Assets." +msgstr "" +"Kontenübersicht: Ein Oberkonto kann eine Hierarchie " +"detaillierter Unterkonten haben. Dies ermöglicht es, ähnliche Kontotypen wie " +"Barbestand, Bankkonto und Aktien zum Oberkonto Aktiva zu " +"gruppieren." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:279 +msgid "" +"General Journal: One register window can display " +"multiple accounts at the same time. This eases the trouble of tracking down " +"typing/entry errors. It also provides a convenient way of viewing a " +"portfolio of many stocks, by showing all transactions in that portfolio." +msgstr "" +"Journal: Dies ist eine Ansicht, welche mehrere Konten " +"im selben Zeitraum darstellen kann. Dies erleichtert die Suche nach Tipp- " +"und Eingabefehlern. Es bietet auch eine bequeme Möglichkeit, ein aus vielen " +"Aktien bestehendes Portfolio zu betrachten, indem alle dort stattfindenden " +"Transaktionen angezeigt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:287 +msgid "" +"Income/Expense Account Types (Categories): These " +"categorize your cash flow and, when used properly with the double-entry " +"feature, will provide an accurate Profit&Loss statement." +msgstr "" +"Einnahmen-/Ausgaben-Kontotypen (Kategorien): Diese " +"kategorisieren den Fluss Ihrer Finanzen und liefern, wenn sie richtig mit " +"der doppelten Buchführung kombiniert werden, eine genaue Gewinn- und " +"Verlustrechnung." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:298 +msgid "About this Book" +msgstr "Über dieses Handbuch" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:299 +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "Handbuch" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:301 +msgid "" +"This manual’s goal is to save you time. It will get you started using " +"&app; as quickly as possible." +msgstr "" +"Ziel dieses Handbuchs ist es, Ihnen zu helfen, Zeit zu sparen. Es versetzt " +"Sie in die Lage, schnell mit &app; arbeiten zu " +"können." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:304 +msgid "" +"Each chapter follows a simple format. A chapter begins with a " +"Concepts discussion which introduces general themes and " +"terminology, addressed and used within that chapter. How-To " +"sections, which address specific procedures follow. Finally, a " +"Putting It All Together section ends the chapter by giving " +"detailed, concrete examples." +msgstr "" +"Jedes Kapitel hat eine einfache Aufteilung. Ein Kapitel beginnt mit der " +"Beschreibung von Konzepten, die Themen und Begriffe " +"einführen, von denen dieses Kapitel handelt. How-To- " +"Abschnitte, die bestimmte Vorgehensweisen Schritt für Schritt erläutern, " +"folgen. Der Abschnitt Alles zusammensetzen schließt das " +"Kapitel ab und enthält detaillierte, anschauliche Beispiele." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:311 +msgid "" +"Beginning users will find the Concepts sections very helpful. " +"They provide a reference for good ways to track your finances, and serve as " +"a general introduction to financial background and terminology. Experienced " +"users can flip to the How-To sections to quickly scan " +"procedures. These sections provide to-the-point steps for accomplishing " +"specific tasks. The Putting It All Together sections present " +"real-world examples in the form of a tutorial. Beginning with creation of a " +"file in , each successive chapter builds " +"on the previous chapter’s tutorial." +msgstr "" +"Für Anfänger sind die Abschnitte Konzepte besonders " +"hilfreich. Sie bieten Informationen, wie man die Entwicklung seiner Finanzen " +"verfolgt und dienen als grundlegende Einführung in die finanziellen " +"Hintergründe und Begrifflichkeiten. Erfahrene Benutzer können direkt zu den " +"How-To- Abschnitten springen, um sich einen Überblick über " +"Vorgehensweisen in &app; zu verschaffen. Diese " +"Abschnitte bieten Schritt-für-Schritt Anleitungen, um bestimmte Aufgaben zu " +"erledigen. Die Abschnitte Alles zusammensetzen bieten " +"Beispiele aus der täglichen Arbeit in Form einer Übung. Beginnend mit dem " +"Anlegen einer Datei in , baut jedes " +"Kapitel sukzessive auf den Übungen der vorigen Kapitel auf." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:323 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Einführung" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:327 +msgid "Managing Personal Finances" +msgstr "Persönliche Finanzen verwalten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:331 +msgid "Managing Business Finances" +msgstr "Geschäftliche Finanzen verwalten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:321 +msgid "This manual is organized into 3 main parts: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "Dieses Handbuch ist in 3 große Teile unterteilt: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:339 +msgid "" +" - (this chapter) gives a general overview " +"of &app;" +msgstr "" +" - (Dieses Kapitel gibt einen allgemeinen " +"Überblick über &app;)" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:343 +msgid "" +" - gives users a very brief introduction " +"to accounting principles, and then provides information about how " +"&app; structures its data. There is also " +"information on basic interface elements in &app;. " +"Finally, this chapter explains how &app; stores " +"and manages your data." +msgstr "" +" - gibt den Nutzern eine sehr kurze " +"Einführung in die Grundlagen der Buchführung und stellt dann Informationen " +"bereit, wie &app; seine Daten strukturiert. Es " +"gibt also Informationen über grundlegende Schnittstellenelemente in " +"&app;. Schließlich wird in diesem Kapitel " +"erklärt, wie &app; die Daten speichert und " +"verwaltet." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:347 +msgid "" +" - gives further information about accounts " +"and how to organize them." +msgstr "" +" - gibt weitere Informationen über Konten " +"und wie diese zu gliedern sind." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:351 +msgid "" +" - gives basic information about " +"transactions and how to enter them." +msgstr "" +" - gibt grundlegende Informationen über " +"Buchungen und wie diese eingegeben werden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:335 +msgid "" +"Getting Started provides you with the most basic " +"information needed to begin using &app;. The " +"chapters in this section explain concepts that are fundamental to using " +"&app;. New users of &app; should familiarize themselves with the information in these " +"chapters to get you up and running: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Die Einführung stattet Sie mit den grundlegendsten " +"Informationen aus, die man für die Benutzung von &app; benötigt. Die Kapitel in diesem Abschnitt erklären das Konzept, " +"das zur Nutzung von &app; wesentlich ist. Neue " +"Nutzer von &app; sollten sich mit den " +"Informationen in diesem Kapitel vertraut machen, um es für sich lauffähig zu " +"machen: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:361 +msgid "- Bankaccounts" +msgstr "- Girokonten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:365 +msgid "- Credit Cards" +msgstr "- Kreditkarten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:369 +msgid "- Loans" +msgstr "- Darlehen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:373 +msgid "- Capital Investments" +msgstr "- Kapitalanlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:377 +msgid "- Captial Gains" +msgstr "- Kapitalerträge" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:381 +msgid "- Multiple Currencies" +msgstr "- mehrere Währungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:355 +msgid "" +"Managing Personal Finances addresses common " +"applications and features of &app; in greater " +"detail. You will see more specific cases, based on frequently asked " +"questions about applying &app; to everyday " +"situations. Here are the applications and features covered in this part: <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Der Teil Persönliche Finanzen verwalten beschreibt " +"übliche Anwendungen und Funktionen von &app; im " +"Detail. Dort finden Sie konkrete Beispiele, wie Sie &app; in häufig vorkommenden Alltagssituationen einsetzen. Hier die " +"Anwendungen und Funktionen, die in diesem Teil behandelt werden. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:389 +msgid "- Accounting for Small Businesses" +msgstr "FUZZY-DE - Einführung in die geschäftliche Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:393 +msgid "LANG_DE - Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung" +msgstr "- Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:397 +msgid "LANG_DE - Forderungen" +msgstr "- Forderungen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:401 +msgid "LANG_DE - Verbindlichkeiten" +msgstr "- Verbindlichkeiten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:405 +msgid "LANG_DE - Mitarbeiterverwaltung" +msgstr "- Mitarbeiterverwaltung" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:409 +msgid "- Budgetting" +msgstr "- Finanzpläne" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:417 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "- Abschreibungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:385 +msgid "" +"Managing Business Finances discusses the use of " +"&app; in business accounting: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Im Teil Geschäftliche Finanzen verwalten wird die " +"Verwendung von &app; zur Buchführung in " +"Unternehmen beschrieben: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:430 +msgid "" +"This manual also includes several appendices, which contains extra " +"information you might want to know:" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Handbuch enthält auch verschiedene Anhänge, die " +"Extrainformationen enthalten, die Sie wissen sollten:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:435 +msgid "- Glossary of terms used in &app;" +msgstr "Anhang : Kommandozeilenoptionen, Tastenkürzel …" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:439 +msgid "" +"- Guide for former Quicken, MS " +"Money or other QIF users" +msgstr "- GNU Lizenz für Freie Dokumentation" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:461 +msgid "" +"Last, but not least, a glossary and index help you quickly locate topics." +msgstr "" +"Und schließlich bieten ein und ein Index die Möglichkeit, schnell Themen zu " +"finden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:466 +msgid "Getting More Help" +msgstr "Mehr Hilfe erhalten" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:468 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"&app; offers help in many ways, including the " +" Tip of the Day, " +"context help, a website, a wiki, the mailing lists, and IRC chat." +msgstr "" +"&app; bietet Hilfe auf vielerlei Weise an. Wir " +"haben bereits den Tipp des Tages Dialog behandelt, der hilfreiche Tipps beim Start von " +"&app; liefert." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:472 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Context Help" +msgstr "Online Hilfe" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The context help provides detailed instructions for using " +"&app;'s menus, windows, and controls. To open " +"online help, select Help " +"Contents." +msgstr "" +"Die Online-Hilfe ist das Gegenstück zu diesem Leitfaden. Er bietet " +"detaillierte Anleitungen &app;'s Menüs, Fenster " +"und Bedienelemente zu nutzen. Um die Online-Hilfe zu öffnen, wählen Sie " +"Hilfe Inhalt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:477 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The &app; Help window also acts as a simple web " +"browser, so you can pull up a web site for additional information. You can " +"open any web site under this window by clicking the Open Toolbar button and then typing in the URL. " +"Use the Back, Forward, " +"Reload, Stop, and " +"Print buttons as you would in a standard browser." +msgstr "" +"Das &app; Hilfe-Fenster benimmt sich wie ein einfacher " +"Webbrowser, Sie können eine Webseite für zusätzliche Informationen aufrufen. " +"Sie können jede Webseite in diesem Fenster öffnen durch Klicken auf die " +"Öffnen Werkzeugleisten-" +"Schaltfläche und Eingeben einer URL. Nutzen Sie die Zurück-, Vorwärts-, Neuladen-, Stopp- und Drucken-Schaltfläche wie in einem Standard- Web-Browser." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:488 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&app; Website" +msgstr "&app; Wiki" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:489 +msgid "" +"The &app; web site contains helpful information about the program and about any " +"updates to it. It also contains links to other online resources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:496 +msgid "&app; Wiki" +msgstr "&app; Wiki" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:497 +msgid "" +"An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of &app; itself and its maintenance and development may be found in the " +"&app; Wiki; the Frequently Asked Questions page should be a first stop whenever " +"you encounter difficulty using &app;." +msgstr "" +"Eine umfangreiche weiniger formale Dokumenation, sowohl von " +"&app; selbst als auch der Pflege und Entwicklung " +"von &app;kann man im &app;Wiki (en) " +"finden; die Seite mit Häufig gestllten Fragen (en) sollte immer dann die erste " +"Anlaufstelle sein, wenn man auf Schwierigkeiten bei der Nutzung von " +"&app; stößt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:509 +msgid "&app; On-line Assistance" +msgstr "&app; Online Hilfe" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/bridgehead +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:511 +msgid "Mailing List" +msgstr "Mailing-Liste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:511 +msgid "" +"The primary source of user support is the user mailing list. If you prefer a web forum-like " +"presentation, you can use it via Nabble. One must subscribe before posting, even if using Nabble." +msgstr "" +"Die erste Quelle der Nutzer Unterstützung ist die Mailinglistee User-DE. Wenn sie eine Web-" +"Forum ähliche Darstellung bevorzugen, können Sie sie via Nabble " +"nutzen. um einen Beitrag zu veröffentlichen, muss man auf Gnucash-de " +"eingeschrieben sein." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/bridgehead +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:518 +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "IRC" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:518 +msgid "" +"Several of the developers monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. " +"They're usually doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at " +"their computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may be " +"several hours before your question is noticed and responded to. To see if " +"you missed anything check the " +"IRC logs." +msgstr "" +"Etliche Entwickler beobachten den #gnucash Kanal auf irc.gnome.org. " +"Normalerweise sind sie auch mit anderen Dingen beschäftigt und natürlich " +"nicht immer an ihren Compputern. Loggen Sie sich ein, stellen Ihre Frage und " +"bleiben Sie eingeloggt; es kann bemehrere Stunden dauern, bis Ihre Frage " +"bemerkt und darauf geantwortet wird. Um nachzusehen, ob Sie etws verpasst " +"haben, prüfen Sie die IRC Logs." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:526 +msgid "" +"The &app; " +"website has more details on these channels. You will also find " +"pointers there to additional useful resources such as the &app;" +" wiki and bug tracking system." +msgstr "" +"Auf der &app; Webseite finden Sie weitre Einzelheiten zu diesen " +"Kanälen. Sie werden dort auch Hinweise zu weiteren nützlichen Ressources, " +"wie das &app; wiki and Fehlerverfolgungssystem " +"finden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:532 +msgid "Topic Search" +msgstr "Themen suchen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:534 +msgid "" +"The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a " +"particular topic, click the Search tab at the bottom of " +"the help window and type in your topic in the field provided. Click the " +"Search button to complete your search. A list of " +"choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will bring up its " +"text on the right." +msgstr "" +"Das Hilfe Fenster bietet ferner eine Suchfunktion. Um nach einem bestimmten " +"Thema zu suchen, geben Sie dieses in das Eingabefeld im oberen Bereich des " +"Fensters ein und drücken die Eingabetaste, um die " +"Suche zu starten. Eine Liste mit Treffern sollte erscheinen, aus der Sie die " +"Themen durch anklicken aufrufen können." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:545 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:546 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:548 +msgid "Installation of &app; is usually simple." +msgstr "" +"Die Installation von &app; ist normalerweise sehr " +"einfach." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:550 +msgid "" +"The &app; download page contains detailed instructions on how to install &app; for each operating system supported." +msgstr "" +"Die &app; Download-Seite enthält ausführliche Anweisungen, wie &app; auf den unterstützten Systemen installiert wird." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This chapter will give you the basic information you need to understand and " +"use transactions in <_:application-1/>. Whereas accounts are the framework " +"and structure of a chart of accounts, transactions are the data which fills " +"each account." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Kapitel vermittelt Ihnen grundlegende Informationen, die Sie " +"brauchen, um Buchungen in &app; zu verstehen und " +"anzuwenden. Während Konten das Gerüst und die Struktur eines Kontenplans " +"darstellen, sind Buchungen die Dateneinträge in jedem Konto." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:26 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "Grundlagen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:28 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "transaction" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:31 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:510 +msgid "to" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:32 +msgid "Ledger Entries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:34 +msgid "Splits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A <_:emphasis-1/> in a double entry accounting system such as <_:" +"application-2/> is an exchange between at least 2 accounts. Thus, a single " +"transaction must always consist of at least two parts, a <_:emphasis-3/> and " +"a <_:emphasis-4/> account. The <_:emphasis-5/> account is transferring value " +"to the <_:emphasis-6/> account. Accountants call these parts of a " +"transaction <_:emphasis-7/>. In <_:application-8/>, they are called <_:" +"emphasis-9/>." +msgstr "" +"Eine Buchung in einem System der doppelten Buchführung " +"wie z.B. &app; ist ein Austausch zwischen " +"mindestens zwei Konten. Deshalb besteht eine Buchung immer aus mindestens " +"zwei Teilen, einem von-Konto und einem nach-" +"Konto. Der Geldbetrag wird von einem von-Konto auf ein nach-Konto transferiert. Buchhalter " +"nennen diese Teile einer Buchung Einträge ins Kontenblatt. In &app;, werden sie " +"Teilbuchungen genannt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A split identifies the account to which it refers, the amount of money " +"specifically moved to or from that account, and can contain a few other " +"specific pieces of information if needed. <_:application-1/> supports " +"multiple splits in a single transaction, and the splits can move money into " +"or out of the involved accounts arbitrarily." +msgstr "" +"Eine Teilbuchung beschreibt das Konto, zu dem er gehört, den Geldbetrag, der " +"von diesem Konto oder auf dieses Konto transferiert wurde und kann bei " +"Bedarf noch einige andere Informationen enthalten. &app; unterstützt mehrere Teilbuchungen in einer Buchung, und die " +"Teilbuchungen können beliebig Geldbeträge auf die betroffenen Konten oder " +"von ihnen weg bewegen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For example, you receive a paycheck and deposit it into your savings account " +"at the bank. The <_:emphasis-1/> that occurs is that your bank savings " +"account (an asset) received money from your income account. Two accounts are " +"affected, and in this case there is a net increase in your equity." +msgstr "" +"Sie erhalten zum Beispiel eine Gehaltszahlung auf Ihr Girokonto bei der " +"Bank. Die daraus folgende Buchung ist, dass das " +"Girokonto (ein Aktiva) den Betrag der Gehaltszahlung von Ihrem Ertragskonto " +"erhält. Zwei Konten werden beeinflusst, und in diesem Fall erhöht sich Ihr " +"Eigenkapital." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:50 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "account register" +msgstr "Die Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Working with transactions in <_:application-1/> is performed using what is " +"known as the <_:emphasis-2/>. Every account you create has an account " +"register. It will appear familiar to you as it looks very similar to the log " +"used to track checkbooks." +msgstr "" +"Die Arbeit mit Buchungen in &app; wird in der " +"sogenannten Buchungsansicht durchgeführt. Jedes von " +"Ihnen erzeugte Konto hat eine Buchungsansicht. Sie wird Ihnen bekannt " +"vorkommen, sieht sie doch aus wie die Umsatzanzeige oder die Kontoauszüge " +"Ihrer Bank." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The account register is explained in the upcoming section, <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" +"Die Buchungsansicht wird im nachfolgenden Abschnitt erklärt, ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:59 +msgid "The Account Register" +msgstr "Die Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <_:emphasis-1/> is the window that allows you to view or edit " +"preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. " +"To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account " +"name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or " +"use the Open button on the toolbar. <_:application-2/> will display the " +"account register window." +msgstr "" +"Die Buchungsansicht ist das &app; Fenster, in dem Sie bestehende Buchungen ansehen und verändern " +"können. Hier können Sie auch neue Buchungen für dieses Konto eingeben. In " +"die Buchungsansicht gelangen Sie durch einen Doppelklick auf den Kontennamen " +"in der Kontenhierarchie. Alternativ können Sie auch den Kontennamen in der " +"Kontenhierarchie markieren und gelangen durch Auswahl des Öffnen-Symbols in der Werkzeugleiste oder das " +"Optionsmenü (rechte Maustaste) zur Buchungsansicht. &app; zeigt jetzt die Buchungsansicht an." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:67 +msgid "Features of the Account Register" +msgstr "Funktionen der Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:69 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:70 +msgid "Titlebar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:70 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:951 +msgid "Menubar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:71 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:349 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:414 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:753 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:762 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:977 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1389 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Toolbar" +msgstr "Werkzeugleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <_:emphasis-1/> of the account register displays the account name. Below " +"the <_:emphasis-2/>, the <_:emphasis-3/> displays the menu items available " +"within the account register, and the <_:emphasis-4/> contains handy buttons " +"that help you work with the account register." +msgstr "" +"Die Titelleiste der Buchungsansicht zeigt den Namen des " +"Kontos an. Unter der Titelleiste zeigt die Menüleiste " +"die Menüeinträge, die in der Kontenansicht verfügbar sind. Die " +"Werkzeugleiste enthält praktische Knöpfe für die Arbeit " +"innerhalb der Buchungsansicht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"At the bottom left of the register window, <_:application-1/> displays " +"helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can see " +"the current account balance and the total of cleared splits." +msgstr "" +"Am unteren linken Rand der Ansicht zeigt &app; " +"hilfreiche Informationen, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die Ansicht bewegen. " +"An der rechten Seite sehen Sie die aktuelle Kontenbilanz und die Summe der " +"erledigten Teilbuchungen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:79 +msgid "Choosing a Register Style" +msgstr "Einstellungen Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:81 +msgid "Basic Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:application-1/> offers several options for viewing your registers. The " +"default style is <_:guilabel-2/> mode, which displays only the summary of " +"splits affecting the current account. This is the style that most closely " +"resembles other popular personal financial packages. You can choose a " +"different register style from the <_:menuchoice-3/> menu. There are two " +"other view modes:" +msgstr "" +"&app; bietet mehrere Optionen, die " +"Buchungsansicht anzuzeigen. Die Standardeinstellung ist Einzeilig. Diese zeigt lediglich die Zusammenfassung der Teilbuchungen, die " +"das gewählte Konto beeinflussen. Diese Ansicht ähnelt der Ansicht der " +"meisten anderen Buchführungsprogramme. Sie können auch eine andere Ansicht " +"aus dem Menü Ansicht wählen. Es " +"gibt zwei andere Arten:" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 +msgid "Auto-Split Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:menuchoice-1/> style expands the current transaction automatically. As " +"you highlight a new transaction in the register, the transaction " +"automatically expands to show all splits." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht Aktive-vollständig erweitert die aktuelle Buchung automatisch. Wenn " +"Sie eine neue Buchung in der Ansicht hervorheben, wird die Buchung " +"automatisch um alle Teilbuchungen erweitert." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transaction Journal" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:menuchoice-1/> style shows all splits for all transactions in the " +"register, which is more like an accounting journal." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl Ansicht " +"Vollständig zeigt die " +"Buchungsansicht im Stil eines Buchungsjournals, in dem alle Teilbuchungen " +"für alle Buchungen dargestellt werden." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Double Line" +msgstr "Doppelte Buchführung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or double-line " +"format. Select <_:menuchoice-1/>, and you will see your transaction line " +"expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the " +"transaction-level Notes field." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE All styles permit you to view your data in either single-" +"line or double-line format. Select ViewDouble Line, and you will " +"see your transaction line expand to two register lines." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction " +"Journal views differ." +msgstr "" +"Wir wollen jetzt genauer betrachten, wie sich die einzeilige Darstellung und " +"die vollständige Darstellung unterscheiden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:106 +msgid "" +"For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans " +"for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each " +"pair entered on a separate split." +msgstr "" +"Für dieses Beispiel wollen wir annehmen, dass Sie drei Jeans für zusammen " +"1000 € gekauft haben und für den Kauf jeder Jeans eine mehrteilige Buchung " +"erstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:109 +msgid "The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes." +msgstr "Die folgenden Bilder werden das etwas besser verdeutlichen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:111 +msgid "" +"First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account:" +msgstr "Lassen Sie uns zuerst den Kauf der Jeans auf Ihrem Girokonto buchen" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:121 +msgid "3 Jeans purchases" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:124 +msgid "This image shows one split transaction with 3 Jeans purchases" +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt eine mehrteilige Buchung über den Kauf von 3 Jeans" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: phrase/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:130 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:140 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:143 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:161 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:163 +msgid "Expenses:Clothes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now, let’s open the <_:emphasis-1/> account, and look at it in Basic " +"view." +msgstr "" +"Dann öffnen wir das Konto Aufwand:Kleidung und " +"betrachten es in der Standardansicht (einzeilige Ansicht)." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:140 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:161 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:428 +msgid "A jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> account in Basic Ledger mode." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt das Konto Aufwand:Kleidung in der " +"Standardansicht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the " +"checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different " +"amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view " +"reflects a single split from the original transaction." +msgstr "" +"Wir sehen hier drei Einträge, aber es gibt nur einen Eintrag auf dem " +"Girokonto. Bei genauerer Betrachtung sehen Sie, dass jede Zeile einen " +"unterschiedlichen Betrag (Preis der Jeans) aufweist, 200 €, 300 €, und 500 " +"€. Jede der genannten Buchungszeilen entspricht einer Zeile der Splitbuchung." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split " +"transaction." +msgstr "" +"Wenn wir das Konto Aufwand:Kleidung jetzt in der " +"vollständigen Ansicht betrachten, sehen Sie nur die originale mehrteilige " +"Buchung." + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> account in Transaction Journal mode." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt das Konto Aufwand:Kleidung in der " +"vollständigen Ansicht." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:170 +msgid "Using Entry Shortcuts" +msgstr "Die Benutzung von Tastaturkürzeln" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:176 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:254 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:358 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:454 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:484 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:852 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1363 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1372 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1383 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1417 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1425 +msgid "Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:181 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:184 +msgid ":" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:182 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:261 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:470 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:478 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:483 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:499 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:516 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:526 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1282 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1309 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1327 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1364 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1368 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1384 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1417 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1424 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1432 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1437 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1438 +msgid "Assets:Checking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/userinput +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:183 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:259 +msgid "A:C" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:application-1/> provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your " +"data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you have " +"used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of the " +"transaction as you last entered it. When you type in the first characters of " +"an account name in either the <_:guilabel-2/> field of the transaction line " +"or the <_:guilabel-3/> field of the split line, QuickFill will automatically " +"complete the name from your account list. It also helps you with entering " +"sub-accounts in these fields: simply type the first characters of the parent " +"account name followed by a <_:keycap-4/> (colon) and the first characters of " +"the sub-account name. For example, to enter <_:emphasis-5/>, you might type " +"<_:userinput-6/> and let <_:application-7/> fill in the rest." +msgstr "" +"&app; stellt verschiedene zeitsparende " +"Tastaturkürzel für die Dateneingabe zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie die ersten " +"Buchstaben einer Beschreibung eingeben, die Sie vorher schon einmal " +"verwendet haben, dann ergänzt die Ausfüllhilfe automatisch die einzugebende " +"Beschreibung zu der passenden zuletzt eingegebenen Beschreibung. Wenn Sie " +"die ersten Buchstaben eines Kontonamens entweder im Feld Buchen in der Buchungszeile oder im Feld Konto in " +"der Zeile der Teilbuchungen eingeben, versucht die Ausfüllhilfe automatisch " +"den Namen entsprechend ihrer Kontenliste zu ergänzen. Sie hilft auch bei der " +"Eingabe von Unterkonten in diese Felder: geben Sie dafür die " +"Anfangsbuchstaben des Hauptkontos gefolgt von einem : " +"(Doppelpunkt) und den ersten Buchstaben des Unterkontos ein. Zum Beispiel " +"können Sie für die Eingabe von Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto folgendes eingeben: A:B:G und " +"&app; den Rest ergänzen lassen." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Because <_:keycap-1/> is the account separator symbol, you can not use it in " +"your account names." +msgstr "" +"Da : das Konten-Trennzeichen ist, können Sie es nicht " +"innerhalb Ihrer Kontennamen verwenden." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:762 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:763 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +msgid "Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:188 +msgid "Character" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:186 +msgid "" +"If you really need the colon in your account names, you can select another " +"symbol by <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Register keyboard shortcuts also save you time, and <_:application-1/> " +"provides several of them. In the date field, you can type:" +msgstr "" +"&app; verfügt in der Buchungsansicht auch über " +"verschiedene Tastaturkürzel, die Ihnen bei der Eingabe viel Zeit und Mühe " +"sparen können. Im Datumsfeld können folgende Tastaturkürzel verwenden werden:" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:246 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:266 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 +msgid "=" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:195 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:247 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:195 +msgid "_" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to increment the date and <_:keycap-3/> or <_:" +"keycap-4/> to decrement the date" +msgstr "" +"+ oder =, um zum nächsten Tag zu gehen und " +"- oder _, um zum vorherigen Tag zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +msgid "]" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:201 +msgid "[" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:201 +msgid "{" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to increment the month and <_:keycap-3/> or " +"<_:keycap-4/> to decrement the month" +msgstr "" +"] oder }, um zum nächsten Monat zu gehen " +"und [ oder {, um zum vorherigen Monat zu " +"gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +msgid "M" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +msgid "m" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the first date of the month" +msgstr "" +"M oder m, um zum ersten Tag eines Monats " +"zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +msgid "H" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +msgid "h" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the last date of the month" +msgstr "" +"H oder h, um zum letzten Tag eines Monats " +"zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 +msgid "Y" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:571 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:577 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:593 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:802 +msgid "y" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the first date of the year" +msgstr "" +"Y oder y, um zum ersten Tag eines Jahres " +"zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:398 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:570 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:585 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:589 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:593 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:596 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:747 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:767 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:801 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:806 +msgid "R" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 +msgid "r" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the last date of the year" +msgstr "" +"R oder r, um zum letzten Tag eines Jahres " +"zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +msgid "T" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +msgid "t" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter today’s date" +msgstr "" +"T oder t, um zum heutigen Datum zu gehen" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:231 +msgid "" +"These date shortcuts not only work in the account register but everywhere " +"you can enter a date." +msgstr "" +"Diese Datumskürzel funktionieren nicht nur im Kontenblatt, sondern überall, " +"wo Sie ein Datum eingeben können." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +msgid "Date/Time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:242 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Date Completion" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Compression" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifically for dates there's another way you can save time: you can enter " +"partial dates. For example if you only enter one number, <_:application-1/> " +"will interpret it as the day in the current month of the current year. If " +"you only enter a day and month, <_:application-2/> will automatically append " +"the year. The default this to take such a date in a sliding window starting " +"11 months before the current month. This means that if you enter 1/5 " +"(January 5th) as date while the current date is in December 2015, the date " +"will be completed as 1/5/16. This default can be changed via <_:menuchoice-3/" +">. You can change it to either always evaluate a date in the current " +"calendar year or change the start of the sliding window." +msgstr "" +"Besonders für Kalenderdaten gibt es einen anderen Weg, wie Sie Zeit sparen " +"können, indem Sie nur einen Teil des Datums eingeben. Zum Beispiel geben Sie " +"nur eine Zahl ein &app; wird dies als den Tag im " +"laufenden Monat des laufenden Jahres interpretieren. Wenn Sie nur einen Tag " +"und Monat eingeben, wird &app; automatisch das " +"Jahr anhängen. Standardmäßig ist dies das laufende Jahr. sie können " +"&app; auch so konfigurieren, dass ein Datum im " +"Schiebefenster eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor dem laufenden Monat " +"genommen wird. Dies wird unter BearbeitenEinstellungenDatum und ZeitDatum vervollständigen " +"konfiguriert werden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:245 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:353 +msgid "Num" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:248 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:250 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:393 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:252 +msgid "Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the <_:guilabel-1/> field of the transaction line, you can type <_:" +"keycap-2/> to increment the transaction number from the last one you typed " +"in. Typing <_:keycap-3/> will decrement the number. This will also work in " +"the <_:guilabel-4/> field of the split line, if you choose to enter split " +"numbers there. The <_:guilabel-5/> field also supports QuickFill - if you " +"type the first characters of a common action (such as <_:guilabel-6/>), <_:" +"application-7/> will fill in the rest." +msgstr "" +"Im Feld Nr. einer Buchungszeile können Sie die Taste " +"+ verwenden, um die nächsthöheren Buchungsnummer " +"einzugeben, genauso wie die Taste -, um die Buchungsnummer " +"um eins zu vermindern. Das funktioniert auch im Feld Aktion einer mehrteiligen Buchung, für den Fall, dass Sie auch hier " +"nummerieren wollen. Das Feld Aktion hat auch eine " +"Ausfüllhilfe - wenn Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben einer normalen Aktion, wie zum " +"Beispiel Einzahlung eingeben, wird &app; den Rest ergänzen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 +msgid "Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:282 +msgid "Ctrl" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 +msgid "Down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <_:guilabel-1/> field supports QuickFill of account names. You can start " +"typing an account name and <_:application-2/> will fill in the remaining " +"part of the name. Typing the separator character at any time will complete " +"the current level of the account name, leaving the cursor positioned to " +"start the next level of account name. For example, typing <_:keycap-3/> the " +"standard set of account names will complete to the <_:emphasis-4/> account. " +"You can also type the <_:keycap-5/> or <_:keycombo-6/> keys in this field to " +"pop up a list of all account names." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld Buchen besitzt eine Ausfüllhilfe für " +"Kontonamen. Geben Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben das Kontonamens ein und " +"&app; ergänzt den fehlenden Teil des Namens. Wenn " +"sie (zu einem beliebigen Zeitpunkt) das Trennzeichen : " +"eingeben, wird der bisher gewählte Teil des Namens abgeschlossen und mit der " +"Auswahl des Unterkontos begonnen. Zum Beispiel wird die Eingabe A:G in unserem Beispielkontorahmen ergänzt zum Konto Aktiva:" +"Girokonto. Sie können auch die Tasten Menü oder " +"CtrlDown in diesem " +"Feld drücken, um eine Auswahlliste aller Kontonamen zu erhalten." + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:270 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:289 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:292 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:328 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:329 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:772 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tab" +msgstr "Reiterleiste" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In any of the amount fields, you can use a built-in calculator. Simply type " +"in the first value, followed by <_:keycap-1/>, <_:keycap-2/>, <_:keycap-3/>, " +"or <_:keycap-4/>, then type in the second value. <_:application-5/> will " +"perform the calculation and return the resulting value to the amount field " +"when you press the <_:keycap-6/> key." +msgstr "" +"In jedem der eingebauten Betragsfelder können Sie den eingebauten Rechner " +"benutzen. Geben Sie dazu den ersten Wert gefolgt von +, " +"-, *, oder /, gefolgt von " +"dem zweiten Wert ein. &app; errechnet das " +"Ergebnis und gibt es im Betragsfeld aus, sobald Sie die Tab-Taste betätigen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:273 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:276 +msgid "Alt" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:278 +msgid "A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:280 +msgid "P" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked by " +"underlined characters in the menu names. Press <_:keycap-1/> + [underlined " +"character] to bring up the menu, then select an item by typing its " +"underlined character. For example, typing <_:keycombo-2/> brings up the " +"Actions menu, then typing <_:keycap-3/> will split the transaction. A few of " +"the menu items also have shortcut keys that immediately invoke the command " +"(typically using the <_:keycap-4/> key). These shortcuts are listed next to " +"the item." +msgstr "" +"Für alle Menüpunkte sind Tastaturkürzel definiert, die durch den " +"unterstrichenen Buchstaben in der Bezeichnung gekennzeichnet sind. Drücken " +"Sie die Taste Alt + [unterstrichenen Buchstaben], um das " +"Menü zu öffnen, und wählen dann einen Eintrag durch Drücken des " +"unterstrichenen Buchstabens. Zum Beispiel öffnet Alt k das Aktionenmenü, ein weiterer Druck " +"auf m öffnet die Buchung in der vollständigen Ansicht. " +"Einigen Menüpunkten sind zusätzlich Tastaturkürzel für den direkten Aufruf " +"zugeordnet (normalerweise im Zusammenspiel mit der Strg " +"Taste). Diese Kürzel werden hinter dem Menüpunkt angegeben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:285 +msgid "To move around the register, use these keys to save time:" +msgstr "" +"Um sich schnell innerhalb der Buchungsansicht bewegen zu können, benutzen " +"Sie folgende Tasten:" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:290 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:314 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:318 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:329 +msgid "Shift" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:289 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> to move to the next field, <_:keycombo-2/> to move to the " +"previous field" +msgstr "" +"Tab, um zum nächsten Feld zu gelangen, " +"ShiftTab, um zum " +"vorherigen Feld zu gelangen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:297 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:298 +msgid "End" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> to move to the beginning of the field, <_:keycap-2/> to move " +"to the end of the field" +msgstr "" +"Pos1, um zum Anfang des gewählten Feldes zu gelangen, " +"End, um zum Ende des gewählten Feldes zu gelangen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:456 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:522 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:536 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:537 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:757 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1151 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1304 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1305 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1321 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1322 +msgid "Enter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +msgid "↓" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:303 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +msgid "↑" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to move to the next transaction, <_:keycap-3/" +"> to move to the previous transaction" +msgstr "" +"Enter oder ↓, um zur " +"nächsten Buchung zu gelangen, ↑, um zur vorherigen Buchung " +"zu gelangen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:316 +msgid "Page Up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:320 +msgid "Page Down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> to move up one screen, <_:keycap-2/> to move down one screen" +msgstr "" +"Page Up, um eine Seite hoch zu blättern, Page Down, um eine Seite herunter zu blättern" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:313 +msgid "" +"<_:keycombo-1/> to go to the first transaction, <_:keycombo-2/> to go to the " +"last transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:325 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:621 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:750 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:756 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:759 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:766 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:799 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:800 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Kontenabgleich" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "In the <_:guilabel-1/> window you can use these keyboard shortcuts:" +msgstr "" +"Im Fenster Abgleichen können sie folgende " +"Tastaturkürzel nutzen:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> moves to the next box and <_:keycombo-2/> moves to the " +"previous box" +msgstr "" +"Tab bringt Sie zur nächsten Liste und " +"ShiftTab zur " +"vorherigen Liste" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:332 +msgid "Space bar toggles the status between reconciled and not reconciled" +msgstr "" +"Die Leertaste schaltet den Status der Buchung zwischen abgeglichen und nicht " +"abgeglichen hin und her." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:keycap-1/> and <_:keycap-2/> navigate through the entries within the " +"current box" +msgstr "" +"↑ und ↓ bewegt die Markierung innerhalb " +"der gewählten Liste." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:344 +msgid "Simple vs. Split Transactions" +msgstr "Einfache oder mehrteiligen Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "simple transaction" +msgstr "Einfache Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "split transaction" +msgstr "Eingabe einer mehrteiligen Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Every transaction in <_:application-1/> has at least two splits, but a " +"transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two " +"splits is called a <_:emphasis-2/>, since it only involves the current " +"account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more " +"accounts is called a <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" +"Jede Buchung in &app; hat zumindet zwei " +"Teilbuchungen, aber eine Buchung kann mehr als zwei Teilbuchungen haben. " +"Eine Buchung mit nur zwei Teilbuchungen wird eine einfache " +"Buchung genannt, weil nur das laufende Konto und ein einzelnes " +"entferntes Konto beteiligt ist. Eine Buchung mit drei oder mehr Konten wird " +"eine mehrteilige Buchung genannt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "transferred" +msgstr "translator-credits" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "-- Split Transaction --" +msgstr "Mehrteilige Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:348 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:540 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1433 +msgid "Split" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the register is in Basic view, you will see a summary of the splits " +"affecting the current account. For a simple transaction, the <_:guilabel-1/> " +"column will display the other account from which money is <_:emphasis-2/>. " +"For a split transaction, the <_:guilabel-3/> column will display <_:" +"guilabel-4/>. You can see the individual splits of each transaction by " +"clicking the <_:guibutton-5/> button in the <_:emphasis-6/> while selecting " +"the appropriate transaction." +msgstr "" +"In der einfachen Ansicht sehen Sie eine Zusammenfassung der Teilbuchungen " +"bezogen auf das laufende Konto. für einfache Buchungen zeigt die Spalte " +"Buchen das andere Konto, von dem das Geld " +"überwiesen wird. Für eine Teilbuchung zeigt die Spalte " +"Buchung –– Mehrteilige Buchung " +"––. Sie können die einzelnen Teilbuchung jeder " +"Buchung sehen, indem Sie das Teilbuchungen-Symbol in " +"der Werkzeugleiste anklicken, während Sie die Buchung " +"ausgewählt haben." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:352 +#, fuzzy +msgid "transaction line" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:353 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:354 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Description" +msgstr "- Abschreibungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:355 +msgid "Tot Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:356 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For split transactions, the first line of the transaction is the <_:" +"emphasis-1/>. It contains a <_:guilabel-2/>, optional <_:guilabel-3/> (such " +"as a check number), transaction <_:guilabel-4/>, total amount affecting the " +"current account (<_:guilabel-5/> here), and updated account <_:guilabel-6/> " +"after the current transaction. Note that in the expanded view, the <_:" +"guilabel-7/> column heading disappears, and there is no account name listed " +"in that field. This line shows you only a summary of the transaction’s " +"effect on the current account. For more detailed information, you need to " +"look at the individual splits that make up the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Bei Teilbuchungen ist die erste Zeile einer Buchung die " +"Buchungszeile. Sie enthält das Datum, optional die Nr. (wie die " +"Überweisungsnummer), Buchungs-Beschreibung, " +"Gesamtbetrag für das laufende Konto(Gesamt Soll oder " +"Gesamt Aufwand hier), und den aktuellen Konten-" +"Saldo nach der aktuellen Buchung. Beachten Sie, dass in " +"der erweiterten Ansicht der Spaltenkopf der Buchungsspalte verschwindet und es gibt keinen Kontennamen in diesem Feld. " +"Diese Zeile zeigt Ihnen nur eine Zusammenfassung der Auswirkung der Buchung " +"auf dem laufenden Konto. Für mehr Informationen können Sie in die einzelnen " +"Teilbuchungen schauen, die die mehrteilige Buchung ausmachen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:364 +msgid "" +"Note: An account register displays a transaction when that transaction has a " +"split assigned to the account. If a given transaction has more than one " +"split assigned to the account, then in Basic and Auto-Split views, that " +"transaction will appear in the register one time for each split assigned to " +"that account. In Transaction Journal view, such a transaction will only " +"appear once in the register." +msgstr "" +"Anmerkung: Ein Kontenblatt zeigt eine Buchung an, wenn eine Teilbuchung " +"dieser Buchung diesem Konto zugeordnet ist. Wenn eine gegebene Buchung mehr " +"als eine (Teil-)Buchung hat, die einem einzelnen Konto zugeordnet ist, dann " +"wird diese Buchung in der Buchungsansicht einmal für jede Teilbuchung " +"erscheinen, die diesem Konto zugeordnet ist. Im Bucungsjournal wird eine " +"solche Buchung nur einmal angezeigt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:373 +msgid "split lines" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The partial lines below the transaction line are the <_:emphasis-1/>, and " +"they are separated by gray lines. As you highlight one of the split lines, " +"the column headings change to show the split-related fields:" +msgstr "" +"Die eingerückten Zeilen unter der Buchungszeile sind die " +"Teilbuchungszielen. Sie sind grauen Zeilen unterteilt. " +"Wenn Sie eine der Teilbuchungszeilen hervorheben, wechseln die Spaltenköpfe, " +"um die teilbuchungsrelevanten Felder zu benennen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:385 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How split headings change" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt, wie sich Spaltenüberschriften für Teilbuchungen ändern." + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:388 +msgid "This image shows how split headings change." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt, wie sich Spaltenüberschriften für Teilbuchungen ändern." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:395 +msgid "Memo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:393 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each split contains an optional <_:guilabel-1/>, or type of split, which you " +"can either type in or choose from a pull-down list. The split also contains " +"an optional <_:guilabel-2/> which describes the split. Each split affects an " +"<_:guilabel-3/>, which can be selected from a pull-down list of your " +"accounts. The <_:guilabel-4/> field indicates whether the split has been " +"reconciled. The last two columns show the amount of the split and whether " +"money is coming into or going out of the account." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Teilbuchungen enthält ein optionales Feld Aktion " +"oder Art der Teilbuchung, welches Sie entweder durch eintippen, oder durch " +"Auswahl in einer Auswahlliste eingeben können. Weiterhin enthält er ein " +"optionales Feld Buchungstext, welches die Teilbuchung " +"beschreibt. Jede Teilbuchung beeinflusst ein Konto, " +"welches aus einer mit Ihren Kontenbezeichnungen gefüllten Auswahlliste " +"gewählt werden kann. Das Feld J zeigt an, ob eine " +"Teilbuchung schon abgeglichen wurde. Die letzten zwei Spalten zeigen den " +"Betrag des Teilbuchung, und ob das Geld auf das Konto (Soll), oder von dem " +"Konto (Haben) transferiert wurde." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:409 +msgid "summary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:414 +msgid "Jump" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:403 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As we discussed in <_:xref-1/>, total debits (left-column entries) must " +"equal total credits (right-column entries) for each transaction. In the " +"example shown above, the total debits equal the total credits, so this " +"transaction is balanced. If you notice, the transaction line contains the " +"same debit amount as the <_:guilabel-2/> split line. Why is this shown " +"twice? Because the transaction line is merely a <_:emphasis-3/> of the " +"transaction’s effect on the current account. The same transaction in a " +"different account will have a different transaction line, one that shows the " +"effect on that particular account. You can see this by highlighting another " +"split line and clicking the <_:guibutton-4/> button on the <_:emphasis-5/>." +msgstr "" +"Wie schon in Kapitel besprochen, muss " +"für jede Buchung die Gesamt-Zunahme (Beträge in der linken Spalte oder das " +"Soll) gleich der Gesamt-Abnahme (Beträge in der rechten Spalte oder Haben) " +"sein. Im oben oben gezeigten Beispiel ist die Gesamt-Zunahme gleich der " +"Gesamt-Abnahme, die Buchung ist also ausgeglichen. Wie Sie feststellen " +"können, ist der Geldbetrag in der Buchungszeile derselbe wie unter " +"Teilbuchung Girokonto. Warum wird dieser zweimal " +"gezeigt? Weil die Buchungszeile lediglich eine Zusammenfassung des Effekts der Buchung auf das zur Zeit angezeigte Konto " +"darstellt. Die Buchungszeile derselben Buchung in der Buchungsansicht eines " +"anderen Kontos würde den Effekt der Buchung auf das jeweilige Konto " +"anzeigen. Sie können das sehen, indem Sie einen anderen Teilbuchung " +"markieren und auf den Knopf Gegenbuchung in der " +"Werkzeugleiste klicken." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: phrase/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:417 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:418 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:428 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:432 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:437 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:439 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:441 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:517 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:533 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1443 +msgid "Income:Salary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this example, if you jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account, <_:" +"application-2/> brings up the same transaction in the <_:emphasis-3/> - " +"Register:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie in diesem Beispiel zur Gegenbuchung im Konto Ertrag:" +"Gehalt gehen, zeigt Ihnen &app; " +"dieselbe Buchung in der Buchungsansicht des Kontos Ertrag:Gehalt:" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:431 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows a jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt Ihnen das Konto Ertrag:Gehalt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking Account" +msgstr "Unterkonten anlegen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:436 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note that the transaction line total now summarizes the effect on the <_:" +"emphasis-1/> account instead of the <_:emphasis-2/>, because you are looking " +"at the <_:emphasis-3/> account register. The splits are exactly the same, " +"but the transaction line now reflects the credit to the <_:emphasis-4/> " +"account." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie, dass die Buchungszeile jetzt die Zusammenfassung der " +"Auswirkungen auf das Konto Ertrag:Gehalt und nicht mehr " +"auf das Konto Aktiva:Girokonto darstellt, da Sie jetzt " +"die Buchungsansicht des Kontos Ertrag:Gehalt " +"betrachten. Die Teilbuchungen sind dieselben, aber die Buchungszeile stellt " +"jetzt den Einfluss auf das Konto Ertrag:Gehalt dar." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:444 +msgid "Simple Transaction Example" +msgstr "Einfache Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:446 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Starting with the chart of accounts we created in the previous chapter <_:" +"filename-1/>, double click on the <_:guilabel-2/> asset account. Let’s " +"add a simple transaction to the checking account. When you first create your " +"accounts in <_:application-3/>, it is common to start them off with an " +"initial balance." +msgstr "" +"Für unser Beispiel benutzen wir den Kontenrahmen, den wir in dem vorherigen " +"Kapitel erstellt haben (test.gnucash). Mit einem " +"Doppelklick auf das Konto Girokonto öffnen Sie die " +"Buchungsansicht. Jetzt wollen wir eine einfache Buchung auf dem Girokonto " +"eingeben. Normalerweise geben sie einem Konto bei der Einrichtung in " +"&app; einen Anfangskontostand." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:455 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:478 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Equity:Opening Balances" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:453 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the first transaction row, enter a date (eg: March, 1, 2006), a " +"description (eg: <_:quote-1/>), click on the <_:guilabel-2/> pop-up menu and " +"select <_:emphasis-3/>, add a deposit value of $1000, and press the <_:" +"keycap-4/> key. The account register should now appear similar to this " +"figure:" +msgstr "" +"In der ersten Buchungszeile geben Sie bitte das Datum der Buchung ein (zum " +"Beispiel den 01.03.2015), eine Beschreibung (zum Beispiel " +"Anfangskontostand). Ein Klick auf Buchen " +"öffnet ein Pop-Up Menü in dem sie jetzt Eigenkapital:" +"Anfangsbestand auswählen. Geben Sie eine Einzahlung von 1000 € " +"ein, und drücken Sie die Enter Taste. " +"Die Buchungsansicht sollte jetzt folgendermaßen aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:467 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:496 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The Checking Account - Register" +msgstr "Die Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:470 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> - Register after inserting a starting value " +"transaction." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt die Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:" +"Girokonto - nach Eingabe eines Anfangskontostandes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:476 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Setting the starting balances of an account is an example of a simple two " +"account transaction. In this case, affecting the <_:emphasis-1/> and the <_:" +"emphasis-2/> accounts." +msgstr "" +"Die Eingabe eines Anfangskontostandes ist ein Beispiel für eine einfache " +"Buchung zwischen zwei Konten. In unserem Beispiel beeinflusst sie die Konten " +"Aktiva:Girokonto und Eigenkapital:" +"Anfangsbestand." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:485 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1426 +msgid "Expenses:Groceries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:481 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add another " +"transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of groceries. From " +"within the <_:emphasis-1/> account, you would set <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:" +"emphasis-3/>. The account register should now appear:" +msgstr "" +"Als weiteres Beispiel für eine Buchung zwischen zwei Konten wollen wir jetzt " +"eine Buchung eingeben, die einen Lebensmitteleinkauf von 45,21 € beschreibt. " +"Der Betrag wurde Bar bezahlt, deshalb geben wir diese Buchung in der " +"Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:Bargeld ein. Wählen " +"Sie bei dieser Buchung im Feld Buchen den Eintrag " +"Aufwand:Lebensmittel. Die Buchungsansicht sollte jetzt " +"folgendermaßen aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:499 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> - Register after adding a transaction for " +"groceries." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung zeigt die Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:Bargeld - nach Eingabe einer Buchung für Lebensmittel." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:507 +msgid "Split Transaction Example" +msgstr "Mehrteilige Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:509 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The need for 3 or more splits in a transaction occurs when you need to split " +"either the <_:quote-1/> or the <_:quote-2/> account in a transaction into " +"multiple accounts. The classic example of this is when you receive a " +"paycheck. Your take home pay from a paycheck will typically be less than " +"your net pay, with the difference being due to taxes, retirement account " +"payments, and/or other items. Thus, the single transaction of you receiving " +"a paycheck involves other accounts besides simply <_:emphasis-3/> and <_:" +"emphasis-4/>." +msgstr "" +"Die Notwendigkeit für drei oder mehr Teilbuchungen in einer Buchung ergibt " +"sich, wenn Sie bei einer Buchung entweder mehrere Von- oder " +"mehrere Nach- Konten angeben wollen. Ein klassisches Beispiel " +"dafür ist eine Gehaltsbuchung. Das Geldbetrag, welchen Sie ausgezahlt " +"bekommen, ist normalerweise geringer als Ihr Bruttoverdienst. Der " +"Unterschied kommt durch Lohnabzüge wie Steuern, Rentenversicherung, " +"Krankenkasse etc. zustande. Die einfache Buchung Ihres Gehaltes beeinflusst " +"deshalb neben Aktiva:Girokonto und Ertrag:" +"Gehalt auch andere Konten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To add the paycheck split transaction from the<_:emphasis-1/> account " +"register window, click on a new transaction line and click <_:guilabel-2/>. " +"Note that if you have set your register view to Auto-Split or Transaction " +"Journal, the splits will be opened for you. Enter the description of this " +"transaction on the first line(e.g. “Employers R Us”). In the split lines " +"below this, enter the various splits that make up this transaction, one by " +"one. To enter the splits, first choose the account, then enter the amount by " +"which to change the account. Keep in mind that when in an asset account " +"register, amounts entered in the left column increase the account balance, " +"while amounts entered in the right column decrease the balance (for more " +"about this, see <_:xref-3/>). Tab or click the next split line and repeat " +"the process. Note that if you are using the keyboard to navigate the " +"transaction, use<_:keycap-4/> to move from field to field, as using <_:" +"keycap-5/> will commit the transaction and create splits to an Imbalance " +"account." +msgstr "" +"Um die Gehaltszahlung in der Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:" +"Girokonto einzugeben klicken Sie auf eine neue Buchungszeile und " +"klicken dann auf Vollständig. Geben Sie jetzt in der " +"ersten Zeile die Beschreibung der Buchung ein (zum Beispiel Employers " +"ALDI). In die darunterliegenden Zeilen geben Sie nacheinander die " +"verschiedenen Teilbuchungen ein, aus denen die Buchung besteht. Wählen Sie " +"zuerst das Konto, und geben danach den auf dieses Konto zu transferierenden " +"Betrag ein. Dann klicken Sie auf die nächste Zeile und wiederholen den " +"Vorgang. Beachten Sie , dass sich in der Aktivakontoansicht, der Betrag in " +"der linken Spalte das Saldo erhöht und der Betrag in der rechten Spalte das " +"Saldo erniedrigt (mehr finden Sie unter ). Nach Tab oder durch klicken kommen Sie in die nächste " +"Zeile der Teilbuchungen und wiederholen den Prozess. Beachten Sie, dass wenn " +"Sie die Tastatur zur Navigation durch die Buchungen benutzen, nutzen Sie " +"Tab , um sich von einem Feld zum anderen zu bewegen, wie " +"die Nutzung der Enter-Taste die Buchungen bestätigt und " +"Teilbuchungen auf das Ausgleichskonto erzeugt." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:520 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When creating a transaction in <_:application-1/>, splits can be entered in " +"any order. However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the " +"transaction, or when pressing the <_:keycap-2/> key), all debit splits will " +"jump ahead of all credit splits." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Buchung in &app; erzeugen, können " +"die Teilbuchungen in beliebiger Reihenfolge eingegeben werden. Jedoch wenn " +"die Buchung beendet wird (entweder durch Verlassen der Buchung oder durch " +"Drücken der Enter Taste), machen alle " +"Soll-Teilbuchungen einen Sprung vor die Haben-Teilbuchungen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:529 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1439 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Federal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:530 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1440 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Medicare" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:531 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1441 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Social Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:525 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this example, choose the deposit account (<_:emphasis-1/>) and then enter " +"the amount that is being deposited into it (e.g. $670). Follow this by " +"entering the amounts for the various taxes: <_:emphasis-2/> account, $180; " +"<_:emphasis-3/> account, $90; and <_:emphasis-4/> account, $60. Finally, " +"enter the gross total of your paycheck ($1,000 in this example) as a " +"withdrawal transfer from <_:emphasis-5/>." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Beispiel wählen Sie als Konto für die Einzahlungen das Konto " +"(Aktiva:Girokonto) und geben dann unter Einzahlung " +"(Soll) den eingezahlten Geldbetrag an (zum Beispiel 670 €). Nachfolgend " +"geben sie die Beträge für die verschiedenen Abgaben ein: Konto " +"Aufwendungen:Steuern:Einkommensteuer 180 €; Konto " +"Aufwendungen:Steuern:Krankenversicherung 90 €; und " +"Konto Aufwendungen:Steuern:Rentenversicherung 60 €. Zum " +"Schluss geben Sie den Bruttobetrag ihres Gehalts (1000 € in diesem Beispiel) " +"als Abhebung (Haben) von ihrem Konto Ertrag:Gehalt ein." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:538 +#, fuzzy +msgid "folded" +msgstr "Ordner" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The final split should look like <_:xref-1/>. Remember to press <_:keycap-2/" +"> after finishing the entry. But you should also know that when you press <_:" +"keycap-3/>, the split view will be <_:quote-4/> back into a simplified " +"transaction view. The splits are still there; you just have to click <_:" +"guilabel-5/> to view them. See <_:xref-6/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Die komplette mehrteilige Buchung sollte jetzt folgendermaßen aussehen . Vergessen Sie nicht, nach Eingabe " +"der Teilbuchungen, die Buchung durch Druck der Taste Enter abzuschließen. Die Ansicht der Buchung wechselt durch " +"Druck auf die Taste Enter wieder auf die " +"einzeilige Darstellung. Die Einträge der Teilbuchungen sind noch vorhanden, " +"und können durch klicken auf Vollständig wieder " +"angezeigt werden. Siehe auch " +"für weitere Einzelheiten." + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:544 +msgid "Entering a split transaction" +msgstr "Eingabe einer mehrteiligen Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Account Register - Split Transaction" +msgstr "Hauptfenster mit Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:559 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Kontenabgleich" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:563 +#, fuzzy +msgid "reconciliation" +msgstr "Kontenabgleich" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Once transactions have been entered into <_:application-1/>, it is important " +"to verify that they agree with the records of your financial institution. " +"This verification process is known as <_:emphasis-2/>, and it is key to " +"determine whether your records are accurate. Most commonly, you will check " +"transactions against bank statements, although you can use this process to " +"verify any transaction." +msgstr "" +"Für einmal eingegebenen Buchungen in &app; ist es " +"wichtig, diese abzugleichen, dass sie mit den Aufzeichnungen Ihrer Bank " +"übereinstimmen. Dieser Vorgang wird auch Abstimmung " +"oder Abgleich genannt. Dies ist der Schlüssel für eine " +"exakte Buchhaltung. Meistens prüfen Sie die Buchungen gegen die " +"Kontenauszüge. Damit können sie alle Buchungen überprüfen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:572 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:586 +msgid "n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:572 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:589 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:806 +msgid "c" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:568 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:application-1/> keeps track of the reconciliation status of each " +"transaction. The reconciliation status of a transaction is shown by the " +"reconciliation <_:guilabel-2/> field in a register: <_:emphasis-3/> " +"indicates that a transaction has been reconciled, <_:emphasis-4/> indicates " +"that it has not, and <_:emphasis-5/> indicates that it has been cleared, but " +"not reconciled. A split marked cleared signifies that you got some kind of " +"confirmation that the institution accepted the order (e.g. you have the " +"restaurant's receipt for your credit card purchase). You can toggle the " +"reconciliation status between <_:emphasis-6/> and <_:emphasis-7/> by " +"clicking in the <_:guilabel-8/> field; you can set it to <_:emphasis-9/> by " +"using <_:xref-10/>." +msgstr "" +"&app; behält den Überblick über den " +"Abgleichstatus einer jeden Buchung. Der Abgleichzustand einer Buchung wird " +"im Feld J in der Buchungsansicht angezeigt. Der " +"Buchstabe j zeigt an, dass eine Buchung bereits " +"abgeglichen ist, ein n zeigt an, dass ein Abgleich noch " +"nicht erfolgt ist, und b zeigt an, dass die Buchung " +"bestätigt, also z.B. vom ausführenden Institut akzeptiert wurde, aber noch " +"nicht abgeglichen ist. Eine bestätigte Teilbuchung zeigt an, dass Sie " +"irgendeine Bestätigung haben, dass die Institution den Auftrag angenommen " +"hat (beispielsweise besitzen Sie die Quittung eines Restaurants, dass Sie " +"dort mit Ihrer Kreditkarte bezahlt haben.) Durch Klicken in das Feld " +"J der Buchung können Sie zwischen den Zuständen " +"n und b umschalten. Sie können den " +"Zustand auf y setzen, indem Sie den Dialog " +"Abgleichen verwenden. (siehe )" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:580 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:587 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:590 +msgid "cleared" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:580 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:588 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:597 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:607 +#, fuzzy +msgid "reconciled" +msgstr "Abgleichsdialog" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:581 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:587 +msgid "total" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:579 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running " +"balances (the <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/> balance), and the <_:" +"guilabel-3/> balance. The former balances should correspond to how much " +"money the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes " +"outstanding transactions." +msgstr "" +"Am unteren Ende der Buchungsansicht gibt es Anzeigen für verschiedene " +"Kontostände. Während die Anzeigen Bestätigt und " +"Abgeglichen Ihre Finanzen aus Sicht der Bank (aufgrund " +"eingegangener Zahlungsbelege) darstellen, werden unter Aktueller " +"Wert auch offene d.h. der Bank noch nicht mitgeteilte " +"Finanztransaktionen berücksichtigt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:584 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For example, when you write a check for something, you should enter the " +"transaction into <_:application-1/>. The reconciliation <_:guilabel-2/> " +"field of the transaction will initially contain <_:guilabel-3/> (new). Your " +"new entry will contribute to the <_:guilabel-4/> balance, but not to the <_:" +"guilabel-5/> and <_:guilabel-6/> balance. Later, if you got some " +"confirmation that the check has been cashed, you might click on the " +"transaction’s <_:guilabel-7/> field to change it to <_:emphasis-8/> " +"(cleared). When you do this, the <_:guilabel-9/> balance will change to " +"include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can then compare " +"it to what you’ve recorded in <_:application-10/> by opening the " +"reconciliation window. There, you will be able to change the <_:guilabel-11/" +"> field to <_:emphasis-12/> (reconciled)." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie z.B. einen Scheck für irgend etwas ausstellen, sollten Sie dies in " +"&app; buchen. Das Feld Abgleich (J) der Buchung enthält am Anfang den Wert n " +"(neu). Die neue Buchung trägt zum Kontostand Aktueller Wert bei, aber nicht zum Kontostand Bestätigt und " +"Abgeglichen. Später, wenn Sie eine Bestätigung " +"erhalten, dass der Scheck eingelöst wurde, können Sie auf das Feld Abgleich " +"(J) dieser Buchung klicken, um den Wert auf " +"b umzustellen (bestätigt). Sobald Sie das tun, ändert " +"sich der Kontostand in der Anzeige Bestätigt, um jetzt " +"auch diese Transaktion zu berücksichtigen. Wenn der Kontoauszug eintrifft, " +"können Sie dann Ihre in &app; eingegebenen " +"Buchungsdaten mit denen der Bank vergleichen. Im Dialog Kontoabgleich können " +"Sie die Übereinstimmung der von der Bank gebuchten Transaktionen und damit " +"den Wert im Feld J auf j " +"(abgeglichen) ändern." + +#. (itstool) path: link/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:599 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:654 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting Balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:596 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You cannot reconcile directly in a register window by clicking in the <_:" +"emphasis-1/> field. You must use the reconciliation window. Once a " +"transaction has been marked <_:emphasis-2/>, it can no longer be easily " +"changed without breaking the <_:link-3/> of the next reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"Sie können Buchungen nicht direkt in der Buchungsansicht abgleichen, sondern " +"müssen das Fenster Kontoabgleich nutzen. Sobald eine Buchung als " +"Abgeglichen gekennzeichnet wurde, kann sie nicht mehr " +"so einfach geändert werden, ohne dass der " +"Anfangssaldo des nächsten Kontoabgleichs " +"abweicht." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:605 +msgid "all transactions prior to that date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:603 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is important to understand that reconciliation is done for a given date, " +"and when you reconcile an account based on a statement from a given date, " +"you are reconciling <_:emphasis-1/>. Therefore, if you add or modify " +"transactions that predate your last reconciliation, your <_:emphasis-2/> " +"balances will be thrown off." +msgstr "" +"Es ist wichtig zu verstehen, dass der Abgleich für ein gegebenes Datum " +"erfolgt, und wenn Sie ein Konto aufgrund eines Auszugs von einem bestimmten " +"Datum abgleichen, Sie alle Buchungen bis zu diesem " +"Datum als abgeglichen markieren. Falls Sie also Buchungen " +"einfügen oder verändern, welche vor dem Datum Ihres letzten Abgleichs " +"liegen, wird der entsprechende Abgeglichen-Saldo nicht mehr stimmen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:611 +msgid "Reconcile windows" +msgstr "Abgleichsdialog" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:613 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The reconciliation windows are used to reconcile a <_:application-1/> " +"account with a statement that a bank or other institution has sent you. " +"Reconciliation is useful not only to double-check your records against those " +"of your bank, but also to get a better idea of outstanding transactions, e." +"g. uncashed checks." +msgstr "" +"Der Abgleichsdialog wird verwendet, um ein &app; " +"Konto in Übereinstimmung zu bringen mit einem Kontoauszug, den Sie von einer " +"Bank oder einer anderen Finanzinstitution bekommen haben. Ein Kontoabgleich " +"ist nicht nur nützlich, um die Übereinstimmung Ihrer Buchführung mit der " +"Ihrer Bank zu gewährleisten, sondern auch, um ein besseres Verständnis von " +"offenen Geschäftsvorfällen zu erhalten, z.B. noch nicht eingelösten Schecks." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:619 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To use the reconciliation windows, select an account from the account tree " +"and click on <_:menuchoice-1/>. A window like the one below will appear in " +"which you can enter the reconcile information." +msgstr "" +"Um den Abgleichsdialog zu öffnen, wählen Sie ein Konto in Ihrem Kontenrahmen " +"und klicken auf den Menüpunkt AktionenAbgleichen. Das " +"untenstehende Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie die Informationen für den " +"Kontoabgleich eingeben können." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:636 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:736 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reconcile Window" +msgstr "Abgleichsdialog" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:639 +msgid "The initial reconcile window." +msgstr "Das Anfangsfenster des Kontoabgleichs." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:643 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reconcile Information" +msgstr "Kontenabgleich" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:643 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the initial reconcile window, some <_:guilabel-1/> need to be entered." +msgstr "" +"In dem Anfangsfenster des Kontoabgleichs müssen einige " +"Abgleichsparameter eingegeben werden." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:645 +msgid "Statement Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:647 +msgid "The date of the statement you will be reconciling against." +msgstr "Das Datum, bis zu dem der Abgleich erfolgen soll." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:649 +msgid "Click on the down arrow in the right of this field to open a calendar" +msgstr "" +"Um einen Kalender zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil nach unten rechts " +"neben dem Eingabefeld." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:656 +msgid "" +"This is a non-editable item which displays the balance from the previous " +"reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your statement." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist ein vorgegebener Wert, der den Kontostand des letzten Abgleichs " +"anzeigt. Dieser Wert sollte mit dem Anfangskontostand Ihres Kontoauszugs " +"übereinstimmen." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:659 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the opening balance in <_:application-1/> does not match that " +"found on your statement. This can happen the first time you reconcile your " +"account or when a previously-reconciled transaction is de-reconciled or " +"deleted." +msgstr "" +"Manchmal stimmt der Anfangssaldo in &app; nicht " +"mit dem von Ihrer Bank übermittelten überein. Dies tritt beim ersten " +"Abgleich des Kontos auf, oder wenn bereits abgeglichene Buchungen verändert " +"oder gelöscht wurden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:663 +#, fuzzy +msgid "starting balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:664 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:790 +msgid "0.00" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:664 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:665 +#, fuzzy +msgid "opening balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:663 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first time you reconcile your account, the <_:guilabel-1/> will be <_:" +"guilabel-2/>, thus probably not the <_:emphasis-3/> of your account. When " +"you reconcile the account, the <_:emphasis-4/> for the account will be " +"included in the reconciliation, and the result should balance." +msgstr "" +"Beim ersten Abgleich Ihres Kontos beträgt der Anfangssaldo 0,00. Dies ist höchstwahrscheinlich nicht der " +"Anfangskontostand Ihres Kontos. Beim Abgleich wird der " +"Anfangskontostand des Kontos im Abgleich " +"berücksichtigt, und das Ergebnis sollte ausgeglichen sein." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:669 +msgid "" +"In the case when a previously-reconciled transaction is accidentally de-" +"reconciled, you can simply re-reconcile the transaction along with the " +"transactions on the current statement, and the result should balance." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle, dass eine vorher abgeglichene Buchung versehentlich nicht mehr " +"abgeglichen ist, können Sie einfach die Buchung zusammen mit den anderen " +"Buchungen im jetzigen Kontoauszug wieder abgleichen, und das Ergebnis sollte " +"ausgeglichen sein." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:673 +msgid "" +"The case of accidentally deleting a previously-reconciled transaction " +"presents more of a challenge; if you cannot determine what was deleted and " +"restore it to the register, you will have to create a dummy transaction to " +"get the reconciliation to finish." +msgstr "" +"Die Korrektur von versehentlich gelöschten, bereits abgeglichenen Buchungen " +"ist eine größere Herausforderung. Falls Sie nicht mehr feststellen können, " +"welche Buchung gelöscht wurde, und Sie sie deshalb nicht mehr wieder " +"eingeben können, müssen Sie eine Ausgleichsbuchung einfügen, um den " +"Kontoabgleich abzuschließen." + +#. (itstool) path: caution/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:678 +msgid "" +"While the latter case does not matter for your private accounting, you " +"should have a really good explanation for your auditors, if you are the " +"accountant of a club or a company." +msgstr "" +"Während letzter Fall in Ihrer privaten Buchführung nicht weiter schlimm ist, " +"sollten Sie eine sehr gute Erklärung für Ihre Prüfer parat haben, falls Sie " +"die Bücher eines Vereins oder einer Firma führen." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:684 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ending Balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:686 +msgid "" +"This field should be filled with the ending balance as it appears in the " +"statement." +msgstr "" +"In dieses Feld sollte der Schlusssaldo des Kontoauszugs Ihrer Bank " +"eingetragen werden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:689 +msgid "Present" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:688 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<_:application-1/> automatically fills this field with the <_:guilabel-2/> " +"balance as shown in the lower part of the account’s register." +msgstr "" +"&app; trägt in dieses Feld automatisch den im " +"unteren Teil der Kontoansicht angezeigten aktuellen Wert ein." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:695 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Include Sub-accounts" +msgstr "Unterkonten anlegen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:697 +msgid "" +"Check this option if you want to include in the reconciliation the " +"transactions that belongs to the sub-accounts of the currently selected " +"account. Note that all sub-accounts must be in the same commodity as the " +"parent for the option to be enabled." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie in dem Abgleich auch Buchungen von " +"Unterkonten des gewählten Kontos berücksichtigen möchten." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:702 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter Interest Payment" +msgstr "Zahlung Habenzins eingeben…" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:704 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button opens a new window that allow you to enter an interest " +"transaction to the account to be reconciled." +msgstr "" +"Ein Klick auf diesen Knopf öffnet das Fenster Habenzinsen zur Eingabe einer Zinsbuchung in das abzugleichende Konto." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:707 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:715 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Interest Payment" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE process payment" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:708 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "- Kreditkarten" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Mutual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:710 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:711 +msgid "Register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:712 +msgid "&app; Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:712 +msgid "Automatic interest transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:714 +msgid "No Auto Interest Payments for this Account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:707 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <_:guilabel-1/> window might be opened automatically when you start a " +"reconciliation for an account of the type <_:emphasis-2/>, <_:emphasis-3/>, " +"<_:emphasis-4/>, <_:emphasis-5/>, <_:emphasis-6/>, <_:emphasis-7/>, and <_:" +"emphasis-8/>. If you want to disable this behavior for any of the previous " +"accounts, go to the <_:guilabel-9/> tab of the <_:guilabel-10/> and uncheck " +"the <_:guilabel-11/> option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only " +"for the selected account, press the <_:guibutton-12/> button in the <_:" +"guilabel-13/> window." +msgstr "" +"Das Fenster Habenzinsen kann auch beim Abgleich eines " +"Kontos vom Typ Bank, Kreditkarte, " +"Mutual, Aktiva, Offene " +"Forderungen, Offene Verbindlichkeiten, und " +"Fremdkapital automatisch geöffnet werden. Wenn Sie " +"dieses Verhalten für alle vorgenannten Kontentypen ausschalten wollen, " +"entfernen Sie die Markierung bei der Option Automatisch " +"Zinsbuchungen auf der Karteikarte Kontobuch " +"im Fenster &app; Einstellungen. Um nur das Verhalten " +"für das gewählte Konto auszuschalten, drücken Sie den Knopf Keine " +"automatischen Habenzins-Zahlungen für dieses Konto im Fenster " +"Habenzinsen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:721 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1221 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1231 +msgid "Ok" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:721 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Then, click on the <_:guibutton-1/> button, and you will see the " +"transactions listing reconcile window:" +msgstr "" +"Drücken Sie die Taste Ok, und es erscheint das " +"Fenster mit der Buchungsliste zum Abgleich:" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:739 +msgid "The transactions listing in the reconcile window." +msgstr "Die Liste der Buchungen im Fenster Kontoabgleich." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:744 +msgid "Funds In" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:745 +msgid "Funds Out" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:744 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The two panes called <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/>, lists all the " +"unreconciled transactions that belongs to the account that is going to be " +"reconciled. The <_:guilabel-3/> columns show whether the transactions have " +"been reconciled." +msgstr "" +"Die zwei Fensterbereiche mit Namen Gutschrift und " +"Belastung listen alle nicht abgeglichen Buchungen auf, " +"die zu dem abzugleichenden Konto gehören. Die Spalte J " +"zeigt an, ob die Buchungen bereits abgeglichen sind." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:749 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the matching item " +"in the <_:guilabel-1/> window." +msgstr "" +"Betrachten Sie jetzt jeden Eintrag in Ihrem Kontoauszug und suchen den " +"passenden Eintrag im Fenster Abgleichen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:753 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:754 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:976 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:754 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:763 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transaction" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:752 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you cannot find a transaction, then perhaps you forgot to enter it, or " +"did not know that the transaction had happened. You can use the <_:" +"guibutton-1/> button on the <_:emphasis-2/>, or the <_:menuchoice-3/> menu " +"item in the menu, to open a register window and enter the missing " +"transaction. The new item will appear in the <_:guilabel-4/> window when you " +"press the <_:guibutton-5/> button in the register after entering the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie eine Buchung nicht finden, haben Sie vielleicht vergessen, sie " +"einzugeben, oder es war Ihnen unbekannt, dass die Buchung stattgefunden hat. " +"Sie können die Taste Neu in der " +"Werkzeugleiste benutzen, oder den Menüeintrag " +"BuchungNeu in der Menüleiste, um in der Buchungsansicht die fehlende " +"Buchung einzugeben. Sobald Sie die Eingabe der Buchung durch Drücken der " +"Taste Enter abgeschlossen haben, erscheint der " +"Eintrag im Fenster Abgleichen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you find the item in the <_:guilabel-1/> window, compare the amount in " +"the item to the amount on the statement. If they disagree, you may have made " +"an error when you entered the transaction in <_:application-2/>. You can use " +"the <_:guibutton-3/> button on the <_:emphasis-4/>, or the <_:menuchoice-5/> " +"item, to open a register window and correct the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Für jeden Eintrag im Fenster Abgleichen vergleichen Sie " +"jetzt den Betrag mit dem Betrag in Ihrem Kontoauszug. Wenn beide Einträge " +"nicht übereinstimmen, haben Sie vielleicht einen Fehler bei der Eingabe der " +"Transaktion in &app; gemacht. Sie können in " +"diesem Fall die Taste Bearbeiten in der " +"Werkzeugleiste drücken oder den Menüeintrag " +"BuchungBearbeiten benutzen, um die Buchungsansicht zu öffnen und die Buchung zu " +"korrigieren." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:766 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the amounts agree, click on the item in the <_:guilabel-1/> window. A " +"check mark wil appear in the <_:guilabel-2/> column aside the selected " +"transaction. <_:application-3/> will automatically update the amounts in the " +"lower right summary pane." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Beträge übereinstimmen, klicken Sie auf den Eintrag im Fenster " +"Abgleichen. Die gewählte Transaktion wird durch ein " +"Häkchen in der Spalte J markiert. &app; aktualisiert automatisch die Beträge im Zusammenfassungsbereich " +"unten rechts." + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +msgid "up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +msgid "down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:772 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:783 +msgid "space" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can use the <_:keycap-1/>/<_:keycap-2/> arrow keys to scroll to the " +"item, the <_:keycap-3/> key to mark the item as reconciled and the <_:" +"keycap-4/> key to switch panes." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Pfeiltasten hoch/runter " +"benutzen, um zu einem Eintrag zu gelangen, die Leertaste, " +"um einen Eintrag als Abgeglichen zu markieren und die Tab " +"Taste, um zwischen den Bereichen umzuschalten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:776 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You then repeat this for each item that appears on the bank statement, " +"verifying that the amounts match with the amounts in <_:application-1/>, and " +"marking off transactions in <_:application-2/> as they are reconciled." +msgstr "" +"Diesen Vorgang wiederholen Sie für jeden Eintrag auf dem Kontoauszug, " +"bestätigen, dass der Betrag mit Ihrer Buchungen in &app; übereinstimmt, und haken die Buchung in &app; als abgeglichen ab." + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:783 +msgid "Ctrl-A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:781 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can check or uncheck the reconcile status of all transactions in either " +"pane by clicking on a transaction in the required pane then clicking <_:" +"keycap-1/> followed by <_:keycap-2/>. This will toggle the reconcile status " +"of all transactions in the pane to either checked or unchecked state. This " +"procedure can be repeated to achieve the desired status for the transactions " +"in the pane." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE You can check or uncheck the reconcile status of all " +"transactions in either pane by clicking on a transaction in the required " +"pane then clicking Ctrl-A followed by space. This will toggle the reconcile status of all transactions in the " +"pane to either checked or unchecked state. This procedure can be repeated to " +"achieve the desired status for the transactions in the pane." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 +msgid "Difference" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the <_:guilabel-1/> window there is a <_:guilabel-2/> " +"field, which should show <_:guilabel-3/> when you are done reconciling. If " +"it shows some other value, then either you have missed transactions, or some " +"amounts may be incorrect in <_:application-4/>. (Or, less likely, the bank " +"may have made an error.)" +msgstr "" +"Unten rechts gibt es im Fenster Abgleichen ein Feld " +"Differenz, welches den Betrag 0.00 " +"aufweisen sollte, wenn Sie den Abgleich abgeschlossen haben. Wenn dort ein " +"anderer Wert auftritt, dann haben Sie entweder Buchungen ausgelassen, oder " +"einige Buchungsbeträge wurden falsch in &app; " +"eingegeben, oder (was etwas unwahrscheinlicher ist) die Bank hat einen " +"Fehler gemacht." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why " +"an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy " +"between your books and a statement, <_:application-1/> includes a <_:" +"guibutton-2/> button on the <_:emphasis-3/> that will automatically create a " +"balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible " +"to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct " +"the discrepancy between your books and a statement, &app; includes a Balance button on the " +"Toolbar that will automatically create a balancing " +"entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 +msgid "Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions " +"that you can identify) and then click this button. <_:application-1/> will " +"create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the <_:" +"emphasis-2/> account (where \"XXX\" represents your currency). The Reconcile " +"window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created " +"balancing entry and finish the process." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all " +"transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. " +"&app; will create a balancing entry for the " +"remaining discrepancy that uses the Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX account (where \"XXX\" represents your currency). The Reconcile " +"window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created " +"balancing entry and finish the process." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:799 +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement and the " +"difference is 0.00, press the <_:guibutton-1/> button on the <_:emphasis-2/> " +"or select <_:menuchoice-3/> from the menu. The <_:guilabel-4/> window will " +"close. In the register window, the <_:guilabel-5/> field of the reconciled " +"transactions will change to <_:emphasis-6/>." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie alle Einträge auf dem Kontoauszug abgehakt haben, und die " +"Differenz 0.00 ist, drücken Sie den Eintrag Fertig " +"auf der Werkzeugleiste oder wählen den Eintrag " +"AbgleichenFertig aus dem Menü. Das Fenster Abgleichen " +"schließt sich. In der Buchungsansicht ändert sich der Wert im Feld " +"J der abgeglichenen Buchungen auf j." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:805 +msgid "Postpone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:809 +msgid "Statusbar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:811 +msgid "Cleared:USD 954.79 Reconciled:USD 0.00" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this case, we have not received all the information yet, so we simply " +"press the <_:guibutton-1/> button, so we can continue at a later stage. " +"Observe that the <_:guilabel-2/> column indicates we cleared (<_:emphasis-3/" +">) two transactions. They have not been reconciled yet, but we have verified " +"these two transactions so they have been marked as cleared. If you look at " +"the <_:emphasis-4/> at the bottom of the account register, you will see a " +"summary of what has been reconciled and what has been cleared (<_:guilabel-5/" +">)" +msgstr "" +"Im dargestellten Fall haben wir noch nicht alle Informationen erhalten, " +"deshalb drücken wir den Eintrag Unterbrechen in der " +"Werkzeugleiste, damit wir zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt mit dem Abgleich " +"fortfahren können. Beachten Sie, dass in der Spalte J " +"zwei Einträge als bestätigt (b) gekennzeichnet werden. " +"Sie wurden noch nicht abgeglichen, aber diese zwei Buchungen wurden " +"bestätigt. Wenn Sie sich die Statusleiste am unteren " +"Rand der Buchungsansicht ansehen, finden Sie eine Zusammenfassung dessen, " +"was bestätigt wurde, und was abgeglichen wurde (Bestätigt: 954,79 " +"€ Abgeglichen: 0,00 €)" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:821 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking account" +msgstr "Unterkonten anlegen" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:824 +msgid "The Checking account after postponing the reconciliation." +msgstr "Das Girokonto nach Unterbrechen des Kontoabgleichs." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:832 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:950 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:952 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:968 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:971 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +msgid "Scheduled Transactions" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Scheduled transactions are made to help entering repetitive money " +"operations, like subscriptions, insurances or taxes. By using scheduled " +"transactions, you only have to enter the concerned transaction once, set a " +"few parameters like start date, frequency and a little description, and then " +"<_:application-1/> will tell you whenever a scheduled transaction is ready " +"to be created, and create it for you." +msgstr "" +"Terminierte Buchungen werden verwendet, um wiederkehrende " +"Finanztransaktionen wie zum Beispiel Abonnements, Versicherungsbeiträge, " +"Mietzahlungen einzugeben. Durch Verwendung von terminierten Buchungen " +"brauchen Sie die betreffende Buchung nur einmal zusammen mit einigen " +"Parametern wie Startdatum, Ausführungsdatum und Frequenz und einer kleinen " +"Beschreibung einzugeben, dann erinnert &app; Sie " +"an die Fälligkeit einer Buchung, und erstellt sie für Sie." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:841 +msgid "" +"In this howto, we’ll take a monthly Internet subscription of 20 USD as " +"example, which is taken on the 28th of each month." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Leitfaden nutzen wir ein monatliches Internetabo über 20 € mit " +"Ausführungsdatum am 28. eines jeden Monats als Beispiel." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "from the ledger" +msgstr "Erstellung in der Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:846 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scheduled Transactions Editor" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:844 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In <_:application-1/>, there are two ways of creating scheduled " +"transactions, <_:link-2/> or from the <_:link-3/>." +msgstr "" +"In &app; gibt es zwei Wege, um terminierte " +"Buchungen anzulegen, in der " +"Buchungsansicht oder durch den Editor für terminierte Buchungen Terminierte Buchungen Editor." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:849 +msgid "Creating from the Ledger" +msgstr "Erstellung in der Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:853 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +msgid "Expenses:Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:851 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the ledger. In " +"the <_:guilabel-1/> field for this transaction, type <_:emphasis-2/> as " +"shown in the next screenshot." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie das erste Auftreten Ihrer terminierten Buchungen in der " +"Buchungsansicht ein. Im Feld Buchen der Buchung geben " +"Sie Aufwendungen:Internet ein, wie es in der nächsten " +"Abbildung gezeigt wird." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:863 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:867 +msgid "Step one creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" +"Erster Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +"Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Since we did not create the <_:emphasis-1/> account, <_:application-2/> will " +"prompt us to create it." +msgstr "" +"Da wir das Konto Aufwendungen:Internet noch nicht " +"erstellt haben, fordert uns &app; auf es " +"anzulegen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:878 +msgid "Schedule..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:877 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Then you right click on your transaction and select <_:guilabel-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann mit der rechten Maustaste auf diese Buchung, und wählen " +"Terminiert..." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:888 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:892 +msgid "Step two creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" +"Zweiter Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +"Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:897 +msgid "A window like this will appear:" +msgstr "Es erscheint folgendes Fenster:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:907 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:911 +msgid "Step three creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" +"Dritter Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +"Buchungsansicht" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:916 +msgid "" +"Let’s fill the values, we know that the subscription is taken on the " +"28th each month, and the next one is for next month (since we entered the " +"one for this month manually) :" +msgstr "" +"Jetzt wollen wir die Daten der Buchung eintragen. Wir wissen, dass die " +"Zahlung des Abo am 28. jedes Monats erfolgt, und die nächste Ausführung im " +"nächsten Monat stattfindet (wir haben diesen Monat ja schon manuell gebucht):" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:928 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:931 +msgid "Filling in data to a scheduled transaction" +msgstr "Eintrag der Daten einer terminierten Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:936 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1408 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:936 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Click the <_:guibutton-1/> button, and the transaction will be scheduled. <_:" +"application-2/> now has memorized this scheduled transaction and on the 28th " +"of next month, it will pop up a window asking if it should create it (see " +"far below for a screenshot of this window)." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf den Knopf OK, um die Eingabe der " +"terminierten Buchung abzuschließen. &app; hat " +"diese Buchung jetzt gespeichert und wird am 28. des nächsten Monats fragen, " +"ob die Buchung automatisch erstellt werden soll (siehe auch die Abbildung " +"weiter unten)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:943 +msgid "Creating from the Editor" +msgstr "Erstellung im Editor für terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:946 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:951 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scheduled Transaction Editor" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:945 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Another way of entering a scheduled transaction is from the <_:guilabel-1/>, " +"it may be faster if we have several scheduled transactions to create at once." +msgstr "" +"Ein anderer Weg der Eingabe von terminierten Buchungen ist die Eingabe im " +"Editor für terminierte Buchungen. Wenn wir mehrere " +"terminierte Buchungen hintereinander erstellen wollen, kann das der " +"schnellere Weg sein." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:949 +msgid "" +"From the main accounts windows, select <_:menuchoice-1/> from the <_:" +"emphasis-2/>. A new <_:guilabel-3/> tab will be opened in the current <_:" +"application-4/> window as shown above:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:968 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:971 +msgid "Empty <_:guilabel-1/> tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:975 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This tab contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled transactions. " +"Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <_:guibutton-1/> button in " +"the <_:emphasis-2/>. A window like the one below will pop up:" +msgstr "" +"Diese Karteikarte enthält eine (zur Zeit leere) Liste aller terminierten " +"Buchungen. Wir erzeugen eine neue terminierte Buchung durch Klicken der " +"Taste Neu in der Werkzeugleiste. " +"Es erscheint das unten dargestellte Fenster:" + +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:993 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:997 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1006 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1065 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1069 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1142 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Scheduled Transaction" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:992 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:997 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1064 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1069 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1142 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1146 +msgid "<_:guimenuitem-1/> window, <_:guilabel-2/> tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1002 +msgid "" +"First, let’s enter a name for this new scheduled transaction in the " +"top of the window." +msgstr "" +"Zuerst tragen wir oben im Fenster einen Namen für die neu erstellte " +"terminierte Buchung ein." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1005 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This name will only identify the transaction in the <_:guilabel-1/> window, " +"it will never appear in the ledger." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Name dient nur der Kennzeichnung der Buchung in der Liste der " +"terminierten Buchungen im Fenster Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten und tritt nicht in der Buchungsansicht auf." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the <_:guilabel-1/> pane of the <_:guilabel-2/> tab you have four options:" +msgstr "" +"Im Bereich Optionen der Karteikarte " +"Übersicht gibt es vier Auswahlmöglichkeiten:" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1014 +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1016 +msgid "Sets the status of the scheduled transaction." +msgstr "bestimmt den Status der terminierten Buchung." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1020 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create automatically" +msgstr "Automatisch erstellen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1024 +msgid "Notify me when created" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1022 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If enabled, will insert this transaction in the ledger without asking you " +"before (see below). If needed, you can be advised when the transaction is " +"entered by checking the <_:guilabel-1/> option." +msgstr "" +"Wenn diese Option gewählt wird, wird die terminierte Buchung ohne Rückfrage " +"ins Hauptbuch eingetragen (siehe unten). Durch die Auswahl von Bei " +"Erstellung benachrichtigen können Sie einstellen, dass Sie über " +"den Eintrag der Buchung informiert werden." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1029 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create in advance" +msgstr "Eine Datei erstellen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1031 +msgid "Sets how many days in advance the transaction will be created." +msgstr "" +"Mit dieser Option können Sie einstellen, ob, und wie viele Tage im Voraus " +"die Buchung erstellt werden soll." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1035 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remind in advance" +msgstr "Im Voraus erinnern" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1037 +msgid "" +"Sets how many days in advance a reminder is presented. This can be used, for " +"example, when you have to pay something by check, and a reminder one week " +"before allows you to send your check before the deadline." +msgstr "" +"Mit dieser Option können Sie einstellen, ob, und wie viele Tage im Voraus " +"Sie an eine fällige Zahlung erinnert werden wollen. Das ist sehr nützlich, " +"wenn Sie ein Zahlungsziel ausnutzen wollen, und eine Erinnerung eine Woche " +"vor Ablauf der Zahlungsfrist ermöglicht es Ihnen die Zahlung Termingerecht " +"zu veranlassen (oder den Scheck zuzusenden)." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 +msgid "Occurences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <_:guilabel-1/> pane allows you to tell <_:application-2/> that this " +"scheduled transaction won’t last for ever. For example if you are " +"repaying a loan, you can enter the loan end date or the number of occurences " +"left." +msgstr "" +"Der Bereich Auftreten ermöglicht es Ihnen, " +"&app; mitzuteilen, dass die terminierte Buchung " +"nur bis zu einem bestimmten Datum ausgeführt werden soll. Zum Beispiel " +"können Sie, wenn sie ein Darlehen zurückzahlen, entweder das Enddatum, oder " +"die Anzahl der noch offenen Zahlungen einstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1066 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1070 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1075 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1083 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1099 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1115 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select now the <_:guilabel-1/> tab in the <_:guilabel-2/> window. Here you " +"can set the time-related options of the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie jetzt die Karteikarte Häufigkeit im Fenster " +"Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten. Hier können Sie die " +"zeitbezogenen Werte der Buchung einstellen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1077 +msgid "once" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "daily" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "semi-monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1079 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1080 +msgid "monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1077 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sets the basic frequency of the transaction, with options for <_:guilabel-1/" +">, <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, <_:guilabel-4/> and <_:guilabel-5/>. In " +"this example, this is set to <_:guilabel-6/>." +msgstr "" +"Stellt die Häufigkeit des Auftretens der Buchung ein, mit Einstellungen für " +"einmal, täglich, " +"wöchentlich, halbmonatlich und " +"monatlich. In unserem Beispiel setzen Sie die " +"Häufigkeit auf monatlich." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1082 +msgid "other" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1084 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1096 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 +msgid "Every" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1082 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to set a transaction to occur at intervals <_:emphasis-1/> " +"than those listed in the <_:guilabel-2/> list, by changing the setting in " +"the <_:guilabel-3/> control (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Durch die Einstellung unter Alle ist es möglich " +"einzustellen, dass die Buchung auch in anderen Intervallen, als den in der " +"Liste Häufigkeit angegebenen, auftreten soll (siehe " +"unten)." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1089 +msgid "Start Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1091 +msgid "" +"Sets when the transaction will begin. In the example, this would be set to " +"the start of the next month." +msgstr "" +"Stellt ein, wann die Buchung des erste Mal ausgeführt werden soll. In " +"unserem Beispiel würde es auf den Beginn des nächsten Monats gesetzt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 +msgid "Weeks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1101 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1098 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This option allows you to schedule transactions by multiplies of the value " +"in <_:guilabel-1/>. For example, to create a transaction that runs every 3 " +"weeks, set <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:guilabel-3/> and <_:guilabel-4/> to <_:" +"guilabel-5/>." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, den Termin für die Buchung auf ein Vielfaches " +"des Wertes im Feld Häufigkeit einzustellen. Zur Planung " +"einer Buchung, die alle drei Wochen durchgeführt werden soll, stellen Sie " +"zum Beispiel Häufigkeit auf wöchentlich und Alle auf 3." + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +msgid "On the" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +msgid "Except on weekends" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/>" +msgstr "Payees and memos" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Sets the day of the month that the transaction is scheduled, and controls " +"what <_:application-1/> will do when the day occurs on a weekend day." +msgstr "" +"Diese Eingabefelder dienen der Auswahl des Ausführungstags, und legen fest, " +"wie &app; vorgehen soll, wenn dieser Tag auf ein " +"Wochenende fällt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1114 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1116 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1407 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"We know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the <_:" +"guilabel-1/> will be November 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), " +"the <_:guilabel-2/> will be <_:guilabel-3/>, it will be taken every month on " +"the 28th. Since in our example the internet subscription is automatically " +"taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor give an " +"end date." +msgstr "" +"Wir wissen, dass die Gebühr am 28. jeden Monats fällig wird, deshalb geben " +"wir als Anfangsdatum zum Beispiel den 1. November 2003 " +"ein (unter der Annahme, dass im November die nächste Zahlung erfolgen soll). " +"Die Häufigkeit stellen wir auf monatlich. Mit diesen Einstellungen wird die Buchung jeden Monat am 28. " +"erzeugt. Da in unserem Beispiel die Zahlungen für das Internet monatlich " +"abgebucht werden, brauchen wir die Buchung weder im Voraus zu generieren, " +"noch müssen wir ein Enddatum eingeben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the elements on this tab are filled in, <_:application-1/> will " +"highlights the calendar below to indicate when future transactions will be " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Einstellungen auf dieser Karteikarte durchgeführt wurden, markiert " +"&app; das Ausführungsdatum der zukünftigen " +"Buchungen im unten auf der Karteikarte dargestellten Kalender." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1124 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1143 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Template Transaction" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Finally select the <_:guilabel-1/> tab and enter your transaction in the " +"lower part as you would do in the ledger, with the only difference of having " +"no date." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie zum Schluss die Karteikarte Buchungsvorlage " +"und geben Sie die Buchung im unteren Teil der Karteikarte ein, wie Sie es " +"normalerweise im Hauptbuch tun würden. Der einzige Unterschied besteht " +"darin, dass Sie bei der Eingabe kein Datum eingeben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1127 +msgid "Now, you should have a window like this:" +msgstr "Jetzt sollte ihr Fenster folgendermaßen aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remember to click on the <_:guibutton-1/> icon, to validate and enter the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" +"Bitte klicken Sie auf das Symbol Eingabe, um die " +"Buchungsvorlage abzuspeichern." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now click <_:guibutton-1/>, it takes you to the <_:guilabel-2/> tab, now " +"showing one item in the <_:guilabel-3/> list:" +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie jetzt auf OK, um zur Karteikarte für " +"Terminierte Buchungen zu gelangen. Diese zeigt jetzt " +"den Eintrag für die terminierte Buchung in der Liste Buchungen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1170 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1173 +msgid "Entered scheduled transaction" +msgstr "Eingegebene terminierte Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1178 +msgid "" +"If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a small " +"window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for this day. To " +"make the small window disappear again, just click in it one more time." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mit der Maus auf den Kalender klicken, wird ein kleines Fenster " +"eingeschaltet, welches für den Tag, auf den die Maus zeigt, alle " +"terminierten Buchungen anzeigt. Um das Fenster wieder auszuschalten, klicken " +"Sie noch einmal auf den Kalender." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scheduled Transaction" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1185 +msgid "save" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can now close the <_:guilabel-1/> tab, and <_:guilabel-2/> your work." +msgstr "" +"Sie können jetzt die Karteikarte Terminierte Buchung " +"schließen und Ihre Eingabe speichern." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"What comes below is just an illustration, and is not meant to be entered " +"into the <_:application-1/> database at this stage. As per this example, the " +"below dialogs will appear when the scheduled transaction is supposed to run." +msgstr "" +"Das Folgende ist nur eine Beschreibung und muss nicht an dieser Stelle in " +"die &app; Datenbank eingetragen werden. Gemäß " +"diesem Beispiel werden die untenstehenden Dialoge erscheinen, sobald die " +"terminierten Buchungen durchgeführt werden sollen." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1196 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1222 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1230 +msgid "Since Last Run..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1197 +msgid "Reminder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1197 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +msgid "To-Create" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"From now on, when <_:application-1/> is launched and a scheduled transaction " +"is scheduled or need to be entered, you may see a <_:guilabel-2/> window " +"summarizing the scheduled transactions operations (<_:guilabel-3/>, <_:" +"guilabel-4/> etc... a better description of each option can be found in the " +"<_:application-5/> manual):" +msgstr "" +"Sobald &app; gestartet wird, erhalten Sie von " +"jetzt an die Anzeige des Fenster Seit letztem Aufruf... " +"mit der Zusammenfassung der aktuell anstehenden terminierten Buchungen mit " +"Status (Erinnerung, Zu Erstellen " +"etc...) eine detaillierte Beschreibung der Optionen finden Sie im " +"&app; Handbuch):" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1213 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1216 +msgid "Scheduled transaction popup reminder" +msgstr "Terminierte Buchungen Erinnerungsfenster" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1220 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can click on the <_:guilabel-1/> column to change the scheduled " +"transaction status if needed. Then just click on <_:guibutton-2/> to close " +"the <_:guilabel-3/> window and to apply the pending operations. Select <_:" +"guibutton-4/> to skip entering in the ledger the pending operations." +msgstr "" +"Falls nötig können Sie auf die Spalte Status klicken, " +"um den Status der terminierten Buchung zu ändern. Klicken Sie dann auf den " +"Ok Knopf, um das Fenster Seit letztem " +"Aufruf... zu schließen und die anstehenden Transaktionen zu " +"buchen. Wählen Sie Abbrechen, um die Eintragung der " +"anstehenden Transaktionen in das Hauptbuch zu überspringen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If the <_:guilabel-1/> field was set to <_:guilabel-2/>, then if you take a " +"look in your bank account register, you’ll see the transaction has " +"been created:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie im Feld Status die Option Zu " +"Erstellen gewählt haben, werden Sie bei einem Blick in die " +"Buchungsansicht Ihres Kontos sehen, dass die Buchung erstellt wurde:" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Review created transactions" +msgstr "Eingegebene terminierte Buchung" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you enable the <_:guilabel-1/> option in the lower right of the <_:" +"guilabel-2/> window, <_:application-3/> will open, after pressing <_:" +"guibutton-4/>, the register tab of each account where the scheduled " +"transactions were entered automatically." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Option Erzeugte Buchungen durchsehen in " +"der unteren rechten Ecke des Fensters Seit letztem Aufruf... wählen, öffnet &app; nach Bestätigung " +"mit Ok die Karteikarten aller Konten, in die " +"automatisch die terminierten Buchungen eingetragen wurden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "revert back" +msgstr "Rückmeldung" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1238 +msgid "Open" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1236 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you entered the transaction for 28 of April at this stage, then please <_:" +"emphasis-1/> to the last saved <_:application-2/> file by selecting <_:" +"menuchoice-3/> and choosing the previously saved <_:filename-4/> <_:" +"application-5/> file." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Buchung für den 28. April hier erstellten, dann " +"greifen Sie zurück auf die zuletzt gespeicherte " +"&app;-Datei durch Auswahl von " +"DateiÖffnen und auswählen der vorherigen gcashdata_3 " +"&app;-Datei." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the previous sections of this chapter the concepts and mechanics of " +"working with transactions in <_:application-1/> have been discussed. This " +"section will expand upon the chart of accounts initially built in the " +"previous chapter, by setting some opening balances, adding transactions and " +"a scheduled transaction." +msgstr "" +"In den vorherigen Abschnitten dieses Kapitels wurden die Konzepte und " +"Mechanismen behandelt. Dieser Abschnitt wird, aufbauend auf den Kontenplan, " +"welcher bereits im vorherigen Kapitel erstellt wurde, ihre Datei erweitern, " +"in dem einige Anfangsbestände erstellt, Geschäftsvorfälle und eine " +"Terminierte Buchung hinzugefügt wurden." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open <_:application-1/> file" +msgstr "Öffnen der &app;-Datei" + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1258 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1474 +msgid "gcashdata_4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start with opening the previous datafile we stored, <_:filename-1/>, and " +"store it as <_:filename-2/> directly. The main window should look something " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Starten Sie mit der vorherigen Datei, die unter test.gnucash gespeichert ist und speichern Sie diese sofort unter " +"test.gnucash_2. Das Hauptfenster sollte wie folgt " +"aussehen:" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting point for Putting It All Together" +msgstr "Alles Zusammensetzen" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1272 +msgid "This image shows the starting point for this section." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt den Startpunkt dieses Abschnittes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1279 +msgid "Opening Balances" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1284 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1301 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1311 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Equity:Opening Balance" +msgstr "Eröffnungsbilanz" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As shown earlier in <_:xref-1/> with the <_:emphasis-2/> account, the " +"starting balances in an account are typically assigned to a special account " +"called <_:emphasis-3/>. To start filling in this chart of account, begin by " +"setting the starting balances for the accounts. Assume that there is $1000 " +"in the savings account and $500 charged on the credit card." +msgstr "" +"Wie früher mit dem Aktiva:Girokonto gezeigt, ist die " +"Eröffnungsbilanz eines Kontos üblicherweise einem speziellen Konto, genannt " +"Eigenkapital:Anfangsbestand zugewiesen. Um einen " +"Kontenplan auszufüllen, beginnen Sie mit der Eröffnungsbilanz für dieses " +"Konto. Nehmen wir an, dass es 1.000,- € auf einem Sparkonto und eine mit " +"500,- € belastete Kreditkarte gibt." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1291 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1299 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1328 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1415 +msgid "Assets:Savings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1291 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register. Select <_:guimenu-2/> from the " +"menu and check to make sure you are in Basic Ledger style. You will view " +"your transactions in the other modes later, but for now let’s enter a " +"basic transaction using the basic default style." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie die Kontenansicht Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto. Wählen Sie im Menü Ansicht und prüfen Sie, " +"dass Sie im Stil Einzeilig sind. Sie sehen Ihre Buchungen in den anderen " +"Ansichten später, aber lassen Sie uns eine Basisbuchung unter Nutzung des " +"Basiskontenblatt eingeben." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account " +"transaction to set your starting balance to $1000, transferred from <_:" +"emphasis-2/>. Remember, basic transactions transfer money from a source " +"account to a destination account. Record the transaction (press the <_:" +"keycap-3/> key, or click on the <_:guibutton-4/> icon)." +msgstr "" +"In der Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto geben Sie für den Anfangsbestand eine 2-Konten-Buchung von 1000,-€ " +"ein, übertragen von Anfangsbestand. Erinnern Sie sich, " +"dass Sie eine Basisbuchung Geld von einem Quellkonto auf ein Zielkonto " +"überweist. Zeichnen Sie die Buchung auf (Drücken der Enter-Taste oder klicken Sie auf das Übernehmen Symbol)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account " +"transaction to set your starting balance to $1000, transferred from <_:" +"emphasis-2/>." +msgstr "" +"In der Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto geben Sie für den Anfangsbestand eine 2-Konten-Buchung von 1.000,- " +"€ ein, übertragen von Anfangsbestand." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1315 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1329 +msgid "Liabilities:Visa" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1318 +msgid "charge" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +msgid "decrease" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1315 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account " +"transaction to set your starting balance to $500, transferred from <_:" +"emphasis-2/>. This is done by entering the $500 as a <_:guilabel-3/> in the " +"<_:emphasis-4/> account (or <_:guilabel-5/> in the <_:emphasis-6/> account), " +"since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the <_:" +"keycap-7/> key, or click on the <_:guibutton-8/> icon)." +msgstr "" +"In der Buchungsansicht des Kontos Fremdkapital:" +"Barverbindlichkeiten:Kreditkarte geben Sie für den Anfangsbestand " +"eine 2-Konten-Buchung von 500,- € ein, übertragen von " +"Anfangsbestand. Dies geschieht durch Eingabe der 500,- " +"€ als eine Belastung im Kreditkarten-Konto (oder Abnahme im " +"Anfangskontostand Konto), weil es Geld ist, dass Sie " +"sich geliehen haben. Zeichnen Sie die Buchung auf (drücken Sie die Enter-Taste oder klicken Sie auf das " +"Übernehmen-Symbol)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1326 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You should now have 3 accounts with opening balances set. <_:emphasis-1/>, " +"<_:emphasis-2/>, and <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" +"Nun sollten Sie 3 Konten haben mit Anfangsbeständen haben. Aktiva:" +"Girokonto, Aktiva:Sparkonto und " +"Fremdkapital:Visa." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1339 +msgid "Chart accounts after setting opening balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1342 +msgid "This image shows the opening balances." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt die Eröffnungsbilanz." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1349 +msgid "Additional Transaction Examples" +msgstr "Zusätzliche Buchungsbeispiele" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1351 +msgid "" +"Now add some more transactions to simulate a month’s expenses. During " +"the month, $78 is spent on electricity, $45 on phone, and $350 on rent. All " +"paid by check. We also spent $45.21 on groceries, received $670 as salary, " +"and paid our Internet bill this month. Finally, let’s move $100 from " +"the savings account to the checking account." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie nun einige Buchungen hinzu, um die monatlichen Aufwendungen " +"nachzubilden. Während des Monats werden 78,- € für Strom, 45,- € für Telefon " +"und 350,- € für Miete. Alles wird vom Girokonto bezahlt. Wir zahlen auch " +"45,21 € für Lebensmittel, erhalten 670,- € Gehalt und zahlen unsere " +"Internetrechnung diesen Monat. Schließlich übertragen wir 100,- € vom " +"Sparkonto auf das Girokonto." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1359 +msgid "Expenses:Electricity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account " +"transaction to pay the $78 electrical bill at the end of the current month " +"(eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: Light Company) and the check " +"number (eg: 102). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie das Konto Aufwendungen:Wohnen:Nebenkosten:Strom und geben Sie eine einfache 2-Konten-Buchung ein, um 78,- € " +"Stromrechnung am Ende des Monats (z.B.: 28.03.2015) zu zahlen. Geben Sie " +"eine Beschreibung (z.B.: Stadtwerke (Strom)) und die Schecknummer (z.B.: " +"102) an. Das Übernahme-Konto sollte dann das " +"Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto sein." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1373 +msgid "Expenses:Phone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account " +"transaction to pay the $45 phone bill at the end of the current month (eg: " +"March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: Phone Company Name) and the check " +"number (eg: 103). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>. " +"Notice that you can enter expense transactions from either the credit side " +"(the expense accounts) or the debit side (the asset account)." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie nun die Kontenansicht Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto und geben Sie eine einfache 2-Konten-Buchungen, um 45,- € " +"Telefonkosten am Ende des Monats(z.B.: 28.03.2015) zu zahlen. Geben Sie eine " +"Beschreibung (z.B.: Telekom) und die Schecknummer (z.B.: 103) an. Das " +"Übernahme-Konto sollte dann das Aufwendungen:" +"Telekommunikation:Telefon sein. Beachten Sie, dass Sie eine " +"Ausgabenbuchung entweder auf der Habenseite (des Ausgabenkontos) oder auf " +"der Sollseite (des Aktivakontos) eingeben können." + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1379 +msgid "Expenses:Rent" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1379 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account " +"transaction to pay the $350 in rent at the end of the current month (eg: " +"March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: April Rent) and the check number " +"(eg: 104). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie die Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aufwendungen:Wohnung:" +"Miete und geben sie eine einfache Buchung ein, um 350,- € Miete " +"am Ende des laufenden Monats zu zahlen (zum Beispiel am 28. März 2015). " +"Geben Sie eine Beschreibung ein (Miete April) und einer Buchungsnummer (zum " +"Beispiel 104). Der Eintrag im Feld Buchen ist hierbei " +"Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1389 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1391 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1388 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Duplicate this transaction using the <_:guibutton-1/> button in the <_:" +"emphasis-2/>. Start by clicking on the current rent transaction, and click " +"on the <_:guilabel-3/> icon. Enter the transaction date a month out in the " +"future (eg: April 28, 2006), and notice the blue line separator that <_:" +"application-4/> uses to separate future transactions from current ones. In " +"this way, you can enter transactions before they occur." +msgstr "" +"Kopieren Sie die Buchung durch Drücken des Duplizieren Knopfes in der Werkzeugleiste. Starten Sie " +"Durch Klicken auf die aktuelle Mietenüberweisung und klicken Sie auf das " +"Kopieren Symbol. Geben Sie das Buchungsdatum einen " +"Monat später (z.B.: 28.04.2015) ein, und beachten Sie den blauen " +"Zeilentrenner, den &app; nutzt, um zukünftige " +"Buchungen von den laufenden abzutrennen. So können Sie Buchungen eingeben, " +"bevor sie fällig werden." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1402 +msgid "Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start by clicking on the current (April 28) rent transaction, and click on " +"the <_:guilabel-1/> icon" +msgstr "" +"Starten Sie durch klicken auf die laufende (28. April) Mietzahlung und " +"klicken auf das Terminierte Buchung-Symbol." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Change to <_:guilabel-1/>, change description if needed and press <_:" +"guibutton-2/>" +msgstr "" +"Wechseln Sie zu Monatlich, wechseln die Beschreibung, " +"wenn nötig und drücken die OK-Schaltfläche." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1397 +msgid "" +"You could also set up a scheduled transaction to pay your rent, since the " +"value of the rent is likely to be constant for the foreseeable future. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Sie können auch eine terminierte Buchung einrichten, um ihre Miete zu " +"zahlen, da der Betrag ihrer Miete voraussichtlich für die nächste Zukunft " +"konstant ist. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1414 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To transfer money from your savings account to your checking account, open " +"the <_:emphasis-1/> account register, add a new transaction setting the <_:" +"guilabel-2/> to <_:emphasis-3/> in the amount of $100 (date 6 March, 2006)." +msgstr "" +"Um Geld von ihrem Sparkonto auf ihr Girokonto zu übertragen, öffnen Sie die " +"Buchungsansicht des Kontos Aktiva:Barvermögen:Sparkonto, und fügen eine neue Buchungen hinzu. Geben Sie unter Datum den 6. " +"März 2015 ein, wählen unter Buchen das Konto " +"Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto und als Betrag der " +"Abhebung (Haben) 100 €." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add another " +"transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of groceries on 5 of " +"March. From within the <_:emphasis-1/> account, you would set <_:guilabel-2/" +"> to <_:emphasis-3/>. The account register should now appear:" +msgstr "" +"Als weiteres Beispiel einer einfachen 2-Konten-Buchung fügen Sie eine " +"weitere Buchung hinzu, um die Ausgabe von 45,21 € Wert der Lebensmittel vom " +"05.03.2015 zu beschreiben. Im Aktiva:Barvermögen:Girokonto-Konto Buchen Sie auf Aufwendungen:" +"Lebensmittel. Die Kontenansicht erscheint nun:" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1435 +msgid "Employers R Us" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1436 +msgid "split" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1431 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To add a paycheck transaction from the <_:emphasis-1/> account register " +"window, click on a new transaction line, and click on <_:guilabel-2/>. First " +"enter the description of this transaction on the first line (eg: <_:quote-3/" +">), as well as the date (14 March). In the <_:quote-4/> line below this, " +"enter the deposit into <_:emphasis-5/> (eg:$670). Follow this with the " +"various tax deposits (<_:emphasis-6/> (eg: $670), <_:emphasis-7/> account " +"(eg: $180), <_:emphasis-8/> account (eg: $90), and <_:emphasis-9/> account " +"(eg: $60)) and lastly the gross total of your paycheck (eg: $1000) as a " +"withdrawal transfer from <_:emphasis-10/>." +msgstr "" +"Zur Eingabe einer Gehaltsbuchung in der Buchungsansicht des Kontos " +"Aktiva:Girokonto klicken Sie auf eine neue " +"Buchungszeile und klicken danach auf Vollständig. Geben " +"Sie in der ersten Zeile zuerst das Buchungsdatum (14. März) und die " +"Beschreibung der Buchung ein (Zum Beispiel Arbeitgeber). In " +"den folgenden Zeilen der Teilbuchungen geben sie die Einzahlung auf das " +"Konto Aktiva:Girokonto (670 €), gefolgt von den " +"verschiedenen Abgaben Aufwendungen:Steuern:Einkommenssteuer (180 €), Aufwendungen:Steuern:Krankenversicherung (90 €), und Aufwendungen:Steuern:Rentenversicherung (60 €) und zuletzt das Bruttogehalt (1000 €) als Abbuchung von " +"Ihrem Konto Ertrag:Gehalt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1447 +msgid "" +"You also need to pay for your Internet subscription of 20 USD on the 28th." +msgstr "Sie zahlen Ihr Internet Abo von 20,- € am 28.03.2015." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chart accounts after setting all the various transactions" +msgstr "Das Girokonto nach Unterbrechen des Kontoabgleichs." + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1464 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows the ending balances after <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt die Schlussbilanz anch ." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1471 +msgid "Save file" +msgstr "Datei speichern" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Before we go to the report section, let’s save the <_:application-1/> " +"data file (<_:filename-2/>)." +msgstr "" +"Bevor wir zum Abschnitt Berichte gehen, speichern Sie die &app;" +"-Daten." + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1478 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1498 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1527 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Berichte" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"But only having data available on the computer screen will not make your " +"accountant happy, therefore <_:application-1/> comes with a large number of " +"highly customizable reports." +msgstr "" +"Aber nur die Daten auf dem Bildschirm zu haben, macht Ihren Buchhalter nicht " +"glücklich, deshalb kommt &app; mit einer großen " +"Zahl von sehr anpassbaren Berichten." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1490 ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1495 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1500 +msgid "Cash Flow" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1490 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Let’s have a look at a <_:guilabel-1/>, and a <_:guilabel-2/> Report." +msgstr "" +"Lassen Sie uns einen Blick auf den Kapitalfluss und " +"einen Buchungsbericht werfen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1495 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"First let’s have a look at the <_:guilabel-1/> report for the month of " +"March." +msgstr "" +"Zuerst werfen wir einen Blick auf den Kapitalfluss-" +"Report für den Monat März 2015." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1499 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Income & Expense" +msgstr "Erfolgskonten" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1498 +msgid "Select the cash flow report from <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1510 +msgid "Cash Flow report for the month of March" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1513 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image shows the Cash Flow report after <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt den Kapitalflussbericht nach ." + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1519 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Report Options" +msgstr "Berichte" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1518 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To get this customized report, right click in the report and choose <_:" +"guilabel-1/>. Then set the time period, and specify which accounts you want " +"in the report." +msgstr "" +"Um angepasste Berichte zu erhalten, wählen Sie " +"BearbeitenBerichtsoptionen und dort Allgemein. Setzen " +"Sie dort den Zeitraum fest und geben die Konten an, die Sie für den Bericht " +"wollen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1524 +msgid "" +"Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the " +"Checking account." +msgstr "Nun werfen wir einen Blick auf den Buchungsbericht für das Girokonto." + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transaction Report" +msgstr "Buchungen" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1527 +msgid "Select the transaction report from <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1538 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transaction Report for the Checking account during March" +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für das Girokonto im Monat März." + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1542 +msgid "" +"This image shows the Transaction Report for the Checking account during " +"March." +msgstr "Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für das Girokonto im Monat März." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1549 +msgid "" +"Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various " +"Expenses accounts." +msgstr "" +"Nun lassen Sie uns den Buchungsbericht so anpassen, dass er nur die " +"verschiedenen Aufwandskonten anzeigt." + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1560 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during March" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für die verschiedenen Ausgaben im " +"Monat März." + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1564 +msgid "" +"This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts " +"during March." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Bild zeigt den Buchungsbericht für die verschiedenen Ausgaben im " +"Monat März." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "translator-credits" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:25 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide" +msgstr "&app; Kurs und Konzepte" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:26 +msgid "V&manrevision;" +msgstr "V&manrevision;" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:28 +msgid "2009-2018 &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "2009-2018 &app; Documentation Team" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:33 +msgid "2010-2011 Yawar Amin" +msgstr "2010-2011 Yawar Amin" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:38 +msgid "2010 Tom Bullock" +msgstr "2010 Tom Bullock" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:43 +msgid "2010-2011 Cristian Marchi" +msgstr "2010-2011 Cristian Marchi" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:48 +msgid "2006 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "2006 Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:53 +msgid "2003-2004 Jon Lapham" +msgstr "2003-2004 Jon Lapham" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:58 +msgid "2002 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "2002 Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:63 +msgid "2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:68 +msgid "" +"2017 Deutsches &app;-Übersetzungsteam (Deutsche " +"Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2017 Deutsches &app;-Übersetzungsteam (Deutsche " +"Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:73 +msgid "" +"2014-2016 Mechtilde Stehmann (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2014-2016 Mechtilde Stehmann (Deutsche Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:78 +msgid "" +"2013-2016 Frank H. Ellenberger (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2013-2016 Frank H. Ellenberger (Deutsche Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:83 +msgid "2013 Martin Mainka (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2013 Martin Mainka (Deutsche Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:89 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:108 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:116 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:124 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:132 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:140 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:148 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:156 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:164 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:172 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:180 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:188 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:196 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:204 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:212 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:220 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:228 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:236 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:244 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:252 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:260 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:273 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:286 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:295 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:304 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:313 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:322 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:331 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:340 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:54 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:72 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:80 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:88 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:96 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:104 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:112 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:120 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:128 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:136 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:144 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:153 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:161 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:169 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:177 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:185 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:193 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:201 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:217 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:227 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:237 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:247 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:257 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:267 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:278 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:288 +msgid "&app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "&app; Documentation Team" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:88 +msgid "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-devel@gnucash.org " +msgstr "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-devel@gnucash.org " + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:99 +msgid "The GnuCash Documentation Team" +msgstr "The GnuCash Documentation Team" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:107 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:115 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:123 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:131 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:139 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:147 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:155 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:163 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:171 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:179 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:187 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:195 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:203 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:211 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:219 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:227 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:235 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:243 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:251 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:259 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:71 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:79 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:87 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:95 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:103 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:111 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:119 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:127 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:135 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:143 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:151 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:160 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:168 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:176 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:184 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:192 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:200 +msgid "Multiple authors" +msgstr "Multiple authors" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:103 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.3 30 " +"September 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.3 30 " +"September 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:111 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.2 24 June " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.2 24 June " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:119 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.1 28 April " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.1 28 April " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:127 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.0 1 April " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.0 1 April " +"2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:135 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.20 1 " +"April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.20 1 " +"April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:143 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.19 16 " +"December 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.19 16 " +"December 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:151 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.18 24 " +"September 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.18 24 " +"September 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:159 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.17 2 " +"July 2017 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.17 2 " +"July 2017 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:167 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.16 26 " +"March 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.16 26 " +"March 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:175 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.15 18 " +"December 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.15 18 " +"December 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:183 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.11 11 " +"January 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.11 11 " +"January 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:191 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.10 20 " +"December 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.10 20 " +"December 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:199 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.8 27 " +"September 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.8 27 " +"September 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:207 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.7 28 " +"June 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.7 28 " +"June 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:215 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.3 30 " +"March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.3 30 " +"March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:223 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.2 2 " +"March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.2 2 " +"March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:231 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.1 26 " +"January 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.1 26 " +"January 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:239 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.0 29 " +"December 2013 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.0 29 " +"December 2013 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:247 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.2 17 " +"November 2012 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.2 17 " +"November 2012 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:255 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.1 1 July " +"2011 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.1 1 July " +"2011 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:267 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:280 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:293 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:302 +msgid "Jon Lapham" +msgstr "Jon Lapham" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:269 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:282 +msgid "Bengt Thuree" +msgstr "Bengt Thuree" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:271 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:284 +msgid "Dave Herman" +msgstr "Dave Herman" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:263 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.3.16 " +"November 7, 2010 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.3.16 " +"November 7, 2010 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:276 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.0.0 July " +"9, 2006 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.0.0 9. " +"Juli 2006 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:289 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.3 Aug " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.3 Aug " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:298 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.2 Aug " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.2 Aug " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:311 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:320 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:329 +msgid "Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:307 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.1 May " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.1 May " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:316 +msgid "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.0 Jan " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.0 Jan " +"2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:325 +msgid "" +"&app; User Guide v1.6.5 June 2002 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; User Guide v1.6.5 June 2002 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:338 +msgid "Carol Champagne" +msgstr "Carol Champagne" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:334 +msgid "" +"&app; User Guide v1.6.0 October 2001 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; User Guide v1.6.0 October 2001 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/releaseinfo +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:345 +msgid "" +"This Guide contains a tutorial for using &app; and describes the concepts " +"behind &app;." +msgstr "" +"Diese Einführung enthält ein Tutorium zur Benutzung von &app; und beschreibt " +"die Konzepte dahinter." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:350 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:297 +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "Rückmeldung" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:351 +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or this manual, " +"follow the instructions at the Bugzilla page of the GnuCash wiki and use the &app; Bug Tracking " +"System. There select the component Documentation ." +msgstr "" +"Um bezüglich dieser Dokumentation einen Fehler zu melden oder einen " +"Verbesserungsvorschlag einzureichen, folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf der " +"Feedbackseite des " +"GnuCash-Wikis und verwenden das &app; Bug Tracking System. Dort " +"wählen Sie, je nach Ursache, die Komponente Documentation oder Translations." + +#. (itstool) path: preface/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:365 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:313 +msgid "About the Authors" +msgstr "Über die Verfasser" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:366 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:314 +msgid "" +"The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated group of GnuCash users " +"and developers who have volunteered to write this documentation for the " +"benefit of the broader user base. People who are interested in joining this " +"group are encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists " +"(gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further " +"direction." +msgstr "" +"Das Dokumentationsteam von &app; ist eine selbsternannte Gruppe von &app;-" +"Nutzern und -Entwicklern, die sich angeboten haben, diese Dokumentation zu " +"schreiben, zum Wohle der breiten Nutzerschaft. Menschen, die daran " +"intressiert sind, dieser Gruppe bezutreten, werden ermutigt, ihr Interesse " +"auf einer der &app; Mailinglisten gnucash-devel@gnucash.org " +"(englische Dokumentation) oder gnucash-de@gnucash.org " +"(Übersetzung) für weitere Anleitungen kundzutun." + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:376 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:324 +msgid "Yawar Amin" +msgstr "Yawar Amin" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:379 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:327 +msgid "J. Alex Aycinena" +msgstr "J. Alex Aycinena" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:382 +msgid "Tom Bullock" +msgstr "Tom Bullock" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:385 +msgid "Carol Champagne" +msgstr "Carol Champagne" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:388 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:446 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:330 +msgid "" +"Frank H. " +"Ellenberger" +msgstr "" +"Frank H. " +"Ellenberger" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:391 +msgid "Mike Evans" +msgstr "Mike Evans" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:394 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:333 +msgid "Chris Good" +msgstr "Chris Good" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:397 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:336 +msgid "Dave Herman" +msgstr "Dave Herman" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:400 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:339 +msgid "Geert Janssens" +msgstr "Geert Janssens" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:403 +msgid "Jon Lapham" +msgstr "Jon Lapham" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:406 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:342 +msgid "Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:409 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:345 +msgid "Cristian Marchi" +msgstr "Cristian Marchi" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:412 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:348 +msgid "John Ralls" +msgstr "John Ralls" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:415 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:351 +msgid "Robert Ratliff" +msgstr "Robert Ratliff" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:418 ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:458 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:357 +msgid "Christian Stimming" +msgstr "Christian Stimming" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:421 +msgid "David T." +msgstr "David T." + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:424 +msgid "Bengt Thuree" +msgstr "Bengt Thuree" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:375 +msgid "" +"Contributors on the team so far have been: <_:author-1/>, <_:author-2/>, <_:" +"author-3/>, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:author-7/>, <_:" +"author-8/>, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, <_:author-12/>, " +"<_:author-13/>, <_:author-14/>, <_:author-15/>, <_:author-16/>, and <_:" +"author-17/>." +msgstr "" +"Beitragende im Team sind bisher: <_:author-1/>, <_:author-2/>, <_:author-3/" +">, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:author-7/>, <_:author-8/" +">, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, <_:author-12/>, <_:" +"author-13/>, <_:author-14/>, <_:author-15/>, <_:author-16/> und <_:author-17/" +">." + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:449 +msgid "Juergen Hoewener" +msgstr "Juergen Hoewener" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:452 +msgid "Martin Mainka" +msgstr "Martin Mainka" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:455 +msgid "Mechtilde Stehmann" +msgstr "Mechtilde Stehmann" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:461 +msgid "Gerold Strobel" +msgstr "Gerold Strobel" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:433 +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen " +"&app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:" +"othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/>, <_:othercredit-4/>, <_:othercredit-5/> " +"und <_:othercredit-6/>." +msgstr "" +"Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen &app;-" +"Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:" +"othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/>, <_:othercredit-4/>, <_:othercredit-5/> " +"und <_:othercredit-6/>." + +#. (itstool) path: part/title +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:468 ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:23 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Getting Started" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Welcome to &app;! Screen" +msgstr "Öffnen der &app;-Datei" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:27 +msgid "" +"This screen is intended for you to use to get up and running quickly. The " +"Cancel button is used to exit the screen. It will " +"then prompt you with Display Welcome Dialog Again?. If " +"you do not want to see the Welcome to &app;! menu again " +"click the No button. Click the Yes button or press the keyboard Enter key for the default which is to have the Welcome to &app;!" +" screen run again." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Schritt dient dazu, dass Sie schnell starten können. Die " +"Abrrechen Schaltfläche dient dazu, diesen " +"Eingabebildschirm zu verlassen. Es wird dann wie folgt gefragt:Den " +"Willkommensdialog wieder anzeigen?. Wenn Sie das " +"Willkommen bei &app;! Menü nicht nochmal sehen wollen " +"klicken Sie die Nein Schaltfläche. Klicken Sie die " +"Ja Schaltfläche oder drücken Sie Enter auf Ihrer Tastatur. Dies wählt den Standardwert aus, der darin " +"besteht, dass der Willkommen bei &app;! Bildschirm " +"abermals angezeigt wird." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting either of these options will leave you with a minimum " +"&app; main window. Operations in this window are " +"described in ." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl einer dieser Optionen gibt Ihnen ein minimales &app;" +" Hauptfenster. Operationen in diesem Fest werden in \"GUIMenus" +"\"> beschrieben." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This assistant helps you to create a set of &app; " +"accounts. It will appear if you choose Create a new set of " +"accounts in the Welcome to &app;! menu, or " +"if you select FileNew ." +msgstr "" +"Der Assistent hilft Ihnen eine Reihe von &app; " +"Konten auszubauen. Er erscheint wenn Sie Erstellen eines neuen " +"Kontenrahmens im Willkommen bei &app;! " +"auswählen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:53 +msgid "Import QIF Files" +msgstr "Import QIF Files" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:55 +msgid "" +"This Assistant helps you import Quicken QIF files. It " +"will appear if you choose Import my QIF files in the " +"Welcome to &app;! menu." +msgstr "" +"This Assistant helps you import Quicken (QIF) files. It will appear if you " +"choose Import my QIF files in the Welcome " +"to &app;! menu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:59 +msgid "" +"To start this assistant manually go to File " +"Import ... Import QIF...." +msgstr "" +"To start this assistant manually go to File " +"Import ... Import QIF...." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:63 +msgid "" +"In the following all the screens that you can see in this assistant are " +"described in order of appearance." +msgstr "" +"In the following all the screens that you can see in this assistant are " +"described in order of appearance." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:69 +msgid "" +"The Import QIF files assistant opens with a screen that " +"briefly describes what this assistant does and requests the file(s) to " +"import. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change " +"while using the assistant." +msgstr "" +"The Import QIF files assistant opens with a screen that " +"briefly describes what this assistant does and requests the file(s) to " +"import. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change " +"while using the assistant." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:76 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:397 +msgid "" +"Cancel: exit the process and cancel importing " +"QIF files." +msgstr "" +"Cancel exit the process and cancel importing " +"QIF files." + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:79 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:400 +msgid "" +"If you click this button, any selections you have made up to this point will " +"be lost." +msgstr "" +"If you click this button, any selections you have made up to this point will " +"be lost." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:85 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:406 +msgid "" +"Back: brings up the previous screen so that you can " +"change a previous selection until the first screen." +msgstr "" +"Back brings up the previous screen so that you can " +"change a previous selection until the first screen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Forward: brings up the next screen so you can " +"continue through the assistant." +msgstr "" +"Forward brings up the next screen so you can continue " +"through the assistant." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:98 +msgid "" +"The next screen allows you to Select a QIF file to load. The Select... button on this screen is " +"used to access the list of files. The Select... " +"button brings up the Select QIF File dialog." +msgstr "" +"The next screen allows you to Select a QIF file to load. The Select... button on this screen is " +"used to access the list of files. The Select... " +"button brings up the Select QIF File dialog." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Navigate to where you have stored your QIF files and " +"select the first one then click Import. The next " +"screen will display it in the Select a QIF File to Load " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Navigate to where you have stored your QIF files and " +"select the first one then click Import. The next " +"screen will display it in the Select a QIF File to Load " +"field." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:110 +msgid "" +"If the file you are loading does not have an QIF date " +"listed in it you will see the Set a date format for this QIF file screen. Select the proper format from the pull down list and " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"If the file you are loading does not have an QIF date " +"listed in it you will see the Set a date format for this QIF file screen. Select the proper format from the pull down list and " +"continue." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:116 +msgid "" +"If the file you are loading does not have an account name listed in it you " +"will see the Set the default QIF account name screen. " +"Otherwise you will skip this screen and go on to the screen in the next " +"section that shows loaded QIF files." +msgstr "" +"If the file you are loading does not have an account name listed in it you " +"will see the Set the default QIF account name screen. " +"Otherwise you will skip this screen and go on to the screen in the next " +"section that shows loaded QIF files." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The Account name: field is used to set an account name " +"for this QIF file." +msgstr "" +"The Account name: field is used to set an account name " +"for this QIF file." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:131 +msgid "" +"The next screen shows you the QIF files you have loaded. You can use this screen to return to the previous screen and load " +"more QIF files. It will also let you unload any files you " +"have loaded by mistake." +msgstr "" +"The next screen shows you the QIF files you have loaded. You can use this screen to return to the previous screen and load " +"more QIF files. It will also let you unload any files you " +"have loaded by mistake." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The top panel shows the list of QIF Files you have " +"loaded." +msgstr "" +"The top panel shows the list of QIF Files you have " +"loaded." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:143 +msgid "" +"The Load another file button takes you back to the " +"previous screen to load another QIF file." +msgstr "" +"The Load another file button takes you back to the " +"previous screen to load another QIF file." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:148 +msgid "" +"The Unload selected file button allows you to select " +"a file from the top panel and remove it from the list." +msgstr "" +"The Unload selected file button allows you to select " +"a file from the top panel and remove it from the list." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:153 +msgid "" +"When you have selected all the QIF files to be imported, " +"click the Forward button." +msgstr "" +"When you have selected all the QIF files to be imported, " +"click the Forward button." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files " +"to be imported, you may see only one or all of the following screens:" +msgstr "" +"Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files " +"to be imported, you may see only one or all of the following screens:" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:164 +msgid "Accounts and stock holdings" +msgstr "Accounts and stock holdings" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:166 +msgid "" +"This screen gives a description of the Accounts and stock " +"holdings matching process on the following Match QIF " +"accounts with &app; accounts screen." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives a description of the Accounts and stock " +"holdings matching process on the following Match QIF " +"accounts with &app; accounts screen." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:171 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:221 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:271 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:340 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:361 +msgid "" +"This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences." +msgstr "" +"This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; " +"Preferences." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:177 +msgid "" +"The next screen lets you Match QIF accounts with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF account names on " +"the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The New? column indicates if the " +"&app; account name will be created by the " +"QIF Import." +msgstr "" +"The next screen lets you Match QIF accounts with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF account names on " +"the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The New? column indicates if the " +"&app; account name will be created by the " +"QIF Import." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:184 +msgid "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF account. A screen will pop up to select " +"another account or create a new one." +msgstr "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF account. A screen will pop up to select " +"another account or create a new one." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:190 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:240 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:290 +msgid "Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account." +msgstr "Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:195 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:245 +msgid "" +"The New Account button allows you to add a new " +"account name as a sub-account (child of selected) of the selected account." +msgstr "" +"The New Account button allows you to add a new " +"account name as a sub-account (child of selected) of the selected account." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:201 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:251 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:301 +msgid "The OK button is used to confirm your selection." +msgstr "" +"The OK button is used to confirm your selection." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:206 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:256 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:306 +msgid "" +"The Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without " +"using any changes you have made." +msgstr "" +"The Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without " +"using any changes you have made." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:214 +msgid "Income and Expense categories" +msgstr "Income and Expense categories" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:216 +msgid "" +"This screen gives a description of the Income and Expense " +"categories matching process on the following Match QIF " +"categories with &app; accounts screen." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives a description of the Income and Expense " +"categories matching process on the following Match QIF " +"categories with &app; accounts screen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:227 +msgid "" +"The next screen lets you Match QIF categories with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF category names on " +"the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The New? column indicates if the " +"&app; account name will be created by the QIF " +"Import." +msgstr "" +"The next screen lets you Match QIF categories with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF category names on " +"the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The New? column indicates if the " +"&app; account name will be created by the QIF " +"Import." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:234 +msgid "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF category. A dialog will pop up to select another account or " +"create a new one." +msgstr "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF category. A dialog will pop up to select another account or " +"create a new one." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:264 +msgid "Payees and memos" +msgstr "Payees and memos" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:266 +msgid "" +"This screen gives a description of the Payees and memos " +"matching process on the following Match payees/memos to &app; " +"accounts screen." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives a description of the Payees and memos " +"matching process on the following Match payees/memos to &app; " +"accounts screen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:277 +msgid "" +"The next screen lets you Match payees/memos to &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF payee/memo names " +"on the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The default &app; account used is called " +"Unspecified. The New? column " +"indicates if the &app; account name will be " +"created by the QIF Import." +msgstr "" +"The next screen lets you Match payees/memos to &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF payee/memo names " +"on the left and suggested &app; account names on the " +"right. The default &app; account used is called " +"Unspecified. The New? column " +"indicates if the &app; account name will be " +"created by the QIF Import." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:284 +msgid "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF payee/memo. A dialog will pop up to select another account or " +"create a new one." +msgstr "" +"To change the &app; account to a different one " +"select the QIF payee/memo. A dialog will pop up to select another account or " +"create a new one." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:295 +msgid "" +"The New Account button allows you to add a new " +"account name as a sub-account of the selected account." +msgstr "" +"The New Account button allows you to add a new " +"account name as a sub-account of the selected account." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:317 +msgid "" +"The next screen allows you to Enter the QIF file currency. The drop down list defaults to the currency configured in the " +"Accounts tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. If you wish the new accounts to use a different currency, select " +"one from the list." +msgstr "" +"The next screen allows you to Enter the QIF file currency. The drop down list defaults to the currency configured in the " +"Accounts tab (see ) " +"under &app; Preferences. If you wish the new accounts " +"to use a different currency, select one from the list." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:323 +msgid "" +"When you have selected the currency, click the Forward button." +msgstr "" +"When you have selected the currency, click the Forward button." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:329 +msgid "" +"Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files " +"to be imported, you may or may not see one or more of the following screens:" +msgstr "" +"Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files " +"to be imported, you may or may not see one or more of the following screens:" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:334 +msgid "Tradable Commodities" +msgstr "Tradable Commodities" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:336 +msgid "" +"This screen gives a description of the Tradable Commodities process on the screen." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives a description of the Tradable Commodities process on the screen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:346 +msgid "" +"A series of screens, one for each of the stock, mutual fund, or commodity, " +"displays the exchange, full name, and symbol for each of the commodities " +"listed in the QIF file you are importing so that you can " +"check them before proceeding." +msgstr "" +"A series of screens, one for each of the stock, mutual fund, or commodity, " +"displays the exchange, full name, and symbol for each of the commodities " +"listed in the QIF file you are importing so that you can " +"check them before proceeding." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:354 +msgid "Match duplicate transactions" +msgstr "Match duplicate transactions" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:356 +msgid "" +"This screen gives a description of the Match duplicate " +"transactions process on the following Select possible " +"duplicates screen." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives a description of the Match duplicate " +"transactions process on the following Select possible " +"duplicates screen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:367 +msgid "" +"The next screen lets you Select possible duplicate transactions. Imported transactions are shown on the left panel and possible " +"matches to each selected transaction are shown on the right." +msgstr "" +"The next screen lets you Select possible duplicate transactions. Imported transactions are shown on the left panel and possible " +"matches to each selected transaction are shown on the right." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:374 +msgid "" +"The left panel shows the list of Imported transactions to select from for " +"matching duplicates" +msgstr "" +"The left panel shows the list of Imported transactions to select from for " +"matching duplicates" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:379 +msgid "" +"The right panel shows the list of possible duplicates " +"for the selected imported transaction. Select the one that most closely " +"matches" +msgstr "" +"The right panel shows the list of possible duplicates " +"for the selected imported transaction. Select the one that most closely " +"matches" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:391 +msgid "" +"The last screen, Update your &app; accounts, gives " +"you a list of three choices to finish the assistant." +msgstr "" +"The last screen, Update your &app; accounts, gives " +"you a list of three choices to finish the assistant." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:411 +msgid "" +"Forward: imports the data and creates the accounts " +"you have specified." +msgstr "" +"Forward imports the data and creates the accounts you " +"have specified." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:419 +msgid "You should now have successfully imported your accounts." +msgstr "You should now have successfully imported your accounts." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:422 +msgid "" +"Imported transactions might need to be reconciled. This process is described in the &app; " +"Tutorial and Concepts guide." +msgstr "" +"Imported transactions might need to be reconciled. This process is described in the &app; " +"Tutorial and Concepts guide." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:431 +msgid "" +"The Tip of the Day screen starts whenever you start " +"&app; unless it has been disabled in the " +"&app; Preferences. It gives tips on features and using " +"&app;. You can use the three buttons at the " +"bottom of the screen to look through the tips." +msgstr "" +"Die Tipp des Tages-Box wird bei jedem Start von GnuCash " +"angezeigt und gibt Hinweise zur Benutzung von GnuCash. Verwenden Sie die " +"drei Knöpfe an der unteren Seite der Box um die Tipps durchzusehen." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:440 +msgid "Dismiss the Tip of the Day screen" +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Schließen Sie die Box mit dem Schließen-Knopf" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:444 +msgid "Prev" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Prev" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:445 +msgid "Shows the previous tip" +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Benutzen Sie den Zurück-Knopf, um sich den " +"vorherigen Tipp anzusehen" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:449 +msgid "Forward" +msgstr "UNTRANSLATED-DE Forward" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:450 +msgid "Shows the next tip" +msgstr "" +"FUZZY-DE Benutzen Sie den Vor-Knopf um sich den " +"nächsten Tipp anzusehen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:454 +msgid "" +"The Show tips at startup check-box is used to enable " +"or disable the Tip of the Day from running at " +"&app; start-up." +msgstr "" +"Entfernen Sie den Haken vor \"Tipps beim Programmstart anzeigen\", um beim Start von GnuCash keine Tipps angezeigt zu bekommen." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:458 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to configure the Tip of the Day to " +"run at start-up under the General tab in " +"&app; Preferences. The Tip of the Day can also be manually run by going to HelpTip of the Day." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option kann auch unter Bearbeiten -> " +"Einstellungen -> Allgemein " +"geändert werden. Unter Hilfe -> Tipp des " +"Tages erhalten Sie ebenfalls Zugang zur Tipp des " +"Tages-Box." + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:20 +msgid "&app; Help Manual" +msgstr "&app; Hilfe" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:21 +msgid "v&manrevision;" +msgstr "v&manrevision;" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:23 +msgid "2002-2018 &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "2014-2018 &app; Documentation Team" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:28 +msgid "2002-2007 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "2002-2007 Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:33 +msgid "" +"2013 Frank H. Ellenberger (Übersetzung Tips)" +msgstr "" +"2013 Frank H. Ellenberger (Übersetzung Tips)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:37 +msgid "" +"2011 Holger Stöhr (Deutsche Übersetzung) auf der Basis " +"der vorherigen Übersetzungsarbeit, geleistet von Andreas Fahle und Christian " +"Stinmming" +msgstr "" +"2011 Holger Stöhr (Deutsche Übersetzung) auf der Basis " +"der vorherigen Übersetzungsarbeit, geleistet von Andreas Fahle und Christian " +"Stinmming" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:43 +msgid "2003 Andreas Fahle (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2003 Andreas Fahle (Deutsche Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:47 +msgid "" +"2002 Christian Stimming (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" +"2002 Christian Stimming (Deutsche Übersetzung)" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:53 +msgid "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-user@gnucash.org " +msgstr "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-user@gnucash.org " + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:63 +msgid "The &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "The &app; Documentation Team" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:67 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v3.3 30 September 2018 " +"<_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v3.3 30 September 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:75 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v3.2 24 June 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v3.2 24 June 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:83 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v3.1 28 April 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v3.1 28 April 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:91 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v3.0 1 April 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v3.0 1 April 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:99 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.20 1 April 2018 " +"<_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.20 1 April 2018 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:107 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.19 16 December 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.19 16 December 2017 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:115 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.16 26 March 2017 " +"<_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.16 26 March 2017 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:123 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.11 11 January 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.11 11 January 2016 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:131 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.8 27 September 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.8 27 September 2015 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:139 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.7 28 June 2015 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.7 28 June 2015 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:147 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.5 16 December 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.5 16 December 2014 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:156 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.3 30 March 2014 " +"<_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.3 30 March 2014 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:164 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.2 2 March 2014 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.2 2 March 2014 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:172 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.1 26 January 2014 " +"<_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.1 26 January 2016 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:180 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.6.0 29 December 2013 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.6.0 29 December 2013 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:188 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.4.2 17 November 2012 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.4.2 17 November 2012 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:196 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.4.1 1 July 2011 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.4.1 1 July 2011 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:208 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:224 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:234 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:244 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:254 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:264 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:274 +msgid "Chris Lyttle chris@wilddev.net" +msgstr "Chris Lyttle chris@wilddev.net" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:211 +msgid "Dave Herman dvherman@bigfoot.com" +msgstr "Dave Herman dvherman@bigfoot.com" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:214 +msgid "Andreas Fahle" +msgstr "Andreas Fahle" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:216 ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:277 +msgid "Christian Stimming" +msgstr "Christian Stimming" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:204 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.3.16 November 7, 2010 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.3.16 01. January 2011 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:220 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.0.2 March 2007 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.0.2 March 2007 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:230 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v2.0.0 July 2006 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v2.0.0 July 2006 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:240 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v1.8.3 Aug 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v1.8.3 Aug 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:250 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v1.8.2 Aug 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v1.8.2 Aug 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:260 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v1.8.1 May 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v1.8.1 May 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:270 +msgid "" +"&app; Help Manual v1.8.0 Jan 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; Hilfe v1.8.0 02. Februar 2003 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:285 +msgid "" +"&app; Developers and Documentors gnucash-devel@gnucash.org" +msgstr "&app; Developers and Documentors" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:281 +msgid "" +"&app; User Manual June 2002 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" +"&app; User Manual June 2002 <_:" +"revdescription-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/releaseinfo +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:293 +msgid "This manual describes how to use the &app; Financial software." +msgstr "Diese Hilfedatei beschreibt die private Finanzsoftware &app;." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:298 +msgid "" +"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or this manual, " +"follow the directions at the &app; " +"Bug Tracking System." +msgstr "" +"Um Fehler zu berichten oder anderes Feedback zu geben, benutzen Sie bitte " +"das &app; Bug-Tracking System Bugzilla." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:304 +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Für spezifisch deutsche Fehler oder Verbesserungsvorschläge " +"(Übersetzung, Kontenrahmen, ...), benutzen Sie bitte die deutsche &app; " +"Email-Liste &app;-de." +msgstr "" +"Für spezifisch deutsche Fehler oder Verbesserungsvorschläge (Übersetzung, " +"Kontenrahmen, ...), benutzen Sie bitte die deutsche &app; Email-Liste &app;-de." + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:354 +msgid "Mark Simpson" +msgstr "Mark Simpson" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:323 +msgid "" +"Contributors on the team so far have been: <_:author-1/>, <_:author-2/>, <_:" +"author-3/>, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:author-7/>, <_:" +"author-8/>, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, and <_:author-12/" +">." +msgstr "" +"UNTRANSLATED-DE Contributors on the team so far have been: <_:author-1/>, <_:" +"author-2/>, <_:author-3/>, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:" +"author-7/>, <_:author-8/>, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, " +"and <_:author-12/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:376 +msgid "" +"Frank H. Ellenberger " +"Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" +"Frank H. Ellenberger " +"Deutsche Übersetzung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Holger Stöhr Deutsche " +"Übersetzung" +msgstr "" +"Holger Stöhr Deutsche " +"Übersetzung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:384 +msgid "" +"Andreas Fahle Deutsche " +"Übersetzung" +msgstr "" +"Andreas Fahle Deutsche " +"Übersetzung" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:388 +msgid "" +"Christian Stimming " +"Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" +"Christian Stimming " +"Deutsche Übersetzung" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:361 +msgid "" +"LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen " +"&app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:" +"othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/> und <_:othercredit-4/>." +msgstr "" +"LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen " +"&app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:" +"othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/> und <_:othercredit-4/>." + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png' " +#~ "md5='c4436ee389c9682f521e5119584f5ead'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png' " +#~ "md5='97ddbe033fb5f7762d09efc27537eb31'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Default income accounts <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " vorgegebene Ertragskonten <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png' " +#~ "md5='fc79988e83db40b9ff2edfeb29d83e24'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png' " +#~ "md5='f77019f3b9b8d0465ceed76585aa5657'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Some default expense accounts " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Einige vorgegebene Aufwandskonten <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Assets (account type Asset, parent account New top level account)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Aktiva (Kontoart Aktiva, Hauptkonto Neues Konto der obersten Ebene)" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png' " +#~ "md5='648344d5ba33f9059745b06f4ace7fe9'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png' " +#~ "md5='ce57ae642b5580de39b9caa0a084f713'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Creating an Assets account <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Erstellung eines Aktivakontos " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Liabilities (account type " +#~ "Liability, parent account New top level " +#~ "account)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Fremdkapital (Kontoart " +#~ "Fremdkapital, Hauptkonto Neues Konto der " +#~ "obersten Ebene)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Equity (account type Equity, parent account New top level account)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Eigenkapital (Kontoart " +#~ "Eigenkapital, Hauptkonto Neues Konto der " +#~ "obersten Ebene)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Income (account type Income, parent account New top level account)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Ertrag (Kontoart Ertrag, Hauptkonto Neues Konto der obersten Ebene)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Expenses (account type " +#~ "Expenses, parent account New top level " +#~ "account)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Aufwand (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Neues Konto der " +#~ "obersten Ebene )" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_toplevel.png' " +#~ "md5='f6f9336beba099f10d750c4ad1593145'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_toplevel.png' " +#~ "md5='957af7a156567d2fa75977472cb9104b'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "The Basic Top-level Accounts <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Die grundlegenden Konten der obersten Ebene <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Checking (account type Bank, parent account Assets)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Girokonto (Kontoart Bank, Hauptkonto Aktiva)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Savings (account type Bank, parent account Assets)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Sparkonto (Kontoart Bank, Hauptkonto Aktiva)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Visa (account type Credit " +#~ "Card, parent account Liabilities)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Visa (Kontoart " +#~ "Kreditkarte, Hauptkonto Fremdkapital)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Salary (account type Income, parent account Income)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Gehalt (Kontoart Ertrag, Hauptkonto Ertrag)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Phone (account type Expense, parent account Expenses)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Telefon (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Electricity (account type " +#~ "Expense, parent account Expenses)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Strom (Kontoart Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Rent (account type Expense, parent account Expenses)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Miete (Kontoart Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Groceries (account type " +#~ "Expense, parent account Expenses)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Lebensmittel (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Taxes (account type Expense, parent account Expenses)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Steuern (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Federal (account type " +#~ "Expense, parent account Expenses:Taxes)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Einkommenssteuer (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand:Steuer)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Social Security (account type " +#~ "Expense, parent account Expenses:Taxes)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Rentenversicherung (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand:Steuer)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Medicare (account type " +#~ "Expense, parent account Expenses:Taxes)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Krankenversicherung (Kontoart " +#~ "Aufwand, Hauptkonto Aufwand:Steuer)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Account name Opening Balance (account type " +#~ "Equity, parent account Equity)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontobezeichnung Anfangsbestand (Kontoart " +#~ "Eigenkapital, Hauptkonto Eigenkapital)" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_tree.png' " +#~ "md5='3a714ade0944ac772f888a389f4892ed'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/accts_tree.png' " +#~ "md5='3c981d0366390906998332b213697ac2'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "The Basic Chart of Accounts <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Der grundlegende Kontenplan <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "Interface" +#~ msgstr "Die &app; Benutzeroberfläche" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The very first time you open &app;, you will " +#~ "see the Welcome to &app;! screen. From there, " +#~ "&app; provides other tools to help you easily " +#~ "find what you are looking for. Let’s take a look at some of the " +#~ "common screens and screen boxes you will see." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie &app; zum ersten Mal starten, öffnet sich das " +#~ "Willkommen in &app;! Fenster. Dort bietet " +#~ "&app; Ihnen weitere Hilfe an, damit Sie " +#~ "schnell an Ihr Ziel gelangen. Lassen Sie uns einen Blick auf einen der " +#~ "Bildschirm-Assistenten und häufig vorkommende Dialogfenster werfen." + +#~ msgid "Getting Help" +#~ msgstr "Hilfe bekommen" + +#~ msgid "Help Manual" +#~ msgstr "Hilfe-Menü" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have opened &app;, you will see the " +#~ "Account Tree window Help menu " +#~ "heading, which opens the Help manual. The Help manual is organized by " +#~ "topic, and you can expand each topic into its subtopics." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sobald Sie &app; geöffnet haben, sehen Sie das " +#~ "Kontenbaum-Fenster den Hilfe " +#~ "Menüeintrag, welcher das Hilfemanual öffnet. Das Hilfemanual ist nach " +#~ "Themen gegliedert und Sie können jedes Thema in seine Unterthemen " +#~ "ausweiten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Topics are listed on the left side. To select a topic or subtopic, click " +#~ "on it, and you should see the text for that topic appear on the right. " +#~ "Use the Back and Forward " +#~ "buttons to navigate through your topic choices, and print any text using " +#~ "the Print button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Themen sind an der linken Seite aufgelistet. Um ein Thema oder " +#~ "Unterthema auszuwählen,klicken Sie es an, worauf der Text rechts " +#~ "angezeigt wird. Nutzen Sie die Pfeiltasten und " +#~ "Hypertext-Links zur Navigation. Mit " +#~ "DateiSeite drucken drucken Sie die aktuelle Seite." + +#~ msgid "Web Access" +#~ msgstr "Internetzugang" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The &app; " +#~ "website contains helpful information about the program and about " +#~ "any updates to it. It also contains links to the &app; mailing lists for developers and users, and you can search " +#~ "the archives of &app; mailing lists for discussions on a particular topic. If you " +#~ "don’t find the answers you are looking for, you can post your " +#~ "question to the &app; user list, and " +#~ "someone on the list will attempt to answer you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die &app; Website enthält hilfreiche Informationen über das Programm und " +#~ "über mögliche Aktualisierungen. Sie enthält ferner Verknüpfungen zu den " +#~ "&app; Mailinglisten für Entwickler und " +#~ "Nutzer und Sie können die Archive der deutschsprachigen &app;" +#~ " Mailinglisten nach Diskussionen über " +#~ "bestimmte Themen durchsuchen. Falls Sie keine Antwort auf Ihre Frage " +#~ "finden, können Sie diese an die englischsprachige &app;-user oder die deutschsprachige &app;-de Mailingliste richten, und jemand von der Liste wird " +#~ "versuchen, Ihnen eine Antwort zu geben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The most updated &app; FAQ is also located on the " +#~ "&app; FAQ " +#~ "website, and contains answers to the popular " +#~ "questions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die aktuellste &app; FAQ befindet sich auf der " +#~ "&app; FAQ " +#~ "Website und enthält Antworten auf die häufigsten " +#~ "Fragen. Auch eine deutschsprachige Wiki gibt es." + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit4.png' " +#~ "md5='94e1449976c57e2bb7d21249a5be8020'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit4.png' " +#~ "md5='3eb973dc7d500999324aa6e523040fd3'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "3 Jeans purchases <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Kauf von drei Jeans <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit5.png' " +#~ "md5='ce58f694831c6be11b6a4b4600619667'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit5.png' " +#~ "md5='a8cd35b576b19273a7f0405672a10ae4'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "A jump to the Expenses:Clothes account <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Ansicht des Kontos Aufwand:Kleidung <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit6.png' " +#~ "md5='066d501383241f5afff69ac37bd22aa8'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit6.png' " +#~ "md5='8716c637578df108cbe5d26ac6266a91'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "A jump to the Expenses:Clothes account <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Ansicht des Kontos Aufwand:Kleidung <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you really need the colon in your account names, you can select " +#~ "another symbol by EditPreferencesAccounts Character." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sollten Sie aber den Doppelpunkt unbedingt in Ihren Kontennamen " +#~ "benötigen, können Sie ein anderes Trennzeichen in " +#~ "BearbeitenEinstellungenKonten Trennzeichen auswählen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Shift Page Up to " +#~ "go to the first transaction, Shift " +#~ "Page Down to go to the last transaction" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Shift Page Up um " +#~ "zur ersten Buchung zu gehen, Shift " +#~ "Page Down um zur letzten Buchung zu gehen" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit2.png' " +#~ "md5='6b80f6f993e23d1996e3d278934f1a5f'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit2.png' " +#~ "md5='75fb5ead656e199a17a8fcf43bbbbc6b'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "How split headings change <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Wie sich Spaltenüberschriften für Teilbuchungen " +#~ "ändern <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit3.png' " +#~ "md5='a1d24f6453bb573b2531b0f42843c0d3'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_registersplit3.png' " +#~ "md5='261a6dcff51a16ebc203d417af815d2a'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "A jump to the Income:Salary account " +#~ " <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Die Gegenbuchung im Ertrag:Gehalt Konto <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_2account.png' " +#~ "md5='2b8c3e3d0737de9cbe3bae66f56dca82'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_2account.png' " +#~ "md5='235497c55c3efaaef5c0f9cba484006e'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "The Checking Account - Register <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Buchungsansicht - Girokonto " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_2account2.png' " +#~ "md5='c5e6b028afb55b5e0b520e9730276134'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_2account2.png' " +#~ "md5='d1308340edd2ddbe91cd80edc9ad8d1f'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "The Checking Account - Register <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Buchungsansicht - Girokonto " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png' " +#~ "md5='b6006efbbcdc8d755c793ffedb26d011'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png' " +#~ "md5='b6a1b8927b6a9777db0c882c930fab82'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Account Register - Split Transaction " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Buchungsansicht - mehrteilige Buchung " + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png' " +#~ "md5='34beed318ab96c8b6b3edfbd100a0474'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png' " +#~ "md5='d040d8d8d5df1d83b1da44a33a7528d5'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Reconcile Window <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Abgleichsfenster <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "Statement Date" +#~ msgstr "Datum des Kontoauszugs" + +#~ msgid "Starting Balance" +#~ msgstr "Anfangssaldo" + +#~ msgid "Ending Balance" +#~ msgstr "Schlusssaldo" + +#~ msgid "Include Sub-accounts" +#~ msgstr "Unterkonten einbeziehen" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png' " +#~ "md5='4f66e1ec6f1119cb0a08ea1d5eff926e'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png' " +#~ "md5='7db0b638d6294310138b6ce1a6659d8b'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Reconcile " +#~ "Window <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Fenster " +#~ "Abgleichen <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png' " +#~ "md5='abb9a8b01374141fd41e647202955d63'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png' " +#~ "md5='d8a65c305447d667933d634a5211870a'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Checking account <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Girokonto <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png' " +#~ "md5='308d88d75d4834b77937b6dcbec25c7c'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png' " +#~ "md5='eee175d7d0840be5ee8221072abee1d2'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Step one creating scheduled transaction from the ledger " +#~ " <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Erster Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +#~ "Buchungsansicht <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png' " +#~ "md5='f57da87a962574280e73c96e1c253233'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png' " +#~ "md5='7c2527d7c3c75367549e262255837acd'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Step two creating scheduled transaction from the ledger " +#~ " <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Zweiter Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +#~ "Buchungsansicht <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png' " +#~ "md5='f3280d21ae5f86fabe1d6f9462e8a615'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png' " +#~ "md5='04a9cf488a116ed77f91277888af6908'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Step three creating scheduled transaction from the ledger <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Dritter Schritt zur Erstellung einer terminierten Buchung in der " +#~ "Buchungsansicht <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png' " +#~ "md5='86d9a7358a83fe0e95130861a63534ed'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png' " +#~ "md5='a2f926a4dc0ab20877ca9b64d783963c'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Filling in data to a scheduled transaction " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Eintrag der Daten einer terminierten Buchung <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the main accounts windows, select ActionsScheduled Transactions " +#~ "Scheduled Transaction Editor from " +#~ "the Menubar. A new Scheduled Transactions tab will be opened in the current &app; window as shown above:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste des Hauptfensters " +#~ "den Eintrag AktionenTerminierte Buchungen " +#~ "Terminierte Buchungen Editor. " +#~ "Eine neue Karteikarte Terminierte Buchungen wird von " +#~ "&app; - wie unten dargestellt - im " +#~ "Hauptfenster angezeigt:" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png' " +#~ "md5='f2ef825ea3f4da1a305460948cbdce44'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-2.png' " +#~ "md5='c2d7feb8302565d6d24e036bef7033f6'" + +#~ msgid "Empty Scheduled Transactions tab" +#~ msgstr "Leere Karteikarte Terminierte Buchungen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Empty " +#~ "Scheduled Transactions tab <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Leere " +#~ "Karteikarte Terminierte Buchungen <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png' " +#~ "md5='23ead817005b871e4643f7d9ac374b6e'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-overview.png' " +#~ "md5='f8dd4072aa93e93421186a0f6b983cf8'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Overview tab" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fenster Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten — " +#~ "Karteikarte Übersicht" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ "Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Overview tab <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ "Fenster Terminierte Buchung bearbeiten " +#~ "— Karteikarte Übersicht " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "Enable" +#~ msgstr "Aktiv" + +#~ msgid "Create in advance" +#~ msgstr "Im Voraus erstellen" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png' " +#~ "md5='b3017c4777faeb463da3a770db52b4d7'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-frequency.png' " +#~ "md5='f2c0e26b0c17e37f2bd7adea9c514a88'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Frequency tab" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten — " +#~ "Karteikarte Häufigkeit" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ " Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Frequency tab <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten " +#~ "— Karteikarte Häufigkeit <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "Frequency" +#~ msgstr "Häufigkeit" + +#~ msgid "Start Date" +#~ msgstr "Anfangsdatum" + +#~ msgid "Every" +#~ msgstr "Alle" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the and Except on weekends" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Am und außer am Wochenende" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png' " +#~ "md5='6ed1643b5eabafe05f277c5040e7f246'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-3-template.png' " +#~ "md5='b52abf531253177ff17162a673a6a39b'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Template Transaction tab" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten — " +#~ "Karteikarte Buchungsvorlage" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ "Edit Scheduled Transaction window, " +#~ "Template Transaction tab <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " " +#~ "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten " +#~ "— Karteikarte Buchungsvorlage <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png' " +#~ "md5='a42b151fac5c8af54a36e756a3f9128a'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor-4.png' " +#~ "md5='5b462da0eecfe2ec7373d1a55dd9bfa3'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Entered " +#~ "scheduled transaction <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Eingegebene " +#~ "terminierte Buchung <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png' " +#~ "md5='ca81345c0c57e530176c61cba939a4a4'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_sxn_editor_slr.png' " +#~ "md5='9d8eb2da00762c7e430947fd5bd6cff6'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Scheduled " +#~ "transaction popup reminder <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Terminierte " +#~ "Buchungen Erinnerungsfenster <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png' " +#~ "md5='7a6230c3c87845766919d6d52be79f4b'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png' " +#~ "md5='d98d0d3c0bee9e9587bba68e92096393'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Starting point for Putting It All Together " +#~ "<_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Startpunkt für die Zusammenfassung <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png' " +#~ "md5='70e752f7711025d2c3311d1a60397fc9'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png' " +#~ "md5='358e3748cc40870261372f73a7c94b46'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Chart accounts after setting opening balance <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Kontenstände nach der Eingabe der " +#~ "Anfangskontostände <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png' " +#~ "md5='7acd767a1d38b2e2478e3fda6ff2668a'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png' " +#~ "md5='4c1b157e0f329982d0140c6bd61b0756'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Chart accounts after setting all the various transactions <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Kontenansicht nach allen Buchungen <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the cash flow report from Reports " +#~ "Income & Expense Cash Flow." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie den Kapitalflussbericht aus dem Menüflow " +#~ "Berichte Erträge & " +#~ "Aufwendung Cash Flow(Kapitalfluss)." + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_CashFlow.png' " +#~ "md5='792a150c4f36c716df963a2337bfbf26'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_CashFlow.png' " +#~ "md5='ebcba9fb707ad826473a7a92af352f74'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ "Cash Flow report for the month of March <_:" +#~ "caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ "Kapitalflussbericht für den Monat März 2015 <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the transaction report from Reports " +#~ "Transaction Report." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie den Buchungsbericht unter Berichte Buchungsbericht.(Dieser " +#~ "muss gegebenenfalls noch aufgebaut werden)" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png' " +#~ "md5='452c25219bcb444b5e32ced90285739b'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png' " +#~ "md5='7dc2521dfeed3b7894d0752eee936810'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Transaction Report for the Checking account during " +#~ "March <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Buchungsbericht für das Girokonto für den Monat " +#~ "März <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgctxt "_" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png' " +#~ "md5='729679fd7d0403b8f6dd1e0d009fe844'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "external ref='figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png' " +#~ "md5='0b54dad832290c40b2beaf2ea979f70a'" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " " +#~ " Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during " +#~ "March <_:caption-1/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " " +#~ " Buchungsbericht für das Aufwandskonto im Monat März <_:caption-1/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next you will be presented with the Welcome to &app;! dialog with three choices:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nach die ersten Voreinstellungen festgelegt worden sind, werden Sie mit " +#~ "dem Willkommen in &app;!-Dialog begrüßt. Dieser " +#~ "bietet Ihnen drei Auswahlmöglichkeiten:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start this assistant manually, go to File New if you need to " +#~ "create a new file. If you want to run the assistant within the opened " +#~ "file, go to ActionsNew " +#~ "Account Hierarchy... when the accounts tree " +#~ "tab is displayed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um diesen Assistenten manuell zu starten, gehen Sie zu " +#~ "Datei Neu wenn Sie eine neue Datei erstellen müssen. Wenn Sie den " +#~ "Assistenten innerhalb der geöffneten Datei laufen lassen wollen, gehen " +#~ "Sie zu AktionenNeue " +#~ "Kontenhierachie... wenn das Kontenbaum-Tab " +#~ "angezeigt wird." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant opens with " +#~ "a screen that briefly describes what this assistant does. The three " +#~ "buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the " +#~ "assistant." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant opens with " +#~ "a screen that briefly describes what this assistant does. The three " +#~ "buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the " +#~ "assistant." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cancel: exit the process and cancel creating a new " +#~ "set of accounts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cancel exit the process and cancel creating a new " +#~ "set of accounts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen allows you to Choose Currency to use " +#~ "as default for your accounts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The next screen allows you to Choose Currency to use " +#~ "as default for your accounts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Forward button is used to confirm your " +#~ "selection and continue to the next screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The Forward button is used to confirm your " +#~ "selection and continue to the next screen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen is used to Choose accounts to create." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The next screen is used to Choose accounts to create." + +#~ msgid "You will see a screen divided into three parts." +#~ msgstr "You will see a screen divided into three parts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The right side has a list of the Accounts that will " +#~ "be created from the selected category." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The right side has a list of the Accounts that will " +#~ "be created from the selected category." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Select All button allows you to include all of " +#~ "the account categories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The Select All button allows you to include all of " +#~ "the account categories." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Clear All button allows you to deselect all of " +#~ "the categories selected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The Clear All button allows you to deselect all of " +#~ "the categories selected." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen allows you to Setup selected accounts by entering the opening balances and by selecting if the " +#~ "account is a placeholder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The next screen allows you to Setup selected accounts by entering the opening balances and by selecting if the " +#~ "account is a placeholder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Follow the instructions in the display on how to select the account and " +#~ "entering an opening balance for the account. A single click is used to " +#~ "highlight an account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Follow the instructions in the display on how to select the account and " +#~ "entering an opening balance for the account. A single click is used to " +#~ "highlight an account." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cancel: exits the assistant and cancels creating a " +#~ "new set of accounts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cancel exits the assistant and cancels creating a " +#~ "new set of accounts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Apply: creates the accounts you have selected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apply creates the accounts you have selected." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You should now have a hierarchy of accounts in your main " +#~ "&app; account window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You should now have a hierarchy of accounts in your main " +#~ "&app; account window." diff --git a/po/gnucash-docs.pot b/po/gnucash-docs.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..856c48ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/gnucash-docs.pot @@ -0,0 +1,7145 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-14 15:06+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:20 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:485 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:255 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/application +#. (itstool) path: title/application +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:23 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:37 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:132 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:134 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:138 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:138 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:142 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:145 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:146 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:147 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:148 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:149 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:160 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:171 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:209 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:233 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:266 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:299 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:318 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:322 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:344 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:361 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:442 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:476 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:479 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:483 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:541 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:21 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:29 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:33 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:39 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:49 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:64 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:74 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:80 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:172 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:183 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:189 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:235 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:252 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:256 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:268 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:417 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:450 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:520 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:561 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:568 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:585 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:592 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:613 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:659 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:688 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:761 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:768 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:777 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:778 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:792 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:838 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:844 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:937 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:953 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1108 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1121 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1189 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1194 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1198 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1230 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1237 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1239 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1248 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1254 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1393 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1473 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1481 +msgid "&app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:22 +msgid "This section discusses some useful concepts for organizing your accounts. Since <_:application-1/> does not impose any specific account tree layout, you are free to design your account structure in any manner you wish. However, there are a few basic accounting concepts which you will probably want to follow when designing your accounts to maximize their utility." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:30 +msgid "Basic Accounting Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:33 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:76 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:80 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:167 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:473 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:492 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:581 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:588 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:594 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:34 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:76 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:85 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:260 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:473 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:516 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:600 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:34 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:77 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:90 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:156 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:314 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:323 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:373 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:461 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:474 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:522 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:523 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:659 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:660 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:35 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:105 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:157 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:343 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:345 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:376 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:394 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:474 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:528 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:529 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:605 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:606 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:35 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:158 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:360 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:411 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:475 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:534 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:535 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:612 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:618 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:624 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:630 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:636 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:40 +msgid "at a point in the time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:42 +msgid "change of values in a period of time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:32 +msgid "As we saw in the previous chapter, accounting is based on 5 basic account types: <_:guilabel-1/>, <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, <_:guilabel-4/> and <_:guilabel-5/>. We will now expand on our understanding of these account types, and show how they are represented in <_:application-6/>. But first, let’s divide them into 2 groups, the balance sheet accounts and the income and expense accounts. As the name says the balance sheet accounts can be summarized in the balance of what you own and owe <_:emphasis-7/>, while the income and expense accounts can be summarized in the Profit & Loss report, which shows the <_:emphasis-8/> like the economic year" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:44 +msgid "Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:44 +msgid "Let’s have a quick look at the Accounting Equation (<_:emphasis-1/>) again as a reminder, before we go deeper into each account type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:61 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:120 +msgid "The basic accounts relationships" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:65 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:138 +msgid "A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic accounts. Net worth (equity) increases through income and decreases through expenses. The arrows represent the movement of value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:73 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:75 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:164 +msgid "Balance Sheet Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:75 +msgid "The three so-called <_:emphasis-1/> are <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, and <_:guilabel-4/>. Balance Sheet Accounts are used to track the things you own or owe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:80 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> is the group of things that you own. Your assets could include a car, cash, a house, stocks, or anything else that has convertible value. Convertible value means that theoretically you could sell the item for cash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:85 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> is the group of things on which you owe money. Your liabilities could include a car loan, a student loan, a mortgage, your investment margin account, or anything else which you must pay back at some time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:90 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> is the same as \"net worth.\" It represents what is left over after you subtract your liabilities from your assets. It can be thought of as the portion of your assets that you own outright, without any debt." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:97 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:99 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:341 +msgid "Income and Expense Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:101 +msgid "track" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:103 +msgid "change" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:99 +msgid "The two <_:guilabel-1/> are used to increase or decrease the value of your accounts. Thus, while the balance sheet accounts simply <_:emphasis-2/> the value of the things you own or owe, income and expense accounts allow you to <_:emphasis-3/> the value of these accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:105 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> is the payment you receive for your time, services you provide, or the use of your money. When you receive a paycheck, for example, that check is a payment for labor you provided to an employer. Other examples of income include commissions, tips, dividend income from stocks, and interest income from bank accounts. Income will always increase the value of your Assets and thus your Equity." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:113 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:362 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:377 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:611 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:617 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:623 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:629 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:635 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:641 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:647 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:653 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:115 +msgid "for early consumption" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:113 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> refers to money you spend to purchase goods or services provided by someone else <_:emphasis-2/>. Examples of expenses are a meal at a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to see a play. Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for the expense immediately, you will decrease your Assets, whereas if you pay for the expense on credit you increase your Liabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:127 +msgid "Erfolgskonten" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:126 +msgid "LANG-DE Aufwands- und Ertragskonten lassen sich unter dem Oberbegriff <_:emphasis-1/> zusammenfassen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:132 +msgid "<_:application-1/> Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:134 +msgid "This section will show how the <_:application-1/> definition of an account fits into the view of the 5 basic accounting types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:138 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:139 +msgid "account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:140 +msgid "transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:141 +msgid "account trees" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:137 +msgid "But first, let’s begin with a definition of an <_:guilabel-1/> in <_:application-2/>. A <_:application-3/> <_:guilabel-4/> is an entity which contains other sub-accounts, or that contains <_:guilabel-5/>. Since an account can contain other accounts, you often see <_:guilabel-6/> in <_:application-7/>, in which logically associated accounts are grouped together within a common parent account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:146 +msgid "account types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:151 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:176 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:579 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:580 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:151 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:183 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:587 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:593 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:708 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:152 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:192 +msgid "Stock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:152 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:202 +msgid "Mutual Fund" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:153 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:216 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:153 +msgid "Other Assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:154 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:270 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:599 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:155 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:279 +msgid "Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:155 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:294 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:517 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:710 +msgid "Liability" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:145 +msgid "A <_:application-1/> account must have a unique name (that you assign) and one of the predefined <_:application-2/> <_:quote-3/>. There are a total of 12 account types in <_:application-4/>. These 12 account types are based on the 5 basic accounting types; the reason there are more <_:application-5/> account types than basic accounting types is that this allows <_:application-6/> to perform specialized tracking and handling of certain accounts. There are 6 asset accounts (<_:emphasis-7/>, <_:emphasis-8/>, <_:emphasis-9/>, <_:emphasis-10/>, <_:emphasis-11/>, and <_:emphasis-12/>), 3 liability accounts (<_:emphasis-13/>, <_:emphasis-14/>, and <_:emphasis-15/>), 1 equity account (<_:emphasis-16/>), 1 income account (<_:emphasis-17/>), and 1 expense account (<_:emphasis-18/>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:160 +msgid "These <_:application-1/> account types are presented in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:166 +msgid "The first balance sheet account we will examine is <_:emphasis-1/>, which, as you remember from the previous section, refers to things you own." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:170 +msgid "To help you organize your asset accounts and to simplify transaction entry, <_:application-1/> supports several types of asset accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:179 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:187 +msgid "liquid" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:176 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> Use this account to track the money you have on hand, in your wallet, in your piggy bank, under your mattress, or wherever you choose to keep it handy. This is the most <_:emphasis-2/>, or easily traded, type of asset." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:183 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> This account is used to track your cash balance that you keep in institutions such as banks, credit unions, savings and loan, or brokerage firms - wherever someone else safeguards your money. This is the second most <_:emphasis-2/> type of account, because you can easily convert it to cash on hand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:192 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> Track your individual stocks and bonds using this type of account. The stock account’s register provides extra columns for entering number of shares and price of your investment. With these types of assets, you may not be able to easily convert them to cash unless you can find a buyer, and you are not guaranteed to get the same amount of cash you paid for them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:202 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> This is similar to the stock account, except that it is used to track funds. Its account register provides the same extra columns for entering share and price information. Funds represent ownership shares of a variety of investments, and like stocks they do not offer any guaranteed cash value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:209 +msgid "<_:application-1/> treats account types Stock and Mutual Fund the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:216 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> (A/Receivable) This is typically a business use only account in which you place outstanding debts owed to you. It is considered an asset because you should be able to count on these funds arriving." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:221 +msgid "Transactions involving an Accounts Receivable account should not be added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:225 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:287 +msgid "post/unpost bill/invoice/voucher or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:227 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:288 +msgid "process payment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:232 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:234 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:493 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Asset" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:232 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> No matter how diverse they are, <_:application-2/> handles many other situations easily. The account type <_:quote-3/>, covers all assets not listed above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:237 +msgid "<_:application-1/> treats account types Cash, Bank and Asset the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:241 +msgid "Accounts are repositories of information used to track or record the kinds of actions that occur related to the purpose for which the account is established." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:245 +msgid "For businesses, activities being tracked and reported are frequently subdivided more finely than what has been considered thus far. For a more developed treatment of the possibilities, please read the descriptions presented in of this Guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:251 +msgid "For personal finances a person can follow the business groupings or not, as they seem useful to the activities the person is tracking and to the kind of reporting that person needs to have to manage their financial assets. For additional information, consult of this Guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:259 +msgid "The second balance sheet account is <_:emphasis-1/>, which as you recall, refers to what you owe, money you have borrowed and are obligated to pay back some day. These represent the rights of your lenders to obtain repayment from you. Tracking the liability balances lets you know how much debt you have at a given point in time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:266 +msgid "<_:application-1/> offers three liability account types:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:270 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> Use this to track your credit card receipts and reconcile your credit card statements. Credit cards represent a short-term loan that you are obligated to repay to the credit card company. This type of account can also be used for other short-term loans such as a line of credit from your bank." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:279 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> (A/Payable) This is typically a business use only account in which you place bills you have yet to pay." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:284 +msgid "Transactions involving an Accounts Payable account should not be added, changed or deleted in any way other than by using <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:294 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> Use this type of account for all other loans, generally larger long-term loans such as a mortgage or vehicle loan. This account can help you keep track of how much you owe and how much you have already repaid." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:299 +msgid "<_:application-1/> treats account types Credit Card and Liability the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:308 +msgid "credits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:309 +msgid "debits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:307 +msgid "Liabilities in accounting act in an opposite manner from assets: <_:emphasis-1/> (right-column value entries) increase liability account balances and <_:emphasis-2/> (left-column value entries) decrease them. (See note later in this chapter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:315 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:336 +msgid "net worth" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:314 +msgid "The final balance sheet account is <_:emphasis-1/>, which is synonymous with <_:quote-2/>. It represents what is left over after you subtract your liabilities from your assets, so it is the portion of your assets that you own outright, without any debt. In <_:application-3/>, use this type of account as the source of your opening bank balances, because these balances represent your beginning net worth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:322 +msgid "There is usually only a single <_:application-1/> equity account, called naturally enough, <_:guilabel-2/>. For companies, cooperatives etc. you can create a subaccount for each partner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:327 +msgid "In equity accounts, credits increase account balances and debits decrease them. (See note later in this chapter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:334 +msgid "things you own" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:335 +msgid "things you owe" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:332 +msgid "The accounting equation that links balance-sheet accounts is Assets = Liabilities + Equity or rearranged Assets - Liabilities = Equity. So, in common terms, the <_:emphasis-1/> minus the <_:emphasis-2/> equals your <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:343 +msgid "<_:emphasis-1/> is the payment you receive for your time, services you provide, or the use of your money. In <_:application-2/>, use an <_:guilabel-3/> type account to track these." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:351 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:352 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:30 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:31 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:510 +msgid "from" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:354 +msgid "increases" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:348 +msgid "Credits increase income account balances and debits decrease them. As described in <_:xref-1/>, credits represent money transferred <_:emphasis-2/> an account. So in these special income accounts, when you transfer money <_:emphasis-3/> (credit) the income account to another account, the balance of the income account <_:emphasis-4/>. For example, when you deposit a paycheck and record the transaction as a transfer from an income account to a bank account, the balances of both accounts increase." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:360 +msgid "<_:emphasis-1/> refer to money you spend to purchase goods or services provided by someone else. In <_:application-2/>, use an <_:guilabel-3/> type account to track your expenses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:365 +msgid "Debits increase expense account balances and credits decrease them. (See note later in this chapter.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:370 +msgid "When you subtract total expenses from total income for a time period, you get net income. This net income is then added to the balance sheet as retained earnings, which is a type of <_:guilabel-1/> account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:377 +msgid "Common Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:379 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:486 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:620 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:950 +msgid "Actions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:379 +msgid "New Account Hierarchy..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:376 +msgid "Below are the standard <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/> accounts after selecting <_:guilabel-3/> in the assistant for creating a new Account Hierarchy (<_:menuchoice-4/>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:390 +msgid "Default income accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:394 +msgid "This image shows the standard <_:emphasis-1/> accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:407 +msgid "Some default expense accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:411 +msgid "This image shows some standard <_:emphasis-1/> accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:419 +msgid "Other Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:421 +msgid "There are some special other account types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:423 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:424 +msgid "Trading" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:423 +msgid "<_:emphasis-1/> Multiple currency transactions have splits in <_:quote-2/> accounts to make the transaction balance in each currency as well as in total value. See for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +msgid "Money Market" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +msgid "Credit Line" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:429 +msgid "<_:emphasis-1/> and <_:emphasis-2/>are used only in the OFX importer, apparently for completeness with the specification." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:438 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1338 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1245 +msgid "Putting It All Together" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:441 +msgid "chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:440 +msgid "Let’s go through the process of building a common personal finance <_:emphasis-1/> using the information we have learned from this chapter. A chart of accounts is simply a new <_:application-2/> file in which you group your accounts to track your finances. In building this chart of accounts, the first task is to divide the items you want to track into the basic account types of accounting. This is fairly simple, let’s go through an example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:449 +msgid "Simple Example" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:451 +msgid "Let us assume you have a checking and a savings account at a bank, and are employed and thus receive a paycheck. You have a credit card (Visa), and you pay monthly utilities in the form of rent, phone, and electricity. Naturally, you also need to buy groceries. For now, we will not worry about how much money you have in the bank, how much you owe on the credit card, etc. We want to simply build the framework for this chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:459 +msgid "assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:460 +msgid "liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:463 +msgid "income" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:464 +msgid "expenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:459 +msgid "Your <_:guilabel-1/> would be the bank savings and checking account. Your <_:guilabel-2/> are the credit card. Your <_:guilabel-3/> would be the starting values of your bank accounts and credit card (we do not have those amounts yet, but we know they exist). You have <_:guilabel-4/> in the form of a salary, and <_:guilabel-5/> in the form of groceries, rent, electricity, phone, and taxes (Federal, Social Security, Medicare) on your salary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:470 +msgid "The Basic Top Level Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:472 +msgid "Now, you must decide how you want to group these accounts. Most likely, you want your <_:emphasis-1/> grouped together, your <_:emphasis-2/> grouped together, your <_:emphasis-3/> grouped together, your <_:emphasis-4/> grouped together, and your <_:emphasis-5/> grouped together. This is the most common way of building a <_:application-6/> chart of accounts, and it is highly recommended that you always begin this way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:480 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1238 +msgid "File" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:480 +msgid "New File" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:481 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:353 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:45 +msgid "New Account Hierarchy Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:481 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1223 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:484 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:84 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:101 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1292 +msgid "View" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:484 +msgid "New Accounts Page" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:486 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:572 +msgid "New Account..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:479 +msgid "Start with a clean <_:application-1/> file by selecting <_:menuchoice-2/> from the menu. The <_:guilabel-3/> assistant will start. Press <_:guibutton-4/> to close the assistant as we don’t want to use one of the predefined accounts structure; instead we will build a basic starting account structure from scratch. In the empty <_:application-5/> window select <_:menuchoice-6/> from the menu: the <_:guilabel-7/> tab will open. Finally select <_:menuchoice-8/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:488 +msgid "Now you are ready to build this basic starting account structure" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:493 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:517 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:523 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:529 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:535 +msgid "New top level account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:492 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:516 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:522 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:528 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:534 +msgid "Account name <_:guilabel-1/> (account type <_:guilabel-2/>, parent account <_:guilabel-3/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:504 +msgid "Creating an Assets account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:508 +msgid "This image shows the dialog to create an assets account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:540 +msgid "When you have created the top-level accounts, the main Account page in <_:application-1/> should look like below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:551 +msgid "The Basic Top-level Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:555 +msgid "This image shows the basic top-level accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:562 +msgid "Making Sub-Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:566 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:634 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:564 +msgid "You can now add to this basic top-level tree structure by inserting some real transaction-holding sub-accounts. Notice that the tax accounts are placed within a sub-account named <_:emphasis-1/>. You can make sub-accounts within sub-accounts. This is typically done with a group of related accounts (such as tax accounts in this example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:570 +msgid "Instead of selecting <_:menuchoice-1/> from the menu, you can alternatively create a new sub-account of an account by right clicking on the main account’s name and selecting the <_:guilabel-2/> entry. This will open a dialog similar to the one depicted in <_:xref-3/> where the new sub-account will be already set as a child of the main account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:579 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:586 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:592 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:598 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:604 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:610 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:616 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:622 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:628 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:634 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:640 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:646 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:652 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:658 +msgid "Account name <_:guilabel-1/> (account type <_:guilabel-2/>, parent account <_:emphasis-3/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:586 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:408 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:448 +msgid "Checking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:592 +msgid "Savings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:598 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +msgid "Visa" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:604 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:610 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:616 +msgid "Electricity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:622 +msgid "Rent" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:628 +msgid "Groceries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:640 +msgid "Federal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:642 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:648 +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:654 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:646 +msgid "Social Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:652 +msgid "Medicare" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:658 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:454 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +msgid "Opening Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:664 +msgid "After you have created these additional sub-accounts, the end result should look like below" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:675 +msgid "The Basic Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:679 +msgid "This image shows a simple chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:685 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:447 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1239 +msgid "gcashdata_3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:685 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1257 +msgid "gcashdata_3emptyAccts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:684 +msgid "Save this chart of accounts with the name <_:filename-1/>, as well as <_:filename-2/>, as we will continue to use them in the later chapters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_accts.xml:688 +msgid "You have now created a chart of accounts to track a simple household budget. With this basic framework in place, we can now begin to populate the accounts with transactions. The next chapter will cover this subject in greater detail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:23 +msgid "The Basics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:25 +msgid "This chapter will introduce some of the basics of using &app;. It is recommended that you read through this chapter, before starting to do any real work with &app;. Next chapters will begin to show you hands on examples." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:31 +msgid "Accounting Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:32 +msgid "AccountingConcepts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:34 +msgid "&app; is easy enough to use that you do not need to have a complete understanding of accounting principles to find it useful. However, you will find that some basic accounting knowledge will prove to be invaluable as &app; was designed using these principles as a template. It is highly recommended that you understand this section of the guide before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:42 +msgid "The 5 Basic Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:44 +msgid "Basic accounting rules group all finance related things into 5 fundamental types of accounts. That is, everything that accounting deals with can be placed into one of these 5 accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:49 +msgid "Account types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:51 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:53 +msgid "Things you own" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:58 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:60 +msgid "Things you owe" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:65 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:67 +msgid "Overall net worth" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:72 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:74 +msgid "Increases the value of your accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:80 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:82 +msgid "Decreases the value of your accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:88 +msgid "It is clear that it is possible to categorize your financial world into these 5 groups. For example, the cash in your bank account is an asset, your mortgage is a liability, your paycheck is income, and the cost of dinner last night is an expense." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:95 +msgid "The Accounting Equation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:97 +msgid "With the 5 basic accounts defined, what is the relationship between them? How does one type of account affect the others? Firstly, equity is defined by assets and liability. That is, your net worth is calculated by subtracting your liabilities from your assets:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:102 +msgid "Assets - Liabilities = Equity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:104 +msgid "Furthermore, you can increase your equity through income, and decrease equity through expenses. This makes sense of course, when you receive a paycheck you become richer and when you pay for dinner you become poorer. This is expressed mathematically in what is known as the Accounting Equation:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:110 +msgid "Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:113 +msgid "This equation must always be balanced, a condition that can only be satisfied if you enter values to multiple accounts. For example: if you receive money in the form of income you must see an equal increase in your assets. As another example, you could have an increase in assets if you have a parallel increase in liabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png' md5='528e18b6333a83cd221cbe3c7f1876aa'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:130 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_AccountRelationships.svg' md5='d2cef081572004ee252903be5619cd04'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:122 +msgid " The basic accounts relationships <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:149 +msgid "Double Entry" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:151 +msgid "The accounting equation is the very heart of a double entry accounting system. For every change in value of one account in the Accounting Equation, there must be a balancing change in another. This concept is known as the Principle of Balance, and is of fundamental importance for understanding &app; and other double entry accounting systems. When you work with &app;, you will always be concerned with at least 2 accounts, to keep the accounting equation balanced." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:160 +msgid "Balancing changes (or transfers of money) among accounts are done by debiting one account and simultaneously crediting another. Accounting debits and credits do not mean decrease and increase. Debits and credits each increase certain types of accounts and decrease others. In asset and expense accounts, debits increase the balance and credits decrease the balance. In liability, equity and income accounts, credits increase the balance and debits decrease the balance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:170 +msgid "In traditional double-entry accounting, the left column in the register is used for debits, while the right column is used for credits. Accountants record increases in asset and expense accounts on the debit (left) side, and they record increases in liability, revenue, and equity accounts on the credit (right) side. &app; follows this convention in the register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:178 +msgid "This accounting terminology can be confusing to new users, which is why &app; allows you to use the common terms Deposit and Withdrawal. If you prefer the formal accounting terms, you can change the account register column headings to use them in the Accounts tab under Preferences (see the &app; Help Manual for more information on setting preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:190 +msgid "Common use of the words debit and credit does not match how accountants use these words. In common use, credit generally has positive associations; in accounting, credit means affecting the right column of the ledger sheet of an account. This is associated with a decrease in asset and expense, but an increase of income, liability and equity accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:197 +msgid "For more details see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:204 +msgid "Data Entry Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:206 +msgid "When entering data in &app;, you should be aware of the 3 levels of organization in which &app; divides your data: files, accounts and transactions. These levels are presented in their order of complexity, one file contains many accounts and one account contains many transactions. This division is fundamental to understanding how to use &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:213 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:215 +msgid "&app; stores information at the highest level in files. A file can be stored on your computer either as a single XML file (in all versions of &app;), or in a SQL database (in &app; version 2.4 and higher)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:222 +msgid "SQL is pronounced sequel, so in spoken and written language we would say a SQL database." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:227 +msgid "With the XML file format, &app; stores your data in an XML data file, usually in compressed format (although this can be changed in the General tab of the &app; Preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:233 +msgid "With SQL storage, &app; stores your data in a SQL database under the database application you select (SQLite3, MySQL or PostgreSQL)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:238 +msgid "You will need one main file or database for each set of accounts you are maintaining. To learn how to create and manage &app; files, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:244 +msgid "If you think you might need more than one set of accounts, you might want to consult a professional accountant or bookkeeper before proceeding. Most users will probably have only one data file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:250 +msgid "Backup files and log files are automatically generated by &app; when appropriate. Backup and log files are described in ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:257 +msgid "An account keeps track of what you own, owe, spend or receive. Each &app; file can contain any number of accounts, and each account can contain many sub-accounts up to an arbitrary number of levels. This simple feature gives &app; much of its power in managing your finances, as you will see in later chapters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:264 +msgid "Examples of accounts include: checking accounts, savings accounts, credit card accounts, mortgages, and loans. Each &app; account tracks the activity for that real account, and can inform you of its status." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:269 +msgid "In addition, accounts are also used to categorize the money you receive or spend. For example, you can create expense accounts to track the money you pay on utilities or groceries. Even though these are not accounts that receive statements, they allow you to determine how much money is being spent in each of these areas." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:275 +msgid "Accounts will be covered in more detail in ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:279 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:18 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1155 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:281 +msgid "A transaction represents the movement of money among accounts. Whenever you spend or receive money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:285 +msgid "Examples of transactions are: paying a phone bill, transferring money from savings to checking, buying a pizza, withdrawing money, and depositing a paycheck. goes more in depth on how to enter transactions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:290 +msgid "In double entry accounting, transactions always involve at least two accounts–a source account and a destination account. &app; manages this by inserting a line into the transaction for every account that is affected, and recording the amounts involved in each line. A line within a transaction that records the account and amount of money involved is called a split. A transaction can contain an arbitrary number of splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:300 +msgid "Splits in transactions will be covered in " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:307 +msgid "Running &app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:308 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:309 +msgid "&app; can be run from your desktop main menu by selecting the associated menu entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:310 +msgid "Alternatively it can be run from a command line prompt with the command gnucash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:312 +msgid "During start up, &app; will display the Splash Screen, where some information about the program (version number, build, etc.) and the loading process are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:317 +msgid "Welcome to &app; dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:318 +msgid "The very first time you open &app;, you will see the Welcome to &app;! screen. This dialog includes three choices:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:324 +msgid "Create a new set of accounts - Runs the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant (see ). Select this option if you want to be assisted in creating a set of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:330 +msgid "Import my QIF files - Runs the Import QIF Files assistant (see ). Select this option if you already have Quicken files (.qif files) and wish to import them into &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:337 +msgid "Open the new user tutorial - Opens the &app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Select this option if you are completely new to &app; and accounting concepts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:345 +msgid "It is possible to access each of these items after you have left this screen, but the Welcome to &app;! screen will not reappear. To create a new set of accounts, see . To import QIF files, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:355 +msgid "The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant helps you to create a set of &app; accounts. It will appear if you choose Create a new set of accounts in the Welcome to &app;! menu, or when you select FileNew." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:360 +msgid "This assistant will create a new blank &app; file and guide you through the creation of a Chart of Accounts. There are several steps in the assistant, which are outlined below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:366 +msgid "The first screen briefly describes what this assistant does." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:369 +msgid "New Book Options allows you to set different attributes for your file that affect the file as a whole. This screen has four tabs: Accounts, Budgeting, Business, and Counters. These items are explained elsewhere in the Guide, and can be changed at a later point." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:375 +msgid "Choose Currency sets the default currency for new accounts. This is based on the computer locale settings, and can be modified later in the Accounts tab under Preferences (see )." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:381 +msgid "Choose accounts to create allows you to create an initial set of accounts. These can be edited as needed afterward. The screen is divided into three parts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:386 +msgid "The left upper portion has a list of Categories for commonly used hierarchies of accounts. Select from this list the types of accounts you wish to use. You can select as many of the categories of accounts as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:393 +msgid "The left lower section has a Category Description that displays a detailed description of the category currently highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:398 +msgid "The right side has a list of the Accounts that will be created from a selected category. Note that the accounts listed here are only the selected category; your final data file will include all of the accounts for all of the selected Categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:407 +msgid "Setup selected accounts lists all the accounts you selected on Choose accounts to create, and allows you to enter opening balances and to designate Placeholder accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:411 +msgid "Equity accounts do not have opening balances, so the opening balance value for this kind of account is locked and set to zero." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:416 +msgid "Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of accounts and normally do not have transactions or opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:421 +msgid "The left side of the screen has a list of Account Names. Select an account by \"clicking\" once in the Account Names column with the account highlighted. This will open the account name for changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:427 +msgid "The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an account a Placeholder and a box to add the Opening Balance for the selected account. Again a single click in the Opening Balance or Placeholder column will open the field for changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:437 +msgid "Finish account setup is the last screen and gives you a final option to cancel the process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:440 +msgid "If you choose to cancel, any selections you have made up to this point will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:453 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/gnc_welcome.png' md5='__failed__'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:459 +msgid "LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt das Willkommen in &app;! Dialogfenster." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:449 +msgid " LANG-DE Das Willkommen in &app; Dialogfenster <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:467 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:429 +msgid "Tip of the Day" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:468 +msgid "InterfaceTip of the Day" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:477 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_TipOfDay.png' md5='7b2a76f13f02e805d2b84d9e808cf5f5'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:485 +msgid "This image shows the Tip of the Day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:474 +msgid " The Tip of the Day <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:470 +msgid "&app; provides a Tip of the Day screen to give helpful hints for using the program: <_:screenshot-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:492 +msgid "These tips provide useful information for beginning users. To view more of the tips, click Forward to continue. If you do not wish to see this screen box on start-up, deselect the box next to Show tips at startup. When you have finished viewing the helpful tips, click Close to close the Tip of the Day screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:501 +msgid "Account Tree Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:502 +msgid "InterfaceAccount Tree Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:504 +msgid "You should now see the Accounts window, which appears as shown below. The exact layout of the account tree will depend on which default accounts you selected during the New Account Hierarchy Setup. In this example, the Common Accounts are shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:513 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_Accounts.png' md5='f221372d669dbb4ecf571c1c2967f1e1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:521 +msgid "This image shows the Accounts window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:510 +msgid " The Account Tree Window <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:527 +msgid "The Account Tree window (also known as a Chart of Accounts, or CoA) provides an overview of the data contained in the current file. It contains a list of account names and their current balances." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:530 +msgid "From this window, you can open the register of any account either by double-clicking the account name, right clicking the account name and selecting Open Account from the menu, or by using the Open button on the toolbar. &app; allows you to have as many account registers open as you wish. For more information on using account registers, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:535 +msgid "Clicking the small triangle to the left of an account that has children will expand the tree view showing child accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:538 +msgid "At the top of this window is the Titlebar, which displays the file name for this set of accounts (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the Menubar. You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu headings or by using shortcuts and access keys (see ). Next is the Toolbar, which contains buttons for the most common functions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:545 +msgid "The account tree appears below the Toolbar. Once you have started creating accounts, the account names will appear in the account tree. You can customize which headings show up by using the small down-arrow at the far right just above the account tree." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:550 +msgid "At the bottom is the Statusbar, which tells you information about what you own (Net Assets) and how much money you have made (Profits)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:558 +msgid "Account Register Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:559 +msgid "InterfaceAccount Register Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:561 +msgid "Account Register windows are used to enter and edit your account data. As the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:569 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:574 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_CheckAccount.png' md5='fdc9f079857a352dee1686e36b073096'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:582 +msgid "This image shows the Checking Account - Register with several transactions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:566 +msgid " The Checking Account Register <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:588 +msgid " explains more about account register windows and how to enter data into them. For now, note that the parts of an account register window are similar to the parts of the account tree window described earlier. The Titlebar at the top contains the account name. Below that, the Menubar contains menu options related to the account register. Toolbar buttons simplify common data entry functions. The Statusbar at the bottom of the window, displays some account balances covered in . At the bottom of the account register window, information appears about the current location of the cursor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:601 +msgid "In the register windows, you can resize the various columns that &app; displays, but keep in mind that the Description and Balance columns behave differently from other columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:604 +msgid "The Description column is designed to expand automatically to fill all unused horizontal screen space. Therefore you should set the widths of all your other columns before setting the Description column width." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:608 +msgid "The Balance column must be resized by double-clicking on the column heading." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:615 +msgid "Toolbar Buttons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:616 +msgid "InterfaceToolbar Buttons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:618 +msgid "Both the account tree window and the account register window contain Toolbar buttons. These buttons provide quick access to common functions such as Save and Open in the account tree window and Record and Delete in the account register window. If you are not sure what a button does, move the mouse pointer over that button, and you should see a description of the function appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:627 +msgid "Here is a summary of the account tree window buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:630 +msgid "Account tree window buttons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:632 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:634 +msgid "Save the current file to disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:639 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:439 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:641 +msgid "Close the current notebook page" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:646 +msgid "Open, Edit, New and Delete" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:649 +msgid "These are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:655 +msgid "Register-specific buttons are discussed in ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:660 +msgid "Tab Bar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:662 +msgid "&app; uses a tabbed model that allows you to open multiple account registers and reports simultaneously. Each open window (which can include account registers, reports, or Scheduled Transactions windows) is given a tab on this bar that you can click to view that window. Tabs can be configured in Preferences to appear along any side of the &app; window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:664 +msgid "To see the full name for a tab, hover the mouse pointer over an account window tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:666 +msgid "If more screens are open than can be displayed across the screen, some tabs will not display. You can move through all tabs by clicking the arrows on either end of the tab bar. A complete list of tabs can be viewed by right-clicking the Tab Bar and any tab can be selected by clicking it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:673 +msgid "Menu Items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:674 +msgid "InterfaceMenu Items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:676 +msgid "The account tree window and the account register window both contain menu headings in a Menubar. Clicking on a menu heading brings up the menu items for that heading." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:680 +msgid "You can click on the account tree menu headings and then move the mouse pointer over the menu items to see what they do. As the pointer moves over a menu item, a description of the item appears in the lower left-hand corner of the window (inside the Statusbar). To select a menu item, click on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:686 +msgid "You can also access the most common menu items in a window by right-clicking the mouse anywhere in that window. In the account tree window, this will bring up a list of account items. In the account register window, this will bring up a list of transaction items." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:691 +msgid "Other ways of accessing menu items are through keyboard shortcuts and access keys, described next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:695 +msgid "Menu Shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:696 +msgid "InterfaceMenu Shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:698 +msgid "All of the menu items have access keys which are marked by underlined characters in the menu names. Pressing the Alt key with the underlined character in the menu heading will bring up the menu items for that heading. Once the menu items are displayed, type the underlined character in the menu item to activate it. For example, typing Alt F in the main window brings up the File menu, then typing S will save the file. Access keys are fixed and cannot be changed by users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:708 +msgid "Some of the more commonly used menu items also have shortcut keys that directly activate the command without having to traverse the menu structure. These shortcuts typically use the Ctrl key, although they can use any key combination. Menu shortcuts are displayed at the end of each menu item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:716 +msgid "Getting Help" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:717 +msgid "Getting HelpHelp Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:718 +msgid "Getting HelpWeb Access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:719 +msgid "Getting HelpTopic Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:721 +msgid "Storing your financial data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:722 +msgid "Financial data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:724 +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:21 +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:19 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:994 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:998 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:726 +msgid "&app; offers several formats for storing your financial data. The default file storage format is XML, while SQL storage is available in SQLite, MySQL, and PostgreSQL formats. Users can choose a file format for new files from File Save and for existing files from File Save As... dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:733 +msgid "The XML storage format is a text file that by default is compressed, which is a preference that is set at Edit Preferences General Compress files. SQLite storage is also available, and stores your data in a single file on your system, like the XML format. However, internally, an SQLite file is managed as a database. The MySQL and PostgreSQL storage options require access to a MySQL or PostgreSQL database server and the installation of additional database drivers on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:743 +msgid "Users can change the format at any time by using File Save As.... This will create a copy of the data file in the selected format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:750 +msgid "Storage Comparison and Recommendations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:751 +msgid "Each storage format has benefits and shortcomings that users should consider for their needs and abilities. See the below for further details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:756 +msgid "The XML format is the most stable and established, and for this reason, it is recommended for most users. SQL storage was added for the 2.4 release and has become an increasingly popular choice for users. The SQLite format allows users to realize the benefits of SQL storage without the overhead of installing or managing a full DBMS. MySQL and PostgreSQL require the installation of MySQL and PostgreSQL DBMS, respectively, and are best maintained only by experienced database administrators." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:766 +msgid "Use of a SQL back end for storage implies to many that &app; has fully implemented DBMS features, including multi-user and incremental data manipulation. However, &app; does not currently implement these features, although it is a long term goal of the development team." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:774 +msgid "Storage Comparison Table" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:776 +msgid "Storage Comparison" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:788 +msgid "XML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:789 +msgid "SQLite" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:790 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:820 +msgid "MySQL" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:791 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:821 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:797 +msgid "Availability" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:798 +msgid "Built-in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:800 +msgid "SQLite relies on an additional package and driver (called libdbi and libdbd-sqlite3, respectively), which are installed by default on Mac OS and Windows. Linux users may need to manually install these for SQLite." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:804 +msgid "MySQL and PostgreSQL may require the installation of additional software drivers (libdbd-mysql and libdbd-pgsql)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:799 +msgid "Depends on packaging<_:footnote-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:811 +msgid "File extension" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:812 +msgid "gnucash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: footnote/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:814 +msgid "MySQL and PostgreSQL place data within their own storage system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:813 +msgid "N/A<_:footnote-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:818 +msgid "Additional software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:819 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:826 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:825 +msgid "Additional expertise" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:827 +msgid "Database Administrator" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:831 +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:832 +msgid "gzip" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:833 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:837 +msgid "File Save" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:838 +msgid "On command" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:839 +msgid "On commit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:843 +msgid "Multi-user" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:844 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:845 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:846 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:847 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:855 +msgid "Creating a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:856 +msgid "To create a new &app; file do the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:860 +msgid "From the &app; Menubar, choose File New File. The New Account Hierarchy setup assistant will start." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:864 +msgid "If you are running &app; for the first time, you will be presented with the Welcome to &app;! screen. This screen is described in detail in the &app; manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:871 +msgid "Set your preferences in the assistant and move through the screens with the Forward, Cancel and Previous buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:880 +msgid "Saving data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:881 +msgid "Follow these steps to save the file under your preferred name:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:885 +msgid "Choose File Save As... from the Menubar or select the Save Toolbar button. &app; will bring up the save window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:892 +msgid "Select the Data Format of the file you are saving from the drop down list. The default selection is XML but if you have set up a database back end you can change to that format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:895 +msgid "Depending on the selected Data Format the window can change as described in the following." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:903 +msgid "If you selected XML or sqlite3 you will see a screen like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:906 +msgid "Save screen when XML or sqlite3 is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:911 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:916 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_SaveXML.png' md5='327cc9368a35e3f4083d4016c8a00533'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:924 +msgid "This image shows the Save screen when the selected Data Format is XML or sqlite3." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:908 +msgid " The Save screen <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:931 +msgid "Type your chosen filename in the Name field. It is not necessary to specify an extension when you write the file name. &app; will automatically add the extension .gnucash to the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:935 +msgid "The .gnucash extension was introduced in the 2.3 series of &app;. For already existing files, the extension will never be changed. So if you open an existing file named Myoldfile, that name won’t be changed if the file is saved. You might use the Save As... command and give the file a new name in order to have it saved with the extension .gnucash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:941 +msgid "Select the path where the file will be saved by browsing the tree in the lower panes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:943 +msgid "Click on the Create Folder button to create a new folder with a custom name in the selected path." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:949 +msgid "If you selected mysql or postgres Data Format you will see a screen like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:953 +msgid "Save screen when mysql or postgres is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:958 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:963 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_SaveSQL.png' md5='15ada7db7cd8942a3e0ac7a377d4bb32'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:971 +msgid "This image shows the Save screen when the selected Data Format is mysql or postgres." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:955 +msgid " The Save screen <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:978 +msgid "Enter in this window the Database Connection information: Host, Database, Username and Password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:982 +msgid "Saving to mysql or postgres requires the proper permissions in that database, that is you need to have the permissions to create a new database with the given database name, or you need to have write access to an existing database with the given database name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:991 +msgid "Click the Save As button to save the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:996 +msgid "If you are keeping track of finances for a single household, you need only one file. But if you are also tracking business finances or want to keep data separate for some reason, then you will need more than one file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1006 +msgid "As it is very important to save your data frequently to avoid losing them for whatever reason, &app; is able to automatically save the opened file every a certain amount of time. This interval can be set in the General tab under EditPreferences (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS). Keep in mind that this option is relevant only if you are saving in XML format. If you are working with a database, the Save button and the Save menu entry will be grayed out because changes are stored right away." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1001 +msgid "Before ending each &app; session, be sure to save your data changes using File Save or the Save Toolbar button. <_:note-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1019 +msgid "Opening data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1020 +msgid "Financial dataOpening" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1021 +msgid "To open an existing file or database, select File Open from the menu. In the window that will open, select the Data Format. If you selected File choose the file you want to open by browsing the folders in the lower panes. Else, enter the required Database Connection information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1027 +msgid "&app; keeps a list of the recently opened files. Open the File menu and you will see listed the names of recently opened files. Click on the one you want to load to open it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1033 +msgid "Duplicating an Account Hierarchy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1034 +msgid "In some cases, it might be useful to duplicate the structure of an existing data file in a new file. For example, you might want to try out new accounting techniques without corrupting your actual accounting data, or you might need to follow accounting guidelines that require you to close your books at the end of the year and begin each year with a fresh set of books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1039 +msgid "&app; allows you to create an empty copy of your Chart of Accounts simply by selecting FileExportExport Accounts. When you select this command, you are asked to provide the name for the new empty file, and &app; creates a new data file that contains only your account hierarchy (that is, there is no transaction data). Once saved, the new file can be opened like any other &app; data file as described above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1049 +msgid "Backing Up and Recovering Data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1050 +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1052 +msgid "&app; creates several types of files to help ensure that your data is not lost. If you look in the folder where your saved file resides, you may see other files generated by &app; with the following extensions: .gnucash, .log, .LCK, .LNK in the same directory as your primary data file. What each of these files does is presented below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1059 +msgid "The following sections are relevant only if you are saving your financial data in the XML format" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1062 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +" $ ls\n" +" myfile.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100414223248.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415114340.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415154508.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415173322.gnucash\n" +" myfile.gnucash.20100415194251.log\n" +" myfile.gnucash.7f0982.12093.LNK\n" +" myfile.gnucash.LCK\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1076 +msgid "Backup file (.gnucash)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1077 +msgid "BackupBackup file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1079 +msgid "Each time you save your data file, a backup copy will also be saved with the extension .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash. This backup file is a complete copy of your previous data file, and the filename format refers to the data file, year, month, day and time of the backup. For example, the filename myfile.gnucash.20100414185747.gnucash indicates this is a backup copy of the file myfile saved in the year 2010, April 14, at 6:57:47 p.m." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1087 +msgid "To restore an old backup file, simply open the .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash file with the date to which you wish to return. Be sure to save this file under a different name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1092 +msgid ".YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac instead of the actual extension .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash. So if you upgrade from the 2.2 series to the 2.4 series, you may end up with both .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.xac and .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files in your directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1100 +msgid "Log file (.log)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1101 +msgid "BackupLog file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1103 +msgid "Each time you open and edit a file in &app;, &app; creates a log file of changes you have made to your data file. The log file uses a similar naming format as the backup files: .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.log. Log files are not a full backup of your data file - they simply record changes you have made to the data file in the current &app; session." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1110 +msgid "In case you exit &app; inadvertently, possibly due to a power outage or a system wide crash, it is possible to recover most of your work since the last time you saved your &app; file using this log file. This is the procedure:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1117 +msgid "Open the last saved &app; file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1121 +msgid "Go to FileImport Replay &app; .log file and select the one .log file with the same date as the saved file you just opened. Make sure that you picked the right .log file, or you will possibly wreak havoc in your accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1129 +msgid "Log replaying will recover any transaction affecting the balance entered since the last save, including those created from scheduled transactions and business features (invoices, bills, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1134 +msgid "Changes to the scheduled transactions, invoices or bills themselves are NOT recovered, and their transactions that were recovered may not be properly associated with them, and should thus be double-checked. Especially for business transactions, you may have to delete and re-create some of them. If you do not, although the balance will be correct, some reports may not." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1144 +msgid "Lock files (.LNK and .LCK)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1145 +msgid "BackupLock files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1147 +msgid "You may occasionally see .LNK and .LCK files appear. These do not store any data, but they are created to prevent more than one user from opening the same file at the same time. These files are automatically created when you open the file, to lock it so no one else can access it. When you close your &app; session or open another file, &app; unlocks the first data file by deleting the .LCK and .LNK files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1154 +msgid "If &app; crashes while you have a data file open, the .LCK and .LNK files are not deleted. The next time you try to open &app;, you will get a warning message that the file is locked. The warning message appears because the .LNK and .LCK files are still in your directory. It is safe to choose Yes to open the file, but you should delete the .LNK and .LCK files (using a terminal window or your file manager). Once those files are deleted, you will not get the warning message again unless &app; crashes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1167 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_lock.png' md5='__failed__'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1174 +msgid "LANG-DE Die Abbildung zeigt die Warnung, dass Blockdateien gefunden werden." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1164 +msgid " LANG-DE Warnmeldung, dass Blockdateien gefunden werden <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1183 +msgid "File Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1184 +msgid "BackupFile Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1186 +msgid "So which files should you keep around? Keep your main data file, of course. It’s a good idea to keep some of the more recent .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files, but you can safely delete the .log files since they are not complete copies of your data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1192 +msgid "If you upgraded from a &app; version prior to 2.4, you may also have backup files in the old .xac format. For these files you can apply the same principle described above for .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1197 +msgid "You should also delete any .LCK and .LNK files that you see after closing &app;. If you decide to back up your data file to another disk manually, it’s enough to back up the main data file - not the .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1203 +msgid "By default &app; will automatically delete any .log and .YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.gnucash backup files that are older than 30 days. You can change this behavior in the &app; preferences in the General tab under Edit Preferences (GnuCashPreferences on MacOS)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1214 +msgid "Migrating &app; data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1215 +msgid "Sometimes you may need to move your financial data and &app; settings to another machine. Typical use cases are when you buy a new computer or if you want to use the same settings over two different operating systems in a dual boot configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1220 +msgid "Migrating financial data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1221 +msgid "Migrating &app; financial data is a as simple as copying .gnucash files with a file manager if you know where they are saved. If you can’t remember where a file is stored but you can open it directly within &app;, save it in the desired path from within &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1226 +msgid "All other files in the folder are either backups or log files. It won’t do any harm to copy them too, but it’s not likely to do any good, either." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1231 +msgid "Migrating preferences data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1232 +msgid "Preferences are stored in three different locations: one for &app; preferences, one for reports, and one for online banking settings. Preferences are managed by gsettings, reports are managed by &app; itself, and online banking is managed by aqbanking. If you do not use online banking, then you will not have this folder on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1237 +msgid "Where the &app; preferences are stored varies depending on your operating system (see , , and ). To back up and transfer your entire installation, you must copy these preferences as well." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1243 +msgid "Application Settings Locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1247 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1274 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1301 +msgid "Operating system" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1248 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1275 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1302 +msgid "folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1253 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1280 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1307 +msgid "Unix" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1254 +msgid "&app; preferences are stored in dconf. You can use the commands dconf dump /org/gnucash/ on the old machine and dconf load /org/gnucash/ on the new machine to migrate your preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1259 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1284 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1311 +msgid "Mac OSX" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1260 +msgid "~/Library/Preferences/gnucash.plist" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1263 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1288 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1315 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1264 +msgid "The preferences are stored in the Windows registryHKEY_CURRENT_USER/software/GSettings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1270 +msgid "Saved Reports Locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1281 +msgid "~/.gnucash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1285 +msgid "~/Library/Application Support/gnucash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1289 +msgid "Documents and Settings/Username/.gnucash or Users/Username/.gnucash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1297 +msgid "Online Banking Settings Locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1308 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1312 +msgid "~/.aqbanking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: row/entry +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1316 +msgid "Documents and Settings/Username/.aqbanking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1323 +msgid "On Unix and Mac OSX, these folders will generally not display in the file manager. You must set the file manager to show hidden files and folders to see them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1329 +msgid "On Unix and Mac OSX, the ~ symbol means the home folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1339 +msgid "Putting It All TogetherBasisc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1342 +msgid "This section begins a tutorial that will continue throughout this book. At the end of each chapter, you will see a Putting It All Together section that walks you through examples to illustrate concepts discussed in that section. Each Putting It All Together section builds on the previous one, so be sure to save your file for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1350 +msgid "Let’s get started!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1354 +msgid "First, let’s create a file to store your real data. Open &app; and select FileNew File from the Menubar. This will start the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant that allows you to create several accounts at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1359 +msgid "If you are running &app; for the first time, you will be presented with the Cannot find default values screen which is described in details in the &app; manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1368 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1373 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png' md5='c319463d39c6921e11da996c1b7608db'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1381 +msgid "This image shows the first screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1365 +msgid " The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1387 +msgid "The first screen of the assistant gives you a description of what the assistant does. Click the Forward button to proceed to the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1392 +msgid "In the second screen, select the currency to use for the new accounts from the dropdown list. Then press the Forward button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1395 +msgid "The currency you select here, will be assigned to all the accounts created in this assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1403 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1408 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png' md5='c545c4f3dc6d5936f5660aafbbe8f882'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1416 +msgid "This image shows the second screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you select the currency." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1400 +msgid " The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Currency <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1425 +msgid "In the third screen, set the New Book Options, then press the Forward button. You can also update these options later using File Properties. For details of these options, see the &app; Help manual, chapter Customizing GnuCash, Book Options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1437 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1442 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewBookOpts.png' md5='0220cd28ea1b1ae2ec09115111cb83db'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1450 +msgid "This image shows the third screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you select the book options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1434 +msgid " The New Book Options assistant <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1459 +msgid "In the fourth screen select the Common Accounts group in the Categories pane. Then press the Forward button to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1463 +msgid "If you want, you can select one or more of the predefined account-groups here. For more information on account types, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1471 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1476 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png' md5='2f2cdb5943b073a8017b09acbda96cb1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1485 +msgid "This image shows the fourth screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you choose the various accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1468 +msgid " The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Choose accounts <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1494 +msgid "In the fifth screen you will be able to set an Opening Balance on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if the account should be a Placeholder. As these features will be described in next chapters, leave all as configured by &app; and click Forward to open the last screen of the assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1504 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1509 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png' md5='ca7a98fb605c112284e7641df0a8d5c8'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1517 +msgid "This image shows the fifth screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant where you can set Opening Balance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1501 +msgid " The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Configure <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1526 +msgid "In the last screen of the assistant, click Apply to create all the accounts and leave the assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1533 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1538 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png' md5='1772d8030e58b01f179c1bd30597c577'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1546 +msgid "This image shows the last screen of the New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1530 +msgid " The New Account Hierarchy Setup assistant - Finish <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1554 +msgid "After pressing Apply in the previous window, you will be presented with the save dialog. Select the XML Data Format, Name the file as gcashdata_1, select the folder where to save the file (remember it as the data file will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual), and finally press the Save as button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1560 +msgid "Your main window should now look something like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1566 +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1571 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png' md5='2c1d496466c91c8175ec99c2e89d93fe'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_basics.xml:1563 +msgid " The Main window showing the test file " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:16 +msgid "Configuring &app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:18 +msgid "This chapter will detail preference settings for &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:23 +msgid "Configuring is fun." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:27 +msgid "Main Configuration Screens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:29 +msgid "&app; stores settings in two main locations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:31 +msgid "Preferences: Accounting Period Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:32 +msgid "Stuff about the Accounting Period tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:35 +msgid "Preferences: Accounts Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:36 +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:40 +msgid "Stuff about the Accounts tab. Need this stub for the link in The Basics. More later." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_configuring.xml:39 +msgid "Preferences: Online Banking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:16 +msgid "Importing Data into &app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:17 +msgid "This chapter will detail procedures for importing data into &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:19 +msgid "Importing Transactions from Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:21 +msgid "Imported transactions will generally be to a specific account in your account tree. In the following this will be referred to as the import or base account. It may or may not be specified in the data being imported, depending on the import format. It is usually the first split of a transaction being imported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:27 +msgid "All transactions will also must have a destination account for at least matching splits. This may or may not be supplied in the imported data. If it is not, an account can be assigned on the basis of the previous import history by matching to infomation in the imported data. The user may always over-ride this assignment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:32 +msgid "Multi-split data previously exported from GnuCash may have both the import and destination accounts for transaction splits specified in the data file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:36 +msgid "File Import Formats" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:37 +msgid "Gnucash allows transactions to be imported in the following formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:39 +msgid "QIF (.qif) Quicken Interchange format - import data from Quicken financial software;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:41 +msgid "OFX/QFX (.ofx,.qfx) Open Financial eXchange format (QXF is an Intuit/Quicken proprietary version of OFX);" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:44 +msgid "CSV (.csv) Comma Separated Values;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:46 +msgid "MT940 MT940" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:48 +msgid "MT942 MT942" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:50 +msgid "DTAUS DTAUS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:54 +msgid "These import methods can be accessed from File Import ...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:59 +msgid "Import Matcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:60 +msgid "Several of the Import Assistants use an Import Matcher to implement a Bayesian approach to assign destination accounts, if such accounts are not specified in the imported data, to each imported transaction based on the previous import history of the import account. It also attempts to match the transactions being imported to any existing transactions based on the date and the description fields." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:66 +msgid "Transaction rows which match existing transactions already in the import account are flagged not to be imported. They will have a light green background and the A and U+R checkboxes will be unchecked and the R checkbox will be checked. To override and import the transaction, check the A checkbox. The U and R boxes will be unchecked automatically. The reliability of the match is indicated by a bar display in the Info column. If a destination account for the second split is assigned by the matcher if will be appended to the info column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:72 +msgid "Transaction rows which do not match existing transactions in the import account, for which an assignment of a destination account cannot be made on the basis of the previous import history to the account, will be displayed with an orange-yellow background and the A box will be checked and U+R and R unchecked. A destination account must be specified for these transactions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:77 +msgid "Assign a Destination Account to a Single Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:78 +msgid "The currently selected row is selected by Left-clicking it. It is displayed with a mid dark green background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:79 +msgid "Double click on a row. This will select it and open an Account Selection dialog. Select the desired destination account in the dialog and click OK. The row background will change to a light green and the assigned destination account will be displayed in the Info column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:84 +msgid "or alternatively, Left-click on a row to select it followed by a Right-click to bring up a popup menu then select \"Assign a transfer account\" to display the Account Selection dialog, select the destination account and click the OK button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:91 +msgid "Assign a Destination Account to Multiple Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:92 +msgid "Sometimes you will have several transactions which will have the same destination account. Gnucash allows you to select multiple transactions and apply the same destination account to all transactions in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:96 +msgid "Rows in a selection are displayed with a mid dark green background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:97 +msgid "Multiple rows may be selected to have the same destination account assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:98 +msgid "To select rows either:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:100 +msgid "Left click on first row and then Ctrl-Left click on other rows to add to the selection or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:102 +msgid "Left-click on a first row and then Shift-Left-click on another row to select all rows between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:105 +msgid "then Right-click to display a popup menu and then select \"Assign a transfer account\" to open the Account Selection dialog. Select the desired destination account and click the OK button in the Account Selection dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:111 +msgid "Completing the Import" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:112 +msgid "Once you have assigned destination accounts for all the imported transactions using the above methods (all row backgrounds will be a light green colour), check that the assigned destination acounts are correct and then press the OK button at the bottom of the Generic Import Matcher window. The transactions selected for import will have their splits added to the selected source and destination accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:118 +msgid "The choices made for the destination accounts and description/memo fields are remembered and stored and used for future imports to the same account to automatically assign a destination account for transaction records not containing destination account information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:127 +msgid "Import QIF" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:128 +msgid "To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that use QIF(Quicken® Interchange Format), you must first export your data to a QIF file. One way to do this is to export each account as a separate QIF file. An easier way, available in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to export all accounts at once into a single QIF file. Check your program's manual to determine if this option is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:133 +msgid "To import QIF files:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:135 +msgid "Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to import" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:136 +msgid "To do this, select File -> Import -> Import QIF... from the menu. When the QIF Import dialog box appears, click Next and follow the instructions to guide you through the process of loading your files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:140 +msgid "This image shows the start of the QIF Import assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:141 +msgid "You will be prompted for a filename to load. Use the Select button to select your QIF file and click Next to load it. Once the file is loaded, select Load another file if you have more files to load. When you have loaded all your QIF files, click Next to continue with the import process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:147 +msgid "Review the GnuCash accounts to be created." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:148 +msgid "The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories with GnuCash accounts and gives you a brief description of the matching process. Clicking Next will bring you to a view comparing your QIF accounts with the corresponding GnuCash accounts created. To change an account name, select the row containing that account name and edit the name in the dialog box provided. Click Next when you have finished making changes, and proceed through a similar category matching process. QIF income and expense categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts Make changes to these account names if necessary, and click Next to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:156 +msgid "Note: If you are not sure what changes are needed, it is safe to accept the GnuCash account names. It is easy to edit the accounts later if you find you need to make a change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:160 +msgid "From the drop-down list, select a standard currency to be used for the imported accounts and click Next to continue. If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you will be prompted for additional information. The importer dialog will ask for the exchange or listing (i.e. Nasdaq), the security's full name, and the ticker symbol. If you do not have this information handy, you can edit the account information later, once the import is complete. Click Next to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:168 +msgid "Tell GnuCash to import the data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:169 +msgid "The last step is the import. Once you have verified your account names and investment information, click Finish in the Update your GnuCash accounts page to complete the import process. Depending upon the size of your file, the import might take a few minutes to complete, so a progress bar displays the percentage finished. When the import process is complete, GnuCash will return you to the main window, which should now display the names of the accounts you imported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:552 +msgid "Import OFX/QFX" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:553 +msgid "This opens a file selection dialog. Navigate to the file you wish to import, select a file with the appropriate extension (.ofx or .qfx), then press the Import button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:555 +msgid "Gnucash opens an Account Selection dialog to select an account in your CoA corresponding to data source. Select the appropriate account from the account tree and press the OK button. On subsequent import of files from the same source (identified by tags in the file), the source is remembered and the account selection dialog is not displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:559 +msgid "The generic import transaction matcher dialog is opened next. See the Import Matcher section (common to both OFX/QFX and CSV import formats) following the Import CSV section to continue the import process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:565 +msgid "Import CSV" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:566 +msgid "Clicking on Import CSV in the Import menu will bring up the Import Assistant dialog. The first step brings up a file selection dialog. Navigate to the location where the file you wish to import is located and select the file to import then click the OK button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:570 +msgid "The next window will allow you to set parameters for the importing of the file. All widgets have tooltips which explain what the setting affects and the options for the setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:574 +msgid "Load and Save Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:575 +msgid "If this import is a regular occurrence, once you have set the other import paramters, you can save these settings by typing in a setting name in the Load and Save Settings Entry combo box and pressing the Save button just to the right of the box. Previously defined settings can be retrieved by selecting the appropriate setting name from the dropdown list activated by the down arrow at the right end of the text box. The trash can button to the right of the Save button can be used to remove the settings selected from the drop down list for the box. The settings group \"GnuCash Export Settings\" define a setting group for the export and reimport of GnuCash transaction data - use this if importing data previously exported from GnuCash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:584 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:177 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:397 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:585 +msgid "This combo box allows you to select the base or import account into which the transactions will be imported. It may be left unset if the imported data contains a column listing the accounts associated with each split or the import data specifies the account for first split of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:590 +msgid "File Format" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:591 +msgid "This section allows you to define whether the file has:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:595 +msgid "Fixed width columns Selecting this radio button will allow you to define column boundaries by double clicking at the appropriate positions in the sample records displayed in the panel below. Single clicking in a column will narrow, widen or merge the column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:601 +msgid "Separators Selecting this radio button will allow you to define characters which will be used to distinguish columns in the input file. The default is comma separated however spaces, tabs,colons or semicolons or any combination of them may be used to separate columns in the input file by selecting the appropriate check boxes. You may also define custom separators by typing the required characters into the text box and selecting the Custom checkbox. This may be used in combination with any of the predefined separators." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:610 +msgid "Multi-split Selecting this check box allows the splits for a single transaction to be defined on consecutive lines within the file with each line defining a single split. If not selected each line is assumed to contain the information for a single transaction including one or two splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:618 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:619 +msgid "The miscellaneous settings allow you to set:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:622 +msgid "EncodingThis is usually the UTF-8 variant for your locale;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:623 +msgid "Date Format This does not default to the Locale setting so check it matches the data you are importing;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:624 +msgid "Currency Format;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:625 +msgid "Leading Lines to Skip;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:626 +msgid "Trailing Lines to Skip;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:627 +msgid "Skip alternate lines;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:629 +msgid "to match the settings for the file you are importing. Tooltips may also contain information on the setting and options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:632 +msgid "Import Panel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:633 +msgid "The import panel shows the data being imported as it is interpreted using the settings chosen to define columns and formats. The dropdown lists in the headers for each column of the import allow you to associate a specific column in the imported data with a specific field in the display of a transaction in an account register. At a minimum to import data, columns in the imported data containing the following information must be specified:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:639 +msgid "Date of transaction;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:640 +msgid "Account into which transaction is to be imported (or alternatively set the base account as above);" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:641 +msgid "Description of the transaction;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:642 +msgid "Deposit or Withdrawal column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:644 +msgid "The Skip Errors check box will skip trying to import any rows with errors in matching the columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:646 +msgid "When you are happy with all the import settings, save them if you will use the same settings again, then press the Next button. This will bring up a window which allows you to map the accounts identified in the account column (Account Id) with accounts in the GnuCash account tree (Account name). Double click on a row to bring up a dialog to select the matching GnuCash account. When you have selected a match for all accounts, click on the Next button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:652 +msgid "The Transaction Information panel allows review of data entry settings so far." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:654 +msgid "Clicking on Match Transactions will then bring up the main Import Matcher window described in the next section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:661 +msgid "Import MT940" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:662 +msgid "Use this option to import MT940 data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:666 +msgid "Import MT942" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:667 +msgid "Use this option to import MT942 data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:671 +msgid "Import DTAUS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_importing.xml:672 +msgid "Use this option to import DTAUS data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:22 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:23 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:25 +msgid "&app; is the personal finance software package made for you. It is versatile enough to keep track of all your financial information, from the simple to the very complex. It is one of the few financial software packages that supports global currencies, and it is the only open-source program of its kind. Best of all, &app; is easy to learn and use!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:31 +msgid "So, what can &app; do for you? It can keep track of your personal finances in as much detail as you prefer. If you are just starting out, use &app; to keep track of your checkbook. You may then decide to track cash as well as credit card purchases to better determine where your money is being spent. When you start investing, you can use &app; to help monitor your portfolio. Buying a vehicle or a home? &app; will help you plan the investment and track loan payments. If your financial records span the globe, &app; provides all the multiple-currency support you need." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:45 +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:50 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/oview_intro.png' md5='55c7a89a983110428f48a2e926e6d1c1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:58 +msgid "This image shows a Chart of Accounts with multiple currencies and investments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:42 +msgid " &app; Chart of Accounts - Teaser <_:caption-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:63 +msgid "While &app; is well suited for personal finances, it is also powerful enough for business use. There are many business features, from integrated accounts receivable and payable systems, to tax table construction. You will find these and the many other business features surprisingly powerful and easy to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:71 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:74 +msgid "Easy to Use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:76 +msgid "Within a matter of minutes you will be able to enter your personal finance information and generate color graphs that represent your financial status. If you can use the register in the back of your checkbook - you can use &app;! Type directly into the register, tab between fields, and use quick-fill to automatically complete transactions. The interface is customizable from within the application itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:86 +msgid "Easy to Use Menus: &app; menus conform to the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines. This means that they are simple and similar in appearance to many other GNOME applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:93 +msgid "Documentation: &app; has built-in Help and extensive User’s Guide documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:98 +msgid "Import Methods: &app; supports many ways to input transactions besides manual entry. If you can access your bank accounts on-line, this is especially useful, as most banks and credit card companies support one of the following import methods. You will spend less time entering data and more time analyzing results." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:107 +msgid "Quicken Import File (QIF): Import Quicken QIF style files, a popular file format with many commercial personal finance software packages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:113 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (OFX): &app; is the first free software application to support the Open Financial Exchange protocol. Many financial institutions are moving towards this format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:120 +msgid "Home Banking Computer Interface (HBCI): &app; is the first free software application to support the German Home Banking Computer Interface protocol. This protocol includes statement download, initiates bank transfers, and makes direct debits possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:131 +msgid "Reports: &app; comes with over 30 prebuilt reports, including Account Summary, Income, Expenses, Transaction Report, Balance Sheet, Profit&Loss, Portfolio Valuation, and many others. Reports support graphical views of the data, including pie charts, bar charts, and scatter plots. The reports can be exported to HTML files, and are easily customized." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:141 +msgid "Scheduled Transactions: &app; now has the ability to automatically create and enter transactions, or remind you when these transactions are due, giving you the choice of entering, postponing or removing the automated transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:148 +msgid "Mortgage and Loan Repayment Assistant: Used to set up a variable payment loan scheduled transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:153 +msgid "Easy Account Reconciliation: Integrated reconciliation makes reconciling your &app; accounts with statements simple and effective." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:159 +msgid "Multi-platform Compatibility: &app; is supported on a variety of platforms and operating systems. The list of fully supported operating systems (and platforms) for &app; &vers-stable; is: GNU/Linux (x86, x86_64), FreeBSD (x86, x86_64), OpenBSD (x86, x86_64), MacOS (64-bit Intel), and Microsoft Windows (Windows 7 and later). Previous versions of &app; have been known to work with, SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5 (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel), SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), and Solaris (Sparc) but their current status is unknown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:176 +msgid "Tracks Your Investments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:178 +msgid "&app; includes a number of investment features that allow you to track all your investments. With &app; you can track stocks individually (one per account) or in a portfolio of accounts (a group of accounts that can be displayed together)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:179 +msgid "&app; supports online stock and mutual fund quotes. This means you no longer need to look up stock prices one at a time. The process can be automated, and you can see the latest value of your stocks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:184 +msgid "International Support" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:186 +msgid "&app; is truly an application that works with and understands users from all around the world. There are many built-in features to facilitate interaction with the international world we live in today." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:193 +msgid "Native Languages: &app; has been fully translated into 12 languages: Chinese, Czech, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Slovak, Spanish and Swedish. More than 25 other languages are partially supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:201 +msgid "International Format Handling: &app; understands that different countries display the date and numbers differently. You are able to work with the date and number formats you are accustomed to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:208 +msgid "Multiple Currencies and Currency Trading: Multiple currencies are supported and can be bought and sold (traded). Currency movements between accounts remain fully balanced if \"Trading Accounts\" is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:215 +msgid "On-line exchange rates: With &app;, you no longer need look up your exchange rates one at a time. The process can be automated, to always present you with the account values converted to your preferred currency using the latest exchange rates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:225 +msgid "Business Support" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:227 +msgid "&app; has many features to support the needs of the business accounting community." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:232 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: &app; has an integrated Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable system. You can track Customers, Vendors, Invoicing and Bill Payment, and use different Tax and Billing Terms in a small business." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:239 +msgid "Depreciation: &app; can track depreciation of capital assets." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:244 +msgid "Reports: &app; offers a wide variety of ready-to-use business reports." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:251 +msgid "Accounting Features" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:253 +msgid "For those knowledgeable in accounting, here is a list of &app;’s accounting features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:258 +msgid "Double Entry: Every transaction must debit one account and credit others by an equal amount. This ensures the books balance - that the difference between income and expense exactly equals the sum of all bank, cash, stock and other assets." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:266 +msgid "Split Transactions: A single transaction can be split into several pieces to record taxes, fees, and other compound entries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:272 +msgid "Chart of Accounts: A master account can have a hierarchy of detail accounts underneath it. This allows similar account types such as Cash, Bank, or Stock to be grouped into a master account such as Assets." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:279 +msgid "General Journal: One register window can display multiple accounts at the same time. This eases the trouble of tracking down typing/entry errors. It also provides a convenient way of viewing a portfolio of many stocks, by showing all transactions in that portfolio." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:287 +msgid "Income/Expense Account Types (Categories): These categorize your cash flow and, when used properly with the double-entry feature, will provide an accurate Profit&Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:298 +msgid "About this Book" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:299 +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:301 +msgid "This manual’s goal is to save you time. It will get you started using &app; as quickly as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:304 +msgid "Each chapter follows a simple format. A chapter begins with a Concepts discussion which introduces general themes and terminology, addressed and used within that chapter. How-To sections, which address specific procedures follow. Finally, a Putting It All Together section ends the chapter by giving detailed, concrete examples." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:311 +msgid "Beginning users will find the Concepts sections very helpful. They provide a reference for good ways to track your finances, and serve as a general introduction to financial background and terminology. Experienced users can flip to the How-To sections to quickly scan procedures. These sections provide to-the-point steps for accomplishing specific tasks. The Putting It All Together sections present real-world examples in the form of a tutorial. Beginning with creation of a file in , each successive chapter builds on the previous chapter’s tutorial." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:323 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:327 +msgid "Managing Personal Finances" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:331 +msgid "Managing Business Finances" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:321 +msgid "This manual is organized into 3 main parts: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:339 +msgid " - (this chapter) gives a general overview of &app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:343 +msgid " - gives users a very brief introduction to accounting principles, and then provides information about how &app; structures its data. There is also information on basic interface elements in &app;. Finally, this chapter explains how &app; stores and manages your data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:347 +msgid " - gives further information about accounts and how to organize them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:351 +msgid " - gives basic information about transactions and how to enter them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:335 +msgid "Getting Started provides you with the most basic information needed to begin using &app;. The chapters in this section explain concepts that are fundamental to using &app;. New users of &app; should familiarize themselves with the information in these chapters to get you up and running: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:361 +msgid "- Bankaccounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:365 +msgid "- Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:369 +msgid "- Loans" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:373 +msgid "- Capital Investments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:377 +msgid "- Captial Gains" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:381 +msgid "- Multiple Currencies" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:355 +msgid "Managing Personal Finances addresses common applications and features of &app; in greater detail. You will see more specific cases, based on frequently asked questions about applying &app; to everyday situations. Here are the applications and features covered in this part: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:389 +msgid "- Accounting for Small Businesses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:393 +msgid "LANG_DE - Einrichten der geschäftlichen Buchführung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:397 +msgid "LANG_DE - Forderungen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:401 +msgid "LANG_DE - Verbindlichkeiten" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:405 +msgid "LANG_DE - Mitarbeiterverwaltung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:409 +msgid "- Budgetting" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:417 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:385 +msgid "Managing Business Finances discusses the use of &app; in business accounting: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:430 +msgid "This manual also includes several appendices, which contains extra information you might want to know:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:435 +msgid "- Glossary of terms used in &app;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:439 +msgid "- Guide for former Quicken, MS Money or other QIF users" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:461 +msgid "Last, but not least, a glossary and index help you quickly locate topics." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:466 +msgid "Getting More Help" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:468 +msgid "&app; offers help in many ways, including the Tip of the Day, context help, a website, a wiki, the mailing lists, and IRC chat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:472 +msgid "Context Help" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:473 +msgid "The context help provides detailed instructions for using &app;'s menus, windows, and controls. To open online help, select Help Contents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:477 +msgid "The &app; Help window also acts as a simple web browser, so you can pull up a web site for additional information. You can open any web site under this window by clicking the Open Toolbar button and then typing in the URL. Use the Back, Forward, Reload, Stop, and Print buttons as you would in a standard browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:488 +msgid "&app; Website" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:489 +msgid "The &app; web site contains helpful information about the program and about any updates to it. It also contains links to other online resources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:496 +msgid "&app; Wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:497 +msgid "An immense amount of less-formal documenation, both of &app; itself and its maintenance and development may be found in the &app; Wiki; the Frequently Asked Questions page should be a first stop whenever you encounter difficulty using &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:509 +msgid "&app; On-line Assistance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/bridgehead +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:511 +msgid "Mailing List" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:511 +msgid "The primary source of user support is the user mailing list. If you prefer a web forum-like presentation, you can use it via Nabble. One must subscribe before posting, even if using Nabble." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/bridgehead +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:518 +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:518 +msgid "Several of the developers monitor the #gnucash channel at irc.gnome.org. They're usually doing something else, too, and of course aren't always at their computers. Log in, ask your question, and stay logged in; it may be several hours before your question is noticed and responded to. To see if you missed anything check the IRC logs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:526 +msgid "The &app; website has more details on these channels. You will also find pointers there to additional useful resources such as the &app; wiki and bug tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:532 +msgid "Topic Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:534 +msgid "The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a particular topic, click the Search tab at the bottom of the help window and type in your topic in the field provided. Click the Search button to complete your search. A list of choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will bring up its text on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:545 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:546 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:548 +msgid "Installation of &app; is usually simple." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_oview.xml:550 +msgid "The &app; download page contains detailed instructions on how to install &app; for each operating system supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:20 +msgid "This chapter will give you the basic information you need to understand and use transactions in <_:application-1/>. Whereas accounts are the framework and structure of a chart of accounts, transactions are the data which fills each account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:26 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:28 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:44 +msgid "transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:31 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:31 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:510 +msgid "to" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:32 +msgid "Ledger Entries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:34 +msgid "Splits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:28 +msgid "A <_:emphasis-1/> in a double entry accounting system such as <_:application-2/> is an exchange between at least 2 accounts. Thus, a single transaction must always consist of at least two parts, a <_:emphasis-3/> and a <_:emphasis-4/> account. The <_:emphasis-5/> account is transferring value to the <_:emphasis-6/> account. Accountants call these parts of a transaction <_:emphasis-7/>. In <_:application-8/>, they are called <_:emphasis-9/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:36 +msgid "A split identifies the account to which it refers, the amount of money specifically moved to or from that account, and can contain a few other specific pieces of information if needed. <_:application-1/> supports multiple splits in a single transaction, and the splits can move money into or out of the involved accounts arbitrarily." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:43 +msgid "For example, you receive a paycheck and deposit it into your savings account at the bank. The <_:emphasis-1/> that occurs is that your bank savings account (an asset) received money from your income account. Two accounts are affected, and in this case there is a net increase in your equity." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:50 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:60 +msgid "account register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:49 +msgid "Working with transactions in <_:application-1/> is performed using what is known as the <_:emphasis-2/>. Every account you create has an account register. It will appear familiar to you as it looks very similar to the log used to track checkbooks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:54 +msgid "The account register is explained in the upcoming section, <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:59 +msgid "The Account Register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:60 +msgid "The <_:emphasis-1/> is the window that allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new transactions for a particular account. To open an account register from the Account Tree, double-click the account name, right click the account name and select Open Account from the menu, or use the Open button on the toolbar. <_:application-2/> will display the account register window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:67 +msgid "Features of the Account Register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:69 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:70 +msgid "Titlebar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:70 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:951 +msgid "Menubar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:71 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:349 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:414 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:753 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:762 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:977 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1389 +msgid "Toolbar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:69 +msgid "The <_:emphasis-1/> of the account register displays the account name. Below the <_:emphasis-2/>, the <_:emphasis-3/> displays the menu items available within the account register, and the <_:emphasis-4/> contains handy buttons that help you work with the account register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:74 +msgid "At the bottom left of the register window, <_:application-1/> displays helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can see the current account balance and the total of cleared splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:79 +msgid "Choosing a Register Style" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:81 +msgid "Basic Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:80 +msgid "<_:application-1/> offers several options for viewing your registers. The default style is <_:guilabel-2/> mode, which displays only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the style that most closely resembles other popular personal financial packages. You can choose a different register style from the <_:menuchoice-3/> menu. There are two other view modes:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 +msgid "Auto-Split Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:88 +msgid "<_:menuchoice-1/> style expands the current transaction automatically. As you highlight a new transaction in the register, the transaction automatically expands to show all splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +msgid "Transaction Journal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:94 +msgid "<_:menuchoice-1/> style shows all splits for all transactions in the register, which is more like an accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:102 +msgid "Double Line" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:100 +msgid "All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or double-line format. Select <_:menuchoice-1/>, and you will see your transaction line expand to two register lines. Double-line mode will also display the transaction-level Notes field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:105 +msgid "Below are screenshots that demonstrate how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal views differ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:106 +msgid "For this example, let’s assume that you have purchased 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000, and have recorded the purchase as a split transaction with each pair entered on a separate split." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:109 +msgid "The below screenshots illustrate the different view modes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:111 +msgid "First let’s view the Jeans transaction from your checking account:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:121 +msgid "3 Jeans purchases" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:124 +msgid "This image shows one split transaction with 3 Jeans purchases" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: phrase/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:130 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:140 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:143 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:161 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:163 +msgid "Expenses:Clothes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:130 +msgid "Now, let’s open the <_:emphasis-1/> account, and look at it in Basic view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:140 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:161 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:428 +msgid "A jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:143 +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> account in Basic Ledger mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:147 +msgid "Three entries appear here, but there was only the single split entry in the checking account. Further examination shows that each row has a different amount, $200, $300, and $500. This demonstrates that each row in this view reflects a single split from the original transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:152 +msgid "Changing to Transaction Journal mode will display only the original split transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:163 +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> account in Transaction Journal mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:170 +msgid "Using Entry Shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:176 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:254 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:358 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:454 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:484 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:852 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1363 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1372 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1383 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1417 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1425 +msgid "Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:181 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:184 +msgid ":" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:182 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:261 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:470 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:478 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:483 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:499 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:516 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:526 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1282 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1309 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1327 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1364 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1368 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1384 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1417 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1424 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1432 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1437 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1438 +msgid "Assets:Checking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/userinput +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:183 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:259 +msgid "A:C" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:172 +msgid "<_:application-1/> provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you have used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of the transaction as you last entered it. When you type in the first characters of an account name in either the <_:guilabel-2/> field of the transaction line or the <_:guilabel-3/> field of the split line, QuickFill will automatically complete the name from your account list. It also helps you with entering sub-accounts in these fields: simply type the first characters of the parent account name followed by a <_:keycap-4/> (colon) and the first characters of the sub-account name. For example, to enter <_:emphasis-5/>, you might type <_:userinput-6/> and let <_:application-7/> fill in the rest." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:184 +msgid "Because <_:keycap-1/> is the account separator symbol, you can not use it in your account names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:762 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:763 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:187 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +msgid "Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:188 +msgid "Character" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:186 +msgid "If you really need the colon in your account names, you can select another symbol by <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:189 +msgid "Register keyboard shortcuts also save you time, and <_:application-1/> provides several of them. In the date field, you can type:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:246 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:266 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 +msgid "=" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:195 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:247 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:195 +msgid "_" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:194 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to increment the date and <_:keycap-3/> or <_:keycap-4/> to decrement the date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +msgid "]" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:201 +msgid "[" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:201 +msgid "{" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:200 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to increment the month and <_:keycap-3/> or <_:keycap-4/> to decrement the month" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +msgid "M" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +msgid "m" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:206 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the first date of the month" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +msgid "H" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +msgid "h" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:211 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the last date of the month" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 +msgid "Y" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:571 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:577 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:593 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:802 +msgid "y" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:216 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the first date of the year" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:398 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:570 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:585 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:589 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:593 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:596 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:747 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:767 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:801 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:806 +msgid "R" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 +msgid "r" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:221 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter the last date of the year" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +msgid "T" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +msgid "t" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:226 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to enter today’s date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:231 +msgid "These date shortcuts not only work in the account register but everywhere you can enter a date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:241 +msgid "Date/Time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:242 +msgid "Date Completion" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:234 +msgid "Specifically for dates there's another way you can save time: you can enter partial dates. For example if you only enter one number, <_:application-1/> will interpret it as the day in the current month of the current year. If you only enter a day and month, <_:application-2/> will automatically append the year. The default this to take such a date in a sliding window starting 11 months before the current month. This means that if you enter 1/5 (January 5th) as date while the current date is in December 2015, the date will be completed as 1/5/16. This default can be changed via <_:menuchoice-3/>. You can change it to either always evaluate a date in the current calendar year or change the start of the sliding window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:245 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:353 +msgid "Num" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:248 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:250 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:393 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:252 +msgid "Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:245 +msgid "In the <_:guilabel-1/> field of the transaction line, you can type <_:keycap-2/> to increment the transaction number from the last one you typed in. Typing <_:keycap-3/> will decrement the number. This will also work in the <_:guilabel-4/> field of the split line, if you choose to enter split numbers there. The <_:guilabel-5/> field also supports QuickFill - if you type the first characters of a common action (such as <_:guilabel-6/>), <_:application-7/> will fill in the rest." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 +msgid "Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:282 +msgid "Ctrl" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:262 +msgid "Down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:254 +msgid "The <_:guilabel-1/> field supports QuickFill of account names. You can start typing an account name and <_:application-2/> will fill in the remaining part of the name. Typing the separator character at any time will complete the current level of the account name, leaving the cursor positioned to start the next level of account name. For example, typing <_:keycap-3/> the standard set of account names will complete to the <_:emphasis-4/> account. You can also type the <_:keycap-5/> or <_:keycombo-6/> keys in this field to pop up a list of all account names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:267 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:270 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:289 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:292 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:328 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:329 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:772 +msgid "Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:265 +msgid "In any of the amount fields, you can use a built-in calculator. Simply type in the first value, followed by <_:keycap-1/>, <_:keycap-2/>, <_:keycap-3/>, or <_:keycap-4/>, then type in the second value. <_:application-5/> will perform the calculation and return the resulting value to the amount field when you press the <_:keycap-6/> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:273 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:276 +msgid "Alt" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:278 +msgid "A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:280 +msgid "P" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:272 +msgid "All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked by underlined characters in the menu names. Press <_:keycap-1/> + [underlined character] to bring up the menu, then select an item by typing its underlined character. For example, typing <_:keycombo-2/> brings up the Actions menu, then typing <_:keycap-3/> will split the transaction. A few of the menu items also have shortcut keys that immediately invoke the command (typically using the <_:keycap-4/> key). These shortcuts are listed next to the item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:285 +msgid "To move around the register, use these keys to save time:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:290 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:314 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:318 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:329 +msgid "Shift" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:289 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> to move to the next field, <_:keycombo-2/> to move to the previous field" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:297 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:298 +msgid "End" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:297 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> to move to the beginning of the field, <_:keycap-2/> to move to the end of the field" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:456 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:522 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:536 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:537 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:757 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1151 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1304 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1305 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1321 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1322 +msgid "Enter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +msgid "↓" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:303 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +msgid "↑" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:302 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> or <_:keycap-2/> to move to the next transaction, <_:keycap-3/> to move to the previous transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:316 +msgid "Page Up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#. (itstool) path: keycombo/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:320 +msgid "Page Down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:308 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> to move up one screen, <_:keycap-2/> to move down one screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:313 +msgid "<_:keycombo-1/> to go to the first transaction, <_:keycombo-2/> to go to the last transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:325 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:621 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:750 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:756 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:759 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:766 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:799 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:800 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:325 +msgid "In the <_:guilabel-1/> window you can use these keyboard shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:328 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> moves to the next box and <_:keycombo-2/> moves to the previous box" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:332 +msgid "Space bar toggles the status between reconciled and not reconciled" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:337 +msgid "<_:keycap-1/> and <_:keycap-2/> navigate through the entries within the current box" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:344 +msgid "Simple vs. Split Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +msgid "simple transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +msgid "split transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:346 +msgid "Every transaction in <_:application-1/> has at least two splits, but a transaction can have more than two splits. A transaction with only two splits is called a <_:emphasis-2/>, since it only involves the current account and a single remote account. A transaction with three or more accounts is called a <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +msgid "transferred" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +msgid "-- Split Transaction --" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:348 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:540 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1433 +msgid "Split" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:347 +msgid "When the register is in Basic view, you will see a summary of the splits affecting the current account. For a simple transaction, the <_:guilabel-1/> column will display the other account from which money is <_:emphasis-2/>. For a split transaction, the <_:guilabel-3/> column will display <_:guilabel-4/>. You can see the individual splits of each transaction by clicking the <_:guibutton-5/> button in the <_:emphasis-6/> while selecting the appropriate transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:352 +msgid "transaction line" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:353 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:354 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:355 +msgid "Tot Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:356 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +msgid "Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:351 +msgid "For split transactions, the first line of the transaction is the <_:emphasis-1/>. It contains a <_:guilabel-2/>, optional <_:guilabel-3/> (such as a check number), transaction <_:guilabel-4/>, total amount affecting the current account (<_:guilabel-5/> here), and updated account <_:guilabel-6/> after the current transaction. Note that in the expanded view, the <_:guilabel-7/> column heading disappears, and there is no account name listed in that field. This line shows you only a summary of the transaction’s effect on the current account. For more detailed information, you need to look at the individual splits that make up the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:364 +msgid "Note: An account register displays a transaction when that transaction has a split assigned to the account. If a given transaction has more than one split assigned to the account, then in Basic and Auto-Split views, that transaction will appear in the register one time for each split assigned to that account. In Transaction Journal view, such a transaction will only appear once in the register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:373 +msgid "split lines" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:372 +msgid "The partial lines below the transaction line are the <_:emphasis-1/>, and they are separated by gray lines. As you highlight one of the split lines, the column headings change to show the split-related fields:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:385 +msgid "How split headings change" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:388 +msgid "This image shows how split headings change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:395 +msgid "Memo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:393 +msgid "Each split contains an optional <_:guilabel-1/>, or type of split, which you can either type in or choose from a pull-down list. The split also contains an optional <_:guilabel-2/> which describes the split. Each split affects an <_:guilabel-3/>, which can be selected from a pull-down list of your accounts. The <_:guilabel-4/> field indicates whether the split has been reconciled. The last two columns show the amount of the split and whether money is coming into or going out of the account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:409 +msgid "summary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:414 +msgid "Jump" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:403 +msgid "As we discussed in <_:xref-1/>, total debits (left-column entries) must equal total credits (right-column entries) for each transaction. In the example shown above, the total debits equal the total credits, so this transaction is balanced. If you notice, the transaction line contains the same debit amount as the <_:guilabel-2/> split line. Why is this shown twice? Because the transaction line is merely a <_:emphasis-3/> of the transaction’s effect on the current account. The same transaction in a different account will have a different transaction line, one that shows the effect on that particular account. You can see this by highlighting another split line and clicking the <_:guibutton-4/> button on the <_:emphasis-5/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: phrase/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:417 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:418 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:428 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:432 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:437 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:439 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:441 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:517 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:533 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1443 +msgid "Income:Salary" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:416 +msgid "In this example, if you jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account, <_:application-2/> brings up the same transaction in the <_:emphasis-3/> - Register:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:431 +msgid "This image shows a jump to the <_:emphasis-1/> account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:438 +msgid "Checking Account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:436 +msgid "Note that the transaction line total now summarizes the effect on the <_:emphasis-1/> account instead of the <_:emphasis-2/>, because you are looking at the <_:emphasis-3/> account register. The splits are exactly the same, but the transaction line now reflects the credit to the <_:emphasis-4/> account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:444 +msgid "Simple Transaction Example" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:446 +msgid "Starting with the chart of accounts we created in the previous chapter <_:filename-1/>, double click on the <_:guilabel-2/> asset account. Let’s add a simple transaction to the checking account. When you first create your accounts in <_:application-3/>, it is common to start them off with an initial balance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:455 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:478 +msgid "Equity:Opening Balances" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:453 +msgid "In the first transaction row, enter a date (eg: March, 1, 2006), a description (eg: <_:quote-1/>), click on the <_:guilabel-2/> pop-up menu and select <_:emphasis-3/>, add a deposit value of $1000, and press the <_:keycap-4/> key. The account register should now appear similar to this figure:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:467 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:496 +msgid "The Checking Account - Register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:470 +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> - Register after inserting a starting value transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:476 +msgid "Setting the starting balances of an account is an example of a simple two account transaction. In this case, affecting the <_:emphasis-1/> and the <_:emphasis-2/> accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:485 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1426 +msgid "Expenses:Groceries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:481 +msgid "As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add another transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of groceries. From within the <_:emphasis-1/> account, you would set <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:emphasis-3/>. The account register should now appear:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:499 +msgid "This image shows <_:emphasis-1/> - Register after adding a transaction for groceries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:507 +msgid "Split Transaction Example" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:509 +msgid "The need for 3 or more splits in a transaction occurs when you need to split either the <_:quote-1/> or the <_:quote-2/> account in a transaction into multiple accounts. The classic example of this is when you receive a paycheck. Your take home pay from a paycheck will typically be less than your net pay, with the difference being due to taxes, retirement account payments, and/or other items. Thus, the single transaction of you receiving a paycheck involves other accounts besides simply <_:emphasis-3/> and <_:emphasis-4/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:518 +msgid "To add the paycheck split transaction from the<_:emphasis-1/> account register window, click on a new transaction line and click <_:guilabel-2/>. Note that if you have set your register view to Auto-Split or Transaction Journal, the splits will be opened for you. Enter the description of this transaction on the first line(e.g. “Employers R Us”). In the split lines below this, enter the various splits that make up this transaction, one by one. To enter the splits, first choose the account, then enter the amount by which to change the account. Keep in mind that when in an asset account register, amounts entered in the left column increase the account balance, while amounts entered in the right column decrease the balance (for more about this, see <_:xref-3/>). Tab or click the next split line and repeat the process. Note that if you are using the keyboard to navigate the transaction, use<_:keycap-4/> to move from field to field, as using <_:keycap-5/> will commit the transaction and create splits to an Imbalance account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:520 +msgid "When creating a transaction in <_:application-1/>, splits can be entered in any order. However, when the transaction is closed (either when leaving the transaction, or when pressing the <_:keycap-2/> key), all debit splits will jump ahead of all credit splits." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:529 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1439 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Federal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:530 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1440 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Medicare" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:531 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1441 +msgid "Expenses:Taxes:Social Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:525 +msgid "In this example, choose the deposit account (<_:emphasis-1/>) and then enter the amount that is being deposited into it (e.g. $670). Follow this by entering the amounts for the various taxes: <_:emphasis-2/> account, $180; <_:emphasis-3/> account, $90; and <_:emphasis-4/> account, $60. Finally, enter the gross total of your paycheck ($1,000 in this example) as a withdrawal transfer from <_:emphasis-5/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:538 +msgid "folded" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:535 +msgid "The final split should look like <_:xref-1/>. Remember to press <_:keycap-2/> after finishing the entry. But you should also know that when you press <_:keycap-3/>, the split view will be <_:quote-4/> back into a simplified transaction view. The splits are still there; you just have to click <_:guilabel-5/> to view them. See <_:xref-6/> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:544 +msgid "Entering a split transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:551 +msgid "Account Register - Split Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:559 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:563 +msgid "reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:561 +msgid "Once transactions have been entered into <_:application-1/>, it is important to verify that they agree with the records of your financial institution. This verification process is known as <_:emphasis-2/>, and it is key to determine whether your records are accurate. Most commonly, you will check transactions against bank statements, although you can use this process to verify any transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:572 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:586 +msgid "n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:572 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:576 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:589 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:806 +msgid "c" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:568 +msgid "<_:application-1/> keeps track of the reconciliation status of each transaction. The reconciliation status of a transaction is shown by the reconciliation <_:guilabel-2/> field in a register: <_:emphasis-3/> indicates that a transaction has been reconciled, <_:emphasis-4/> indicates that it has not, and <_:emphasis-5/> indicates that it has been cleared, but not reconciled. A split marked cleared signifies that you got some kind of confirmation that the institution accepted the order (e.g. you have the restaurant's receipt for your credit card purchase). You can toggle the reconciliation status between <_:emphasis-6/> and <_:emphasis-7/> by clicking in the <_:guilabel-8/> field; you can set it to <_:emphasis-9/> by using <_:xref-10/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:580 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:587 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:590 +msgid "cleared" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:580 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:588 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:597 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:607 +msgid "reconciled" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:581 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:587 +msgid "total" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:579 +msgid "At the bottom of the account window, there are (among others) two running balances (the <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/> balance), and the <_:guilabel-3/> balance. The former balances should correspond to how much money the bank thinks you have in your account, while the latter includes outstanding transactions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:584 +msgid "For example, when you write a check for something, you should enter the transaction into <_:application-1/>. The reconciliation <_:guilabel-2/> field of the transaction will initially contain <_:guilabel-3/> (new). Your new entry will contribute to the <_:guilabel-4/> balance, but not to the <_:guilabel-5/> and <_:guilabel-6/> balance. Later, if you got some confirmation that the check has been cashed, you might click on the transaction’s <_:guilabel-7/> field to change it to <_:emphasis-8/> (cleared). When you do this, the <_:guilabel-9/> balance will change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can then compare it to what you’ve recorded in <_:application-10/> by opening the reconciliation window. There, you will be able to change the <_:guilabel-11/> field to <_:emphasis-12/> (reconciled)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: link/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:599 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:654 +msgid "Starting Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:596 +msgid "You cannot reconcile directly in a register window by clicking in the <_:emphasis-1/> field. You must use the reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked <_:emphasis-2/>, it can no longer be easily changed without breaking the <_:link-3/> of the next reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:605 +msgid "all transactions prior to that date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:603 +msgid "It is important to understand that reconciliation is done for a given date, and when you reconcile an account based on a statement from a given date, you are reconciling <_:emphasis-1/>. Therefore, if you add or modify transactions that predate your last reconciliation, your <_:emphasis-2/> balances will be thrown off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:611 +msgid "Reconcile windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:613 +msgid "The reconciliation windows are used to reconcile a <_:application-1/> account with a statement that a bank or other institution has sent you. Reconciliation is useful not only to double-check your records against those of your bank, but also to get a better idea of outstanding transactions, e.g. uncashed checks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:619 +msgid "To use the reconciliation windows, select an account from the account tree and click on <_:menuchoice-1/>. A window like the one below will appear in which you can enter the reconcile information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:636 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:736 +msgid "Reconcile Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:639 +msgid "The initial reconcile window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:643 +msgid "Reconcile Information" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:643 +msgid "In the initial reconcile window, some <_:guilabel-1/> need to be entered." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:645 +msgid "Statement Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:647 +msgid "The date of the statement you will be reconciling against." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:649 +msgid "Click on the down arrow in the right of this field to open a calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:656 +msgid "This is a non-editable item which displays the balance from the previous reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your statement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:659 +msgid "Sometimes, the opening balance in <_:application-1/> does not match that found on your statement. This can happen the first time you reconcile your account or when a previously-reconciled transaction is de-reconciled or deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:663 +msgid "starting balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:664 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:790 +msgid "0.00" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:664 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:665 +msgid "opening balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:663 +msgid "The first time you reconcile your account, the <_:guilabel-1/> will be <_:guilabel-2/>, thus probably not the <_:emphasis-3/> of your account. When you reconcile the account, the <_:emphasis-4/> for the account will be included in the reconciliation, and the result should balance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:669 +msgid "In the case when a previously-reconciled transaction is accidentally de-reconciled, you can simply re-reconcile the transaction along with the transactions on the current statement, and the result should balance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:673 +msgid "The case of accidentally deleting a previously-reconciled transaction presents more of a challenge; if you cannot determine what was deleted and restore it to the register, you will have to create a dummy transaction to get the reconciliation to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caution/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:678 +msgid "While the latter case does not matter for your private accounting, you should have a really good explanation for your auditors, if you are the accountant of a club or a company." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:684 +msgid "Ending Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:686 +msgid "This field should be filled with the ending balance as it appears in the statement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:689 +msgid "Present" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:688 +msgid "<_:application-1/> automatically fills this field with the <_:guilabel-2/> balance as shown in the lower part of the account’s register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:695 +msgid "Include Sub-accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:697 +msgid "Check this option if you want to include in the reconciliation the transactions that belongs to the sub-accounts of the currently selected account. Note that all sub-accounts must be in the same commodity as the parent for the option to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:702 +msgid "Enter Interest Payment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:704 +msgid "Clicking this button opens a new window that allow you to enter an interest transaction to the account to be reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:707 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:715 +msgid "Interest Payment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:708 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Mutual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:709 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:710 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:711 +msgid "Register" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:712 +msgid "&app; Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:712 +msgid "Automatic interest transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:714 +msgid "No Auto Interest Payments for this Account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:707 +msgid "The <_:guilabel-1/> window might be opened automatically when you start a reconciliation for an account of the type <_:emphasis-2/>, <_:emphasis-3/>, <_:emphasis-4/>, <_:emphasis-5/>, <_:emphasis-6/>, <_:emphasis-7/>, and <_:emphasis-8/>. If you want to disable this behavior for any of the previous accounts, go to the <_:guilabel-9/> tab of the <_:guilabel-10/> and uncheck the <_:guilabel-11/> option. Alternatively, to disable this behavior only for the selected account, press the <_:guibutton-12/> button in the <_:guilabel-13/> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:721 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1221 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1231 +msgid "Ok" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:721 +msgid "Then, click on the <_:guibutton-1/> button, and you will see the transactions listing reconcile window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:739 +msgid "The transactions listing in the reconcile window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:744 +msgid "Funds In" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:745 +msgid "Funds Out" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:744 +msgid "The two panes called <_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/>, lists all the unreconciled transactions that belongs to the account that is going to be reconciled. The <_:guilabel-3/> columns show whether the transactions have been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:749 +msgid "Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the matching item in the <_:guilabel-1/> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:753 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:754 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:976 +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:754 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:763 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1491 +msgid "Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:752 +msgid "If you cannot find a transaction, then perhaps you forgot to enter it, or did not know that the transaction had happened. You can use the <_:guibutton-1/> button on the <_:emphasis-2/>, or the <_:menuchoice-3/> menu item in the menu, to open a register window and enter the missing transaction. The new item will appear in the <_:guilabel-4/> window when you press the <_:guibutton-5/> button in the register after entering the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:759 +msgid "When you find the item in the <_:guilabel-1/> window, compare the amount in the item to the amount on the statement. If they disagree, you may have made an error when you entered the transaction in <_:application-2/>. You can use the <_:guibutton-3/> button on the <_:emphasis-4/>, or the <_:menuchoice-5/> item, to open a register window and correct the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:766 +msgid "If the amounts agree, click on the item in the <_:guilabel-1/> window. A check mark wil appear in the <_:guilabel-2/> column aside the selected transaction. <_:application-3/> will automatically update the amounts in the lower right summary pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +msgid "up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +msgid "down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:772 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:783 +msgid "space" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:771 +msgid "You can use the <_:keycap-1/>/<_:keycap-2/> arrow keys to scroll to the item, the <_:keycap-3/> key to mark the item as reconciled and the <_:keycap-4/> key to switch panes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:776 +msgid "You then repeat this for each item that appears on the bank statement, verifying that the amounts match with the amounts in <_:application-1/>, and marking off transactions in <_:application-2/> as they are reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/keycap +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:783 +msgid "Ctrl-A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:781 +msgid "You can check or uncheck the reconcile status of all transactions in either pane by clicking on a transaction in the required pane then clicking <_:keycap-1/> followed by <_:keycap-2/>. This will toggle the reconcile status of all transactions in the pane to either checked or unchecked state. This procedure can be repeated to achieve the desired status for the transactions in the pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 +msgid "Difference" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:789 +msgid "At the bottom of the <_:guilabel-1/> window there is a <_:guilabel-2/> field, which should show <_:guilabel-3/> when you are done reconciling. If it shows some other value, then either you have missed transactions, or some amounts may be incorrect in <_:application-4/>. (Or, less likely, the bank may have made an error.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:795 +msgid "Under some circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to determine why an account will not reconcile. If you are unable to correct the discrepancy between your books and a statement, <_:application-1/> includes a <_:guibutton-2/> button on the <_:emphasis-3/> that will automatically create a balancing entry for you in the amount that cannot be reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 +msgid "Special Accounts:Orphan-XXX" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:796 +msgid "To use this, carry out the full reconciliation (marking all transactions that you can identify) and then click this button. <_:application-1/> will create a balancing entry for the remaining discrepancy that uses the <_:emphasis-2/> account (where \"XXX\" represents your currency). The Reconcile window will close; re-opening it will allow you to check the newly-created balancing entry and finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:799 +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:798 +msgid "When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement and the difference is 0.00, press the <_:guibutton-1/> button on the <_:emphasis-2/> or select <_:menuchoice-3/> from the menu. The <_:guilabel-4/> window will close. In the register window, the <_:guilabel-5/> field of the reconciled transactions will change to <_:emphasis-6/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:805 +msgid "Postpone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:809 +msgid "Statusbar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:811 +msgid "Cleared:USD 954.79 Reconciled:USD 0.00" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:804 +msgid "In this case, we have not received all the information yet, so we simply press the <_:guibutton-1/> button, so we can continue at a later stage. Observe that the <_:guilabel-2/> column indicates we cleared (<_:emphasis-3/>) two transactions. They have not been reconciled yet, but we have verified these two transactions so they have been marked as cleared. If you look at the <_:emphasis-4/> at the bottom of the account register, you will see a summary of what has been reconciled and what has been cleared (<_:guilabel-5/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:821 +msgid "Checking account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:824 +msgid "The Checking account after postponing the reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:832 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:950 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:952 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:968 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:971 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +msgid "Scheduled Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:834 +msgid "Scheduled transactions are made to help entering repetitive money operations, like subscriptions, insurances or taxes. By using scheduled transactions, you only have to enter the concerned transaction once, set a few parameters like start date, frequency and a little description, and then <_:application-1/> will tell you whenever a scheduled transaction is ready to be created, and create it for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:841 +msgid "In this howto, we’ll take a monthly Internet subscription of 20 USD as example, which is taken on the 28th of each month." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:845 +msgid "from the ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:846 +msgid "Scheduled Transactions Editor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:844 +msgid "In <_:application-1/>, there are two ways of creating scheduled transactions, <_:link-2/> or from the <_:link-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:849 +msgid "Creating from the Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:853 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +msgid "Expenses:Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:851 +msgid "Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the ledger. In the <_:guilabel-1/> field for this transaction, type <_:emphasis-2/> as shown in the next screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:863 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:867 +msgid "Step one creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:873 +msgid "Since we did not create the <_:emphasis-1/> account, <_:application-2/> will prompt us to create it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:878 +msgid "Schedule..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:877 +msgid "Then you right click on your transaction and select <_:guilabel-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:888 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:892 +msgid "Step two creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:897 +msgid "A window like this will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:907 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:911 +msgid "Step three creating scheduled transaction from the ledger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:916 +msgid "Let’s fill the values, we know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, and the next one is for next month (since we entered the one for this month manually) :" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:928 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:931 +msgid "Filling in data to a scheduled transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:936 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1408 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:936 +msgid "Click the <_:guibutton-1/> button, and the transaction will be scheduled. <_:application-2/> now has memorized this scheduled transaction and on the 28th of next month, it will pop up a window asking if it should create it (see far below for a screenshot of this window)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:943 +msgid "Creating from the Editor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:946 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:951 +msgid "Scheduled Transaction Editor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:945 +msgid "Another way of entering a scheduled transaction is from the <_:guilabel-1/>, it may be faster if we have several scheduled transactions to create at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:949 +msgid "From the main accounts windows, select <_:menuchoice-1/> from the <_:emphasis-2/>. A new <_:guilabel-3/> tab will be opened in the current <_:application-4/> window as shown above:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:968 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:971 +msgid "Empty <_:guilabel-1/> tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:975 +msgid "This tab contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled transactions. Let’s create a new one by clicking on the <_:guibutton-1/> button in the <_:emphasis-2/>. A window like the one below will pop up:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guimenuitem +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:993 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:997 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1006 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1065 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1069 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1142 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1146 +msgid "Edit Scheduled Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:992 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:997 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1064 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1069 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1142 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1146 +msgid "<_:guimenuitem-1/> window, <_:guilabel-2/> tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1002 +msgid "First, let’s enter a name for this new scheduled transaction in the top of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1005 +msgid "This name will only identify the transaction in the <_:guilabel-1/> window, it will never appear in the ledger." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1010 +msgid "In the <_:guilabel-1/> pane of the <_:guilabel-2/> tab you have four options:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1014 +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1016 +msgid "Sets the status of the scheduled transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1020 +msgid "Create automatically" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1024 +msgid "Notify me when created" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1022 +msgid "If enabled, will insert this transaction in the ledger without asking you before (see below). If needed, you can be advised when the transaction is entered by checking the <_:guilabel-1/> option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1029 +msgid "Create in advance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1031 +msgid "Sets how many days in advance the transaction will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1035 +msgid "Remind in advance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1037 +msgid "Sets how many days in advance a reminder is presented. This can be used, for example, when you have to pay something by check, and a reminder one week before allows you to send your check before the deadline." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 +msgid "Occurences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1044 +msgid "The <_:guilabel-1/> pane allows you to tell <_:application-2/> that this scheduled transaction won’t last for ever. For example if you are repaying a loan, you can enter the loan end date or the number of occurences left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1066 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1070 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1075 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1083 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1099 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1115 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1048 +msgid "Select now the <_:guilabel-1/> tab in the <_:guilabel-2/> window. Here you can set the time-related options of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1077 +msgid "once" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "daily" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1078 +msgid "semi-monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1079 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1080 +msgid "monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1077 +msgid "Sets the basic frequency of the transaction, with options for <_:guilabel-1/>, <_:guilabel-2/>, <_:guilabel-3/>, <_:guilabel-4/> and <_:guilabel-5/>. In this example, this is set to <_:guilabel-6/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1082 +msgid "other" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1084 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1096 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 +msgid "Every" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1082 +msgid "It is possible to set a transaction to occur at intervals <_:emphasis-1/> than those listed in the <_:guilabel-2/> list, by changing the setting in the <_:guilabel-3/> control (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1089 +msgid "Start Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1091 +msgid "Sets when the transaction will begin. In the example, this would be set to the start of the next month." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1100 +msgid "Weeks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1101 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1098 +msgid "This option allows you to schedule transactions by multiplies of the value in <_:guilabel-1/>. For example, to create a transaction that runs every 3 weeks, set <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:guilabel-3/> and <_:guilabel-4/> to <_:guilabel-5/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +msgid "On the" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: term/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +msgid "Except on weekends" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1105 +msgid "<_:guilabel-1/> and <_:guilabel-2/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1107 +msgid "Sets the day of the month that the transaction is scheduled, and controls what <_:application-1/> will do when the day occurs on a weekend day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1114 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1116 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1407 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1114 +msgid "We know that the subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the <_:guilabel-1/> will be November 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), the <_:guilabel-2/> will be <_:guilabel-3/>, it will be taken every month on the 28th. Since in our example the internet subscription is automatically taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor give an end date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1121 +msgid "When the elements on this tab are filled in, <_:application-1/> will highlights the calendar below to indicate when future transactions will be run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: phrase/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1124 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1143 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1147 +msgid "Template Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1124 +msgid "Finally select the <_:guilabel-1/> tab and enter your transaction in the lower part as you would do in the ledger, with the only difference of having no date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1127 +msgid "Now, you should have a window like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1151 +msgid "Remember to click on the <_:guibutton-1/> icon, to validate and enter the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1154 +msgid "Now click <_:guibutton-1/>, it takes you to the <_:guilabel-2/> tab, now showing one item in the <_:guilabel-3/> list:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1170 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1173 +msgid "Entered scheduled transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1178 +msgid "If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a small window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for this day. To make the small window disappear again, just click in it one more time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1184 +msgid "Scheduled Transaction" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1185 +msgid "save" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1184 +msgid "You can now close the <_:guilabel-1/> tab, and <_:guilabel-2/> your work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1188 +msgid "What comes below is just an illustration, and is not meant to be entered into the <_:application-1/> database at this stage. As per this example, the below dialogs will appear when the scheduled transaction is supposed to run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1196 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1222 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1230 +msgid "Since Last Run..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1197 +msgid "Reminder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1197 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +msgid "To-Create" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1194 +msgid "From now on, when <_:application-1/> is launched and a scheduled transaction is scheduled or need to be entered, you may see a <_:guilabel-2/> window summarizing the scheduled transactions operations (<_:guilabel-3/>, <_:guilabel-4/> etc... a better description of each option can be found in the <_:application-5/> manual):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1213 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1216 +msgid "Scheduled transaction popup reminder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1220 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1220 +msgid "You can click on the <_:guilabel-1/> column to change the scheduled transaction status if needed. Then just click on <_:guibutton-2/> to close the <_:guilabel-3/> window and to apply the pending operations. Select <_:guibutton-4/> to skip entering in the ledger the pending operations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1225 +msgid "If the <_:guilabel-1/> field was set to <_:guilabel-2/>, then if you take a look in your bank account register, you’ll see the transaction has been created:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1229 +msgid "Review created transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1229 +msgid "If you enable the <_:guilabel-1/> option in the lower right of the <_:guilabel-2/> window, <_:application-3/> will open, after pressing <_:guibutton-4/>, the register tab of each account where the scheduled transactions were entered automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1237 +msgid "revert back" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1238 +msgid "Open" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1236 +msgid "If you entered the transaction for 28 of April at this stage, then please <_:emphasis-1/> to the last saved <_:application-2/> file by selecting <_:menuchoice-3/> and choosing the previously saved <_:filename-4/> <_:application-5/> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1247 +msgid "In the previous sections of this chapter the concepts and mechanics of working with transactions in <_:application-1/> have been discussed. This section will expand upon the chart of accounts initially built in the previous chapter, by setting some opening balances, adding transactions and a scheduled transaction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1254 +msgid "Open <_:application-1/> file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/filename +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1258 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1474 +msgid "gcashdata_4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1256 +msgid "Start with opening the previous datafile we stored, <_:filename-1/>, and store it as <_:filename-2/> directly. The main window should look something like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1269 +msgid "Starting point for Putting It All Together" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1272 +msgid "This image shows the starting point for this section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1279 +msgid "Opening Balances" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1284 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1301 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1311 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1317 +msgid "Equity:Opening Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1281 +msgid "As shown earlier in <_:xref-1/> with the <_:emphasis-2/> account, the starting balances in an account are typically assigned to a special account called <_:emphasis-3/>. To start filling in this chart of account, begin by setting the starting balances for the accounts. Assume that there is $1000 in the savings account and $500 charged on the credit card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1291 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1299 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1328 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1415 +msgid "Assets:Savings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1291 +msgid "Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register. Select <_:guimenu-2/> from the menu and check to make sure you are in Basic Ledger style. You will view your transactions in the other modes later, but for now let’s enter a basic transaction using the basic default style." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1299 +msgid "From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your starting balance to $1000, transferred from <_:emphasis-2/>. Remember, basic transactions transfer money from a source account to a destination account. Record the transaction (press the <_:keycap-3/> key, or click on the <_:guibutton-4/> icon)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1309 +msgid "From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your starting balance to $1000, transferred from <_:emphasis-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1315 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1329 +msgid "Liabilities:Visa" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1318 +msgid "charge" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1319 +msgid "decrease" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1315 +msgid "From the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your starting balance to $500, transferred from <_:emphasis-2/>. This is done by entering the $500 as a <_:guilabel-3/> in the <_:emphasis-4/> account (or <_:guilabel-5/> in the <_:emphasis-6/> account), since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the <_:keycap-7/> key, or click on the <_:guibutton-8/> icon)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1326 +msgid "You should now have 3 accounts with opening balances set. <_:emphasis-1/>, <_:emphasis-2/>, and <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1339 +msgid "Chart accounts after setting opening balance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1342 +msgid "This image shows the opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1349 +msgid "Additional Transaction Examples" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1351 +msgid "Now add some more transactions to simulate a month’s expenses. During the month, $78 is spent on electricity, $45 on phone, and $350 on rent. All paid by check. We also spent $45.21 on groceries, received $670 as salary, and paid our Internet bill this month. Finally, let’s move $100 from the savings account to the checking account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1359 +msgid "Expenses:Electricity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1359 +msgid "Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $78 electrical bill at the end of the current month (eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: Light Company) and the check number (eg: 102). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1373 +msgid "Expenses:Phone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1368 +msgid "Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $45 phone bill at the end of the current month (eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: Phone Company Name) and the check number (eg: 103). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>. Notice that you can enter expense transactions from either the credit side (the expense accounts) or the debit side (the asset account)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/emphasis +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1379 +msgid "Expenses:Rent" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1379 +msgid "Open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $350 in rent at the end of the current month (eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a description (eg: April Rent) and the check number (eg: 104). The <_:guilabel-2/> account should be <_:emphasis-3/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guibutton +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1389 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1391 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1388 +msgid "Duplicate this transaction using the <_:guibutton-1/> button in the <_:emphasis-2/>. Start by clicking on the current rent transaction, and click on the <_:guilabel-3/> icon. Enter the transaction date a month out in the future (eg: April 28, 2006), and notice the blue line separator that <_:application-4/> uses to separate future transactions from current ones. In this way, you can enter transactions before they occur." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1402 +msgid "Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1401 +msgid "Start by clicking on the current (April 28) rent transaction, and click on the <_:guilabel-1/> icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1407 +msgid "Change to <_:guilabel-1/>, change description if needed and press <_:guibutton-2/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1397 +msgid "You could also set up a scheduled transaction to pay your rent, since the value of the rent is likely to be constant for the foreseeable future. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1414 +msgid "To transfer money from your savings account to your checking account, open the <_:emphasis-1/> account register, add a new transaction setting the <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:emphasis-3/> in the amount of $100 (date 6 March, 2006)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1422 +msgid "As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add another transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of groceries on 5 of March. From within the <_:emphasis-1/> account, you would set <_:guilabel-2/> to <_:emphasis-3/>. The account register should now appear:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1435 +msgid "Employers R Us" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1436 +msgid "split" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1431 +msgid "To add a paycheck transaction from the <_:emphasis-1/> account register window, click on a new transaction line, and click on <_:guilabel-2/>. First enter the description of this transaction on the first line (eg: <_:quote-3/>), as well as the date (14 March). In the <_:quote-4/> line below this, enter the deposit into <_:emphasis-5/> (eg:$670). Follow this with the various tax deposits (<_:emphasis-6/> (eg: $670), <_:emphasis-7/> account (eg: $180), <_:emphasis-8/> account (eg: $90), and <_:emphasis-9/> account (eg: $60)) and lastly the gross total of your paycheck (eg: $1000) as a withdrawal transfer from <_:emphasis-10/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1447 +msgid "You also need to pay for your Internet subscription of 20 USD on the 28th." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1460 +msgid "Chart accounts after setting all the various transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1464 +msgid "This image shows the ending balances after <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1471 +msgid "Save file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1473 +msgid "Before we go to the report section, let’s save the <_:application-1/> data file (<_:filename-2/>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/title +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1478 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1498 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1527 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1480 +msgid "But only having data available on the computer screen will not make your accountant happy, therefore <_:application-1/> comes with a large number of highly customizable reports." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1490 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1495 +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1500 +msgid "Cash Flow" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect3/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1490 +msgid "Let’s have a look at a <_:guilabel-1/>, and a <_:guilabel-2/> Report." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1495 +msgid "First let’s have a look at the <_:guilabel-1/> report for the month of March." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guisubmenu +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1499 +msgid "Income & Expense" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1498 +msgid "Select the cash flow report from <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1510 +msgid "Cash Flow report for the month of March" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1513 +msgid "This image shows the Cash Flow report after <_:xref-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/guilabel +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1519 +msgid "Report Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1518 +msgid "To get this customized report, right click in the report and choose <_:guilabel-1/>. Then set the time period, and specify which accounts you want in the report." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1524 +msgid "Now let’s have a look at corresponding transaction report for the Checking account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: menuchoice/guimenuitem +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1528 +msgid "Transaction Report" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1527 +msgid "Select the transaction report from <_:menuchoice-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1538 +msgid "Transaction Report for the Checking account during March" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1542 +msgid "This image shows the Transaction Report for the Checking account during March." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1549 +msgid "Now let’s change the transaction report to only show the various Expenses accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: textobject/phrase +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1560 +msgid "Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during March" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: caption/para +#: ../guide/C/ch_txns.xml:1564 +msgid "This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts during March." +msgstr "" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:25 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:26 +msgid "V&manrevision;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:28 +msgid "2009-2018 &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:33 +msgid "2010-2011 Yawar Amin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:38 +msgid "2010 Tom Bullock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:43 +msgid "2010-2011 Cristian Marchi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:48 +msgid "2006 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:53 +msgid "2003-2004 Jon Lapham" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:58 +msgid "2002 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:63 +msgid "2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:68 +msgid "2017 Deutsches &app;-Übersetzungsteam (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:73 +msgid "2014-2016 Mechtilde Stehmann (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:78 +msgid "2013-2016 Frank H. Ellenberger (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:83 +msgid "2013 Martin Mainka (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:89 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:108 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:116 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:124 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:132 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:140 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:148 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:156 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:164 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:172 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:180 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:188 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:196 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:204 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:212 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:220 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:228 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:236 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:244 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:252 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:260 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:273 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:286 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:295 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:304 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:313 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:322 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:331 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:340 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:54 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:72 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:80 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:88 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:96 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:104 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:112 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:120 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:128 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:136 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:144 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:153 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:161 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:169 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:177 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:185 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:193 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:201 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:217 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:227 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:237 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:247 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:257 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:267 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:278 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:288 +msgid "&app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:88 +msgid "<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-devel@gnucash.org
" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:99 +msgid "The GnuCash Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:107 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:115 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:123 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:131 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:139 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:147 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:155 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:163 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:171 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:179 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:187 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:195 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:203 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:211 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:219 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:227 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:235 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:243 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:251 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:259 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:71 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:79 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:87 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:95 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:103 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:111 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:119 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:127 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:135 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:143 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:151 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:160 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:168 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:176 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:184 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:192 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:200 +msgid "Multiple authors" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:103 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.3 30 September 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:111 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.2 24 June 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:119 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.1 28 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:127 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v3.0 1 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:135 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.20 1 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:143 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.19 16 December 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:151 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.18 24 September 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:159 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.17 2 July 2017 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:167 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.16 26 March 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:175 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.15 18 December 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:183 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.11 11 January 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:191 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.10 20 December 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:199 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.8 27 September 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:207 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.7 28 June 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:215 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.3 30 March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:223 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.2 2 March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:231 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.1 26 January 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:239 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.6.0 29 December 2013 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:247 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.2 17 November 2012 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:255 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.4.1 1 July 2011 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:267 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:280 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:293 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:302 +msgid "Jon Lapham" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:269 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:282 +msgid "Bengt Thuree" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:271 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:284 +msgid "Dave Herman" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:263 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.3.16 November 7, 2010 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:276 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v2.0.0 July 9, 2006 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:289 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.3 Aug 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:298 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.2 Aug 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:311 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:320 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:329 +msgid "Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:307 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.1 May 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:316 +msgid "&app; Tutorial and Concepts Guide v1.8.0 Jan 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:325 +msgid "&app; User Guide v1.6.5 June 2002 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:338 +msgid "Carol Champagne" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:334 +msgid "&app; User Guide v1.6.0 October 2001 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/releaseinfo +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:345 +msgid "This Guide contains a tutorial for using &app; and describes the concepts behind &app;." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:350 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:297 +msgid "Feedback" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:351 +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or this manual, follow the instructions at the Bugzilla page of the GnuCash wiki and use the &app; Bug Tracking System. There select the component Documentation ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:365 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:313 +msgid "About the Authors" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:366 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:314 +msgid "The GnuCash Documentation Team is a self-designated group of GnuCash users and developers who have volunteered to write this documentation for the benefit of the broader user base. People who are interested in joining this group are encouraged to express their interest on the GnuCash lists (gnucash-users and gnucash-devel) for further direction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:376 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:324 +msgid "Yawar Amin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:379 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:327 +msgid "J. Alex Aycinena" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:382 +msgid "Tom Bullock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:385 +msgid "Carol Champagne" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:388 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:446 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:330 +msgid "Frank H. Ellenberger" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:391 +msgid "Mike Evans" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:394 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:333 +msgid "Chris Good" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:397 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:336 +msgid "Dave Herman" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:400 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:339 +msgid "Geert Janssens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:403 +msgid "Jon Lapham" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:406 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:342 +msgid "Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:409 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:345 +msgid "Cristian Marchi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:412 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:348 +msgid "John Ralls" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:415 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:351 +msgid "Robert Ratliff" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:418 +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:458 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:357 +msgid "Christian Stimming" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:421 +msgid "David T." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:424 +msgid "Bengt Thuree" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:375 +msgid "Contributors on the team so far have been: <_:author-1/>, <_:author-2/>, <_:author-3/>, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:author-7/>, <_:author-8/>, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, <_:author-12/>, <_:author-13/>, <_:author-14/>, <_:author-15/>, <_:author-16/>, and <_:author-17/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:449 +msgid "Juergen Hoewener" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:452 +msgid "Martin Mainka" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:455 +msgid "Mechtilde Stehmann" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:461 +msgid "Gerold Strobel" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:433 +msgid "LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen &app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/>, <_:othercredit-4/>, <_:othercredit-5/> und <_:othercredit-6/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: part/title +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: ../guide/C/gnucash-guide.xml:468 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:23 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:25 +msgid "Welcome to &app;! Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:27 +msgid "This screen is intended for you to use to get up and running quickly. The Cancel button is used to exit the screen. It will then prompt you with Display Welcome Dialog Again?. If you do not want to see the Welcome to &app;! menu again click the No button. Click the Yes button or press the keyboard Enter key for the default which is to have the Welcome to &app;! screen run again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:37 +msgid "Selecting either of these options will leave you with a minimum &app; main window. Operations in this window are described in ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:46 +msgid "This assistant helps you to create a set of &app; accounts. It will appear if you choose Create a new set of accounts in the Welcome to &app;! menu, or if you select FileNew ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:53 +msgid "Import QIF Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:55 +msgid "This Assistant helps you import Quicken QIF files. It will appear if you choose Import my QIF files in the Welcome to &app;! menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:59 +msgid "To start this assistant manually go to File Import ... Import QIF...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:63 +msgid "In the following all the screens that you can see in this assistant are described in order of appearance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:69 +msgid "The Import QIF files assistant opens with a screen that briefly describes what this assistant does and requests the file(s) to import. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:76 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:397 +msgid "Cancel: exit the process and cancel importing QIF files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: warning/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:79 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:400 +msgid "If you click this button, any selections you have made up to this point will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:85 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:406 +msgid "Back: brings up the previous screen so that you can change a previous selection until the first screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:90 +msgid "Forward: brings up the next screen so you can continue through the assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:98 +msgid "The next screen allows you to Select a QIF file to load. The Select... button on this screen is used to access the list of files. The Select... button brings up the Select QIF File dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:104 +msgid "Navigate to where you have stored your QIF files and select the first one then click Import. The next screen will display it in the Select a QIF File to Load field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:110 +msgid "If the file you are loading does not have an QIF date listed in it you will see the Set a date format for this QIF file screen. Select the proper format from the pull down list and continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:116 +msgid "If the file you are loading does not have an account name listed in it you will see the Set the default QIF account name screen. Otherwise you will skip this screen and go on to the screen in the next section that shows loaded QIF files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:123 +msgid "The Account name: field is used to set an account name for this QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:131 +msgid "The next screen shows you the QIF files you have loaded. You can use this screen to return to the previous screen and load more QIF files. It will also let you unload any files you have loaded by mistake." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:138 +msgid "The top panel shows the list of QIF Files you have loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:143 +msgid "The Load another file button takes you back to the previous screen to load another QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:148 +msgid "The Unload selected file button allows you to select a file from the top panel and remove it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:153 +msgid "When you have selected all the QIF files to be imported, click the Forward button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:159 +msgid "Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files to be imported, you may see only one or all of the following screens:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:164 +msgid "Accounts and stock holdings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:166 +msgid "This screen gives a description of the Accounts and stock holdings matching process on the following Match QIF accounts with &app; accounts screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:171 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:221 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:271 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:340 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:361 +msgid "This and other informational screens in the Import QIF files assistant can be turned off in the Online Banking tab (see ) under &app; Preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:177 +msgid "The next screen lets you Match QIF accounts with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF account names on the left and suggested &app; account names on the right. The New? column indicates if the &app; account name will be created by the QIF Import." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:184 +msgid "To change the &app; account to a different one select the QIF account. A screen will pop up to select another account or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:190 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:240 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:290 +msgid "Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:195 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:245 +msgid "The New Account button allows you to add a new account name as a sub-account (child of selected) of the selected account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:201 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:251 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:301 +msgid "The OK button is used to confirm your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:206 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:256 +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:306 +msgid "The Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:214 +msgid "Income and Expense categories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:216 +msgid "This screen gives a description of the Income and Expense categories matching process on the following Match QIF categories with &app; accounts screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:227 +msgid "The next screen lets you Match QIF categories with &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF category names on the left and suggested &app; account names on the right. The New? column indicates if the &app; account name will be created by the QIF Import." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:234 +msgid "To change the &app; account to a different one select the QIF category. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:264 +msgid "Payees and memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:266 +msgid "This screen gives a description of the Payees and memos matching process on the following Match payees/memos to &app; accounts screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:277 +msgid "The next screen lets you Match payees/memos to &app; accounts. You will see a list of QIF payee/memo names on the left and suggested &app; account names on the right. The default &app; account used is called Unspecified. The New? column indicates if the &app; account name will be created by the QIF Import." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:284 +msgid "To change the &app; account to a different one select the QIF payee/memo. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:295 +msgid "The New Account button allows you to add a new account name as a sub-account of the selected account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:317 +msgid "The next screen allows you to Enter the QIF file currency. The drop down list defaults to the currency configured in the Accounts tab (see ) under &app; Preferences. If you wish the new accounts to use a different currency, select one from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:323 +msgid "When you have selected the currency, click the Forward button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:329 +msgid "Depending on the type of data contained in the QIF files to be imported, you may or may not see one or more of the following screens:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:334 +msgid "Tradable Commodities" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:336 +msgid "This screen gives a description of the Tradable Commodities process on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:346 +msgid "A series of screens, one for each of the stock, mutual fund, or commodity, displays the exchange, full name, and symbol for each of the commodities listed in the QIF file you are importing so that you can check them before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:354 +msgid "Match duplicate transactions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:356 +msgid "This screen gives a description of the Match duplicate transactions process on the following Select possible duplicates screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:367 +msgid "The next screen lets you Select possible duplicate transactions. Imported transactions are shown on the left panel and possible matches to each selected transaction are shown on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:374 +msgid "The left panel shows the list of Imported transactions to select from for matching duplicates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:379 +msgid "The right panel shows the list of possible duplicates for the selected imported transaction. Select the one that most closely matches" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:391 +msgid "The last screen, Update your &app; accounts, gives you a list of three choices to finish the assistant." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:411 +msgid "Forward: imports the data and creates the accounts you have specified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:419 +msgid "You should now have successfully imported your accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:422 +msgid "Imported transactions might need to be reconciled. This process is described in the &app; Tutorial and Concepts guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:431 +msgid "The Tip of the Day screen starts whenever you start &app; unless it has been disabled in the &app; Preferences. It gives tips on features and using &app;. You can use the three buttons at the bottom of the screen to look through the tips." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:440 +msgid "Dismiss the Tip of the Day screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:444 +msgid "Prev" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:445 +msgid "Shows the previous tip" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:449 +msgid "Forward" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:450 +msgid "Shows the next tip" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:454 +msgid "The Show tips at startup check-box is used to enable or disable the Tip of the Day from running at &app; start-up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: ../help/C/Help_ch_GettingStarted.xml:458 +msgid "It is also possible to configure the Tip of the Day to run at start-up under the General tab in &app; Preferences. The Tip of the Day can also be manually run by going to HelpTip of the Day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:20 +msgid "&app; Help Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:21 +msgid "v&manrevision;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:23 +msgid "2002-2018 &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:28 +msgid "2002-2007 Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:33 +msgid "2013 Frank H. Ellenberger (Übersetzung Tips)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:37 +msgid "2011 Holger Stöhr (Deutsche Übersetzung) auf der Basis der vorherigen Übersetzungsarbeit, geleistet von Andreas Fahle und Christian Stinmming" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:43 +msgid "2003 Andreas Fahle (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:47 +msgid "2002 Christian Stimming (Deutsche Übersetzung)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:53 +msgid "<_:publishername-1/>
gnucash-user@gnucash.org
" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:63 +msgid "The &app; Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:67 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v3.3 30 September 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:75 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v3.2 24 June 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:83 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v3.1 28 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:91 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v3.0 1 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:99 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.20 1 April 2018 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:107 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.19 16 December 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:115 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.16 26 March 2017 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:123 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.11 11 January 2016 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:131 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.8 27 September 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:139 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.7 28 June 2015 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:147 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.5 16 December 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:156 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.3 30 March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:164 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.2 2 March 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:172 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.1 26 January 2014 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:180 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.6.0 29 December 2013 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:188 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.4.2 17 November 2012 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:196 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.4.1 1 July 2011 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:208 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:224 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:234 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:244 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:254 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:264 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:274 +msgid "Chris Lyttle chris@wilddev.net" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:211 +msgid "Dave Herman dvherman@bigfoot.com" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:214 +msgid "Andreas Fahle" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:216 +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:277 +msgid "Christian Stimming" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:204 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.3.16 November 7, 2010 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:220 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.0.2 March 2007 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:230 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v2.0.0 July 2006 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:240 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v1.8.3 Aug 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:250 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v1.8.2 Aug 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:260 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v1.8.1 May 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:270 +msgid "&app; Help Manual v1.8.0 Jan 2003 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revdescription/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:285 +msgid "&app; Developers and Documentors gnucash-devel@gnucash.org" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:281 +msgid "&app; User Manual June 2002 <_:revdescription-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/releaseinfo +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:293 +msgid "This manual describes how to use the &app; Financial software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:298 +msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or this manual, follow the directions at the &app; Bug Tracking System." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:304 +msgid "LANG-DE Für spezifisch deutsche Fehler oder Verbesserungsvorschläge (Übersetzung, Kontenrahmen, ...), benutzen Sie bitte die deutsche &app; Email-Liste &app;-de." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/author +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:354 +msgid "Mark Simpson" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:323 +msgid "Contributors on the team so far have been: <_:author-1/>, <_:author-2/>, <_:author-3/>, <_:author-4/>, <_:author-5/>, <_:author-6/>, <_:author-7/>, <_:author-8/>, <_:author-9/>, <_:author-10/>, <_:author-11/>, and <_:author-12/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:376 +msgid "Frank H. Ellenberger Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:380 +msgid "Holger Stöhr Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:384 +msgid "Andreas Fahle Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: para/othercredit +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:388 +msgid "Christian Stimming Deutsche Übersetzung" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: preface/para +#: ../help/C/gnucash-help.xml:361 +msgid "LANG-DE Diese (immer noch unvollständge) Übersetzung wurde vom Deutschen &app;-Übersetzungsteam erstellt. Dazu gehören bisher <_:othercredit-1/>, <_:othercredit-2/>, <_:othercredit-3/> und <_:othercredit-4/>." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/util/gen-pot.pl b/util/gen-pot.pl new file mode 100755 index 000000000..aa4514a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/util/gen-pot.pl @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#! /bin/perl + +#use strict; +use warnings; +use autodie; + +if ($#ARGV < 1) +{ + print "Needs two file names as arguments\n"; + exit; +} + +local $/ = ""; + +open my $Cfile, "<$ARGV[0]"; +open my $defile, "<$ARGV[1]"; +@Cparagraphs = <$Cfile>; +@deparagraphs = <$defile>; + +#print $Cparagraphs[1] . "\n"; +#print $deparagraphs[1] . "\n"; + +foreach $i (0 .. $#Cparagraphs) { + my @Cpar = split "\n", $Cparagraphs[$i]; + my @depar = split "\n", $deparagraphs[$i]; + + #print "Msgid $i:\n"; + foreach $Cline (@Cpar) + { + print "$Cline\n" unless ($Cline =~ /^msgstr.*/); + } + + foreach $deline (@depar) + { + next unless ($deline =~ /^msgid.*/); + my $demsgstr = $deline =~ s/^msgid/msgstr/r; + print $demsgstr . "\n"; + } + print "\n"; +} diff --git a/xmldocs.make b/xmldocs.make index e703b3262..39e38dbc3 100644 --- a/xmldocs.make +++ b/xmldocs.make @@ -157,3 +157,13 @@ uninstall-html: check: xmllint --postvalid --xinclude --noout ${srcdir}/${docname}.xml + + +# A set of temporary rules to assist in the conversion of our current, separate documents per language +# into a single common document with translations managed via po files. +fpot_files = $(docname).fpot $(entities:.xml=.fpot) +fpots: $(fpot_files) + +%.fpot: %.xml + itstool -dk -o $@ $<; \ + grep -E '[(]itstool[)]|^#:' $@ | sed -E -e 's!/de/!//!' -e 's/xml:[0-9]*/xml:/' > $*.struct